MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer's Guide

MD Nastran 2006
DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Michael Reymond
Main Index
Corporate
MSC.Software Corporation
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707 USA
Telephone: (800) 345-2078
Fax: (714) 784-4056
Europe
MSC.Software GmbH
Am Moosfeld 13
81829 Munich, Germany
Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0
Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6
Asia Pacific
MSC Software Japan Ltd.
Shinjuku First West 8F
23-7 Nishi Shinjuku
1-Chome, Shinjyku-Ku
Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN
Telephone: (03)-6911-1200
Fax: (03)-6911-1201
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information
contained in this document without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes
only, and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design.
MSC.Software Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or
indirect damages resulting from the use of any information contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright  2006 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any
reproduction or distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of
MSC.Software Corporation is prohibited.
This software may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from
MSC.Software suppliers.
MSC, MSC., MD, MSC.Dytran, MSC.Marc, MSC.Nastran, MD Nastran, MSC.Patran, the MSC.Software
corporate logo, and Simulating Reality are trademarks or registered trademarks of the MSC.Software
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAMCRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI
Group. SAMCEF is a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or
registered trademark of Livermore Software Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of
SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ABAQUS is a registered trademark of ABAQUS Inc.
All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective owners.
NA*V2005R3*Z*DMAP*Z*DC-PROG
Main Index
C O N T E N T S
MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Preface ■ About This Book, x
■ List of Nastran Books, xi
■ Technical Support, xii
■ Internet Resources, xv
1
Direct Matrix ■ Introduction, 2
Abstraction ■ The Nastran DMAP Language, 3
■ Parameters, 4
❑ Constant Parameters, 5
❑ Variable Parameters, 6
❑ Expressions and Operators, 9
■ Data Blocks, 13
❑ Table Trailers, 13
❑ Matrix Trailers, 13
❑ Data Block Type and Status, 15
■ Instructions, 16
❑ Modules, 16
❑ Statements, 19
■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 38

■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 39
■ Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 40
■ Processing of User Errors, 41
■ SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 42
■ WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 44
2
Data Blocks ■ Introduction, 48
■ Matrix Data Blocks, 49
Main Index
■ Table Data Blocks, 51
❑ IFP Tables, 51
❑ IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits, 51
❑ OFP Tables, 53
❑ Table_code, 56
■ Table Descriptions, 71
■ Data Block Descriptions, 72
- BGPDT, 72 - GEOM301, 308
- BGPDT68, 74 - GEOM4, 309
- CASECC, 75 - GEOM4705, 340
- CLAMA, 99 - GPDT68, 341
- CONTAB, 101 - GPL, 343
- CSTM, 102 - HIS, 344
- CSTM68, 104 - KDICT, 345
- DBCOPT, 111 - LAMA, 348
- DESTAB, 114 - MPT, 350
- DIT, 115 - OBJTAB, 368
- DSCMCOL, 120 - OEE, 369
- DVPTAB, 131 - OEF, 374
- DYNAMIC, 133 - OES, 439
- EGPSF, 152 - OGF, 585
- EGPSTR, 157 - OGS, 591
- ELDCT, 160 - OPG, 598
- EPT, 163 - OPTPRM, 603
- EPT01, 208 - OQG, 605
- EQEXIN, 211 - OUG, 611
- ERROR, 213 - R1MAP, 623
- FOL, 215 - R1TAB, 624
- GEOM1, 216 - RESP12, 632
- GEOM168, 231 - SEMAP, 636
- GEOM2, 234 - SET, 641
- GEOM201, 284 - TOL, 642
- GEOM3, 292 - VIEWTB, 643
■ Data Block Glossary, 648
❑ Data Block Naming Conventions, 756
■ Parameter Glossary, 761

❑ Parameter Naming Conventions, 831
3
NASTRAN Data ■ NDDL Summary, 834
Definition ■ Detailed Description of NDDL Statements, 835
Language (NDDL)
- DATABLK, 836
- DEPEN, 845
- PARAM, 847
- PATH, 849
- QUAL, 850
Main Index
4
DMAP Modules ■ DMAP Module and Statement List, 852
and Statements ❑ Matrix Modules, 852
❑ Utility Modules, 852
❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 853
❑ Miscellaneous Modules and Statements, 853
■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 855

❑ Matrix Modules, 855
❑ Utility Modules, 856
❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 858
❑ Obsolete Modules and Statements, 858
■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 860

- ACMG, 861 - CYCLIC2, 938
- ADAMSMNF, 864 - CYCLIC3, 940
- ADAMSRBM, 867 - CYCLIC4, 942
- ADAPT, 868 - DBC, 946
- ADD, 871 - DBDELETE, 955
- ADD5, 873 - DBDICT, 957
- ADG, 876 - DBEQUIV, 973
- ADJMOD, 878 - SubDMAP DBFETCH, 976
- ADR, 879 - SubDMAP DBMGR, 978
- AELOOP, 881 - DBSTATUS, 982
- AEMODEL, 884 - SubDMAP DBSTORE, 983
- AFPMP, 885 - DBVIEW, 985
- AIEMGA, 887 - DCMP, 988
- AMG, 889 - DDR2, 993
- AMP, 891 - DDRMM, 996
- APD, 893 - DECOMP, 1000
- APPEND, 895 - DELETE, 1005
- ASDR, 898 - DIAGONAL, 1006
- ASG, 900 - DISDCMP, 1009
- AXMDRV, 902 - DISFBS, 1011
- AXMPR1, 903 - DISOFPM, 1012
- AXMPR2, 904 - DISOFPS, 1013
- BCDR, 905 - DISOPT, 1014
- BDRYINFO, 907 - DISPARM, 1017
- BGCASO, 909 - DISUTIL, 1018
- BGP, 910 - DIVERG, 1022
- BMG, 911 - DLT2SLT, 1024
- BNDSPC, 912 - DMPCASE, 1025
- CAMPREP, 914 - DMIIN, 1026
- CASE, 916 - DOM10, 1027
- CEAD, 921 - DOM11, 1030
- CMPZPR, 926 - DOM12, 1033
- CMSENGY, 928 - DOM6, 1039
- COPY, 931 - DOM9, 1041
- CURV, 932 - DOPFS, 1045
- CURVPLOT, 934 - DOPR1, 1047
- CYCLIC1, 936 - DOPR2, 1050
Main Index
- DOPR3, 1052 - EMG, 1159
- DOPR3X, 1056 - EQUIVX, 1164
- DOPR4, 1057 - ESTINDX, 1166
- DOPR5, 1058 - EXPORTLD, 1167
- DOPR6, 1060 - FA1, 1168
- DOPRAN, 1062 - FA2, 1170
- DPD, 1063 - FBODYLD, 1172
- DRMH1, 1066 - FBS, 1173
- DRMH3, 1068 - FILE, 1177
- DRMS1, 1070 - FORTIO, 1179
- DSABO, 1072 - FRLG, 1181
- DSAD, 1074 - FRLGEN, 1183
- DSADJ, 1082 - FRQDRV, 1185
- DSADX, 1085 - FRRD1, 1186
- DSAE, 1087 - FRRD2, 1189
- DSAF, 1089 - GENTRAN, 1192
- DSAH, 1091 - GETCOL, 1194
- DSAJ, 1095 - GETMKL, 1195
- DSAL, 1097 - GI, 1196
- DSAM, 1101 - GIC2C, 1198
- DSAN, 1102 - GKAM, 1199
- DSAP, 1103 - GNFM, 1203
- DSAPRT, 1105 - GP0, 1205
- DSAR, 1107 - GP1, 1208
- DSARLP, 1109 - GP2, 1210
- DSARME, 1111 - GP3, 1212
- DSARSN, 1112 - GP4, 1214
- DSAW, 1114 - GP5, 1217
- DSDVRG, 1115 - GPFDR, 1219
- DSFLTE, 1116 - GPJAC, 1223
- DSFLTF, 1118 - GPSP, 1224
- DSGRDM, 1119 - GPSTR1, 1228
- DSMA, 1120 - GPSTR2, 1229
- DSPRM, 1122 - GPSTRPBX, 1231
- DSTA, 1125 - GPWG, 1232
- DSTAP2, 1128 - GUST, 1238
- DSVG1, 1129 - GUSTLDW, 1241
- DSVG1P, 1132 - GYROLD, 1242
- DSVG2, 1134 - IFP, 1244
- DSVG3, 1136 - IFP1, 1248
- DSVGP4, 1137 - IFP3, 1250
- DSVGP5, 1139 - IFP4, 1252
- DTIIN, 1141 - IFP5, 1254
- DUMMOD1, 1142 - IFP6, 1256
- DUMMOD2, 1143 - IFP7, 1258
- DUMMOD3, 1144 - IFP8, 1259
- DUMMOD4, 1145 - IFP9, 1260
- DVIEWP, 1146 - IFP10, 1262
- DYNCXPNT, 1148 - IFPINDX, 1263
- EFFMASS, 1149 - IFPBSH2, 1264
- ELFDR, 1151 - IFT, 1265
- ELTPRT, 1152 - ILMP1, 1270
- EMA, 1155 - ILMP2, 1271
- EMAKFR, 1157 - ILMPGPF, 1272
Main Index
- INDXBULK, 1273 - MODTRL, 1437
- INPUTT2, 1274 - MODUSET, 1439
- INPUTT4, 1277 - MONVEC, 1442
- INTERR, 1280 - MONVEC3, 1443
- ISHELL, 1282 - MPP, 1444
- LAMX, 1284 - MPPTRAN, 1446
- LANCZOS, 1290 - MPYAD, 1447
- LCGEN, 1293 - MRGCOMP, 1453
- LMATPRT, 1295 - MRGCSTM, 1454
- MACOFP, 1296 - MRGMON, 1455
- MAKAEFA, 1297 - MSGHAN, 1456
- MAKAEFS, 1299 - MSGSTRES, 1457
- MAKAEMON, 1300 - MTRXIN, 1458
- MAKCOMP, 1301 - NASSETS, 1464
- MAKENEW, 1302 - NDINTERP, 1465
- MAKEOLD, 1304 - NEWUSET, 1466
- MAKETR, 1306 - NLCOMB, 1467
- MAKMON, 1308 - NLHARM, 1469
- MASSCOMB, 1309 - NLICLOOP, 1471
- MATGEN, 1310 - NLITER, 1472
- MATGPR, 1323 - NLRSLOOP, 1479
- MATMOD, 1328 - NLRSMAP, 1481
- MATOFP, 1374 - NLSOLV, 1483
- MATPCH, 1377 - NLTRD, 1491
- MATPRN, 1379 - NLTRD2, 1495
- MATPRT, 1380 - NLTRLG, 1501
- MATREDU, 1381 - NORM, 1503
- MCE1, 1384 - NSMEPT, 1505
- MCE2, 1385 - OFP, 1506
- MCFRAC, 1387 - OPTGP0, 1509
- MDATA, 1389 - ORTHOG, 1510
- MDCASE, 1391 - OUTPRT, 1512
- MDENZO, 1395 - OUTPUT2, 1515
- MDISUTIL, 1400 - OUTPUT4, 1528
- MERGE, 1401 - PARAML, 1534
- MERGEOFP, 1405 - PARTN, 1553
- MESSAGE, 1406 - PCOMB, 1558
- MGEN, 1408 - PCOPY, 1560
- MKCNTRL, 1409 - PFCALC, 1561
- MKCSTMA, 1410 - PLOT, 1564
- MKMNTIFP, 1411 - PLTHBDY, 1566
- MKRBVEC, 1412 - PLTSET, 1567
- MKSPLINE, 1413 - PNCHGRP, 1569
- MODACC, 1414 - PNMKGRP, 1570
- MODCASE, 1416 - PRESOL, 1572
- MODENRGY, 1417 - PROJVER, 1575
- MODEPF, 1419 - PRTMSG, 1576
- MODEPOUT, 1422 - PRTPARM, 1577
- MODEPT, 1425 - PURGEX, 1579
- MODGDN, 1426 - PVT, 1580
- MODGM2, 1427 - RANDOM, 1582
- MODGM4, 1431 - RBMG3, 1590
- MODQSET, 1433 - RBMG4, 1592
- MODTRK, 1435 - READ, 1593
Main Index
- RESMOD, 1602 - SSG4, 1732
- RESTART, 1607 - ST2DYN, 1734
- RMDUPBLK, 1609 - STATICS, 1735
- RMG2, 1610 - STDCON, 1738
- ROTOR, 1612 - STRSORT, 1740
- ROTRDR1, 1614 - TA1, 1742
- ROTRDR2, 1616 - TABEDIT, 1745
- ROTRUTL, 1618 - TABPRT, 1750
- RSPEC, 1626 - TABPT, 1758
- SCALAR, 1627 - TAFF, 1759
- SDP, 1629 - TAHT, 1760
- SDR1, 1631 - TASNP1, 1762
- SDR2, 1635 - TASNP2, 1763
- SDR3, 1641 - TIMETEST, 1765
- SDRCOMP, 1642 - TOLAPP, 1770
- SDRHT, 1644 - TRD1, 1772
- SDRNL, 1646 - TRD2, 1782
- SDRP, 1648 - TRLG, 1784
- SDRX, 1652 - TRNSP, 1788
- SDRXD, 1654 - TYPE, 1789
- SDSA, 1656 - UEIGL, 1792
- SDSB, 1658 - UGVADD, 1795
- SDSC, 1660 - UMERGE, 1796
- SECONVRT, 1661 - UMERGE1, 1799
- SEDR, 1663 - UPARTN, 1802
- SEDRDR, 1666 - UREDUC, 1805
- SEEFMBND, 1669 - VDR, 1807
- SEEFMCLF, 1670 - VEC, 1809
- SEEFMDMP, 1672 - VECPLOT, 1812
- SEEFMLST, 1673 - VIEW, 1818
- SEEFMNOR, 1674 - VIEWP, 1819
- SEEFMOUT, 1675 - WEIGHT, 1821
- SEEFMXIT, 1676 - XSORT, 1823
- SELA, 1677 - XYPLOT, 1825
- SEMA, 1679 - XYTRAN, 1826
- SEP1, 1681
- SEP1X, 1683
- SEP2, 1687
- SEP2CT, 1689
- SEP2DR, 1690
- SEP2X, 1694
- SEP3, 1696
- SEP4, 1698
- SEPLOT, 1700
- SEPR1, 1702
- SEQP, 1703
- SHPCAS, 1710
- SMA3, 1711
- SMPYAD, 1712
- SOLVE, 1714
- SOLVIT, 1716
- SSG1, 1722
- SSG2, 1726
- SSG3, 1729
Main Index
Preface
■ About This Book

■ List of MSC.Nastran Books
■ Technical Support
■ Internet Resources
Main Index
x
About This Book

The MSC.Nastran 2005 r3 DMAP Programmer's Guide is a replacement for and update
of the former Version 70.7 DMAP Modules and Data Blocks book. The chapters have
been rearranged to make it easier to print this guide in two volumes. Contained in the
first volume is material occasionally referenced by the user: the introduction to
DMAP, syntax and concepts, data block descriptions, and NDDL statement
descriptions. The second volume contains material that is more frequently referenced:
the DMAP Module descriptions.
Many new and useful utilities were added in Version 2001 and are briefly described
in “CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)” on page 46. Also, refer to the MD Nastran 2006
Release Guide for changes in DMAP module formats that would affect upward
compatibility of users' DMAP alters from Version 70.7 to Version 2001.
The editor would like to thank Ms. Wendy Webb for producing the electronic form of
this guide and Mr. Don Truitt for his expertise in the document production software.
The editor would like to also thank Michael Fischer for managing this effort and
making this guide more widely available than previous editions.
Mike Reymond, Editor
December 2005
Main Index
Preface xi
List of Nastran Books

Below is a list of some of the Nastran documents. You may order any of these
documents from the MSC.Software BooksMart site at www.engineering-e.com.
Installation and Release Guides

❏ Installation and Operations Guide
❏ Release Guide
Reference Books
❏ Quick Reference Guide
❏ DMAP Programmer’s Guide
❏ Reference Manual
User’s Guides
❏ Getting Started
❏ Linear Static Analysis
❏ Basic Dynamic Analysis
❏ Advanced Dynamic Analysis
❏ Design Sensitivity and Optimization
❏ Thermal Analysis
❏ Numerical Methods
❏ Implicit Nonlinear (SOL 600)
❏ Explicit Nonlinear (SOL 700)
❏ Aeroelastic Analysis
❏ Superelement
❏ User Modifiable
❏ Toolkit
Main Index
xii
Technical Support
For help with installing or using an MSC.Software product, contact your local
technical support services. Our technical support provides the following services:
• Resolution of installation problems
• Advice on specific analysis capabilities
• Advice on modeling techniques
• Resolution of specific analysis problems (e.g., fatal messages)
• Verification of code error.
If you have concerns about an analysis, we suggest that you contact us at an early
stage.
You can reach technical support services on the web, by telephone, or e-mail:
Web Go to the MSC.Software website at www.mscsoftware.com, and click on Support.

Here, you can find a wide variety of support resources including application
examples, technical application notes, available training courses, and documentation
updates at the MSC.Software Training, Technical Support, and Documentation web
page.
Phone United States Frimley, Camberley
and Telephone: (800) 732-7284 Surrey, United Kingdom
Fax Fax: (714) 784-4343 Telephone: (44) (1276) 67 10 00
Fax: (44) (1276) 69 11 11
Munich, Germany Tokyo, Japan
Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0 Telephone: (03)-6911-1200
Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6 Fax: (03)-6911-1201
Rome, Italy Paris, France

Telephone: (390) (6) 5 91 64 50 Telephone: (33) (1) 69 36 69 36
Fax: (390) (6) 5 91 25 05 Fax: (33) (1) 69 36 45 17
Moscow, Russia Gouda, The Netherlands
Telephone: (7) (095) 236 6177 Telephone: (31) (18) 2543700
Fax: (7) (095) 236 9762 Fax: (31) (18) 2543707
Madrid, Spain
Telephone: (34) (91) 5560919
Email Send a detailed description of the problem to the email address below that
corresponds to the product you are using. You should receive an acknowledgement
Main Index
Preface xiii
that your message was received, followed by an email from one of our Technical
Support Engineers.
MSC.Patran Support mscpatran.support@mscsoftware.com

MSC.Nastran Support mscnastran.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Nastran for Windows Support vn4w.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.visualNastran Desktop 2D Support vn2d.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.visualNastran Desktop 4D Support vndesktop.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Abaqus Support mscabaqus.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Dytran Support mscdytran.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Fatigue Support mscfatigue.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Interactive Physics Support ip.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Marc Support mscmarc.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.Mvision Support mscmvision.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC.SuperForge Support mscsuperforge.support@mscsoftware.com
MSC Institute Course Information msctraining.support@mscsoftware.com
Training
The MSC Institute of Technology is the world's largest global supplier of
CAD/CAM/CAE/PDM training products and services for the product design,
analysis and manufacturing market. We offer over 100 courses through a global
network of education centers. The Institute is uniquely positioned to optimize your
investment in design and simulation software tools.
Our industry experienced expert staff is available to customize our course offerings to
meet your unique training requirements. For the most effective training, The Institute
also offers many of our courses at our customer's facilities.
The MSC Institute of Technology is located at:
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Phone: (800) 732-7211
Fax: (714) 784-4028
The Institute maintains state-of-the-art classroom facilities and individual computer
graphics laboratories at training centers throughout the world. All of our courses
emphasize hands-on computer laboratory work to facility skills development.
We specialize in customized training based on our evaluation of your design and
simulation processes, which yields courses that are geared to your business.
In addition to traditional instructor-led classes, we also offer video and DVD courses,
interactive multimedia training, web-based training, and a specialized instructor's
program.
Main Index
xiv
Course Information and Registration. For detailed course descriptions, schedule

information, and registration call the Training Specialist at (800) 732-7211 or visit
www.mscsoftware.com.
Main Index
Preface xv
Internet Resources
MSC.Software (www.mscsoftware.com)
MSC.Software corporate site with information on the latest events, products and
services for the CAD/CAE/CAM marketplace.
Simulation Center (simulate.engineering-e.com)

Simulate Online. The Simulation Center provides all your simulation, FEA, and other
engineering tools over the Internet.
Engineering-e.com (www.engineering-e.com)
Engineering-e.com is the first virtual marketplace where clients can find engineering
expertise, and engineers can find the goods and services they need to do their job
CATIASOURCE (plm.mscsoftware.com)
Your SOURCE for Total Product Lifecycle Management Solutions.
Main Index
xvi
Main Index
MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s GuideMSC/PATRAN User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Direct Matrix Abstraction
1
■ Introduction
■ The MSC.Nastran DMAP Language
■ Parameters
■ Data Blocks
■ Instructions
■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule
■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks

■ Preface Modules and SOLution 100
■ Processing of User Errors
■ SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH
■ WHERE and CONVERT Clauses
Main Index
2
1.1 Introduction
MD Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language
with its own compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary
description of the MD Nastran DMAP language, rules, and syntax.
A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called “modules,” each of
which has a unique name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially;
branching and looping operations are performed by DMAP control statements.
Modules communicate through the MD Nastran Executive System (NES) via logical
collections of data called “data blocks” and “parameters.”
Data blocks come in two distinct forms: “matrices” that obey the rules of matrix
algebra, and “tables” that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks
are given arbitrary names (mnemonic names are recommended) and have header and
trailer information defining their characteristics.
Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system
characteristics. Modules can use “input parameters,” “output parameters,” or both.
Input parameters affect the internal operation of the modules. Output parameters are
used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to subsequent modules.
Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical
files. When the normal MD Nastran execution is completed, data blocks and
parameters written to scratch files are erased, and those written to the permanent
physical file are available for future use. The NDDL (MD Nastran Data Definition
Language) designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed
description of the NDDL statements can be found in “NASTRAN Data Definition
Language (NDDL)” on page 833.
MD Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These
solution sequences consist of a series of DMAP statements. MD Nastran allows the
user to modify prewritten solution sequences or to write his or her own solution
sequences using DMAP. The compilation, linkage, and execution of a DMAP program
is specified by executive control statements in the input file. The creation of and access
to databases is specified by file management statements also contained in the input
file. File management statements are described in the “File Management Statements”
in Chapter 2 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 3
1.2 The MD Nastran DMAP Language

The basic components, or objects, of the DMAP language are:
Parameters Scalar quantities used to control the flow of

DMAP execution and to communicate options
and/or values to modules or functions.
Data Blocks Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic
name.
Instructions Statements or modules that process parameters
and/or data blocks as input and/or output.
The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:

• The DMAP language uses free-field input format and is case insensitive.
• A physical entry consists of information in columns 1 through 72. Columns
73 through 80 can be used for comments, but these columns do not appear in
the printed listing and are not stored on the database.
• For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a
subsequent entry if it terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is
missing a right parenthesis [ ) ].
• The dollar sign [ $ ] ends any DMAP instruction and causes all subsequent
data to be treated as commentary. The recommended convention is to
terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar sign.
• DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data
blocks, DBVIEW view-names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A
symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric characters 1 to 8 characters in
length. The following characters are allowed: A through Z, and 0 through 9.
The first character must be a character from A through Z.
Main Index
4
1.3 Parameters
Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of
several types:
Type Description Example(s)

Integer whole number 10 or -4
Real decimal number that is a whole number and a 27000. or 2.7E5 or
decimal point, with an optional decimal fraction. 2.7D5
Complex a pair of real numbers representing the real and (1.1,2.3) or
imaginary parts of a complex quantity (1.D0,3.5D1)
Logical represents either TRUE or FALSE TRUE or FALSE
Character a string of 1 to 80 characters 'GEORGE'
Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following
table indicates the storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit
is the basic word size on a computer. Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word
computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer.
No. of
Type
words
Integer 1
Real single precision 1
Real double precision 2
Complex single precision 2
Complex double precision 4
Logical 1
Character 1 to 20
The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:
Constant Inherent in its specification or construction

Explicit On a TYPE statement for variable parameters
Implicit In a module’s parameter list for variable
parameters
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 5
Constant Parameters
A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical,
or character string.
Integer Constants
An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is
snn
where:
s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

nn = a string of digits (0 through 9)
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative
integer constant. The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than
31
2 – 1 = 214748367.
Real Constants
A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a
decimal fraction and/or a decimal exponent. The complete form is:
snn.ddEsee for single precision

snn.ddDsee for double precision
where:
s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

nn, dd, ee = strings of digits (0 through 9)
E or D = that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates
single precision, and D indicates double precision.
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real
constant or negative exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional
if no exponent is required and the constant is single precision. However, if either E or
D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if the exponent is 0.
Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by MD Nastran. Leading zeros are
ignored in counting the leftmost 14 digits.
Main Index
6
Complex Constants
A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in
parentheses. The first real constant represents the real part of the complex number,
and the second real constant represents the imaginary part.
Logical Constants
A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE.
Character Constants
A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded
blanks. A character constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation
marks.
Variable Parameters
A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change
during the DMAP execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be
unique with respect to symbolic names for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or
LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT, AND, XOR, OR, or EQV.
Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set
explicitly with a TYPE DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable
parameters that are saved on the database must also be designated as NDDL
parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not specified
with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where
the parameter first appears.
All variable parameters that are used as input to a DMAP instruction must be
initialized on a TYPE statement or previously defined in one or more of the following:
• Assignment (=) statement output

• DMAP module output with "S,N" prefix
• CALL statement output with "S," prefix
• SUBDMAP statement parameter list
If one or more of the above is not satisfied, then User Fatal Message 439 will be issued
during DMAP compilation.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 7
Value of a Variable Parameter

During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value
of a variable parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following
sequential list:
1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the
most recently executed save function (S,N prefix. See “DMAP Modules and
Statements” on page 851).
2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the
Y authorization.
3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL
TYPE DMAP statement and the run is a restart.
4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE
instruction. This value is determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE
instruction (regardless of its location in DMAP) that contains the statement.
5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the
TYPE DMAP statement. Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a
default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a value is explicitly given in
the PARAM NDDL statement.
Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the
following table.
TYPEd and NDDL TYPEd and Not NDDL Not TYPEd

Last executed assignment statement or module output with "S,N," prefix or CALL
statement output with "S," prefix. The qualifier values for NDDL parameters
cannot change.
Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been
previously reassigned in an assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has
been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case Control PARAM entries).
Value on the data base name=v Will cause UFM 439
from its first occurrence in
a TYPE statement
NDDL default value TYPE statement default
Main Index
8
Predefined Variable Parameters

The program predefines the value of some variable parameters. It is not necessary to
type these parameters with a TYPE DMAP statement, nor is it possible to change their
type. We do not recommend changing these parameter values. The predefined
variable parameters are:
NAME VALUE TYPE

ALWAYS -1 Integer
NEVER +1 Integer
TRUE TRUE Logical
FALSE FALSE *Logical
NOGO 0 Integer
Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data
entry or the PARAM Case Control command.
Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via
the IFP module. Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP
sequence via the PVT module. The PVT module reads the case control PARAM
commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the Case Control and Bulk
Data Sections.
Recommended Parameter Type Specification

Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where
all Y parameters and parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE
statements.
• If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data

Section, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name $
• If the parameter's default value is defined on the NDDL PARAM statement
and you wish to use the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near
the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $
• If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the
parameter and the default value on a TYPE statement:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 9
• Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or

"/S,N,param_name/"
• Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module
instructions:
/V,Y,param_name/
/S,Y,param_name/
/V,N,param_name/
/C,Y,param_name/
/C,N,param_name/
For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE
of ALPHA:
TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $
.
.
.
ALPHAX=ALPHA $
IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $
.
.
.
ADD A,B/C/ALPHAX $
and the following is not recommended:
IF( FLAG ) PARAMR

//'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $
.
.
.
ADD A,B/C/V,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
Expressions and Operators

An expression represents a single value and consists of one or more constant and/or
variable parameters separated by operators. Expressions are classified as arithmetic,
relational, logical, or character. Arithmetic expressions produce numerical values;
relational and logical expressions produce logical values. An expression can contain
intrinsic functions. An expression is specified:
• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement

• As arguments for intrinsic functions
Main Index
10
• As logical expressions in control statements:

DO WHILE, IF, IF-THEN, ELSE IF-THEN
• As logical expressions in the WHERE clause of DBVIEW, DBEQUIV, and
DBDELETE statements
Arithmetic Operators
The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of
execution precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence.
Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence
being maintained within the parentheses.
Operator Operation Sample Expressions Interpreted As

-,+ Negative or Positive X-Y X(-Y)
immediately preceded
by exponentiation
** Exponentiation -X**Y -(X**Y)
-,+ Negative or Positive -X - Y (-X) - Y
*,/ Multiplication or X*Y+Z (X*Y)+Z
Division
+,- Addition or Subtraction X+Y X+Y
In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute
A=B*C, where A and B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a
complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where CMPLX is described under “Intrinsic
Functions” in this section.
Character Operator
The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below.
Operator Operation Sample Expressions

& Concatenation ‘ABC’ & ‘DE’ = ‘ABCDE’
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 11
Relational Operators
Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the
comparison is a logical TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are
combined in one expression, the arithmetic operations are performed first. The table
below shows the allowable relational operators.
Operator Relation Tested Expression

= Equality X=Y
<>,>< Inequality X<>Y, X><Y
< Less than X<Y
> Greater than X>Y
< Less than or equal X<Y
> Greater than or equal X>Y
Logical Operators
Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical
operator returns a result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical
operation is determined as shown in the table below. These outcomes are listed in
order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence.
Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence
being maintained within the parentheses.
Operator X Y Output
NOT TRUE n/a FALSE
FALSE n/a TRUE
X AND Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE FALSE
FALSE TRUE FALSE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
X OR Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE TRUE
FALSE TRUE TRUE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
Main Index
12
Operator X Y Output
X XOR Y TRUE TRUE FALSE
TRUE FALSE TRUE
FALSE TRUE TRUE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
X EQV Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE FALSE
FALSE TRUE FALSE
FALSE FALSE TRUE
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 13
1.4 Data Blocks

A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are
comprised of records. Each record can contain a variable number of words.
The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words
(when concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent
words are not usually used.
The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record
can contain a mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For
matrices the data record corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the
matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero values in column 3.
The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about
the table or matrix. More detailed descriptions of a data block’s records are appear in
“Data Blocks” on page 47.
Table Trailers
In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables
and are described in “Data Blocks” on page 47 at the end of the table’s description.
Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified in the Executive Control or
DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence.
Matrix Trailers
In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix
trailer. Matrix trailers are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control
Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix
trailer are as follows:
Word Contents
1 Number of columns in matrix
2 Number of rows in matrix
3 Form of the matrix (square, rectangular, etc.)
4 Type of matrix (real, complex, etc.)
5 Largest number of nonzero words among all
columns
6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
Main Index
14
Word Contents
7 Size in blocks
8 Maximum string length over all strings
9 Number of strings
10 Average bandwidth
11 Maximum bandwidth
12 Number of null columns
Form is defined as one of the following:
Form Meaning
1 Square
2 Rectangular
3 Diagonal
4 Lower triangular factor
5 Upper triangular factor
6 Symmetric
8 Identity
9 Pseudoidentity
10 Cholesky factor
11 Trapezoidal factor
13 Sparse lower triangular factor
15 Sparse upper triangular factor
Type is defined as one of the following:
Type Meaning
1 Real, single precision
2 Real, double precision
3 Complex, single precision
4 Complex, double precision
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 15
Data Block Type and Status

The data block type depends on whether the data block is stored on a permanent or
scratch DBset and whether its name appears on a TYPE DB statement. A DBset is a
physical file that is a subdivision of the database; see Chapter 12 of the MD Nastran
Reference Manual.
There are three types of DMAP data blocks:
Permanent NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned

to a permanent DBset through the NDDL
Scratch NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned
to the SCRATCH DBset through the NDDL
Local Not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and
automatically assigned to the SCRATCH DBset
At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following
states:
Generated The data block has been created.

Not generated The data block has been deleted or is not yet
created.
Empty The data block has been created but has no data (or
purged). In other words, the name of the data
block is stored on a permanent DBset without any
associated data.
Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty
data blocks are created when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated
for the data block. For example, the ADD module has two inputs; if both inputs do not
exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged. Empty data blocks are
required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly
purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the
database with the DELETE statement.
Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data
blocks can be deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.
Main Index
16
1.5 Instructions
A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is
similar to a "macro" function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or
output. A module may also have parameters as input and/or output. A statement is
any instruction that is not a module and that does not operate on data blocks.
Modules
A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a
comma [,] and a list of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list
of output data block names separated by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter
(variable names or constants) separated by slashes:
module_name , input_data_block_list /
output_data_block_list /
parameter_list $
The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are
described in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on
page 860. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs, outputs, and
parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an
internal MD Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number
of input and output data block lists and the number, type, and default of the
parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the
Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and parameter names is
critical to the proper execution of the module.
Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix
operation:
[D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C]
or
[D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C]

where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the
sign to be applied to the product and additive matrices, respectively.
The format of the MPYAD module is:
MPYAD , A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 17
where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data
block name, and T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter
names.
The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below:
Listing 1-1 Module Properties List
M O D U L E
P R O P E R T I E S L I S T
- - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - -
MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT ID TYP P DEFAULT (IF ANY) W1-W2 FLG
104 17 1594 MPYAD 1 3 1 1 5
1. INT 1601 0 1
2. INT 1603 1 2
3. INT 1605 1 3
4. INT 1607 0 4
5. INT 1609 0 5
116 78 1854 PARAML 1 1 1 0 2

1. BCD 1861 -- NO DEFAULT -- 1- 2
2. INT 1862 1 3
The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers:
Header Description
MOD-NAME Module name
IN Number of input data blocks
OUT Number of output data blocks
ID Parameter position
TYP type of parameter:
INT - integer
RSP - real single precision
RDP - real double precision
CSP - complex single precision
CDP - complex double precision
BCD - character
LOG - logical
DEFAULT Default value of parameter
The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer.
Main Index
18
Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according
to the module description in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and
Statements” on page 860. If a parameter is unspecified, then the default value is
assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example,
MPYAD A , B , / D $
According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix
multiplication of A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not
transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in:
[D] = [A][B]
However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter
must be specified for the first parameter. For example,
-- NO DEFAULT --
on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter.
The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data
block name is specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format:
ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/
VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $
To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and
BGPDTS need to be specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the
module name:
ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified:
ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
Parameters can be specified on a module as:
• Input only
• Input and output
• Output only
Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in “Detailed
Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. If a parameter is
specified as input, then either a constant or variable can be specified. Note that
character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight characters
in length.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 19
For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of
1+2i on the first input matrix:
ADD A , B / C / (1.,2.) $
or ALPHA:
ADD A , B / C / ALPHA $
If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable
name must be specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module,
the fourth parameter, TERM, is an output parameter:
PARAML A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $
TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the
PARAM module for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then
TERM is assumed to be input only, no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is
incorrect.
Statements
A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce
output data blocks from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a
statement has no definition in the MPL (Module Property List). The different types of
statements are:
• Assignment (=)
• Function
• Control
• Declarative
• Data Base Function
Assignment Statement
The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to
a variable parameter. This statement has the following form:
v = e $
where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is
required to terminate the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or
character, depending on the type of the variable parameter. The type of the variable
and the expression must be the same. In other words, no mixed mode specification is
allowed.
Main Index
20
Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI
DMAP functions.
For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the
size of the variable, the expression is adjusted as follows:
• If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with
enough blanks on the right before the assignment takes place to make the
sizes equal.
• If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are
truncated to make the sizes the same.
Function Statement
Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be
referenced within module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the
evaluation of the function and returns a value to the referencing expression. Some
functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement without appearing in an
arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF, NOOP,
PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON.
The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the
argument(s) supplied, in addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision
(single, double) and form (integer, real, complex) of the result returned by the function
carries at least as much information as the arguments supplied. For example,
ACOS(X) is typed as follows:
X ACOS(X)
I RS
RS RS
RD RD
CS CS
CD CD
Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent.

The following table shows the complete function library. The abbreviations in the far
right column signify types:
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 21
Abbreviation Type
I Integer
R, RS, or RD Real
C, CS, or CD Complex
A Character
L Logical
Argument Type
Format Definition Result
to Result Type
ABS ( x ) absolute value x if x is I or R I to I

2 2
a + b x , if x = a + ib R and C to R
ACOS ( x ) arccosine –1
cos ( x ) where
I and R to C
– 1 ≤ x ≤ 1 , if x is I or R C to C
The result is computed in radians.
ACOSH ( x ) hyperbolic arccosine –1

cosh (x)
I and R to R
x≥1 C to C
For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors.
ANDL ( x, y ) numeric AND TRUE if x < 0 and y < 0 I, R, and C to L

FALSE otherwise
ASIN ( x ) arcsin –1
sin ( x ) where
I and R to R
ASINH ( x ) hyperbolic sine –1

sinh (x)
I and R to R
C to C
ATAN ( x ) arctangent –1
tan (x)
I and R to R
C to C
ATAN2 ( x1, x2 ) arctangent of quotient –1

tan (x1 ⁄ x2)
I and R to R
C to C
Main Index
22
Argument Type
to Result Type
If both arguments are zero, then the result is zero.
If x1 and x2 are real and:
x1 = 0 and x2 > 0 , then the result is 0.
x1 = 0 and x2 < 0 , then the result is π.
x1 > 0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 .
x1 < 0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 .
If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:

a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0 and ( sign of c ) ≠ ( sign of d ) , then the result is π.
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 .

( sign of a ) ≠ ( sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 .
ATANH ( x ) hyperbolic arctangent –1

tanh ( x ) where
I and R to R
ATANH2 hyperbolic arctangent –1 I and R to R

tanh ( x1 ⁄ x2 )
(x1,x2) of quotient
C to C
For real arguments, the following must be true: x1 > x2 and x2 ≠ 0 .

If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:
a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0 and ( sign of c ) ≠ ( sign of d ) , then the result is π.
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 .
( sign of a ) ≠ ( sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 .
CHAR ( x ) character value See note below. I to A
The function takes the processor collating sequence equivalent (e.g., ASCII or
EBCDIC) of a character and converts it to the character value. The integer value
( number of bits per character )
must be within the range 1 to n – 1 , where n = 2 .
CLEN ( c ) character length Character string length in A to I

multiples of 4
CLOCK( ) CPU time in sec. since I

job started
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 23
Argument Type
to Result Type
CMPLX ( a, b) convert to complex a + ib See below

x, if complex
CMPLX ( x ) x + i0 , otherwise
For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The precision
of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the argument; i.e.,
integer and real single values create complex single results, and real double
values create complex double results.
For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is the value
and type of the argument.
Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two arguments
only. The results are complex double if either or both arguments are real double.
The results are complex single if neither argument is real double.
CONCAT1(a1,a2) full word a1 & a2 A to A

concatenation
CONCAT2(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 A to A
Any trailing blanks of a1 are compressed to a single blank before a2 is

concatenated.
CONCAT3(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 A to A
The result is argument 1, with trailing blanks removed and argument 2

concatenated together.
CONJG ( x ) complex a – ib is conjugate to C to C

conjugate a + ib
COS ( x ) cosine cos ( x ) I,R to R, C to C
The angle must be in radians.
COSH ( x ) hyperbolic cosine cosh ( x ) I,R to R, C to C
The angle must be in radians.
DBLE ( x ) convert to I to RD, R to RD

double precision C to CD
Integer and real single values are converted to real double values.
Real double values are not changed.
Complex single values are converted to complex double values.
Complex double values are not changed.
DIAGOFF(x1,..) turn off DIAG TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 I to L

FALSE otherwise
DIAGON(x1,..) turn on DIAG TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 I to L

FALSE otherwise
Main Index
24
Argument Type
to Result Type
DIM (x1,x2) positive difference x1 - MIN(x1,x2) I to I, R to R

C not allowed
Mixed arguments are allowed, but function result depends solely on type of
first argument. The second argument is converted to the type of the first
argument prior to application of the function.
DLABLANK ( x ) remove all blanks ’AB’ = DLABLANK(’A B’) A to A

(collapse string)
DLXBLANK ( x ) replace multiple ’AB’ = DLXBLANK(’A B’) A to A

blanks with blank
(compress string)
DPROD(x1,x2) double product x1 ∗ x2 I to RD, R to RD

C to CD
Mixed arguments are allowed. The result is complex double, if either or both
arguments are complex single. If neither argument is complex single, the result
is real double.
EQVL (x,y) numeric equivalence I,R,C to L
The result is TRUE if both arguments are negative, zero, or positive, FALSE
otherwise.
EXP ( x ) exponential
e
x I,R to R, C to C
GETDIAG ( x ) get DIAG cell I to I
Function returns the value of DIAG cell x , where x = 1 or 2. Please see

“PUTDIAG, GETDIAG” on page 30.
GETSYS (x,y) get value of SYSTEM I to I

cell y
The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as x.
The value x must be a variable parameter.
In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify x = GETSYS(x,y).
Please see “PUTSYS, GETSYS” on page 31.
ICHAR ( x ) return integer value ASCII code A to I
The function returns the ASCII code of the character argument.

( number of bits per character )
Integer returned I < 2 .
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 25
Argument Type
to Result Type
IMAG ( x ) imaginary part b , for x = a + ib I,R,C to R
For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision real.
For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same as the
argument.
For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with precision
equal to that of the argument.
IMPL (x,y) numeric implication I,R,C to L
The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is positive
or zero. The result is true otherwise.
INDEX (a1,a2) start position of a2 in 2 = INDEX(’ABC’,’B’) A to I

a1
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string.
INDEXSTR start position of a2 A,I to I

(a1,a2, x1, x2) from x1 to x2 in a1
Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings.

Arguments 3 and 4 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts,
both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80.
If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string
subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80.
The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring subscript.
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the substring of the first
string.
INT ( x ) type to I largest integer in abs ( x ) I,R,C to I

with sign of x
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.
ITOL ( x ) type to L TRUE, if x < 0 I,R to L

FALSE, if x ≥ 0
LEQ (a1,a2) lexical TRUE, if a1 = a2 A to L

equality FALSE otherwise
LGE (a1,a2) lexical greater TRUE, if a1 ≥ a2 A to L

than or equal to FALSE, if a1 < a2
LGT (a1,a2) lexical greater TRUE, if a1 > a2 A to L

than FALSE, if a1 ≤ a2
LLE (a1,a2) lexical less TRUE, if a1 ≤ a2 A to L

than or equal FALSE otherwise
Main Index
26
Argument Type
to Result Type
LLT (a1,a2) lexical less TRUE, if a1 ≤ a2 A to L

than FALSE otherwise
LNE (a1,a2) lexical not TRUE, if a1 ≠ a2 A to L

equal to FALSE otherwise
Both arguments must be character strings. For arguments of the same length,
the results are TRUE if the strings satisfy the lexical comparison, and FALSE
otherwise.
For strings of different lengths, the shorter string is padded with blanks on the
right to the same size. The strings are then compared as equal length strings.
LOG ( x ) natural logarithm log e( x ) I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors.
For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOG10 ( x ) Common logarithm log 10( x ) I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors.
For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOGX (x1,x2) base x logarithm log 1( x2 ) I,R to R C to C
The first argument is the base of the logarithm.

The second argument is the number for which the logarithm must be
determined.
If the first argument is negative or 0, natural logarithms are assumed. If the first
argument is 1, common logarithms are assumed. If the first argument is positive
and not equal to 1, this value is used as the logarithm base.
LTOI ( x ) type to I -1, if x is TRUE L to I

+1, if x is FALSE
MCGETSYS (x,y) MODCOM get I output
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to
GETSYS (x,70 + y) .
MCPUTSYS (x,y) MODCOM put I output
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to
PUTSYS (x,70 + y) .
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 27
Argument Type
to Result Type
MAX( x1 , x2 ,...) choosing the largest max(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R

argument
The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up to the
system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one
argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at
least one argument is real double.
MIN(x1,x2,...) choosing the smallest min(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up to the
system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one
argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at
least one argument is real double.
MOD(x1,x2) remainder ( x1 – x2 ) ∗ INT(x1 ⁄ x2) I to I, R to R
The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and neither argument is real double, and real double
if at least one argument is real double.
x2 must not be equal to 0.
NEQVL(X,Y) numeric I,R,C to L

nonequivalence
The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE otherwise.
NINT ( x ) type to I with Round- INT ( x + 0.5 ) , if x ≥ 0 I,R,C to I

off INT ( x – 0.5 ) , if x < 0
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.
NOOP() no-operation returns TRUE logical output no

input
NORMAL ( x ) normalize 2 2 C to R
a +b
if x = a + ib
NOTL ( x ) numeric not FALSE if x < 0 I,R,C to L

TRUE otherwise
NUMEQ (x1,x2) equality TRUE, if x1 = x2 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
NUMGE (x1,x2) greater than or TRUE if x1 ≥ x2 I,R,C to L

equal to
FALSE, if x1 < x2
Main Index
28
Argument Type
to Result Type
NUMGT(x1,x2) greater than TRUE, if x1 > x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE, if x1 ≤ x2
NUMLE(x1,x2) less than or equal to TRUE if x1 ≤ x2 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
NUMLT(x1,x2) less than TRUE, if x1 < x2 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
NUMNE(x1,x2) not equal to TRUE, if x1 ≠ x2 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
ORL(x1,x2) numeric or TRUE, if x1 <0 or x2 < 0 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
PI(x) multiples of pi xπ I,R to R, C to C
Complex arguments of (a,b) form return aπ, bπ results.
PRECISON() current analysis integer output

precision
The function returns the currently requested precision: 1, single precision, 2,

double precision.
PUTDIAG(x,y) put x into DlAG cell y I to I
The function deposits the value x into DIAG cell y, where y = 1 or 2.

Please see “PUTDIAG, GETDIAG” on page 30.
PUTSYS(x,y) modify system cell put x into system cell y I to I
The function deposits the value x into system cell y.

PUTSYS returns the value x on completion.
In order to reset the value for later use in the DMAP, specify PUTSYS (0,126); for
example, to set system cell 126 to zero.
Please see “PUTSYS, GETSYS” on page 31.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 29
Argument Type
to Result Type
RAND(x) random number x = seed if x>0 I,R to R
generator Use last RAND(x) as
seed if x=0. If x<0
use wall clock as seed.
Result precision determined by argument precision. Real double arguments

return real double results. Integer and real single arguments return real single
results.
If the argument is greater than 0, calculate new random seed value, based on
this value, before generating random number. Provides reproducible random
sequence.
If the argument equals 0, generate new random number from last random
number generated.
If the argument is less than 0, calculate new random seed value, based on this
value and current wall clock time, before generating random number. Provides
nonreproducible random sequence.
RDIAGON(x,y) turns on DIAG TRUE if x>0, and y<65 I to L

over range x to y FALSE otherwise
The function turns on the DIAGs within the range x,y.

The value of TRUE is returned if the operation was successful.
REAL(x) Type to R real(x) I,R to R, C to R

a, if x=a+ib
Integer, real single, and complex single arguments return real single values.
Real double and complex double arguments return real double values.
Complex arguments return the real component.
RTIMTOGO() remaining CPU time returns R
Returns the CPU time remaining to the nearest hundredth of a second. Time
remaining is found by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the
TIME execution control statement.
SETCORE(x) set core Initialize all words in I,RS,L

memory to the value x
SIGN(x1,x2) transfer of sign x1 , if x2 ≥ 0 I to I, R to R

– x1 , if x2 < 0
Resultant type determined by first argument.
SIN(x) sine sin(x) I,R to R, C to C
The angles are given in radians.
SINH(x) hyperbolic sine sinh(x) I,R to R, C to C
The angles are given in radians.
SNGL(x) convert to single I,R to RS, C to CS
Main Index
30
Argument Type
to Result Type
SPROD(x1,x2) single prec product x1 ∗ x2 RD to RS, CD to CS
The results are real single if both arguments are real double and complex single
if at least one of the arguments is complex double.
SQRT(x) square root I,R to R, C to C

x
If the value of integer or real arguments is less than 0, then an error results.
For complex arguments the principal square root is returned. That is, the first
component is always greater than or equal to 0.
SUBSTRIN substring SUBSTRIN x1,x2 may be I, R or C

(A,x1,x2) ( ′ABC′, 2, 3 ) → ′BC′
Return substring of first argument with length of ABS(x2-x1)+1.

Arguments 2 and 3 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts,
both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80. If the
lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string
subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80. The larger string subscript value
becomes the upper substring subscript.
TAN(x) tangent tan(x) I,R to R, C to C
TANH(x) hyperbolic tangent tanh(x) I,R to R, C to C
TIMETOGO() remaining CPU Time returns I
Returns the remaining CPU time in integer seconds. Time remaining is found by
subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the TIME executive control
statement.
WLEN(x) VPS word length Returns VPS word length of A,I,R,C,L to I

argument
Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except character
data that ranges from 1-20.
XORL(x1,x2) numeric exclusive OR TRUE, if x1 or x2 <0 I,R,C to L

FALSE otherwise
PUTDIAG, GETDIAG
In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits
from left to right represent 32 DIAG values.
DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $
PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 31
DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd
through 64th DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For
example, to turn on DIAG 8 temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting,
the following sequence may be used:
TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $
DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $
DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN
$ EXEC. CONTROL
.
.
.
PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE
PUTSYS, GETSYS
System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP
functions. See “nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement” in Chapter 1 of the
MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of various system cells. System
cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This permits the DMAP
writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between
subDMAPs.
For example,
NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4
SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $
.
.
.
IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)<>4 ) THEN $
.
.
.
ENDIF $
Control Statement
The MD Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform
conditional branching and looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN
programming language.
The control statements are:
Main Index
32
Conditional Execution IF
Unconditional Branching JUMP and LABEL
Conditional Branching IF( )THEN, ELSE IF( )THEN, ELSE,
and ENDIF
Looping DO WHILE and ENDDO
Calling SubDMAP Operations SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN
Suspension HALT
Termination EXIT and END
Conditional Execution -- IF Statement

The IF statement conditionally executes a single DMAP instruction:
IF ( logical expression ) instruction $
In other words, if the logical expression is true, then the instruction is executed.
Instruction is any DMAP module or statement, except a control statement or the FILE,
DBVIEW, TYPE and SUBDMAP statements. Examples include:
IF ( NOGOA=-1 ) ADD GOAT,GOAQ/GOA $
IF ( ERRFLAG<0 ) CALL ERROR //S,GO/ERROR $
IF ( A AND B ) X=2*Y $
Unconditional Branching -- JUMP and LABEL Statements

The JUMP and LABEL statements are analogous to the GO TO and CONTINUE
statements in FORTRAN, except the LABEL statement cannot appear above the JUMP
statement. For example,
JUMP n $
.
.
.
LABEL n $
where n is character string, up to eight alphanumeric characters in length, and the first
character must be alphabetic.
JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block,
but JUMP and LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN
block.
JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an

IF( )THEN statement.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 33
Conditional Branching -- IF ( ) THEN Statement

The IF ( ) THEN operation has the following form:
1. IF(expression)THEN $
.
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
.
ENDIF $
2. IF(expression)THEN $
.
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
.
ELSE $
.
. DMAP executed if expression is FALSE
.
ENDIF $
3. IF(expression 1)THEN $
.
. DMAP executed if expression 1 is TRUE
.
ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $
.
. DMAP executed if expression 1 is FALSE
. and expression 2 is TRUE
ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $
.
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression
. n-1 are FALSE and expression n is TRUE
ELSE $
.
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression
. n are FALSE
ENDIF $
The expressions in the above examples are relational and/or logical operations that
result in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational operators
are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9.
Looping -- DO WHILE ( ) Statement

DO WHILE(expression) $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
34
The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that
results in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and
logical operators are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9. There
is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements.
Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see page 15), which are first referenced and created
inside a DO WHILE loop, are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page
39). The FILE statement with the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to
override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a scratch data block for subsequent
passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE statement
descriptions in “DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 851 for examples.
Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements

The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms
called subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the
calling subDMAP.
The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram, either a
main subDMAP or a called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the
SOL Executive Control statement and cannot have any arguments. A called
subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a CALL statement in
another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP.
The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are:
SUBDMAP subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
P1/P2/P3/... $]
CALL subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $
where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are
the list of input data block names, output data block names, and variable parameter
names or constant parameters. The specification of arguments is optional. If
arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements must agree in order, in
number, and, for parameters only, in type.
The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for
consistent parameter authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a
view-name defined by the DBVIEW statement cannot be specified in the argument
list.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 35
If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left

unspecified. Also, all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any
data block argument on the CALL statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called
subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as purged. All parameters must be
specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a variable
parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values,
such as qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP),
can be returned to calling subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This
method is called the save option. The save option is not required for parameters
specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called subDMAP.
The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement
terminates execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling
subDMAP. If the RETURN statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP
execution is terminated at the END statement (discussed in the next section).
Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main
subDMAP is called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first
CALL to subDMAP TEST, the second input and output data blocks are marked as ",,"
and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned as computed in TEST. In both
CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3 may have
changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3’s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a
constant value of 0 is specified for P1.
SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP
TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $
.
.
.
END $
SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $

TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $
.
.
.
RETURN $
END $
Main Index
36
The following should also be noted:

• The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list
are called local names and will not appear in any diagnostic output.
Diagnostic output, such as data base directory print or DIAGs 8 and 15, only
indicate the top-level name. The top-level name is the name of the data block
in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example above the
local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc.
• All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been
previously defined by output from a module in the calling subDMAP or
from a previously specified CALL statement, or specified on TYPE DB
statements. See the “TYPE” on page 1789 statement.
• Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either
directly or indirectly.
• The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/).
Suspension -- HALT statement

The HALT statement defines a breakpoint in the DMAP sequence. DMAP execution
will stop when the breakpoint is reached.
Example
sol prtmat
compile prtmat list
subdmap prtmat $
$
type db, zuzr01 $
$
halt $
matprn zuzr01 // $
$
end $
diag 8
cent
begin bulk
end data
DMAP execution will be stopped when the HALT statement is reached. Now the
client program will place data block ZUZR01 into the database. Subsequently, DMAP
execution is resumed, and the MATPRN module will print data block ZUZR01.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 37
Termination -- EXIT and END statements

Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT
statement can be specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be
specified only once and must appear at the end of a subDMAP.
The following example demonstrates the use of both statements:
SUBDMAP AAA $
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
IF(ERROR)EXIT$
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
END $
If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END
statement is required and must be the last statement in the subDMAP.
Declarative Statement
The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See “DMAP Modules and
Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description and ““Output from a Previous Module”
Rule” on page 38 and “Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks” on page 39 for
related discussion.
Data Base Function Statement

The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See “DMAP
Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description.
Main Index
38
1.6 “Output from a Previous Module” Rule

If a data block has already been specified as output by a previous module and is
specified as output from another module, User Fatal Message 1126 is issued during
execution. This principle is called the “output from a previous module” or “output
twice” rule. This rule is waived if any of the following is true:
• The data block is specified on a FILE statement with the APPEND or

OVRWRT keyword.
• The data block is TYPE’d (specified on a TYPE DB statement), and its current
qualifier values are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the
previous module execution.
• The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPE’d.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 39
1.7 Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks

Scratch NDDL and local data blocks are stored on the SCRATCH DBset (page 15). A
DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the database; see “Interface With Other
Programs” in Chapter 12 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Guide. To minimize the size of
the SCRATCH DBset, module scratch files are automatically deleted upon completion
of the module and DMAP scratch data blocks are automatically deleted after the
DMAP instruction in which they are used last. The location of this DMAP instruction
is called the last-time-used (LTU). An LTU is assigned to every data block. When the
LTU of an Scratch NDDL data block is reached, the data block is deleted if the current
qualifier values match. If the data block’s LTU is skipped, then the entire family is
deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values.
Special rules apply for data blocks specified in the following situations:
• For a scratch data block specified before a loop and last used inside the loop,
the LTU is extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that
the data block is deleted when the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch
NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values.
• For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the
loop, the data block is deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop,
e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data block’s LTU is located after the loop
(i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data block can be used
after the loop exits.
• For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE
statement with the SAVE keyword extends the data block’s original LTU to
the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the data block is deleted at the original
LTU within the loop.
• For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block
is deleted at the LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is
last.
DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when
they are deleted.
Main Index
40
1.8 Preface Modules and SOLution 100

The preface modules IFP1, XSORT, IFPi, DTIIN, and DMIIN generate data blocks
related to the Case Control, Bulk Data, and DMI or DTI entries. These modules are
specified at the beginning of all MD Nastran Solution Sequences.
SOLution 100 is also provided for the DMAP writer who wishes to execute his/her
DMAP sequences without having to specify the Preface modules IFP1, XSORT, and
IFPi. The DMAP writer needs to insert the following DMAP statements in the
Executive Control of the input data:
1. SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
2. If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the
DMIIN or DTIIN modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For example,
the following DMAP statements generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E and tables
TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $
DTIIN DIT,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $
Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be referenced in
subsequent DMAP statements.
3. The DMAP writer’s DMAP sequence can now be inserted.
4. TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the NDDL
of the structured solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can also be
inserted.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 41
1.9 Processing of User Errors

Modules used in Phase I of the superelement SOLution sequences (SOLs 101 through
200) include an option to continue processing after fatal errors are discovered and
printed in the output file. The module completes processing as best it can and then sets
a special integer parameter named NOGO to -1. The output files may be purged or
incomplete. If no errors are discovered, NOGO is set to 0. The DMAP writer can
choose to branch to the end of a loop or take other actions when error conditions are
discovered. This option is selected by setting SYSTEM cell 82 to 1. Users who insert
alters into Phase l should be aware of this option.
An example of this option, based on the method used in SOLs 101 through 200, is:
PUTSYS(1,82) $ALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
.
.
.
GP2 GEOM2S,EQEXINS,,GEOM2A,EPTA/ECTS,ECTAS $
IF ( NOGO = -1 ) THEN $
CALL ERRPH1 //SUBDMAP/0/-1/DUMMY $ LOOPER
RETURN $ CONTINUE TO NEXT SE ALTHOUGH
ENDIF $ ERROR FOUND IN CURRENT SE
.
.
.
PUTSYS (0,82) $ DISALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
The GEOM2S file contains element connectivity data. If the GP2 module detects errors
in this data, it will set NOGO to -1.
Modules that presently have this option include:
DCMP MGEN
DECOMP MTRXIN
DYCNTRL SEDR
EMG SELA
GP2 SEMA
GP3 SSG1
GP4 TA1
LCGEN
Main Index
42
1.10 SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH

The DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH module capabilities prior to Version 66 have
been replaced by subDMAPs, as described below.
CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
The complete descriptions can be found in “DMAP Modules and Statements” in

Chapter 4 under subDMAPs DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE.
Prior to Version 66, data blocks could be stored, fetched, and manipulated from the
database via the DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and DBMGR. In Version 66,
these modules were removed in favor of a more robust and automatic capability. To
help users store data blocks that are not already defined in the NDDL, a set of
subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the capabilities in those modules. The
subDMAPs and their capabilities are:
CALL DBSTORE store data blocks on the database

CALL DBFETCH retrieve data blocks from the database
CALL DBMGR perform various functions related to data blocks stored
using CALL DBSTORE
DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related
to these operations.
These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled
by the user if they are being used in any MD Nastran solution sequences. For example:
SOL 101
DIAG 47
COMPILE SEDRCVR
ALTER ’AFTER ELEMENT STRESS’
CALL DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/’ ’/0 $
CEND
These subDMAPs are also used in a user’s solution sequence.

SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
.
.
.
CALL DBSTORE A,,,,//0/1/’ ’/0 $
.
.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 43
.
END $
CEND
A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and
FNAME) can be obtained with the following input file:
COMPILE DBFETCH REF LIST
COMPILE DBSTORE REF LIST
COMPILE DBFTCH REF LIST
COMPILE DBSTOR REF LIST
COMPILE FNAME REF LIST
COMPILE DBMGR REF LIST
CEND
Main Index
44
1.11 WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

The WHERE clause is used in the selection of items (data blocks and parameters) on
the DBDICT, DBDELETE, DBEQUIV, and DBVIEW DMAP statements. The
CONVERT clause modifies qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause on
the DBEQUIV DMAP statements.
The WHERE and CONVERT clauses specify values for PROJECT, VERSION,
qualifiers, and DBSET. PROJECT specifies the project-identification numberthat is
originally defined on the PROJECT FMS statement at the time the project is created.
VERSION specifies the desired version-identification numberunder the project-ID.
Qualifiers are used to uniquely identify items on the database with the same name.
For example, data block KAA has SEID as one of its qualifiers, which is the
superelement ID. An item may have more than one qualifier and the collection of all
qualifiers assigned to an item is called a path. All data blocks and parameters with
qualifiers are defined in the NDDL Sequence ( see “NASTRAN Data Definition
Language (NDDL)” on page 833). Data blocks and parameters are defined on the
DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements. The DATABLK and PARAM statements
specify the name of the data block, parameter, and also its pathname. The pathnames
are defined on the PATH NDDL statement, which lists the qualifiers assigned to the
path. Qualifiers are defined on the QUAL NDDL statement. DBSET specifies the
desired DBset. The DBset of an item is specified after the LOCATION keyword on the
DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statement.
The format of the WHERE clause is:
WHERE (where-expr)
where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers,
PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for
an item on the database then the item is selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4
AND SElD<>2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID
greater than 0 except 2.
A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators
=,>‘<‘<, >, or utortu. For example, SElD>0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then
the logical expression is true. Several simple where-exprs may be joined into one
where-expr by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and EQV. The NOT
operator may be used to negate a where where-expr. For example, NOT(SEID>0) is
the same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions may also be
specified in the where-expr (see “Expressions and Operators” on page 9).
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 45
If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the
where-expr is set to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all
qualifiers in the path of an item, then the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded
(i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected). The default values of qualifiers, PROJECT,
VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the WHERE clause
is specified.
If where-expr is to be used on a DBVIEW statement to define an output data block
from a module, then the following restrictions apply:
• The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";", for
example, WHERE (SEID=10; PEID=20).
• Only one data block can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are
not supported for output data blocks).
• PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION where-expr modifier "WILDCARD" and the
use of qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the where-expr.
Examples of the WHERE clause are:
1. Select all items in the database for all superelements except 10 and 30 from
Version 1.
WHERE (VERSION=1 AND SEID>0 AND NOT(SEID=10 OR SEID=30))
2. Select all entries in database on DBSET=DBALL from all projects and
versions.
WHERE(PROJECT=PROJECT AND VERSlON>0 AND DBSET=’DBALL’)
The CONVERT clause modifies project- and version-ID, DBset-name (see “INIT” on
page 95 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement), and qualifier values of
items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBEQUIV statements. It contains one or
more assignment statements separated by semicolons. The format of CONVERT
clause is:
CONVERT(PROJECT=project-expr; VERSION=version-expr; ,
DBSET=DBset-expr;quali=qual-expri[;...])
The PROJECT and VERSION statements modify the project-identification number(see
“PROJ” on page 101 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement) and version-
ID. The DBSET statement modifies the DBset-name. The value of quali will be
replaced by qual-expri for selected items that have quali in their path. qual-expri is
any valid expression (see “Expressions and Operators” on page 9 containing
constants or any qualifier name defined in the path of the item. If qual-expri contains
names of qualifiers not in the path of the selected item, then a fatal message is issued.
Main Index
46
If project-expr and/or version-expr produces a project- or version-identification

numberthat does not exist, then one will be created. Also, all version-lDs less than
version-expr that do not exist will be created; but they will be “empty.”
Examples of the CONVERT clause are:
1. Set qualifiers SEID, PEID, and SPC to constants 10, 20, 102 respectively.
CONVERT(SEID=10;PEID=20;SPC=102)
If more than one value of a qualifier is found for an item by the WHERE
clause, then each value is processed in qual-expri to define the new qualifier
value for each of the selected items. In the example below, if the original
values of PEID were 1, 2, and 3, then the new values for the SElD qualifier
will be 2, 4, and 6.
2. Set all values of qualifier SElD to be twice the value of the PEID qualifier.
CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)
Main Index
CHAPTER
Data Blocks
2
■ Introduction
■ Matrix Data Blocks
■ Table Data Blocks
■ Table Descriptions
■ Data Block Descriptions
■ Data Block Glossary
■ Parameter Glossary
Main Index
48
2.1 Introduction
Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently
processed by the OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the MD Nastran solution sequences
with PARAM,POST.
Main Index
49
2.2 Matrix Data Blocks

The rows and columns of most matrices correspond to degree-of-freedom sets which
are defined in the USET table. Matrices are usually named according to __rc where r
and c are the names of the degree-of-freedom sets for the row and column,
respectively. For example, the rows and columns of KFS correspond to the f-set and
the s-set.
The rows and columns corresponding to degree-of-freedom sets are ordered
according to an ascending internal point identification number sequence. This is the
same as the external (user-assigned) grid point identification number sequence unless
resequencing is requested (PARAM,OLDSEQ,>-1).
Some matrices are also named with pseudo-degree-of-freedom set names.
w -- The set omitted after auto-omit (a-set combines x-set and w-set)
x -- The set retained after auto-omit (complement of w-set)
J -- Superelement interior degrees-of-freedom; for example, KJJ and PJ
H -- Modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, PHDH, MHH, PHF and UHF
In some matrices, the columns correspond to subcases, normal modes, time steps, or
forcing frequencies. These matrices are usually related to loads and solutions and
named __r__ where r is the name of the degree-of-freedom set. For example, PG is
static loads applied to the g-set and PHA is the a-set eigenvector matrix. In frequency
and transient response, a "F" or "T" may also be added to the name. For example, UDF
and UDT are the solution matrices at the d-set for frequency and transient response.
Analysis Type Columns correspond to ascending

Linear Statics Subcase identification number
Nonlinear Statics Loop identification number
Normal or Complex Eigenvalues Mode number
Frequency Response Subcase identification numberand forcing
frequency value
Transient Response Time step value
In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to
"time step triplets". The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then
velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then repeated for each time step. For example,
if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If multiple TSTEP command
subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase.
Main Index
50
The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T,
and Q_T, correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have
10 columns.
In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce,
SPCForce, and solution matrices (P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F), correspond to forcing
frequency. If multiple dynamic load (DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ
number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns represent the first DLOAD
subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second subcase, etc.
For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three
DLOAD subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first
four columns correspond to all forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple
FREQUENCY command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution
matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers, see “Data Blocks” on
page 13.
Main Index
51
2.3 Table Data Blocks

This section discusses common attributes across several tables:
• IFP tables
• OFP tables
• Element types
See “Table Descriptions” on page 71.
IFP Tables
The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks that contain
images of each Bulk Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT,
MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4 create pseudo-images based on the presence
of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated composite, composite
beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example, the
IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudo-
images. All of the tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In
an IFP Table, there is one record written for each image type present in, or derived
from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the images for that type. If
the image type is not present, then no record is written.
IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits

The first three words in all IFP Tables uniquely identify or label the contents of the
record and are called "header words". The second header word indicates a bit
position, called a "trailer bit", in the table trailer. The trailer bit indicates the presence
of a record type in the data block; i.e., if the record is present in the table, then the bit
is turned on in the trailer.
There are a total of 176 trailer bits. The first 96 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 1
through 16, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer
word 1. The second 80 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 17 through 32, numbered
from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The table below
shows that correspondence between a trailer bit and its word and bit location in the
trailer.
Main Index
52
Location in Trailer
Trailer Bit
Word Position
1 -- 16 1 16 -- 1
17 -- 32 2 16 -- 1
33 -- 48 3 16 -- 1
49 -- 64 4 16 -- 1
65 -- 80 5 16 -- 1
81 -- 96 6 16 -- 1
97 -- 112 1 32 -- 17
113 -- 128 2 32 -- 17
129 -- 144 3 32 -- 17
145 -- 160 4 32 -- 17
161 -- 176 5 32 -- 17
For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45
that corresponds to the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3.
Based on the trailer bit, the following FORTRAN statements may be used to determine
the corresponding trailer word and bit position:
WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1
BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) -- MOD(TBIT-1,16)
where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record
WORD = trailer word
BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right
and all variables are defined as integers.
Main Index
53
OFP Tables
Header Record
The header record of all OFP tables contains codes that indicate how the output
should be labeled, formatted, and printed.
Word Name Contains

1 approach_code Analysis type and output device type(s)
2 table_code Header, labeling, and sort types
9 format_code Data types (real or complex)
11 stress_code Stress/strain, von Mises/max. shear, strain-
curvature/strain-fiber flags
12 jflag Acoustic element output flag
13 iacflg Acoustic displacement (pressure) output request
flag:
2 = Yes and 0 = No
14 q4cstr CQUAD4 corner output stress option
21 metrik Electromagnetic units code (1 thru 6 or 10,
default=10)
22 emssol Electromagnetic static solution code
(0=CF+MAG,1=CF,2=ELEC,3=MAGN)
23 thermal Thermal (heat transfer) element or scaled response
spectra output:
Bit Description
1 Thermal
2 Scaled response spectra ABS
3 Scaled response spectra SRSS
4 Scaled response spectra NRL
5 Scaled response spectra NRLO
Approach_Code
Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s).
Main Index
54
1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates:
Type Description
1 Statics
2 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
3 Differential stiffness 0 (obsolete)
4 Differential stiffness 1 (obsolete)
5 Frequency
6 Transient
7 Pre-buckling
8 Post-buckling
9 Complex eigenvalues
10 Nonlinear statics
11 Geometric nonlinear statics
2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to

MOD(approach_code,10). The bits numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 Print
2 Plot
3 Punch
Therefore, MOD(approach_code,10) can be one of the following values:
Value Device Type(s)

0 None
1 Print
2 Plot
3 Print and plot
4 Punch
5 Print and punch
Main Index
55
Value Device Type(s)

6 Plot and punch
7 Print, plot, and punch
Examples:
Approach_code Description
61 Print transient response results
15 Print and punch statics results
106 Plot and punch nonlinear statics results
Main Index
56
Table_code
Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format
(Real or complex), and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2).
1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses,
etc.
Chapter
Type Description
2 Name
1 OUG Displacement vector
2 OPG Load vector
3 OQG SPCforce vector
4 OEF Element force (or flux)
5 OES Element stress(or strain)
6 LAMA Eigenvalue summary
7 OUG Eigenvector
8 none Grid point singularity table (obsolete)
9 OEIGS Eigenvalue analysis summary
10 OUG Velocity vector
11 OUG Acceleration vector
12 OPG Nonlinear force vector
13 OGPWG Grid point weight generator
14 OUG Eigenvector (solution set)
15 OUG Displacement vector (solution set)
16 OUG Velocity vector (solution set)
17 OUG Acceleration vector (solution set)
18 OEE Element strain energy
19 OGF Grid point force balance
20 OES Stresses at grid points (from the CURV module)
21 OES Strain/curvature at grid points
22 OELOF1 Element internal forces and moments
Main Index
57
Chapter
Type Description
2 Name
23 OELOP1 Summation of element oriented forces on
adjacent elements
24 OEP Element pressures
25 OEF Composite failure indices
26 OGS Grid point stresses (surface)
27 OGS Grid point stresses (volume -- direct)
28 OGS Grid point stresses (volume -- principal)
29 OGS Element stress discontinuities (surface)
30 OGS Element stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)
31 OGS Element stress discontinuities (volume --
principal)
32 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (surface)
33 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (volume --
direct)
34 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (volume --
principal)
35 OGS Grid point stresses (plane strain)
36 OEE Element kinetic energy
37 OEE Element energy loss
38 OMM MAXMIN summary
39 OQG MPC forces
40 OGPKE Grip point kinetic energy
2. Data format, sort type and random type is extracted from the bit pattern
equal to table_code/1000. Bits numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 SORT2 (on) flag
2 Complex (on) flag
3 Random (on) flag
Main Index
58
Therefore, table_code/1000 can be one of the following values:
Value Sort Type Data Format Random ?

0 SORT1 Real No
1 SORT1 Complex No
2 SORT2 Real No
3 SORT2 Complex No
4 SORT1 Real Yes
5 SORT2 Real Yes
table_code Description
4 Real force in SORT1
5 Real stress/strain in SORT1
1005 Complex stress/strain in SORT1
2010 Real velocities in SORT2
3005 Complex stress/strain in SORT2
5003 Random SPCforces in SORT2
Foremat_code
Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to
real or complex, table_code/1000 always overrides format_code and if table_code
indicates complex data, then format_code is used to distinguish between
real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output.
Value Data Format

1 Real
2 Real/imaginary
3 Magnitude/phase
Stress_code
In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record
determines the following:
Main Index
59
• Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises

• Stress or strain
• If the strain is curvature or fibre
• If the strain or stress is in the material coordinate system
Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 Hencky von Mises (on) flag
2 Strain (on) flag
3 Strain/curvature (on) flag
4 Same as bit 2
5 Material coordinate system (on) flag
Main Index
60
Therefore, stress_code can be one of the following values:
Coordinate
Value On bits Description
System
0 00000 Stress maximum shear or octahedral
1 00001 Stress von Mises
10 01010 Strain curvature maximum shear or
Element octahedral
11 01011 Strain curvature von Mises
14 01110 Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
15 01111 Strain fiber von Mises
16 10000 Stress maximum shear or octahedral
17 10001 Stress von Mises
26 11010 Strain curvature maximum shear or
Material octahedral
27 11011 Strain curvature von Mises
30 11110 Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
31 11111 Strain fiber von Mises
Main Index
61
Element Type
Some tables reference an element type number; for example, EST, KDICT, OES, and
EGPSF. The element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily
appear in all tables. Some element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery
purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100, 144, and 201 through 223.
Type Name Description

00 Grid
01 ROD Rod
02 BEAM Beam
03 TUBE Tube
04 SHEAR Shear panel
05 FORMON12 FORCEi/MOMENTi follower stiffness
06 FORCE Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA1)
07 PLOAD4 PLOAD4 follower stiffness
08 PLOADX1 PLOADX1 follower stiffness
09 PLOAD/PLOAD2 PLOAD/PLOAD2 follower stiffness
10 CONROD Rod with properties
11 ELAS1 Scalar spring
12 ELAS2 Scalar spring with properties
13 ELAS3 Scalar spring to scalar points only
14 ELAS4 Scalar spring to scalar points only with properties
15 AEROT3
16 AEROBEAM
17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)
18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2)
19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)
20 DAMP1 Scalar damper
21 DAMP2 Scalar damper with properties
22 DAMP3 Scalar damper to scalar points only
Main Index
62

23 DAMP4 Scalar damper to scalar points only with
properties
24 VISC Viscous damper
25 MASS1 Scalar mass
26 MASS2 Scalar mass with properties
27 MASS3 Scalar mass to scalar points only
28 MASS4 Scalar mass to scalar points only with properties
29 CONM1 Concentrated mass -- general form
30 CONM2 Concentrated mass -- rigid body form
31 PLOTEL Plot
32 Unused
33 QUAD4 Quadrilateral plate
34 BAR Simple beam (see also Type=100)
35 CONE Axisymmetric shell
36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
38 GAP Gap
39 TETRA Four-sided solid
40 BUSH1D Rod type spring and damper
41 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)
42 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2)
43 FLUID2 Fluid with 2 points
46 FLMASS
47 AXIF2 Fluid with 2 points
Main Index
63

50 SLOT3 Three-point slot
51 SLOT4 Four-point slot
52 HBDY Heat transfer plot for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
53 TRIAX6 Axisymmetric triangular
54 Unused (Pre-V69 TRIM6)
55 DUM3 Three-point dummy
56 DUM4 Four-point dummy
57 DUM5 Five-point dummy
58 DUM6 Six-point dummy
59 DUM7 Seven-point dummy
60 DUM8 Eight-point dummy (also two-dimensional crack
tip CRAC2D)
61 DUM9 Nine-point dummy (also three-dimensional crack
tip CRAC3D)
62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)
63 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2)
64 QUAD8 Curved quadrilateral shell
65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)
66 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20)
67 HEXA Six-sided solid
68 PENTA Five-sided solid
69 BEND Curved beam or pipe
70 TRIAR Triangular plate with no membrane-bending
coupling
71 Unused
72 AEROQ4
73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
74 TRIA3 Triangular plate
75 TRIA6 Curved triangular shell
Main Index
64

76 HEXPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid
77 PENPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid
78 TETPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid
79 Unused
80 Unused
81 Unused
82 QUADR Quadrilateral plate with no membrane-bending
coupling
83 HACAB Acoustic absorber
84 HACBR Acoustic barrier
85 TETRANL Nonlinear data recovery four-sided solid
86 GAPNL Nonlinear data recovery gap
87 TUBENL Nonlinear data recovery tube
88 TRIA3NL Nonlinear data recovery triangular plate
89 RODNL Nonlinear data recovery rod
90 QUAD4NL Nonlinear data recovery quadrilateral plate
91 PENTANL Nonlinear data recovery five-sided solid
92 CONRODNL Nonlinear data recovery rod with properties
93 HEXANL Nonlinear data recovery six-sided solid
94 BEAMNL Nonlinear data recovery beam
95 QUAD4LC Composite data recovery quadrilateral plate
96 QUAD8LC Composite data recovery curved quadrilateral
shell
97 TRIA3LC Composite data recovery triangular shell
98 TRIA6LC Composite data recovery curved triangular shell
99 Unused
100 BARS Simple beam with intermediate station data
recovery
101 AABSF Acoustic absorber with frequency dependence
Main Index
65

102 BUSH Generalized spring and damper
103 QUADP p-version quadrilateral shell
104 TRIAP p-version triangular shell
105 BEAMP p-version beam
106 DAMP5 Heat transfer scalar damper with material
property
107 CHBDYE Heat transfer geometric surface -- element form
108 CHBDYG Heat transfer geometric surface -- grid form
109 CHBDYP Heat transfer geometric surface -- property form
110 CONV Heat transfer boundary with free convection
111 CONVM Heat transfer boundary with forced convection
112 QBDY3 Heat transfer boundary heat flux load for a
surface
113 QVECT Heat transfer thermal vector flux load
114 QVOL Heat transfer volume heat addition
115 RADBC Heat transfer space radiation
116 SLIF1D Slideline contact
117 WELDC Weld (Formats ELEMID and GRID with
MSET=off)
118 WELDP Weld (Formats ELPAT and PARTPAT)
119 SEAM Seam (future development)
120 GENEL General element
121 DMIG Direct matrix input g-set
122 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic DIEL)
123 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAE)
124 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic IND)
125 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINE)
126 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAE)
127 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUAD)
Main Index
66

128 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUADX)
129 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RELUC)
130 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RES )
131 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTETRAE)
132 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTRIA)
133 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAX)
134 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOB)
135 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOB)
136 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOB)
137 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOB)
138 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEX )
139 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic 4-noded quadrilateral shell
140 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic 8-noded solid
141 HEXAP p-version six-sided solid
142 PENTAP p-version five-sided solid
143 TETRAP p-version four-sided solid
144 QUAD144 Quadrilateral plate with data recovery for corner
stresses
145 VUHEXA p-version six-sided solid display
146 VUPENTA p-version five-sided solid display
147 VUTETRA p-version four-sided solid display
148 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAM)
149 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAM)
150 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TETRAM)
151 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADM)
152 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAM)
153 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADXM)
154 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAXM)
Main Index
67

155 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPW)
156 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPW)
157 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPW)
158 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOBM)
159 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOBM)
160 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded
161 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded
162 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded
163 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded
164 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded
165 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded
166 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded
167 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded
168 TRIAX3FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded
169 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded
170 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded
171 QUADXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 9-noded
172 QUADRNL Nonlinear QUADR
173 TRIARNL Nonlinear TRIAR
174 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOBM)
175 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOBM)
176 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADWGM)
177 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAWGM)
178 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIB )
179 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIB )
180 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIB )
181 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIB )
182 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIBM)
Main Index
68

183 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIBM)
184 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIBM)
185 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIBM)
186 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPWM)
187 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPWM)
188 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPWM)
189 VUQUAD p-version quadrilateral shell display
190 VUTRIA p-version triangular shell display
191 VUBEAM p-version beam display
192 CVINT Curve interface
193 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADFR)
194 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAFR)
195 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEFR)
196 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXFR)
197 SFINT Surface interface
198 CNVPEL
199 VUHBDY p-version HBDY display
200 WELD Weld (Formats ALIGN, ELEMID, and GRIDID
with MSET=on)
201 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear
data recovery Gauss/grid
202 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded nonlinear data
recovery Gauss/grid
203 SLIF1D? Slideline contact
204 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded nonlinear
format Gauss/Grid
205 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
206 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
Gauss
Main Index
69

207 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
208 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
209 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
210 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear
format Grid
211 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded nonlinear format
Gauss/Grid
nonlinear format Gauss
213 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded
nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
214 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded
nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
nonlinear format Gauss
216 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear
format Grid
217 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
Grid
218 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear
format Grid
219 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear
format Grid
220 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear
format Grid
221 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
nonlinear format Grid
Main Index
70

nonlinear format Grid
224 ELAS1 Nonlinear ELAS1
225 ELAS3 Nonlinear ELAS3
226 BUSH Nonlinear BUSH
227 RBAR Rigid bar
228 RBE1 Rigid body form 1
229 RBE3 Rigid body form 3
230 RJOINT Rigid joint
231 RROD Rigid pin element
232 QUADRLC Composite QUADR
233 TRIARLC Composite TRIAR
Main Index
71
2.4 Table Descriptions

Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block.
A data block description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from
different modules; for example, the OES data block description describes data blocks
OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C, which are output by the SDR2, SDR3,
SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also appears in
the “Data Block Glossary” on page 648 at the end of “DMAP Modules and
Statements” in Chapter 4.
Main Index
72 BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table
2.5 Data Block Descriptions

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z
locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system
identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word Name Type Description

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA

1 CID I Coordinate system identification number
2 SIL I Internal (scalar) identification number
3 EXTID I External (user) identification number
4 DOF_TYPE I Degree of freedom/point type
5 PSC I Permanent set constraint
6 BGID I Boundary grid identification number of
-EXTID
7 XCOORD RX x in basic coordinate system
8 YCOORD RX y in basic coordinate system
9 ZCOORD RX z in basic coordinate system
Words 1 through 9 repeat until End of Record
Record 2 -- XIDMAP

1 EXTID I External identification number
2 INTID I Internal identification number
Main Index
BGPDT 73
Basic grid point definition table
Record 3 -- BIDMAP

1 BGID I Boundary (system) identification number
Record 4 -- NORMAL

1 XNORM RX X normal in aerodynamic system
2 YNORM RX Y normal in aerodynamic system
3 ZNORM RX Z normal in aerodynamic system
Record 5 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points
2 WORD2 I Number of boundary points
3 WORD3 I Number of degrees-of-freedom
4 WORD4 I Precision of the real values; i.e., type=RX
5 WORD5 I Number of scalar points
6 WORD6 I Maximum external identification number
Notes:
1. For partitioned superelements the locations are in the superelement’s basic
coordinate system. In other words, each partitioned superelement has its
own basic coordinate system.
2. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD =
ZCOORD = 0.
3. If WORD2, number of boundary grids, is zero, then record BIDMAP does not
exist and XIDMAP will be used.
Main Index
74 BGPDT68
Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
BGPDT68 Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z
locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- DATA

2 XCOORD RS x in basic coordinate system
3 YCOORD RS y in basic coordinate system
4 ZCOORD RS z in basic coordinate system
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Note:
1. Scaler points are identified by CID = -1 and XCOORD = YCOORD =
ZCOORD = 0.
Main Index
CASECC 75
Case Control information
CASECC Case Control information
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

1 SID I Subcase identification number
2 MPCSET I Multipoint constraint set (MPC)
3 SPCSET I Single point constraint set (SPC)
4 ESLSET I External static load set (LOAD)
5 REESET I Real eigenvalue extraction set
(METHOD(STRUCTURE))
6 ELDSET I Element deformation set (DEFORM)
7 THLDSET I Thermal load set (TEMP(LOAD))
8 THMATSET I Thermal material set TEMP(MAT or
INIT)
9 TIC I Transient initial conditions (IC)
10 NONPTSET I Nonlinear load output set (NLLOAD)
11 NONMEDIA I Nonlinear load output media
(NLLOAD)
12 NONFMT I Nonlinear load output format
(NLLOAD)
13 DYMLDSET I Dynamic load set (DLOAD)
14 FEQRESET I Frequency response set (FREQUENCY)
15 TFSET I Transfer function set (TFL)
16 SYMFLG I Symmetry flag (SYMSEQ and SUBSEQ)
17 LDSPTSET I Load output set (OLOAD)
18 LDSMEDIA I Load output media (OLOAD)
Main Index
76 CASECC

19 LDSFMT I Load output format (OLOAD)
20 DPLPTSET I Displacement, temperature, or pressure
output set (DISP,THERM,PRES)
21 DPLMEDIA I Displacement, temperature, or pressure
output media (DISP,THERM,PRES)
22 DPLFMT I Displacement, temperature, or pressure
output format (DISP,THERM,PRES)
23 STSPTSET I Stress output set (STRESS)
24 STSMEDIA I Stress output media (STRESS)
25 STSFMT I Stress output format (STRESS)
26 FCEPTSET I Force (or flux) output set (FORCE or
FLUX)
27 FCEMEDIA I Force (or flux) output media (FORCE or
FLUX)
28 FCEFMT I Force (or flux) output format (FORCE or
FLUX)
29 ACCPTSET I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output
set (ACCEL or HDOT)
30 ACCMEDIA I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output
media (ACCE, HDOT)
31 ACCFMT I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output
format (ACCE, HDOT)
32 VELPTSET I Velocity (or enthalpy) output set
(VELOCITY or ENTHALPY)
33 VELMEDIA I Velocity (or enthalpy) output media
(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
34 VELFMT I Velocity (or enthalpy) output format
(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
35 FOCPTSET I Forces of single-point constraint output
set (SPCFORCE)
36 FOCMEDIA I Forces of single-point constraint output
media (SPCFORCE)
Main Index
CASECC 77

37 FOCFMT I Forces of single-point constraint output
format (SPCFORCE)
38 TSTEPTRN I Time step set for transient analysis
(TSTEP)
39 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title character string (TITLE)
71 SUBTITLE(32) CHAR4 Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)
103 LABEL(32) CHAR4 LABEL character string (LABEL)
135 STPLTFLG I Model plot flag: set to 1 if
OUTPUT(PLOT) is specified
136 AXSYMSET I Axisymmetric set (AXISYMMETRIC)
137 NOHARMON I Number of harmonics to output
(HARMONICS)
138 TSTRV I Need definition
139 K2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) stiffness
matrix (K2PP)
141 M2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) mass matrix
(M2PP)
143 B2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) damping
matrix (B2PP)
145 OUTRESPV I Output frequencies or times (OFREQ or
OTIME)
146 SEDR I Data recovery superelement list (SEDR)
147 FLDBNDY I Fluid boundary element selection
(MFLUID)
148 CEESET I Complex eigenvalue extraction set
(CMETHOD)
149 DAMPTBL I Structural damping table set
(SDAMP(STRUCT)
150 DYNRED I Dynamic reduction selection (DYNRED)
151 SSDSET I Solution set displacements output set
(SDISP)
Main Index
78 CASECC

152 SSDMEDIA I Solution set displacements output media
(SDISP)
153 SSDFMT I Solution set displacements output
format (SDISP)
154 SSVSET I Solution set velocities output set
(SVELO)
155 SSVMEDIA I Solution set velocities output media
(SVELO)
156 SSVFMT I Solution set velocities output format
(SVELO)
157 SSASET I Solution set accelerations output set
(SACCE)
158 SSAMEDIA I Solution set accelerations output media
(SACCE)
159 SSAFMT I Solution set accelerations output format
(SACCE)
160 NONLINLD I Nonlinear load set in transient problems
(NONLINEAR)
161 PARTIT I Partitioning set (PARTN)
162 CYCLIC I Symmetry option in cyclic symmetry
(DSYM)
163 RANDOM I Random analysis set (RANDOM)
164 NONPARAM I Nonlinear static analysis control
parameters (NLPARM)
165 FLUTTER I Flutter set (FMETHOD)
166 LCC I Number of words in this record up to
LSEM
167 GPFSET I Grid point force output set (GPFORCE)
168 GPFMEDIA I Grid point force output media
(GPFORCE)
169 GPFFMT I Grid point force output format
(GPFORCE)
Main Index
CASECC 79

170 ESESET I Strain energy output set (ESE)
171 ESEMEDIA I Strain energy output media (ESE)
172 ESEFMT I Strain energy output format (ESE)
173 ARFPTSET I Aerodynamic force output set (AEROF)
174 ARFMEDIA I Aerodynamic force output media
(AEROF)
175 ARFFMT I Aerodynamic force output format
(AEROF)
176 SEID I Superelement identification
number(SUPER)
177 LCN I Load column number (SUPER)
178 GUST I Gust load selection (GUST)
179 SEFINAL I Final superelement identification
number(SEFINAL)
180 SEMG I Generate matrices (K,M,B,K4) for
superelement set or identification
number(SEMG)
181 SEKR I Reduce stiffness matrix (K) for
number (SEKR)
182 SELG I Generate static loads for superelement
set or identification number (SELG)
183 SELR I Reduce static loads for superelement set
or identification number (SELR)
184 SEEX I Superelement set or identification
number to be excluded (SEEXCLUDE)
185 K2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness
matrix (K2GG)
187 M2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness
matrix (M2GG)
189 B2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness
matrix (B2GG)
Main Index
80 CASECC

191 SVSET I Solution eigenvector output set
(SVECTOR)
192 SVMEDIA I Solution eigenvector output media
(SVECTOR)
193 SVFMT I Solution eigenvectors output format
(SVECTOR)
194 FLUPTSET I Fluid pressure output set (MPRES)
195 FLUMEDIA I Fluid pressure output media (MPRES)
196 FLUFMT I Fluid pressure output format (MPRES)
197 HOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry harmonic output
(HOUTPUT)
200 NOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry physical output
(NOUTPUT)
203 P2G(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) static loads
matrix (P2G)
205 LOADSET I Sequence of static loads sets (LOADSET)
206 SEMR I Generate matrices (M,B,K4) for
number (SEMG)
207 VONMISES I von Mises fiber (STRESS)
208 SECMDFLG I Superelement command existence flag
209 GPSPTSET I Grid point stress output set (GPSTRESS)
210 GPSMEDIA I Grid point stress output media
(GPSTRESS)
211 GPSFMT I Grid point stress output format
(GPSTRESS)
212 STFSET I Grid point stress field output set
(STRFIELD)
213 STFMEDIA I Grid point stress field output media
(STRFIELD
214 STFFMT I Grid point stress field output format
(STRFIELD)
Main Index
CASECC 81

215 CLOAD I Superelement static load combination
set (CLOAD)
216 SET2ID I Old design sensitivity contraint and
variable set (SET2)
217 DSAPRT I Old design sensitivity analysis print
option (SENSITY)
218 DSASTORE I Old design sensitivity analysis store
option (SENSITY)
219 DSAOUTPT I Old design sensitivity analysis
OUTPUT4 option (SENSITY)
220 STNSET I Strain output set (STRAIN)
221 STNMEDIA I Strain output media (STRAIN)
222 STNFMT I Strain output format (STRAIN)
223 APRESS I Aerodynamic pressure output set
(APRESSURE)
224 TRIM I Aerostatic trim variable constrain set
(TRIM)
225 MODLIST I Output modes list set (OMODES)
226 REESETF I Real eigenvalue extraction set for fluid
(METHOD(FLUID))
227 ESDPTSET I Element stress discontinuity output set
(ELSDCON)
228 ESDMEDIA I Element stress discontinuity output
media (ELSDCON)
229 ESDFMT I Element stress discontinuity output
format (ELSDCON)
230 GSDPTSET I Grid point stress discontinuity output
set (GPSDCON)
231 GSDMEDIA I Grid point stress discontinuity output
media (GPSDCON)
232 GSDFMT I Grid point stress discontinuity output
format (GPSDCON)
Main Index
82 CASECC

233 SEDV I Generate pseudo-loads for superelement
set or identification number (SEDV)
234 SERE I Generate responses for superelement set
or identification number (SERESP)
235 SERS I Restart processing for superelement set
or identification number (SERS)
236 CNTSET I Slideline contact output set (BOUTPUT)
237 CNTMEDIA I Slideline contact output media
(BOUTPUT)
238 CNTFMT I Slideline contact output format
(BOUTPUT)
239 DIVERG I Aerostatic divergence control parameter
set (DIVERG)
240 OUTRCV I p-element output control parameters
(OUTRCV)
241 STATSUBP I Static subcase identification number for
pre-load (STATSUB(PRELOAD))
242 UNDEF(2 ) none 242
244 DFT1 RS Displacement Filter T1 component or
TM magnitude**2
245 DFT2 RS Displacement Filter T2 component
246 ADAPT I p-element adaptivity control parameter
set (ADAPT)
247 DESOBJ I Design objective set (DESOBJ)
248 DESSUB I Design constraint set for current subcase
(DESSUB)
249 SUBSPAN I Design constraint span set (DRSPAN)
250 DESGLB I Design constraint set for all subcases
(DESGLB)
251 ANALYSIS CHAR4 Type of analysis (ANALYSIS)
252 GPQSTRS I CQUAD4 grid point corner stress option
(STRESS)
Main Index
CASECC 83

253 GPQFORC I CQUAD4 grid point corner force option
(STRESS)
254 GPQSTRN I CQUAD4 grid point corner strain option
(STRESS)
255 SUPORT1 I Supported degree-of-freedom set
(SUPORT1)
256 STATSUBB I Static subcase identification number for
buckling (STATSUB(BUCKLE))
257 BCID I Boundary condition identification
number (BC)
258 AUXMODEL I Auxiliary model identification number
(AUXMODEL)
259 ADACT I p-element adaptivity active subcase flag
(ADACT)
260 DATSET I p-element output set (DATAREC)
261 DATMEDIA I p-element output media (DATAREC)
262 DATFMT I p-element output format (DATAREC)
263 VUGSET I View-grid and element output set
(VUGRID)
264 VUGMEDIA I View-grid and element output media
(VUGRID)
265 VUGFMT I View-grid and element output format
(VUGRID)
266 MPCFSET I Forces of multipoint constraint output
set (MPCFORCE)
267 MPCMEDIA I Forces of multipoint constraint output
media (MPCFORCE)
268 MPCFFMT I Forces of multipoint constraint output
format (MPCFORCE)
269 REUESET I Real unsymmetric eigenvalue extraction
set (UMETHOD)
Main Index
84 CASECC

270 DAMPTBLF I Structural damping table set for the fluid
(SDAMP(FLUID)
271 ITERMETH I Iterative solver control parameters
(SMETHOD)
272 NLSSET I Nonlinear stress output set (NLSTRESS)
273 NLSMEDIA I Nonlinear stress output media
(NLSTRESS)
274 NLSFMT I Nonlinear stress output format
(NLSTRESS)
275 MODTRKID I Mode tracking control parameter set
(MODTRAK)
276 DSAFORM I Design sensitivity output format: 1 =
yes, 2 = no (DSAPRT)
277 DSAEXPO I Design sensitivity output export: 1 = no,
2 = yes (DSAPRT)
278 DSABEGIN I Design sensitivity output start iteration
(DSAPRT)
279 DSAINTVL I Design sensitivity output interval
(DSAPRT)
280 DSAFINAL I Design sensitivity output final iteration
(DSAPRT)
281 DSASETID I Design sensitivity output set (DSAPRT)
282 SORTFLG I Overall SORT1/SORT2 flag: 1 means
SORT1 and 2 means SORT2.
283 RANDBIT I Random analysis request bit pattern
(DISP,VELO,etc.)
284 AECONFIG(2) CHAR4 Aerodynamic configuration name
286 AESYMXY I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xy plane
287 AESYMXZ I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xz plane
288 UNDEF none
289 UNDEF none
Main Index
CASECC 85

290 UNDEF none
291 GPEPTSET I Grid point strain output set
(GPSTRAIN)
292 GPEMEDIA I Grid point strain output media
(GPSTRAIN)
293 GPEFMT I Grid point strain output format
(GPSTRAIN)
294 TEMPMAT I Thermal material set TEMP(MAT)
295 AECSSSET I Aerodynamic control surface schedule
(CSSCHD)
296 EKEPTSET I Element kinetic energy output set (EKE)
297 EKEMEDIA I Element kinetic energy media (EKE)
298 EKEFMT I Element kinetic energy format (EKE)
299 EKETHRSH RS Element kinetic energy threshold (EKE)
300 EDEPTSET I Element damping energy output set
(EDE)
301 EDEMEDIA I Element damping energy media (EDE)
302 EDEFMT I Element damping energy format (EDE)
303 EDETHRSH RS Element damping energy threshold
(EDE)
304 DFT3 RS Displacement Filter T3 component
305 DFR1 RS Displacement Filter R1 component or
RM magnitude**2
306 DFR2 RS Displacement Filter R2 component
307 DFR3 RS Displacement Filter R3 component
308 K42GG (2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) structural
element damping matrix (K42GG)
310 A2GG (2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) area matrix
(A2GG)
312 NK42GG I Internal set identification number for
K42GG
Main Index
86 CASECC

313 NA2GG I Internal set identification number for
A2GG
314 EFFMASET I Modal effective mass output set
(MEFFMASS)
315 EFFMAGID I Modal effective mass GID (MEFFMASS)
316 EFFMATHR RS Modal effective mass threshold
(MEFFMASS)
317 EQUILMED I EQUILIBRIUM print/punch bit pattern
318 EQUILGRD I EQUILIBRIUM grid point identification
number
319 RCRSET I RCROSS output set
320 RCRFMT I RCROSS format
321 AEUXREF I AEUXREF
322 GCHK I Ground check flag (GROUNDCHECK)
323 GCHKOUT I Ground check output
(GROUNDCHECK)
324 GCHKSET I Ground check set (GROUNDCHECK)
325 GCHKGID I Ground check GID (GROUNDCHECK)
326 GCHKTHR RS Ground check THRESH
(GROUNDCHECK)
327 GCHKRTHR RS Ground check RTHRESH
(GROUNDCHECK)
328 GCHKDREC I Ground check data recovery
(GROUNDCHECK)
329 ASPCMED I Output media request (AUTOSPC)
330 ASPCEPS RS EPS value for fixup (AUTOSPC)
331 ASPCPRT I EPS value for printing (AUTOSPC)
332 ASPCPCH I Punch Set identification number
(AUTOSPC)
333 UNDEF none
Main Index
CASECC 87

334 UNDEF none
335 NK2PP I Internal set identification number for
K2PP
336 NM2PP I Internal set identification number for
M2PP
337 NB2PP I Internal set identification number for
B2PP
338 NK2GG I Internal set identification number for
K2GG
339 NM2GG I Internal set identification number for
M2GG
340 NB2GG I Internal set identification number for
B2GG
341 NP2G I Internal set identification number for
P2G
342 GEODSET I Geometry check DISP set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
343 GEODMXMN I Geometry check DISP max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
344 GEODOCID I Geometry check DISP max/min output
coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)
345 GEODNUMB I Geometry check number of DISP
max/min output (GEOMCHECK)
346 GEOLSET I Geometry check OLOAD set
identification number (GEOMCHECK)
347 GEOLMXMN I Geometry check OLOAD max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
348 GEOLOCID I Geometry check OLOAD max/min
output coordinate system
(GEOMCHECK)
349 GEOLNUMB I Geometry check number of OLOAD
Main Index
88 CASECC

350 GEOSSET I Geometry check SPCF set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
351 GEOSMXMN I Geometry check SPCF max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
352 GEOSOCID I Geometry check SPCF max/min output
353 GEOSNUMB I Geometry check number of SPCF
354 GEOMSET I Geometry check MPCF set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
355 GEOMMXMN I Geometry check MPCF max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
356 GEOMOCID I Geometry checkMPCF max/min output
357 GEOMNUMB I Geometry check No. of MPCF max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
358 GEOASET I Geometry check ACCE Set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
359 GEOAMXMN I Geometry check ACCE max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
360 GEOAOCID I Geometry check ACCE max/min output
361 GEOANUMB I Geometry check number of ACCE
362 GEOVSET I Geometry check VELO set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
363 GEOVMXMN I Geometry check VELO max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
364 GEOVOCID I Geometry check VELO max/min output
365 GEOVNUMB I Geometry check number of VELO
Main Index
CASECC 89

366 NTFL I Internal set identification number for
TFL
367 UNDEF none
368 GPKESET I Grid point kinetic energy output set
(GPKE)
369 GPKEMEDI I Grid point kinetic energy media (GPKE)
370 GPKEFMT I Grid point kinetic energy format (GPKE)
371 UNDEF none
372 WCHK I Weight check flag (WEIGHTCHECK)
373 WCHKOUT I Weight check output (WEIGHTCHECK)
374 WCHKSET I Weight check set identification number
(WEIGHTCHECK)
375 WCHKGID I Weight check GID (WEIGHTCHECK)
376 WCHKCGI I Weight check CGI (WEIGHTCHECK)
377 WCHKWM I Weight check weight/mass units
(WEIGHTCHECK)
378 EXSEOUT I External superelement output items
(EXTSEOUT)
379 EXSEMED I External superelement output media
(EXTSEOUT)
380 EXSEUNIT I External superelement unit
(EXTSEOUT)
381 EXSERES1 I External superelement reserved
(EXTSEOUT)
382 EXSERES2 I External superelement reserved
(EXTSEOUT)
383 FK2PP I Internal set identification number for
K2PP factors
384 FM2PP I Internal set identification number for
M2PP factors
Main Index
90 CASECC

385 FB2PP I Internal set identification number for
B2PP factors
386 FK2GG I Internal set identification number for
K2GG factors
387 FM2GG I Internal set identification number for
M2GG factors
388 FB2GG I Internal set identification number for
B2GG factors
389 TICTYPE CHAR4 TIC type (physical, static, modal)
390 FK42GG I Internal set identification number for
K42GG factors
391 FA2GG I Internal set identification number for
A2GG factors
392 NLTYPE I Type of the nonlinear analysis
393 STEPID I STEP identification number for
nonlinear analysis
394 NSMID I Set identification number for the
nonstructural mass
395 ROUTDISP I Random output of DISPLACEMENT
request
396 ROUTVELO I Random output of VELOCITY request
397 ROUTACCE I Random output of ACCELERATION
request
398 ROUTLOAD I Random output of OLOAD request
399 ROUTSPCF I Random output of SPCFORCES request
400 ROUTSTRS I Random output of STRESS request
401 ROUTFORC I Random output of FORCE request
402 ROUTSTRN I Random output of STRAIN request
403 ROUTMSCF I Random output of MPCFORCES request
404 MDLSSET I Modal strain energy output set
405 MDLSMEDIA I Modal strain energy output media
Main Index
CASECC 91

406 MDLSFMT I Modal strain energy output format
407 MDLSESRT I Modal strain energy output option
408 MDLSTHRE RS Modal strain energy output option
THRESH
409 MDLSTFVL I Modal strain energy output option
410 MDLKSET I Modal kinetic energy output set (410)
411 MDLKMEDIA I Modal kinetic energy output media
412 MDLKFMT I Modal kinetic energy output format
413 MDLKESRT CHAR4 Modal kinetic energy output option
ESORT
414 MDLKTHRE RS Modal Kinetic energy output option
THRSESH
415 MDLKTFVL I Modal Kinetic energy output option
TIME/FREQ
416 UNDEF none
417 UNDEF none
418 UNDEF none
419 UNDEF none
420 UNDEF none
421 SEEFMNO I Energy flow modeling Case Control set
identification number
422 SEEFMHV CHAR4 Damping options
423 SEEFMDLF I Damping loss factor identification
number
424 SEEFMBND I Frequency bands identification number
425 SEEFMSDP I Damping identification number
426 UNDEF none
427 ESETHRSH RS ESE threshold value
428 POSTUNIT I POST fortran unit number
429 POSTOPT1 I POST control bit pattern word 1
Main Index
92 CASECC

430 POSTOPT2 I POST control bit pattern word 2 (430)
431 TICDIFF CHAR4 Initial condition (TIC) differential
stiffness flag
432 DSAESEID I EID set for ESE processing in design
sensitivity
433 MXMNGSET I MAXMIN grid set selection
434 MXMNGMD I MAXMIN grid output media
A
435 MXMNGFMT I MAXMIN grid output format
436 MXMNESET I MAXMIN element set selection
437 MXMNEMDA I MAXMIN element output media
438 MXMNEFMT I MAXMIN element output format
439 MCFRSET I Modal contribution fraction set
440 MCFRSOLN I Modal contribution fraction solution flag
(440)
441 MCFRFILT RS Modal contribution fraction filter
442 MCFROPT I Modal contribution fraction options bit
pattern
443 ELSUMID I Element summary output set
identification number (ELSUM)
444 ELSUMOPT I Element summary output options bit
pattern (ELSUM)
445 ELSUMDUM I Element summary dummy placeholder
-- REQUIRED (ELSUM)
446 RGYRO I RGYRO set identification number
447 CMSESET I Component modal energy
(CMSENRGY) set identification number
448 CMSEMDIA I Component modal energy
(CMSENRGY) media
Main Index
CASECC 93

449 CMSEOPTS I Component modal energy
(CMSENRGY) bit pattern
450 CMSETHRE RS Component modal energy
(CMSENRGY) threshold (450)
451 CMSETOPN I Component modal energy
(CMSENRGY) number of top values
452 GPRSORT I Global ply result, sorted with global ply
identification numbers
453 MASSSET I Mass Combination set for aerodynamics
454 UNDEF none
455 UNDEF none
456 POSTO2NM(2 CHAR4 POST op2 logical file name
)
458 RANDVAR I Random variable selection for
stochastics (RANDVAR)
459 RSVCRQTS I RESVEC Case Control request for
system modes
460 RSVCOPTS I RESVEC options for system modes (460)
461 RSVCSTBS I RESVEC STATSUB set identification
number for system modes
462 RSVCRQTC I RESVEC Case Control request for
component modes
463 RSVCOPTC I RESVEC options for component modes
464 RSVCSTBC I RESVEC STATSUB set identification
number for component modes
465 DESVAR I Design variable selection for
optimization (DESVAR)
466 BCONTACT I BCONTACT set identification number
number
467 BCONTACT CHAR4 BCONTACT other options
468 MODSELS1 I MODESELECT flag for the structure
(468)
Main Index
94 CASECC

469 MODSELS2 I MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for
the structure
470 MODSELS3 I MODESELECT HMODENM for the
structure
471 MODSELS4 RS MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the
structure
472 MODSELS5 RS MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the
structure
473 MODSELS6 RS MODESELECT T3FR for the structure
474 MODSELS7 RS MODESELECT R1FR for the structure
477 UNDEF none
478 MODSELF1 I MODESELECT flag for the fluid (478)
479 MODSELF2 I MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for
the fluid
480 MODSELF3 I MODESELECT HMODENM for the
fluid
481 MODSELF4 RS MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the
fluid
482 MODSELF5 RS MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the
fluid
483 MODSELF6 RS MODESELECT T3FR for the fluid
484 MODSELF7 RS MODESELECT R1FR for the fluid
487 UNDEF none
488 FTNURN I Fortran (TOCASE) logical unit reference
number (488)
489 SUFNAM1 I Suffix file name(1) (489)
Main Index
CASECC 95

490 SUFNAM2 I Suffix file name(2) (490)
491 ENVELOP1 CHAR4 ENVELOPE ID(1) (491)
492 ENVELOP2 CHAR4 ENVELOPE ID(2) (492)
493 GPFLXSET I grid point heat flux output set (493)
494 GPFLXMED I grid point heat flux output media
selection (494)
495 UNDEF(105) none
600 LSEM(C) I Number of symmetry subcase
coefficients from item SYMFLG
601 COEF RS Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ
or SYMSEQ)
Word 601 repeats LSEM times
602 SETID I Set identification number
603 SETLEN(C) I Length of this set
604 SETMEM I Set member identification number
Word 604 repeats SETLEN times
Words 602 through 604 repeat NSETS times
605 PARA CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA"
606 PARLEN(C) I Length of this parameter value
specification
607 CHTYPE(C) I Character type flag: 3 means character, 2
otherwise
608 PARAM(2) CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA" and "M "
610 PNAME(2) CHAR4 Name of parameter
PARLEN =8 Length
612 INTEGER I Integer value
PARLEN =9 Real-double parameter value
612 TYPE I Real type -- hard-coded to -4
613 REAL RD Real-double value
Main Index
96 CASECC

PARLEN =10 Complex-single parameter value
612 RTYPE I Real part type -- hard-coded to -2
613 REAL RS Real part value
614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -2
615 IMAG RS Imaginary part value
PARLEN =12 Complex-double parameter value
612 RTYPE I Real part type -- hard-coded to -4
613 REAL RD Real part value
614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -4
615 IMAG RD Imaginary part value
End PARLEN
Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of records
2 WORD2 I Number of records
3 WORD3 I Maximum record length
4 WORD4 I Plot flag
5 UNDEF(2) none
Notes:
1. Possible values for output media (___MEDIA) are:
• 1 = print
• 2 = plot
• 4 = punch
and their sums; e.g., 3 indicates print and plot.
2. Possible values for SORT1 output format (___FMT) are:
Main Index
CASECC 97
• 1 = real
• 2 = real/imaginary
• 3 = magnitude/phase
For SORT2, the same values are negative.
3. Possible values for SYMFLG are:
• 0 = no symmetry
• -1 = REPCASE and
• N = number of SYMSEQ or SUBSEQ coefficients
4. Possible values for DSAPRT are:
• 1 = Print (default)
• 0 = No print
5. Possible values for DSASTORE are:
• 1 = Store on data base and
• 0 = Don't store on data base (default)
6. Possible values for DSAOUTPT are:
• 1 = Store via OUTPUT2 and
• 0 = Don't store via OUTPUT2 (default)
7. Possible values for AXSYMSET are:
• 1 = Sine
• 2 = Cosine or fluid
8. Possible values for the SECMDFLG are:
• 0 = at least one of SEMG, SEKR, SEMR, SELG, SELR or SEALL is
specified
• -1 = none are specified
9. DSAFINAL=-1 means the last iteration.
10. DSASETID=-1 means the all design sensitivities.
11. RANDBIT contains bit pairs for the selection of PSDF and ATOC beginning
with left handed bits 1 and 2 for DISP and continuing with VELO, ACCE,
OLOAD, SPCF, STRESS, FORCE, STRAIN, and MPCF Case Control
commands for bits 3 through 18. The bit pair value of "00" means none, "01"
means ATOC, "10" means PSDF, and "11" means RALL.
Main Index
98 CASECC
12. Possible values for AESYMXY and AESYMXZ are:

• 2 = antisymmetric
• 3 = asymmetric
• 4 = antisymmetric
Main Index
CLAMA 99
Complex eigenvalue summary table
CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- OFPID

1 RECID(2) I Constants 90 and 1006
3 UNDEF(7 ) none
10 SIX I Constant 6
11 UNDEF(40 ) none
Record 2 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.

1 MODE I Mode number
2 ORDER I Extraction order
3 REIGEN RS Eigenvalue -- real part
4 IEIGEN RS Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
5 FREQ RS Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi)
6 DAMP RS Damping Coefficient:
(-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN)
Main Index
100 CLAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I 1006
2 UNDEF(3 ) none
5 SIX I Constant 6
6 UNDEF none
Main Index
CONTAB 101
Design constraint table
CONTAB Design constraint table
Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal
constraint identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat -- Repeated for each design constraint

1 IDCID I Internal design constraint identification
number
2 DCID I DCONSTR Bulk Data entry identification
number
3 IRID I Internal response identification number
4 RTYPE I Response type
5 TYPE I Type of response (1 or 2)
6 LUFLAG I Bound type (1=lower,2=upper)
7 BOUND RS Bound value
8 REGION I Internal region identification number
9 SCID I Subcase identification number
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of records; i.e., design
constraints
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
102 CSTM
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrices table
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

2 TYPE I Type of system
3 IINDEX I Index into INTDATA record
4 RINDEX I Index into REALDATA record
Record 2 -- REALDATA

1 REALDATA RX Real data
Record 3 -- INTDATA

1 INTDATA I Integer data
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points + number of scalar
points
2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems
3 WORD3 I Type of systems present -- see Note 1
4 WORD4 I Precision of REALDATA record -- 1 or 2
Main Index
CSTM 103

5 WORD5 I Length of REALDATA record
6 WORD6 I Length of INTDATA record
Notes:
1. Coordinate system type as specified in IDENT:TYPE and by bit numbers
numbered right to left in TRAILER:WORD3:
1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective -- defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective -- defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective -- defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective -- defined on a FEFACE
8 = general -- sequence of rotational angles on CORD3G entry
2. REALDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 1, 2, and 3 and contains real data
similar to CSTM68.
3. INTDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 4 through 8 and contains
GMCURV, etc. Identification numbers similar to CSTM68. XYZi data found
in CSTM68 are converted to grid entry indices into BGPDT.
Main Index
104 CSTM68
CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table
(Pre-Version 69)
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data Block Name
Record 1 -- HEADER

2 CIDTYPE I Coordinate system type
CIDTYPE =0 Unknown
3 TR1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 R11 RS Direction cosine in 1-1
CIDTYPE =1 Rectanglar
Main Index
CSTM68 105

CIDTYPE =2 Cylindrical
CIDTYPE =3 Spherical
Main Index
106 CSTM68

CIDTYPE =4 Convective defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
3 UNDEF(2 ) none Reserved
5 CURVID I GMCURV identification number
6 SURFID I GMSURF identification number
7 CURCID I Coordinate System where GMCURV is
defined
8 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is
defined
CIDTYPE =5 Convective defined on a GMSURF
5 SURFID I GMSURF identification number
6 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is
defined
CIDTYPE =6 Convective defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
3 RECINDX I Record index number
RECINDX =1 Index 1
4 RECTOTAL I Total number of records ( = 8 )
5 EDGEID I FEEDGE identification number
6 FACEID I FEFACE identification number
Main Index
CSTM68 107

7 GP(4) I Grid identification numbers of 4
FEEDGE grids
11 GFACE(4) I Grid identification numbers of first 4 of
12 FEFACE grids
RECINDX =2 Index 2
5 GFACE(8) I Grid identification number of next 8 of
12 FEFACE grids
RECINDX =3 Index 3
5 XYZ1(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 1
11 XYZ(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 3
14 UNDEF none Reserved
RECINDX =4 Index 4
8 XYZ2(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 1
11 XYZ(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 2
RECINDX =5 Index 5
RECINDX =6 Index 6
Main Index
108 CSTM68

RECINDX =7 Index 7
RECINDX =8 Index 8
End RECINDX
CIDTYPE =7 Convective defined on a FEFACE
3 RECINDX I Record index number
RECINDX =1 Index 1
5 FACEID I FEFACE identification number
6 GFACE(9) I Grid identification numbers of first 9 of
12 FEFACE grids
RECINDX =2 Index 2
5 GFACE(3) I Grid identification numbers of next 3 of
12 FEFACE grids
Main Index
CSTM68 109

RECINDX =3 Index 3
RECINDX =4 Index 4
RECINDX =5 Index 5
RECINDX =6 Index 6
4 RECTOTAL I Total no of records. Should be 6
End RECINDX
End CIDTYPE
Main Index
110 CSTM68
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points
2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes:
1. Coordinate system type:
1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEFACE
Main Index
DBCOPT 111
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- EXACT

1 REAL RS Objective function values, exact from
analysis
Word 1 repeats until End of Record
Record 2 -- APPRX

1 REAL RS Objective function values, optimal w.r.t
approximation
Record 3 -- MAXIM

1 REAL RS Objective function values, maximum
values of constraints
Record 4 -- DVIDS

1 INTGR I Design variable identification number
Main Index
112 DBCOPT
Record 5 -- INITV

1 REAL RS Design variable values, 1st cycle ?
Record 6Record 6 -- COL17

1 REAL RS Design variable value, Nth cycle ?
Record 7 -- DVLABEL

1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification
number
2 DVID I External design variable identification
number
3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design variable
4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design variable
Record 8 -- TRAILER

1 NFEA I Number of finite element analyses
2 NAOP I Number of optimization cycles with
respect to approximate model
3 NDV I Number of design variables
4 NCC I Convergence criterion
5 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
DBCOPT 113
Notes:
1. Convergence criterion:
1 = Hard convergence
2 = Soft convergence
3 = Compromise
4 = Maximum design cycles reached
Main Index
114 DESTAB
Design variable attributes
DESTAB Design variable attributes
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification
number
2 DVID I External design variable identification
number
3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design variable
4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design variable
5 VMIN RS Lower bound
6 VMAX RS Upper bound
7 DELX RS Move limit for a design cycle
Record 2 -- TRAILER

2 NDVI I Number of independent design variables
3 NDVD I Number of dependent design variables
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Note:
1. Independent design variables are given first in ascending IDVID followed by
dependent design variables in ascending IDVID order.
Main Index
DIT 115
Direct input tables
DIT Direct input tables
Contains images of TABLEij, TABDMP1 and GUST Bulk Data entries.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- GUST(1005,10,174)

1 SID I Gust load identification number
2 DLOAD I TLOADi or RLOADi identification number
3 WG RS Scale factor
4 X0 RS Streamwise location of the gust reference
point
5 V RS Velocity of vehicle
Record 2 -- TABDMP1(15,21,162)

1 ID I Table identification number
2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 F RS Natural frequency
10 G RS Damping
Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs
Record 3 -- TABLE3D(4000,40,460)

2 X0 RS X offset of the independent variable
3 Y0 RS Y offset of the independent variable
4 Z0 RS Z offset of the independent variable
Main Index
116 DIT
Direct input tables

5 F0 RS Offset of the dependent variable
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 XI RS X independent variable
10 YI RS Y independent variable
11 ZI RS Z independent variable
12 FI RS Dependent variable
Record 4 -- TABLED1(1105,11,133)

2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis
3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 X RS X tabular value
10 Y RS Y tabular value
Record 5 -- TABLED2(1205,12,134)

2 X1 RS X-axis shift
3 UNDEF(6 ) none
9 X RS X value
10 Y RS Y value
Main Index
DIT 117
Direct input tables
Record 6 -- TABLED3(1305,13,140)

3 X2 RS X-axis normalization
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 X RS X value
10 Y RS Y value
Record 7 -- TABLED4(1405,14,141)

3 X2 RS X-axis normalization
4 X3 RS X value when x is less than X3
5 X4 RS X value when x is greater than X4
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 A RS
Record 8 -- TABLEDR(4201,42,648)

1 TIB I Table rate identification number
2 VALUE RS Value related to the following TABLED1
3 TBID I TABLED1 identification number
Main Index
118 DIT
Direct input tables
Record 9 -- TABLEM1(105,1,93)
Same as record TABLED1 description (page 116).
Record 13 -- TABLES1(3105,31,97)

2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 X RS X value
10 Y RS Y value
Record 13 -- TABLEST(1905,19,178)

2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 TI RS Temperature
10 TIDI I TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification
number
Main Index
DIT 119
Direct input tables
Record 14 -- TABRND1(55,25,191)

2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis
3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 F RS Frequency
10 G RS Power spectral density
Record 15 -- TABRNDG(56,26,303)
Power spectral density for gust loads in aeroelastic analysis.

2 TYPE I Power spectral density type
3 LU RS Scale of turbulence divided by velocity
4 WG RS Root-mean-square gust velocity
5 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 16 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Record presence trailer word 1
2 WORD2 I Record presence trailer word 2
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes:
1. Type of interpolation (CODEX and CODEY):
0 = linear
1 = log
Main Index
120 DSCMCOL
Design sensitivity parameters
DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters
Record 0-- HEADER

Record 1 -- TYPE1 -- Type 1 Responses

2 RID I External response identification number
3 RTYPE I Response Type
RTYPE =1 Weight
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 SEID I Superelement identification number
RTYPE =2 Volume
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
RTYPE =3 Buckling
5 UNDEF none
6 SUBCASE I Subcase identification number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =4 Normal modes
5 UNDEF none
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
DSCMCOL 121

RTYPE =5 Static or modal displacement
4 GRID I Grid identification number
5 COMP I Displacement component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =6 Static or modal stress
4 EID I Element identification number
5 COMP I Stress component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =7 Static or modal strain
5 COMP I Strain component number
7 VIEWID I View element identification number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =8 Static or modal force
5 COMP I Force component number
7 VIEWID I View element identification number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =9 Composite failure
Main Index
122 DSCMCOL

5 COMP I Failure component number
7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =10 Composite stress
7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =11 Composite strain
5 COMP I Strain component number
7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =13 Static SPC Force
5 COMP I SPC Force component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =14 Strain Energy
5 COMP I Strain Energy component number
Main Index
DSCMCOL 123

7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =15 Complex eigenvalue
4 CMODE I Complex mode number
5 UNDEF none
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =16 Acoustic Pressure
5 COMP I Acoustic pressure component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =18 Grid point force
5 COMP I Grid point force component number
7 UNDEF none
8 MODE I Mode number for normal nodes analysis
RTYPE =40 Frequency response displacement
7 FREQ RS Frequency
Main Index
124 DSCMCOL

8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =41 Frequency response velocity
5 COMP I Velocity component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =42 Frequency response acceleration
5 COMP I Acceleration component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =43 Frequency response SPC Force
5 COMP I SPC Force component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =44 Frequency response stress
7 FREQ RS Frequency
Main Index
DSCMCOL 125

8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =45 Frequency response force
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =46 PSD displacement
7 UNDEF none
8 RANDPS I RANDPS identification number
RTYPE =47 PSD velocity
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =48 PSD acceleration
7 UNDEF none
Main Index
126 DSCMCOL

RTYPE =49 RMS displacement
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =50 RMS velocity
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =51 RMS acceleration
7 UNDEF none
8 FREQ RS Frequency
RTYPE =60 Transient response displacement
7 TIME RS Time
Main Index
DSCMCOL 127

8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =61 Transient response velocity
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =62 Transient response acceleration
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =63 Transient response SPC Force
5 COMP I SPC force component number
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =64 Transient response stress
7 TIME RS Time
Main Index
128 DSCMCOL

8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =65 Transient response force
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =81 Aeroelastic divergence
5 UNDEF none
6 ROOT I Root
7 MACH RS Mach number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =82 Aeroelastic trim
5 UNDEF none
6 XID I
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =83 Aeroelastic stability derivative
5 RU I R/U
6 COMP I Component number
7 UNDEF none
8 XID I
Main Index
DSCMCOL 129

RTYPE =84 Aeroelastic flutter damping
6 DENSITY RS Density
8 VEL RS Velocity
End RTYPE
Record 2 -- TYPE2 -- Type 2 Responses

4 DFLAG I Dynamic response flag (See Note )
5 FREQTIME RS Frequency or time step
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NR1 I Number of Type 1 responses
2 NR2 I Number of Type 2 responses
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes:
1. Record 1 contains NR1 * 9 words.
2. Record 2 contains NR2 * 6 words.
Main Index
130 DSCMCOL
3. If the subcase identification number on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response

spans subcases (not currently supported).
4. The DFLG attribute identifies the dynamic response type.
5. 1 -- Response is not dynamic. FREQ/TIME not required.
6. 2 -- Response is dynamic. FREQ/TIME required.
7. ? -- Response is dynamic and spans frequency or time steps FREQ/TIME not
defined.
8. If the superlement identification number attribute on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the
response spans superelements (not currently supported).
Main Index
DVPTAB 131
Designed property table
DVPTAB Designed property table
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are
first and type two follow.

1 IPID I Internal property identification number
2 DVTYP I DVPRELi Bulk Data entry identification
number
3 EPPNT I Property type (1 or 2)
4 PTYP1 CHAR4 First word of the property type
5 PTYP2 CHAR4 Second word of the property type
6 PID I Property identification number
7 FID I Property field position
8 PMIN RS Minimum property value
9 PMAX RS Maximum property value
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NPROP I Number of designed properties (number
of records in table
2 NENT1 I Number of designed properties from
DVPREL1 Bulk Data entries
3 NENT2 I Number of DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
132 DVPTAB
Designed property table
Note:
1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP =
NENT1 + NENT2).
Main Index
DYNAMIC 133
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ACSRCE(5307,53,379)
Power versus frequency for a simple acoustic source.

1 SID I Load set identification number
2 DAREA I DAREA Bulk Data entry identification
number
3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification
number
4 DELAY I DELAY Bulk Data entry identification
number
5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification
number for C(f)
6 RHO RS Density of the fluid
7 B RS Bulk modulus of the fluid
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 2 -- DAREA(27,17,182)
Scale factor for dynamic loads.

2 P I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number
Main Index
134 DYNAMIC

3 C I Component number
4 A RS Scale factor
Record 3 -- DELAY(37,18,183)
Time delay parameter for dynamic loads.

number
4 T RS Time delay
Record 4 -- DLOAD(57,5,123)
Linear combination of dynamic loads.

2 S RS Overall scale factor
3 SI RS Scale factor i
4 LI I Load set identification number i
Record 5 -- DPHASE(77,19,184)
Phase lead parameter in dynamic loading.

number
Main Index
DYNAMIC 135

4 TH RS Phase lead
Record 6 -- DYNRED(4807,48,306)

2 FMAX RS Highest frequency of interest
3 NIRV I Number of initial random vectors
4 NIT I Number of iterations
5 IDIR I Starting point to generate initial random
vectors
6 NQDES I Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 7 -- EIGB(107,1,86)

2 METHOD(2) CHAR4 Method of eigenvalue extraction
4 L1 RS Lower bound of eigenvalue range of
interest
5 L2 RS Upper bound of eigenvalue range of
interest
6 NEP I Estimate of number of roots in positive
range
7 NDP I Desired number of positive roots
8 NDN I Desired number of negative roots
9 UNDEF none
10 NORM(2) CHAR4 Method for normalizing eigenvectors
12 G I Grid or scalar point identification
number
Main Index
136 DYNAMIC

14 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 8 -- EIGC(207,2,87)

number
8 E RS Convergence criterion
9 ND1 I Number of desired eigenvectors
10 CONTFLG I Continuation flag
CONTFLG =0 With continuation
11 AAJ RS Location of A on real axis
12 WAJ RS Location of A on imaginary axis
13 ABJ RS Location of B on real axis
14 WBJ RS Location of B on imaginary axis
15 LJ RS Width of search region
16 NEJ I Number of estimated roots
17 NDJ I Number of desired eigenvectors
Words 11 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occ
CONTFLG =-1 Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Main Index
DYNAMIC 137
Record 9 -- EIGP(257,4,158)

2 ALPHA RS Location of pole on real axis
3 OMEGA RS Location of pole on imaginary axis
4 M I Multiplicity of complex root at pole
Record 10-- EIGR(307,3,85)

4 F1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of
interest
5 F2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of
interest
6 NE I Number of estimated roots
7 ND I Number of desired roots
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
number
14 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 11 -- EIGRL(308,8,348)

1 SID I Set identification number
2 V1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of
interest
3 V2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of
interest
Main Index
138 DYNAMIC

4 ND I Number of desired eigenvectors
5 MSGLVL I Diagnostic level
6 MAXSET I Number of vectors in block or set
7 SHFSCL RS Estimate of first flexible mode
8 FLAG1 LOGI V1 specification flag -- set to 1 if V1 is
specified
9 FLAG2 LOGI V2 specification flag -- set to 1 if V2 is
specified
12 ALPH RS Constant for quadratic frequency segment
distribution
13 NUMS I Number of frequency segments
14 FI RS Frequency at the upper boundary of the
i-th segment
Word 14 repeats NUMS times
Record 12 -- EPOINT(707,7,124)

1 ID I Extra point identification number
Record 13 -- FREQ(1307,13,126)

2 F RS Frequency
Main Index
DYNAMIC 139
Record 14 -- FREQ1(1007,10,125)

2 F1 RS First frequency
3 DF RS Frequency increment
4 NDF I Number of frequency increments
Record 15 -- FREQ2(1107,11,166)

2 F1 RS First frequency
3 F2 RS Last frequency
4 NF I Number of logarithmic intervals
Record 16 -- FREQ3(1407,14,39)

2 F1 RS Lower bound of modal frequency range
3 F2 RS Upper bound of modal frequency range
4 TYPE CHAR4 Type of interpolation: LINE or LOG
5 NEF I Number of frequencies
6 BIAS RS Clustering bias parameter
Record 17 -- FREQ4(1507,15,40)

Main Index
140 DYNAMIC

4 FSPD RS Frequency spread
5 NFM I Number of evenly spaced frequencies per
spread
Record 18 -- FREQ5(1607,16,41)

4 FRI RS Fractions of natural frequencies
Record 19 -- NLRSFD(3807,38,505)

2 GA I Inner grid identification number
3 GB I Outer grid identification number
4 PLANE(2) CHAR4 Radial gap orientation plan
6 BDIA RS Inner journal diameter
7 BLEN RS Damper length
8 BCLR RS Damper radial clearance
9 SOLN(2) CHAR4 Solution option
11 VISCO RS Lubricant viscosity
12 PVAPCO RS Lubricant vapor pressure
13 NPORT I Number of lubication ports
14 PRES1 RS Boundary pressure for port 1
15 THETA1 RS Angular position for port 1
16 PRES2 RS Boundary pressure for port 2
17 THETA2 RS Angular position for port 2
Main Index
DYNAMIC 141

18 NPNT I Number of finite diff points
19 OFFSET1 RS Offset in the SFD direction 1
20 OFFSET2 RS Offset in the SFD direction 2
Record 20 -- NOLIN1(3107,31,127)

2 GI I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number of I
3 CI I Component number for GI.
4 S RS Scale factor
5 GJ I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number of J
6 CJ I Component number for GJ
7 T I Identification number of a TABLEDi Bulk
Data entry.
8 UNDEF none
Record 21 -- NOLIN2(3207,32,128)

number of I
4 S RS Scale factor
number of J
Main Index
142 DYNAMIC

7 GK I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number of K
8 CK I Component number for GK
Record 22 -- NOLIN3(3307,33,129)

number of I
4 S RS Scale factor
number of J
7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function
8 UNDEF none
Record 23 -- NOLIN4(3407,34,130)

number of I
4 S RS Scale factor
number of J
7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function
8 UNDEF none
Main Index
DYNAMIC 143
Record 24 -- RANDPS(2107,21,195)

2 J I Subcase identification number of the excited
set
3 K I Subcase identification number of the applied
load set
4 X RS X component
5 Y RS Y component
6 TID I Identification number of a TABRNDi entry
that defines G(F)
Record 25 -- RANDT1(2207,22,196)

2 N I Number of time lag intervals
3 TO RS Starting time lag
4 TMAX RS Maximum time lag
Record 26 -- RLOAD1(5107,51,131)

number
3 DPHASE RS DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification
number
4 DELAY RS DELAY Bulk Data entry identification
number
5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification
number for C(f)
Main Index
144 DYNAMIC

6 TD I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification
number for D(f)
7 TYPE I Nature of the dynamic excitation
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 27 -- RLOAD2(5207,52,132)

number
3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification
number
number
5 TB I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification
number for B(f)
6 TP I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification
number for Phi(f)
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 28 -- RGYRO(10701,107,117)

1 SID I RGYRO identification number
2 ATYPE(2) CHAR4 ASYNC/SYNC flag
4 REFROT I Reference rotor identification number
5 UNIT(2) CHAR4 RPM/FREQ flag for speed input
7 SPDLOW RS Lower limit of speed range
Main Index
DYNAMIC 145

8 SPDHGH RS Upper limit of speed range
9 SPEED RS Specific speed
Record 29 -- ROTORG(10801,108,242)

1 RID I Rotor identification number
2 THRUFLAG I Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=1 No
3 ID I Grid identification number
THRUFLAG=2 THRUFLAG
3 ID1 First grid identification number
4 ID2 Second grid identification number
5 BY Grid increment
6 MINUS1 End entry
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RSPINR(10901,109,260)

2 GRIDA I Grid A for rotation direction vector
3 GRIDB I Grid B for rotation direction vector
4 GR RS Rotor damping coefficient
7 SPEED RS List of rotor speeds
Main Index
146 DYNAMIC
Record 31 -- RSPINT(11001,110,310)

2 GRIDA I Grid A for rotation direction vector
3 GRIDB I Grid B for rotation direction vector
4 GR RS Rotor damping coefficient
7 TABLEID I Table identification number for speed
history
Record 32 -- SEQEP(5707,57,135)

1 ID I Extra point identification number
2 SEQID I Sequenced identification number
Record 33 -- TF(6207,62,136)

2 GD I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number
3 CD I Component number for point GD
4 B0 RS Transfer function coefficient
number
8 CI I Component number for point GI
9 A0I RS Transfer function coefficient
Main Index
DYNAMIC 147

Words 7 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occurs
Record 34 -- TIC(6607,66,137)

2 G I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number
3 C I Component number for point GD
4 U0 RS Initial displacement
5 V0 RS Initial velocity
Record 35 -- TIC(11601,116,655)

1 SID I ID of a set of loads
2 G I Number of grid points at the center of
rotation
3 UNDEF none
4 SCALE RS Scale
5 XVEL RS X-component of initial translational velocity
6 YVEL RS Y-component of initial translational velocity
7 ZVEL RS Z-component of initial translational velocity
8 XROT RS X-component of initial rotational velocity
9 YROT RS Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10 ZROT RS Z-component of initial rotational velocity
11 THRUFL I Thru range flag
AG
THRUFLAG=0 No
12 GI I Grid identification number
Main Index
148 DYNAMIC

THRUFLAG=1 Yes
12 G1 I Starting Grid identification number
13 G2 I Ending Grid identification number
14 GINC I Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 36 -- TIC3(11601,116,655)

1 SID I ID of a set of loads
2 G I Number of grid points at the center of
rotation
3 UNDEF none
4 SCALE RS Scale
5 XVEL RS X-component of initial translational velocity
6 YVEL RS Y-component of initial translational velocity
7 ZVEL RS Z-component of initial translational velocity
8 XROT RS X-component of initial rotational velocity
9 YROT RS Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10 ZROT RS Z-component of initial rotational velocity
THRUFLAG=0 No
12 GI I Grid identification number
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
12 G1 I Starting Grid identification number
13 G2 I Ending Grid identification number
Main Index
DYNAMIC 149

14 GINC I Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Record 37 -- TLOAD1(7107,71,138)

number
number
5 TID I Identification number of TABLEDi entry
that gives F(t)
6 U0 RS Initial displacement factor for enforced
motion
7 V0 RS Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
8 T RS Time delay
Record 38 -- TLOAD2(7207,72,139)

number
number
5 T1 RS Time constant 1
6 T2 RS Time constant 2
7 F RS Frequency
Main Index
150 DYNAMIC

8 P RS Phase angle
9 C RS Exponential coefficient
10 B RS Growth coefficient
11 U0 RS Initial displacement factor for enforced
motion
12 V0 RS Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
13 T RS Time delay
Record 39 -- TSTEP(8307,83,142)

2 N I Number of time steps of value DTi
3 DT RS Time increment
4 NO I Skip factor for output
Words 2 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs
Record 40 -- UNBALNC(11101,111,368)

2 MASS I Mass versus time
MASS =1 TABLED1
3 MTABLE I
MASS =2 Constant
3 MASS RS
End MASS
4 GRID I Grid for imbalance application
5 X1 RS T1 direction for orientation vector
Main Index
DYNAMIC 151

8 ROFFSET I ROFFSET versus time
ROFFSET =1 TABLED1
9 ROFFTAB I
ROFFSET =2 Constant
9 ROFFSET RS
End ROFFSET
10 THETA RS Initial angular position
11 ZOFFSET I ZOFFSET versus time
ZOFFSET =1 TABLED1
12 ZOFFTAB I
ZOFFSET =2 Constant
12 ZOFFSET RS
End ZOFFSET
13 TON RS Start time for imbalance
14 TOFF RS Stop time for imbalance
15 CFLAG(2) CHAR4 Correction flag

1 BIT(6) I Record presence trailer words
Main Index
152 EGPSF
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that
surface or volume.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

1 SRFTYP(C) I Entity Type: 2=surface and 3=volume.
See Note 1.
Record 2 -- DATA

SRFTYP =2 Surface definition
1 SURFID I Surface identification number
2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in surface data
5 FIBRE I Fibre code for surfaces
6 OCID I Output coordinated system identification
number
7 AXIS I Axis code
8 NORMAL I Normal code
9 METH I Method of calculation
10 TOL RS Tolerance
11 MSG I Branch message flag
12 BREAK I Break flag
13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag
Main Index
EGPSF 153

14 UNDEF(7 ) none
21 UWMREF I Reference message flag
22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL
23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in surface
24 EID I Element identification numbers in surface
Word 24 repeats NELS times
25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in surface
26 GRID I Grid point identification number
(internal)
27 REFID I Reference element identification number
28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at
this grid
29 ELTYPE I Element type
30 ELID I Element identification number
31 THETA RS Angle stress point flag
32 FLAG I Angle stress point flag
33 FACTOR RS Stress Factor
Words 29 through 33 repeat NE times
Words 26 through 33 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =3 Volume definition
1 VOLID I volume identification number
2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in volume data
3 VOLIDN I Negative of volume identification
number
5 STRESS I Stress code
6 UNDEF(7 ) none
13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag
14 UNDEF(8 ) none
Main Index
154 EGPSF

22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL
23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in volume
24 EID I Element identification numbers in
volume
Word 24 repeats NELS times
25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in volume
(internal)
27 REFID I Reference element identification number
28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at
this grid
31 TOE(9) RS Element stress output 3x3 trans. matrix
40 FLAG I 10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2.
41 FACTOR RS Factor to apply to stress
Words 29 through 41 repeat NE times
Words 26 through 41 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =-1 End of Data
End SRFTYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NSV I Number of surfaces and volumes
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes:
1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume.
2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on
connection entry and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.
Main Index
EGPSF 155
3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are:

FIBRE Fibre code for surfaces
0 All (Z1,Z2,MID) (default)
1 Z1 only
2 Z2 only
3 Z1 and Z2
4 MID only
5 Z1 and MID
6 Z2 and MID
7 All
STRESS Stress code for volumes
2 Principal
1 Direct
0 Both
OCID Output coordinate system identification number
0 Basic system (default)
>0 User defined coordinate system
AXIS Axis code (surfaces only)
0 X axis (default)
1 Y axis
2 Z axis
NORMAL Normal code (surfaces only)
0 Radius
1 X axis
2 Y axis
3 Z axis
-1 -X axis
-2 -Y axis
-3 -Z axis
Main Index
156 EGPSF
10 Radius vector normal

METH Method of calculation (surfaces only)
0 Topological (default)
1 Geometric
MSG Branch message flag (surfaces only)
0 No message (default)
1 Issue messages
BREAK Break flag (surfaces only)
0 No break
1 Break
ECID Element coordinate system usage flag
0 Not used
-1 Used
4. GPELREC is nonzero if warning messages concerning the reference normal
or reference axis have been issued.
Main Index
EGPSTR 157
Element grid point stress table
EGPSTR Element grid point stress table
Provides grid point stress data for postprocessing.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
See “EGPSF” on page 152 for a description of surface and volume definition data.

1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number
2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value
3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type
4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number
5 NE(C) I Number of elements
6 EID I Element identification numbers
Word 6 repeats NE times
7 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or volume
data
8 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See note
above)
Word 8 repeats NS times
9 NG(C) I Number of grid points
TYPE =2 Surface stresses
12 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name
13 SX RS Normal x
14 SY RS Normal y
15 TXY RS Shear xy
Main Index
158 EGPSTR

16 A RS Shear angle
17 SMAJ RS Major principal
18 SMIN RS Minor principal
19 TMAX RS Maximum shear
20 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises
Words 12 through 20 repeat NF times
TYPE =3 Volume stresses
12 SX RS Normal x
13 SY RS Normal y
14 SZ RS Normal z
15 TXY RS Shear xy
16 TYZ RS Shear yz
17 TZX RS Shear zx
18 MP RS Mean pressure
19 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises
20 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction
21 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction
22 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction
23 LXA RS x-a direction cosine
24 LXB RS x-b direction cosine
25 LXC RS x-c direction cosine
26 LYA RS y-a direction cosine
27 LYB RS y-b direction cosine
28 LYC RS y-c direction cosine
29 LZA RS z-a direction cosine
30 LZB RS z-b direction cosine
31 LZC RS z-c direction cosine
Main Index
EGPSTR 159

End TYPE
Words 10 through max repeat NG times
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes:
1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses
are being processed.
If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1
If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2
If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1
If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3
2. SUBVEC and TSEIG may have the following values:

Linear statics subcase identification number 0.0
Cyclic statics vector identification number 0.0
Nonlinear statics subcase identification number load factor
Normal Modes vector identification number eigenvalue
Buckling vector identification number critical load
Transient vector identification number time
3. The element identification number is 0 unless more than one grid stress was
output for a given grid point. In that case the element identification number
defines the connected element for the given grid point stress.
Main Index
160 ELDCT
Element stress discontinuity table
ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table
Similar in format to “EGPSTR” on page 157.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
See “EGPSF” on page 152 for a description of surface and volume definition data.

1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number
2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value
3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type
4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number
5 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or
volume data
6 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See
note above)
Word 6 repeats NS times
7 NE(C) I Number of elements
9 TYPE I Element type
TYPE =2 Surface stress discontinuities
10 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name
11 SX RS Normal x
12 SY RS Normal y
13 TXY RS Shear xy
14 A RS Shear angle
15 SMAJ RS Major principal
16 SMIN RS Minor principal
Main Index
ELDCT 161

18 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises
19 ERR RS Error estimate
Words 10 through 19 repeat NF times
TYPE =3 Volume stresse discontinuities
10 SX RS Normal x
11 SY RS Normal y
12 SZ RS Normal z
13 TXY RS Shear xy
14 TYZ RS Shear yz
15 TZX RS Shear zx
18 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction
19 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction
20 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction
21 ERRN RS Error estimate for normal stress
22 ERRP RS Error estimate for principal stress
End TYPE
Words 8 through max repeat NE times
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
162 ELDCT
Notes:
1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses
are being processed.
If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1
If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2
If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1
If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3
Main Index
EPT 163
Element property table
EPT Element property table
Record 0 -- HEADER
2 PROP CHAR4
3 TYPE CHAR4 Set of property or elements
4 ORIGIN I Entry origin
ORIGIN =0 NSM Bulk Data entry
5 ID I Property or element identification
number
6 VALUE RS Nonstructural mass value
ORIGIN =2 NSML Bulk Data entry
5 ID I Property or element identification
number
End ORIGIN
Record 1 -- HGSUPPR(13901,139,654)

1 HID I Hourglass suppression identification
number
2 PROP(2) CHAR4 Property type
5 HGTYPE I Hourglass control type
6 HGCMEM RS Membrane damping coefficient
7 HGCWRP RS Warping damping coefficient
8 HGCTWS RS Twisting damping coefficient
Main Index
164 EPT

9 HGCSOL RS Soilid damping coefficient
10 IBQ I Bulk viscosity type
11 Q1 RS Quadratic bulk viscosity
12 Q2 RS Linear bulk viscosity
Record 2 -- NSM(3201,32,55)

2 PROP CHAR4 Set of property or elements
3 ID I Property or element identification number
Record 3 -- NSM1(3301,33,56)

2 PROP CHAR4
3 TYPE CHAR4 Set of property or elements
4 ORIGIN I Entry origin
ORIGIN =0 NSM Bulk Data entry
6 SPECOPT I Specification option
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
7 ID I
SPECOPT =2 All
7 ALL(2) CHAR4
Main Index
EPT 165

SPECOPT =3 Thru range
7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I
SPECOPT =4 Thru range with by
7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I
11 BY(2) CHAR4
13 N I
End SPECOPT
ORIGIN =2 NSML Bulk Data entry
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
7 ID I
SPECOPT =2 All
7 ALL(2) CHAR4
7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I
Main Index
166 EPT

7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I
11 BY(2) CHAR4
13 N I
End SPECOPT
End ORIGIN
Record 4 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)

3 VALUE RS Lumped nonstructural mass value
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
SPECOPT =2 All
5 ALL(2) CHAR4 Keyword ALL
5 ID1 I Starting identification number
6 THRU(2) CHAR4 Keyword THRU
8 ID2 I Ending identification number
Main Index
EPT 167

5 ID1 I Starting identification number
6 THRU(2) CHAR4 Keyword THRU
8 ID2 I Ending identification number
9 BY(2) CHAR4 Keyword BY
11 N I Increment
End SPECOPT
Record 5 -- NSMADD(3401,34,57)

2 ID I
Record 6R -- NSML(3501,35,58)

Record 7 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)

SID I I Set identification number
Main Index
168 EPT

SPECOPT =1 By identification numbers
5 ID I
SPECOPT =2 All
5 ALL(2) CHAR4
5 ID I
6 THRU(2) CHAR4
8 ID I
5 ID I
6 THRU(2) CHAR4
8 ID I
9 BY(2) CHAR4
11 N I
End SPECOPT
Record 8-- PAABSF(1502,15,36) -- Acoustic absorber element with frequency

dependence
Defines the properties of a frequency-dependent acoustic absorber.

2 TZREID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
resistance
Main Index
EPT 169

3 TZMID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
reactance
4 S RS Impedance scale factor
5 A RS Area factor when only 1 or 2 grid points are
specified
6 B RS Equivalent structural damping
7 K RS Equivalent stiffness
8 RHOC RS Constant used for absorption coefficient
Record 9 -- PACABS(8300,83,382) -- Acoustic absorber element

Defines the properties of the acoustic absorber element.

2 SYNTH I Request the calculation of B, K, and M
3 TID1 I TABLEDi entry identification number for
resistance
reactance
weighting function
6 TESTAR RS Area of the test specimen
7 CUTFR RS Cutoff frequency for tables referenced
above
8 B RS Equivalent structural damping values
9 K RS Equivalent structural stiffness
10 M RS Equivalent mass
Main Index
170 EPT
Record 10 -- PACBAR(8500,85,384) -- Acoustic barrier element

2 MBACK RS Mass per unit area of the backing material
3 MSEPTM RS Mass per unit area of the septum material
4 FRESON RS Resonant frequency of the sandwich
construction
5 KRESON RS Resonant stiffness of the sandwich
construction
Record 11 -- PBAR(52,20,181) -- Simple beam element

2 MID I Material identification number
3 A RS Area
4 I1 RS Area moment of inertia in plane 1
6 J RS Torsional constant
7 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit length
8 FE RS
9 C1 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element
y-axis
10 C2 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element
z-axis
11 D1 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element
y-axis
12 D2 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element
z-axis
13 E1 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element
y-axis
Main Index
EPT 171

14 E2 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element
z-axis
15 F1 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element
y-axis
16 F2 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element
z-axis
17 K1 RS Area factor for shear in plane 1
19 I12 RS Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2
Record 12 -- PBARL(9102,91,52)

3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name
5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type
7 VALUE RS Cross-section dimensions and NSM
Record 13 -- PBCOMP(5403,55,349)

3 A RS Area
Main Index
172 EPT

11 M1 RS Location center of gravity of
nonstructural mass along y-axis
12 M2 RS Location center of gravity of
nonstructural mass along y-axis
13 N1 RS Location neutral axis along element’s
y-axis
14 N2 RS Location neutral axis along element’s
y-axis
15 NSECT(C) I Number of lumped areas
NSECT =0
16 Y RS Lumped area location along element’s
y-axis
17 Z RS Lumped area location along element’s
z-axis
18 UNDEF(3 ) none
Words 16 through 20 repeat 4 times
NSECT =1
y-axis
z-axis
18 C RS Fraction of the total area for the lumped
area
20 UNDEF none
Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times
NSECT =2
y-axis
Main Index
EPT 173

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =3
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =4
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =5
y-axis
Main Index
174 EPT

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =6
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =7
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =8
y-axis
Main Index
EPT 175

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =9
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =10
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =11
y-axis
Main Index
176 EPT

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =12
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =13
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =14
y-axis
Main Index
EPT 177

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =15
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =16
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =17
y-axis
Main Index
178 EPT

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =18
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =19
y-axis
z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =20
y-axis
Main Index
EPT 179

z-axis
area
20 UNDEF none
End NSECT
Record 14 -- PBEAM(5402,54,262)

3 NSEGS I Number of segments (or intermediate
stations??)
4 CCF I Constant cross-section flag: 1=yes and 0=no
5 X RS
6 SO RS Stress output request
7 XXB RS Distance ratio from end A
8 A RS Area
14 C1 RS Stress recovery location at point C in
element y-axis
element z-axis
Main Index
180 EPT

16 D1 RS Stress recovery location at point D in
element y-axis
element z-axis
18 E1 RS Stress recovery location at point E in
element y-axis
element z-axis
20 F1 RS Stress recovery location at point F in
element y-axis
element z-axis
24 S1 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for
plane 1
25 S2 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for
plane 1
26 NSIA RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per
unit length at end A
27 NSIB RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per
unit length at end B
28 CWA RS Warping coefficient for end A
29 CWB RS Warping coefficient for end B
30 M1A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at
end A along y-axis
31 M2A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at
end A along z-axis
32 M1B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at
end B along y-axis
Main Index
EPT 181

33 M2B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at
end B along z-axis
34 N1A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along
element’s y-axis
35 N2A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along
element’s z-axis
36 N1B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along
element’s y-axis
37 N2B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along
element’s z-axis
Record 15 -- PBEAML(9202,92,53)

3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name
5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type
7 VALUE RS Cross section values for XXB, SO, NSM,
and dimensions
Word 7 repeats until (-1) occurs
Record 16 -- PBEND(2502,25,248)

3 A RS Area
7 FSI I flexibility and stress intensification factors
Main Index
182 EPT

8 RM RS Mean cross-sectional radius of the curved
pipe
9 T RS Wall thickness of the curved pipe
10 P RS Internal pressure
11 RB RS Bend radius of the line of centroids
12 THETAB RS Arc angle of element
element y-axis
element z-axis
element y-axis
element z-axis
element y-axis
element z-axis
element y-axis
element z-axis
24 RC RS Radial offset of the geometric centroid
25 ZC RS Offset of the geometric centroid
26 DELTAN I Radial offset of the neutral axis from the
geometric centroid
Main Index
EPT 183
Record 17 -- PBMSECT(13301,133,509)

3 FORM(C) I Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and
3=CP
4 RECLEN I Record Length
5 NUMSTAT(C) I Number of stations - variable from 1 to 11
6 STATID I 1-9 for intermediate, -1 for 'A', -2 for B, 0
for none
7 SRECL I Station RECord Length
8 SO RS Stress output request
9 XXB RS Distance ratio from end A
10 NSM RS Non-structural mass per unit length
11 OUTP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer
Perimeter
12 OUTG I ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer
Perimeter
FORM =1 GS
13 PTNUMINP I Position of NUMINP in record
14 PTNUMING I Position of NUMING in record
15 NUMINP(C) I Number of Point INner Perimeters
defined
16 INPEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification
number
17 INP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner
Perimeter
Words 16 through 17 repeat NUMINP times
18 NUMING(C) I Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters
defined
Main Index
184 EPT

19 INGEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification
number
20 ING I ID of GMCURV defining part of INner
Perimeter
Words 19 through 20 repeat NUMING times
FORM = CP and OP
13 PTNUMBRP I Position of NUMBRP in record
14 PTNUMBRG I Position of NUMBRG in record
15 PTNUMHEI I Position of NUMHEI in record
16 PTNUMWID I Position of NUMWID in record
17 PTNUMLEN I Position of NUMLEN in record
18 PTNUMTHI I Position of NUMTHI in record
19 NUMBRP(C) I Number of BRanch Profile defined
20 EXTBRPID I External BRanch Profile identification
number
21 BRP I ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 20 through 21 repeat NUMBRP times
22 NUMBRG(C) I Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
23 EXTBRGID I External BRanch GMCURV identification
number
24 BRG I ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 23 through 24 repeat NUMBRG times
25 NUMHEI(C) I Number of heights/vertical dimensions
26 EXTHGTID I External Height identification number
27 HGPTID1 I Height - identification number of point1
29 NUMWID(C) I Number of widths/horizontal dimensions
30 EXTWIDID I External Width identification number
31 WDPTID1 I Width - identification number of point1
Main Index
EPT 185

Words 30 through 32 repeat NUMWID times
33 NUMLEN(C) I Number of lengths/slant dimensions
34 EXTLENID I External Length identification number
35 LNPTID1 I Length - identification number of point1
Words 34 through 36 repeat NUMLEN times
37 NUMTHI(C) I Number of specified thicknesses
38 EXTTHKID I External Thickness identification number
39 THICKNES RS Thickness of the segment
SPECOPT =1 GMCURV
41 THGMID I ID of GMCURV
42 UNDEF none
SPECOPT =2 Point identification number
41 THPTID1 I Thickness - identification number of
point1
point1
SPECOPT =0 Other
41 UNDEF(2 ) none
End SPECOPT
Words 38 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
43 OHEIGHT RS Overall Station Height
44 OWIDTH RS Overall Station Width
Words 6 through max repeat NUMSTAT times
Main Index
186 EPT
Record 18 -- PBRSECT(13201,132,513)

3 FORM(C) I Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and
3=CP
4 RECLEN I Record Length
5 NSM RS Non-structural mass per unit length
6 OUTP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of
OUTer Perimeter
7 OUTG I ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer
Perimeter
FORM =1 GS
8 PTNUMINP I Position of NUMINP in record
9 PTNUMING I Position of NUMING in record
10 NUMINP(C) I Number of Point INner Perimeters
defined
11 INPEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification
number
12 INP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner
Perimeter
Words 11 through 12 repeat NUMINP times
13 NUMING(C) I Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters
defined
14 INGEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification
number
15 ING I ID of GMCURV defining part of INner
Perimeter
Words 14 through 15 repeat NUMING times
FORM = CP and OP
8 PTNUMBRP I Position of NUMBRP in record
Main Index
EPT 187

9 PTNUMBRG I Position of NUMBRG in record
10 PTNUMHEI I Position of NUMHEI in record
11 PTNUMWID I Position of NUMWID in record
12 PTNUMLEN I Position of NUMLEN in record
13 PTNUMTHI I Position of NUMTHI in record
14 NUMBRP(C) I Number of BRanch Profile defined
15 EXTBRPID I External BRanch profile identification
number
16 BRP I ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 15 through 16 repeat NUMBRP times
17 NUMBRG(C) I Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
18 EXTBRGID I External BRanch GMCURV identification
number
19 BRG I ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 18 through 19 repeat NUMBRG times
20 NUMHEI(C) I Number of heights/vertical dimensions
21 EXTHGTID I External Height identification number
Words 21 through 23 repeat NUMHEI times
24 NUMWID(C) I Number of widths/horizontal
dimensions
25 EXTWIDID I External width identification number
Words 25 through 27 repeat NUMWID times
28 NUMLEN(C) I Number of lengths/slant dimensions
29 EXTLENID I External length identification number
Main Index
188 EPT

Words 29 through 31 repeat NUMLEN times
32 NUMTHI(C) I Number of specified thicknesses
33 EXTTHKID I External Thickness identification number
34 THICKNES RS Thickness of the segment
SPECOPT =1 GMCURV
36 THGMID I Identification number of GMCURV
37 UNDEF none
SPECOPT =2 Point identification number
point1
point1
SPECOPT =0 Other
36 UNDEF(2 ) none
End SPECOPT
Words 33 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
38 OHEIGHT RS Overall Heighth
39 OWIDTH RS Overall Width
Record 19 -- PBUSH(1402,14,37)

2 K(6) RS Nominal stiffness values
8 B(6) RS Nominal damping coefficient
14 GE(6) RS Nominal structural damping constant
Main Index
EPT 189

20 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient in the
translational component
21 ST RS Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational
component
22 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient in the
23 ET RS Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational
component
Record 20 -- PBUSH1D(3101,31,219)

2 K RS Stiffness
3 C RS Viscous Damping
4 M RS Mass
5 ALPHA RS Temperature coefficient
6 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient
7 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient
8 TYPEA I Shock data type: 0=Null, 1=Table,
2=Equation
9 CVT RS Coefficient of translation velocity tension
10 CVC RS Coefficient of translation velocity
compression
11 EXPVT RS Exponent of velocity tension
12 EXPVC RS Exponent of velocity compression
13 IDTSU I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification
number for scale factor vs displacement
14 IDTCU I DEQATN entry identification number for
scale factor vs displacement
15 IDTSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for
derivative tension
Main Index
190 EPT

16 IDCSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for
derivative compression
17 TYPES I Spring data type: 0=Null, 1=Table,
2=Equation
18 IDTS I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification
number for tension compression
19 IDCS I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
20 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for
scale factor vs displacement
21 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for
force vs displacement
22 TYPED I Damper data type: 0=Null, 1=Table,
2=Equation
23 IDTD I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification
24 IDTD I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
25 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for
scale factor versus velocity
26 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for
force versus velocity
27 TYPEG I General data type: 0=Null, 1=Table,
2=Equation
28 IDTG I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification
29 IDCG I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
30 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for
scale factor versus displacement
31 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for
force versus displacement
Main Index
EPT 191

32 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for
scale factor versus velocity
33 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for
force vs velocity
34 TYPEF I Fuse data type: 0=Null, 1=Table
35 IDTF I TABLEDi entry identification number for
tension
36 IDCF I TABLEDi entry identification number for
compression
37 UT RS Ultimate tension
38 UC RS Ultimate compression
Record 21 -- PBUSHT(702,7,38)

2 TKID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
stiffness
8 TBID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
viscous damping
14 TGEID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification number for
structural damping
20 TKNID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
force versus deflection
Record 22 -- PCOMP(2706,27,287)

2 N(C) I Number of plies
3 Z0 RS Distance from the reference plane to the
bottom surface
4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area
Main Index
192 EPT

5 SB RS Allowable shear stress of the bonding
material
6 FT I Failure theory
7 TREF RS Reference temperature
8 GE RS Damping coefficient
10 T RS Thicknesses of the ply
11 THETA RS Orientation angle of the longitudinal
direction of the ply
12 SOUT I Stress or strain output request of the ply
Words 9 through 12 repeat N times
Record 23 -- PCOMPA(13100,131,547)

2 FORM(2) CHAR4 Element formulation, similar to PSHELL1
4 SHFACT RS Shear correction factor
5 REF CHAR4 Reference surface, TOP, MID or BOT
6 STRDEF(2) CHAR4 Definition in stress-strain output
8 DT1D CHAR4 Time step skip for one-dimensional failure,
YES or NO
9 STRNOUT CHAR4 Strain output option, YES or NO
10 CLT I Option to use Classical Lamination Theory
11 SPINCOR CHAR4 Spin correction, YES or NO
Main Index
EPT 193
Record 24 -- PCONEAX(152,19,147)

2 MID1 I Material identification number for
membrane
3 T1 RS Membrane thickness
4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending
5 I RS Moment of inertia per unit width
transverse shear
7 T2 RS Transverse shear thickness
9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 from the middle surface for
stress recovery
10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 2 from the middle surface for
stress recovery
11 PHI RS Azimuthal angle for stress recovery
Word 11 repeats 14 times
Record 25 -- PCONV(11001,110,411)

3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection
4 EXPF RS Free convection exponent
5 FTYPE I Formula type for various tabular functions
6 TID I ID of a TABLEHT entry
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
9 CHLEN RS Characteristic length
10 GIDIN I ID of the referenced inlet point
Main Index
194 EPT

11 CE I Coordinate system for defining the flow
direction
12 E(3) RS Vector components of flow direction
Record 26 -- PCONVM(2902,29,420)

3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection
4 FLAG I Flag for mass flow convection
5 COEF RS Constant coefficient used for forced
convection
6 EXPR RS Reynolds number convection exponent
7 EXPPI RS Prandtl number convection exponent into
the working fluid
8 EXPPO RS Prandtl number convection exponent out of
the working fluid
Record 27 -- PDAMP(202,2,45)

2 B RS Force per unit velocity
Record 28 -- PDAMPT(1202,12,33)

2 TBID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
viscous damping
Main Index
EPT 195
Record 29 -- PDAMP5(8702,87,412)

3 B RS Damping multiplier
Record 30 -- PDUM1(6102,61,116)

1 UNDEF none
Record 31 -- PDUM2(6202,62,117)

1 UNDEF none
Record 32 -- PDUM3(6302,63,118)

1 UNDEF none
Record 33 -- PDUM4(6402,64,159)

1 UNDEF none
Record 34 -- PDUM5(6502,65,160)

1 UNDEF none
Main Index
196 EPT
Record 35 -- PDUM6(6602,66,161
)

1 UNDEF none
Record 36 -- PDUM7(6702,67,163)

1 UNDEF none
Record 37 -- PDUM8(6802,68,164)

1 UNDEF none
Record 38 -- PDUM9(6902,69,165)

1 UNDEF none
Record 39 -- PELAS(302,3,46)

2 K RS Elastic property value
4 S RS Stress coefficient
Main Index
EPT 197
Record 40 - PFAST(13501,135,510)

2 MID I Material property identification number
3 D RS Diameter of the fastener
4 CONNBEH I Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR,
10=RF/R, 11=RR)
5 CONNTYPE I Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge,
2=bolt)
6 EXTCON I External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)
7 CONDTYPE I Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)
8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam,
2=T-seam)
9 MINLEN RS Minimum length of spot weld
10 MAXLEN RS Maximum length of spot weld
11 GMCHK I Perform geometry check
12 SPCGS I SPC the master grid GS
13 CMASS RS Concentrated mass
14 GE RS Structureal Damping
15 UNDEF(3 ) none
18 MCID I Element stiffness coordinate system
19 MFLAG I Defined the coordinate system type
20 KT(3) RS Stiffness values in direction 1
23 KR(3) RS Rotation stiffness values in direction 1
Record 41 -- PELAST(1302,13,34)

2 TKID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
stiffness
Main Index
198 EPT

3 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
structural damping
4 TKNID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
Record 42 -- PGAP(2102,21,121)

2 UO RS Initial gap opening
3 FO RS Preload
4 KA RS Axial stiffness for the closed gap
5 KB RS Axial stiffness for the open gap
6 KT RS Transverse stiffness when the gap is closed
7 MU1 RS Coefficient of static friction
8 MU2 RS Coefficient of kinetic friction
9 TMAX RS Maximum allowable penetration
10 MAR RS Maximum allowable adjustment ratio
11 TRMIN RS Fraction of TMAX for the lower bound of
penetration
Record 43 -- PHBDY(2802,28,236)

2 AF RS Area factor of the surface
3 D1 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface
4 D2 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface
Main Index
EPT 199
Record 44 -- PINTC(12001,120,480)

2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and
subdomain boundaries
3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier
functions
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 45 -- PINTS(12101,121,484)

2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and
subdomain boundaries
3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier
functions
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 46 -- PLPLANE(4606,46,375)

4 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output
5 UNDEF(7 ) none
Record 47 -- PLSOLID(4706,47,376)

Main Index
200 EPT

3 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output
4 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 48 -- PMASS(402,4,44)

2 M RS Mass
Record 49 -- PROD(902,9,29)

3 A RS Area
5 C RS Coefficient to determine torsional stress
Record 50 -- PSHEAR(1002,10,42)

3 T RS Thickness o
4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area.
5 F1 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges
1-2 and 3-4
6 F2 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges
2-3 and 1-4
Main Index
EPT 201
Record 51 -- PSHELL(2302,23,283)

2 MID1 I Material identification number for the
membrane
3 T RS Default membrane thickness for Ti on the
connection entry
4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending
5 BK RS Bending moment of inertia ratio
transverse shear
7 TS RS Transverse shear thickness ratio
9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
membrane-bending coupling
Record 52 -- PSOLID(2402,24,281)

3 CORDM I Material coordinate system identification
number
4 IN I Integration network
5 STRESS I Location selection for stress output
6 ISOP I Integration scheme
7 FCTN CHAR4 Fluid element flag
Main Index
202 EPT
Record 53 -- PSOLIDL(7602,76,370)

2 FT I
3 TREF RS
4 GE RS
5 NSM RS
6 NLAY I
8 T1 RS
9 THETA RS
10 SOUT I
Record 54 -- PTRIA6(6202,62,117)

3 REAL(4) RS
Record 55 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)

3 ELFORM I Element formulation
4 SHRF RS Shear factor
5 NIP(C) I Number of through shell thickness
integration points
6 PROPT RS Printout option
Main Index
EPT 203

7 QR RS Quadrature rule
8 ICOMP I Flag for layered composite material mode
9 B RS Material angle at i-th integration point
Word 9 repeats NIP times
Record 56 -- PTUBE(1602,16,30)
This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer.

3 OD RS Outside diameter of tube
4 T RS Thickness of tube
6 OD2 RS Heat transfer only: Outside diameter of
tube
Record 57-- PSET(10301,103,399)

1 ID I p-value set identification number
2 POLY1 I Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID
system
system
system
6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"
Main Index
204 EPT

7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element
identification number with this p-value
specification.
Record 58 -- PVAL(10201,102,400)

1 ID I p-value set identification number
system
system
system
6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"
7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element
identification number with this p-value
specification.
Record 59-- PVISC(1802,18,31)

2 CE RS Viscous damping for extension
3 CR RS Viscous damping for rotation
Main Index
EPT 205
Record 60 -- PWELD(11801,118,560)

2 MID I Material property identification
number
3 D RS Diameter of the spot weld
10=RF/R, 11=RR)
2=bolt)
8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam,
2=T-seam)
14 UNDEF(1) NONE
Record 61 -- PWSEAM(13701,137,638)

3 W RS Width of spot weld
4 T RS thickness of seam
10=RF/R, 11=RR)
2=bolt)
Main Index
206 EPT

8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-
seam)
Record 62 -- VIEW(2606,26,289)

1 IVIEW I View identification number
2 ICAVITY I Cavity identification number
3 SHADE I Shadowing flag for the face of CHBDYi
element
4 NB I Subelement mesh size in the beta direction
5 NG I Subelement mesh size in the gamma
direction
6 DISLIN RS Displacement of a surface perpendicular
to the surface
Record 63 -- VIEW3D(3002,30,415)

1 ICAVITY I Radiant cavity identification number
2 GITB I Gaussian integration order for third-body
shadowing
3 GIPS I Gaussian integration order for self-
shadowing
4 CIER I Discretization level
Main Index
EPT 207

5 ETOL RS Error estimate
6 ZTOL RS Zero tolerance
7 WTOL RS Warpage tolerance
8 RADCHK I Radiation exchange diagnostic output
level

Main Index
208 EPT01
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
EPT01 Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
Note: EPT01 is identical in format and content to EPT except for the following
records.
Record 0 – PBUSH(1402,14,37)

2 K(6) RS Nominal stiffness values
8 B(6) RS Nominal damping coefficient
14 GE1 RS Nominal structural damping constant
15 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient in the
16 ST RS Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational
component
17 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient in the
18 ET RS Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational
component
Record 1 – PBUSHT(702,7,38)

2 TKID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
stiffness
8 TBID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
viscous damping
14 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for
structural damping
15 TKNID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for
Main Index
EPT01 209
Record 2 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)

3 ELFORM I Element formulation
4 SHRF RS Shear factor
5 NIP(C) I Number of through shell thickness
integration points
6 PROPT RS Printout option
7 QR RS Quadrature rule
8 ICOMP I Flag for layered composite material
mode
9 B RS Material angle at i-th integration point
Word 9 repeats NIP times
Record 3 - PWSEAM(13701,137,638)

3 W RS Width of spot weld
4 T RS thickness of seam
10=RF/R, 11=RR)
6 CONNTYPE I Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)
8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-
seam)
Main Index
210 EPT01

Main Index
EQEXIN 211
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- EXT2INT
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal
numbers in external sort.

1 GRIDID I External grid or scalar identification
number
Record 2 -- EXT2SIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external
sort.

number
2 TENXSIL I 10*SIL number + code (see note)
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NGS I Total number of grid scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
212 EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
Note:
1. In TENXSIL, SIL number (scalar index value) is the degree-of-freedom
counter and in this context represents the first degree-of-freedom of the grid
or scalar point. Code represents the type of point:
1 for grid point

2 for scalar point
3 for extra point
For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL
numbers are 1, 7, and 13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131.
Main Index
ERROR 213
Table of p-element error tolerances
ERROR Table of p-element error tolerances
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ERROR

2 ERRMAX RS Accumulated Maximum error for all
subcases
3 P(3) I Polynomial order in x,y,z directions
6 ERRCAS RS Calculated error for current subcase
7 WHYCAS I Why an element is excluded from error
analysis
8 WHYALL I Accumulation over all subcases of
previous item
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NWERRN I Used by OFPVUI subroutine
2 ERRPRN I Accumulates error print requests
3 PVALDV I Accumulates PVAL card print/punch
requests.
4 ILOOP I To check with current ILOOP for new
adaptivity loop
5 PVALID I To be used as old PVAL identification
number. Updated only when SEID=0
6 UNDEF none
Main Index
214 ERROR
Table of p-element error tolerances
Note:
1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for
ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM.
Main Index
FOL 215
Frequency response frequency output list
FOL Frequency response frequency output list
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 FREQ RS Frequency
Record 1 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of frequencies
2 WORD2 I Frequency set record number
3 WORD3 I Number of loads
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
216 GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- CORD1C(1701,17,6)

1 CID I Coordinate system identification
number
2 TWO I Constant 2
3 ONE I Constant 1
4 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number
Record 2 -- CORD1R(1801,18,5)

number
2 ONE1 I Constant 1
3 ONE2 I Constant 1
Main Index
GEOM1 217
Record 3 -- CORD1S(1901,19,7)

number
2 THREE I Constant 3
3 ONE I Constant 1
Record 4 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)

2 TWO1 I Constant 2
3 TWO2 I Constant 2
4 RID I Reference coordinate system
5 A1 RX Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID
8 B1 RX Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID
11 C1 RX Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID
Main Index
218 GEOM1
Record 5 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)

2 ONE I Constant 1
3 TWO I Constant 2
Record 6 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)

2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65 or 3?
3 EIGHT I Constant 8 or 2?
4 RID I Reference coordinate system identification
number
Main Index
GEOM1 219

Record 7 -- CORD3R(14301,143,651)

1 CID I Unique coordinate system identification
number
2 N1 I First grid point identification number
3 N2 I Second grid point identification number
4 N3 I Third grid point identification number
Record 8 -- CSUPER(2301,23,304)

1 SSID I Coded identification number for secondary
superelement
2 PSID I Primary superelement identification
number
3 G I Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton
numbers
Record 9 -- CSUPEXT(5501,55,297)

2 G I Grid or scalar point identification numbers
in the downstream superelement
Main Index
220 GEOM1
Record 10 -- EXTRN(1627,16,463)

1 GID I Grid point identification numbers to connect
external SE
2 C I Component numbers
Record 11 -- FEEDGE(6101,61,388)

1 EDGEID I Edge identification number
2 GRID1 I Identification number of end GRID 1
5 GEOMIN CHAR4 Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or
"POINT"
6 GEOMID1 I Identification number of a POINT or
GMCURV entry
7 GEOMID2 I Identification number of a POINT or
GMCURV entry
Record 12 -- GMCURV(6601,66,392)

1 CURVID I Curve identification number
2 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Group of curves/surfaces to which this
curve belongs
4 CIDIN I Coordinate system identification number
for the geometry
5 CIDBC I Coordinate system identification number
for the constraints
6 DATA CHAR4 Geometry evaluator specific data
Main Index
GEOM1 221
Record 13 -- FEFACE(6201,62,389)

1 FACEID I Face identification number
for the constraints
7 SURFID(2) I Alternate method used to specify the
geometry
Record 14 -- POINT(6001,60,377)

1 ID I Point identification number
number
3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of
CID
CID
CID
Record 15 -- GMSURF(10101,101,394)

1 ID I Surface Identification number
2 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Group of curves/surfaces to which this
curve belongs
4 CIDIN I Coordinate system identification number
for the geometry
Main Index
222 GEOM1

for the constraints
6 DATA CHAR4 Geometry evaluator specific data
Record 16 -- GMCORD(6401,64,402)

2 ENTITY CHAR4 Bulk Data entry used to define the
coordinate system
3 ID1 I Entity identification number 1
4 ID2 I Entity identification number 2
Record 17 -- GRID(4501,45,1)

1 ID I Grid point identification number
2 CP I Location coordinate system identification
number
3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP
6 CD I Degree-of-freedom coordinate system
7 PS I Permanent single-point constraints
Main Index
GEOM1 223
Record 18 -- SEBNDRY(1527,15,466)

1 SEIDA I Superelement A identification number
2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number
3 G I Boundary grid point identification number
in SEIDA
Record 19 -- SEBULK(1427,14,465)

2 TYPE I Superelement type
3 RSEID I Reference superelement identification
number
4 METHOD I Boundary point search method:
1=automatic or 2=manual
5 TOL RS Location tolerance
6 LOC I Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
7 MEDIA I Media format of boundary data of external
SE
8 UNIT I FORTRAN unit number of OP2 and OP4
input of external SE
Record 20 -- SECONCT(427,4,453)

2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number
3 TOL RS Location tolerance
4 LOC I Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
Main Index
224 GEOM1

5 UNDEF(4 ) none
9 GA I Grid point identification number in
SEIDA
10 GB I Grid point identification number in SEIDB
Record 21 -- SEELT(7902,79,302)

Record 22 -- SEEXCLD(527,72,454)

2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number or -1
for all
3 GA I Grid point identification number in SEIDA
Record 23 -- SELABEL(1027,10,459)

2 LABEL(14) CHAR4 Label associated with superelement
SEID
Main Index
GEOM1 225
Record 24 -- SELOC(827,8,457)

2 GA1 I Grid point 1 identification number in SEID
5 GB1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the
main Bulk Data
main Bulk Data
main Bulk Data
Record 25 -- SEMPLN(927,9,458)

2 MIRRTYPE I Mirror type
MIRRTYPE=1 Plane
3 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the
main Bulk Data
main Bulk Data
main Bulk Data
6 UNDEF(2 ) none Not Defined
MIRRTYPE=2 Normal
3 G I Grid point identification number in the
main Bulk Data
5 N1 RS Normal component in direction 1 of CID
Main Index
226 GEOM1

End MIRRTYPE
Record 26 -- SENQSET(1327,13,464)

2 NQSET I Number of internally generated scalar
points
Record 27 -- SEQGP(5301,53,4)

1 ID I Grid or scalar point identification number
2 SEQID I Sequenced identification number
Record 28 -- SEQSEP(5401,54,305)

1 SSID I Secondary superelement identification
number
2 PSID I Primary superelement identification number
3 G I Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton
numbers
Record 29 -- SESET(5601,56,296)

2 G I Grid or scalar point identification number
Main Index
GEOM1 227
Record 30 -- SETREE(1227,12,462)

2 SEUPI I Upstream superelement identification
number
Record 31 -- SNORM(5678,71,475)

1 GID I Grid point identification number
Record 32 -- CSUPER1(5701,57,323)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.

number
3 TYPE I ,{
4 VIEW I ,{
5 DIROPT I ,{
6 DIRTOL RS ,{
7 GEOMTOL RS ,{
8 CARDID I ,{
9 MODEL I ,{
10 SOLID I ,{
11 DBSET I ,{
Main Index
228 GEOM1

12 COPY I ,{
13 DELETE I ,{
14 GRIDLIST I ,{
15 XX I xx
XX =0 xx
16 G I ,{
17 C I ,{
XX =-1 yy
End XX
Record 33 -- SUPUP(5801,58,324)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.

1 SEUP1 I ,{
number
3 SEDOWN1 I ,{
4 SEUP2 I ,{
number
6 SEDOWN2 I ,{
Record 34 -- SWLDPRM(14101,141,403)

1 PARMID(C) I Spot weld parameter internal
PARMID =1 Maximum angle between normal vectors
2 GSPROJ RS
Main Index
GEOM1 229

PARMID =2 Tolerance to accept the projected point
2 PROJTOL RS
PARMID =3 Maximum number of times GS is moved
2 GSMOVE 1
PARMID =4 Stop the run after the connectivities of are generated
2 CHKRUN I
PARMID =5 Print diagnostic output for CWELD elements
2 PRTSW I
PARMID =6
2 SAVSW I
PARMID =7 Maximum number of times the diameter D is reduced
2 NREDIA I
End PARMID

Notes:
1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will
be removed eventually.
2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in
words 45 thru 54 of the system cell common block.
3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is
modified accordingly.
4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the
GRID record. The starting view grid identification number is controlled by
system cell 180.
Main Index
230 GEOM1
On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY
2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR.
Main Index
GEOM168 231
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran
Version 68
GEOM168 is identical in format and content to GEOM1 except for the following
records.
Record 0 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)

number
2 TWO1 I Constant 2
3 TWO2 I Constant 2
5 A1 RS Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID
8 B1 RS Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID
11 C1 RS Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID
Main Index
232 GEOM168
Record 1 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)
2 ONE I Constant 1
3 TWO I Constant 2
Record 2 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)
2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65
3 EIGHT I Constant 8
Main Index
GEOM168 233

Record 3 -- GRID(4501,45,1)

2 CP I Location coordinate system identification
number
3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP
Record 4 -- POINT(6001,60,377)
1 ID I Point identification number
3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of
CID
CID
CID
Main Index
234 GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to

GEOM2 except all grid and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced
by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not contain SPOINT records.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- AEROQ4(2002,20,0)

1 EID I Box identification number
2 COMPID I Component number in AECOMP
3 COMPTYPE(2) CHAR4 Component type: SLBD (slender body)
5 G(4) I Grid identification numbers in
AEGRID defining perimeter
Record 2 -- AEROT3(1801,18,0)

2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP
Record 3-- BEAMAERO(1701,17,0)

2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP
Main Index
GEOM2 235

Record 4 -- CAABSF(2708,27,59)

Record 5 -- CAXIF2(2108,21,224)

2 IDF1 I GRIDF point 1 identification number
4 RHO RS Fluid density in mass units
5 B RS Fluid bulk modulus
6 UNDEF none
Record 6 -- CAXIF3(2208,22,225)

4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number
Main Index
236 GEOM2

7 UNDEF none
Record 7 -- CAXIF4(2308,23,226)

4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number
8 UNDEF none
Record 8 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)

3 GA I Grid point identification number at end
A
4 GB I Grid point identification number at end
B
F, 65539=0 XYZ option -- basic coordinate system
5 X1 RS T1 component of orientation vector
from GA
from GA
from GA
8 F I Orientation vector flag = 1
Main Index
GEOM2 237

F, 65539=1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
from GA
from GA
from GA
F, 65539=2 Grid option
5 GO I Grid point identification number at end
of orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
9 PA I Pin flags for end A
10 PB I Pin flags for end B
11 W1A RS T1 component of offset vector from GA
14 W1B RS T1 component of offset vector from GB
Record 9 -- CBARAO(4001,40,275)

2 SCALE I Scale of Xi values
3 X1 RS 1st intermediate station for data
recovery
Main Index
238 GEOM2

4 X2 RS 2nd intermediate station for data
recovery
5 X3 RS 3rd intermediate station for data
recovery
6 X4 RS 4th intermediate station for data
recovery
recovery
recovery
9 UNDEF none
Record 10 -- CBEAM(5408,54,261)

3 GA I Grid point end A identification number
B
5 SA I Scalar or grid point identification
number at end A for warping
6 SB I Scalar or grid point identification
number at end B for warping
F, 65539=0 XYZ option -- basic coordinate system
7 X1 RS T1 component of orientation vector from
GA
GA
GA
Main Index
GEOM2 239

F, 65539=1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
GA
GA
GA
10 F I Orientation vector flag =1
F, 65539=2 Grid option
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Record 11 -- CBEAMP(11401,114,9016)

3 G(4) I Internal indices of grid points
Main Index
240 GEOM2

7 SA I Scalar or grid point identification
number at end A for warping
8 SB I Scalar or grid point identification
number at end B for warping
F =0 Z
from GA
from GA
from GA
12 F I Orientation vector flag
F =1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
from GA
from GA
from GA
F =2 Grid option
10 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
13 BIT RS Built In Twist
Main Index
GEOM2 241

22 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 12 -- CBEND(4601,46,298)

A
B
F =0 Z
from GA
from GA
from GA
from GA
from GA
from GA
Main Index
242 GEOM2

F =2 Grid option
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
9 UNDEF(4 ) none
13 GEOM I Element geometry option
Record 13 -- CBUSH(2608,26,60)

A
B
F =-1 Use Element CID below for orientation
5 UNDEF(3 ) none
8 F I Orientation vector flag = -1
F =0 XYZ option -- Basic coordinate system -- SECONVRT
module
GA
GA
GA
Main Index
GEOM2 243

F =1 XYZ option
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
9 CID I Element coordinate system
identification
10 S RS Location of spring damper
11 OCID I Coordinate system for spring offset
12 S1 RS T1 component of spring-damper offset
in the OCID system
in the OCID system
in the OCID system
Record 14 -- CBUSH1D(5608,56,218)

3 G(2) I Grid point identification numbers
Main Index
244 GEOM2

number
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
Record 15 -- CCONE(2315,23,0)

3 RINGA I Ringa + 1000000 * n
4 RINGB I Ringb + 100000 * n
Record 16 -- CDAMP1(201,2,69)

5 C1 I Component number at grid point 1
Record 17 -- CDAMP2(301,3,70)

2 B RS Value of the scalar damper
Main Index
GEOM2 245
Record 18 -- CDAMP3(401,4,71)

3 S1 I Scalar point 1 identification number
Record 19 -- CDAMP4(501,5,72)

2 B RS Value of the scalar damper
Record 20 -- CDAMP5(10608,106,404)

Record 21 -- CDUM2(6208,62,108)

1 UNDEF none
Record 22 -- CDUM3(6308,63,109)

1 UNDEF none
Main Index
246 GEOM2
Record 23 -- CDUM4(6408,64,110)

1 UNDEF none
Record 24 -- CDUM5(6508,65,111)

1 UNDEF none
Record 25 -- CDUM6(6608,66,112)

1 UNDEF none
Record 26 -- CDUM7(6708,67,113)

1 UNDEF none
Record 27 -- CDUM8(6808,68,114)

1 UNDEF none
Record 28 -- CDUM9(6908,69,115)

1 UNDEF none
Main Index
GEOM2 247
Record 29 -- CELAS1(601,6,73)

Record 30 -- CELAS2(701,7,74)

2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring
8 S RS Stress coefficient
Record 31 -- CELAS3(801,8,75)

Main Index
248 GEOM2
Record 32 -- CELAS4(901,9,76)

2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring
Record 33 -- CFAST(9801,98,506)

3 GS I Spot weld master node identification
numberGS
4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0=gridid)
5 GA I ID of GA
6 GB I ID of GB
7 TYPE I Types of upper and lower elements for
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(8) I Grid IDs of the upper shell
FORMAT =0 GRIDID of GBI
17 GLOWER(8) I
FORMAT =1 ALIGN (not used)
17 GLOWER(8) I
FORMAT =2 ELEMID (not used)
17 GLOWER(8) I
FORMAT =9 ELPAT for xyz
17 XYZ(3) RS
20 UNDEF(5 ) none
FORMAT =10 PARTPAT for xyz
Main Index
GEOM2 249

17 XYZ(3) RS
20 UNDEF(5 ) none
End FORMAT
25 TAVG RS Average shell thickness
26 UNDEF(2 ) none
28 TMIN RS Minimum shell thickness
Record 34 -- CFASTP(9301,93,607)

number GS
4 FORMAT I Connection format (0=gridid)
5 GA I ID of GA
6 GB I ID of GB
7 NMAP RS Map of the shell element pairs
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(16) I Grid IDs of the upper shell
25 GLOWER(16) I Grid IDs of the lower shell
41 TAVG RS Average shell thickness
42 TMIN RS Minimum shell thickness
43 XYZS(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification
number GS in basic
46 XYZA(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification
numberGA in basic
49 XYZB(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification
number GB in basic
Main Index
250 GEOM2

52 NSEQ(24) I Node sequence table of upper and lower
shell
76 GIDA(4) I Grid IDS of EIDA where GA is located
80 GIDB(3) I Grid IDS of EIDB where GB is located
Record 35 -- CFLUID2(8515,85,0)

2 IDF1 I RINGFL point 1 identification number
4 RHO RS Mass density
5 B RS Bulk modulus
6 HARMINDX I Harmonic index
Record 36 -- CFLUID3(8615,86,0)

6 B RS Bulk modulus
Record 37 -- CFLUID4(8715,87,0)

Main Index
GEOM2 251

7 B RS Bulk modulus
Record 38 -- CINT(7701,77,8881)

3 PTELC I Pointer to element identification
number
4 NSEG I Number of segments
5 PTSGR I Pointer to segment displacements
6 NBOUND I Number of boundaries
7 BID I Boundary identification number
8 NEDGE I Number of edges
9 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification
number
10 PTBGR I Pointer to boundary grid displacements
11 PTBED I Pointer to boundary edge displacements
12 PTBGL I Pointer to boundary grid Lagrange
Multipliers
13 PTBEL I Pointer to boundary edge Lagrange
Multipliers
14 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
252 GEOM2
Record 39 -- CGAP(1908,19,104)

A
B
F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
9 CID I Element coordinate system
Main Index
GEOM2 253
Record 40 -- CHACAB(8100,81,381)

3 G(20) I Grid point identification numbers of
connection points
Record 41 -- CHACBR(8200,82,383)

connection points
Record 42 -- CHBDYE(8308,83,405)

2 EID2 I Heat conduction element identification
number
3 SIDE I Consistent element side identification
number
4 IVIEWF I VIEW entry identification number for
the front face
5 IVIEWB I VIEW entry identification number for
the back face
6 RADMIDF I RADM entry identification number for
front face
7 RADMIDB I RADM entry identification number for
back face
Main Index
254 GEOM2
Record 43 -- CHBDYG(10808,108,406)

2 UNDEF none
3 TYPE I Surface type
the front face
the back face
front face
back face
8 UNDEF none
connection points
Record 44 -- CHBDYP(10908,109,407)

3 TYPE I Surface type
the front face
the back face
front face
Main Index
GEOM2 255

back face
11 DISLIN I
12 CE I Coordinate system for defining
orientation vector
13 E1 RS T1 components of the orientation vector
in the CE system
in the CE system
in the CE system
Record 45 -- CHEXA(7308,73,253)

connection points
Record 46 -- CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Record 47 -- CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990)
Record 48 -- CHEXAL(7908,79,369)

connection points
23 THETA RS Material property orientation angle
Main Index
256 GEOM2
Record 49 -- CHEXP(12001,120,9011)

connection points
11 E1(24) I
35 F(6) I
41 B1 I
42 E2(24) I
Record 50 -- CHEXPR(7409,74,9991)
Record 51 -- CMASS1(1001,10,65)

Record 52 -- CMASS2(1101,11,66)

2 M RS Scalar mass value
Main Index
GEOM2 257

Record 53 -- CMASS3(1201,12,67)

Record 54 -- CMASS4(1301,13,68)

2 M RS Scalar mass value
Record 55 -- CMFREE(2508,25,0)

2 S I
3 S2 I
4 Y RS
5 N I
Record 56 -- CONM1(1401,14,63)

2 G I Grid point identification number
Main Index
258 GEOM2

number
4 M1(1) RS Mass matrix term M11
5 M2(2) RS Mass matrix terms M21 through M22
Record 57 -- CONM2(1501,15,64)

number
4 M RS Mass
5 X1 RS T1 offset from the grid point to the
center of gravity
center of gravity
center of gravity
8 I1(1) RS Mass moments of inertia term I11
through I22
through I33
Main Index
GEOM2 259
Record 58 -- CONROD(1601,16,47)

5 A RS Area
7 C RS Coefficient for torsional stress
Record 59 -- CONV(12701,127,408)

2 PCONID I Convection property identification
number
3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property
temperature
4 CNTRLND I Control point for free convection
boundary condition
5 TA I Ambient points used for convection
6 WT RS Weighting factors of ambient points
Record 60 -- CONVM(8908,89,422)

2 PCONID I Convection property identification
number
Main Index
260 GEOM2

3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property
temperature
4 CNTMDOT I Control point used for controlling mass
flow.
Record 61 -- CPENP(12101,121,9012)

connection points
9 E1(18) I
27 F(5) I
32 B1 I
33 E2(14) I
Record 62 -- CPENTA(4108,41,280)

connection points
Record 63 -- CPENPR(7509,75,9992)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Record 64 -- CPENT15F(16500,165,9999)
Main Index
GEOM2 261
Record 65 -- CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999)
Record 66 -- CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999)

connection points
Record 67 -- CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999)
Same as record CQDX4FD description.
Record 68 -- CQUAD(9108,91,507)

connection points
Record 69 -- CQUAD4(2958,51,177)

connection points
7 THETA RS Material property orientation angle or
coordinate system identification number
8 ZOFFS RS Offset from the surface of grid points
reference plane
9 UNDEF none
Main Index
262 GEOM2

10 TFLAG I Relative thickness flag
11 T(4) RS Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 70 -- CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Record 71 -- CQUAD8(4701,47,326)

connection points
points
reference plane
Record 72 -- CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999)

connection points
Main Index
GEOM2 263
Record 73 -- CQUADP(11101,111,9014)

3 G(17) I Internal indices of connection points
20 UNDEF(7 ) none
27 INORM I Flag for normals
reference plane
30 UNDEF none
points
Record 74 -- CQUADR(8009,80,367)
Same as record CQUAD4 description.
Record 75 -- CQUADX(9008,90,508)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Record 76 -- CRBAR(14700,147,6662)

2 GA I Grid point A identification number

3 GB I Grid point B identification number
4 LMID1 I Lagrange multiplier identification
number
5 NDOFS I Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier
Main Index
264 GEOM2

6 CNA I Component numbers of independent
DOFs at end A
7 CNB I Component numbers of independent
DOFs at end B
8 CMA I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs at end A
9 CMB I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs at end B
10 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion cofficient
Record 77 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)

2 NWE I Number of words for the element
3 ELTYPE I Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT
4-RTRPLT1
4 GN I Grid point identification number for
independent DOFs
5 CN I Component numbers of independent
DOFs
6 GM I Grid point identification number for
dependent DOFs
7 CM I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs
9 UNDEF none
10 LMID I Lagrange multiplier identification
number
Main Index
GEOM2 265

11 NDOF I Number of DOF for each Lagrange
multiplier identification number
Record 78 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)

3 REFG I Reference grid point identification
number
4 REFC I Component numbers at the reference
grid point
5 WT1 RS Weighting factor for components of
motion at G
dependent DOFs
DOFs
number
Main Index
266 GEOM2
Record 79 -- CRJOINT(11000,110,6667)

number
6 CB I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs at end B
Record 80 -- CROD(3001,30,48)

connection points
Record 81 -- CRROD(12600,126,6661)

number
5 CMA I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs at end A
6 CMB I Component numbers of dependent
DOFs at end B
Main Index
GEOM2 267
Record 82 -- CSEAM(13801,138,570)
2 PID I Property ID
3 NSIL I Number of non zero sils
4 PRJTOL RS Projection tolerance
5 AVGTHK RS Half the ave thick of shell A and B
6 GS I Starting grid id
7 GE I Ending grid id
8 PCID I Coor. sys. id for the projection
direction,-1 element
9 IECT(32) I sill numbers of upper and lower patches
41 XYZS(3) RS Coord of GS
44 XYZE(3) RS Coord of GE
47 T1S(3) RS T1S vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
50 T1E(3) RS T1E vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
53 T2S(3) RS T2S vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
56 T2E(3) RS T2E vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
59 NSEQ(24) I Node sequence table of the upper and
lower shells
Record 83 -- CSHEAR(3101,31,61)

Main Index
268 GEOM2

connection points
Record 84 -- CSLOT3(4408,44,227)

2 IDS(3) I GRIDS identification numbers
7 M I Number of slots in circumferential
direction
Record 85R -- CSLOT4(4508,45,228)

2 IDS(4) I GRIDS identification numbers
8 M I Number of slots in circumferential
direction
Record 86 -- CTETP(12201,122,9013)

Main Index
GEOM2 269

connection points
7 E1(12) I
19 F(4) I
23 B1 I
24 E2(4) I
Record 87 -- CTETRA(5508,55,217)

connection points
Record 88 -- CTETPR(7609,76,9993)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 89 -- CTETR10F(16600,166,9999)
Record 90 -- CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999)
Record 91 -- CTQUAD(14801,148,643)

connection points
Main Index
270 GEOM2
Record 92 -- CTTRIA(14901,149,644)

connection points
Record 93 -- CTRIA3(5959,59,282)

connection points
reference plane
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 94 -- CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999)

connection points
Main Index
GEOM2 271
Record 95 -- CTRIA6(4801,48,327)

connection points
reference plane
points
Record 96 -- CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999)
Same as record CTRIA3FD description.
Record 97 -- CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)

14 UNDEF(3 ) none
reference plane
19 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Main Index
272 GEOM2
Record 98 -- CTRIAR(9200,92,385)
Same as record CTRIA3 description.
Record 99 -- CTRIAX(10108,101,512)

connection points
9 UNDEF none
Record 100 -- CTRIAX6(6108,61,107)

connection points
9 THETA RS Material property orientation angle
10 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 101 -- CTRIX3FD(16800,168,9978)

connection points
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
GEOM2 273
Record 102 -- CTRIX6FD(16900,169,9977)

connection points
Record 103 -- CTUBE(3701,37,49)

connection points
Record 104 -- CVISC(3901,39,50)

connection points
Record 105 -- CWELD(11701,117,559)

Same as Record CFAST description.
Record 106 -- CWELDC(13501,135,564)

number GS
4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0=GRIDID)
Main Index
274 GEOM2

5 GA I Identification number of GA
6 GB I Identification number of GB
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the
upper shell
17 GLOWER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the lower
shell
25 UNDEF none
26 RID1 I R
27 RID2 I R
Record 107 -- CWELDG(13601,136,562)

1 EID I Shell element identification number
number GS
4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (3=TRIA3,
4=QUAD4, 6=TRIA6, 8=QUAD8)
5 GA I Identification number of GA
6 GB I Identification number of GB
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
FORMAT =3 TRIA3
9 EIDSH I Element identification number
10 PIDSH I Property identification number of
PSHELL
Main Index
GEOM2 275

11 GIDSH(3) I Grid Iidentification numbers of element
14 TH RS MCID or THETA
15 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
16 UNDEF(3 ) none
19 T(3) RS Membrane thickness
22 UNDEF(3 ) none
FORMAT =4 QUAD4
PSHELL
11 GIDSH(4) I Grid identification numbers of element
16 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
17 UNDEF(2 ) none
23 UNDEF(2 ) none
FORMAT =6 TRIA6
PSHELL
18 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
22 UNDEF(3 ) none
FORMAT =8 QUAD8
PSHELL
Main Index
276 GEOM2

24 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
End FORMAT
25 EID2 I CWELD or RBAR element identification
number
26 RID1 I R
27 RID2 I R
Record 108 -- CWSEAM(14600,146,630)

3 NG I Number of grid points-not used
4 LTYPE(C) I 1=gridid,2=pointid,3=xyz
5 UNDEF none
6 PIDA I Pshell identification numbers of shell A
7 PIDB I Pshell identification numbers of shell B
8 PCID I Coordinate system identification
numbers for the projection direction,-1
element
LTYPE =1 Grid Ids defining the seam axis
9 GI I Grid identification numberss defining
the seam axis
LTYPE =2 Point identification numbers defining the seam axis
(not implemented)
9 PI I Point identification numbers
Main Index
GEOM2 277

LTYPE =3 XYZ option for locating seam axis
9 X1 RS X- location of seam axis
10 Y1 RS Y- location of seam axis
11 Z1 RS Z- location of seam axis
End LTYPE
Record 109 -- GENEL(4301,43,28)

2 UI I Independent grid point identification
number
3 CI I Component number
4 M(C) I Number of rows and columns in K or Z
and rows in S
5 UD I Dependent grid point identification
number
6 CD I Component number
7 N(C) I Number of columns in S
8 F I 1 means Z, 2 means K
9 KZIJ RS Lower triangular terms of the K or Z
matrix. See Notes.
Word 9 repeats MM times
10 NZERO(C) I
NZERO =1 Actually " 0"
Main Index
278 GEOM2

11 SIJ RS Terms of the S matrix
Word 11 repeats M times
Word 11 repeats N times
NZERO =0
End NZERO
12 UNDEF none
Record 110 -- GMBNDC(3201,32,478)

2 GRIDI I Initial grid identification number for
boundary
3 GRIDF I Final grid identification number for
boundary
4 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary
6 EID I Entity identification numbers for
boundary of subdomain
Record 111 -- GMBNDS(12901,129,482)

2 GRIDC(4) I Corner grid 1
6 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary
8 EID I Entity identification numbers for
boundary of subdomain
Main Index
GEOM2 279
Record 112 -- GMINTC(3301,33,479)

3 IBOUND(6) I Boundary identification number
9 UNDEF(42 ) none
Record 113 -- GMINTS(13001,130,483)

3 IBOUND(4) I Boundary identification number
7 UNDEF(44 ) none
Record 114 -- PLOTEL(5201,52,11)

connection points
Record 115 -- RADBC(12801,128,417)

2 FAMB RS Radiation view factor between the face
and the ambient point
3 CNTRLND I Control point for radiation boundary
condition
4 NODAMB I
Main Index
280 GEOM2
Record 116 -- RADINT(15501,155,634)

2 FAMB RS Radiation view factor between the face
and the ambient point
3 CNTRLND I Control point for radiation boundary
condition
4 UNDEF none
6 WT RS Weighting factors of ambient points
Record 117 -- SINT(7801,78,8883)

3 PTELE I Pointer to element identification number
5 STSC I Stride for segment displacement data
6 PTSC I Pointer to segment displacements
7 NBOUND I Number of boundaries
9 NFACE I Number of faces
10 STBC I Stride for boundary displacement data
12 STLC1 I Stride for Boundary Lagrange Multiplier
data
13 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification
number
Main Index
GEOM2 281

14 PTBC I Pointer to boundary displacements
15 PTLC I Pointer to boundary Lagrange
Multipliers
16 UNDEF(3 ) none
Record 118 -- SPOINT(5551,49,105)

1 ID I Scalar point identification number
Record 119 -- VUBEAM(11601,116,9942)

connection points
Record 120 -- VUHEXA(12301,123,145)

connection points
Record 121 -- VUQUAD4(11201,112,9940)

connection points
Main Index
282 GEOM2
Record 122 -- VUPENTA(12401,124,146)

connection points
Record 123 -- VUTETRA(12501,125,147)

connection points
Record 124 -- VUTRIA3(11501,115,9941)

connection points
Record 125 -- WELDP(13701,137,569)

Same as record CFASTP.

Notes:
1. Records appear in ascending internal element identification number.
2. When the ECT is an alias for the GEOM2VU block the third word of the
header record in:
Main Index
GEOM2 283
• VUHEXA becomes 9921

• VUPENTA becomes 9922
• VUTETRA becomes 9923
For each of the above, the grid identification number is then a VIEW grid
identification number The beginning value of the VIEW grids is controlled
by system cell 182.
3. Internal indices are:
• CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point)
• CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble)
• CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES)
4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types
are general labels for components:
• SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" elements appearing
only in the BEAMAERO Record.
• The remaining components types can be QUAD or TRIA connections
denoting various element types.
• INBD are interference body panels.
• LS are lifting surface panels.
• WAKE are wake boxes.
• MFLO are flow-through surfaces like inlets (mass-flow).
5. In GENEL record, MM=((M*(M+1)/2)-1).
Main Index
284 GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity for MSC.Nastran Version
2001.
Note: GEOM201 is identical in format and content to GEOM2 except for the
following records.
Record 6 – CBAR(2408,24,180)

4 GB I Grid point end B identification number
F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
5 GO I Grid point identification number at end of
orientation vector
Main Index
GEOM201 285

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Record 8 – CBEAM(5408,54,261)

4 GB I Grid point end B identification number
5 SA I Scalar or grid point end A identification
number for warping
6 SB I Scalar or grid point end B identification
number for warping
F =0 Y
GA
GA
GA
Main Index
286 GEOM201

GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
7 GO I Grid point identification number at end of
orientation vector
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Record 65 – CQUAD4(2958,51,177)
connection points
Main Index
GEOM201 287

reference plane
9 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 67 – CQUAD8(4701,47,326)
connection points
points
reference plane
Main Index
288 GEOM201
Record 69 – CQUADP(11101,111,9014)
3 G(17) I Internal indices of connection points
20 UNDEF(7 ) none
27 INORM I Flag for normals
reference plane
30 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 73 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)

3 ELTYPE I Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT
4-RTRPLT1
independent degrees-of-freedom
degrees-of-freedom
dependent degrees-of-freedom
degrees-of-freedom
Main Index
GEOM201 289

9 UNDEF none
10 LMID I Lagrange multiplier identification
number
11 NDOF I Number of DOF for each Lagrange
multiplier identification number
Record 74 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)

3 REFG I Reference grid point identification
number
4 REFC I Component numbers at the reference
grid point
5 WT1 RS Weighting factor for components of
motion at G
degrees-of-freedom
Main Index
290 GEOM201

number
12 NDOFS I Number of degrees-of-freedom for
Lagrange multiplier
Record 81 – CTRIA3(5959,59,282)
connection points
coordinate system identification numbers
reference plane
8 UNDEF(3 ) none
points
Main Index
GEOM201 291
Record 83 – CTRIA6(4801,48,327)
connection points
reference plane
points
Record 85 – CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)
14 UNDEF(3 ) none
18 UNDEF none
reference plane
20 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Main Index
292 GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ACCEL(11302,113,600)

3 N(3) RS Components of acceleration vector
measured in CID
6 DIR CHAR4 Component direction of acceleration
variation
7 LOC RS Location along direction DIR measured in
CID
8 VAL RS Load scale factor associated with location
LOC
Record 2 -- ACCEL1(11402,114,601)

3 A RS Acceleration vector scale factor
4 N(3) RS Components of acceleration vector
measured in CID
7 GIDL I Grid point identification number list, may
include "THRU" and "BY"
Main Index
GEOM3 293
Record 3 -- FORCE(4201,42,18)

3 Coordinate system identification number
4 F RS Scale factor
5 N(3) RS Components of a vector coordinate system
defined by CID
Record 4 -- FORCE1(4001,40,20)

3 F RS Scale factor
Record 5 -- FORCE2(4101,41,22)

3 F RS Scale factor
Record 6 -- GMLOAD(6309,63,391)

3 N1 RS Component 1 of a vector coordinate
system defined by CID
Main Index
294 GEOM3

6 ENTITY CHAR4 Entity type that is being loaded
7 ENTID I Entity identification number
8 METHTYP I Method
METHTYP =1 TABLE3D
9 TABLID I TABLE3D identification number
10 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHTYP =2 DEQATN
9 EQTNID I DEQATN identification number
10 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHTYP =3 CONSTANT
9 FIELD(9) RS Load magnitude data
METHTYP =4 LINEAR
METHTYP =5 QUAD
METHTYP =6 CUBIC
METHTYP=11
9 MTABLID I
10 UNDEF(8) none
METHTYP=12
9 MEQTNID I
10 UNDEF(8) none
METHTYP=13
9 MCONST(9) RS
Main Index
GEOM3 295

METHTYP=14
9 MLINEAR(9) RS
METHTYP=15
9 MQUAD(9) RS
METHTYP=16
9 MCUBIC(9) RS
End METHTYP
Record 7 -- GRAV(4401,44,26)

3 A RS Acceleration vector scale factor
defined by CID
7 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition:
-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 8 -- LOAD(4551,61,84)

2 S RS Overall scale factor
3 SI RS Scale factor on LI
4 LI I Load set identification number
Main Index
296 GEOM3
Record 9 -- LOADCYH(3709,37,331)

2 S RS Scale factor
3 HID I Harmonic index
4 HTYPE I Harmonic type
Record 10 -- LOADCYN(3809,38,332)

2 S RS Scale factor
3 SEGID I Segment identification number
4 SEGTYPE I Segment type
Record 11 -- LOADCYT(3909,39,333)

2 TABLEID I TABLEDi identification number
3 LOADSET I Load set identification number
4 METHOD I Method of interpolation
Main Index
GEOM3 297
Record 12 -- LSEQ(3609,36,188)

2 DAREA I DAREA set identification number
3 LID I Load set identification number
4 TID I Temperature set identification number
5 UNDEF none
Record 13 -- MOMENT(4801,48,19)

4 M RS Moment scale factor
defined by CID
Record 14 -- MOMENT1(4601,46,21)

Record 15 -- MOMENT2(4701,47,23)

Main Index
298 GEOM3
Record 16 -- PLOAD(5101,51,24)

2 P RS Pressure
Record 17 -- PLOAD1(6909,69,198)

3 TYPE I Load type
4 SCALE I Scale factor for X1 and X2
5 X1 RS Distance to position 1 along the element
axis from end A
6 P1 RS Pressure at position 1
7 X2 RS Distance to position 2 along the element
axis from end A
8 P2 RS Pressure at position 2
Record 18 -- PLOAD2(6802,68,199)

2 P RS Pressure
Record 19 -- PLOAD3(7109,71,255)

2 P RS Pressure
Main Index
GEOM3 299

Record 20 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)

3 P(4) RS Pressures
7 G1 I Grid point identification number at a corner
of the face
8 G34 I Grid point identification number at a
diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
defined by CID
13 SDRL(2) CHAR4 Load set on element SURF or LINE
15 LDIR(2) CHAR4 Load direction
Record 21 -- PLOADX(7001,70,278)
This record is obsolete.

2 P(2) RS Pressure
Record 22 -- PLOADX1(7309,73,351)

Main Index
300 GEOM3

3 PA RS Surface traction at grid point GA
4 PB RS Surface traction at grid point GB
5 G(2) I Corner grid point identification numbers
7 THETA RS Angle between surface traction and inward
normal
Record 23 -- PRESAX(5215,52,154)

2 P RS Pressure
3 RID(2) I Ring identification numbers
5 PHI1 RS Azimuthal angles in degrees
6 UNDEF none
Record 24 -- QBDY1(4509,45,239)

2 Q0 RS Heat flux into element
Record 25 -- QBDY2(4909,49,240)

3 Q0(8) RS Heat flux at the i-th grid point on the
referenced CHBDYj
Main Index
GEOM3 301
Record 26 -- QBDY3(2109,21,414)

2 Q0 RS Thermal heat flux load, or load multiplier
3 CNTRLND I Control point for thermal flux load
Record 27 -- QHBDY(4309,43,233)

2 FLAG I Face type
3 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux into face
4 AF RS Area factor
Record 28 -- QVECT(2209,22,241)

2 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux vector into face
3 TSOUR RS Temperature of the radiant source
4 CE I Coordinate system identification number
for thermal vector flux
5 FLAG I
6 E RS Vector component of flux in coordinate
system CE
7 CNTRLND I Control point
Main Index
302 GEOM3
Record 29 -- QVOL(2309,23,416)

2 QVOL RS Power input per unit volume produced by
a conduction element
3 CNTRLND I Control point used for controlling heat
generation
Record 30 -- RFORCE(5509,55,190)

4 A RS Scale factor of the angular velocity
5 R(3) RS Rectangular components of rotation vector
8 METHOD I Method used to compute centrifugal forces
9 RACC RS Scale factor of the angular acceleration
10 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition:
-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 31 -- SLOAD(5401,54,25)

2 G I Scalar or grid point identification number
3 F RS Scale factor
Main Index
GEOM3 303
Record 32 -- TEMP(5701,57,27)

1 SID I Temperature set identification number
3 T RS Temperature
Record 33 -- TEMPD(5641,65,98)

2 T RS Temperature
Record 34 -- TEMPEST(11109,111,424)

2 TEMP RS Temperature
Record 35 -- TEMPF(6209,62,390)

3 FTEMP I DEQATN identification number
4 FTABID I TABLE3D identification number
Record 36 -- TEMPIC(11209,112,425)

Main Index
304 GEOM3
Record 37 -- TEMPP1(8109,81,201)

3 T RS Temperature at the element’s reference
plane
4 TPRIME RS Effective linear thermal gradient
5 TS(2) RS Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 38 -- TEMPP2(8209,82,202)

3 T RS S,{
4 MX RS S,{
5 MY RS S,{
6 MXY RS S,{
7 T(2) RS S,{
Record 39 -- TEMPP3(8309,83,203)

3 Z RS S,{
4 T RS S,{
Main Index
GEOM3 305
Record 40 -- TEMPRB(8409,84,204)

3 TA RS Temperature at end A on the neutral axis
4 TB RS Temperature at end B on the neutral axis
5 TP1A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on
end A
6 TP1B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on
end B
7 TP2A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on
end A
8 TP2B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on
end B
9 TS(8) RS Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 41 -- PFACE(6409,64,9032)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.

defined by CID
9 FIELD(9) RS See GMLOAD record
22 GNIDA I Side i grid-n A identification number
23 GNIDB I Side i grid-n B identification number
Main Index
306 GEOM3

24 PSEL I Computed p value
25 MAXNDF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom
or stride
26 FACFID I Grid-n identification number for the face
27 NDOF I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face
28 LDISTFG I Load distribution flag
29 UNDEF(2 ) none
31 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number
of the face
32 NDOFF(4) I NDOF flags
Record 42 -- PEDGE(6609,66,9031)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.

defined by CID
9 FIELD(4) RS See GMLOAD record
15 F1ID I Grid-n 1 identification number
17 PSEL I Computed p value
or stride
Main Index
GEOM3 307

19 INTFL I 1 or 2
20 UNDEF(13 ) none
33 CIDE I Coordinate system identification number
of the edge

Main Index
308 GEOM301
GEOM301 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for MSC.Nastran
Version 2001.
following records.
Record 18 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)

3 P(4) RS Pressures
7 G1 I Grid point identification number at a corner
of the face
8 G34 I Grid point identification number at a
diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
defined by CID
Main Index
GEOM4 309
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom

membership and rigid element connectivity.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ASET(5561,76,215)

1 ID I Grid or scalar point identification
number
Record 2 -- ASET1(5571,77,216)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
3 ID1 I First grid or scalar point identification
number
4 ID2 I Second grid or scalar point identification
number
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
310 GEOM4
Record 3 -- BNDGRID(10200,102,473)

1 GPI I Shape boundary grid point identification
number
Record 4 -- BSET(110,1,311)

Record 5 -- BSET1(210,2,312)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 6 -- CSET(310,3,313)

Main Index
GEOM4 311
Record 7 -- CSET1(410,4,314)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 8 -- CYAX(1510,15,328)

1 G I Grid point identification number on the axis
of symmetry
Record 9 -- CYJOIN(5210,52,257)

1 SIDE I Side identification number: 1 or 2
2 C(2) CHAR4 Coordinate system type on symetry
booundary
Main Index
312 GEOM4
Record 10 -- CYSUP(1610,16,329)

1 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 11 -- CYSYM(1710,17,330)

2 STYPE(2) CHAR4 Symmetry type
Record 12 -- EGENDT(8801,88,9022)

1 LOADID I Load set identification number
2 SPCID I SPC set identification number
5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag
6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN)
7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D)
8 FIELD(4) RS See GMBC record
14 EORD I Edge order
17 CURVID I Curve identification number
Main Index
GEOM4 313

21 MIDG I
22 POINT(2) I Point identification numbers
26 NDOF I I,{
for the edge
28 MAXNDFE I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,
or stride, for the edge
29 MAXNDFB I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,
or stride, for the body
30 PUSER I p-level specified by user
31 PSEL I p-level selected by program
32 BODYFID I Grid-n identification number for the body
33 NDOFB I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the body
36 X RS S,{
37 Y RS S,{
38 Z RS S,{
Record 13 -- FCENDT(9001,90,9024)

5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag
Main Index
314 GEOM4

6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN)
7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D)
8 FIELD(9) RS See GMBC record
or stride
of the edge
24 MAXNDFF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom
for the face
for the face
28 EORD I Edge order
for the face
36 MAXNDIF I
37 UNDEF none
38 PUSER(4) I p-level specified by user
Main Index
GEOM4 315

42 PSEL(4) I p-level selected by program
50 X RS
51 Y RS
52 Z RS
Record 14 -- GMBC(8001,80,395)

1 LID I Load set identification number
2 SPCID I SPC set identification number
6 METHOD I Method of data specification
METHOD =1 TABLE3D
8 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHOD =2 DEQATN
8 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHOD =3 CONSTANT
7 FIELD(9) RS Enforced displacement data
METHOD =4 LINEAR
Main Index
316 GEOM4

METHOD =5 QUAD
METHOD =6 CUBIC
End METHOD
Record 15 -- GMSPC(7801,78,393)

1 ID I Set identification number
Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17)

4 A RX Coefficient
5 GI I Grid point identification number
7 AI RX Coefficient
Record 17 -- MPCADD(4891,60,83)

Main Index
GEOM4 317

2 S I Set identification number
Record 18 -- OMIT(5001,50,15)

Record 19 -- OMIT1(4951,63,92)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 20 -- QSET(510,5,315)

Main Index
318 GEOM4
Record 21 -- QSET1(610,6,316)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 22 -- RBAR(6601,66,292)

4 CNA I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom at end A
5 CNB I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom at end B
6 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end A
7 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end B
8 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion coefficient
Main Index
GEOM4 319
Record 23 -- RBE1(6801,68,294)

degrees-of-freedom
5 CM I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom
7 UNDEF none
Record 24 -- RBE2(6901,69,295)

of-freedom
Main Index
320 GEOM4
Record 25 -- RBE3(7101,71,187)

2 REFG I Reference grid point identification number
3 REFC I Component numbers at the reference grid
point
4 WT1 RS Weighting factor for components of motion
at G
of-freedom
9 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion coefficent
Record 26 -- RBJOINT(14201,142,652)

1 ID I RBJOINT Identification number
2 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Type of RBJOINT
4 NI(6) I Grid identification number of the rigid
body nodes
10 ID_STIF I ID of a RBJSTIF entry for joint stiffness
1 1 RPS RS Relative penalty stiffness
12 DAMP RS Damping scale factor on default
damping value
13 PARM RS Parameter depending on the joint type
Main Index
GEOM4 321

14 LCID I TABLED1 identification number to
define the load curve for MOTOR joints
15 MOTTYPE I Flag for MOTOR joints
16 R1 RS Radius for GEARS and PULLY joints
17 RAID I Rigid body or accelerometer
18 LST I
19 CIDFAIL I Coordinate identification number for
resultants in failure criteria
20 TFAIL RS Time for joint failure
21 COUPL RS Coupling between the force and moment
failure criteria
22 NXXFAIL RS Axial force resultant at failure
23 NYYFAIL RS Shear force (yy) resultant at failure
24 NZZFAIL RS Shear force (zz) resultant at failure
25 MXXFAIL RS Torsional moment resultant at failure
26 MYYFAIL RS Bending moment (yy) resultant at failure
27 MZZFAIL RS Bending moment (zz) resultant at failure
Record 27 -- -- RBJSTIF(14301,143,653)

1 ID I RBJSTIF Identification number
2 IGTF(C) I 1=GENERAL, 2=TRANSL, 3=FLEXTOR
IGTF =1 GENERAL
3 GENERAL CHAR4 GENE: Generalized joint stiffness
4 CIDA I Coordinate identification number for
rigid body A
5 CIDB I Coordinate identification number for
rigid body B
Main Index
322 GEOM4

6 LCIDPH I TABLED1 identification number for
PHI-moment versus rotation
7 LCIDT I TABLED1 identification number for
THETA-moment versus rotation
8 LCIDPS I TABLED1 identification number for PSI-
moment versus rotation
9 DLCIDPH I
10 DLCIDT I
11 DLCIDPS I
12 ESPH RS Elastic stiffness for PHI-rotation
13 FMPHTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FMPH I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FMPH RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
16 EST RS Elastic stiffness for THETA-rotation
17 FMTTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FMT I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FMT RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
20 ESPS RS Elastic stiffness for PSI-rotation
21 FMPSTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
Main Index
GEOM4 323

23 FMPS I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
23 FMPS RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
24 NSAPH RS Stop angle for negative PHI-rotation
25 PSAPH RS Stop angle for positive PHI-rotation
26 NSAT RS Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
27 PSAT RS Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
28 NSAPS RS Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
29 PSAPS RS Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
IGTF =2 TRANSL
3 TRANSL CHAR4 TRAN: Translational joint stiffness
rigid body A
rigid body B
6 LCIDX I TABLED1ID for X-force versus X-
translational displacement
7 LCIDY I TABLED1 identification number for Y-
force versus Y-translational
displacement
8 LCIDZ I TABLED1 identification number for Z-
force versus Z-translational
displacement
9 DLCIDX I
10 DLCIDY I
11 DLCIDZ I
12 ESX RS Elastic stiffness for X-translational
13 FFXTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
Main Index
324 GEOM4

SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FFX I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FFX RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
16 ESY RS Elastic stiffness for Y-translational
17 FFYTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FFY I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FFY RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
20 ESZ RS Elastic stiffness for Z-translational
21 FFZTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
23 FFZ I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
23 FFZ RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
24 NSDX RS Stop displacement for negative X-
translation
25 PSDX RS Stop displacement for positive X-
translation
26 NSDY RS Stop displacement for negative Y-
translation
27 PSDY RS Stop displacement for negative Y-
translation
Main Index
GEOM4 325

28 NSDZ RS Stop displacement for negative Z-
translation
29 PSDZ RS Stop displacement for negative Z-
translation
IGTF =3 FLEXTOR
3 FLEXTOR CHAR4 FLEX: Flexion-Torsion joint stiffness
rigid body A
rigid body B
6 LCIDAL I TABLED1 identification number for
ALPHA-moment versus rotation
7 LCIDG I TABLED1 identification number for
scale factor versus GAMA-rotation
8 LCIDBT I TABLED1 identification number for
BETA-torsion moment versus twist
9 DLCIDAL I
10 DLCIDG I TABLED1 identification number for
scale factor versus GAMA-rotation rate
11 DLCIDBT I
12 ESAL RS Elastic stiffness for ALPHA-rotation
13 FFALTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FMAL I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FMAL RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
16 ESBT RS Elastic stiffness for BETA-rotation
17 FMBTTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
Main Index
326 GEOM4

SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FMBT I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FMBT RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
20 SAAL RS Stop angle for ALPHA-rotation
2 1NSABT RS Stop angle for negative BETA-rotation
22 PSABT RS Stop angle for positive BETA-rotation
End IGTF
Record 28 -- RELEASE(1310,13,247)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
GEOM4 327
Record 29 -- RPNOM(14101,141,640)

2 GS I Search grid may be zero or blank
3 TYPE I 1=general search, 2=property,
3=superelement
4 IDA I Pshell identification number or
superelement identification number
5 IDB I Pshell identification number or
superelement identification number may
be blank. Then search IDA only.
6 R RS Search radius
7 ICN I Integer 0,1,2,12,etc. Default 123456
8 ALPHA RS Coefficient of thermal expansion
9 XS RX X- Start location of seam axis if gs=0 use
xyz
10 YS RX Y- Start location of seam axis
11 ZS RX Z- Start location of seam axis
Record 30 -- RROD(6501,65,291)

4 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end A
5 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end B
Main Index
328 GEOM4
Record 31 -- RSPLINE(7001,70,186
)

2 DBYL RS Ratio of the diameter to the sum of the
segments lengths
3 G1 I Grid point identification number
4 G2 I Grid point identification number
5 C2 I Components to be constrained
Record 32 -- RSSCON(7201,72,398)

2 TYPE(C) I Type of connectivity
TYPE =0 GRID style 1
3 GRID1 I Grid identification number 1
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =01 GRID style 2
TYPE =02 Edge style
3 EDGE1 I Edge identification number 1
Main Index
GEOM4 329

6 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =03 Element style
3 ELID1 I Element identification number 1
4 ELID2 I Element identification number 2
5 UNDEF(4 ) none
TYPE =04 CINTERF
3 CBID I
4 SBID I
5 CBPID I
6 UNDEF(3) none
End TYPE
Record 33 -- RTRPLT(6701,67,293)

4 GC I Grid point C identification number
5 CNA I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
6 CNB I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
7 CNC I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
8 UNDEF none
9 CMA I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
Main Index
330 GEOM4

10 CMB I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
11 CMC I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
Record 34 -- RWELD(11901,119,561)

2 GA I Grid identification number of GA
3 TYPE I Type of shell element
4 GI(8) I Grid identification numbers of shell
element
12 GS I Grid identification number of GS
Record 35 -- SEBSET(710,7,317)

Record 36 -- SEBSET1(810,8,318)

THRUFLAG=0 No
Main Index
GEOM4 331

THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 37 -- SECSET(910,9,319)

Record 38 -- SECSET1(1010,10,320)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
332 GEOM4
Record 39 -- SEQSET(1110,11,321)

Record 40 -- SEQSET1(1210,12,322)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 41 -- SESUP(1410,14,325)

Main Index
GEOM4 333
Record 42 -- SEUSET(1810,18,334)

2 SNAME I Set name
Record 43 -- SEUSET1(1910,19,335)

2 SNAME I Set name
THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 44 -- SPC(5501,55,16)

4 UNDEF none
5 D RX Enforced displacement
Main Index
334 GEOM4
Record 45 -- SPC1(5481,58,12)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 46 -- SPCADD(5491,59,13)

2 S I Set identification number
Record 47 -- SPCD(5110,51,256)

1 SID I Superelement identification number
4 UNDEF none
5 D RX Enforced displacement
Main Index
GEOM4 335
Record 48 -- SPCDE(8701,87,9021)

4 D RS Enforced displacement
Record 49 -- SPCDF(8901,89,9023)

Record 50 -- SPCDG(9701,97,9030)

4 METHOD I Method
Main Index
336 GEOM4
Record 51 -- SPCE(9301,93,9027)

5 EDGID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 52 -- SPCEB(9101,91,9025)

Record 53 -- SPCF(9401,94,9028)

Record 54 -- SPCFB(9201,92,9026)

Main Index
GEOM4 337

Record 55 -- SPCGB(9601,96,9029)

4 METHOD I I,{
Record 56 -- SPCGRID(8601,86,9031)

4 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 57 -- SPCOFF(6110,61,343)

Record 58 -- SPCOFF1(6210,62,344)

THRUFLAG=0 No
Main Index
338 GEOM4

THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 59 -- SUPORT(5601,56,14)

Record 60 -- SUPORT1(10100,101,472)

Record 61 -- TEMPBC(11309,113,426)

2 TYPE I Type of temperature boundary condition:
STAT or TRAN
4 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Main Index
GEOM4 339
Record 62 -- USET(2010,20,193)

1 SNAME I Set name
Record 63 -- USET1(2110,21,194)

1 SNAME I Set name
THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG

Main Index
340 GEOM4705
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
GEOM4705 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for

MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
following records.
Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17)
4 A RS Coefficient
5 GI I Grid point identification number
7 AI RS Coefficient
Record 41 - SPC(5501,55,16)

Record 44 - SPCD(5110,51,256)

1 SID I Load Set identification number
Main Index
GPDT68 341
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
GPDT68 Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points)
their x, y, z locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and
displacement coordinate system identification number, and constraint information.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- POINT

1 ID I Internal grid point identification number
2 CP I Location coordinate system identification number
3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP (X, R
or Rho)
4 X2 RS Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CP (Y,
Theta or Theta)
5 X3 RS Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CP (Z, Phi
or Phi)
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes:
1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero.
Main Index
342 GPDT68
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
2. See the description of the “GRID” on page 1624 of the MD Nastran Quick
Reference Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS.
3. For fluid grid points CD=-1.
Main Index
GPL 343
Grid point list
GPL Grid point list
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- GRID
Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort.

number
Record 2 -- GRIDSIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence
numbers in internal sort.

number
2 SEQNO I Sequence number = 1000 * external
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NGS I Total number of grid and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Note:
1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data
entry.
Main Index
344 HIS
Table of design iteration history
HIS Table of design iteration history
Contains a compilation of information from the convergence checks.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

1 DSITER I Design iteration number
2 CVTYP I Convergence type: 1=soft or 2=hard
3 CVPROV I Convergence result: 0=no, 1=soft, or
2=hard
4 OBJ1 RS Initial objective value
5 OBJO RS Final objective value
6 GMAX RS Maximum constraint value
7 IRMAX I Row of the maximum constraint value
8 XVAL RS Design variable value
Record 2 -- TRAILER

2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes:
1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those
obtained from DOM9.
2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis.
3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and
are repeated for consistency.
Main Index
KDICT 345
Element stiffness dictionary table
KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table
Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers
into the corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
Repeats for each element type.

2 NUMWDS I Number of words per entry
3 NUMGRID(C) I Number of defined grid points
4 DOFPERG I Degrees of freedom (or maximum
possible) per grid point
5 FORM(C) I Form of element matrix
7 NACTIVEG I Number of active grid points
8 GE RS Material damping constant
9 ADDRESS1 I GINO address of matrix
10 ADDRESS2 I GINO address of matrix
FORM =3 Lower left triangle in global coord. system
11 SIL I SIL values of connected grid points
Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times
FORM =4 Lower left triangle and transformation matrices
12 E11 RX Element to basic transformation
Main Index
346 KDICT

FORM =5 Lower left triangle in basic coordinate system
FORM =6 Lower matrix in global coordinate system
11 SIL
End FORM
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 PREC I Precision of element matrices (1 or 2)
2 MAXROW I Maximum number of rows in an element
matrix
3 MAXGRID I Maximum number of grid points in a
FORM=4 record
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Notes:
1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global
coordinate system.
Main Index
KDICT 347
2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element

coordinate system transformation matrix is also contained in each element
dictionary.
3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic
coordinate system.
4. FORM=6 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global
coordinate system and the number of degrees-of-freedom is variable.
5. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
348 LAMA
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- OFPID -- OFP Header Record

1 RECID(2) I Constants 21 and 6
3 UNDEF(7 ) none
10 SEVEN I Constant 7
11 RESFLG I Residual vector augmentation flag
12 FLDFLG I Fluid modes flag
13 UNDEF(38 ) none
83 SUBTITLE(32) CHAR4 Subtitle character string
(SUBTITLE)
Record 2 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.

2 ORDER I Extraction order
3 EIGEN RS Eigenvalue
4 OMEGA RS Square root of eigenvalue
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 MASS RS Generalized mass
7 STIFF RS Generalized stiffness
Main Index
LAMA 349
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NMODES I Number of modes
2 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
350 MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- CREEP(1003,10,245)

2 T0 RS Reference temperature
3 EXP RS Temperature-dependent term in the creep rate
expression
4 FORM I Form of the input data: "CRLAW" or "TABLE"
5 TIDKP I TABLES1 identification number which defines
creep model parameter Kp
6 TIDCP I TABLES1 identification number which defines
creep model parameter Cp
7 TIDCS I TABLES1 identification number which defines
creep model parameter Cs
8 THRESH RS Threshold limit for creep process
9 TYPE I Empirical creep law identification number
10 AG(7) RS Coefficients of the empirical creep law
Record 2 -- MAT1(103,1,77)

2 E RS Young’s modulus
3 G RS Shear modulus
4 NU RS Poisson’s ratio
6 A RS Thermal expansion coefficient
Main Index
MPT 351

8 GE RS Structural element damping coefficient
9 ST RS Stress limit for tension
10 SC RS Stress limit for compression
11 SS RS Stress limit for shear
12 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification
number
Record 3 -- MAT2(203,2,78)

2 GIJ(6) RS Material property matrix
9 AJ(3) RS Thermal expansion coefficients
14 ST RS Stress limit for tension
15 SC RS Stress limit for compression
16 SS RS Stress limit for shear
17 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification
number
Record 4 -- MAT3(1403,14,122)

2 EX RS Young’s modulus in the x direction
3 ETH RS Young’s modulus in the theta direction
4 EZ RS Young’s modulus in the z direction
5 NUXTH RS Poisson’s ratios in x-theta direction
Main Index
352 MPT

6 NUTHZ RS Poisson’s ratios in theta-z direction
7 NUZX RS Poisson’s ratios in z-x direction
9 GZX RS Shear modulus in the z-x direction
10 UNDEF none
11 AX RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the x
direction
12 ATH RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the theta
direction
13 AZ RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the z
direction
16 UNDEF none
Record 5 -- MAT4(2103,21,234)

2 K RS Thermal conductivity
3 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass at constant
pressure
5 H RS Free convection heat transfer coefficient
6 MU RS Dynamic viscosity
7 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with
QVOL entries
8 REFENTH RS Reference enthalpy
9 TCH RS Lower temperature limit for phase change
region
Main Index
MPT 353

10 TDELTA RS Total temperature change range
11 QLAT RS Latent heat of fusion per unit mass
Record 6 -- MAT5(2203,22,235)

2 KIJ(6) RS Thermal conductivity matrix
8 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass
10 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with
QVOL entries
Record 7 -- MAT8(2503,25,288)

2 E1 RS Modulus of elasticity in longitudinal
direction
3 E2 RS Modulus of elasticity in lateral direction
4 NU12 RS Poisson’s ratio
5 G12 RS In-plane shear modulus
6 G1Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 1-Z
plane
7 G2Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 2-Z
plane
9 A1 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in
longitudinal direction
10 A2 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in lateral
direction
Main Index
354 MPT

11 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation of
thermal loads
12 XT RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in
tension
13 XC RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in
compression
14 YT RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in tension
15 YC RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in
compression
16 S RS Allowable stress or strain for in-plane shear
17 GE RS Structural damping coefficient
18 F12 RS Interaction term in the tensor polynomial
theory of Tsai-Wu
19 STRN RS For the maximum strain theory only
Record 8 -- MAT9(2603,26,300)

2 G(21) RS Material property matrix
24 A(6) RS Thermal expansion coefficients
30 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation
of thermal loads
32 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 9 -- MAT10(2801,28,365)

2 BULK RS Bulk modulus
Main Index
MPT 355

4 C RS Speed of sound
Record 10 -- MAT11(2903,29,371)
This record is not currently used.

1 MID I
2 E1 RS
3 E2 RS
4 E3 RS
5 V12 RS
6 V23 RS
7 V31 RS
8 G12 RS
9 R23 RS
10 G31 RS
11 RHO RS
12 A(3) RS
15 XT RS
16 XC RS
17 YT RS
18 YC RS
19 ZT RS
20 ZC RS
21 S12 RS
22 S23 RS
23 S31 RS
Main Index
356 MPT
Record 11 -- MATHP(4506,45,374)

2 A10 RS Material constant related to distortional
deformation
deformation
4 D1 RS Material constant related to volumetric
deformation
6 ALPHA RS Coefficient of volumetric thermal
expansion
8 GE RS Structural damping element coefficient
9 SF I ???
10 NA I Order of the distortional strain energy
polynomial function
11 ND I Order of the volumetric strain energy
polynomial function
12 KP RS ???
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
Main Index
MPT 357

deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
Main Index
358 MPT
35 CONTFLG I Continuation flag

CONTFLG =1 With continuation
36 TAB1 I TABLES1 identification number that
defines tension/compression
defines equibiaxial tension
defines simple shear
defines pure shear
40 UNDEF(3 ) none
defines volumetric compression
CONTFLG =0 Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 12 -- MATS1(503,5,90)

2 TID I TABLES1 or TABLEST entry identification
number
3 TYPE I Type of material nonlinearity
4 H RS Work hardening slope
5 YF I Yield function criterion
6 HR I Hardening rule
7 LIMIT1 RS Initial yield point
8 LIMIT2 RS Internal friction angle
9 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
MPT 359
Record 13 -- MATT1(703,7,91)

2 TID(10) I TABLEMi entry identification numbers
12 UNDEF none
Record 14 -- MATT2(803,8,102)

2 TID(15) I TABLEMi entry identification numbers
17 UNDEF none
Record 15 -- MATT3(1503,15,189)

2 TID(15) I entry identification numbers
Record 16 -- MATT4(2303,23,237)

2 TK I TABLEMi identification number for thermal
conductivity
3 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat
capacity per unit mass
4 UNDEF none
5 TH I TABLEMi identification number for free
convection heat transfer coefficient
6 TMU I TABLEMi identification number for
dynamic viscosity
7 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat
generation with QVOL entries
Main Index
360 MPT
Record 17 -- MATT5(2403,24,238)

2 TK(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
thermal conductivity
8 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat
capacity per unit mass
9 UNDEF none
10 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat
generation with QVOL entries
Record 18 -- MATT8(903,9,336)
This record is not currently used.

1 MID I
2 R(16) I
Record 19 -- MATT9(2703,27,301)

2 TG(21) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
material property matrix
23 TRHO I TABLEMi identification number for mass
density
24 TA(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
thermal expansion coefficients
30 UNDEF none
31 TGE I TABLEMi identification number for
structural damping coefficient
32 UNDEF(4 ) none
Main Index
MPT 361
Record 20 -- -- MBOLT(12600,126,646)

1 ID I Element identification number of the bolt
2 GRIDC I Control grid ID where forces or
displacements are applied
3 V(3) RS Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic
coordinates
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 GRIDS CHAR4 GRID, indicating starting of grid
10 GID I Identification numbers of grid points at
the bolt intersection
11 ELEMS CHAR4 ELEM, indicating starting of element
12 EID I Element identification numbers at the bolt
intersection
Record 21 -- MBOLTUS(12800,128,650)

1 ID I Element identification number of the bolt
2 GRIDC I Control grid identification number where
forces or displacements are applied
3 V(3) RS Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic
coordinates
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 TOP CHAR4 TOP, indicating starting of TOP grid
10 GTID I Identification numbers of grid points at
the TOP of bolt intersection
Main Index
362 MPT

11 BOTTOM CHAR4 BOTT, indicating starting of BOTTOM
grid identification numbers
12 GBID I Identification numbers of grid points at
the BOTTOM of bolt intersection
Record 22 -- -- MSTACK(12700,127,649)

1 ID1 I Starting element identification number
2 ID2 I Ending element identification number
3 IDIR I Stacking direction
Record 23 -- NLAUTO(12200,122,434) - SOL 600 only

1 ID I Identification number referenced by a
TSTEP case control entry
2 TINIT RS Initial time step
3 TFINAL RS Total time period
4 RSMALL RS Smallest ratio between steps
5 RBIG RS Largest ratio between steps
6 TSMIN RS Minimum time step
7 TSMAX RS Maximum time step
8 NSMAX I Maximum number of steps allowed
9 NRECYC I Desired number of cycles per increment
10 IENHAN I Enter 1 to acivate the enhanced scheme
11 IDAMP I Enter 1 to use artificial damping for static
12 NSTATE I Number SOF states for PSOT file
13 NCUT I Maximum number of times to cut down
time step
Main Index
MPT 363

14 LIMTAR I
15 IFINISH I
16 FTEMP RS Finish temp, use with IFINISH, enter only
if IEHAN is 1
17 SFACT RS S
18 IFLAG I Not presently used in Nastran-Marc
interface
19 IDTAB I Table identification number scaling
damping factor
20 DAMP RS Damping factor for artificial damping
21 IDMPFLG I Flag for reaching instances in time from
load tables
22 ISTATED I If =1, put states reached by IDMPFLG on
the post files
23 IPHYS I
24 I313 I Flag corresponding to Mar field 13
25 CRITERIA I Choose criteria from 1 thru 10
26 SETID I
27 Y1 RS
28 X1 RS Time for which y1 adjustment is applied
29 Y2 RS
30 X2 RS
31 Y3 RS
32 X3 RS
33 Y4 RS
34 X4 RS
Main Index
364 MPT
Record 24 -- RADBND(9002,90,410)

1 NUMBER I Number of radiation wave bands
2 PLANCK2 RS Planck’s second radiation constant
3 LAMBDA RS Highest wavelength of the i-th wave band
Record 25 -- RADM(8802,88,413)

1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities including
absorptivity
3 EMISI RS Surface emissivity at wavelength
LAMBDAi
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times
Record 26 -- RADMT(8902,89,423)

1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities
3 TEMISI I TABLEMi identification number for
surface emissivity
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times
Record 27 -- NLPARM(3003,30,286)

2 NINC I Number of increments
Main Index
MPT 365

3 DT RS Incremental time interval for creep analysis
4 KMETHOD I Method for controlling stiffness updates
5 KSTEP I Number of iterations before the stiffness
update
6 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations for each load
increment
7 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria
8 INTOUT I Intermediate output flag
9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U
criterion
10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W
criterion
12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions
13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton
correction vectors
14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches
15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress
16 LSTOL RS Line search tolerance
17 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections
18 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length
increment
19 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation
Record 28 -- NLPCI(3104,32,350)

2 TYPE CHAR4 Constraint type
3 MINALR RS Minimum allowable arc-length adjustment
ratio
Main Index
366 MPT

4 MAXALR RS Maximum allowable arc-length adjustment
ratio
5 SCALE RS Scale factor (w) for controlling the loading
contribution
6 UNDEF none
7 DESITER I Desired number of iterations for
convergence
8 MXINC I Maximum number of controlled increment
steps
Record 29 -- TSTEPNL(3103,31,337)

2 NDT I Number of time steps of value DT
3 DT RS Time increment
4 NO I Time step interval for output
5 METHOD I Method for dynamic matrix update
6 KSTEP I Time step interval or number of converged
bisections
7 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations
8 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria
9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U
criterion
10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W
criterion
12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions
13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton
correction vectors
14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches
Main Index
MPT 367

15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress
16 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections
17 ADJUST I Time step skip factor for automatic time
step adjustment
18 MSTEP I Number of steps to obtain the dominant
period response
19 RB RS Define bounds for maintaining the same
time step
20 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length
increment
21 UTOL RS Tolerance on displacement or temperature
increment
22 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation

Main Index
368 OBJTAB
Design objective table
OBJTAB Design objective table
OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective
attributes with retained response identification numbers.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- HEADER

1 IRID I Response identification number
2 RTYPE1 I Type of response: 1 or 2
3 RTYPE2 I Type of response: 1 or 2
4 MINMAX I Minimum/maximum flag: -1=minimum
and 1=maximum
6 SID I Subcase identification number
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
OEE 369
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Record 0 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Block Name
Record 1 -- IDENT

1 ACODE(C) I Device code +
10*approach code
2 TCODE(C) I 18 for strain, 36 for
kinetic, and 37 for
energy loss
3 ETOTAL RS Total strain energy
of all elements in
subcase/mode
4 SUBCASE I Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5 UNDEF none Not defined
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 UNDEF none See word 8
ACODE,4 =02 Real Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode Number
ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness
ACODE,4 =05 Frequency
5 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time Step
Main Index
370 OEE

ACODE,4 =07 Buckling 0 ( Pre buckling )
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
ACODE,4 =09 Complex Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )
5 LOADFAC RS Load factor
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )
ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as
ACODE=6 )
5 TIME RS Time Step
End ACODE,4
6 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element type name
8 LOADSET I Load set or zero
9 FCODE I Format code
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words
per entry in DATA
record
11 CVALRES I C
12 ESUBT RS Subtotal of Strain
Energy in the Set
identification
number
13 SETID I Set identification
number Number
14 EIGENR RS Natural eigenvalue -
- real part
Main Index
OEE 371

15 EIGENI RS Natural eigenvalue
-- imaginary part
16 FREQ RS Natural frequency
17 UNDEF none
18 ETOTPOS RS Total positive
energy
19 ETOTNEG RS Total negative
energy
20 UNDEF(31 ) none
51 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title
83 SUBTITL(32) CHAR4 Subtitle
115 LABEL(32) CHAR4 Label
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
NUMWIDE=04 Standard element identification number
1 EKEY I
NUMWIDE =05 DMIG matrix name
1 DMIGNAME(2) CHAR4 DMIG matrix name
End NUMWIDE
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =02
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =03
Main Index
372 OEE

1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =04
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =08
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =09
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or Time step
ACODE,4 =11
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =12
1 EKEY I
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2 ENERGY RS Element Energy or
Subtotal after all elements
3 PCT RS Percent of Total Energy
4 DEN RS Element Energy Density,
or '-1' after all elements
Main Index
OEE 373
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of element types
output
2 UNDEF(4 ) none
6 WORD6 I OR’ed value of the device
code extracted from
ACODE across all IDENT
records
Notes:
1. Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element
requested for output. They are also repeated for each subcase.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3=ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = tran
7 = bkl0
8 = bkl1
9 = ceigen
10 = pla
4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.
Main Index
374 OEF
Table of element forces
OEF Table of element forces
Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and
SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 MONTH I
4 DAY I
5 YEAR I
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 1 -- DATA
Record 2 -- IDENT

1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*Approach code
2 TCODE(C) I Table code
3 ELTYPE(C) I Element type
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or random identification
number
TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 format
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
6 EIGN RS Eigenvalue
7 UNDEF none
ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness 0
Main Index
OEF 375

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue
7 UNDEF none
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue -- real part
7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics
5 LOADSTEP RS Load step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
Main Index
376 OEF

TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 format
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
8 DLOADID I Dynamic load set identification or
random code number
9 FCODE(C) I Format code
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry
11 OCODE I
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL(C) I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 Format
TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 Format
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
Main Index
OEF 377

1 FREQ RS Frequency
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling
ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
THERMAL =1 Thermal data
NUMWDE =10 2-D and 3-D elements
2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type
4 XGRAD RS x gradient or '1'
5 YGRAD RS y gradient or '1'
6 ZGRAD RS z gradient or '1'
7 XFLUX RS x flux or '1'
8 YFLUX RS y flux or '1'
9 ZFLUX RS z flux or '1'
10 ZED I zero
NUMWDE =8 (CHBDY) thermal 107,108,109
Main Index
378 OEF

2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element name
4 FAPPLIED RS Applied load
5 FREECONV RS Free convection
6 FORCECON RS Forced convection
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
NUMWDE =2 Convection elements
2 FTOTAL RS Total
NUMWDE =9 1-D elements; e.g., CBEAM, CBEND, CTUBE
2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type
NUMWDE =58 VUHEXA 145 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent C
3 VUGRID I VU grid identification number
NUMWDE =44 VUPENTA 146 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent identification number
Main Index
OEF 379

NUMWDE =30 VUTETRA 147 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent identification number
3 VUGRID I VU Grid identification number
NUMWDE =34 VUQUAD 189 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent p-element identification number
3 COORD I Coordinate system identification
number
4 ICORD CHAR4 Flat/curved etc.
5 THETA I Material angle
6 UNDEF none
7 VUGRID I VU Grid identification number
Main Index
380 OEF

NUMWDE =27 VUTRIA 190 Thermal
number
6 UNDEF none
NUMWDE =18 VUBEAM 191 Thermal
number
Main Index
OEF 381

End NUMWDE
THERMAL =00 Non-thermal element output
ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real or random response
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
TCODE,7 =1 Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
2 AFR RS Axial Force -- real/magnitude part
3 AFI RS Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part
4 TRQR RS Torque -- real/magnitude part
5 TRQI RS Torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM)
3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's
length
4 BM1 RS Bending moment plane 1
6 TS1 RS Shear Plane 1
7 TS2 RS Shear Plane 2
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TTRQ RS Total Torque
10 WTRQ RS Warping Torque
Main Index
382 OEF

3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's
length
4 BM1R RS Bending moment plane 1 --
real/magnitude part
real/magnitude part
6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part
8 AFR RS Axial force -- real/magnitude part
9 TTRQR RS Total torque -- real/magnitude part
10 WTRQR RS Warping torque -- real/magnitude part
11 BM1I RS Bending moment plane 1 --
imaginary/phase part
13 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part
15 AFI RS Axial force -- imaginary/phase part
16 TTRQI RS Total torque -- imaginary/phase part
17 WTRQI RS Warping torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
Words 2 through max repeat 011 times
ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE)
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
Main Index
OEF 383

5 TEQI RS Torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
2 F41 RS Force 4 to 1
10 KF1 RS Kick Force on 1
11 S12 RS Shear 1 2
13 S23 RS Shear 2 3
15 S34 RS Shear 3 4
17 S41 RS Shear 4 1
2 F41R RS Force 4 to 1 -- real/magnitude part
Main Index
384 OEF

10 F41I RS Force 4 to 1 -- imaginary/phase part
18 KF1R RS Kick Force on 1 -- real/magnitude part
19 S12R RS Shear 1 2 -- real/magnitude part
26 KF1I RS Kick Force on 1 -- imaginary/phase part
27 S12I RS Shear 1 2 -- imaginary/phase part
Main Index
OEF 385

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2
(follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =06 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force -- real/magnitude part
3 FI RS Force -- imaginary/phase part
Main Index
386 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar pts. only with prop.
(CELAS4)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =15 AEROT3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)
Main Index
OEF 387

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1 and see Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2 and see
Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see
Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
Main Index
388 OEF

ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only with prop.
(CDAMP4; see Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC)
2 AF RS Axial force
3 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only (CMASS3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties
(CMASS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)
Main Index
OEF 389

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form
(CONM2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =32 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
2 MX RS Membrane in x
3 MY RS Membrane in y
4 MXY RS Membrane in xy
5 BMX RS Bending in x
6 BMY RS Bending in y
7 BMXY RS Bending in xy
8 TX RS Transverse Shear in x
9 TY RS Transverse Shear in y
2 MXR RS Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
3 MYR RS Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
4 MXYR RS Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
5 BMXR RS Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
6 BMYR RS Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXYR RS Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
8 TXR RS Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude
part
9 TYR RS Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude
part
Main Index
390 OEF

10 MXI RS Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11 MYI RS Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12 MXYI RS Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase
part
13 BMXI RS Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14 BMYI RS Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXYI RS Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
16 TXI RS Transverse Shear in x --
17 TYI RS Transverse Shear in y --
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR and see also
ELTYPE=100)
2 BM1A RS Bending moment at end A plane 1
3 BM2A RS Bending moment at end A plane 2
4 BM1B RS Bending moment at end B plane 1
5 BM2B RS Bending moment at end B plane 2
6 TS1 RS Shear plane 1
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
2 BM1AR RS Bending moment at end A plane 1 -- real
part
3 BM2AR RS Bending moment at end A plane 2 -- real
part
4 BM1BR RS Bending moment at end B plane 1 -- real
part
Main Index
OEF 391

5 BM2BR RS Bending moment at end B plane 2 -- real
part
6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real part
8 AFR RS Axial force -- real part
9 TRQR RS Torque -- real part
10 BM1AI RS Bending moment at end A plane 1 --
imaginary part
11 BM2AI RS Bending moment at end A plane 2 --
imaginary part
12 BM1BI RS Bending moment at end B plane 1 --
imaginary part
13 BM2BI RS Bending moment at end B plane 2 --
imaginary part
14 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part
16 AFI RS Axial Force -- imaginary part
17 TRQI RS Torque -- imaginary part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
2 HOPA RS Harmonic or point angle
3 BMU RS Bending moment u
4 BMV RS Bendingmoment v
5 TM RS Twisting moment
6 SU RS Shear u
7 SV RS Shear v
ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
Main Index
392 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FX RS Compression force in x
3 SFY RS Shear force in y
4 SFZ RS Shear force in z
5 U RS Axial displacement in u
6 V RS Shear displacement in v
7 W RS Shear displacement in w
8 SV RS Slip displacement in v
9 SW RS Slip displacement in w
2 FX RS Compression force in x
3 SFY RS Shear force in y
4 SFZ RS Shear force in z
5 U RS Axial displacement in u
6 V RS Shear displacement in v
7 W RS Shear displacement in w
8 SV RS Slip displacement in v
9 SW RS Slip displacement in w
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =39 Acoustics -- Tetra (?)
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
Main Index
OEF 393

8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
2 FE RS Element Force
3 UE RS Axial displacement
4 VE RS Axial velocity*
5 AS RS Axial stress*
6 AE RS Axial strain*
7 EP RS Plastic strain*
8 FAIL I Failed element flag
ELTYPE =41 unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =43 Fluid element with 2 points (CFLUID2)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =46 Cflmass
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =47 Fluid element with 2 points (CAXIF2)
Main Index
394 OEF

2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
2 F(9) RS User defined
2 FR(9) RS User defined -- real/magnitude
11 FI(9) RS User defined -- magnitude/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
Main Index
OEF 395

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or
CDUM8)
Main Index
396 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or
CDUM9)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
2 TERM CHAR4 Character string "CEN/"
3 GRID I Number of active grids or corner grid
4 MX RS Membrane force in x
5 MY RS Membrane force in y
6 MXY RS Membrane force in xy
7 BMX RS Bending moment in x
8 BMY RS Bending moment in y
9 BMXY RS Bending moment in xy
10 TX RS Shear force in x
11 TY RS Shear force in y
Main Index
OEF 397

4 MXR RS Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude
part
5 MYR RS Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude
part
6 MXYR RS Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude
part
7 BMXR RS Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude
part
8 BMYR RS Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude
part
9 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy --
real/magnitude part
10 TXR RS Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part
11 TYR RS Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part
12 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase
part
13 MYI RS Membrane force in y --
14 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy --
15 BMXI RS Bending moment in x --
16 BMYI RS Bending moment in y --
17 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy --
18 TXI RS Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part
19 TYI RS Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)
Main Index
398 OEF

2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =67 Acoustics in HEXA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =68 Acoustics in PENTA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
Main Index
OEF 399

12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND -- see note.)
7 AF RS Axial force
8 TRQ RS Torque
2 GRID I Grid point identification number --
real/magnitude part
real/magnitude part
real/magnitude part
imagnitude/phase part
Main Index
400 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
part
part
part
part
part
real/magnitude part
Main Index
OEF 401

part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =71 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
2 MX RS Membrane in x
3 MY RS Membrane in y
4 MXY RS Membrane in xy
5 BMX RS Bending in x
Main Index
402 OEF

6 BMY RS Bending in y
7 BMXY RS Bending in xy
8 TX RS Transverse Shear in x
9 TY RS Transverse Shear in y
2 MXR RS Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
3 MYR RS Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
4 MXYR RS Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
5 BMXR RS Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
6 BMYR RS Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXYR RS Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
8 TXR RS Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude
part
9 TYR RS Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude
part
10 MXI RS Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11 MYI RS Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12 MXYI RS Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase
part
13 BMXI RS Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14 BMYI RS Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXYI RS Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
16 TXI RS Transverse Shear in x --
17 TYI RS Transverse Shear in y --
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
Main Index
OEF 403

part
part
part
part
part
real/magnitude part
part
Main Index
404 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element
(CHEXA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "HEXPR"
4 AXR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
5 AYR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
6 AZR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
7 VXR RS Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part
8 VYR RS Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part
9 VZR RS Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part
10 PRESSURE RS Pressure in DB
11 AXI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase
part
12 AYI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase
part
13 AZI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase
part
14 VXI RS Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part
15 VYI RS Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part
Main Index
OEF 405

16 VXI RS Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part
ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid
element (CPENTA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "PENPR"
4 AX RS Acceleration in x
5 AY RS Acceleration in x
6 AZ RS Acceleration in x
7 VX RS Velocity in x
8 VY RS Velocity in y
9 VZ RS Velocity in y
TCODE,7 =1 Complex
part
part
part
Main Index
406 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid
element (CTETRA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "TETPR"
4 AX RS Acceleration in x
5 AY RS Acceleration in x
6 AZ RS Acceleration in x
7 VX RS Velocity in x
8 VY RS Velocity in y
9 VZ RS Velocity in y
TCODE,7 =1
part
part
part
Main Index
OEF 407

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =79 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =80 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =81 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =82 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
part
part
part
part
Main Index
408 OEF

part
real/magnitude part
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =85 Nonlinear TETRA
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =86 Nonlinear GAP
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OEF 409

ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear TUBE
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =88 Nonlinear TRIA3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear ROD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =90 Nonlinear QUAD4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear PENTA
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear CONROD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =93 Acoustics in HEXA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear BEAM
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
410 OEF

ELTYPE =95 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
2 THEORY(2) CHAR4 Theory
4 LAMID I Lamina number
5 FP RS Failure index for direct stresses
6 FM RS Failure mode for maximum strain
theory
7 FB RS Failure index for interlaminar shear
stress or -1
8 FMAX RS Maximum of FP and FB or -1.
9 FFLAG CHAR4 Failure flag
ELTYPE =96 Composite curved quadrilateral shell element
(CQUAD8)
theory
stress or -1
8 FMAX RS Maximum of FP and FB or -1
ELTYPE =97 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
theory
stress or -1
Main Index
OEF 411

ELTYPE =98 Composite curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
theory
stress or -1
9 FFLAG I Failure flag
ELTYPE =99 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with
CBARAO or PLOAD1)
2 SD RS Station distance divided by length
7 AF RS Axial force
8 TRQ RS Torque
2 SD RS Station distance divided by length
real/magnitude part
real/magnitude part
Main Index
412 OEF

5 TP1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part
6 TP2R RS Shear plane 2 -- real/magnitude part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence
(CAABSF)
2 IMPEDR RS Impedance -- real/magnitude part
3 IMPEDI RS Impedance -- imaginary/phase part
4 ABSORB RS Absorption coefficient
ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
2 FX RS Force x
3 FY RS Force y
4 FZ RS Force z
5 MX RS Moment x
6 MY RS Moment y
7 MZ RS Moment z
2 FXR RS Force x -- real/magnitude part
3 FYR RS Force y -- real/magnitude part
Main Index
OEF 413

4 FZR RS Force z -- real/magnitude part
5 MXR RS Moment x -- real/magnitude part
6 MYR RS Moment y -- real/magnitude part
7 MZR RS Moment z -- real/magnitude part
8 FXI RS Force x -- imaginary/phase part
9 FYI RS Force y -- imaginary/phase part
10 FZI RS Force z -- imaginary/phase part
11 MXI RS Moment x -- imaginary/phase part
12 MYI RS Moment y -- imaginary/phase part
13 MZI RS Moment z -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element --
(CHBDYE)
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
Main Index
414 OEF

7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =110 Heat boundary element free convection (CONV)
2 CONVHFLW RS Free convection heat flow
3 CNTLNODE I Control node
4 CONVCOEF RS Free convection heat transfer coefficient
ELTYPE =111 Heat boundary element forced convection (CONVM)
2 CONVHFLW RS Forced convection heat flow
4 CONVCOEF RS Forced convection heat transfer
coefficient
ELTYPE =112 QBDY3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =113 QVECT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =114 QVOL
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OEF 415

ELTYPE =115 Space radiation specification (RADBC)
2 BNDRDFLW RS Boundary radiation heat flow
4 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =117 WELDC
2 BM1A RS Bending moment end A plane 1
4 BM1B RS Bending moment end B plane 1
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
TCODE,7 =1 Real / Imaginary
2 BM1AR RS Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real
part
part
4 BM1BR RS Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real
part
part
Main Index
416 OEF

10 BM1AI RS Bending moment end A plane 1 --
imaginary part
imaginary part
12 BM1BI RS Bending moment end B plane 1 --
imaginary part
imaginary part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =118 WELDP
part
part
part
part
imaginary part
imaginary part
Main Index
OEF 417

imaginary part
imaginary part
TCODE,7 = 0 or 2 Real or Random responses
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =119 SEAM
part
part
part
part
Main Index
418 OEF

imaginary part
imaginary part
imaginary part
imaginary part
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real or random responses
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =126 Fastener element (CFAST
2 FXR RS Force x - real/mag. part
3 FYR RS Force y - real/mag. part
4 FZR RS Force z - real/mag. part
Main Index
OEF 419

5 MXR RS Moment x - real/mag. part
6 MYR RS Moment y - real/mag. part
7 MZR RS Moment z - real/mag. part
8 FXI RS Force x - imag./phase part
9 FYI RS Force y - imag./phase part
10 FZI RS Force z - imag./phase part
11 MXI RS Moment x - imag./phase part
12 MYI RS Moment y - imag./phase part
13 MZI RS Moment z - imag./phase part
TCODE,7 = 0,2 Real or Random responses
2 FX RS Force x
3 FY RS Force y
4 FZ RS Force z
5 MX RS Moment x
6 MY RS Moment y
7 MZ RS Moment z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127 CQUAD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =128 CQUADX
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =129 RELUC -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =130 RES -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =131 TETRAE -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =132 CTRIA
Main Index
420 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =134 LINEOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =135 LINXOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =136 QUADOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =138 LINEX -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =140 HEXA8FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses
(QUAD144)
3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
Main Index
OEF 421

4 MX RS Membrane x
5 MY RS Membrane y
6 MXY RS Membrane xy
7 BMX RS Bending x
8 BMY RS Bending y
9 BMXY RS Bending xy
10 TX RS Shear x
11 TY RS Shear y
4 MXR RS Membrane x -- real/magnitude part
5 MYR RS Membrane y -- real/magnitude part
6 MXYR RS Membrane xy -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXR RS Bending x -- real/magnitude part
8 BMYR RS Bending y -- real/magnitude part
9 BMXYR RS Bending xy -- real/magnitude part
10 TXR RS Shear x -- real/magnitude part
11 TYR RS Shear y -- real/magnitude part
12 MXI RS Membrane x -- imaginary/phase part
13 MYI RS Membrane y -- imaginary/phase part
14 MXYI RS Membrane xy -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXI RS Bending x -- imaginary/phase part
16 BMYI RS Bending y -- imaginary/phase part
17 BMXYI RS Bending xy -- imaginary/phase part
18 TXI RS Shear x -- imaginary/phase part
19 TYI RS Shear y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)
Main Index
422 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =148 HEXAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =149 PENTAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =150 TETRAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =151 QUADM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =152 TRIAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =153 QUADXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =155 RADINT
1 BNDRDFLW RS Boundary radiation heat flow
3 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =157 LINEPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM -- EMAS?
Main Index
OEF 423

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =160 Five-sided finite deformation solid element
(PENTA6FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =161 Five-sided finite deformation solid element
(TETRA4FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =162 Triangular finite deformation shell element
(TRIA3FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =163 HEXAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =164 QUADFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =165 PENTAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =166 TETRAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =167 TRIAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =168 TRIAX3FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =169 TRIAXFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =170 QUADX4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =171 QUADXFD
Main Index
424 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =174 LINEOBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =175 LINXOBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =176 QUADWGM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =177 TRIAWGM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =178 QUADIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =179 TRIAIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =180 LINEIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =181 LINXIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =182 QUADIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =183 TRIAIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =184 LINEIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =185 LINXIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =186 QUADPWM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =187 TRIAPWM -- EMAS
Main Index
OEF 425

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =188 LINEPWM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
number
6 UNDEF none
TCODE,7 =0 Real
7 VUID I VU-grid identification number
identification number for corner
8 MFX RS Membrane force x
9 MFY RS Membrane force y
10 MFXY RS Membrane force xy
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMX RS Bending moment x
15 BMY RS Bending moment y
16 BMXY RS Bending moment xy
17 SYZ RS Shear yz
18 SZX RS Shear zx
19 UNDEF none
7 VUID I VU-grid identification number for
corner
8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/magnitude
9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/magnitude
Main Index
426 OEF

10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/magnitude
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/magnitude
15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/magnitude
17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/magnitude
18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/magnitude
19 UNDEF none
20 MFXI RS membrane force x imaginary/phase
21 MFYI RS membrane force y imaginary/phase
22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imaginary/phase
23 UNDEF(3 ) none
26 BMXI RS bending moment x imaginary/phase
27 BMYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29 SYZI RS Shear yz imaginary/phase
30 SZXI RS Shear zx imaginary/phase
31 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
number
6 UNDEF none
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OEF 427

7 VUID I VU grid identification number for this
corner
8 MFX RS membrane force x
9 MFY RS membrane force y
10 MFXY RS membrane force xy
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMX RS bending moment x
15 BMY RS bending moment y
16 BMXY RS bending moment xy
17 SYZ RS Shear yz
18 SZX RS Shear zx
19 UNDEF none
7 VUID I VU grid identification number this
corner
8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/magnitude
9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/magnitude
10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/magnitude
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/magnitude
15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/magnitude
17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/magnitude
18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/magnitude
19 UNDEF none
20 MFXI RS membrane force x imaginary/phase
21 MFYI RS membrane force y imaginary/phase
22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imaginary/phase
Main Index
428 OEF

23 UNDEF(3 ) none
26 BMXI RS bending moment x imaginary/phase
27 BMYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29 SYZI RS Shear yz imaginary/phase
30 SZXI RS Shear zx imaginary/phase
31 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM)
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
5 VUGRID I VU grid identification number for
output grid
6 POSIT RS x/L position of VU grid identification
number
7 FORCEX RS Force x
8 SHEARY RS Shear force y
9 SHEARZ RS shear force z
10 TORSION RS torsional moment x
11 BENDY RS bending moment y
12 BENDZ RS bending moment z
output grid
Main Index
OEF 429

number
7 FORCEXR RS Force x real/magnitude
8 SHEARYR RS Shear force y real/magnitude
9 SHEARZR RS shear force z real/magnitude
10 TORSINR RS torsional moment x real/magnitude
11 BENDYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
12 BENDZR RS bending moment z real/magnitude
13 FORCEXI RS Force x imaginary/phase
14 SHEARYI RS Shear force y imaginary/phase
15 SHEARZI RS shear force z imaginary/phase
16 TORSINI RS torsional moment x imaginary/phase
17 BENDYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
18 BENDZI RS bending moment z imaginary/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192 CVINT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =193 QUADFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =195 LINEFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =196 LINXFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =197 GMINTS
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
430 OEF

ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =200 CWELD
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
part
part
part
part
imaginary part
Main Index
OEF 431

imaginary part
imaginary part
imaginary part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =202 Nonlinear hyperelastic HEXA4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? See also ELTYPE=116
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =204
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =205
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
(TRIA3FD) Gauss
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format
(HEXAFD) Gauss
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =208
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =209
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
432 OEF

ELTYPE =210
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =211
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =212
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =213
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =214
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =215
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =216
2 UNDEF none
(TRIA3FD) Grid
2 UNDEF none
(HEXAFD) Grid
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =219
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =220
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =221
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =222
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =223
Main Index
OEF 433

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =224 Nonlinear ELAS1
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =232 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR
theory
stress or -1
ELTYPE =233 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIAR)
theory
stress or -1
ELTYPE =235 Quadrilateral plate element for center punch
(CQUADR)
Main Index
434 OEF

part
part
part
part
part
6 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy -- real/
magnitude part
9 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- magnitude/
phase part
10 MYI RS Membrane force in y -- magnitude/
phase part
11 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/
phase part
12 BMXI RS Bending moment in x -- imaginary/
phase part
13 BMYI RS Bending moment in y -- imaginary/
phase part
14 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/
phase part
TCODE,7 = Real or Random responses
Main Index
OEF 435

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =236 Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
part
part
part
part
part
6 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy -- real/
magnitude part
9 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- magnitude/-
phase part
10 MYI RS Membrane force in y -- magnitude/
phase part
Main Index
436 OEF

11 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy -- magnitude/
phase part
12 BMXI RS Bending moment in x -- magnitude/
phase part
13 BMYI RS Bending moment in y -- imaginary/
phase part
14 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy - imaginary/
phase part
TCODE,7 = Real or Random responses
End TCODE,7
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
6 WORD6 I OR’ed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
Main Index
OEF 437
Notes:
1. The RECORD=IDENT and DATA pair is repeated for each subcase.
2. For CDAMPi and CVISC elements, force output is only available in
frequency response.
3. For composite elements, ELTYPEs 95 through 98, OEF contains composite
failure indices and the DATA record is repeated for each ply as well as each
element. Also, EID=-1, then OFP module prints a blank line.
Main Index
Main Index
OES 439
Table of element stresses or strains
OES Table of element stresses or strains
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 WORD I No def or month, year, one, one
Record 1 -- IDENT

1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*approach code
3 ELTYPE(C) I Element type
number
TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =02 Real eigenvalues
7 MODECYCL F1 Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03 Differential stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =04 Differential stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
440 OES

5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling phase 0 (pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling phase 1 (post-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Mode number
7 UNDEF none
ACODE,4 =09 Complex eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue (real)
7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics
5 LFTSFQ RS Load step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 )
5 TIME RS Time step?
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
Main Index
OES 441

5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number, time step,
etc.
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
8 LOADSET I Load set number or zero or random
code identification number
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in DATA
record
11 SCODE(C) I Stress/strain code
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL(C) I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA

SORTCODE=1 Sort 1 -- SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2
1 EKEY I Device code + 10*point identification
number
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
ACODE/10=01 Analysis type
number
ACODE,4 =02
number
ACODE,4 =03
Main Index
442 OES

number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
number
ACODE,4 =08
number
ACODE,4 =09
number
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or time step
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End ACODE/10
THERMAL =1 Thermal data
2 SIDEID I Side identification number
Main Index
OES 443

3 HBDYID I Hbdy identification number
4 CNVCEF RS Convection coefficient or '-1'
6 FCONV RS Convection
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =00 Grid -- OES1G table
2 MATID I Material identification number
3 NX1 RS Normal in x at d1
4 NY1 RS Normal in y at d1
5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at d1
6 SA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at d1
7 MJRP1 RS Major principal at d1
8 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at d1
9 TMAX1 RS Maximum shear at d1
10 PCODE I 10*interpolation points + projection code
11 NX2 RS Normal in x at d2
12 NY2 RS Normal in y at d2
13 TXY2 RS Shear in xy at d2
14 SA2 RS Theta (shear angle) at d2
15 MJRP2 RS Major principal at d2
16 MNRP2 RS Minor principal at d2
17 TMAX2 RS Maximum shear at d2
ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 AE RS Axial strain
Main Index
444 OES

3 MSA RS Axial safety margin*
4 TE RS Torsional strain
5 MST RS Torsional safety margin*
2 AER RS Axial strain
3 AEI RS Axial strain
4 TER RS Torsional strain
5 TEI RS Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2 Random Responses
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 AS RS Axial stress
4 TS RS Torsional stress
2 ASR RS Axial stress
3 ASI RS Axial stress
4 TSR RS Torsional stress
5 TSI RS Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
OES 445

ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 GRID I External grid point identification
number
3 SD RS Station distance/length
4 EXC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXD RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXF RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EMAX RS Maximum stress
9 EMIN RS Minimum stress
10 MST RS Margin of safety in tension
11 MSC RS Margin of safety in compression
number
4 ERCR RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXDR RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXER RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXFR RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EXCI RS Long. Strain at point C
9 EXDI RS Long. Strain at point D
10 EXEI RS Long. Strain at point E
11 EXFI RS Long. Strain at Point F
Main Index
446 OES

number
4 EXC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXD RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXF RS Long. Strain at point F
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
number
4 SXC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SXE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXF RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SMAX RS Maximum stress
9 SMIN RS Minimum stress
number
4 SRCR RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXDR RS Long. Stress at point D
Main Index
OES 447

6 SXER RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXFR RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SXCI RS Long. Stress at point C
9 SXDI RS Long. Stress at point D
10 SXEI RS Long. Stress at point E
11 SXFI RS Long. Stress at point F
number
4 SXC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SXE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXF RS Long. Stress at point F
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
448 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 ETMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 ETAVGR RS Average shear
5 ETAVGI RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 449

2 ETMAX RS Maximum shear
3 ETAVG RS Average shear
4 MS RS Safety margin*
2 ETMAXR RS Maximum shear
3 ETMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 ETAVGR RS Average shear
5 ETAVGI RS Average shear
2 ETMAX RS Maximum shear
3 ETAVG RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 TAVG RS Average shear
4 MS RS Safety margin*
2 TMAXR RS Maximum shear
3 TMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 TAVGR RS Average shear
5 TAVGI RS Average shear
3 TAVG RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
450 OES

ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2
(follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =06 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
OES 451

TCODE,7 =0 Real
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain or random response
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 S RS Stress
2 SR RS Stress
Main Index
452 OES

3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 S RS Stress
TCODE,7 =1 Real/Imaginary
2 SR RS Stress
3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
OES 453

2 S RS Stress
TCODE,7 =1
2 SR RS Stress
3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar points only with
properties (CELAS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =15 AEROT3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =17 unused (pre-V69 TRIA2 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =18 unused (pre-V69 QUAD2 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =19 unused (pre-V69 QUAD1 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar points only (CDAMP3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties
(CDAMP4)
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
454 OES

ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 UNDEF none
2 ASR RS Axial Stress
3 ASI RS Axial Stress
4 TAUR RS Torque
5 TAUI RS Torque
3 TAU RS Torque
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar points only (CMASS3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties
(CMASS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form
(CONM2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 455

ELTYPE =32 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre distance
3 EX1 RS Normal in x at Z1
4 EY1 RS Normal in y at Z1
5 EXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1
6 EA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z1
7 EMJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
8 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
9 EMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
3 EX1R RS Normal in x at Z1
4 EX1I RS Normal in x at Z1
5 EY1R RS Normal in y at Z1
6 EY1I RS Normal in y at Z1
7 EXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
Main Index
456 OES

8 EXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
3 SX1 RS Normal in x at Z1
4 SY1 RS Normal in y at Z1
5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
6 SA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z1
7 SMJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
8 SMNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
9 SMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
Main Index
OES 457

3 SX1R RS Normal in x at Z1
4 SX1I RS Normal in x at Z1
5 SY1R RS Normal in y at Z1
6 SY1I RS Normal in y at Z1
7 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
8 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR; see also ELTYPE=100)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
458 OES

2 EX1A RS SA1
3 EX2A RS SA2
4 EX3A RS SA3
5 EX4A RS SA4
6 AE RS Axial
7 EBMAXA RS SA maximum
8 EBMINA RS SA minimum
9 MST RS Safety margin in tension*
10 EXIB RS SB1
11 EX2B RS SB2
12 EX3B RS SB3
13 EX4B RS SB4
14 EBMAXB RS SB maximum
15 EBMINB RS SB minimum
16 MSC RS Safety margin in comp*
2 EX1AR RS SA1
3 EX2AR RS SA2
4 EX3AR RS SA3
5 EX4AR RS SA4
6 AER RS Axial
7 EX1AI RS SA1
8 EX2AI RS SA2
9 EX3AI RS SA3
10 EX4AI RS SA4
11 AEI RS Axial
12 EX1BR RS SB1
13 EX2BR RS SB2
Main Index
OES 459

14 EX3BR RS SB3
15 EX4BR RS SB4
16 EX1BI RS SB1
17 EX2BI RS SB2
18 EX3BI RS SB3
19 EX4BI RS SB4
2 EX1A RS SA1
3 EX2A RS SA2
4 EX3A RS SA3
5 EX4A RS SA4
6 AE RS Axial
7 EX1B RS SB1
8 EX2B RS SB2
9 EX3B RS SB3
10 EX4B RS SB4
13 SX2BR RS SB2
14 SX3BR RS SB3
15 SX4BR RS SB4
16 SX1BI RS SB1
17 SX2BI RS SB2
18 SX3BI RS SB3
19 SX4BI RS SB4
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 SX1A RS SA1
3 SX2A RS SA2
Main Index
460 OES

4 SX3A RS SA3
5 SX4A RS SA4
6 AS RS Axial
7 BMAXA RS SA maximum
8 BMINA RS SA minimum
9 MST RS Safety margin in tension
10 SXIB RS SB1
11 SX2B RS SB2
12 SX3B RS SB3
13 SX4B RS SB4
14 BMAXB RS SB maximum
15 BMINB RS SB minimum
16 MSC RS Safety margin in comp*
2 SX1AR RS SA1
3 SX2AR RS SA2
4 SX3AR RS SA3
5 SX4AR RS SA4
6 ASR RS Axial
7 SX1AI RS SA1
8 SX2AI RS SA2
9 SX3AI RS SA3
10 SX4AI RS SA4
11 ASI RS Axial
12 SX1BR RS SB1
13 SX2BR RS SB2
14 SX3BR RS SB3
15 SX4BR RS SB4
Main Index
OES 461

16 SX1BI RS SB1
17 SX2BI RS SB2
18 SX3BI RS SB3
19 SX4BI RS SB4
TCODE,7 =2 Random responses
2 SX1A RS SA1
3 SX2A RS SA2
4 SX3A RS SA3
5 SX4A R SA4
6 AS RS Axial
7 SX1B RS SB1
8 SX2B RS SB2
9 SX3B RS SB3
10 SX4B RS SB4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 FD1 RS Z1=Fibre distance
4 EU1 RS Normal in u at z1
5 EV1 RS Normal in v at z1
6 ET1 RS Shear in uv at z1
7 A1 RS Theta (shear angle) at z1
8 EMJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
9 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
10 ETMAX1 RS Maximum shear at z1
Main Index
462 OES

11 FD2 RS Z2=Fibre sistance
12 EU2 RS Normal in u at z2
13 EV2 RS Normal in v at z2
14 ET2 RS Shear in uv at z2
18 ETMAX2 RS Maximum shear at z2
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
4 SU1 RS Normal in u at z1
5 SV1 RS Normal in v at z1
6 ST1 RS Shear in uv at z1
8 SMJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
9 SMNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
10 STMAX1 RS Maximum shear at z1
12 SU2 RS Normal in u at z2
13 SV2 RS Normal in v at z2
14 ST2 RS Shear in uv at z2
16 SMJRP2 RS Major principal at z2
Main Index
OES 463

17 SMNRP2 RS Minor principal at z2
18 STMAX2 RS Maximum shear at z2
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP)
2 FX RS ?
3 SFY RS ?
4 SFZ RS ?
5 U RS ?
6 V RS ?
7 W RS ?
8 SV RS ?
9 SW RS ?
ELTYPE =39 Tetra
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 CID I Stress Coordinate System
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate Type (BCD)
4 NODEF I Number of Active Points
Main Index
464 OES

5 GRID I External grid identification number
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 ETXY RS Shear in xy
8 EP1 RS First principal stress
9 P1X RS First principal x cosine
10 P2X RS Second principal x cosine
11 P3X RS Third principal x cosine
12 EPR RS Mean pressure
13 EOCT RS Octahedral shear stress
14 EY RS Normal in y
15 ETYZ RS Shear in yz
16 EP2 RS Second principal stress
17 P1Y RS First principal y cosine
18 P2Y RS Second principal y cosine
19 P3Y RS Third principal y cosine
20 EZ RS Normal in z
21 ETZX RS Shear in zx
22 EP3 RS Third principal stress
23 P1Z RS First principal z cosine
24 P2Z RS Second principal z cosine
25 P3Z RS Third principal z cosine
2 CID I Stress coordinate system
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate system type (BCD)
4 NODEF I Number of active points
(0=center)
Main Index
OES 465

6 EXR RS Normal in x
7 EYR RS Normal in y
8 EZR RS Normal in z
9 ETXYR RS Shear in xy
10 ETYZR RS Shear in yz
11 ETZXR RS Shear in zx
12 EXI RS Normal in x
13 EYI RS Normal in y
14 EZI RS Normal in z
15 ETXYI RS Shear in xy
16 ETYZI RS Shear in yz
17 ETZXI RS Shear in zx
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
466 OES

TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type (BCD)
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 TXY RS Shear in xy
8 P1 RS First principal stress
12 PR RS Mean pressure
13 OCT RS Octahedral shear stress
14 SY RS Normal in y
15 TYZ RS Shear in yz
16 P2 RS Second principal stress
20 SZ RS Normal in z
21 TZX RS Shear in zx
22 P3 RS Third principal stress
Main Index
OES 467

2 CID I Stress Coordinate System
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate System Type (BCD)
4 NODEF I Number of Active Points
(0=center)
6 SXR RS Normal in x
7 SYR RS Normal in y
8 SZR RS Normal in z
9 TXYR RS Shear in xy
10 TYZR RS Shear in yz
11 TZXR RS Shear in zx
12 SXI RS Normal in x
13 SYI RS Normal in y
14 SZI RS Normal in z
15 TXYI RS Shear in xy
16 TYZI RS Shear in yz
17 TZXI RS Shear in zx
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
Main Index
468 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FE RS Element force
4 VE RS Axial velocity*
7 EP RS Plastic strain*
8 FAIL I Failed element flag
2 FER RS Element force
3 UER RS Axial displacement
4 ASR RS Axial stress*
5 AER RS Axial strain*
6 FEI RS Element force
7 UEI RS Axial displacement
8 ASI RS Axial stress*
9 AEI RS Axial strain*
2 FE RS Element force
11 ETMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
12 FD2 RS Fibre distance at Z2
Main Index
OES 469

15 ETXY2 RS Shear in xy at Z2
16 A2 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z2
17 EMRPJ2 RS Major principal at Z2
End TCODE,7
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =46 Cflmass
2 UNDEF none
2 RA RS Radial axis
3 AA RS Axial axis
4 TE RS Tangential edge
5 CE RS Circumferential edge
Main Index
470 OES

2 RAR RS Radial axis
3 AAR RS Axial axis
4 TER RS Tangential edge
5 CER RS Circumferential edge
6 RAI RS Radial axis
7 AAI RS Axial axis
8 TEI RS Tangential edge
9 CEI RS Circumferential edge
End TCODE,7
2 RC RS Radial centroid
3 CC RS Circumferential centroid
4 AC RS Axial centroid
5 TE1 RS Tangential edge 1
6 CE1 RS Circumferential edge 1
2 RCR RS Radial centroid
3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid
4 ACR RS Axial centroid
5 TE1R RS Tangential edge 1
6 CE1R RS Circumferential edge 1
Main Index
OES 471

11 RCI RS Radial centroid
12 CCI RS Circumferential centroid
14 TE1I RS Tangential edge 1
15 CE1I RS Circumferential edge 1
End TCODE,7
3 CC RS Circumferential centroid
3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid
Main Index
472 OES

14 CCI RS Circumferential centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
Main Index
OES 473

8 ACI RS Axial centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
Main Index
474 OES

9 ACI RS Axial centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)
2 LOC I Location code
3 RS RS Radial stress
4 AZS RS Azimuthal stress
6 SS RS Shear stress
7 MAXP RS Maximum principal
9 OCTS RS Octahedral
2 LOC I Location code ?
3 RSR RS Radial stress ?
4 RSI RS Radial stress ?
5 AZSR RS Azimuthal stress ?
6 AZSI RS Azimuthal stress ?
7 ASR RS Axial stress ?
8 ASI RS Axial Stress ?
9 SSR RS Shear stress ?
Main Index
OES 475

10 SSI RS Shear stress ?
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 S(9) RS User defined
2 SR(9) RS User defined -- real/magnitude
11 SI(9) RS User defined -- magnitude/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
Main Index
476 OES

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or
CDUM8)
2 X RS X coordinate
3 Y RS Y coordinate
4 SX RS Normal X
5 SY RS Normal Y
6 TXY RS Shear XY
7 KI RS Stress intensity factor KI
8 KII RS Stress intensity factor KII
9 S8 RS ?
10 S9 RS ?
ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or
CDUM9)
2 X RS Normal X
3 Y RS Normal Y
4 Z RS Normal Z
5 TXY RS Shear XY
Main Index
OES 477

6 TYZ RS Shear YZ
7 TZX RS Shear ZX
8 KI RS Stress intensity factor KI
9 KII RS Stress intensity factor KII
10 KIII RS Stress intensity factor KIII
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
3 GRID I Number active grids identification
number or grid identification number
Main Index
478 OES

17 EMRPJ2 RS Major principal at Z2
2 TERM CHAR4 "CENTER"
9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
Main Index
OES 479

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
11 TMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
Main Index
480 OES

2 TERM CHAR4
numbers or grid identification number
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
OES 481

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =67 Hexa
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
Main Index
482 OES

3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate system type
(0=center)
Main Index
OES 483

(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
Main Index
484 OES

(0=center)
Main Index
OES 485

(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =68 Penta
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate Type
Main Index
486 OES

(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
(0=center)
Main Index
OES 487

(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
488 OES

TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type (BCD)

(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
Main Index
OES 489

(0=center)
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
Main Index
490 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
number
3 CA RS Circumferential angle
4 EC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 ED RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EF RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EMAX RS Maximum strain
9 EMIN RS Minimum strain
number
4 ECR RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EDR RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EER RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EFR RS Long. Strain at point F
8 ECI RS Long. Strain at Point C
Main Index
OES 491

9 EDI RS Long. Strain at point D
10 EEI RS Long. Strain at point E
11 EFI RS Long. Strain at point F
number
4 EC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 ED RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EF RS Long. Strain at point F
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
number
4 SC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SF RS Long. Stress at point F
Main Index
492 OES

number
4 SCR RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SDR RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SER RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SFR RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SCI RS Long. Stress at point C
9 SDI RS Long. stress at point D
10 SEI RS Long. Stress at point E
11 SFI RS Long. Stress at point F
2 GRID I External Grid Point identification
number
4 SC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SF RS Long. Stress at point F
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 493

Main Index
494 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 495

9 MJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
496 OES

2 TERM CHAR4
4 FD RS Fibre distance at Z1
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =71 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
Main Index
OES 497

TCODE,7 =0 Real
6 EA1 RS Theta ( shear angle ) at Z1
Main Index
498 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 499

2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre Distance
6 FD2 RS Z2 = Fibre Distance
Main Index
500 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 501

Main Index
502 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
OES 503

2 TERM CHAR4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element
(CHEXA)
Main Index
504 OES

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid
element (CPENTA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid
element (CTETRA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =79 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =80 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =81 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =82 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
6 EY1 RS
Main Index
OES 505

Main Index
506 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 507

2 TERM CHAR4
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
508 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =85 TETRA -- Nonlinear
2 CTYPE CHAR4
3 GRID I Grid / Gauss
4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
7 SXY RS Stress in xy
8 SYZ RS Stress in yz
9 SZX RS Stress in zx
10 SE RS Equivalent stress
11 EPS RS Effective plastic strain
12 ECS RS Effective creep strain
13 EX RS Strain in x
14 EY RS Strain in y
Main Index
OES 509

15 EZ RS Strain in z
16 EXY RS Strain in xy
17 EYZ RS Strain in yz
18 EZX RS Strain in zx
ELTYPE =86 GAP -- Nonlinear
2 CPX RS Comp x
3 SHY RS Shear in y
4 SHZ RS Shear in z
5 AU RS Axial in u
6 SHV RS Shear in v
7 SHW RS Shear in w
8 SLV RS Slip in v
9 SLP RS Slip in w
10 FORM1 CHAR4 no definition
11 FORM2 CHAR4 no definition
ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear tube element (CTUBE)
2 AS RS Axial Stress
3 SE RS Equivalent Stress
4 TE RS Total Strain
5 EPS RS Effective Plastic strain
6 ECS RS Effective Creep strain
7 LTS RS Linear torsional stress
ELTYPE =88 TRIA3 -- Nonlinear (Same as QUAD4)
NUMWDE =13
3 SX1 RS Stress in x at Z1
4 SY1 RS Stress in y at Z1
Main Index
510 OES

5 SZ1 RS Stress in z at Z1
6 TXY1 RS Shear stress in xy at Z1
7 ES RS Equivalent stress at Z1
8 EPS1 RS Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1
9 ECS1 RS Effective creep strain at Z1
10 EX1 RS Strain in x at Z1
11 EY1 RS Strain in y at Z1
12 EZ1 RS Strain in z at Z1
13 ETXY1 RS Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
5 UNDEF none Stress in z at Z1
12 UNDEF none Strain in z at Z1
Main Index
OES 511

End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear rod element (CROD)
ELTYPE =90 QUAD4 -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
512 OES

NUMWDE =25
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear five-sided solid element (CPENTA)
2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss
Main Index
OES 513

3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =
Center
4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain
ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear rod element connection and property
(CONROD)
ELTYPE =93 Nonlinear six-sided solid element (CHEXA)
2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss
Main Index
514 OES

3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =
Center
4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain
ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear beam element (CBEAM)
2 GRIDA I External Grid point identification
number at end A
3 LOCCA CHAR4 'C' at end A
4 NSXCA RS Long. Stress at point C at end A
5 NSECA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
6 TECA RS Total Strain at end A
7 EPECA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
8 ECECA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
9 LOCDA CHAR4 'D' at end A
10 NSXDA RS Long. Stress at point D at end A
Main Index
OES 515

11 NSEDA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
12 TEDA RS Total Strain at end A
13 EPEDA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
14 ECEDA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
15 LOCEA CHAR4 'E' at end A
16 NSXEA RS Long. Stress at point E at end A
17 NSEEA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
18 TEEA RS Total Strain at end A
19 EPEEA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
20 ECEEA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
21 LOCFA CHAR4 'F’ at end A
22 NSXFA RS Long. Stress at point F at end A
23 NSEFA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
24 TEFA RS Total Strain at end A
25 EPEFA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
26 ECEFA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
27 GRIDB I External Grid point identification
number at end B
28 LOCCB CHAR4 'C' at end B
29 NSXCB RS Long. Stress at point C at end B
30 NSECB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
31 TECB RS Total Strain at end B
32 EPECB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
33 ECECB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
34 LOCDB CHAR4 'D' at end B
35 NSXDB RS Long. Stress at point D at end B
36 NSEDB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
37 TEDB RS Total Strain at end B
Main Index
516 OES

38 EPEDB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
39 ECEDB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
40 LOCEB CHAR4 'E' at end B
41 NSXEB RS Long. Stress at point E at end B
42 NSEEB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
43 TEEB RS Total Strain at end B
44 EPEEB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
45 ECEEB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
46 LOCFB CHAR4 'F' at end B
47 NSXFB RS Long. Stress at point F at end B
48 NSEFB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
49 TEFB RS Total Strain at end B
50 EPEFB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
51 ECEFB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
ELTYPE =95 QUAD4 composite
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 PLY I Lamina Number
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
9 EMJRP1 RS Major principal
10 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal
11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
OES 517

3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
9 MJRP1 RS Major principal
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal
11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =96 QUAD8 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
Main Index
518 OES

7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =97 TRIA3 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
Main Index
OES 519

End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =98 TRIA6 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =99 Undef
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
520 OES

ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with
CBARAO or PLOAD1)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 SD RS % along bar for output
3 EXC RS Strain at point c
4 EXD RS Strain at point d
5 EXE RS Strain at point e
6 EXF RS Strain at point f
10 MS RS Margin of Safety
3 EXCR RS Strain at point c
4 EXDR RS Strain at point d
5 EXER RS Strain at point e
6 EXFR RS Strain at point f
8 EMAXR RS Maximum strain
9 EMINR RS Minimum strain
10 EXCI RS Strain at point c
11 EXDI RS Strain at point d
12 EXEI RS Strain at point e
13 EXFI RS Strain at point f
15 EMAXI RS Maximum strain
Main Index
OES 521

16 EMINI RS Minimum strain
3 EXC RS Strain at point c
4 EXD RS Strain at point d
5 EXE RS Strain at point e
6 EXF RS Strain at point f
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 SXC RS Stress at point c
4 SXD RS Stress at point d
5 SXE RS Stress at point e
6 SXF RS Stress at point f
10 MS RS Margin of Safety
3 SXCR RS Stress at point c
4 SXDR RS Stress at point d
5 SXER RS Stress at point e
6 SXFR RS Stress at point f
Main Index
522 OES

8 SMAXR RS Maximum stress
9 SMINR RS Minimum stress
10 SXCI RS Stress at point c
11 SXDI RS Stress at point d
12 SXEI RS Stress at point e
13 SXFI RS Stress at point f
15 SMAXI RS Maximum stress
16 SMINI RS Minimum stress
3 SXC RS Stress at point c
4 SXD RS Stress at point d
5 SXE RS Stress at point e
6 SXF RS Stress at point f
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence
(CAABSF)
2 IMPED RS Impedance
3 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient
2 IMPEDR RS Impedance
Main Index
OES 523

3 IMPEDI RS Impedance
4 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
2 TX RS Translation x
3 TY RS Translation y
4 TZ RS Translation z
5 RX RS Rotation x
6 RY RS Rotation y
7 RZ RS Rotation z
2 TXR RS Translation x R
3 TYR RS Translation y R
4 TZR RS Translation z R
5 RXR RS Rotation x R
6 RYR RS Rotation y R
7 RZR RS Rotation z R
8 TXI RS Translation x I
9 TYI RS Translation y I
10 TZI RS Translation z I
11 RXI RS Rotation x I
12 RYI RS Rotation y I
13 RZI RS Rotation z I
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
Main Index
524 OES

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element --
(CHBDYE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =110 CONV
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =111 CONVM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =115 RADBC
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =112 QBDY3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =113 QVECT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =114 QVOL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =115 Radbc
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 525

ELTYPE =117 WELDC
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =118 WELDP
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =119 SEAM
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =126 fastener element (CFAST)

2 TXR RS
Main Index
526 OES

3 TYR RS Translation y R
4 TZR RS Translation z R
5 RXR RS Rotation x R
6 RYR RS Rotation y R
7 RZR RS Rotation z R
8 TXI RS Translation x I
9 TYI RS Translation y I
10 TZI RS Translation z I
11 RXI RS Rotation x I
12 RYI RS Rotation y I
13 RZI RS Rotation z I
TCODE,7 =0,2 Real or Random Responses
2 TX RS Translation x
3 TY RS Translation y
4 TZ RS Translation z
5 RX RS Rotation x
6 RY RS Rotation y
7 RZ RS Rotation z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127 CQUAD
ELTYPE =128 CQUADX
ELTYPE =129 RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130 RES -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =131 TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132 CTRIA
ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX
ELTYPE =134 LINEOB -- EMAS?
Main Index
OES 527

ELTYPE =135 LINXOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =136 QUADOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138 LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =140 Hyperelastic 8-noded hexahedron element linear
format (HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
Main Index
528 OES

14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses
(QUAD144)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
4 FD1 RS Fibre distance at z1
5 EX1 RS Normal in x at z1
6 EY1 RS Normal in y at z1
7 ETXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1
8 A1 RS Shear angle at z1
Main Index
OES 529

11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1
19 ETMRP2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
5 EX1R RS Normal in x at z1
6 EX1I RS Normal in x at z1
7 EY1R RS Normal in y at z1
8 EY1I RS Normal in y at z1
9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1
10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1
12 EX2R RS Normal in x at z2
13 EX2I RS Normal in x at z2
14 EY2R RS Normal in y at z2
15 EY2I RS Normal in y at z2
16 ETXY2R RS Shear in xy at z1
17 ETXY2I RS Shear in xy at z1
Main Index
530 OES

2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
5 SX1 RS Normal in x at z1
6 SY1 RS Normal in y at z1
7 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1
9 MJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1
Main Index
OES 531

17 MJRP2 RS Major principal at z2
18 MNRP2 RS Minor principal at z2
19 TMAX2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
5 SX1R RS Normal in x at z1
6 SX1I RS Normal in x at z1
7 SY1R RS Normal in y at z1
8 SY1I RS Normal in y at z1
9 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1
10 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1
12 SX2R RS Normal in x at z2
13 SX2I RS Normal in x at z2
14 SY2R RS Normal in y at z2
15 SY2I RS Normal in y at z2
16 TXY2R RS Shear in xy at z2
17 TXY2I RS Shear in xy at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
Main Index
532 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)
2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =98 Len=2+ 12 * No. of points
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =58 Len= 2 + 7 * No. of points
Main Index
OES 533

3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =106 Len= 2 + 13 * No. of points
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)
2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =74
3 GRIDID I
Main Index
534 OES

4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =44
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =80 2 + 6*13
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
Main Index
OES 535

9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)
2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =50
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =30
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
Main Index
536 OES

5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =54 2 + 4*13
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =148 HEXAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =149 PENTAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =150 TETRAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 537

ELTYPE =151 QUADM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =152 TRIAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =153 QUADXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =155 QUADPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =157 LINEPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =160 Hyperelastic 5-sided 6-noded solid element
(PENTAFD) linear form?
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
Main Index
538 OES

10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =161 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node TETR
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
Main Index
OES 539

15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =162 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (strain)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =163 Linear form for hyperelastic 20 node HEX
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
Main Index
540 OES

10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =164 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded element
(QUADFD) Linear?
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =165 Hyperelastic 5-sided 15-noded solid element
(PENTAFD) Linear?
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
Main Index
OES 541

4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =166 Linear form for hyperelastic 10 node TET
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
Main Index
542 OES

9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =167 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (plane
strain)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =168 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
Main Index
OES 543

3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =169 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =170 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node QUAD (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
Main Index
544 OES

ELTYPE =171 Linear form for hyperelastic 9 node QUAD (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =172 Quadr -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
OES 545

ELTYPE =173 Triar -- Nonlinear (Sameas Quadr )
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
546 OES

NUMWDE =25
Main Index
OES 547

End NUMWDE
7 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 PARENT I Parent p-element identification
number
3 COORD I coordinate system identification
number
4 ICORD CHAR4 flat/curved etc.
5 THETA I angle
6 ITYPE I strcur =0, Fibre=1
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 Z1 RS Z1 Fibre distance
10 NX1 RS Normal x at Z1
11 NY1 RS Normal y at Z1
12 TXY1 RS Shear xy at Z1
13 ANGLE1 RS Shear angle at Z1 or n/a
14 MJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1 or n/a
15 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1 or n/a
16 MAXSV1 RS vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
Main Index
548 OES

corner
10 NX1R RS Normal x rm at Z1
11 NX1I RS Normal x ip at Z1
12 NY1R RS Normal y rm at Z1
13 NY1I RS Normal y ip at Z1
14 TXY1R RS Shear xy rm at Z1
15 TXY1I RS Shear xy ip at Z1
16 NZ1R RS Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17 NZ1I RS Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18 TYZ1R RS Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19 TYZ1I RS Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20 TZX1R RS Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
21 TZX1I RS Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
Main Index
OES 549

ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 COORD I CID coordinate system identification
number
4 ICORD CHAR4 ICORD flat/curved etc.
5 THETA I THETA angle
6 ITYPE I ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 NONE(2) I Nothing
10 MSX RS membrane stain x
11 MSY RS membrane strain y
12 MXY RS membrane strain xy
13 NONE(3) RS Nothing
16 BCX RS bending curvature x
17 BCY RS bending curvature y
18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy
19 TYZ RS Shear yz
Main Index
550 OES

20 TZX RS Shear zx
21 UNDEF(3 ) none
corner
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM
11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM
12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM
13 UNDEF(3 ) none
16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM
17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM
18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM
19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM
20 TZXR RS Shear zx RM
21 UNDEF none
22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP
23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP
24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP
25 UNDEF(3 ) none
28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP
29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP
30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP
31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP
32 TZXI RS Shear zx IP
33 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 551

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
Main Index
552 OES

corner
Main Index
OES 553

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 NONE(2) I Nothing
10 MSX RS membrane stain x
11 MSY RS membrane strain y
12 MXY RS membrane strain xy
16 BCX RS bending curvature x
17 BCY RS bending curvature y
18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy
19 TYZ RS Shear yz
20 TZX RS Shear zx
corner
Main Index
554 OES

8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM
11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM
12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM
13 UNDEF(3 ) none
16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM
17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM
18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM
19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM
21 UNDEF none
22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP
23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP
24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP
25 UNDEF(3 ) none
28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP
29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP
30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP
31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP
33 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
number
Main Index
OES 555

TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
corner
Main Index
556 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM)
Main Index
OES 557

number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
output grid
number
7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
10 NX RS Normal x
11 TXY RS Shear xy
12 TZX RS Shear zx
13 MAXLONG RS Max longitudinal
14 MINLONG RS Min longitudinal
output grid
number
7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
10 NXR RS Normal x RM
11 NXI RS Normal x IP
12 TXYR RS Shear xy RM
13 TXYI RS Shear xy IP
Main Index
558 OES

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192 CVINT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =193 QUADFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =195 LINEFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =196 LINXFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =197 GMINTS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =200 WELD
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =201 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded, nonlinear format
(QUAD4FD)
Main Index
OES 559

2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =202 Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded, nonlinear format
(HEXA8FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
Main Index
560 OES

15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)
2 REGIONID I Contact region identification number
3 MGRID1 I Master grid 1
4 MGRID2 I Master grid 2
5 SCOORD RS Surface coordinate
6 F RS Normal force
7 S RS Shear force
8 SIGMA RS Normal stress
9 TAU RS Shear stress
10 NGAP RS Normal gap
11 SLIP RS Slip
12 SLIPRAT RS Slip ratio
13 SLIPCODE(2) CHAR4 Slip code
ELTYPE =204 Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded, nonlinear format
(PENTA6FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
Main Index
OES 561

11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =205 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded, nonlinear format
(TETRA4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded, nonlinear format
(TRIA3FD)
Main Index
562 OES

2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded, nonlinear format
(HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
Main Index
OES 563

15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =208 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded, nonlinear format
(QUADFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =209 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format
(PENTAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
Main Index
564 OES

10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =210 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format
(TETRAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
OES 565

ELTYPE =211 Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded, nonlinear format
(TRIAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =212 Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
(TRIAX3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
Main Index
566 OES

(TRIAXFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =214 Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear
format(QUADX4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
Main Index
OES 567

13 EXY RS
format (QUADXFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
(TETRA4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
Main Index
568 OES

12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
(TRIA3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
(HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
Main Index
OES 569

7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =219 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format
(QUADFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =220 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format
(PENTAFD)
Main Index
570 OES

2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
(TETRAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
Main Index
OES 571

11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
(TRIAX3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
format (QUADXFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
Main Index
572 OES

6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
2 F RS Force
3 S RS Stress
2 F RS Force
3 S RS Stress
ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH
2 FX RS Force X
3 FY RS Force Y
4 FZ RS Force Z
5 STX RS Stress translational X
6 STY RS Stress translational Y
7 STZ RS Stress translational Z
8 ETX RS Strain rotational X
9 ETY RS Strain rotational Y
10 ETZ RS Strain rotational Z
11 MX RS Moment X
12 MY RS Moment Y
13 MZ RS Moment Z
Main Index
OES 573

14 SRX RS Stress rotational X
15 SRY RS Stress rotational Y
16 SRZ RS Stress rotational Z
17 ERX RS Strain rotational X
18 ERY RS Strain rotational Y
19 ERZ RS Strain rotational Z
ELTYPE =232 Quadr composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 PLY I Lamina number
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
Main Index
574 OES

End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =233 Triar composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =235 Quadrilateral plate element for center punch
(CQUADR)
Main Index
OES 575

SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
1 FD1 RS Fiber distance at Z1
3 EY1 RS
5 A1 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1
6 EMJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1
7 EMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1
8 ETMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1
Main Index
576 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
6 MJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1
7 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1
8 TMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1
Main Index
OES 577

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =236 Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
578 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 579

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
580 OES

ELTYPE =237 Triangular plate element for corner output (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
1 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
2 GRID I Number active grids ID or grid ID
Main Index
OES 581

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
582 OES

1 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
1 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
OES 583

1 TERM CHAR4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Main Index
584 OES
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5) none
Notes:
1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10
to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the
station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations.
2. For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within
each element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20
there are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each
element.
3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I =
1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3
through 19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).
Main Index
OGF 585
Table of grid point forces
OGF Table of grid point forces
Table of grid point forces.
Record 0 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Block name
Record 1 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table code; always 19
3 UNDEF none
4 SUBCASE I Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 FREQ RS Frequency
5 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling 0 ( Pre-buckling )
Main Index
586 OGF

ACODE,4 =08 Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )
5 LOADFAC RS Load factor
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )
5 TIME RS Time step
End ACODE,4
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
8 LOADSET I Load set or zero
9 FCODE I Format Code
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in DATA
record
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
14 EIGENR RS Natural eigenvalue -- real part
15 EIGENI RS Natural eigenvalue -- imaginary part
16 FREQ RS Natural frequency
17 UNDEF(34 ) none
Main Index
OGF 587
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
1 EKEY I Device code + 10* point identification
number
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01
number
ACODE,4 =02
1 EKEY I Device code + 10* Point identification
number
ACODE,4 =03
number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
number
ACODE,4 =08
number
ACODE,4 =09
Main Index
588 OGF

number
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or Time step
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2 EID I Element identification number if
element force; otherwise zero
3 ELNAME(2) CHAR4
NUMWDE =10 real
5 F1 RS Force in displacement coordinate system
direction 1
direction 2
direction 3
8 M1 RS Moment in displacement coordinate
system direction 1
system direction 2
system direction 3
NUMWDE =16 complex
5 F1R RS
6 F2R RS
Main Index
OGF 589

7 F3R RS
8 M1R RS
9 M2R RS
10 M3R RS
11 F1I RS
12 F2I RS
13 F3I RS
14 M1I RS
15 M2I RS
16 M3I RS
End NUMWDE
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF none
2 WORD2 I Number of identification number/data
records
3 UNDEF(3) none
Notes:
1. Records repeat for each subcase having any output requests.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print, and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
Main Index
590 OGF
2 = reigen
3 = ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = bkl0
7 = bkl1
8 = ceigen
9 = pla
Main Index
OGS 591
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
SORT1, SORT2, and real formats only.
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 WORD I Month, day, year, 0, 1
Record 1 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table type code
3 ID I Surface or volume identification
number
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or mode identification number
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF none
ACODE =02 Real Eigenvalues
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF none
ACODE =10 Nonlinear Statics
6 UNDEF none
End ACODE
7 UNDEF none
Main Index
592 OGS

8 REFID I Reference coordinate system
10 NUMWDE I Number of words per entry in DATA
record
11 SCODE I Stress/strain code
12 OCOORD I Output coordinate system code
13 AXIS I Axis specification code
14 NORMAL I Normal specification code
15 UNDEF(36 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE =26 Surface
1 EKEY I 10*grid point identification number +
device code
2 ID I Element identification number
3 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
4 NX RS Normal in x
5 NY RS Normal in y
7 A RS Angle
8 MJRP RS Major principal
9 MNRP RS Minor principal
11 HVM RS Hency-von Mises
Main Index
OGS 593

TCODE =27 Volume with direct
Device Code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z
9 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral
TCODE =28 Volume with principal
device code
2 LXA RS Direction cosine from x to a
3 LXB RS Direction cosine from x to b
4 LXC RS Direction cosine from x to c
5 LYA RS Direction cosine from y to a
6 LYB RS Direction cosine from y to b
7 LYC RS Direction cosine from y to c
8 LZA RS Direction cosine from z to a
9 LZB RS Direction cosine from z to b
10 LZC RS Direction cosine from z to c
11 SA RS Principal in a
12 SB RS Principal in b
13 SC RS Principal in c
15 EHVM RS Hencky-von Mises or octahedral
Main Index
594 OGS

TCODE =29 Element discontinuities for surface
Device code
2 ELTYPE(2) CHAR4 Element type
4 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
5 NX RS Normal in x
6 NY RS Normal in y
8 MJPR RS Major principal
9 MNPR RS Minor principal
TCODE =30 Element discontinuities for volumes with direct
1 EKEY I 10*Element identification number +
Device code
4 NX RS Normal in x
5 NY RS Normal in y
6 NZ RS Normal in z
7 SXY RS Shear in xy
8 SYZ RS Shear in yz
9 SZX RS Shear in zx
TCODE =31 Element discontinuities for volumes with principal
1 EKEY I 10*element identification number +
Device code
Main Index
OGS 595

8 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises or octahedral
TCODE =32 Grid point discontinuities for surface
Device code
2 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
3 NX RS Normal in x
4 NY RS Normal in y
5 NXY RS Shear in xy
6 MJPR RS Major principal
7 MNPR RS Minor principal
TCODE =33 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with direct
device Code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z
Main Index
596 OGS

TCODE =34 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with principal
device Code
TCODE =35 Grid point stresses for surfaces with plane strain
1 EKEY I 10*grid point identification number and
grid code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z (always -1)
6 PR RS Mean pressure (always -1)
End TCODE,2
End TABLE
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes:
1. Records repeat for each surface or volume.
2. Record 2 is the same format for stress (SCODE=0) or strain (SCODE=1).
Main Index
OGS 597
3. Format Code ’1’ implies real.

4. Output coordinate system code
1 = Surface or CID for 3D
2 = Element
3 = Basic (3D only)
5. Axis specification code (for surfaces only)
1 = X Axis
2 = Y Axis
3 = Z Axis
6. Normal Specification code (for surfaces only )
1 = Radius vector
2 = X Axis
3 = Y Axis
4 = Z Axis
5 = -X Axis
6 = -Y Axis
7 = -Z Axis
8 = -Radius vector
Main Index
598 OPG
Table of applied loads
OPG Table of applied loads
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

3 UNDEF none
number
TCODE =1 Sort 1
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =03 Differential Stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
OPG 599

ACODE =05 Frequency
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? (May appear as ACODE=6)
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE
TCODE =02 Sort 2
Main Index
600 OPG

5 LSDVMN I Load set, Mode Number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE
8 RCODE I Random code
9 FCODE(C) I Format Code
record
11 UNDEF(12 ) none
23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE =1 Sort 1
number
TCODE =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE =01
number
ACODE =02
number
ACODE =03
number
Main Index
OPG 601

ACODE =04
number
ACODE =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE =07
number
ACODE =08
number
ACODE =09
number
ACODE =10
ACODE =11
number
ACODE =12
number
End ACODE
End TCODE
2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
FCODE =0 or 2 Real or random response
3 F1 RS Applied force in direction 1
Main Index
602 OPG

6 M1 RS Applied moment in direction 1
FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary
3 F1R RS Applied force in direction 1 --real
4 F2R RS Applied force in direction 2 -- real
5 F3R RS Applied force in direction 3 -- real
6 M1R RS Applied moment in direction 1 -- real
9 F1I RS Applied force in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 M1I RS Applied moment in direction 1 --
imaginary
imaginary
imaginary
End FCODE
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
OPTPRM 603
Table of optimization parameters
OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- PARAMS

1 APRCOD I Approach code
2 IPRINT I Print parameter
3 DESMAX I Maximum design cycles
4 METHOD I Optimization method
5 DELP RS Allowed property change
6 DPMIN RS Minimum DELP
7 PTOL RS Property tolerance
8 CONV1 RS Relative objective convergence criterion
9 CONV2 RS Absolute objective convergence criterion
10 GMAX RS Maximum allowed constraint violation
11 DELX RS Allowed design variable change
12 DLXMIN RS Minimum DELX
13 DELB RS Finite difference step
14 GSCAL RS Constraint scale factor
15 CONVDV RS Relative design variable convergence
criterion
16 CONVPR RS Absolute design variable convergence
criterion
17 P1 I DOM print parameter
18 P2 I DOM print parameter
19 CT RS Active constraint threshold
20 CTMIN RS Violated constraint threshold
Main Index
604 OPTPRM
Table of optimization parameters

21 DABOBJ RS DOT absolute objective convergence
criterion
22 DELOBJ RS DOT relative objective convergence
criterion
23 DOBJ1 RS 1-D search absolute objective limit
24 DOBJ2 RS 1-D search relative objective limit
25 DX1 RS 1-D search absolute DV limit
26 DX2 RS 1-D search relative DV limit
27 ISCAL I Scaling flag
28 ITMAX I Maximum DOT MFD iterations
29 ITRMOP I DOT convergence MFD criterion
30 IWRITE I File for optimizer print
31 IGMAX I Active constraint counter
32 JTMAX I Maximum DOT SLP iterations
33 ITRMST I DOT convergence SLP criterion
34 JPRINT I SLP print code
35 IPRNT1 I Scale factor print
36 IPRNT2 I 1-D search print
37 JWRITE I File for iteration history print
38 STPSCL RS Scale factor for shape step size
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
OQG 605
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table Code (3 for SPCForces or 39 for
MPCForces)
3 UNDEF none
number
TCODE =1 Sort 1
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
606 OQG

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =05 Frequency
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 )
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE
Main Index
OQG 607

TCODE =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE
9 FCODE(C) I Format Code
record
11 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE =1 Sort 1
number
TCODE =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE =01
number
ACODE =02
number
ACODE =03
Main Index
608 OQG

number
ACODE =04
number
ACODE =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE =07
number
ACODE =08
number
ACODE =09
number
ACODE =10
ACODE =11
number
ACODE =12
number
End ACODE
End TCODE
2 TYPE I Point type: 1 for grid and 2 for scalar
FCODE =0 or 2 Real or random response
Main Index
OQG 609

3 QF1 RS Constraint force in direction 1
6 QM1 RS Constraint moment in direction 1
FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary
3 QF1R RS Constraint force in direction 1 -- real
6 QM1R RS Constraint moment in direction 1 -- real
9 QF1I RS Constraint force in direction 1 --
imaginary
imaginary
imaginary
12 QM1I RS Constraint moment in direction 1 --
imaginary
imaginary
imaginary
End FCODE
Main Index
610 OQG
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 PB I Number of giga-word blocks used
2 RW I Words used in current process block
3 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
OUG 611
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

3 UNDEF none
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or Random identification
number
TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
612 OUG

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time Step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
Main Index
OUG 613

TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
9 FCODE I Format Code
record
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
13 ACFLAG(C) I Acoustic presure flag
14 UNDEF(9 ) none
23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =01 Sort 1
number
ACODE,4 =01
number
ACODE,4 =02
number
Main Index
614 OUG

ACODE,4 =03
number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
number
ACODE,4 =08
number
ACODE,4 =09
number
ACODE,4 =10
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
Main Index
OUG 615

2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
TABLCODE=01 Displacement -- TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000)
TCODE,2 =01
ACFLAG =0 Real
3 DT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 DR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
TCODE,7 =1 Real/ Imaginary
3 DT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 DR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
9 DT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 DR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
ACFLAG =2 Acoustic Pressure
3 P RS Sound pressure level
Main Index
616 OUG

4 PRMS RS RMS Sound pressure level
5 DB RS Sound pressure level in dB
6 DBA RS Sound pressure level in dBA
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
3 PR RS Sound pressure level
4 PRMSR RS RMS Sound pressure level
5 DBR RS Sound pressure level in dB
6 DBAR RS Sound pressure level in dBA
7 PI RS Sound pressure level -- imaginary
8 PRMSI RS RMS Sound pressure level -- imaginary
9 DBI RS Sound pressure level in dB -- imaginary
10 DBAI RS Sound pressure level in dBA --
imaginary
11 UNDEF(4 ) none
End TCODE,7
End ACFLAG
TCODE,2 =07 Eigenvector Displacement
Main Index
OUG 617

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =10 Velocity
3 VT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 VR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
3 VT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 VR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
9 VT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
Main Index
618 OUG

12 VR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =11 Acceleration
3 AT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 AR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
3 AT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 AR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
9 AT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 AR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =14 Eigenvector Displacement (Solution Set)
Main Index
OUG 619

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =15 Displacement (Solution Set)
Main Index
620 OUG

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =16 Velocity (Solution Set)
Main Index
OUG 621

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =17 Acceleration (Solution Set)
Main Index
622 OUG

End TCODE,7
End TCODE,2
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
R1MAP 623
Table of mapping from original first level
R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level
(Direct) Retained Responses
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- RESPONSE

Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of responses
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
624 R1TAB
Table of type one response attributes
R1TAB Table of type one response attributes
Table of type one response attributes.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

3 TYPE(C) I Response type
6 REGION I Region identifier
7 SCID I Subcase identification number
TYPE =1 Weight
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 SEID I Superelement identification number or
ALL
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =2 Volume
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 SEID I Superelement identification number or
ALL
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =3 Lama
9 APRX I Approximation code
10 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =4 Eign
Main Index
R1TAB 625

9 APRX I Approximation code
10 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =5 Disp
8 COMP I Displacement component
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =6 Stress
8 ICODE I Stress item code
9 UNDEF none
10 PID I Property entry identification number
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =7 Strain
8 ICODE I Strain item code
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =8 Force
8 ICODE I Force item code
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =9 CFAILURE
8 ICODE I Failure criterion item code
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
626 R1TAB

TYPE =10 CSTRESS
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =11 CSTRAIN
8 ICODE I Strain item code
TYPE =40 FRDISP
9 UNDEF none
11 FREQ RS Frequency
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =41 FRVELO
8 COMP I Velocity component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =42 FRACCL
8 COMP I Acceleration component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =43 FRSPCF
Main Index
R1TAB 627

8 COMP I SPCForce component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =44 FRSTRE
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =45 FRFORC
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =46 PSDDISP
8 COMP I PSD Displacement component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =47 PSDVELO
8 COMP I PSD velocity component
Main Index
628 R1TAB

12 UNDEF none
TYPE =48 PSDACCL
8 COMP I PSD acceleration component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =49 RMSDISP
8 COMP I RMS Displacement component
11 SORTFLAG RS flag for internal sorting
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =50 RMSVELO
8 COMP I RMS Velocity component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =51 RMSACCL
8 COMP I RMS acceleration component
12 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =60 TDISP
Main Index
R1TAB 629

9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =61 TVELO
8 COMP I Velocity component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =62 TACCL
8 COMP I Acceleration component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =63 TSPCF
8 COMP I SPCForce component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =64 TSTRE
9 FREQ RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =65 TFORCE
9 FREQ RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
630 R1TAB

TYPE =81 DIVERG
8 ROOT I Root number
9 UNDEF(2 ) none
12 DIVERG I DIVERG identification number
TYPE =82 TRIM
8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification
number
9 UNDEF(3 ) none
12 TRIM I TRIM identification number
TYPE =83 SABDER
8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification
number
9 COMP I Component
10 RESFLG I Restraint flag
11 UNDEF none
12 TRIM I TRIM identification number
TYPE =84 FLUTTER
9 MACH RS Mach numbers
10 VELOC RS Velocity
11 DENSITY RS Density
12 FLUTTER I Flutter identification number
End TYPE
13 UNDEF none
14 TYFLG I Flag to indicate how response is
referenced
15 SEID I Superelement identificaiton number
Main Index
R1TAB 631
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NR1 I Number of type one responses (number
of records in table)
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes:
1. Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be
generated.
2. TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to
identify responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this
option is not currently supported.
Main Index
632 RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses
Table of second level (synthetic) responses.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat -- For each Type 2 response

1 IR2ID I Internal response identification number
2 R2ID I External response identification number
5 EQID I Equation identification number
6 REG I Region identification number
7 METH I Method flag for BETA/MATCH
responses
8 C1 RS Constant to scale beta response
9 C2 RS Constant to scale distance responses
10 C3 RS Constant to shift lower bound
11 ND(C) I Number of design variables
12 NC(C) I Number of constants from constant table
(Data block DTB)
13 NR(C) I Number of type one responses
14 NCORD(C) I Number of coordinates
15 NPROP1(C) I Number of type one properties
16 NCONP1(C) I Number of type one connectivity
properties
17 NMATP1(C) I Number of type one material properties
18 NPROP2(C) I Number of type two properties
Main Index
RESP12 633

19 NCONP2(C) I Number of type two connectivity
properties
20 NMATP2(C) I Number of type two material properties
21 NRR2(C) I Number of referenced type two
responses
22 ARGDSP I Number of discrepancy on arguments
23 NCEQ(C) I Number of constants from equation
table (Data block DEQATN)
24 IDV I Internal design variable identification
number
Word 24 repeats ND times
25 CVLT1 RS Table constant
Word 25 repeats NC times
26 IR1ID I Type one response identification
number
Word 26 repeats NR times
27 NODE I Node number
28 DIR I Direction
Words 27 through 28 repeat NCORD times
29 PROP1ID I Type one property identification number
Word 29 repeats NPROP1 times
30 CONP1ID I Type one connectivity property
Word 30 repeats NCONP1 times
31 MATP1ID I Type one material property
Word 31 repeats NMATP1 times
32 PROP2ID I Type two property identification
number
Word 32 repeats NPROP2 times
Main Index
634 RESP12

33 CONP2ID I Type two connectivity property
Word 33 repeats NCONP2 times
34 MATP2ID I Type two material property
Word 34 repeats NMATP2 times
35 IR2ID I Type two response identification
number
Word 35 repeats NRR2 times
36 CVLQ RS Equation constant
Word 36 repeats NCEQ times
37 RC I Record count
38 ARGS I Number of arguments
39 OSCAR I Oscar type; always 13
40 DEQA CHAR4 "DEQA"
41 RECNUM I Record number
42 BIT I DEQATN identification number number
bitwise-or-ed with bit 32
43 TLC(C) I Temporary VPS location count
44 TEMPVPS I Temporary VPS locations
Word 44 repeats TLC times
45 IC(C) I Instruction word count
46 INST CHAR4 Instruction character word
47 INSTI(3) I Instruction integer words
Words 46 through 49 repeat IC/4 times
50 DATATYP I Temporary VPS value section
DATATYP =1 Integer input
51 INT I Integer
DATATYP =2 Real input
Main Index
RESP12 635

51 REAL RS Real
DATATYP =3 Character input
51 CHARS(2) CHAR4 Character
End DATATYP
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NRP2 I Number of records (type 2 responses) in
the table
2 MAXL I Maximum record length
3 MAXEQ I Maximum value of EQPOS -- 1 for all the
records
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Notes:
1. EQPOS = 12 + ND + NC + NR + 2*NCORD + NPROP + NCEQ 1.NCC is
equal to 2*NCRD.
2. Pointer FRT1 is equal to ND+NCT+12, pointer FRCD is equal to
FRT1+NCEQ, pointer FRCEQ is equal to FRCD + 2 * NCRD, pointer EQPOS
is equal to FRCEQ + NCEQ.
Main Index
636 SEMAP
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)
Provides geometry and connection information for a problem formulated in terms of

superelements.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- DEFINE
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

1 SEID I Super element identification number
2 INTIDX I Internal index of superelement
3 ORDER I Processing order
4 SEDN I Downstream superelement identification
number
5 SEDWNIDX I Internal index of downstream
superelement
6 PEID I Primary superelement identification
number
7 TYPEBIT I Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
8 NODNCNCT I Number of downstream connections
9 BITINFO I On bits correspond to connected
downstream SE’s
Word 9 repeats LENTRY-1 times
Words 8 through 9 repeat NBRSE times
10 NLBL I Number of SELABEL entries
11 NWLBL(C) I Number of words in label
12 SEID I Super element identification number
13 LABELI CHAR4 Four characters in the label
Main Index
SEMAP 637

Word 13 repeats NWLBL times
Words 10 through 13 repeat NLBL times
Record 2 -- MAP
Repeated for each superelement according to process order and contains LENTRY
words per grid point.

1 GRIDID I Grid point identification number
2 GRIDBIT I Grid point bit map
Word 2 repeats LENTRY-1 times
Record 3 -- INFO
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

2 BITNO I Bit number for superelement
3 NG(C) I Number of exterior grid points
4 NE(C) I Number of elements NE=NBR of
simple+genel+rigid
5 PEID I Primary superelement identification number
6 SEBITS I Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
7 SEDWN I Downstream superelement identification
number
8 BITDWN I Bit number of downstream superelement
9 EXTGRD I Sorted list of exterior (boundary) grid point
Word 9 repeats NG times
10 ELIDS I Sorted list of element identification numbers
Word 10 repeats NE times
Main Index
638 SEMAP

11 PGRID I List of primary superelement exterior grids
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 NBRSE I Number of superelements including
residual (NBRSE+1)
2 NBRGP I Total number of grid and scalar points in
structure
3 NBRSCL I Number of scalar points
4 LENTRY I Number of words per entry in
RECORD=MAP
5 NBRSEC I Number of secondary superelements
6 NWDDEF I Number of words per entry in
RECORD=DEFINE
Notes:
1. SEID=0 implies residual.
2. This table is UNSTRUCTURED. The reason is that each of the records repeat
for each superelement.
The low order (right to left) 10 bits in TYPEBIT are set as follows:
Bit Position: Meaning
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
------------------- -------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Primary
1 . . . . . . . . . Partitioned
. 1 . . . . . . . . Reflect Z
. . 1 . . . . . . . Reflect Y
. . . 1 . . . . . . Reflect X
. . . . 1 . . . . . Repeated
. . . . . 1 . . . . Collector
. . . . . . 1 . . . External
. . . . . . . 1 . . Mirror
. . . . . . . . 1 . Identical
. . . . . . . . . 1 Apply mapping transform
Main Index
SEMAP 639
3. The BITINFO in ENTRY=DWNCNCT indicates the downstream

superelement(s?).
Bit Number Downstream superelement is:

0 the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1 the superelement(s) corresponding to the
INTIDX-th bit(s)
4. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero

and span LENTRY-1 words.
Bit number Meaning

0 grid is connected to the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1 grid is connected to the superelement(s)
corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s)
NBRSE grid is a scalar point
NBRSE+1 grid is an incongruent boundary point
MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT internal superelement index (INTIDX) to
which grid is interior
5. where MAXBIT = NBPW*(LENTRY-1)-1, NBPW is the number of bits per

word, and "incongruent" indicates inconsistent coordinate systems on the
boundary point.
6. In RECORD=INFO The primary superelement exterior grids points are
sorted in the order of the secondary exterior grid points. Only if SEQSEP is
specified.
7. SELABEL is created by SEP1X only.
8. LENTRY is computed from IDBITS:
a. IDBITS is the minimum number of bits required to represent NBRSE.
ln ( max ( NBRSE,1 ) )
IDBITS = int  --------------------------------------------------- + 1.01
 ln 2 
where ln is the natural logarithm and int is the integer function.
Main Index
640 SEMAP
b. LENTRY is number of words in the grid point map.
LENTRY = int  --------------------------------------------------------- + 2

NBRSE + IDBITS + 1
 NBPW 
c. For example, if NBRSE=50 and NBPW=32, then IDBITS=6 and

LENTRY=3.
9. The structure of RECORD=MAP is the same for SEP1 and SEP1X, but the
content is different. For SEP1X, GRIDID in RECORD=MAP identifies only
boundary grid points and GRIDBIT delineates to which superelement the
point connects. For SEP1 the bits are not really clear in meaning. However
some rules tend to indicate when the exterior grid becomes interior.
10. RECORD=INFO is the same between both systems, although modules
SEP1X and SEP2X do not use ENTRY=ELIDS.
11. ENTRY=PGRID only exists for secondary superelements with resequencing,
i.e., bit 1 is on in TYPE, and list the relative primary grid points in same order
as ENTRY=EXTGRD.
Main Index
SET 641
Table of combined sets
SET Table of combined sets
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- (*)

1 ID I Set identification number
2 TYPE I Set type
3 SETORIG I Origin of set
4 SETLEN I Length of set
5 SETMEM I Set members
Word 5 repeats SETLEN times
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of sets
2 WORD2 I Number of members in largest set
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes:
1. TYPE: 0=unknown, 1=grid, 2=element, 3=grid pairs
2. SETORIG: 1=Case Control section, 2=plot section, 3=SET1 Bulk Data entries,
4=MSGMESH input
Main Index
642 TOL
Transient response time step output list
TOL Transient response time step output list
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 TIME RS Time step
Record 1 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of time steps
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
VIEWTB 643
View information table
VIEWTB View information table
Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-
grids.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- BEAMP(10500,105,14)

2 CID I Coordinate system identification number -
from CID field
3 NX I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
4 NY I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
5 NZ I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
6 MTH CHAR4 Method - 'DIRE' means direct
7 MINEID I Mininum VUHEXA identification number
for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUHEXA identification
number for this element
9 MINGID I Minimum Grid identification number for
this element
10 MAXGID I Maximum Grid identification number for
this element
11 G(2) I Corner Grid identification numbers
13 ICORD CHAR4
14 UNDEF none Not used, under re-design, see IFS11P.F
line #1838
Main Index
644 VIEWTB
Record 2 -- HEXAP(14100,141,18)

2 CID I Coordinate system identification number --
from CID field
3 NX I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
4 NY I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
5 NZ I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
6 MTH CHAR4 Method -- ’DIRE’ means direct
for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUHEXA identification number
for this element
9 MINGID I Minimum grid identification number for
this element
10 MAXGID I Maximum grid identification number for
this element
11 G(8) I Corner grid identification numbers
Record 3 -- PENTAP(14200,142,16)

from CID field
7 MINEID I Mininum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER for this element
Main Index
VIEWTB 645

8 MAXEID I Maximum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER for this element
this element
this element
Record 4 -- QUADP(10300,103,16)

2 CID I Coordinate system identification number -
from CID field
for this element
this element
this element
15 ICORD CHAR4
16 THETA RS Rotation of convective system - from
THETA field
Main Index
646 VIEWTB
Record 5 -- TETRAP(14300,143,14)

from CID field
7 MINEID I Mininum VUTETRA identification number
for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUTETRA identification
this element
this element
11 G(4) I Corner grid identification numbers
Record 6 -- TRIAP(10400,104,15)

- from CID field
7 MINEID I Mininum VUHEXA identification
Main Index
VIEWTB 647

this element
this element
14 ICORD CHAR4
15 THETA RS Rotation of convective system - from
THETA field
Record 7 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes:
1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the
second number is element type; and the third number is the number of
words per element.
2. Items indicated as from field ’XXX’ refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 648
Data Blocks
2 MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide. Data Blocks
2.6 Data Block Glossary

The Data Block Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all data blocks
shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and
Statements” on page 860. If the data block is described in “Data Block Descriptions”
on page 72, then the generic name is also shown. Naming conventions appear at the
end of the glossary.
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
A Square matrix to be decomposed by DCMP, DECOMP,
SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Rectangular matrix to be processed
by the DIAGONAL and SCALAR modules. Rectangular
matrix formed from partitions. Output by MERGE,
UMERGE, and UMERGE1. Rectangular matrix to be
used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product.
Rectangular matrix to be used in NORM module.
AA Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the
superelement (identification number equal to output
value of SEID). Output by SEDR.
AAP Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format
when KSYM=3. Output by DCMP.
ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table. Output by
APD.
ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry
for each of the NV instances created). Output by ADG.
ADELUF Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
ADELUS Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. Output by DSADJ.
ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or
p-set.
ADJGT Transposed adjoint solution matrix specified on first pass
through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
ADJGT0 ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified
on second pass through DSADJ.
Main Index
649 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ADRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DOPR3.
ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DOPR3.
AEBGPDT* BGPDT Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
Output by APD.
AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-
set interference degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the
interference js-set aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-
set degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set
aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-
set degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set
aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by
APD as BGPDT with qualifier
MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table. Output by
APD.
AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation
matrices that only contains the hinge moment referenced
coordinates systems if not null. Output by MKCNTRL.
AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition. Output
by ADG.
AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples. Output by
MAKAEFS.
AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data.
AEDBUXV Matrix of vehicle states.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 650
Data Blocks
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk
Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by
MAKAEFA.
AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEECT* GEOM2 Family of aerodynamic element connection tables.
Output by APD.
AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data
entries referenced by the AEFORCE entries. Output by
MAKAEFA.
AEGRID BGPDT Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic
model. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier
MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on
DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries.
Output by MAKAEFA.
AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on
DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS
entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points.
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table. Output by
MAKAEMON and MAKMON.
AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data
entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by
MAKAEFA.
AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.
Output by APD.
AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'.
Output by MAKCOMP.
AEUSET* USET Family of aerodynamic USET tables. Output by APD.
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set.
Main Index
651 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
AGD Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream
superelement.
AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a
structural panel. Output by GP5.
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes
for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration. Output by SSG1.
AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix
Aij Matrix partitions. Output by PARTN and UPARTN.
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix. Output by AMG.
AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements
multiplied by the negative of the time step delta
AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the
square of the reciprocal of the time step delta and the
reciprocal of twice the time step delta, respectively.
AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers. Output
by AXMPR1.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. Converted
from forces and pressures computed on AEBGPDT grid
points, (box centroidal points) to AEGRID grid points
(box corner points). Output by APD.
ANORM Normalized matrix. Output by NORM.
APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when
PNLPTV=TRUE.
APIMAT Diagonal matrix of average power input values. Output
by SEEFMCLF.
APIMATT Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APPLOD Matrix of applied load amplitudes. Output by DPD.
APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 652
Data Blocks
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ARVEC Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads. Output by
DOPR3.
AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis.
Output by DSAD.
AUTO Autocorrelation function table. Output by RANDOM.
AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge
moments for all subcases.
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell,
hydro elastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by
IFP.
Main Index
653 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
B Output matrix from the DIAGONAL module. Right
hand side of a system of equations input to the FBS,
SOLVE, and SOLVIT modules. Rectangular matrix to be
used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product.
B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements
and the B2PP Case Control command and reduced to the
d-set. In transient response analysis, B2DD may also
include structural damping effects.
B2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the B2GG Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
B2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the B2PP Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical
components. Required in static and pre-buckling
analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1.
BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands. Output by
SEEFMBND.
BANDPV Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.
Output by SEEFMBND.
BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix.
BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint
relationship. Output by DOPR1.
BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the
independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.
BCONXT Matrix transpose of BCONXI.
BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom
from KGG for parallel domain decomposition. Output by
GPSP.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 654
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for
linear elements only.
BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling
generalized differential stiffness matrix. Output by
DSAH.
BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data
entry format. Output by BMG.
BDICT KDICT BELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
BELM KELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices.
Output by EMG.
BFEFE Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat
capacitance matrix) for both linear and nonlinear
elements in the fe-set.
BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
BGDD* Family of coriolis matrices.
BGPDT* BGPDT Family of basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT)
qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and associated
with PG*. Output by EXPORTLD.
BGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
BGPDTD BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a downstream
superelement.
BGPDTFB* Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One
instance defines the grids for one given freebody
subsystem. Output by FBDODYLD.
BGPDTM BGPDT Basic grid point definition table and updated for the
current p-level. Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and
GEOM2M as inputs.
BGPDTN BGPDT New BGPDT table based on displaced grid locations.
Output by MATMOD option 11.
BGPDTS BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.
Output by GP1.
Main Index
655 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
BGPDTX BGPDT BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the
SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
BGPDVB BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the backward
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVP BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or
central) perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVX BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPECT GEOM2 Boundary grid point element connection table. Output
by BGP.
BGPP* Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
BHH Generalized (modal) damping matrix
BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix. Output
by FA1.
BKDICT KDICT BKELM dictionary table.
BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. Output
by CYCLIC3.
BLAMA LAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ.
BLAMA* LAMA Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
BMODAL Matrix of modal damping values from selected
TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry in DIT. Output by GKAM.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in
the order given by extreme for domain decomposition.
Output by SEQP.
BP Null space B matrix.
BPP Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for
linear elements only.
BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or
heat capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear
elements in the d-set.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 656
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
BTOPO Contact regions topological information table. Output by
BGP.
BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. Output
by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table.
Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
BULKINDX Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices. Output
by INDXBULK.
BXX Viscous damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set
in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set
BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or
eigenvectors.
BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT and
RMDUPBLK.
BULK* Family of auxiliary model or superelement Bulk Data
sections.
BULKOLD BULK table from a prior run.
Main Index
657 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
C Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module
addition and SMPYAD module product.
CASADJ CASECC Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
Output by DSAD.
CASDSN CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s)
deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases. Output by
DSAD.
CASDSX CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase
deleted
CASE CASECC Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis
type and superelement.
CASEA CASECC A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic
analysis. Output by AELOOP.
CASEBK CASECC Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record
for every column in BACK. Required in static and pre-
buckling analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEBUCK CASECC Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=BUCK. Output by MDCASE.
CASECC CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
CASECC* CASECC Family of auxiliary model Case Control tables.
CASECC1 CASECC Primary model Case Control table appended with extra
subcases to account for the boundary shapes. Output by
SHPCAS.
CASECCP Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor.
Output by DMPCASE.
CASECCU CASECC Table of Case Control command images originally output
by IFP1. Used when first CASECC is replaced by one of
the CASECC outputs from a prior call to MDCASE.
CASECCBO CASECC Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery
operations. Output by BGCASO.
CASECCP CASECC subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit.
Output by MODCASE.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 658
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CASECCR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for data
recovery. Output by TOLAPP.
CASECEIG CASECC Case Control table for modal or direct complex
eigenvalue analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or
DCEIG. Output by MDCASE.
CASEDM CASECC Case Control table for the recovery of design responses
for modes.
CASEDMF CASECC Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for
the perturbed configuration for modes. Output by DSAH.
CASEDR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the
CASEDS CASECC Case control table for the data recovery of design
responses. Output by DOPR3 and DSTA.
CASEDSF CASECC Case Control table for all load cases and all design
variables for the perturbed configuration. Output by
DSAH.
CASEDVRG CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and
based on ANALYSIS=DIVERG. Output by MDCASE.
CASEFLUT CASECC Case Control table for flutter and based on
ANALYSIS=FLUTTER. Output by MDCASE.
CASEFR CASECC Updated Case Control table for static loads generation
and solution in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for
every distinct load set identification number. Output by
CYCLIC1.
CASEFREQ CASECC Case Control table for modal or direct frequency
response analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or
DFREQ. Output by MDCASE.
CASEHEAT CASECC Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=HEAT. Output by MDCASE.
CASEMODE CASECC Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MODES. Output by MDCASE.
Main Index
659 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CASEMTRN CASECC Case Control table for modal transient analysis and
based on ANALYSIS=MTRAN. Output by MDCASE.
CASENT CASECC CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response
analysis. Output by ST2DYN.
CASEP CASECC Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting
basis vectors. Output by DOPR2. Case Control table with
number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number of
Case Control records. Output by DSAJ.
CASER Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET
id=GRIDSET. Output by MATMOD option 36.
CASERS CASECC Case Control table for the residual structure and a given
analysis type.
CASES CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the current
value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.
CASESADV CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes
CASESAER or CASEDVRG. Output by MDCASE.
CASESAER CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=SAERO. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMEM CASECC Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and
based on ANALYSIS=ELEC. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMST CASECC Case Control table for structural analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STRU. Output by MDCASE.
CASESNMB CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes
CASESTAT, CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER,
CASEDVRG, and CASEFLUT. Output by MDCASE.
CASESTAT CASECC Case Control table for static analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STATICS. Output by MDCASE.
CASESX CASECC Expanded Case Control table. Output by LCGEN.
CASEUNIT Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit
displacements. In addition, the monitor points will be
expressed as various sets of output depending on what is
being monitored. Output by ILMP1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 660
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CASEUPSE CASECC Case Control table for upstream superelements only.
Output by MDCASE.
CASEVEC CASECC Table of Case Control command images with the PARTN
command referencing all of auxiliary model's grid
identification numbers. Output by AXMPR2.
CASEXX CASECC Subset of CASECC for current loop. Output by CASE.
CASEYY CASECC Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. Output
by FA2.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations. Output by
AELOOP and AEMODEL.
CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations. Output by
AELOOP and AEMODEL.
CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity
CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity
CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity
CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS
calculations. Output by DOPRAN.
CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method.
Output by NLITER.
CLAMA LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table. Output by CEAD.
CLAMA1 LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
Output by CEAD.
CLAMA2 LAMA Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter
analysis. Output by FA2.
CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the
diagonal. Output by CEAD, LAMX, and UEIGL.
CLFMAT Matrix of coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
CMAT Complex matrix.
CMBXPHG Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic
coordinate system and row-ordered in external grid id
sequence.
Main Index
661 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CMLAMA Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
CMSEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all
components. Output by CMSENGY.
CMSQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the
component.
CMSTEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all
components. Output by CMSENGY.
CMSTQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the
component.
CNTABR CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes. Output by DSAD.
CNTABRG CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes.
CNTABXE CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Output by DSADX.
CNTABXM Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2
and DRESP3 records.
CNVTST Convergence test matrix.
CONTABX Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for
element responses. Output by DSAH.
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for
displacement responses. Output by DSAH.
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of
MAT. The i-th entry corresponds to the superelement
identification number (tip superelement or collector or 0
(residual)) to which the i-th degree-of-freedom. belongs.
Output by PRESOL.
COMP Merged table of components. Output by MRGCOMP.
COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components
CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and
design coordinates. Output by DOPR2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 662
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and
independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL Matrix of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values. Output
by DOPR1.
CONTAB CONTAB Table of constraint attributes. Output by DOPR3.
CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.
Output by IFP.
CONTROL Table of editing directives for the TABEDIT module.
CONTVDIF Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX
columns). Output by NDINTERP.
CONTVX Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows)
CONTVXV Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV
columns)
COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values,
COORDO or COORDN.
COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO. Output by DOM11.
COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the
beginning of each design cycle. Output by DOPR2.
CP Column partitioning vector. Output by VEC and
MATMOD option 17.
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4. Output by
DECOMP.
CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.
Output by CEAD.
CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter
analysis. Output by FA2.
CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
CPHFR Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
Main Index
663 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output
by CEAD.
CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by
CEAD.
CSNMB CASECC Case Control table for a given superelement and all
analysis types.
CSTM CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Output by GP1.
CSTMi CSTM Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices;
either aerodynamic or structural.
CSTMi* Family of CSTM tables.
CSTM0 CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for
the residual structure.
CSTMA CSTM Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation
matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points. Output by APD.
CSTMD CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
downstream superelement.
CSTMM CSTM Merged table of coordinate system transformation
matrices. Output by MKCSTMA.
CSTMS CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
superelement.
CSTMX Merged table of CSTMi. Output by MRGCSTM.
CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. Output by
DOM9.
CVAL Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALRG Matrix of initial constraint values.
CVALXE CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records
Output by DSADX.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 664
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model
solutions from boundary shape induced solutions.
Output by SHPCAS.
CVECT Load combination factor matrix. Output by PCOMB.
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components. Output by
CYCLIC2.
Main Index
665 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
D Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module
product. Diagonal matrix extracted from LD. Output by
MATMOD option 21.
D1JE Real part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
D2JE Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
DAR Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the
a-set. Formed from the merge of DM and an l-set size
identity matrix.
DBCOPT DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing.
Output by DOM12.
DB Data block.
DBi Data block to be processed by the DBC, INPUTT2, and
OUTPUT2 modules. Data blocks to be compared in the
RESTART module. Data block declared on the FILE
statement. Data block to be purged by PURGEX module.
Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the
slave processors.
DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data. Output by DOPR1.
DBNAME Data block for 'NAME' option of PARAML module.
Output by PARAML.
DBOUTi DBi received on the slave processor. Output by
MDISUTIL.
DBP Primary data block.
DBS Secondary data block. Output by EQUIVX.
DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with
designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable
relationship. Output by DOPR2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 666
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence
eigenvalues extracted from the real part of eigenvectors
associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by
CEAD.
DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. Output by
IFP.
DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design
variables.
DELBSH Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.
DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are
replaced by a prescribed small value. Output by DOPR5.
DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design
variables
DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity. Output by DSDVRG.
DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.
Output by DSFLTF.
DELGM Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design
variables.
DELGS Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design
variables.
DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all
design variables.
DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all
design variables for a single trim subcase. Output by
DSARSN.
DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSVGP4.
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables. Output
by DSAW.
DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables. Output by
DSAW.
Main Index
667 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design
variables.
DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design
variables for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by
IFP.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
DESELM Table of designed elements. Output by DOPR3.
DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. Output by
DOPR2.
DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes. Output by
DOM12.
DESTAB DESTAB Table of design variable attributes. Output by DOPR1.
DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of
DLINK relations with extra columns for
property/dummy variables. Output by DOPR2.
DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors
generated from DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from
columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are defined
in the basic coordinate system.
DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors
generated from DVGRID bulk data entries and from
columns of BASVEC0 matrix its components are
expressed in the global coordinate system.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies
with respect to natural frequencies. Output by FRLGEN.
DGEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and scalar points for the perturbed
configuration. Output by DSAH.
DGEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for
the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 668
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DGMVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of
generalized mass for normal modes analysis from that of
the union set. Output by DSAH.
DGSVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of
generalized stiffness for normal modes analysis from that
of the union set. Output by DSAH.
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data.
Correlation table of internal grid sequence for the
baseline and perturbed configuration. Output by
DOPR6.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets. Output by
DOPR1.
DIT DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT. Output by TA1.
DITNT DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response
DIVDAT Table of divergence data. Output by DIVERG.
DIVTAB Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.
DJX Downwash matrix. Downwash at the j-point due to the x
aerodynamic extra point. Output by ADG.
DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of
left-handed eigenvectors associated with the divergence
eigenvalues. Output by DIVERG.
DLSTIN List of data blocks and their paths. Output in a previous
execution of RESTART.
DLSTOUT List of data blocks and their paths. Output by RESTART.
DLT Table of dynamic loads. Output by DPD.
DLT1 Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
Output by NLCOMB and NLTRLG.
DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer
analysis. Output by TRLG.
Main Index
669 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the
l-set. Output by RBMG3.
DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check. Output by
DOPR1.
DMI Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.
Output by IFP.
DMIi Matrix data blocks created from DMI. Output by DMIIN.
DMINDX Index into DMI. Output by IFP.
DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations. Output
by DOPR2.
DNVVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural
frequencies for eigenvector optimization from that of the
union set. Output by DSAH.
DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated
with designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
DPLDXI Matrix of coefficients in the property to independent
design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.
DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to
independent design variable relationship. Output by
DOPR1.
DPLDXT Matrix transpose of DPLDXI.
DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DSAD.
DRDUGM Modified matrix of adjoint loads. Output by ADJMOD.
DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DSAD.
DRDUTBM Modified table of adjoint load attributes. Output by
ADJMOD.
DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery. Output
by SEP4.
DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the
design variables. Output by DSAMRG.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 670
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for
each subcase for each of the response types. Output by
DSAD.
DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for
each subcase for each of the response types.
DRUT Processed version of DRDUTB specified on first pass
through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
DRUT0 DRUT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on
second pass through DSADJ.
DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSAL.
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output
by DOM6.
DSCMCOL DCSMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity
coefficient matrix. Output by DSTAP2.
DSCMG Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.
DSCMR Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.
Output by DSMA.
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design
sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSCREN Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.
Output by DOPR1.
DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DSEDV Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.
Output by DSAH.
DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean
operator to select eigenvectors which are referenced by
constraints (buckling and normal modes only). Output
by DSTA.
DSGRID Table of identification numbers for those grid points in
the design model automatic superelement optimization
feature. Output by DSGRDM.
Main Index
671 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DSIDLBL Table of design response labels. Output by DSTAP2.
DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load
and response sensitivity calculations. Output by SDSB.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. Output by DSAN
and DSTA.
DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two. Output by
DSTA.
DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design
sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability
derivatives.
DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability
derivatives.
DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.
Output by DOPR1.
DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries.
Output by IFP.
DTIi Table data blocks created from DTI. Output by DTIIN.
DTINDX Index into DTI. Output by IFP.
DTOS2 Design variable/property cross reference table. Same as
DTOS2K except that the PREF in each entry is the
product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding
design variable value. Output by DOPR5.
DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except
that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI
element and the corresponding design variable value.
Output by DOPR5.
DTOS2J Table identifying independent design variables and
property values. Output by DOPR1.
DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design
variables and property. Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 672
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DTOS2K Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers
to the position of an internal design variable
identification number in the first TABDEQ record.
Output by DOPR4.
DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except
that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an
internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same
as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry
contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape
step size. Output by DOPR5.
DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate
system. Output by DOPR2.
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in
each five-word entry is the position of an internal design
variable identification number in the first TABDEQ
record. Output by DOPR4.
DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two
converged steps. Output by NLITER.
DUPV Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit.
Output by NLSOLV.
DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the
perturbed configuration. Output by ASG.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used
for the boundary DVGRID option. Output by DSAJ.
DVPTAB DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal
property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
DVPTAB* DVPTAB Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties
by internal property identification number order.
Output by DOPR1.
DVSLIS List of design variables affected by shape variations.
Output by DSVGP4.
Main Index
673 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.
Output by DOPR1.
DXDXIT Matrix transpose of DXDXI.
DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
Output by IFP.
DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
without DAREA entry images. Output by GP1.
DYNAMICS DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for
the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
DYNAMNT DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 674
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
E Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module
product.
ECT GEOM2 Element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
ECT* GEOM2 Family of element connectivity tables for all
superelements.
ECTA GEOM2 Secondary element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under
usetop='filter'.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity
and optimization. Output by IFP.
EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity
and optimization updated for p-element analysis.
Output by OPTGP0.
EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity
and optimization for a superelement. Output by SDSA.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis,
divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also
contains SET1 entries. Output by IFP.
EDT0 Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged
into EDTM.
EDTM Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records.
Output by ILMP1.
EED DYNAMIC Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. Output by
DPD.
EFMASMTT Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements
EFMMCOL Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values.
Output by SEEFMDMP.
Main Index
675 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
EFMDMP Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and
frequency-dependent damping criteria for all
superelements for which energy flow modeling
calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.
EFMLIST Table containing list of superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output
by SEEFMLST.
EFMMAT Matrix of energy factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set
due to stiffness. Output by DSVG1P.
EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set
due to mass. Output by DSVG1P.
EGPSF EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.
Output by GPSTR1.
EGPSTR EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing
in the DBC module. Output by GPSTR2.
EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to
changes in the thermal load/design variables for the
central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
Output by DSVG2.
EGVREC Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation.
Output by DSAH.
EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set
due to stiffness, mass, viscous damping or structural
damping. Output by DSVG1P.
EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. Output
by GP0.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table. Output by GP0.
ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data. Output
by NLCOMB.
ELDCT ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for post-
processing in the DBC module. Output by STDCON.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 676
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and
the p-value dependencies of each p-element grid, edge,
face and body. Output by VIEWP.
ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST), SETS
DEFINITION, or OUTPUT(PLOT) sections of Case
Control. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
EMAT Matrix of editing parameters.
EMM Effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
ENEMAT Matrix of modal energy. Output by SEEFMCLF.
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes
due to viscous damping effects. Output by DPD.
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes
due to stiffness effects. Output by DPD.
ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes
due to mass effects. Output by DPD.
ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes. Output by DPD.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work. Output by SSG3,
SOLVIT, and DISUTIL.
EPT EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
properties. Output by IFP and IFP6.
EPTT EPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
EPTA EPT Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to
element properties.
EPTC EPT Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by
equivalent PSHELL records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR,
and DSTA.
EPTN EPT Updated (optimized) EPT. Output by DOM11.
EPTS EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
properties for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
EPTTAB EPT Table of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
677 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
EPTTAB* EPT Family of tables of designed property attributes. Output
by DOPR1.
EPTX EPT EPT with design variable perturbations. Output by
DSABO. Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are
replaced by equivalent PBEAM records. Output by IFP7.
Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are
replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records.
Output by IFP9. Copy of EPT except PACABS and
PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references.
Output by MKMNTIFP: EPT updated to track monitor
points Output by MODGM2: Copy of EPT updated for
converted CSHEAR elements.
EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and
internal structural grid points which lie on the
fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.
EQDYN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal
grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers.
(EQEXIN appended with extra point data). Output by
DPD.
EQEXIN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal
grid/scalar identification numbers. OUTPUT by GP1.
EQEXINS EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal
grid/scalar identification numbers for a superelement.
Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for
domain decomposition. Output by PRESOL.
EQMAPD Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis.
Output by PRESOL.
EQMAPD0 EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
ERHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined restrained elastic hinge
moment data
ERROR0 ERROR Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in
previous superelement or adaptivity loop.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 678
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ERROR1 ERROR Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or
adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.
EST Element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides. Output
by DTIIN.
ESTL Linear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined
constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF and
DSTA.
ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design
variable perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the
forward perturbation. Output by DSAE.
ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed
configuration. Required only if CDIF='YES'.
ESTDVM EST EST with updated material property identification
numbers. Output by DSABO.
ESTDVP EST with element property design variable
perturbations. Output by DSABO and DSTA.
ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations. Output by
DOPR6.
ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness.
Output by TAFF.
ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat
transfer analysis. Output by TAHT.
ESTNL0 Nonlinear element summary table from previous time
step. Output by NLSOLV.
ESTNLH Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.
Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and NLSOLV.
ESTR EST table with reduced records. Output by MATMOD
option 38.
Main Index
679 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ETT Element temperature table. Output by GP3.
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal
identification numbers for the effects of temperature.
Output by DSAF and DSTA.
ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element
identification numbers have been converted to new
design variable identification numbers. Output by
DSAN and DSTA.
EUHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined unrestrained elastic
hinge moment data.
EXCITEFX Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements
EXCITF Matrix of EFM superelement force input values. Output
by SEEFMXIT.
EXCITP Matrix of EFM superelement power input values. Output
by SEEFMXIT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 680
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
F Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module
addition.
F2J Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries
referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Must be
qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.
FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from
the previous load step in nonlinear matrix format.
FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the
current load step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by
NLITER.
FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output. Output by NLITER.
FG Element forces due to large displacements. Output by
GNFM.
FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration.
Output by NLITER.
FLUTAB Flutter summary table for all subcases.
FLUTABK Flutter summary table for K and KE methods. Output by
FA2.
FLUTABP Flutter summary table for all methods except K and KE.
Output by FA1.
FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors. Output by
MODEPF.
FMV Nonlinear element forces at m-set. Output by NLSOLV.
FMVT Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each
output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by
NLSOLV.
FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized
stiffness).
FOL FOL Frequency response frequency output list. Output by
FRLG.
Main Index
681 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
FOL1 FOL Frequency response frequency output list truncated by
the OFREQ Case Control command. Output by
MODACC.
FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units. Output by
MATMOD Option 33.
FOLR Retained frequency response frequency output list.
Output by DSAD.
FOLT FOL Frequency response frequency output list with first
frequency truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also
similarly truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under
the OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and
MSGMESH field information. Output by IFP1.
FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic
components. Output by CYCLIC1.
FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses.
FRL Frequency response list. Output by FRLGEN.
FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if
distributed processing is requested. Output by FRLGEN.
FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency. Output by
FRQDRV.
FRLR Retained frequency response list. Output by DSAD.
FRMDS Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration
(statics only). Output by DSAW.
FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses
per response type per frequency or time step. Output by
DOPR3.
FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level (direct)
retained responses per response type and per frequency
or time step. Output by DSAD.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 682
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level (direct)
retained responses per response type and per frequency
or time step.
FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table. Output by FA1.
Main Index
683 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GAMMAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier
for [C].
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local
a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements.
It contains a 1 at each row that does not have a
contribution from the current processor and zero if it
does. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine)
components and solution set components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements
from the k-set to g-set. Output by GI.
GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements
from the k-set to h-set.
GDKSKS Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal
displacements. Output by GIC2C.
GDNTAB Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.
Output by GP0.
GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix. Output by
MGEN.
GEI Table of general element data. Output by TA1.
GEOM1 GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
Output by IFP.
GEOM1* GEOM1 Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned
superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections.
GEOM1A GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and
assigned to an auxiliary model. Output by IFP.
GEOM1C GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and
merged from GEOM1 and GEOM1A. Output by
AXMPR2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 684
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GEOM1EX GEOM1 GEOM1 table containing records which define an
external superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j,
CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records. Output
by BDRYINFO.
GEOM1M GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and
updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM1N GEOM1 Updated (optimized) GEOM1. Output by DOM11.
Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to
CORD2j records. Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM1P GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
updated for p-elements and superelements. Output by
MODGDN.
GEOM1Q GEOM1 Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records
have been added and any pre-existing SEQGP records
are removed. Output by SEQP.
GEOM1R GEOM1 GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. Output by
MATMOD option 36.
GEOM1S GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for
the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM1VU GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with
view-grids added. Output by VIEWP.
GEOM1W GEOM2 GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to
represent the fluid superelement modes. Output by
MODQSET.
GEOM1X GEOM1 GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell,
hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by
IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM1 table related to
axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, acoustic cavity,
and spot weld element analysis. Output by MODGM2.
Output by MKMNTIFP: New GEOM1 table updated to

track monitor points
GEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and scalar points. Output by IFP.
Main Index
685 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GEOM2A GEOM2 Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to
element connectivity and updated for the current p-level.
Output by GP0.
GEOM2DCW GEOM2 GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements.
Output by MODGM2.
external superelement. Specifically, it PLOTEL and
SPOINT Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM2M GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and scalar points and updated for the
current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM2N GEOM2 Updated (optimized) GEOM2. Output by DOM11.
Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3
on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records.
Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM2R GEOM2 GEOM2 table with reduced element record. Output by
MATMOD option 37.
GEOM2S GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and scalar points for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM2T GEOM2 GEOM2 updated for topology optimization. Output by
IFP10.
GEOM2VU GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and scalar points p-elements removed and
view-elements added. Output by VIEWP.
GEOM2W GEOM2 GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all
of the non-fluid superelement component modes. Output
by MODQSET.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 686
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM2 table augmented with fluid
data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.
GEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and
thermal loads. Output by IFP.
GEOM3B GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and
thermal loads with DAREA entry images converted to
equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry images. Output
by GP1.
GEOM3M GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and
thermal loads and updated for the current p-level.
Output by GP0.
GEOM3N GEOM3 Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. Output
by CYCLIC1. Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and
MOMENTi records converted to FORCE and MOMENT
records. Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM3NT GEOM3 GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response

GEOM3S GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and
thermal loads for the current superelement. Output by
SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM3T GEOM3 GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures.
IFP3.
GEOM4 GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,
degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element
connectivity. Output by IFP.
Main Index
687 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GEOM4CN GEOM4 Updated constraints for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
external superelement. Specifically, ASETi and QSETi
Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM4M GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,
connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output
by GP0.
GEOM4P GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
and updated for the constraints applied by GMBC,
GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data entries. Output
by MODGM4.
GEOM4S GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,
connectivity for the current superelement. Output by
SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM4W GEOM4 GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to
represent the fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for
all other non-fluid superelement component modes.
Output by MODQSET.
GEOM4X GEOM4 GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell and
hydroelastic Output by IFP3 and IFP4. GEOM4 table
augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because
all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one
contains only one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also
augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'.
Output by SEQP.
GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then
get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel
static loads.
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which
grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain
decomposition. Output by SEQP.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 688
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
Output by SDRP.
GLBRSPDS Global results matrix
GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
Output by SDRP.
GLBTABDS Global results correlation table
GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration.
Output by ADAPT.
GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration.
Output by ADAPT.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by
n-set. Output by MCE1.
GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra
points, m-set by ne-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GMNE Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-
set.
GMS Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-
set.
GOA Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set
by a-set. Output by FBS.
GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with
extra points, o-set by d-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-
processing in the DBC module. Output by STDCON.
GPDT GPDT Grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
GPECT Grid point element connection table. Output by TA1.
GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer
analysis. Output by TAHT.
GPECTDCN GPECT which incorporates combined constraints and
design variables. Output by DSAF.
Main Index
689 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force
stiffness. Output by TAFF.
GPFLBL Labels for GPFMAT rows. Output by ILMPGPF.
GPFMAT Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is
a subcase and each row is one component of the
monitored forces. Output by ILMPGPF.
GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE
less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE
command is present.
GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the
k-set to g-set. Output by GI.
GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the
k-set to h-set.
GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the
h-set to k-set.
GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
GPL GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list.
Output by GP1.
GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number
list. (GPL appended with extra point data). Output by
DPD.
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors. Output
by MODEPF.
GPSETS Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.
Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
GPSNT Grid point shell normal table. Output by TASNP2.
GPSNTN Grid point shell normal table updated due to the
interaction with RSSCON elements. Output by GP4.
GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and TASNP2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 690
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
GPSPRT Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to
GPSP when the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC
Case Control command and DONSET=0. Output by
GPSP.
GPSPRT0 GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when
DONSET=-1.
GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis
only). Output by NLCOMB.
GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid
grids that will be output.
GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set
of fluid grids.
GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification
number which contains a list grid point identification
numbers.
GRDRM Permutation matrix. Output by PRESOL.
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine)
components and solution set components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
Main Index
691 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
HARM Table of harmonic indices. Output by CYCLIC1.
HDRLBLi Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed
and centered at the top of each page.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the
DISUTIL module under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5.
Output by VECPLOT.
HIS HIS Table of design iteration history.
HISADD HIS Table of design iteration history for current design cycle.
Output by DOM12.
HMKT Matrix used to compute hinge moments for each
AESURF entry. Output by ADG.
HOEF1 OEF Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for
CHBDYi elements. Output by SDRHT.
HOES1 Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for
linear and nonlinear elements. Output by SDRHT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 692
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
Ii Inputs to MATMOD and MATPCH module.
IEF OEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement
in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IES OES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal
displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by
SDR2 or SDR3.
IFACT Interpolation factor vector (NV rows). Output by
NDINTERP.
IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points
at the output time steps. Output by NLTRD and
NLTRD2.
IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the
output time steps. Output by NLTRD.
IFP Matrix of element forces at the previous time step. Output
by NLSOLV.
IFPDB Table data block with IFP module table attributes.
IFS Matrix of total element forces and their rate of change.
Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
IFST Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points
at the output time steps (for transient analysis only).
Output by NLSOLV.
IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. Output by
MATMOD option 34.
IMATG Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code
overrides.
INVEC Starting vector(s).
IQG OQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit
modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output
by SDR2 or SDR3.
Main Index
693 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
IUG OUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement
in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being
supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit
solution is being supplied.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 694
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control
command and reduced to the d-set. In frequency
response analysis, K2DD may also include structural
damping effects.
K2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
K2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the K2PP Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. Output
by CYCLIC3.
K4XX Structural damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or
d-set in FRRD1.
KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced
to a-set.
KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set.
KCVDD* Family of gyroscopic matrices.
KCVPP* Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
KDDICT KDICT KDELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDELM KELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness.
Output by EMG.
KDICT KDICT KELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICT1 KDICT KELM1 dictionary table. Output by GNFM.
KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table. which incorporates combined
constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.
Main Index
695 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If
CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element
matrix dictionary. Output by EMG.
KDICTNL KDICT KELMNL dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICTX KDICT Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for
h-elements or p-elements. Output by EMG.
KELM KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction,
differential stiffness, or follower stiffness. Output by
EMG.
KELM1 KELM Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness.
Output by GNFM.
KELMDCN KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction,
differential stiffness, or follower stiffness which
incorporates combined constraints and design variables.
Output by DSAF.
KELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If
CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element
matrix dictionary. Output by EMG.
KELMNL KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear
elements.
KFEFE Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
KFRIC Frictional stiffness for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
KFS Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.
KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set.
KGG1 Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. Output
by SMA3.
KGGNL Stiffness (or heat conduction) matrix in g-set for material
nonlinear elements only.
KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear
elements only and updated for radiation. Output by
RMG2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 696
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear,
nonlinear and differential matrices).
KHH Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.
KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. Output
by FA1.
KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set (partition of KGG).
KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint
reduction.
KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
KPP Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix
in the d-set.
KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set.
Output by EMAKFR.
KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRZX Matrix of restrained dimensional elastic derivatives.
KSAZX Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives that
includes the effect of splines.
KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the
material nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set
size.
KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
KTPP Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
KTTP Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
KTTS KTTP converted to standard matrix format. Output by
MATMOD option 46.
Main Index
697 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or
eigenvectors.
KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis. Output by
CYCLIC1.
KXWAA Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid
id sequence and divided by WTMASS.
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ.
Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1,
and TRD2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 698
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
L Lower triangular decomposition factor. Output by
MATMOD option 21.
LAJJT Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix
in the d-set.
LAMA LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. Output by
READ, LANCZOS, MODACC, and UEIGL.
LAMA* LAMA Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA1 LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for
mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
LAMAF LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid
portion of the model.
LAMAM Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration.
Output by DSAH.
LAMAS LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the
structural portion of the model. Matrix (diagonal) of
eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration. Output by
DSAH.
LAMASEL LAMA table containing only those modes defined by
MODSELT. Output by GKAM.
LAMAX LAMA Modified LAMA table. Output by LAMX.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Output by READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
LAO Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3.
Output by DCMP.
LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained
buckling eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is
the same number of columns in UGX and ones for
columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC is
intended for partitioning of analysis results related to
inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD.
Main Index
699 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed
left-justified in upper left corner of each page.
LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
Output by CEAD.
LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or
h-set. Output by CEAD.
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal. Output by DECOMP
and DCMP.
LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained
normal mode eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LGPART Same as SPCPART except LGPART includes grid points
not connected to any element. Output by SEQP.
LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the
AEBGPTI table. Output by MTRXIN.
LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table.
Output by MTRXIN.
LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table.
Output by MTRXIN.
LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.
LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including
material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a
matrix. Output by LAMX.
LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to
the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal
reordering in the DCMP module.
LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.
Output by MODEPF.
LOCVEC Vector containing grid locations in the basic coordinate
system.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 700
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from
KOO. Output by DCMP.
LSCM Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning
of A. Output by DCMP.
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of
KLL. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
LVTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained
normal mode eigenvector responses for all subcases.
Output by DSAH.
LVTABI Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained
normal mode eigenvector responses per subcase. Output
by DSAH.
LXX Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness
matrix.
Main Index
701 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control
command and reduced to the d-set.
M2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the M2GG Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
M2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the M2PP Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
M9I Table of the nine mass invariants. Output by
ADAMSMNF.
MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set. Output by
EFFMAS.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
MABXWGG Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed
to the basic coordinate system, row-ordered in external
grid identification number sequence, and divided by
WTMASS.
MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary
coordinate system transformation matrix output by
GENTRAN. Superelement boundary transformation
matrix for secondary superelements (mirror, identical,
and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases
output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
MAPS* Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream
boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror,
identical, and repeated), and release transformation
matrix).
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas. Output by MGEN.
MAT Matrix. Output by MATGEN.
MATi Input matrices.
MAT1 Square symmetric matrix 1 to be partitioned.
MAT1N Local filtered matrix 1. Output by PRESOL.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 702
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MAT2 Square symmetric matrix 2 to be partitioned.
MAT2N Local filtered matrix 2. Output by PRESOL.
MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. Output by
MTRXIN.
MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
intended for the g-set. Output by MTRXIN.
MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. Output by
MTRXIN.
MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. Output by
MTRXIN.
MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK,
and DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
intended for the p-set. Output by MTRXIN.
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic
boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG,
and DMIAX entries. Output by IFP and IFP4.
MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement. Output
by SEP2X.
MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Output
by IFP4.
MATS Any matrix on slave processors.
MATM Any matrix on master processor. Output by DISUTIL.
MBODY Body table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MBSP Updated mass matrix (s-set)
MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase
flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths.
Output by MGEN.
Main Index
703 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source
strengths. Output by MGEN.
MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
MDICT MELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
MDUGNI Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the
last converged step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3
or for the new CQUADR/CTRIAR elements. Output by
NLITER.
MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MEF Matrix form of element force output table. Output by
DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MEM Modal effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
MES Matrix form of element stress or strain output table.
Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MELM KELM Table of element mass matrices. Output by EMG.
MESH Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components:
'AERO' or 'STRU'.
MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table at current step.
Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
MESTNL0 Initial nonlinear element summary table at each
STEPcase. Output by NLSOLV.
MEW Modal effective weight matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MFACE Face table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MFEFE Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
MGG* Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
MGGCOMB Combined mass matrix. Output by MASSCOMB.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 704
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MHH Generalized (modal) mass matrix
MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix. Output by
FA1.
MI Modal mass matrix. Output by READ and LANCZOS.
Mi Matrix data block. Output by INPUTT4 and input to
MATPRN and OUTPUT4.
MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property
identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline
MIDs. Output by DSABO.
MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.
MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
Output by GETMKL.
MKNRGY Matrix of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
Output by MGEN.
MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source
strengths. Output by MGEN.
MLL Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.
MLR Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.
MMCDB Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications. Output by IFP1.
MMP Mass matrix (m-set by p-set)
MNRGYMTF Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements
for all bands.
MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
MODRPR Table indicating the number of initial responses per
response type per mode. Output by DSAD.
MODRPRG Table indicating the number of retained responses per
response type per mode.
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and
mode. Output by DOPR3.
Main Index
705 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MODRSPR MODRSP for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
MODSELT Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command
and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If
FLUID=TRUE, then MODSELT is based on the
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
Output by GKAM.
MODSELT1 Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and
MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by
MODENRGY.
MODSELTF Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of
the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and
user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
Output by GKAM.
MODSELTS Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of
the MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control
command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and
HFREQ. Output by GKAM.
MODSELV Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT. Output by
GKAM.
MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table. Output by DRMH1
and DRMS1.
MON Merged monitor table. Output by MRGMON.
MONi Monitor tables
MONDISP Monitor points table for displacements. Output by
MAKMON.
MONITOR Structural monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON
and MAKMON.
MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MP2S Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim.
MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points
at trim.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 706
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor
points at trim due to static applied loads.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic
model
MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic
model
MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points
at trim.
MPART Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Output by MATGEN option 13.
MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass. Output by
EFFMAS.
MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor
matrices. Output by MODEPF.
MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old
order. Output by APD.
MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data
entry images. Output by VDR.
MPP Mass matrix in the p-set
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at
trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due
to static applied loads.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural
model
MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural
model
MPSIR Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.
MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural
model
Main Index
707 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural
model
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at
trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static
applied loads.
MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model
MPT MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material
properties. Output by IFP and IFP6.
MPTC MPT Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by
equivalent MAT2 records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR,
and DSTA.
MPTN MPT Updated (optimized) MPT. Output by DOM11.
MPTNT MPT MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response
MPTS MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material
properties for the current superelement. Output by SEP2
and SEP2X.
MPTT MPT MPT updated for topology optimization. Output by
IFP10.
MPTTC MPT MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms.
Output by NLTRD2.
MPTX MPT MPT with design variable perturbations. Output by
DSABO. Copy of MPT except MATHP records are
updated to include referenced TABLES1 Bulk Data entry
information. Output by IFP8.
Output by MKMNTIFP: MPT updated to track monitor
points
Output by MODGM2: Copy of MPT updated for
converted CSHEAR elements.
MQE* Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 708
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
MQG Matrix form of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint
output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set). Output by
RBMG4.
MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
MSNRGY Matrix of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images
corresponding to the new mode numbering. Output by
MODTRK.
MUG Matrix form of displacement output table. Output by
DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MUGNI Displacement (or temperature) matrix for stiffness (or
heat conduction) update. Output by NLITER.
MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response
analysis in the d-set from the previous subcase. Output
by NLTRD2.
MUPN Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the
p-set for matrix update. Output by NLSOLV.
MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or
eigenvectors.
MXWAA Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id
sequence and divided by WTMASS.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually
h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and
TRD2.
MZZ Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ.
Main Index
709 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. Output by
MTRXIN.
NEWDBi Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. Output by
MAKENEW.
NEWEPT EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Output by NSMEPT.
NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table. Output by
TA1.
NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table. Output by DPD.
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
NLRSMAP0 NLRSMAP from the previous run.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight
structural grids which lie within the acoustic face.
Output by GP5.
NSMEST NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format. Output by TA1.
NWCASE CASECC associated with beta response. Output by
DOPR1.
NWEDOM EDOM modified for random design variables. Output by
DOPR1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 710
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OAG OUG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output
by SDR2.
OAG1VU OUG Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids.
Output by SDRP.
OAG2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format. Output by SDR3.
OAGATO2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the
autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OAGCRM2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross
correlation function. Output by RANDOM.
OAGNO2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the NO
function. Output by RANDOM.
OAGPSD2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD
OAGRMS2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the RMS
OBJTAB OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and
superelement. Objective attributes with retained
response identification number. Output by DOPR3.
OBJTABX Design objective table for a given analysis type and
superelement with respsect to RESP12X. Output by
DOPR3.
OBJTBG OBJTAB Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained
response identification number.
OBJTBM Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and
DRESP3 records
OBJTBR OBJTAB Table of design objective attributes with retained
response identification number. Output by DSAD.
OBTABXE OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Output by DSADX.
OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions. Output by
RANDOM.
OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report. Output by CEAD.
Main Index
711 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions.
Output by RANDOM.
OEDE1 OEE Elemental energy loss. Output by GPFDR.
OEDS1 OES Table of element stress discontinuities. Output by
STDCON.
OEEATO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the
OEECRM2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross
OEENO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO
OEEPSD2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD
OEERMS2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS
OEF OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Output by DDRMM.
OEF1 OEF Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format.
Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.
OEF1A OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the
composite elements only. Output by SDR2.
OEF1AA OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the
non-composite elements only. Output by SDRCOMP.
OEF1DS OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite
elements, in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1VU OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view
elements. Output by SDRP.
OEF1X OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format updated for
PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output
by SDRX and SDRXD.
OEF2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 712
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OEFATO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the
OEFCRM2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross
OEFD1M OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design
responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.
OEFDSN OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite
elements, in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration.
OEFDSNM OEF Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for
the perturbed configuration.
OEFIT OEF Table of composite element failure indices. Output by
SDRCOMP.
OEFITDS OEF Table of composite element failure indices for design
responses.
OEFITDSN OEF Table of composite element failure indices for the
perturbed configuration.
OEFNL1 OEF Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format.
Output by SDR2.
OEFNO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO
OEFPSD2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD
OEFRMS2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS
OEIG Real eigenvalue extraction report. Output by READ.
OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy. Output by GPFDR.
OELOPDSN Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
OELOP1DS Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1
or SORT2 format. Output by MDATA.
Main Index
713 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OES OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2
format. Output by DDRMM.
OES1 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
Output by SDR2 or DRMH3. OES1A Table of element
strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite
elements only. Output by SDR2.
OES1C OES Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1
format. Output by SDRCOMP.
OES1CDS OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for
design responses.
OES1DS OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OES1M OES Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the
element's material coordinate system defined on the
MAT1 entry. Output by CURV.
OES1G OES Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and
interpolated from the centroidal stress table, OES1M.
Output by CURV.
OES1VU OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view
OES1X OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for
PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output
by SDRX and SDRXD. Table of linear and nonlinear
element stresses in SORT1 and linear element format.
Output by MERGEOFP.
OES2 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT2 format.
OES2GX OES Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. Output by
CURVPLOT.
OESATO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the
OESCDSN OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 714
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross
OESD1M Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design
OESDSN OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the
perturbed configuration
OESDSNM Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for
the perturbed configuration
OESNL1 OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.
Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLB1 OES Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1
format. Output by NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLH Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear
elements.
OESNLXR OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and
appended for all subcases (OESNLX from SDRNL).
OESNO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO
OESPSD2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD
OESRMS2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS
OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural
modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.
OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table. Output
by STRSORT.
OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module.
OFPi1 Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not
limited to, the SDR2 module.
OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format.
Main Index
715 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OFPiX Output table in SORT2 or SORT1 format. Output by
SDR3.
OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities. Output by
STDCON.
OGPFB1 OGF Table of grid point forces. Output by GPFDR.
OGPFB1DS OGF Table of grid point forces for design responses.
OGPFDSN OGF Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.
Output by SDR2.
OGPLYFI Table of global ply failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPLYSS Table of global ply stresses/strains. Output by
SDRCOMP.
OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural
OGPSR Table of global ply strength ratios. Output by
SDRCOMP.
OGPWG Grid point weight generator table in weight units.
Output by GPWG or VECPLOT (option 7).
OGPWG* Family of superelement grid point weight generator
tables
OGPWGBW Grid point weight generator table transformed to the
basic coordinate system divided by WTMASS.
OGS1 OGS Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
Output by GPSTR2.
OGSTR1 OGS Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Oi Outputs of MATMOD module.
OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk
Data entries. Output by IFP.
OINTDS p-element output control table for constrained elements.
Output by DOPR3.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 716
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OINTDSF p-element output control table for the perturbed
configuration. Output by DSAH.
OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient
response time output list or frequency response
frequency output list. Output by CEAD, READ, TRLG,
and FRLG.
OL1 In MODACC, OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME
Case Control command. In MODENRGY, subset of OL
selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control
commands. Output by MODACC and MODENRGY.
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. Output by
MAKEOLD.
OLF Nonlinear static load factor list.
OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural
OMAT1 MAT in OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format. Output by
MATOFP.
OMCF1 Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format.
Output by MCFRAC.
OMM Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2
format. Output by SDR2.
ONRGD1M OEE Table of element strain energies for design responses and
appended for all normal modes solutions.
ONRGDSNM OEE Table of element strain energies from normal modes
analysis for the perturbed configuration.
ONRGY1 OEE Table of element strain energies and energy densities.
Output by GPFDR.
ONRGYDS OEE Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for
design responses. Output by GPFDR.
ONRGYDSN OEE Table of element strain energies and energy densities in
SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
Main Index
717 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OPG1 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2.
OPG2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.
OPG2X OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. Output by
CURVPLOT.
OPGATO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the
OPGCRM2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross
OPGNO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO
OPGPSD2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD
OPGRMS2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS
OPLYSR Table of ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.
OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural
OPNL1 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or
d-set. Output by VDR.
OPTPRM OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
OPTPRMG OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters. Output by
DOM12.
OQG OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in
SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.
OQG1 OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in
SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.
OQG1DS OQG Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1
format for design responses.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 718
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OQG2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2
format.
OQG2X OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2
format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OQGATO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGCRM2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the cross correlation. Output by RANDOM.
OQGDSN OQG Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for
design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OQGNO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGPSD2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGRMS2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMATO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMCRM2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMG OQG Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or
SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.
OQMG2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OQMNO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMPSD2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMRMS2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format
for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural
Main Index
719 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OSTR OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Output by SDR2.
OSTR1CDS OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for
design responses.
OSTR1DS OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OSTR1G OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. Output by
CURV.
OSTR1VU OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view
OSTR1X OES Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented
with strains for 1-D elements. Output by SDRX and
SDRXD.
OSTR2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format.
OSTR2GX OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. Output by
CURVPLOT.
OSTRCDSN OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for
OSTRD1M OES Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design
OSTRDSN OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the
perturbed configuration
OSTRDSNM OES Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for
OTMT Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each
column of the matrix will be associated with a single
ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL). The rows will be the
partition of g-set size dofs which are contributing (CP
defined). Ouptut by ILMP2.
OUG OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Output by DDRMM.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 720
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OUG1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2 or DRMH3.
OUG1DS OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OUG1VU OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.
Output by SDRP.
OUG2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format.
OUG2X OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format. Output by
CURVPLOT.
OUGATO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the
OUGCRM2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross
OUGD1M OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design
OUGDSN OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design
responses for the perturbed configuration.
OUGDSNM OUG Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the
OUGNO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO
OUGPSD2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD
OUGRMS2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS
OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only). Output by READ.
OUXY1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or
d-set. Output by VDR.
OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.
Output by FA2.
Main Index
721 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
OVG OUG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by
SDR2.
OVG1VU Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids.
Output by SDRP.
OVG2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format.
OVGATO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the
OVGCRM2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross
OVGNO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Output by RANDOM.
OVGPSD2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function
Output by RANDOM.
OVGRMS2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. Output by
RSPEC.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 722
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
P2G Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and
referenced by the P2G Case Control command. Output
by MTRXIN.
PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. Output by SSG2.
PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the
boundary (a-set) of all upstream superelements.
PAK Aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
PANSLT Panel static load table. Output by GP5.
PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows
corresponding to degrees-of-freedom which were
eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required
for maximum efficiency during symmetric
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX
represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter
description below.
PBGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support
plotting CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PBRMS Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data. Output by
IFP9.
PBRMSD Table of arbitrary beam data. Output by DOPR1.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD. Output by DOM11.
PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity
for the g-set.
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner in SOLVIT and
STATICS, same as A and KGG respectively.
PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. Output by
SOLVIT and STATICS.
PCDB Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting
commands. Output by IFP1.
Main Index
723 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting
commands for the current superelement (identification
number equal to output value of SEID). Output by
SEP2CT.
PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting
commands for the superelement (identification number
equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded
information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded
information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. Output
by IFP6.
PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations. Output by
DSABO.
PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration
computations for the a-set. Output by DDR2.
PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set. Output by
FRLG.
PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output
time steps. Output by TRLG and NLTRLG.
PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time
steps. Output by TRLG.
PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting
CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PELSDSF p-element set table for the perturbed configuration.
Output by DSAH.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.
Output by PLTSET.
PELSETDS p-element set table for constrained elements. Output by
DOPR3.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 724
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced
load matrix.
PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined
with gust loads. Output by GUST.
PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. In superelement
analysis and output by SELA, PG includes the loads from
upstream superelements. Output by SSG1 and SELA.
PG* Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and
LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD
request. Output by EXPORTLD.
PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the
residual structure. Output by PCOMB.
PGFB* Family of PG matrices. Output by FBDODYLD.
PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output
by DISUTIL.
PGRV Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity
loads only. Output by SSG1.
PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all
boundary conditions. Output by SDR1.
PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual
structure due to static loads in upstream superelements
only.
PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set). Output by MAKAEFS.
PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. Output by
READ.
PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated
for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set
updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
Main Index
725 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix
PHDH. Also partitioned column-wise according to
parameter STRUCTMP.
PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).
Output by GKAM.
PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).
Output by FRLG.
PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal)
combined with gust loads. Output by GUST.
PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. Output
by READ and LANCZOS.
PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the
g-set.
PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated
for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set
from the prior design cycle output of MODTRK. Output
by MODTRK.
PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set
updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all
time steps. Output by TRLG.
PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.
Output by UEIGL.
PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output
by UEIGL.
PHZ Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix.
Output by DYNREDU.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 726
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PIj Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are
eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of
the matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set
size.
PIj1 PIj truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control
command. Output by MODACC.
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current
superelement and applied to its interior points only.
PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced
displacement for the g-set.
PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG2.
PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the
l-set. Output by SSG4.
PLIST2 Table of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data
entries. Output by DOPR1.
PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2
Bulk Data entries. Output by DOPR1.
PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during
the plot process. Output by PLOT.
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during
the definition of element plot sets. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control. Output by
PLTSET and SEPLOT.
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode
participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced
acceleration for the g-set.
PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time
step. Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
Main Index
727 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their
associated IPANEL qualifier values
PNLT Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time
step. (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. Output by
SSG2.
POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the
o-set. Output by SSG4.
POSTCC Table containing POST command selections. Output by
MODCASE.
POSTCC0 POSTCC computed from previous execution of
MODCASE (POSTCFLG=1)
POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of
Case Control. Output by IFP1.
PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set. Output by
FRLG.
PPL Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended
from each output time step. Output by NLSOLV.
PPLT Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended
appended from each output time step (for transient
analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
PPN Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output
PVPERQ Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those
to be scaled by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0).
Output by MAKAEFS.
PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses. Output by
DOPRAN.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 728
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from
the "inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and
are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.
Output by MAKETR.
PROPI Matrix of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.
PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values. Output by
DOPR1.
PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values. Output by
DOM9.
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. Output by
SSG2.
PSDF Power spectral density table. Output by RANDOM.
PSDL Power spectral density list. Output by DPD.
PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set. Output by
FRLG.
PSFL Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in
nonlinear transient analysis.
PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix.
PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate
system. Output by SSG1.
PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate
system from prior subcase. Output by SSG1.
PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate
system which incorporates combined constraints and
design variables. Output by DSAF.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate
system for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration. Output by SSG1.
PUG Matrix of translational displacements. Output by SDR2.
Main Index
729 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PUG* Family of matrices of translational displacements for all
superelements.
PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic
analysis. Output by SDR2.
PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis.
Output by SDR2.
PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the
SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in
previous superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.
PVAL1 P-value table updated for current superelement or
adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.
PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom
specified on CYSUP Bulk Data entry. Output by
CYCLIC3.
PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids
specified on the following Case Control commands:
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION,
FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE,
MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE. Output by
OUTPRT.
PVGT Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point
translational DOFs. Output by SEEFMNOR.
PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom at which static and dynamic loads
are applied. Output by OUTPRT.
PVMCFR Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
specified on the MCFRACTION Case Control command.
Output by OUTPRT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 730
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
specified on the MPCFORCE Case Control command.
Output by OUTPRT.
PVSBIT1 Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration
modes. Output by DSAH.
PVSBIT2 Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to
constrained modes. Output by DSAH.
PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
specified on the SPCFORCE Case Control command.
Output by OUTPRT.
PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk
Data entry images. Output by IFP.
PVTS Table containing parameter values which are resolved
from values in PVT, CASECC, and, optionally, the
NDDL. Output by PVT.
PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. Output by DSAP.
PXA Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
PXF Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or
d-set. Output by TRLG.
PXTDV Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set
combined from two executions of TRLG: one with
DVFLAG=0 and the other of DVFLAG=1.
PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix analysis. Output
by DSAR.
PZ Reduced aerostatic loads matrix.
Main Index
731 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the
g-set. Output by LANCZOS, STATICS, and SDR1.
QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list
QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set. Output by AMP.
QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. Output
by GUST.
QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
QKGUST* Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices
qualified by reduced frequency, mach number, and gust
rotation.
QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the
g-set. Output by LANCZOS and STATICS.
QMPF Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for
frequency response.
QMPFM Merged QMPF. Output by DSAD.
QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. Output by NLITER.
QPF Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for
frequency response.
QPFM Merged QPF. Output by DSAD.
QPV Nonlinear constraint forces. Output by NLSOLV.
QR Matrix of determinate support forces. Output by SSG2.
QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 732
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
R Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT.
R1MAPR R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level (direct)
retained responses. Output by DSAD.
R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)
attributes. Output by DOPR3.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data
entry) attributes. Output by DSAD.
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct)
responses.
R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct)
responses. Output by DSAD.
R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first
level (direct) responses. Output by DOM9.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses. Output by DSAD.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct)
responses.
R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic)
retained responses. Output by DSAD.
R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level
(synthetic) responses. Output by DSAD.
R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level
(synthetic) responses. Output by DOM9.
R2VALR Matrix of retained second level (synthetic) responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level
(synthetic) responses.
R2VALXE R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by
DSADX.
R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level
R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses. Output
by DOM9.
Main Index
733 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level
R3VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained third level
responses.
R3VALXE R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by
DSADX.
RBF Rigid body force matrix. Output by VECPLOT and
MKRBVEC.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. Output by
DPD.
RDEST Radiation element summary table. Output by RMG2.
RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. Output by RMG2.
RDG Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).
RESMATFT Matrix of average velocity response for all EFM
RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix. Output by VECPLOT.
RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure.
Output by VECPLOT.
RESP12X RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from
than one superelement. Output by DOPR3.
RESP12XM Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from
all superelements.
RESP12XR RESP12X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP3 Table of third level responses. Output by DOPR3.
RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. Output
by DSAD.
RESP3X Table of third level responses from more than one
superelement. Output by DOPR3.
RESP3XE RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by
DSADX.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 734
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
RESP3XM Merged table of third level responses from all
superelements.
RESP3XR RESP3X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP12 RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Output by
DOPR3.
RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. Output by RMG2.
RHMCF Matrix of dimensional rigid unsplined hinge moment
data
RLABEL Monitor point label for each column in OTMT. Ouptut by
ILMP2.
RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT. Output by
MATMOD option 34.
RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries
and may have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set
rows, similar to P2G. Output by MTRXIN.
RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix. Output by GP4.
RMG1 Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on
the AUTOSPC Case Control command. Output by GPSP.
RMPTQM Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.
RMSTAB Table of RMS responses. Output by DOPRAN.
RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. Output by
DSAD.
RMSTBR Table of retained RMS responses.
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values. Output by DSARME.
RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in
RMSVAL. Output by DSAD.
RMSVLR Matrix of retained RMS values.
ROTORT Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.
Output by ROTOR module.
RP Row partitioning vector.
Main Index
735 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
RPERM Table of row permutations under KSYM=4. Output by
DECOMP.
RPH Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set.
RPV Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before
exit.
RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
RQA Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass
indices. Output by DSTAP2.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation. Output by
DOPR3.
RQATABR Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained
eigenvalues.
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for
retained eigenvalues.
RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response
identification list. Output by DSAD.
RR2IDXE RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Output by DSADX.
RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3.
Output by SDRP.
RSLTSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2.
Output by SDRP.
RSP12R RESP12 Table of retained second level (synthetic) responses in
RESP12. Output by DSAD.
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type
per subcase in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
RSP2RG RESP12 Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic)
responses.
RSP2XE RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by
DSADX.
RSP2XM Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 736
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
RSP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.
RSPTQS Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.
RSQUERY Table of results state query.
RSTAB Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives
generated directly from the aerodynamic model.
RUG Residual matrix for the g-set. Output by STATICS.
RUL Residual matrix for the l-set. Output by SSG3.
RUO Residual matrix for the o-set. Output by SSG3.
Main Index
737 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
SCLFMAT Matrix of simple coupling loss factors. Output by
SEEFMCLF.
SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned
superelements. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements
defined in separate Bulk Data sections. Output by
SEPR1.
SEMAP SEMAP Superelement map table. Output by SEP1 or SEP1X.
SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing. Output by SEQP.
SET SET Table of combined sets. Output by NASSETS.
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the
DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.
SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table. Output by
SEP1X.
SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the
current superelement. Output by SEP2X.
SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors - coefficients relating designed
grid coordinates and design variables. Output by
DOPR2.
SIL Scalar index list. Output by GP1.
SIL0 SIL table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version
analysis.
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Output by DPD.
SKJ Integration matrix. Output by AMG.
SLIST Superelement processing list to matrix generation,
assembly, and reduction. Output by SEP3.
SLT Table of static loads. Output by GP3.
SLTF Table of static loads with follower forces only. Output by
DLT2SLT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 738
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
SLT1 Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
Output by NLCOMB.
SLTH Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
Output by SSG1.
SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR
elements for both the current and last load step. Output
by SSG1.
SLTNL0 SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode
participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement
boundaries.
SNORMM Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Output by SEEFMNOR.
SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's
boundary. Output by TASNP1.
SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the
column associated with the sorted row terms. Output by
MATMOD option 35.
SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original
positions of the sorted terms. Output by MATMOD
option 35.
SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local
boundary's s-set degrees-of-freedom. Required only for
geometric domain decomp.
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. Output
by SEQP.
SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table.
SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry
images with external grid identification numbers.
Output by MKSPLINE.
Main Index
739 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation
selections.
SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. Output by
MONVEC.
SRKT Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the
k-set degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output
by ADG.
STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1.
Output by SDRP.
STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single
subcase. Output by SDP.
STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'.
Output by MAKCOMP.
SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
SYSE Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual
structure a-set.
SZR Merged monitor matrices. Output by MRGMON.
SZRi Associated monitor matrices
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 740
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
T Table information to support MATGEN module options.
Diagonal from symmetric decomposition. Output by
MATMOD option 21.
TA Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TAB Table.
TABi Tables.
TABDEQ Table of unique design variable identification numbers.
Output by DOPR4.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification
numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and
responses in R1TABR. Output by DSAF.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and
element and design variable identification numbers.
Output by DSABO.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and
element and design variable identification numbers.
Output by DOPR6.
TABEV2 Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.
Output by DSAE.
TB Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TC Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TEF Directory table for MEF. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TEL Transient response time output list appended from each
subcase. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
TEMF Total effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
TES Directory table for MES. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.
TIMSIZ Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.
Output by SEQP.
TKNRGY Table of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
Main Index
741 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with
manufacturing constraints. Output by DOPR1.
TMLD Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis. Output by
NLTRLG.
TNEW Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
TOL TOL Transient response time output list. Output by IFT,
TOLAPP, TRD2 and TRLG.
TOL1 TOL Transient response time output list reduced by the
OTIME Case Control command or for the current
nonlinear transient subcase. Output by MODACC and
TOLAPP.
TOLD Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOLR Updated TOL in restarts requested by user parameter
STIME>0.0. Output by TRLG.
TOPELE Element list for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
TOPMC Topology member size control table. Output by DOPR1.
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing
constraints. Output by DOPR1.
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties with design
variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties. Output by IFP10.
TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block or DTI format.
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints). Output by
DOPR1.
TQG Directory table for MQG. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 742
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the
aerodynamic reference point. Output by MAKETR.
TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR
matches the URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced
to just the active origin rigid body degrees-of-freedom.
Output by MAKETR.
TRL Transient response list. Output by DPD.
TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of
aerodynamic extra points. Output by ADG.
TSNRGY Table of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
TUG Directory table for MUG. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format.
Output by DRMH1.
Main Index
743 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
U Upper triangular factor. Output by DECOMP and
DCMP.
UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set or
solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the
value of SEID).
UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient
response analysis. Output by DSAR.
UAJJT Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix
in the d-set.
UBULK Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries. Output by
XSORT.
UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in
frequency response. Displacements, velocities, and
accelerations in transient response.
UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set. Output by DDR2.
UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient
UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points).
Output by DDR2.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module
and transient analysis, UG can also represent velocity or
acceleration. Output by SDR1 and STATICS. Velocity
matrix in g-set.
UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream
superelement.
UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation.
Output by DSVG3.
UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
Output by DISUTIL.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 744
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
UGNI Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.
Output by NLITER.
UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set. Output by
UGVADD.
UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set. Output by
MATMOD option 19. Transposed regular solution matrix
specified on first pass through DSADJ. Output by
DSADJ.
UGT0 UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on
second pass through DSADJ.
UGX Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.
UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the
deleted responses. Output by DSAD.
UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-
freedom). Modal displacements only in frequency
response. Modal displacements, velocities, and
accelerations in transient response.
UHF Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency
response.
UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also
partitioned column-wise according to parameter
FLUIDMP.
UHFM Merged UHF. Output by DSAD.
UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF.
Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter
STRUCTMP.
UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis. Output
by INTERR.
UI Solution matrix where the columns correspond to
eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of
the matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set
size.
Main Index
745 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
UI1 UI truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME. Case Control
command. Output by MODACC.
UL Displacement matrix in l-set. Output by SSG3.
ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. Output by
UEIGL.
ULL Upper triangular factor for the l-set from KLL.
ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including
material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response
analysis in the d-set. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
UNITDISP Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a
unit displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-
of-freedom which participate in the union of all monitor
points will contain a unit displacement. UNITDISP has
LUSET number of columns. Output by ILMP1.
UNITPV Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a
unit displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-of-
freedom will be assumed to contribute). Output by
ILMP1.
UNITS Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk
Data entries.
UO Displacement matrix in o-set. Output by SSG3.
UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the
o-set with the a-set fixed (set to zero).
UPF Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
UPFM Merged UPF. Output by DSAD.
UPNL0 Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each
STEPcase. Output by NLSOLV.
UPNT Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from
each output time step (for transient analysis only).
Output by NLSOLV.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 746
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
UPSDT Table of transfer function data needed for RMS
calculations.
UPSDTR UPSDT for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the
acceleration entries. Output by MAKETR.
URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of
TRX that are non-null. Null rows occur either because the
USER didn't define AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the
associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry condition
(e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis).
Output by MAKETR.
USET USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
Output by GPSP.
USET0 USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set
usually prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by
GP4. USET table from a previous adaptivity index in
p-version analysis.
USET1 USET USET updated with constraints from upstream
superelements. Output by BNDSPC.
USETD USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.
Output by DPD.
USETM USET Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-
set. Output by MODUSET.
USETN USET with updated set membership. Output by
NEWUSET.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient
UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements.
Output by ASG.
Main Index
747 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge
moments. Output by ASG.
UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.
Output by ASG and SDP.
UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in
d- or h-set. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in
calculating the sensitivity of restrained stability
derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or
h-set. Output by TRD1, TRD2, and IFT.
UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response
analysis. Output by DSAR.
UXTRIM UX vector at trim.
UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in
calculating the sensitivity of unrestrained stability
derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB
UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors.
UXVBRL has NX rows and NV columns. Output by
ADG.
UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk
Data entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk
UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. Output
by MAKAEFS.
UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 748
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
VA Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the
VDA Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0’s at extra point
dofs. May be purged if no extra points are specified.
Output by VEC.
VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to
null columns in KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to
null rows in KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. Output by
ELTPRT.
VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which
Output by DSAF.
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the
perturbed configuration. Output by ELTPRT.
VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size
partitioning vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in
the local residual. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence
and flutter analysis only. Velocity matrix in g-set.
VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the
rows corresponding to the a-set.
VGD Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream
superelement.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones
where design response is required if SPDM=-1. Output
by OUTPRT.
Main Index
749 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows
corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. Output by
GP1.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom connected to frequency-dependent
elements. Output by TA1.
VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the
rows corresponding to the a-set.
VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows
corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
VIEWTB VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship
between each p-element and its view-elements and view-
grids. Output by VIEWP.
VIEWTBDS VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship
between each p-element and its view-elements and view-
grids for the perturbed model. Output by DVIEWP.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 750
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
WETFACES Table of wetted structure element and face identification
numbers found for each individual open fluid face.
WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. Output by
WEIGHT.
WJ Gust matrix. Output by GUST.
WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification
number. Output by WEIGHT.
WRJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns).
Downwash at the j-points due to the linear, angle/rate
rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control
surfaces. Output by ADG.
WSKJF Weighted integration matrix.
WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row
numbers in rigid mass matrix. Output by DSAW.
WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight. Output by DSAW.
Main Index
751 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B]. Output by FBS,
SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Matrix product. Output by MPYAD
and SMPYAD. Matrix transpose. Output by TRNSP.
X66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9
or 10. Output by VECPLOT.
X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by
IOPT=9, when setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare
against the non-g-set results in X66.
XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set. Output by MATREDU.
XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to
the upstream superelements.
XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-
set. Output by UREDUC.
XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set. Output by MATREDU.
XDICT KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table.
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if
CDIF='YES'.
XDICTDS KDICT Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES'
then this is the forward or backward perturbed element
matrix dictionary.
XDICTX KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward
perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELM KELM Baseline element matrices. Output by EMG.
XELMB Backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'
XELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then
this is the forward or backward perturbed element
matrix dictionary.
XELMX KELM Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed
element matrices if CDIF='YES'.
XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the
g-set.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 752
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
XGG Square matrix in g-set. In superelement analysis, XGG
includes contributions from upstream superelements.
Output by EMA and SEMA.
XGGi Square matrices in g-set. Output by EMA and SEMA.
XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set
(modal). Output by UREDUC.
XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables. Output by
DOPR1.
XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement
and applied to its interior points only.
XNENEi Square matrix in ne-set. Output by MCE2.
XNNi Square matrices in n-set. Output by MCE2.
XO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.
XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix. Output by CEAD and
UEIGL.
XOUT Resultant to table output. Output by VECPLOT.
XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set
XPP Square matrix in p-set.
XPPi Square matrix in p-set.
XS Optional starting vector, same type as B and PG in
SOLVIT and STATICS, respectively. Rectangular matrix
of displacements or loads in the s-set. Output by
UREDUC.
XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after
multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output
by MATREDU.
XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after
multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output
by MATREDU.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Output by IFP1.
Main Index
753 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement
(identification number equal to output value of SEID).
Output by SEDR.
XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current
value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values. Output by XYTRAN.
XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent
to independent design variable linking relationship.
Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 754
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
YACCE Matrix of enforced accelerations.
YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or
geometric models.
YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
Output by FRLG.
YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set
and for the output time steps. Output by TRLG.
YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
Output by TRLG.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.
Output by GPSP.
YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements temperatures usually
prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4.
YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream
superelements. Output by BNDSPC.
YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from
upstream superelements.
YSD1 YSD updated with enforced displacements from
upstream and current superelements to be passed to
downstream superelements. Output by BNDSPC.
YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
YVELO Matrix of enforced velocities.
Main Index
755 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Description
Name Name
ZETAH Mass-normalized damping.
Z1ZX Matrix of unrestrained dimensional elastic derivatives
ZZX Reduced aerostatic solution matrix.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 756
Data Blocks
Data Block Naming Conventions

Stiffness, Damping, and Mass:
K_____ Stiffness
KD____ Differential stiffness
B_____ Viscous damping
K4____ Structural damping (See GE field on MATi entries)
__2DD Stiffness in dynamic formulation
M____ Mass
___JJ Stiffness, damping, and mass matrices without upstream
superelement contributions. Exception: __AJJ_ is the aerodynamic
influence matrix.
L__, U__ Lower and upper triangular decomposition factors
Note: Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex
matrix.
Superelements:
CM____ Superelement (component) modes

_____S Assigned only to SEP2 and GP1 module outputs
__LIST Superelement processing list; for example, SLIST, DRLIST, and
DSLIST
MAPS Superelement boundary grid map
SEMAP Superelement map
Loads and Solutions:
A_____ Aeroelastic or aerostatic

B_____ Buckling
C_____ Complex modes
CY____ Cyclic symmetry
F_____ Flutter
_____F Frequency response
Main Index
757 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
_____T Transient response

___NL_ Nonlinear static or transient response; for example, USETNL, ESTNL
and OESNLX
_____NI Nonlinear static or transient response generated in a nonlinear loop.
___PH__ Eigensolution
PH____ Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and
PHA(a-set)
CPH___ Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and
CPHL (l-set).
BPH___ Buckling eigenvector matrix; for example, BPHA (a-set)
Solutions:
___U___ Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the
cyclic static solution g-set
___Q___ Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for
example, QG, QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for
example, QHH, QKHL, and QLL
___QM__ Multipoint forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for
example, QMG, QMPT, and CYQMG
CMPH___ Component modes eigenvector matrices.
__LAMA Eigenvalue summary table; for example, LAMA, BLAMA (buckling),
CLAMA (complex), and CMLAMA (component modes)
__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, AUHF is
the Aeroelastic solution h-set
__OL__ Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL
(transient).
___NT__ Nonlinear transient response; for example, UPNT and ULNTH
_____N Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN
and QGN
Loads:
P_____ Dynamic and static loads

Y___ Enforced displacement
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 758
Data Blocks
PA Static loads a-set

PJ Static loads g-set (no upstream loads)
PG Static loads g-set
PP____ Dynamic loads p-set
PH____ Dynamic loads h-set
__PPF_ Dynamic loads p-set, frequency response
__PPT_ Dynamic loads p-set, transient response
__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom
__UG__ Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the
g-set.
__UL__ Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear
solution at the g-set.
__UP__ Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient
solution at the p-set.
Solution Output Tables:
O__ES__ Element stresses (STRESS=n)

O__GPS__ Grid point stresses (GPSTRESS=n)
O__GPF__ Grid point forces (GPFORCE=n)
O__NRG__ Element strain energy (ESE=n)
O__EF__ Element forces (FORCE=n)
O__EE__ Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__STR__ Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__UG__ Static solution (DISP=n)
O__UP__ Dynamic solution (DISP=n)
O__QG__ Static spcforces (SPCF=n)
O__QMG_ Static mpcforces (MPCF=n)
O__QP__ Dynamic spcforces (SPCF=n)
O_____1 Sort 1 format
O_____2 Sort 2 format
Main Index
759 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Miscellaneous:
__CASE__ Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and
SEDRDR are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR.
___CDB_ Control data blocks from the OUTPUT(XY_____), OUTPUT(PLOT),
and OUTPUT(POST) sections; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2,
and SEDRDR are POSTCDB, PCDBS, and PCDBDR.
GEOM__ Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity,
static loads, and degree-of-freedom set membership.
USET__ Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from
GPSP), and USETD (from DPD).
_GPDT_ Grid point definition tables; for example, BGPDT and GPDT.
CSTM_ Coordinate Systems Transformation matrix tables; for example,
CSTM, CSTMS, CSTMA
O_____ Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element
stresses, and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and
Sort 1. OUG2 is statics, displacements, and Sort 2.
_EST__ Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named
EST and ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL.
_DICT_ Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT
(linear), KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear),
MDICT (mass)
_ELM_ Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM
(differential), MELM (mass)
_____1 MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1,
FOL1
_____1X SDRX and SDRXD module outputs; for example, OES1X, OEF1X
Inconsistent Names:
BUG Buckling eigenvector matrix; should be renamed to BPHG.

GM Transformation between m-set and n-set; should be renamed to GMN.
POS Static loads on the o-set; should be renamed to PO.
PSS Static loads on the s-set; should be renamed to PS.
DM Transformation between l-set and r-set; should be renamed to DLR.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 760
Data Blocks
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set); should be renamed to MRR.

MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed
to MRR1.
__V__ Obsolete designation indicating "vector"; for example, OUGV1, UGVS,
UHVF.
__PHI__ Obsolete designation indicating eigensolution; for example, PHIDH
(should be PHDH)
PHDH Transformation from d-set to h-set; should be renamed to PHD.
Main Index
761 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
2.7 Parameter Glossary

The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters
shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and
Statements” on page 860. Naming conventions appear at the end of the glossary.
Name Type and Description

AADJCOL Integer. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for all previously
processed superelements. On output, summation of columns in
DRDUG including current superelement. Output by ADJMOD.
ACMS Character. Automatic Component Mode Synthesis flag. If
ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into
superelements according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, AND ZCOLLCT.
ACON Integer. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set
degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
ACOUSTIC Integer. Fluid-structure analysis flag. Output by GP2.
0 No fluid elements exist
1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exist
2 Fluid/structure coupling exists
ACOUT Character. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural
analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square
'PEAK' Peak
ACTFREQ Integer. Active frequency processing flag. Output by DSAD.
ADELRF Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response analysis.
Output by DSAL.
ADELRS Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis. Output by
DSAL.
ADJFLG Integer. Adjoint sensitivity flag. Output by DSAD.
0 No adjoint sensitivity
1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis
2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 762
Data Blocks

ADJMETH Integer. Triple matrix product method in DSADJ.
0 the program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1
or 2.
1 holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if

disk space is limited
2 holds only the active solution vectors

ADPCON Real. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update
penalty values if positive.
ADPTEXIT Logical. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop. Output by
ADAPT.
ADPTINDX Integer. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
AECONFIG Character. Aerodynamic configuration. Output by AEMODEL.
AEQRATIO Real. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. Output by
AELOOP and DSARLP.
AERTYP Character. Aerodynamic analysis type:
'STATICS' Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS' Flutter and aeroelastic
'STADYN' All aerodynamic analysis types
ALPHAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [A].
ALPHAJ Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
ALTSHAPE Integer. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis.
0 MacNeal set
1 Full product space set
AMLFLG Logical. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. Output by AXMPR1.
APP Character. Analysis type.
Output by FRLG. Dynamic load type.
Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.
ARCLG Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER.
Main Index
763 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

ARCSGN Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is
used in restarts in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER.
ASMUNIT Integer. Fortran unit number for the .asm file to be generated if the
ASMBULK option is specified on the EXTSEOUT Case Control
command.
ATQSET Logical. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’.
FALSE generate a fixed number of q-set DOFs for each
domain
TRUE generate a single q-set DOF for the residual
structure and the fluid superelement. Usually set
indirectly by user parameter.
In G4:
If no ASET, ASET1, QSET, and QSET1 entries are present, then
all unspecified degrees of freedom will be included in the:
a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
In SEP1X:
Automatic q-set generation flag. If .TRUE., automatic q-set
will not be generated here but in the MODQSET module.
AUNIT Logical. If TRUE then unit solutions are assumed.
AUNITS Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units
of length per time squared.
AUTOADJ Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES',
then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropriate.
Usually input via user parameter.
AUTOMSET Character. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent
degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data
entries will be rearranged to avoid exclusive DOF set conflicts. Usually
input by user parameter.
AUTOSE Character. Automatic superelement optimization flag. Values are
'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by
DSGRDM.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 764
Data Blocks

AUTOSPC Character. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities
will be constrained.
AUXMFL Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set
to FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model.
AUXMID Integer. Auxiliary model identification number. Output by AXMDRV.
BADMESH Logical. Bad geometry was detected.
BAILOUT Integer. Decomposition maximum ratio exit flag.
BC Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCFLAG Logical. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
BCKCOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the
STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output
by GETCOL.
BCLBL Integer. f06 file page header control.
-1 Clear page header
0 Initialize page header without page eject
1 Initialize page header with page eject
BEGSUP BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the
first Bulk Data section. Output by IFP1.
BETA Complex. Integration parameter.
BETAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [B].
BIGER Real. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.
BIGMAT Logical. Big matrix (>65535 rows) format flag.
BITID Integer. Bit position of a degree-of-freedom set.
BOV Real. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency. Value
calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). Output by APD.
BOXIDF Integer. Box corner point identification flag. Output by APD.
0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the
aerodynamic component identification number.
Main Index
765 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid
an overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic
component identification numbers. No display of the corner
points is possible.
BSKIP Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first subcase
in CASECC.
BTBRS Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
BUCKCC Logical. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and
CASEBUCK is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
BULKFGi Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data
entry record exists. Output by PARAML.
BULKNMi Integer. Bulk Data entry name.
CARDNO Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for
each line written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-
80 of each line. Output by XYTRAN.
CASCOMi Character. Case Control command names.
CASEID Integer. Subcase identification number for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
CCSET Integer. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of
grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option.
(Reserved for possible future implementation).
CFDFLG Integer. Central finite difference flag.
1 Forward
-1 Backward
CDIF Character. Finite difference scheme.
'YES' Central
'NO' Forward
CDOM Integer. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.(0=basic
coordinate system).
CFDIAGP Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST element
deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
CFRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from
the model. Usually input by user parameter.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 766
Data Blocks

CHAR Character. Character value of table element. Output by PARAML.
CHAR2 Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the
values in the WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by
PARAML.
APPEND module: Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and
following CHAR1.
CHARi Character. Character value for PRGNAME.
CHOLSKY Integer. Cholesky decomposition flag.
CLOSE Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS'
method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural
frequencies satisfy:
f i + 1 < CLOSE ⋅ f i
CLOSEOPT Integer. FORTIO close options.

1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open)
2 Close/keep (default)
3 Close/delete
CMDEREQ Integer. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1 means no
and 0 means yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMEOUT Integer. Module processing flag.
-2 Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request
-1 Print/punch accumulated results
0 Integer. Compute results tables for the current superelement.
CMERTYPE Type of response of input matrices.
1 free vibrations
2 modal frequency
3 modal transient
CMETYPE Integer. Type of energy of input matrices.
1 strain energy
2 kinetic energy
3 damping energy
Main Index
767 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

CMFREREQ Integer. Component modal forced response energy request flag. -1
means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMFVEREQ Integer. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1
means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMKEREQ Integer. Component modal kinetic energy request flag. -1 means no
and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMPX Complex. Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the
next record.
CMPXi Complex. Complex value for PRGNAME.
CMSEREQ Integer. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1 means no and
0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CNCNT Integer. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. Output by DOPR3.
CNVFLG Integer. Design optimization convergence flag. Output by DOM12.
0 No convergence is achieved
1 Soft convergence is achieved
2 Hard convergence is achieved
COLADJ Integer. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current superelement.
COLINC Integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column
between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.
COLNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows
MATGPR output.
COLNUM Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be
sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first
column.
COMBMETH Integer. Combine method selection in SSG1 module.
0 Automatic
1 Single term
2 Scaled column
3 Multiple/add kernels
< 0 Same as above with diagnostic print
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 768
Data Blocks

COMPNAME Character. Name of a component defining the set of points
participating in the rigid body motion.
COMPRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be
copied from COMP1 into COMP.
CONFAC Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of
boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.
CONSEC Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last
time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps
which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is
terminated. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
CONT3D Integer. 3D contact flag.
< 0 No
>-1 Yes
CONV Integer. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. Output by NLITER,
NLSOLV, NLTRD, and NLTRD2.
On input:
0 Initialization
On output:
-1 Convergence has not been achieved
1 Convergence has been achieved.
COORID Integer. Coordinate system identification number.
COUPMASS Integer. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped
0 Coupled
CP Integer. DBC module control parameter. Output by DBC.
CRTPOS Integer. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<=0 Do not create CCPOS1
CSDIAGP Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CWSEAM element
deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
CSRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed
from the model. Usually input by user parameter.
Main Index
769 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

CSTRN Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint. Output by DSPRM.
CSTRES Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
CTYPE Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data
entry. Output by CYCLIC1.
'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' Axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
CVTYP Integer. Type of convergence test.
1 Soft convergence is to be checked
2 Hard convergence is to be checked
3 Final iteration histories are to be printed
CWDIAGP Character. CWELD deletion diagnostic flag. ’YES’ means print.
diagonistics. Usually input by user parameter.
CWRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from
the model. Usually input by user parameter.
CYCLIC Logical or integer. Set to TRUE or -1 for cyclic symmetry models.
DATAREC Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not
perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not
need in data recovery.
DBCPATH Integer. Dummy variable parameter to allow passing of qualifiers
from the NASTRAN database to the DBC database.
DBKNT Integer. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only
computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13. Output by INPUTT2.
DCEIGCC Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE
if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC
and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
DEBUG Integer. Passive column logic control flag in DCMP and DECOMP.
DECOMP Integer. DCMP and DECOMP module error termination flag.
DEFORMED Integer. Deformed plot request flag.
1 Plot undeformed shapes
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 770
Data Blocks

-1 Plot deformed shapes
DEFRMID Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually
obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use
in stress recovery of differential stiffness.
DELG Real. Scale factor on perturbed length.
DELTAB Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the
DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
DELTAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [D].
DESCYCLE Integer. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.
DESGLB Integer. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number.
Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESITER Integer. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX Integer. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
DESOBJ Integer. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.
Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESOPT Integer. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the non-
composite element forces are extracted for68m OEF1A and copied to
OEF1AA.
DESPCH Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk
Data entries. See “DESPCH” on page 679 of the MD Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
DESVAR Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement
SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable perturbations.
Output by SDSA.
DET Complex. Scaled value of the determinant of a matrix. Output by
DCMP and DECOMP.
DETER Complex. Shift value. Output by DYCNTRL.
DFREQ Real. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f 1 and f 2 , are
considered duplicates if
f 1 – f 2 < DFREQ ⋅ f max – f min
where f max and fmin are the maximum and minimum frequencies
across all FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
771 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

DFRQCC Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE
if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC
and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
DIGITS Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by
the OUTPUT4 module.
DISCYC Logical. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design
cycle.
DISMETH Integer. Method of processing in DISUTIL module.
DISVAR Logical. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete
optimization design variables are specified. Output by DOPR1.
DLOAD1 Integer. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency
subcase. Output by DSAD.
DMIGFN Character. Qualifier name for F2J matrices.
DMPYIN Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master
processor to slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix from slave
processor(s) to master processor.
DODMP Integer. Distributed memory parallel flag.
0 Compute in serial (default)
1 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
2 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMRESD Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure. Output by SDSB.
DOANALY Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOBUCK Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by
DSPRM.
DOCEIG Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to
>0 if any retained response.
DOCSTRAT Integer. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress
ratio. Output by DSPRM.
DOEIGV Integer. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints. Output by DSPRM.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 772
Data Blocks

DOELOP Integer. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses. Output by
DSPRM.
DODIVG Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOESE Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag.
Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOFLUT Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOFREQ Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOFRMASS Integer. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. Output
by DSPRM.
DOFSPC Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0
if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOGPF Integer. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DOMODES Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.
Output by DSPRM.
DOMTRAN Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
DONSET Integer. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing.
Output by GPSP.
-1 Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix
(KNN).
0 Do not execute GPSP again.
DOPT Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the
CURVPLOT module.
DORMS Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response.
DOSAERO Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag.
Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOSASTAT Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
Main Index
773 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

DOSSPCF Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if
any retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOSTAT Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by
DSPRM.
DOSTCOMP Integer. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance.
Output by DSPRM.
DOTSPC Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0
if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOWGHT Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DPEPS Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model
properties. See further description in “Parameters” on page 655 of the
MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DPHFLG Integer. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace iteration for
eigenvector sensitivities. Usually input via user parameter.
0 Nelson’s method
1 Subspace iteration
DRATIO Real. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
Output by DSGRDM.
DRESP Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1
if there are retained design responses. Output by SDSA.
DSAPRT Logical. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.
DSENS Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG,
accelerations due to inertial loads.
DSFLAG Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.
DSNOKD Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design
sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
DSVGF Integer. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue.
0 No scaling
1 Scale
DSZERO Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute
value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient
will be printed.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 774
Data Blocks

DTMi Integer. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If
DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement
matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output
to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column
per time step instead of the usual three.
DUPWG Integer. Duplicate word group option in the TABEDIT module.
DVAFLAG Integer. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in
separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUGi.
1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVGi and OAGi.
DVFLAG Integer. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass
and direct methods of specification.
=0 Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced
accelerations.
>0 Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and
velocities.
DVGRDN Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with
all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be
skipped.
DVRGCC Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at
least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and
CASEDVRG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
EIGNFREQ Integer. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. Output by DOPR3.
1 Eigenvalue (radian/time)
2 Frequency (cycle/time)
ECTYPE Integer. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output:
0 ECT and ELSET
1 GEOM2 and ELSET
2 ECT and PELSET
EDT1FLG Integer. EDT1 creation flag. Output by GP5.
-1 EDT1 was created.
0 EDT1 was not created.
Main Index
775 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

EFMDIAG Integer. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
EFMFLG Integer. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on
superelement boundary points.
0 Compute the average all of the shell normals
1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
EFMMASS Real. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling
calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.
EIGRFLD Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an
output if the field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD
option 23.
EIGRVALI Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.
EIGRVALR Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by
MATMOD option 23.
ELEMSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that
contains a list element point identification numbers.
ENDCOL Integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
EPPRT Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT
will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.
EPS Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000
where N is the size of KXX, etc.
EPSBIG Real. Large number for tuning.
EPSI Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is
greater than 1.E-3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL.
EPSLND Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [E].
EPSMALC Real. Small number for tuning.
EPSNO Integer. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error
checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for
the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If
EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are
printed.
EPZERO Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO
will not be constrained.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 776
Data Blocks

EQVBLK Logical. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input
EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to
BULK. If on input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data,
then BULKOLD must be equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent
EQUIVX statement. If there are any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will
be set to FALSE on output. xsort.
ERR Integer. Excessive factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and
DECOMP.
ERROR Integer. Duplicate element identification flag. Output by ELTPRT.
EXISTS Character. Project and version status. Output by PROJVER.
'EXISTS' If project and version exists
'DELETED' If project and version is deleted
'NONE' If project and version never existed
EXTNAME Character. Name of the qualifier used to identify External
Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
EXTRN Integer. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is
defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. Output by
SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
EXTWORK Real. External work. Output by SSG3.
F1 Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and
UEIGL. Tolerance for treating small values as zero during
decomposition in DCMP and DECOMP. Maximum value to print in
MATGPR output.
F2 Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and
UEIGL. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
F6CNTR Integer. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6SUFFIX Character. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physicalvnames.
Output by MODCASE.
F6UNIT Integer. Current Fortran unit number. Output by MODCASE.
FAC1 Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment.
Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC2 Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part
is always zero. Output by TRLG.
Main Index
777 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

FAC3 Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment.
Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG.
FACTOR Integer. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification
number (SEQID) in the SEQP module.
FAILI Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
FBREST Integer. Internal restart flag.
FBTYP Integer. Forward or backward pass selection.
FCSENS Integer. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.
Fij Integer. Form of output matrix partitions.
FILTERF Real. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS Real. Filter for structure factor matrices.
FIRSTBA Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency
is truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
FKQRTR Logical. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE, follower stiffness
will be generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.
FKSYMFAC Real. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by
user parameter.
FLOOP Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial
entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set
to -1. Output by FA1.
FLUID Logical. Fluid processing flag.
GKAM If TRUE, then modal damping set identification
number is obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID)
Case Control command.
READ and METHOD command option (FLUID or
LANCZOS STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry
is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control
command.
FLUIDMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If
FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 778
Data Blocks

FLUIDSE Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value
greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present.
Output by SEQP.
FLUTCC Logical. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and
CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.
FMODE Integer. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMODEF Integer. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter
input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.
FORM Integer. Form of output matrix.
FORMAT Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling
problems are not supported.
FOUND Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by
PARAML. Output by PARAML.
FOURIER Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are
referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC.
Output by FRLG.
FREQ1 Integer. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency
subcase. Output by DSAD.
FREQ345 Logical. Flag indicating presence of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk
Data entries.
FREQDEP Logical. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if frequency-
dependent elements are present or to be processed. Output by TA1.
FREQINDX Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated
with UA.
FREQTYP Character. Frequency dependent element processing mode:
'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness
'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness
Main Index
779 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

FREQVAL Real. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation.
Output by FRQDRV.
FREQWA Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
FRM Real. Fractional mass for designed structure.
FRMASS Real. Fractional mass of designed structure.
FROMLABL Character. The label associated with the present group set.
FRQLOOP Integer. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be
initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented
by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, if
the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5. Output
by FRQDRV.
FSDCYC Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully
stressed design cycle.
G Real. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by user
parameter.
GAMMAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].
GDRTYP Character. Solution type.
DIRECT NOYSET is obtained from DYNRED Bulk Data
entry
ODAL NOYSET is estimated
GEOMU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes
geometric information.
GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number
of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.
GMAFLG Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers
specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands.
GNLSTN Integer. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user
parameter.
0 Small strain
1 Green strain
GPF Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
GPFNAM Character. NDDL name of the OGPF1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 780
Data Blocks

GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or
equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPLABEL Character. The label associated with the new set of subgroups.
GPSOPT Integer. GPSTR2 output option bits numbered right to left.
Bit Description
1 Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be
output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
2 Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be
output
3 Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for
direct stress/strain for volume
4 Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for
principal stress/strain for volume.
GRDPNT Integer. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are
computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic
coordinate system is used. Output by VECPLOT.
GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will
be output.
GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.
GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which
contains a list grid point identification numbers.
GRPSZ Integer. The number of processors in each subgroup.
GUSTAERO Integer. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.
GUST2ID Integer. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.
HDRLBLi Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered
at the top of each page.
HEATCC Logical. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT
is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
HFREQ Real. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
HINDEX Integer. Harmonic index.
Main Index
781 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

HNAMEi Character. For INPUTT2, HNAMEi is the data block name found in the
header of DBi on the Fortran unit. For OUTPUT2, HNAMEi is data
block name to written into the header for DBi on the Fortran unit.
Output by INPUTT2.
HPFLAG Integer. Element type processing flag.
1 h-element
2 p-element
IAPP Integer. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response
2 Buckling or normal modes
3 Flutter or divergence
IBAND Integer. Current band identification number.
IBLK Integer. Initial block size.
ICCOL Integer. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the
IC(STATSUB) Case Control command specification. Output by
GETCOL.
ICOL Integer. Column number of a matrix element.
IEXT Integer. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Cholesky
factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.
IFRMAS Integer. Fractional mass response type.
IFTM Integer. Fourier transform method.
0 Constant
1 Piecewise linear (default)
2 Cubic spline
IMACHNO Integer. Mach number (MACH) multiplied by 1000 and specified as
an integer.
IMAG Real. Imaginary part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
IMETHOD Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input and output by CASE.
IBELONG Integer. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor
does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL
label.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 782
Data Blocks

INCGRP Input. The stride from the first processor identification number of the
parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to the processor
identification number of the parent group which corresponds to he
first processor identification number which is included in the next
subgroup.
INCPID Integer. The stride from one processor identification number of the
parent group that is included in a given subgroup, to the next
processor identification number of the parent group which is included
in the same group.
INDDOF Integer. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D
code with Ci=INDDOF
INTGR Integer. Integer value of table element. Output by PARAML.
INTi Integer. Integer value for PRGNAME.
INVA Integer. Inversion flag of A. In INVA=-1 then invert A.
INVOKE Logical. Restart deletion invocaton flag.
IOPT Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If IOPT=0,
then the LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ entries will be
used to expand CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those LSEQ entries
selected by the LOADSET command will be used. Integer. Case
Control command selection flag for the MTRXIN module.
Integer. Normalization method.
Integer. Matrix partition or merge option.
Integer. VECPLOT module output option.
IOSTAT Integer. FORTIO status return code. Output by FORTIO. For
OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE':
0 Successful
1 Unsuccessful
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0 Assigned physical file exists
1 Assigned physical file does not exist
IP1 Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2 Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
Main Index
783 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

IPAD Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization.
See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.
IPANEL Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the
PANSLT table.
IROW Integer. Row number of a matrix element. Output by PARAML.
IRTN Integer. External program return code. Output by ISHELL.
ISENS Integer. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed in the ASG
module.
ISKIP Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first
pass and no update later.
ISOFLG Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
ITAPE Integer. MACOFP module Fortran unit positioning option.
0 No action before write
-1 Rewind before write
-1 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end
-3 Rewind at start and end
-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit
INPUTT2/OUTPUT2 module Fortran unit positioning option.
+n Skip forward n data blocks before reading/writing
0 No action before reading/writing
-1 Rewind before reading/writing
-3 Print data blocks and then rewind before reading/writing
-9 Write a final EOF (OUTPUT2 only)
INPUTT4/OUTPUT4 module Fortran unit positioning option.
0 No action before reading/writing
-1 Rewind before reading/writing
-2 Rewind after reading/writing
-3 Rewind before and after reading/writing
ITERID Integer. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. Output by NLITER,
NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 784
Data Blocks

ITIME Real. Time instant at which the dynamic loads are evaluated and
converted to static loads.
ITIME0 Real. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.
ITOPT Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the “SOLVIT”
on page 1716 module description.
ITSEPS Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative
solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no
convergence.
ITSEPSR Real. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.
ITSERR Integer. Iterative solver return code. Output by SOLVIT.
1 No convergence
2 Insufficient memory
ITSMAX Integer. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.
ITSOPT Integer. Preconditioner flag for STATICS and SOLVIT module.
IUNIT Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITi Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If
IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
IVALUE Integer. Integer value to search for in a table.
JPLOT Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
K6ROT Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3
elements.
KBAR Real. Reduced frequency.
KDAMP Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then
viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will
be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.
KDGEN Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the
column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix
generation.
KEY Character. Generic or NDDL name of a data block.
Main Index
785 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

KFLAG Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before
starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last
converged solution or stiffness update. Output by NLITER.
KGTH Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis
set) have been processed. Output by CYCLIC3.
KMATUP Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output
by NLITER.
KRATIO Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output
by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
KSTEP Integer. Frequency of solve in complex eigenvalue analysis.
KSYM Integer. Symmetric decomposition flag. Output by DCMP and
DECOMP.
KTIME Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the
time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no
stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still
holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness
update. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and NLTRD2.
LABL Character. Label on the Fortran unit identified by IUNIT.
LANGLE Integer. Large rotation calculation method:
1 Gimbal angle
2 Rotation vector
LASTBULK Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last
section in the input file. Output by XSORT.
LASTCC Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by
IFP1.
LASTCNMU Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by
NLITER.
LASTSE Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is
the last to process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
LASTUPD Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if
the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the
iteration. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 786
Data Blocks

LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in
upper left corner of each page.
LDSEQ Integer. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on
previous SELA execution. On output, last column number of PG on
current execution. Output by SELA.
LFREQ Real. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
LGDISP Integer. Large displacement and follower force flag.
-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be
considered.
1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be
considered.
2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.
LINC Integer. Number of load increments for this subcase.
LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table.
Output by MTRXIN.
LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LMFACT Real. Lagrange multiplier scale factor. Usually input by user
parameter and overrides system cell 374.
LMODES Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation.
All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.
LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix.
These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP
module.
LOAD Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number
specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOADFAC Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current
iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by
NLITER.
LOADFACR Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC
except real).
Main Index
787 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

LOADID Integer. Load set identification number for the current subcase.
LOADIDF Integer. Load set identification number of the newly created static load
set of follower forces. Output by DLT2SLT.
LOADIDP Integer. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.
LOADU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static
load information.
LOOPIDL Output-integer. Last output loop identification number. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
LPFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to
process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by
AELOOP and DSARLP.
LPRINT Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis
(FA1), and stability derivatives (SDP).
LSEQ Integer. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number
LST2REC Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two
records.
LSTEP Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for
static solutions.
LSTRN Integer. Laminar strain flag.
0 Compute laminar stresses
1 Compute laminar strains
LUMPB Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.
LUMPM Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
LUSET Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. Output by
GP1 or PARAML.
LUSETD Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set. Output by
DPD.
LUSETS Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current
superelement. Output by GP1.
M36OPT Integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MACH Real. Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 788
Data Blocks

MACH0 Real. Previously processed Mach number. Output by AMG.
MAJOR Character. Name of the major degree-of-freedom set.
MASSQUAL Character. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the MGG*.
MASSETID Integer. Identification number of the MASSSET Case Control
command.
MATCH Integer. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. Output by GP5.
0 Matching mesh
1 Non-matching mesh
MATCPX Integer. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic
elements.
MATIDXi Integer. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG
names.
MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI
Bulk Data entries.
MATTYPE Character. Input matrix type flag.
Value Input Matrix Description
’MONDSP1’ X1=Displacement matrix X2 thru X4 are ignored
and may be purged
’MONPNT1’ X1=Inertia loads matrix
X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
MAXBLK Integer. Maximum block size.
MAXLP Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and
the material subincrement processes.
MAXNUSE Integer. Absolute maximum number of states to use for the
interpolation.
MAXR Integer. Maximum physical record size.
MAXRAT Real. Maximum value of factor diagonal ratio. Output by DECOMP.
MAXRATIO Real. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes
termination of decomposition.
Main Index
789 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

MAXSET Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of
block size may be reduced depending on available memory and
problem size.
MBCFLG Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to
TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE
if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC
and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MDCEQV Integer. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on output then
no output truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX statement
may be used to equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Output by
MODACC.
MDLGDEF Integer. Minimum number of dofs which activates special ACMS
DECOMP/FBS method in READ module for buckling problems
(FORMAT<>"MODES").
MDOPT Integer. Option selection number as described below.
MDTRKFLG Integer. Mode tracking status flag.
0 Mode tracking was successful
1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful
MESH Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary;
'NO' otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components:
'AERO' or 'STRU'.
MESHSET Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine
mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.
METH Character. Method of real eigenvalue extraction.
METHCMRS Integer. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override.
METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.
METRIK Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
MINDIAG Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP
and DECOMP.
MFACT Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output
by BMG.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 790
Data Blocks

MFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to
process in the current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the
subcase. Output by AELOOP.
MGEFLAG Integer. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL, PBUSH, and
PBUSHT property entries. Output by TA1 and EMG.
MINNUSE Integer. Absolute minimum number of states to use for the
interpolation.
MINVAR Character. Type of coupling for output of nine mass invariants, M9I:
’CONSTANT’ 1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
’PARTIAL ’ All except 5 and 9
’FULL’ All
’NONE’ None
MFRQCC Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE
if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC
and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MKERRCHK Logical. MAKMON error check flag.
TRUE Perform check
FALSE Do not perform check
MNEWK Integer. Matrix update flag for 3D contact. MNEWK < 0 means no and
MNEWK > 0 means yes. Output by NLSOLV.
MNFOUT Character. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass
invariants, M9I:
’MNF’ Modal neutral file only
’NINEMAI’ M9I only
’BOTH’ Modal neutral file and M9I
MODE Character. Boundary condition change ignore flag.
'NONLINEAR'Ignore boundary condition changes
'STATICS'Do not ignore boundary condition changes
MODECC Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and
CASEMODE is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
Main Index
791 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

MODEPT Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to
TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element
properties in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1.
MODETRAK Integer. Mode tracking request flag.
0 Mode tracking was not requested.
>0 Mode tracking is requested.
MODGEOM2 Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE
indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the
analysis model. Output by DOPR1.
MODGM4 Logical. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated.
Output by MODGM4.
MODMPT Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to
TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material properties
in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1.
MONRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be
copied from MON1 into MON.
MONTYPE Character. Monitor point type.
’STRUCTURAL ’ Structural monitor points
’AERODYNAMIC’ Aerodynamic monitor points
MPC Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPCF2 Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag.
Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint
constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1, otherwise, or if
there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase. Output by
GP4.
MPCFLG Integer. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by
multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and
MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered
during resequencing.
MPCMETH Character. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates
the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and
'KMM' for KMM.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 792
Data Blocks

MPFSORT Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the
second table.
MPNFLG Integer. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. Output by GP5.
MSCHG Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static
analysis only. Output by CASE.
MSGINP1 Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2 Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGLVL Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only.
0 No output
1 Warning and fatal messages
2 Summary output
3 Detailed output on cost and convergence
4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra
arithmetic to check on orthogonality
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SEQP module.
0 No
1 Yes
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SOLVIT module.
0 Minimal; i.e, UIM 6447
1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the TABEDIT module.
MSGNUM Integer. Message number.
MSGOUT Integer. Optional integer output. Output by MSGHAN.
MTRNCC Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE
if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC
and CASEMTRN is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MU Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by
NLTRD.
NAME Character. Name of a data block. Output by PARAML.
NASOUT Logical. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary.
Main Index
793 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NBCONT Integer. Number of bisections due to slideline contact. Output by
NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
NBIS Integer. Current bisection counter. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and
NLTRD2.
NBLOCK Integer. Number of spill blocks to form if “out of memory” algorithm
is used.
NBLSEQ Integer. Number of new LSEQ entries created. Output by ST2DYN.
NBNLST Integer. Number of nonlinear static records. Output by T2DYN.
NBRCHG Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP
and DECOMP.
NBSORT2 Integer. Contact region output sort format flag. Output by BGCASO.
1 If SORT2 format is requested for printing
2 If x-y plotting is requested
NCASE Integer.
NCNOFFST Integer. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1
in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR. Output
by DSAD and DSADX.
NCOL Integer. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or
frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data
records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less
than the number of data records in the input table, then the first
NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.
Output by TRD1 and TRD2. Integer. Number of columns. Output by
NORM.
NCOLMNP2 Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the
MONPNT2 entries.
NCOLT Integer. Column number in output of previous run from which the
integration is to be continued. Output by TRLG.
NCUL Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the
residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module.
ND Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues.
ND1 Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in first complex region.
NDAMP Real. Numerical damping.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 794
Data Blocks

NDDLNAME Character. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.
NDDLNAMi Character. NDDL name of the DBi-th data block.
NDES Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is
repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode)
solutions are found.
NDJ Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. for
pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
NDVTOT Integer. Number of unique referenced design variables.
NE Integer. Number of estimated eigenvalues. Integer. The number of
estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos
method, NE is the problem size which the QL Householder method is
used.
NEIG Integer. Number of eigenvalues to keep.
0 Keep all eigenvalues
>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues
NEIGV Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were
found. Output by CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
NEWBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag. FALSE
means no and TRUE yes. Output by RMDUPBLK.
NEWCASE Integer. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated.
Output by BGCASO.
NEWEPT Integer. NEWEPT creation flag. 0 means no and -1 yes. Output by
NSMEPT.
NEWGPSNT Logical. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is
created (shell normal table is updated due to the interaction with
RSSCON elements), then the flag is set TRUE. Output by GP4.
NEWK Integer. Stiffness update flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD,
and NLTRD2.
-1 Do not update stiffness.
1 Update stiffness.
2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has
been reached.
NEWMSIZ Integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.
Main Index
795 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NEWNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g.,
NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc.
NEWP Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and
TOLAPP.
-1 Current subcase has not been completed.
1 Current subcase has been completed.
NEWS Integer. New STEP case flag.
-1 Current STEP case has not been completed.
1 Current STEP case has been completed.
NEWSTEP Integer. STEP case flag. Output by NLRSLOOP.
-1 Not a new STEP case
1 New STEP case
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and
TIME=0.0
NEXTID Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK
command of the next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or
auxiliary model identification number. Output by XSORT.
NFEXIT Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message
2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
NFREQ Integer. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis.
Output by CYCLIC1.
NGERR Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1;
otherwise +1. Output by GPSP.
NGP Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
NHBDY Integer. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist. Output
by PLTHBDY.
Ni Character. Continuation entry prefix.
NINPTPS Integer. Approximate number of surrounding independent element
interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid
point for a given material coordinate system.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 796
Data Blocks

NJ Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in j-set degrees-of-freedom.
Output by APD.
NK Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in k-set degrees-of-freedom.
Output by APD.
NKEYS Integer. Duplicate value sort option specification.
NLAM Integer. Number modes to create in LAMAX.
NLATYPE Character. Type of nonlinear analysis.
’NLTR’ Nonlinear transient
’NLST’ Nonlinear statics
’LNST’ Linear statics
NLAYERS Integer. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of
CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
NLFLAG Integer. Output by NLITER.
NLOADS Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the
MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary
condition.
NLOFLAG Integer. Output control flag. Output by NLSOLV.
On input:
< 0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the
output-only information before exiting.
> 0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
= 0 No
> 1 Yes
NLPACK Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.
<=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase
before processing the output procedure
> 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in
each STEPcase before output procedure
NLRIGID Integer. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377.
Output by MODGM2.
< 0 No nonlinear rigid element exists; use linear elimination.
Main Index
797 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

= 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier
method is used to obtain the solution.
> 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the elimination method is
used to obtain the solution.
NLSTRAIN Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of
OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be
processed.
NLTYPE Integer. Nonlinear analysis type.
0 Statics
1 Transient response
NMASS Integer.
NMAT Integer. Number of matrices.
NMATDOM Integer. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are
divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a
power of 2. The default will be set to the number of processors.
NMK Integer. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
Output by GETMKL.
NNDEGV Integer. Number of new natural frequencies related to eigenvector
sensitivity. Output by DSAH.
NNDFRQ Integer. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural
frequencies.
NNDGM Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized mass.
Output by DSAH.
NNDGS Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized stiffness.
Output by DSAH.
NNEWM Integer. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by
GPSP.
NNEWS Integer. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by
GPSP.
NOA Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1,
NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-of-
freedom in the a-set. Output by GP4 and GPSP.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 798
Data Blocks

NOABFL Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise.
Output by BMG.
NOASET Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
NOASM Integer. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and
reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and
SEP3.
NOCSTMX Integer. CSTMX creation flag. Output by MRGCSTM.
0 CSTMX not created
1 CSTMX created
NOB2 Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is
generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOBGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by
EMG.
NOBKGG Integer. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate
slideline contact stiffness.
NOBSET0 Integer. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of non-null columns.
Output by DYNREDU.
NOCEAD Integer. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex
eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1.
Output by FA1.
NOCHAR Integer. Number of character value inputs.
NOCMPX Integer. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCOMP Integer. Composite stress/strain flag.
-5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid
-2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid
-1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP)
0 Stresses for all elements
1 Stresses for non-composites only
2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in STRESS=sid
3 Strains for all elements and MPCForces
4 Strains for non-composites only
Main Index
799 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid
NODLT Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created. Output by DPD.
NODR Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data
recovery requested for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and
SEP4.
NOEDS1 Integer. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated. Output
by STDCON.
NOEED Integer. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. Output by DPD.
NOEGPSF Integer. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created.
NOEGPSTR Integer. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. Output
by GPSTR2.
NOELDCT Integer. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated.
Output by STDCON.
NOEPT Integer. EPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.
0 generated
-1 not generated
NOEST Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 38.
NOESTL Integer. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1
otherwise. Output by TA1.
NOFORT Integer. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY
Case Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOFREQ Integer. Number of excitation frequencies.
NOFRL Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output
by FRLGEN.
NOGDS1 Integer. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated.
Output by STDCON.
NOGEOM1 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 36.
NOGEOM2 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 37.
NOGEOM3 Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created,
otherwise set to -1. Output by CYCLIC1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 800
Data Blocks

NOGENL Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no
general elements.
NOGOIFP Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was
detected. Output by IFP.
NOGOIFPi Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was
detected. Output by IFPi.
NOGOMEPT Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error
was detected. Output by MODEPT.
NOGOMGM2 Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is
found. Output by MODGM2.
NOGONL Integer. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to
terminate. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
NOGOXSRT Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was
detected. Output by XSORT.
NOGPDCT Integer. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated.
Output by STDCON.
NOGRAV Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data
entry images, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOGUST Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set
to 1. Output by GUST.
NOINT Integer. Number of integer value inputs for PRGNAME.
NOK2 Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is
NOK4GG Integer. Differential stiffness or structural damping generation flag.
Output by EMG.
On input:
>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects
<3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects
On output:
1 If structural damping coefficient (GE) is detected on material
property Bulk Data entry records
-1 Otherwise
Main Index
801 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NOKGG Integer. KELM and KDICT generation flag. Output by EMG.
On input:
0 Generate
-1 Do not generate
On output:
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
NOKBFL Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise.
Output by BMG.
NOKVAL Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set of
harmonic identification numbers. Output by CYCLIC3.
NOL Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong
to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom
in the l-set. Output by GP4.
NOLASM Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and
reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the
SELR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and
SEP3.
NOLOAD Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is
not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOLOADF Integer. Number of load cases per excitation frequency.
NOLOOP Integer. Looping test flag. Output by CASE.
NOM2 Integer. M2GG or M2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if M2GG or M2PP is
NOMAT Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is
requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL
Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMATi Integer. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; 1 otherwise.
Output by MTRXIN.
NOMGEN Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification
number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by MGEN.
NOMGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by
EMG.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 802
Data Blocks

NOMPF2E Integer. Flag to generate O*MPF2E data blocks.
NOMPT Integer. MPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.
0 generated
-1 not generated
NOMR Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and
damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current
superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint
constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by
GP4 or PARAML.
NOMSGSTR Integer. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution is
not desired.
NONAMEi Integer. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1
otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NONCUP Integer. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled
algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are
diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-
diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored. GKAM: If
K2DD, B2DD, and M2dd are purged. then the model is considered
uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
NONLFT Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by
DPD.
NONLHT Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat transfer
elements are detected. Output by EMG.
NONLNR Logical. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear
solution sequence is being executed.
NOOGS1 Integer. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created. Output by
GPSTR2.
NOOPT Integer. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution. Output
by FRLGEN.
Main Index
803 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NOOSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-
of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or
PARAML.
NOOUT Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are
specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOP2G Integer. P2G generation flag. Set to +1 if P2G is generated; -1
otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOPG Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due
to upstream superelements. Output by SELA.
NOPGHD Integer. Page header and eject flag.
0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1 Do not print page header in f06.
-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04.
NOPLOT Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are
specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOPNLT Integer. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.
NOPRT Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case
Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOPSDL Integer. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed,
-1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NOPSLG Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is
requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or SERESP
Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR.
NOQG Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default
of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no
computation.
NOQMG Integer. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of
1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no
computation.
NOQSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
NOQSETF Integer. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.
NOQSETT Integer. Total number of component modes computed for all
superelements including the residual structure.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 804
Data Blocks

NORADMAT Integer. Radiation flag. Output by RMG2.
-2 No radiation
-1 Initial radiation
1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity
2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity
3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity
NORAND Integer. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise.
Output by RANDOM.
NOREAL Integer. Number of real value inputs.
NORM Character. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or
NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX'
selects normalization by maximum displacement.
NORMEV Integer. Eigenvalue normalization flag. Output by DOPR3.
0 Mass normalized
1 Maximum deflection normalized
NORQA Logical. Presence flag for RQA data block. Output by DSTAP2.
NORSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported
degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or
PARAML.
NOSASET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure.
NOSAVE Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the
SENSITY Case Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOSDR2 Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set
output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by
VDR.
NOSE Integer. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no
superelements; 0 otherwise. In SEP1X only, set to number of
superelements if superelements exist. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
NOSECOM Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there
are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands
specified in CASECC. Output by SEP3.
Main Index
805 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NOSEDV Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control
command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any
superelement. Output by SDSB.
NOSEPLOT Integer. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no
SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT)
section. Output by SEP4.
NOSERESP Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP
Case Control command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not
requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.
NOSET Integer. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if
NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-
of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries);
+1 otherwise. Output by GP4, GPSP, and TRLG.
NOSETi Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if
set i exists. Output by PARAML.
NOSIMP Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -
1 if there are no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT.
NOSORT1 Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested
for current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOSORT2 Integer. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested.
Output by MDATA, SDR2, and VDR.
NOSORT2S Integer. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or
x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise. Output by
VDR.
NOSOUT Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution
set output is requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point
constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOSUP Integer. Element summary table request flag.
1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOTEMP Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD
Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1
otherwise. Output by GP3.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 806
Data Blocks

NOTFL Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if
no sets are defined. Output by DPD.
NOTIME Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further
iterations but enough time to perform data recovery. Output by
NLTRD.
NOTRACK Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was
successful. Output by MODTRK.
NOTRL Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD.
NOUDCMP Integer. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by user
parameter.
-1 Solution matrix will be decomposed.
1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed
NOUE Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra
points. Output by DPD or PARAML.
NOUG Integer. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current
superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOUGD Integer. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement
matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
NOUNIT Integer. Number of Fortran input units.
NOUP Integer. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no
superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
Output by SEP2DR and SEDR.
NOXGG Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by
MATREDU.
NOXOUT Integer. SDRX update flag. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.
0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated
NOXPLZER Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are
found. Output by MATMOD option 39.
NOXPP Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by
MATREDU.
Main Index
807 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NOXYPLOT Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are
specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR and
XYTRAN.
NOYSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom with non-null
columns in PHZ.
NOZSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. Also number of
columns in PHZ.
NPROC Integer. Total number of processors.
NQMAX Integer. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned
superelement. See NQSET.
NQSET Integer. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-set).
Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-
freedom.
NR1OFFST Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized
to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output
by DSAD.
to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output
by DSAD and DSADX.
to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output
by DSAD and DSADX.
NRANVAR Integer. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries processed. Output
by DOPR1.
NROW Integer. Number of rows. Output by NORM.
NSEG Integer. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data
entry. Output by CYCLIC1.
NSENQSET Integer. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the
current superelement.
NSKIP Integer. Record number in CASECC with special meanings in the
following applications. Output by GP4, CASE, and BCDR. GP4,
BCDR, and SDR1: The first subcase of the current boundary condition.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 808
Data Blocks

CASE The first subcase of the current boundary
condition (nonlinear statics only) or current
FREQ, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, or SDAMP
condition (frequency response or complex
eigenvalue analysis).
AELOOP Trim subcase counter.
DSARLP Trim subcase counter.
FRRD1 and Record number of current subcase in CASECC
SOLVIT and used only if the SMETHOD command selects
the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values
for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1
then CASECC is not required and the values are
taken from the module specification of the values.
GETCOL Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for
the STATSUB subcase identification number.
GNFM Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis
(SOL 4).
READ and Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the
LANCZOS METHOD set identification number.
LCGEN Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the
LOADSET set identification number.
NLCOMB, Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
PCOMB, and
SDRNL
NLITER and On input: Subcase record number to read in
TOLAPP CASECC. On output: Set to -2 if run is to be
terminated.
NSKIPR Output-integer. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
NSMSID Integer. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control
command.
NSOLT Integer. Column number in solution of previous run that corresponds
to NCOL. Output by TRLG.
Main Index
809 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

NSOUT Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are
output.
NSTEP Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the
beginning of the subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
NSUBGP Integer. The number of subgroups to create in the new set.
NSWELM Integer. Current spot weld element identification number. Output by
MODGM2 and MODGM4.
NSWPPT Integer. Current spot weld projection point identification number.
NTIPS Integer. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created
automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of
domains will be set equal to the number of processors. Output by
SEQP.
NULLMAT Integer. Null matrix flag. Set to -1 if MAT is null.
NULLROW Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear
quantities.
0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output
format
NUMDB Integer. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
NUMDIV Integer. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which
will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
Output by DSGRDM.
1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3
processing
NUMHDOF Integer. The number of modes.
NUMOUT Integer. Output element quantity flag.
>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output
0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute
value of one or more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than
BIGER.
-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than
BIGER.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 810
Data Blocks

NUNIQF6 Integer. Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST
command. Output by MODCASE.
NUMPAN Integer. Number of panels. Output by GP5.
NVECT Integer. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. Output by PCOMB.
NX Integer. Number of extra aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. Output by
ADG.
OADPMAX Integer. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.
OBJIN Real. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Real. Final objective value. Output by DOM9.
OBJSID Integer. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ.
Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in
a particular superelement subcase. Output by MDCASE.
OBJVAL Real. Objective value. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
OCID Integer. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid
point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user
output requests.
1 displacements
2 applied loads
3 spcforces and mpcforces
7 eigenvectors
10 velocities
11 accelerations
Output by SDR2.
ODESMAX Integer. Total number of design cycles performed.
OG Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then
grid point stresses or strains are computed.
OGRAV Integer. PGRV output flag.
> 0 Compute PGRV
<=0 Do not compute PGRV.
OGSTR1 Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Main Index
811 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

OLDDT Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step
to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by
NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
OLDNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g.,
OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc.
OMEGAJ Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos
method.
OMID Character. Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES'
then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate
system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.
OPERATN Character. FORTIO operation.
'EXISTS' Check for assigned physical file existence
'OPEN' Open file
'CLOSE' Close file
OPT Character. DIAGONAL module processing option.
'COLUMN' Extract diagonal to a column matrix and raise all
elements to POWER
'SQUARE' Extract diagonal to a square matrix and raise all
elements to POWER
'WHOLE' Raise all elements to POWER
OPTi Integer. Print control parameters in the TABPRT module.
OPTEXIT Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the “OPTEXIT”
on page 799 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
OPTFLG Integer. DSVG1P application method:
1 Statics
2 Normal modes
3 Ncceleration load
OPTION Character. Response summation method for scaled response spectra
analysis. Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute
SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new)
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 812
Data Blocks

'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old)
ORIGDT Real. Original delta-t for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
ORIGID Integer. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification
numbers. Usually input by user parameter.
OSTEP Integer. Restart step number.
OSWELM Integer. Offset for spot weld element identification numbers.
OSWPPT Integer. Offset for spot weld projection point identification numbers.
OUTFMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to output.
OUTGS1 Character. Output control of OGS1 to modal neutral file.
OUTGSTR1 Character. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.
OUTOPT Integer. CURV module's output option.
OUTSMP Integer. Number of structure modes to output.
OVRWRT Character. DBC database overwrite flag.
PANAME Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created.
Output by ACMG.
PANELMP Integer. Flag to compute panel participation factors.
PARCOMi Character. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed under the
APP=’COMM’ option along with the CASCOMi names.
PARM Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the
PURGEX module.
PARMi Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and
DTIIN.
PARTMETH Integer. PRESOL partitioning method.
9 Extreme
11 MSCMLV
PARTSE Logical. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current
superelement is a partitioned superelement. Output by SEP2DR.
PATH Character. Direction of cyclic transformation:
'FORE' Forward (analysis)
'BACK' Backward (data recovery)
PBCONT Integer. Slideline contact flag.
Main Index
813 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

PCHSET Integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be
written to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.
PDEPDO Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output
by TRLG.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
PEID Integer. Primary superelement identification number. Output by
SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
PENFAC Real. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
PENFN Real. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user
parameter and overrides system cell 375.
PEXIST Logical. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
Pi Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the
DBC module. Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and
PARAML module. Any type. Inputs to MESSAGE module.
PIDINI Integer. The first processor identification number of the parent group
which will be included in the first new subgroup.
PLABEL Character. The label associated with the parent group set.
PLSIZE Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in
the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in
the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not allowed in
the arc-length method. Output by NLITER.
PLTCNT Integer. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. Output by
SEPLOT.
On input:
0 Initialization
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command
PLTNUM Output. Plot frame counter. Output by PLOT, MSGSTRES, and
XYTRAN.
PNLPTV Logical. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then
generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition
the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 814
Data Blocks

PNQALNAM Character. Name of qualifier for panels.
POSTCFLG Integer. POSTCC processing flag.
1 Generate POSTCC
2 POSTCC is specifed as an input
POSTU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data
recovery information.
POUTF Integer. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is
not requested. Output by NLITER and TOLAPP.
POWER Integer. Power of 10 to be multiplied by DET in DCMP and DECOMP.
Exponent to which the real part of each element in A is raised in the
DIAGONAL module.
PREC Integer. Precision of output matrix.
0 Machine-precision
1 Single
2 Double
PRECOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the
STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output by
GETCOL. In ADAMSMNF, PRECOL is the column number of preload
vector in PXA and if PREOL<=0 then there is no preload.
PREFDB Real. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.
PREFONLY Integer. Preface execution only flag in SOLVIT module.
PRESORT Integer. Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted. Output by
MATMOD option 35.
PRGNAME Character. Name of external program called by ISHELL module.
PRGPST Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the
summary is printed.
PRNTOPT Character. MATGPR module print options.
PRJVEROP Character. Operation name.
'GET' Get current project and version
'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version
'SET' Set current project and version
Main Index
815 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version
'RESTART' Get restart project and version
PROCID Integer. Local processor ID.
PROGRAM Character. DBC database format flag.
'XL' MSC.Patram
'GRASP' MSC.Access
PROJ Integer. Project number. Output by PROJVER.
PROPOPT Integer. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are
defined as design variables. Output by DSABO.
PROPTN Integer. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if
PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and
the property to design variable relations will be produced.
PROTYP Integer. Designed property type code. Output by DOPR1.
1 DVPRELi entries exist
2 DVCRELi entries exist
4 DVMRELi entries exist
>0 For combinations add above values
PROUT Integer. Print control for the ELTPRT module.
PRSLOPT Integer. PRESOL Processing option. Output by PRESOL.
PRTOPT Specifies how the results are to be printed:
0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this
module before printing the results.
1 Print the results without a page header.
2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally
only used with a single input matrix).
PRTSWM Logical. UWM 6991 print control flag in NORM module.
PRTUIM Logical. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module.
PSEQOPT Character. p-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or insert
option for p-elements in the SEQP module.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 816
Data Blocks

PSETID Integer. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If
GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set identification number
defined in CASECC which specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET
set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set of nodes and elements to
MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET
sets.
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output;
all grids and elements will be output >0 : All grids and
element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.
PSHLDAMP Character. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4
on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
= SAME Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3,
and MID4 are assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>SAME Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping
properties.
PVALNEW Integer. New p-value set identification number. Output by ADAPT.
QKGUSTL Logical. QKGUST* creation flag. Output by GUSTLDW.
TRUE QKGUST* was created.
FALSE QKGUST* was not created.
Q Real. Dynamic pressure. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
QSETID Integer. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.
QSETREC Integer. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom:
>=0 No records are written.
=-1 SENQSET record to GEOM1W
=-2 SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W
QUALNAM Character. Name of qualifier to be varied when selecting MAPS from
MAPS* in SEMA, SELA, and SEDR modules. Character. Keyword
which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data
section; usually AUXMODEL or SEID. Output by XSORT.
QUALNAMP Character. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.
QUALVAL Integer. QUALNAM value assigned to the Main Bulk Data section.
Main Index
817 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

R1CNT Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by
DOPR3.
R2CNT Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output by
DOPR3.
R3CNT Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by
DOPR3.
RBFAIL Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy
threshold used by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.
RCOLLBLi Character. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed.
Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper
right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then followed by column
number.
RCONFIG Character. Configuration name for rigid aero. Output by AELOOP.
REACT Integer. For zero-th and first harmonic, set to -1 if no support degrees-
of-freedom; +1 if support degrees-of-freedom exist. For harmonics
greater than 1, REACT is always -1. Output by CYCLIC3.
REAL Real. Real part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
REALD Real double precision. Real value in the next record.
REALi Real. Real value for PRGNAME.
RECNUM Integer. Record number of table element. Output by PARAML.
RECVCODE Integer. Receiving processor identification code.
= 0 All non-sending processors are receivers
< 0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a
single receiver
> 0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right
to left corresponds to the processor identification number.
REFC Real. Output by PARAML of AERO data block.
REFi Real. Location of point in the i-th coordinate direction of COORID
about which moments will be computed.
REPEAT Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary
condition; +1 otherwise. Output by GP4.
RESFLG Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used
by the OFP module.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 818
Data Blocks

RESID Integer. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used
only in SOLs 106 and 400.
RESPi Character. Response type.
RESTYP Integer. Optimization results flag.
RGDEXIST Logical. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need
further processing in MODGM4.
RGSENS Logical. Rigid element sensitivity flag. Output by DOPR5 or DSVGP4.
RIGID Character. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and
elimination method, ’LAGR’, ’LGEL’, or ’LNEI’. Usually input by user
parameter. Output by MODGM2.
ROWNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows in
MATGPR output.
RP1 Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2 Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RSEID Integer. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on
the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
RSFLAG Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if
superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by
SEP1X.
RSSTEP Integer. Identification number of the previously executed step.
RSSUBC Integer. Identification number of the previously executed subcase.
RSTEP Integer. Controlled increments counter. Output by NLITER.
RSTFLG Integer. Restart flag.
<=0 cold start
= 1 restart
RSTIME Real. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in
static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).
Main Index
819 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

RUNIFPi Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module
execution is required. Output by IFP.
RUNMEPT Logical. MODEPT module execution flag. Set to TRUE if MODEPT
module execution is required. Output by IFP.
SAERCC Logical. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and
CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
SCNDRY Integer. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if
superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with
PEID>0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
SDFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data
entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output
by DSARLP.
SDRDENS Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID
is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data
recovery.
SDRMETH Integer. Data recovery method flag. Output by OUTPRT.
SDROVR Character. Override for data recovery method flag.
SDRPOPT Character. Principal stress/strain computation selection:
'SDRP' Compute in SDRP
'OFP' Compute in OFP
SEBULK Logical. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if
partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified
for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.
SEDRCNTL Character. Processing list selection.
' ' All superelements will be processed (default).
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be
processed.
SEDWN Integer. Downstream superelement identification number. Output by
SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
SEFLAG Logical. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present. Output
by SEPR1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 820
Data Blocks

SEID Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3
and SEP4, SEID is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are superelements,
then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR and SEDRDR; otherwise 0.
Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR, SEP3, and SEP4.
SENDID Integer. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values
are 1 to the number of processors.
SEP1XOVR Integer. Over-ride bits for module processing.
Bit(s) Value(s) Description
1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection.
4 8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar
Linkages via internal SECONCT entries.
5 16 Print RSCON old/new locations.
6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence.
7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
8 128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other
sets present in the Residual.
9 256 CHKRUN flag for spot welds
10 512 CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds
SEP2CNTL Character. Processing selection.
'ALL' All superelements will be processed
'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case
Control commands
'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case
Control commands
'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL,
SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control
commands.
'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be
processed.
SEP4CNTL Integer. Processing list selection.
Main Index
821 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks

<>'ALL' Only superelements specified on SEDR Case Control
command
SEPRTN Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore
SUPER command.
SEQMETH Integer. Resequencing method.
SEQOUT Integer. SEQP module output options.
SETi Character. Degree-of-freedom set name.
SETKNTR Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member
in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then
SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by PARAML SET option.
SETNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10.
SETNAME Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. SOLVIT, DCMP, READ: For
maximum efficiency, the rows and columns of the input matrices
must correspond to or be a partition of the degree-of-freedom
specified by SETNAME.
SEQP Specifies size of MAT in SEQP module.
SETYPE Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data
entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
'REPEAT' Repeated
'MIRROR' Mirror
'COLLTR' Collector
'EXTRNA' External
'PRIMARY' Primary
SHAPEOPT Integer. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is
activated. Output by DSAM.
SHAPES Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be
TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are
present.
SHFSCL Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be
greater than 0.0.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 822
Data Blocks
SID Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set

identification number is obtained from the METHOD command in
CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in
DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If SID>0, then
METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values
(METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for
Lanczos method only. If SID<0, then both the METHOD command
and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent
parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for
Lanczos method only.
SIGMA Real The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant
heat flux.
SIGN Integer. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG in STATICS or B in SOLVIT.
1 Positive
-1 Negative
SIGNAB Integer. Sign of matrix product in MPYAD.
1 Positive
-1 Negative
SIGNP Integer. Sign of matrix product in SMPYAD.
1 Positive
-1 Negative
SIGNC Integer. Sign of matrix addition in MPYAD.
1 Positive
-1 Negative
SIGNF Integer. Sign of matrix addition in SMPYAD.
1 Positive
-1 Negative
SING Integer. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be
set to -1; otherwise +1. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
SKPMTX Integer. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be generated.
Main Index
823 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
SMEMCC Logical. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least

one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and
CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
SMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.
SMSTCC Logical. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and
CASESMST is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
SNORM Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If
angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT Integer. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0 No print or punch
1 Punch
2 Print only
3 Print and punch
SOFFSET Real. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.
SOLADJC Integer. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied
load vectors
> 0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
< 0 No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
Usually input via user parameter.
SOLAPP Character. Design optimization analysis type.
SOLCUR Integer. Nonlinear loop identification number.
SOLCURR Integer. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
SOLPREL Integer. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
SOLTYP Character. Solution method.
'MODAL' Modal
SORTFLAG Integer. SORT1/SORT2 format flag. Output by SDR2.
SORTNLFT Logical. Sort flag for NLFT records. Usually set to TRUE in nonlinear
solution sequences to improve numerical conditioning.
SORTOPT Integer. Sort option specification.
'DIRECT' Direct
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 824
Data Blocks
SORTP Integer. Transpose flag for displacements, velocities and acceleration

matrix inputs and outputs.
1 columns correspond to time steps
2 rows correspond to time steps
SPC Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SPCGEN Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities
identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk
Data entries.
SPDM Integer. Sparse design model flag. Output by OUTPRT. If -1, then
VGDM must be supplied.
-1 Yes
0 No
SPSELREC Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when
processing last record. Output by RSPEC.
SRCOMPS Character. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios
(OESRT). Usually input by user parameter.
SRTELTYP Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element
types will be filtered and sorted.
SRTOPT Integer. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER.
0 Maximum magnitude
1 Minimum magnitude
2 Maximum algebraic
3 Minimum algebraic
SRTTYP Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on
item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.
START Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input
sequence in the SEQP module.
STARTCOL Integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.
STATCC Logical. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and
CASESTAT is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
Main Index
825 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
STATIC Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for
dynamic analysis.
STATOPT Character. Static solution method.
'DRCT' Direct
'ITER' Iterative.
STATSUB Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number
STEPCUR Integer. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.
Output by NLRSLOOP.
STEPCURL Integer. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the
restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STEPRR Logical. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP
command is allowed in the current solution sequence.
STFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static
response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or
CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1
indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.
STIME Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated
time used for restarts. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
STIMER Real. Load factor (or time) at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STIMES Real. Start time of the current STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STOL Real. State matching tolerance.
STPSCL Real. Shape step size scaling factor.
STRUCTMP Integer. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.
SUBCUR Integer. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point.
Output by NLRSLOOP.
SUPAERO Character. Method for supersonic aero; 'ZONA' or 'CPM'.
SUPER Integer. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling
of multipoint constraints in the SEQP module.
SUPORT Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number
SWCHECK Logical. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in
CHKRUN. Output by SEP1X.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 826
Data Blocks
SWEXIST Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld
elements exist. Output by MODGM2.
SYM Integer. Symmetric partition or merge flag.
0 Symmetric; i.e., CP is used for RP
<>0 Asymmetric; i.e., CP and RP are distinct
SYMFLG Complex. Scale factor.
SYMXY Integer. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYMXZ Integer. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYS66 Integer. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
T Integer. Transpose flag for first matrix input to MPYAD.
1 Transpose
0 Do not transpose
TABID Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all
requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for
the curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and
increase by one for each table punched. Output by XYTRAN.
TABS Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16
when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
TADJCOL Integer. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for
supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements. Output
by DOPR3 and DSAD.
TCOLADJ Integer. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all superelements.
TEMPSID Integer. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained
from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use
in stress recovery of differential stiffness.
TESTNEG Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis.
Output by CASE.
TFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim
responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.
TFLID Integer. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored
if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.
THRESH Integer. Exponent of 10 which defines the pivoting threshold for
unsymmetric decomposition.
Main Index
827 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Ti Integer. Transpose flag for first four matrices input to SMPYAD.

1 Transpose
0 Do not transpose
2 Perform [A][B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only
meaningful when A is complex.
3 Perform [A] [B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only
meaningful when [A] is complex.
TINY Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less
than TINY will not be printed.
TIPSCOL Integer. The number of tip superelements upstream of each
downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'. Output by
SEQP.
TITLEi Character. Titles for VECPLOT module printed output.
TOLABEL Character. The label associated with the new group set.
TOLAPPF Integer. Nonlinear analysis type:
1 Nonlinear transient
0 Nonlinear statics
TOLRSC Real. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
TOTALK Integer. Total number of harmonics. Output by CYCLIC1.
TOUT Integer. TRLG processing flag.
<1 Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
1 All time steps
2 Same as <1 except RPX is input
TRD2OPT Integer. TRD2 output option.
1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
2 Output based on every time step
TRL5Ti Integer. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.
TSTART Integer. CPU clock time at entry to FA1. Output by FA1 and FA2. On
output from FA2, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another
DMAP loop.
TSTATIC Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping
forces.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 828
Data Blocks
TVALUE Integer. Trailer value. Output by PARAML and SCALAR.

TVOLFL Integer. Total volume flag. Output by SDSA.
TWGTFL Integer. Total weight flag. Output by SDSA.
TWODIV Output. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag.
0 No previous divergence on this load step.
1 One previous divergence on this load step.
TYPE Integer. Type of output matrix.
UNCOUP Logical. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS
which is optimal for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
UNITNO Integer. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
UNSYMF Character. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact
stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for
slideline contact.
UPFM Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set
NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary matrices.
UPSECC Logical. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if
SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in
the output list. Output by MDCASE.
USETBIT Integer. Decimal equivalent of bit position of a degree-of-freedom set.
Output by PARAML.
USETADD Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this
amount.
USETOP Character. Name of desired operation.
VALUED Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and
ICOL-th column in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR.
VERS Integer. Version number. Output by PROJVER.
VOLS Real. Total volume of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
VREF Real. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
VUBEAM Character. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUELJUMP Integer. Delta between view-element identification numbers.
VUENEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-element. Output
by DVIEWP and VIEWP.
Main Index
829 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
VUEXIST Logical. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist.

Output by DVIEWP and VIEWP.
VUGJUMP Integer. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.
VUGNEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by
DVIEWP and VIEWP.
VUHEXA Character. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Character. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUQUAD4 Character. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTETRA Character. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUTRIA3 Character. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
W3 Real. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous
damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4 Real. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform structural
damping in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by
user parameter.
WGTS Real. Total weight of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
WGTVOL Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
WRDNUM Integer. Word number of table element. Output by PARAML.
WTMASS Real. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
WVFLG Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain
any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set
to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified on the DRESP1
Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by MDCASE.
XFLAG Integer. Strain energy method selection.
0 Elemental force
1 Cross displacement
XNORM Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output
by NORM.
XNORMD Real-double precision. Same as XNORM except in double precision.
XTYPE Integer. Type of element matrix data:
0 Stiffness
1 Damping
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 830
Data Blocks
2 Mass
XYSET Character. Degree-of-freedom set type.
'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set)
'DSET' d-set
'HSET' h-set
'PSET' p-set
XYUNIT Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes
design optimization x-y plot data.
YOUNGM Real. Young's modulus.
Main Index
831 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
ZCOLLCT Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level
of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single
final collector will be added. Output by SEQP.
ZFREQ Integer. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero
frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
Parameter Naming Conventions

LUSET "Length of USET"; i.e., number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set. For example, LUSETD (d-set), LUSETS (superelement)
Sometimes, and more rightly, called NOGSET.
NO__SET Number of degrees-of-freedom in the __-set (=-1 if none)
NORC Set to -1 if there is no c-set and no r-set.
NO_____ "no" _____ (e.g.; no data block) exists or can be found
ALWAYS Initialized and always assumed to be -1
NEVER Initialized and always assumed to be 0
NP Local usage or dummy
NOGO Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module call)
Must be trapped immediately.
Main Index
832 CHAPTER 2
Data Blocks
Main Index
CHAPTER
NASTRAN Data Definition Language
3 (NDDL)
■ NDDL Summary
■ Detailed Description of NDDL Statements
Main Index
834
3.1 NDDL Summary

The NDDL (MD Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes:
1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the MD Nastran
database.
2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP
statement, for determining which MD Nastran generated data blocks or
parameters or both will be stored on the database.
3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block
data structure.
4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for
selecting from the hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the
form of flat tables, thus admitting them to relational database manipulation.
5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic
modified restarts.
Descriptions of NDDL Statements
DATABLK Define a data block’s name, path, and location and describe its
contents.
DEPEN Define a data block, parameter, or virtual parameter to be dependent
upon other data block(s), parameter(s) or virtual parameter(s).
PARAM Define a parameter’s name, type, path, location, and default value.
PATH List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or
parameter via the NDDL.
QUAL Define a qualifier’s name, type and default value
Main Index
835
3.2 Detailed Description of NDDL Statements

Syntactical Descriptions
In the descriptions of the NDDL statements, the following notations are used:
1. Slashes, colons, and parentheses must be specified as shown.
2. Uppercase letters are keywords and must be specified as shown.
3. Lowercase letters represent variables, the permissible values of which are
indicated in the descriptive text.
4. Shaded words indicate the default.
5. One or more items in square brackets [] are optional. If the describers are stacked
vertically, then only one may be specified.
6. One or more items in braces {} must be specified. If the describers are stacked
vertically, then only one may be specified.
Main Index
836 DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken
down into the following entities:
1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries.
2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record.
3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number,
character string, or logical.
Format:
DATABLK,db_name,PATH=pathname,LOCATION=loc_param,
MATRIX
UNSTRUCTURED
SAMEAS,sname
TYPE = TABLE [ ( style ) ] EOF
db_description
KDICT
KELM
where:
style = the db_description has special rules. Only TABLE(OFP) and
TABLE(CASE) are allowed.
SAMEAS = the db_description on another DATABLK, sname statement.
db_description = one or more record descriptions providing a word-by-word
description of each record in which each word (or item) is
assigned a name and type.
(*) rec_description
RECORD , , EOR
= rec_name [ ( h1 [ ,h2 [ ,h3 ] ] ) ] SAMEAS, srec_name
where:
RECORD(*) = rec_description defines all records. It can only be specified once
following RECORD=HEADER.
RECORD = rec_name[(h1[,h2[,h3]]] assigns a name to the record and may
optionally indicate that the record begins with one to three integers
called header words. This format may be specified more than once.
Only a few data blocks have this type of record; such as IFP module
output data blocks.
Main Index
DATABLK 837
rec_description contains one or more of the following record components that may be
repeated and in any order:
• item_component defines a single item.

• entry_component defines a description of one or more record components
and may be repeated in the record.
• either_component defines a description of one or more record components
and is conditional upon the value of another item anywhere in the record.
item_component has one of the following forms:
rep_count
item_name   , item_type,
C
UNDEF, rep_count,
where:
rep_count = the number of times the item is repeated. The default is zero.
C = item_name is referenced by BACK in an either_component or COUNT
in an entry_component
• item_type is:
Item Type Description

I Integer
RS Real-single precision
RD Real-double precision
RX Real machine precision
CS Complex-single precision
CD Complex-double precision
CX Complex machine precision
CHARi Character (i = length)
LOGICAL Logical
Main Index
838 DATABLK
• UNDEF indicates a dummy item that is one machine-word in length.
entry_component has the following form:

ENTRY[=entry-name],
rec_component,
 
  n  
 COUNT =   
  item_name  
ENDENTRY,  
  EOR 
 WITH,  
  ( end_value1,end_value2,… )  
 
where:
rec_component = partial record description or item_component.
COUNT = the number of times the entry occurs in the record. item_name
specifies the name of an item in the record whose value will
specify the number of occurrences and n specifies a constant
integer value for the number of occurrences.
SAMEAS = an entry description specified on another ENTRY=sentry_name.
end_valuei = numeric value(s) that identifies the end of repeating ENTRY...
ENDENTRY grouping.
If EOR = specified then no more rec_components follow in the record and
RECORD or EOF must follow.
ENDENTRY = required and terminates the entry_components.
Main Index
DATABLK 839
either_component has the following form:
 AHEAD 
EITHER,  ( item_name [ ,func_code ] ) = item_val1,
 BACK 
rec_component1,
[ OR , item_val2,
rec_component2,]
OR, item_valn,
[ rec_component]
[OR,
rec_component(n+1)]
ENDEITH,
where:
AHEAD or BACK = an item defined elsewhere in the record.
OR = the beginning of an optional description of the
item=item_valn.
The last OR component does not have to be followed by an
item_val.
ENDEITH = required and terminates the either_component.
Keywords:
TYPE Defines the class or characteristics of information it contains.

TABLE A collection of records.
TABLE (CASE) Special style of table for Case Control tables.
TABLE (OFP) Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP module.
MATRIX A M by N dimensional array of related items obeying the rules of
matrix algebra.
UNSTRUCTURED The data block has no description. db_description, and SAMEAS
will be ignored.
EOR End of record description.
EOF End of the data block description.
Main Index
840 DATABLK
Variables:
db_name Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first
character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used
for datablock-names: A through Z and 0 through 9.
pathname Name of the path, which is also referenced on a PATH statement.
loc_param Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset
name. See the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS
statement.
rec_name Record name. Optional.
entry_name Entry name. Optional.
item_name Item name. Item_name may have an integer argument and would
then take the form: item_name(i) where i is an explicit integer
value.
item_vali Item value.
func_code Function code. Optional. Specifies the function to perform on the

value found in the data block referenced by item_name, before
comparing to item_val.
Func_code Operation
1 item_name / 1000
2 mod( item_name, 100 )
3 mod( item_name, 1000 ) / 100
4 item_name / 10
5 mod( item_name, 10 )
6 if iand(item_name,8) <>0 then set to 0, else set to 1
7 if (item_name/1000=0) or 2 then set to 0 else 4 or 5
then set to 2, else set to 1
8 rightmost 16 bits of item_name
>65535 iand(item_name,iand(func_code,65535))
Remarks:
1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block.
At any given instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the
description may not physically exist in any given data block.
Main Index
DATABLK 841
2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data
between machine types they are considered integer zero.
Examples:
1. The simplest DATABLK statement might be of the form:
DATABLK,INDATA,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN,EOF
A more complex specification of a DATABLK statement is of the form:
DATABLK,GEOM4S,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,SAMEAS,
GEOM4,EOF
In the above statement, SAMEAS,GEOM4 specifies that GEOM4S has the same
data block description specified under the DATABLK,GEOM4 statement.
2. Consider the following:
DATABLK ,EQEXIN,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
RECORD=EXT2INT,
GRIDID,I,INTERNAL,I,
EOR,
RECORD=EXT2SIL,
GRIDID,I,TENXSIL,I,EOR,EOF
The NAME(2) above represents a two word item with each word four characters
in length. The RECORD=EXT2INT gives this particular record the record-name
EXT2INT. In the record named EXT2INT there are two integer items called
GRIDID and INTERNAL. These two groups are repeated until the EOR is
encountered.
A simple ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping is:
RECORD=MAT9(2603,26,300),
MID,I,
ENTRY=GEES,
G(21),RS,
ENDENTRY,
RHO,RS,...,
EOR,
In the above example it was found convenient to group the Gs into an ENTRY-
ENDENTRY group called GEES. The group contains 21 entries. The group items
can be accessed as a whole group or as individual members. Also note the
(2603,26,300) entry. Internally, for many records, MD Nastran sees not the record
name e.g., MAT9, but rather the describer e.g.,(2603,26,300).
Another example of an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is as follows:
RECORD=CYJOIN(5210,52,257),
SIDE,I,C,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
Main Index
842 DATABLK
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
EOR,
In this example the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group in the CYJOIN record consists
of an indefinite number of G1 data-items. When the value -1 (which is physically
part of the record) is encountered, repetition of the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group
will stop. Another similar example is of the form:
RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17),
SID,I,...,
ENTRY,
G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS,
ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR,
In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is
encountered in the record. A complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups
is shown next.
RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187),
EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I,
ENTRY,
WT1,RS,C1,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-2,
ENTRY,
GM1,I,CM1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-3,
EOR,
In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another
ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in
another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, it must be entirely contained in the
particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group of this example uses
the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular
example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer
ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is
encountered, another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is
executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The record is
continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered.
The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table
formats including an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping.
RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247),
SEID,I,C,I,
EITHER,0,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
Main Index
DATABLK 843
OR,1,
G1,I,G2,I,
OR,-1
ENDEITH,
EOR,
The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry
RELEASE. The ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of
grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first OR represents a “THRU” option
while the second OR represents a “ALL” option.
Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows:
,...,
ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY,
This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an
ENTRY=NONLIN grouping, which is in the same data block and comes
physically before the SOLDSP entry.
The COUNT = n is shown in the next example:
,...,
RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262)
PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,
C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS,
EOR, ...
The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly
described. Thus there are 11 such entries.
The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR
,...,
UNUSED(67),I,
LSEM(C),I,
ENTRY,
COEF,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM,
ENTRY=SETS,
SETID,I,
LSET(C),I,
ENTRY,
SET,I,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET,
ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF
The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM.
Main Index
844 DATABLK
The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an
EOR is reached. SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the
ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group.
The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length.
RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0),
EID,I,PID,I,
UNDEF,18,
EOR,
Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither,
the item-name or data-type are defined.
The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name).
RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180),
EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I,
EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1,
X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I
OR,2,
GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I,
ENDEITH, ...
In this example, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer, to
determine the appropriate description.N
Main Index
DEPEN 845
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block,

parameter, or virtual parameter.
Format:
 dep_db_name ( DB )   indep_db_namei ( DB ) 
DEPEN    
 dep_param_name ( P )  ⁄  indep_param_namei ( DB ) [ : desc_loc ] [ ,… ] 
   
 dep_virtual_name ( VP )   indep_virtual_namei ( VP ) 
Meaning: dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of

indep_* changes, or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module
detects changes and marks dep_* for deletion.
Variables:
dep_* Dependent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by

DB, P, or VP, respectively.
indep_* Independent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by
DB, P, or VP, respectively.
desc_loc Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the
format is
[ record_name ] [ : [ entry_name ] ] [ : [ item_name ] ]
Remarks:
1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the
dependency is limited to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example,
DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes
DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C
changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D
of record C changes
2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK
description, then leave these fields blank but specify the colon.
Main Index
846 DEPEN
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
Examples:
1. EPTS example:
DEPEN EPTS TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEIDI LOCATION=IFPX,
SAMEAS,EPT,EOF
DATABLK EPT TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFPI LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=PBAR(52,20,181)
PID,I,MID,I,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,FE,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS
,E1,TS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,K1,RS,K2,RS,I12,RS,EOR,
RECORD=PBEAM(5402,54,262),
PID,I,MID,I,NI,CCF,I,X,RS,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
SO,RS,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,
J,RS,NSM,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,
E2,RS,F1,RS,R2,RS,ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,TS,K2,RS,S1,RS,S2,RS,NSIA,RS,NSIB,RS,CWA,RS,
CWB,RS,M1A,RS,M2A,RS,M1B,RS,M2B,RS,
N1A,RS,N1B,RS,N2A,RS,N2B,RS,EOR,
DEPEN EPTSK(VP)/EPTS:PBAR::PID,EPTS:PBAR::MID,
EPTS:PBAR::A,
.
.
.
EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:A,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I1,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I2,
2. GEOM1S example:
DATABLK GEOM1S TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEID LOCATION=IFPX,
SAMEAS,GEOM1,EOF
DATABLK GEOM1 TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFP LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=GRID(4501,45,1),
ID,I,CP,I,X1,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,CD,I,PS,I,SEID,I,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=SEQGP(5301,53,4),
ID,I,SEQID,I,EOR,
.
.
EOF
DEPEN NODES(VP)/GEOM1S:GRID::ID,GEOM1S:GRID::CP,
GEOM1S:GRID:::X1,GEOM1S:GRID::X2,GEOM1S:GRID::X3,
GEOM1S:GRID::CD $
DEPEN GPLS / NODES(VP,SNODES(VP) $
DEPEN LUSETS(P) /GPLS,GEOM1S:SEQGP $
PARA
Main Index
PARAM 847
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
PARAM Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
Defines parameters that require a path and/or dbset location.
Format:
PARAM parameter-name[=default-value] TYPE=data-type,

PATH=path-name LOCATION=dbset-name $
Variables:
parameter-name The name of the parameter; 1 through 8 characters in length. The

first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be
used for parameter-names A through Z and 0 through 9. Any other
characters are invalid.
default-value The explicit default value of the parameter. If no default value is
given, CHARi defaults to a “blank” and all others default to zero.
data-type The data type. Possible data types are as follows:
Description data-type
Integer I
Real single precision RS
Real double precision RD
Complex single precision CS
Complex double CD
precision
Character CHARi, where i = 1
through 80
Logical LOGICAL
path-name The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH
statement.
dbset-name The variable character parameter name with a value that
corresponds to a DBset name. Its default value must be defined on
another PARAM NDDL statement and cannot be blank.
Main Index
848 PARAM
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
Remarks:
1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement.
Any default value set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored.
2. DBset-name parameters in LOCATION must be assigned to MASTER.
3. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
Examples:
PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,MESH=’NO’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,DBUP=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
PARAM,DBDN=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
Main Index
PATH 849
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements
PATH Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM

NDDL statements
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL
statements.
Format:
PATH pathname qual-name1, qual-name2, ...
Variables:
path-name Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character
must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for
path-names: A through Z and 0 through 9. The path-name may be
referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or PARAM statements
with PATH=path-name.
qual-namei A list of qualifiers that are defined on QUAL NDDL statements.
Example:
The path DMSL specifies qualifiers MODEL, SEID, and LID.
PATH DMSL MODEL,SEID,LID $
Main Index
850 QUAL
Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
QUAL Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
Defines qualifiers that are referenced on the PATH NDDL statement.
Format:
QUAL(qtype) qual-name1=default-value1
qual-name2=default-value2,...
Variables:
qtype Type of qualifier.
Description qtype
Integer I
Real single precision RS
Real double precision RD
Complex single precision CS
Complex double precision CD
Character CHARi, where i=1,80
Logical LOGICAL
qual-namei Name of the qualifier referenced on a PATH NDDL statement.

default-valuei Default value of the qualifier. Character values must be enclosed in
single quotation marks.
Remarks:
1. qual-namei may be referenced on one or more PATH NDDL statements.
2. The TYPE,PARM,NDDL DMAP statement must be used to declare the qualifier
in the subDMAP.
3. Qualifiers may be modified in the subDMAP in the same manner as variable
parameters.
Example:
The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE
and their defaults.
QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1
Main Index
MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide+
CHAPTER
DMAP Modules and Statements
4
■ DMAP Module and Statement List
■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary
■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
Main Index
852
4.1 DMAP Module and Statement List

Descriptions of the most common and easy-to-use DMAP modules and statements are
contained in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on
page 860, arranged alphabetically. Conditional statements IF, IF ( ) THEN, ELSE, ELSE
IF ( ) THEN, ENDIF, DO WHILE, ENDDO, JUMP, and LABEL are described in
“Control Statement” on page 31. The Assignment (=) statement is described in
“Assignment Statement” on page 19, and the Function statements are described in
“Function Statement” on page 20. Descriptions for all other modules are contained in
the MSC.Nastran Programmer’s Manual.
Matrix Modules
ADD MERGE SOLVE
ADD5 MPYAD SOLVIT
CEAD NORM TRNSP
DCMP PARTN UMERGE
DECOMP READ UMERGE1
DIAGONAL RESMOD UPARTN
FBS SMPYAD
Utility Modules
APPEND LAMX PARAML
COPY MATGEN PRTPARM
DBC MATGPR PVT
DBDICT MATMOD RESTART
DMIIN MATOFP RMDUPBLK
DRMS1 MATPCH SCALAR
DTIIN MATPRN SEQP
ELTPRT MATPRT TABEDIT
IFP MODTRL TABPRT
IFP1, . . . IFP10 MTRXIN TABPT
IFPBSH2 OFP VEC
INPUTT2 OUTPUT2 VECPLOT
INPUTT4 OUTPUT4 XSORT
Main Index
853
Executive Modules and Statements

DBVIEW
DELETE
EQUIVX
FILE
MESSAGE
PURGEX
Miscellaneous Modules and Statements

ACMG CURV DOPR3X DSFLTF
ADAMSMNF CURVPLOT DOPR4 DSGRDM
ADAMSRBM CYCLIC1 DOPR5 DSMA
ADAPT CYCLIC2 DOPR6 DSPRM
ADG CYCLIC3 DOPRAN DSTA
ADJMOD CYCLIC4 DPD DSTAP2
ADR DBDELETE DRMH1 DSVG1
AELOOP DBEQUIV DRMH3 DSVG1P
AEMODEL DBSTATUS DRMT1 DSVG2
AFPMP DDR2 DSABO DSVG3
AIEMGA DDRMM DSAD DSVGP4
AMG DISDCMP DSADJ DSVGP5
AMP DISFBS DSADX DUMMOD1-4
APD DISOFPM DSAE DVIEWP
ASDR DISOFPS DSAF DYNCXPNT
ASG DISOPT DSAH EFFMAS
AXMDRV DISPARM DSAJ ELFDR
AXMPR1 DISUTIL DSAL EMA
AXMPR2 DIVERG DSAM EMAKFR
BDRYINFO DLT2SLT DSAN EMG
BCDR DMPCASE DSAP ESTINDX
BGCASO DOM10 DSAPRT EXPORTLD
BGICA DOM11 DSAR FA1
BGP DOM12 DSARLP FA2
BMG DOM6 DSARME FBODYLD
BNDSPC DOM9 DSARMG FORTIO
CAMPREP DOPFS DSARSN FRLG
CASE DOPR1 DSAW FRLGEN
CMPZPR DOPR2 DSDVRG FRQDRV
CMSENGY DOPR3 DSFLTE FRRD1FRRD2
Main Index
854
GENTRAN MCE1 OPTGP0 SEMA

GETCOL MCEMCFRACT ORTHOG SEP1
GETMKL MDATA OUTPRT SEP1X
GI MDBNZO PCOMB SEP2
GIC2C MDCASE PFCALC SEP2CT
GKAM MDISUTIL PLOT SEP2DR
GNFM MGEN PLTHBDY SEP2X
GP0 MKCNTRL PLTSET SEP3
GP1 MKCSTMA PLTMSG PROJVER
GP2 MKRBVEC PNCHGRP RANDOM
GP3 MKSPLINE PNMKGRP SHPCAS
GP4 MODACC PRESOL SMA3
GP5 MODCASE PROJVER SSG1
GPFDR MODENRGY RANDOM SSG2
GPJAC MODEPF RBMG3 SSG3
GPSP MODEPOUT RBMG4 SSG4
GPSTR1 MODGDN RMG2 STATICS
GPSTR2 MODGM4 ROTOR ST2DYN
GPSTRPBX MODQSET ROTRD1 STDCON
GPWG MODTRK ROTRD2 STRSORT
GUST MODUSET ROTRUTL TA1
GUSTLDW MONVEC RSPEC TAFF
GYROLD MONVEC3 SCE1 TAHT
IFPINDX MPP SDP TASNP1
IFT MPPTRAN SDR1 TASNP2
ILMP1 MRGCOMP SDR2 TOLAPP
ILMP2 MRGMON SDR3 TRD1
ILMPGPF MRGCSTM SDRCOMP TRD2
INDXBULK MSGHAN SDRHT TRLG
INTERR MSGSTRES SDRNL UEIGL
ISHELL NASSETS SDRP UGVADD
LANCZOS NDINTERP SDRX UREDUC
LCGEN NEWUSET SDRXD VDR
LMATPRT NLCOMB SDSA VIEW
MACOFP NLHARM SDSB VIEWP
MAKAEFA NLICLOOP SDSC WEIGHT
MAKAEFS NLITER SECONVRT XYPLOT
MAKAEMON NLRSLOOP SEDR XYTRAN
MAKCOMP NLRSMAP SEDRDR
MAKENEW NLSOLV SEEFMBND
MAKEOLD NLTRD SEEFMCLF
MAKMON NLTRD2 SEEFMDMP
MASSCOMB NLTRLG SEEFMLST
MATGEN NSMEPT SEEFMNON
MATREDU OFPINDX SEEFMOUT
Main Index
855
4.2 DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary

Following is a summary description of the modules described in detail in the next
subsection and a listing of obsolete modules.
Matrix Modules
Module Basic Operation
ADD [X ] = α[A ] ⊕ β[B]
ADD5 [X ] = α[A ] + β[B ] + λ[C ] + ∆[ D] + ε[ E]
CEAD 2
Solves for p and { φ } in ( [ M ]p + [ B ] p + [ K ] ) { φ } = { 0 }
DECOMP,DCMP [A ] → [ L] [U]
DIAGONAL
[ A ] → a P or [ A ] → a P
ii ij
FBS –1
[ X ] = ±( [ L ][ U ] ) [ B ]
MERGE
[ A ] → A11 A12
A21 A22
MPYAD T
[ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] ± [ C ] or [ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] ± [ C ]
NORM [ X ] = [ A ] normalized to 1.0 maximum in each column
PARTN
[ A ] ← A11 A12
A21 A22
READ, Solves for λ and { φ } in ( [ K ] – λ [ M ] ) { φ } = { 0 }

LANCZOS
SMPYAD T
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] ± [ F ] or [ A ] [ B ] [ A ]
SOLVE, SOLVIT –1
[ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] or ± [ A ]
–1
TRNSP [X] = [A]

T
UMERGE  PHIA 
{ PHIF } ←  --------------- 
 PHIO 
Main Index
856
Module Basic Operation

UMERGE1
K jj K jl
[ K ii ] ← or K jl ← K jj K jl
K lj K ll
UPARTN
K jj K jl  Pj 
[ K ii ] ← or { P i } →  ----- 
K lj K ll  Pl 
Utility Modules
Module Basic Function
APPEND Concatenates two data blocks.
COPY Copies a data block.
DBC Converts data blocks for model generation and results processing.
DBDICT Prints database directory tables with optional user-selectable
format.
DMIIN Converts DMI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
DRMS1 Recovers data by mode superposition.
DTIIN Converts DTI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
ELTPRT Prints element summary information.
IFP1 Reads in the Case Control Section.
IFP, IFP3 Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables.
through IFP9
INPUTT2 Reads data blocks from FORTRAN-readable files.
INPUTT4 Reads matrices from FORTRAN-readable files.
LAMX Edits or generates real or complex eigenvalue summary table.
MATGEN Generates special matrices, such as identities, etc.
MATGPR Prints matrices with grid point and component identification.
MATMOD Transforms a collection of input matrices into output matrices.
MATPCH Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data
entries.
MATPRN Prints general matrix data blocks (10 items per line).
Main Index
857
Module Basic Function

MATPRT Prints matrix data blocks (6 items per line).
MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress data blocks from SDR2.
MESSAGE Prints user defined messages.
MODACC Partitions solution vectors based on the OTIME or OFREQ Case
Control command.
MODTRL Modifies data block trailer data.
MTRXlN Converts DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
OFP Provides user-oriented self-explanatory formats for data blocks
prepared by other functional modules (e.g., READ, CEAD, SDR2,
etc.).
OUTPUT2 Writes tables or matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
OUTPUT4 Writes matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
PARAML Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
PRTPARM Prints parameter values and DMAP error messages.
PVT Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data
PARAM entries.
RESTART Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined
in the NDDL.
SCALAR Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
SEQP Generates a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices.
TABEDlT Edits tables.
TABPRT Prints selected table data blocks using user-oriented formats.
TABPT Prints table data blocks.
TIMETEST Computes timing data.
VEC Generates partitioning vector.
VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of vectors.
XSORT Reads in the Bulk Data Section.
Main Index
858
Executive Modules and Statements

Module or
Basic Function
Statement
DBVIEW Creates a virtual data block from an NDDL data block.
DELETE Deletes a data block(s) from the database.
EQUIVX Assigns another name to a data block.
FILE Defines special data block characteristics to DMAP compiler.
PURGEX Flags a data block as empty on the database.
TYPE Identifies NDDL data blocks and parameters.
Obsolete Modules and Statements

The following modules are obsolete and are not described in this guide. They are
either no longer available or not recommended:
DMAP Module or
Alternate Method or Modules
Statement
COND IF and IF ( ) THEN statement
DBDIR DBDICT statement
DYNCTRL None
DYNREDU None
EQUIV EQUIVX module
INREL SubDMAP SEMR3
PARAM Function and assignment statements
PARAMR Function and assignment statements
PURGE PURGEX module
RBMG2 DECOMP
REIGL READ module
REPT DO WHILE statement
SCE1 UPARTN
SETVAL Assignment statement
SMP2 UPARTN, MPYAD, SMPYAD
Main Index
859
DMAP Module or
Alternate Method or Modules
Statement
TASN TASNP2
Main Index
860
4.3 Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and

Statements
The following descriptions of commonly used DMAP modules are in alphabetical
order.
Main Index
ACMG 861
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points
on a given structural panel.
ACMG PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/
 AGG 
  /
 APART 
LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/
PNLPTV $
Input Data Blocks:
PANSLT Panel static load table.

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table.
CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
SIL Scalar index list.
ECT Element connectivity table.
EQACST Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural
grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids
which lie within the acoustic face.
EQEXIN Equivalence between external grid/scalar and internal identification
numbers.
EDT Element deformation table. Contains SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:
AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural

panel.
APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE.
Main Index
862 ACMG
Parameters:
LUSET Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
MPNFLG Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.
NUMPAN Input-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
PANAME Output-character-default='NASTPANL'. Name of the panel whose
coupling matrix is created.
IPANEL Input-integer-default=1. Number of records to skip to get the required
data in the PANSLT table.
MATCH Input-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.
0 Matching mesh
1 Nonmatching mesh
PNLPTV Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel participation/partition vector flag.

If TRUE, then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used
to partition the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling
matrix.
Remarks:
1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module,
whereas the IPANEL parameter is incremented in DMAP.
2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is
to be considered. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a
coordinate system other than basic.
Example:
Compute global coupling matrices for all points:
GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/
S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $
ACMG PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/
AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $
Main Index
ACMG 863
Compute coupling matrices for all structural panels:
GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/
MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $
IPANEL=1 $
DO WHILE ( IPANEL<=NUMPAN ) $
ACMG MPNSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,MNRTAB,EQEXINS/
ABE/LUSETS/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH $
IPANEL=IPANEL+1 $
ENDDO $ IPANEL<=NUMPAN
Main Index
864 ADAMSMNF
Generate files for MSC.Adams
ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams

Generate modal neutral files using the MSC.Adams/FLEX MNF toolkit.
Format:
ADAMSMNF UNITS,BGPDT,GEOM2,GEOM4,CMBXPHG,MABXWGG,MXWAA,KXWAA,
PXA,GPSETS,ELSET,OGS1,OGSTR1,OGPWGBW,CASECC,PCDB/
BAAEA,OGS1P,OGTR1P/
M9I/
QUALNAM/SEID/NOSE/LUSET/NOASET/MNFOUT/OUTGS1/
OUTGSTR1/MINVAR/PSETID/CCSET/PRECOL/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
UNITS Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points.
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
CMBXPHG Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate
system and and row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence.
MABXWGG Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic
coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence, and divided by WTMASS.
MXWAA Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification
number sequence and divided by WTMASS.
KXWAA Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid
identification number sequence and divided by WTMASS.
PXA Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(PLOT) Section of Case
Control.
OGS1 Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.
OGSTR1 Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Main Index
ADAMSMNF 865
OGPWGBW Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate
system divided by WTMASS.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images.
PCDB Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.
BAAEA Modal damping matrix.
OGS1P Table of grid point stresses due to preload.
OGSTR1P Table of grid point strains due to preload.
Output Data Blocks:
M9I Table of the nine mass invariants.
Parameters:
QUALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting

data blocks qualified by SEID.
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.
NOSE Input-integer-default=0. Number of superelements extracted from
trailer of SEMAP.
LUSET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set.
NOASET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-
set.
MNFOUT Input-character-default='MNF'. Output control of modal neutral file
and nine mass invariants, M9I:
'MNF' Modal neutral file only
'NINEMAI' M9I only
'BOTH' Modal neutral file and M9I
OUTGS1 Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGS to modal neutral
file.
OUTGSTR1 Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal
neutral file.
MINVAR Input-character-default='FULL'. Type of coupling for output of nine
mass invariants, M9I:
CONSTANT' 1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
Main Index
866 ADAMSMNF
'PARTIAL' All except 5 and 9

'FULL' All
'NONE' None
PSETID Input-integer-default=-1. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and

ELSET record. If GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set
identification number defined in CASECC which specifies a collection
of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set of nodes
and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all
grids and elements will be output.
>0 All grids and element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.
CCSET Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number which
specifies a set of grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN
option. (Reserved for possible future implementation.)
PRECOL Input-integer-default=-1. Column number of preload vector in PXA. If
PRECOL<=0, then there is no preload.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
Remarks:
1. The invariants can be output to the MNF file only if MINVAR<>'NONE'.
Main Index
ADAMSRBM 867
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
ADAMSRBM Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results

Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results.
Format:
ADAMSRBM RBH,UGX,CSTM,BGPDT/URGB/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
RBH Large motion matrix computed by MSC.ADAMS. RBH contains six

rows: the first 3 rows are large translations and the next 3 rows are
Euler angles.
UGX Solution matrix in g-set from frequency or transient response
analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
UGRB UGX matrix updated with large motion (RBH).
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response.
'TRANRESP' Transient response.
Main Index
868 ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of
p-values for next adaptivity loop.
Format:
ADAPT CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT,
CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,
GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/
PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/
S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Case Control table.

EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
EDT Element deformation table. Contains ADAPT Bulk Data entries.
EST Element summary table.
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value
dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship between each
p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.
ETT Element temperature table.
PVAL0 p-value table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement
or adaptivity loop.
ERROR0 Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous
superelement or adaptivity loop.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.
Main Index
ADAPT 869
OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.
GPSNT Grid point shell normal table.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work.
LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.
GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration.
Output Data Blocks:
PVAL1 p-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

ERROR1 Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity
loop.
GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration.
Parameters:
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects
the Full Product Space set.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'STATICS' or 'REIGEN'.
ADPTIND Input-integer-no default. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
SEID Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.
PVALNEW Output-integer-no default. New p-value set identification number.
ADPTEXIT Output-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity
loop.
DESITER Input-integer-no default. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX Input-integer-no default. Design optimization maximum allowed
iteration number.
CNVFLG Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.
Main Index
870 ADAPT
Remarks:
1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual
structure. EPT, EST, UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply
to the current superelement only. See Example.
2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are
specified, then ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error
tables for specified p-element identification numbers at desired adaptivity
loops.
Example:
Set up ADAPT module for superelement analysis.
EQUIVX CASESX/CASE0/-1 $ CAPTURE R.S. CASE CONTROL

$ FOR ALL SUPERELEMENTS
EQUIVX PVAL /PVALN/-1 $ COPY NDDL, WITH CURRENT VALUE
EQUIVX ERROR/ERRORN/-1 $ OF PVALID QUALIFIER, TO SCRATCH.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $
IF ( RSONLY ) THEN $
SEID = 0 $
PEID = 0 $
LPFLG=-1 $ EXIT LOOP AFTER THIS PASS
ELSE $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LPFLG/
S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/
S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
CALL SETQ CASESX//SEID/PEID/S,MTEMP/S,K2GG/S,M2GG/S,B2GG/S,MPC/
S,SPC/S,LOAD/S,DEFORM/S,TEMPLD/S,P2G/S,DYRD/S,METH/
S,MFLUID $
ADAPT CASE0,EPTS,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPTS,ETT,CSTMS,
PVALN,ERRORN,PELSETS,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,GEOM4S,
BGPDTS,GPSNTS/
PVAL1,ERROR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,FINISH/
DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
EQUIVX PVAL1/PVALN/ALWAYS $ ..."ACCUMULATE" UPDATED PVALS
EQUIVX ERROR1/ERRORN/ALWAYS $ AND ERRORS ACROSS ALL S.E.'S
DELETE /UG,,,, $
IF ( ADPTEXIT ) ADPTEXIT = FINISH $
ENDDO $ LPFLG >= 0
Main Index
ADD 871
Matrix add
ADD Matrix add
Computes [ X ] = α [ A ] ⊕ β [ B ] where α and β are scalar multipliers

( ⊕ can be the +, *, ÷ or overwrite operators ) .
Format:
ADD A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Any matrix (real or complex).

B Any matrix (real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α , the scalar

multiplier for [ A ] .
BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β , the scalar
multiplier for [ B ] .
IOPT Input-integer-default = 0. This chooses the operator ⊕ in x ij = αA ij ⊕ βB ij .
IOPT Operation
0 + , add
1 * , multiply 
 A ij or B ij = 0, then X ij =
2 ÷ , divide 
 = αA ij if B ij = 0
3 x ij 
 = βB ij if B ij ≠ 0
Remarks:
1. [ A ] and/or [ B ] may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the
matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique.
X may not be purged.
Main Index
872 ADD
Matrix add
2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [ X ] is the

maximum of the types of [ A ] , [ B ] , α , and β . The size of [ X ] is the size of [ A ]
if [ A ] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [ B ] .
3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For
example,
1 2 5 + = 8 10 5
7 8
3 4 6 3 4 6
or
1 2 5
7 8 + = 8 10
3 4 6
4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is

zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may alternately be specified as real constants;
e.g., “5.” See examples.
5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix, see “DIAGONAL” on
page 1006 module.
Examples:
1. Add KDD to MDD:
ADD KDD,MDD/DDD $
2. Multiply MAA by 5.0:
ADD MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
or
ADD MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Overwrite terms of [ A ] with terms of:
ADD A,B/X///3 $
Main Index
ADD5 873
Matrix add
ADD5 Matrix add
To compute [ X ] = α [ A ] + β [ B ] + λ [ C ] + ∆ [ D ] + ε [ E ] , where α , β , λ , ∆ , and ε are scalar

multipliers.
Format:
ADD5 A,B,C,D,E/
X/
ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/
ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $
Input Data Blocks:
A,B,C,D,E Must be distinct matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α , the scalar

multiplier for [ A ] .
BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β , the scalar
multiplier for [ B ] .
GAMMA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ∆ , the scalar
multiplier for [ D ] .
DELTA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ∆ , the scalar
multiplier for [ D ] .
EPSLN Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ε , the scalar
multiplier for [ E ] .
ALPHAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the
scalar multiplier for [ A ] .
BETAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the
scalar multiplier for [ B ] .
GAMMAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the
scalar multiplier for [ C ] .
Main Index
874 ADD5
Matrix add
DELTAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the

scalar multiplier for [ C ] .
EPSLND Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the
scalar multiplier for [ E ] .
Remarks:
1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in
the matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique.
2. The type (complex or real) of [ X ] is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and
E. If the imaginary parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be
complex. The precision of [ X ] is double for short-word machines and single
for long-word machines ADD5 is more efficient than ADD for sparse
matrices.
3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423
“ATTEMPT TO ADD INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued.
4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary
part is zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may be alternately specified as real
constants; e.g., “5.” See Example 2 below.
5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and
their imaginary part is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately
specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example 2. This alternate specification
is not allowed for the double precision multipliers and constant double
precision values must be entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0).
6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the
corresponding single precision parameter will be ignored.
Examples:
1. Compute
IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA)
OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2
ADD5 MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $
2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0
ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
or
ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $
Main Index
ADD5 875
Matrix add
3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0.

TYPE PARM,,CD,,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $
ADD5 A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $
4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex.
ADD5 A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $
Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output,
it changes the type from real double precision (type 2) to complex double
precision.
Main Index
876 ADG
Calculates the downwash matrix
ADG Calculates the downwash matrix
Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the
aerodynamic extra points. It also forms the matrices required in the generation of
stability derivative information and in the specification of the aerodynamic trim
equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix.
Format:
ADG AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/
UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/
NJ/NK/SYMXZ $
Input Data Blocks:
AECTRL Table of aeroelastic model controls.

CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for
g-set and ks-set grid points.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table.
W2GJ Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data
entries.
ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table.
Output Data Blocks:
UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has
NX rows and NV columns.
WJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points
due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and
linear control surfaces.
ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the
NV instances created).
Parameters:
NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic boxes (j-points).
Main Index
ADG 877
Calculates the downwash matrix
NK Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic degrees of freedom

(k-points).
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. x-z symmetry flag.
Remarks:
1. NK, and NJ are computed by the APD module.
2. If ACPT is not purged then the DJX matrix is built using ACPT and
AECOMP.
Main Index
878 ADJMOD
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
ADJMOD Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB from DSAD (or DOPR3) for supporting the adjoint load
method when superelements are present.
Format:
ADJMOD DRDUTB,DRDUG,ADRDUTB/
DRDUTBM,DRDUGM/
S,N,AADJCOL/COLADJ/TCOLADJ/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.

DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.
Output Data Blocks:
DRDUTBM Modified table of adjoint load attributes.

DRDUGM Modified matrix of adjoint loads.
Parameters:
AADJCOL Input/output-integer-no default. On input, summation of columns in

DRDUG for all previously processed superelements. On output,
summation of columns in DRDUG including current superelement.
COLADJ Input-integer-no default. Number of columns of DRDUG for the
TCOLADJ Input-integer-no default. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all
superelements.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type.
'STATICS' Statics
'FREQRESP' Frequency response
Main Index
ADR 879
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
ADR Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point
based on the AEROF Case Control command.
Format:
ADR UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $
Input Data Blocks:
UH Complex modal displacements matrix -- h-set.

QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
OL Complex eigenvalue summary table for flutter analysis or frequency
response output list for aeroelastic analysis.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of
freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET Aerodynamic USET table.
Output Data Block:
PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
Parameters:
BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced

frequency.
MACH Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type:
'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER' Flutter
AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
Main Index
880 ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control
command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
Examples:
1. ADR in flutter analysis:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR FPHH,CASEYY,QKHL,FLAMA,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FLUTTER' $
2. ADR in aeroelastic analysis:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR AUHF,CASES,QKHL,FOL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FREQRESP' $
Main Index
AELOOP 881
Aerodynamic loop driver
AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver
Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation
of aerodynamic matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses.
Format:
AELOOP CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CASEA,CCPOS1/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ/
CRTPOS/S,N,RCONFIG/MASSETID/S,N,AESOLN $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to
aerostatic and aeroelastic analysis.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC.

CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is
another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase
and Mach number.
MFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is
another Mach number to process in the current subcase.
Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase.
MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
Main Index
882 AELOOP
SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

CRTPOS Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<0 Do not create CCPOS1
RCONFIG Output-character-no default. Configuration name for rigid aero.
MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET
CaseControl command.
AESOLN Output-character-default=' '. Aerodynamic solution name extracted
from CASECC at word positions 454 and 455.
Remarks:
AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a
divergence or trim analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in
CASECC and copies the subcase to CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM
or a DIVERG Case Control command.
1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the
MACH and Q values are read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry
image in EDT.
2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers
in the subcase. If any are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the
MFLG-th MACH number is read from the requested DIVERG Bulk Data
entry image in EDT. If the current MACH number is the last MACH number,
MFLG is set to 0 and NSKIP is incremented by one.
In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in
CASECC, then LPFLG is set to -1.
Examples:
1. Set up for aerostatic analysis.
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
AELOOP CASECC,EDT,/
CASEA,/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AEFC/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//
S,N,AESOLN $
NSKIP = NSKIP + 1 $
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
AELOOP 883
2. Set up for divergence analysis.
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ Loop on number of subcases

MFLG = 1 $
DO WHILE ( MFLG>0 ) $ Loop on Mach number
AELOOP CASECC,EDT/
CASEA/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,csFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACHNO/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//S,N,AESOLN
ENDDO $ MFLG>0
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
884 AEMODEL
Aerodynamic model loop driver
AEMODEL Aerodynamic model loop driver

Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of
aerodynamic tables.
Format:
AEMODEL CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CCPOS1
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ/CRTPOS $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation,
aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the
iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations.
Output Data Blocks:
CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last
aerodynamic subcase.
AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
CRTPOS Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<=0 Do not create CCPOS1
Main Index
AFPMP 885
Field point mesh data recovery
AFPMP Field point mesh data recovery
Computes acoustic results in a field point mesh.
Format:
AFPMP CASECC , ACIECT , EPT , MPT , BGPDT ,

SILD , EDT , BGPDTFP , ECTFP , FOL ,
UPF /
OUGFP1 , OVGFP1 , OAPWR2 /
AFPMID /S,N,NOUG1/S,N,NOVG1/S,N,NOAPWR2/S,N,NOSORT2
$
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Case Control command selections

ACIECT Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
MPT Material property table
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set
EDT Element Deformation Table: contains ACIFPRM entry
BGPDTFP Basic grid point definition table of field point mesh
ECTFP Element connectivity table of field point mesh
FOL Frequency output list
Output Data Blocks:
OUGFP1 Field point results in SORT1 format

OVGFP1 Field point velocities in SORT1 format
OAPWR2 Acoustic power through field point mesh in SORT2 format
Main Index
886 AFPMP
Field point mesh data recovery
Parameters:
AFPMID Input-integer-no default. Acoustic field point mesh identification

number.
NOUGFP1 Output-integer-default=-1. OUGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if
OUGFP1 is generated; -1 otherwise.
NOVGFP1 Output-integer-default=-1. OVGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if
OVGFP1 is generated; -1 otherwise.
NOAPWR2 Output-integer-default=-1. OAPWR2 generation flag. Set to +1 if
OAPWR2 is generated; -1 otherwise.
NOSORT2 Output-integer-default=-1. SORT2 flag. Set to +1 if SORT2 output is
requested; -1 otherwise.
Main Index
AIEMGA 887
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
AIEMGA Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly

Generates acoustic conjugate infinite element stiffness, mass and damping matrices
and assembles them into system matrices for the p-set.
Format:
AIEMGA GEOM2,EPT,MPT,IFEXPNT,EDT,BGPDT,EQDYN,SILD,DIT/
KAIPP,MAIPP,BAIPP,ACIECT/
LUSETD/NOUE/S,N,NOKAIPP/S,N,NOMAIPP/S,N,NOBAIPP/
UNUSED6 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
MPT Material property table
IFEXPNT Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-
structure grid points
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data
entry
EQDYN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra
point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point
data).
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set
Output Data Blocks:
KAIPP Acoustic infinite stiffness matrix in the p-set

MAIPP Acoustic infinite mass matrix in the p-set
BAIPP Acoustic infinite damping matrix in the p-set
ACIECT Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
Main Index
888 AIEMGA
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
Parameters:
LUSETD Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

p-set.
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are
no extra points
NOKAIPP Input/output-integer-default=-1. KAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output: -1: Matrix was generated.
0: Matrix was not generated.
NOMAIPP Input/output-integer-default=-1. MAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate.
0: Do not generate.
NOBAIPP .Input/output-integer-default=-1. BAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
UNUSED6 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank..
Main Index
AMG 889
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
AMG Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation

matrices needed to convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK).
Format:
AMG MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/
KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $
Input Data Blocks:
MKLIST Aerodynamic matrix generation table.

Output Data Blocks:
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix.

SKJ Integration matrix list.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
Parameters:
NK Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in k-set.

NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in j-set.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
REFC Input-real-no default.
MACH0 Input/output-real-default=-1.0. Previously processed Mach number.
MACHNO Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
KBAR Input-real-default = 0.0. Reduced frequency.
Main Index
890 AMG
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type:

'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER' Flutter
SUPAERO Input-character-default='ZONA'. Method selection for supersonic
aerodynamics. An alternate method is 'CPM'.
Remarks:
1. ACPT may be purged.
2. D2JK is not used in aerostatic analysis.
Examples:
1. Set up AMG for aerostatic analysis:
AMG ,,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $
2. Set up AMG for aeroelastic or flutter analysis:
AMG MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $
Main Index
AMP 891
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
AMP Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices.
Format:
AMP AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE,
MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QHH,QKH,QHJ/
NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $
Input Data Blocks:
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix.

WSKJF Weighted integration matrix.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set
to h-set.
GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.
GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.
Output Data Blocks:
QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set.

QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set.
QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set.
Parameters:
NUMHDOF Input-integer-no default. The number of modes.

NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of extra points.
Main Index
892 AMP
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
GUSTAERO Input-integer-default=0. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.

KBAR Input-real-default=0.0. Reduced frequency.
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control
command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
3. AMP requires the combination of matrices:
The aerodynamic matrices for aerodynamic cells, produced by the
Aerodynamic Matrix Generator (AMG) module.
The interpolation from the structure to the aerodynamic cells, produced by
the Geometry Interpolator (GI) module.
The downwash matrix due to extra points, may be supplied by the user via
INPUTT4. These extra points are used for control systems and other special
effects.
4. If NOUE<0 then D1JE and D2JE may be purged.
5. QKH, relating aerodynamic pressures to modal coordinates, is required for
use in a data reduction module. The matrix of generalized forces, QHH, may
be purged if only data reduction is desired.
Main Index
APD 893
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
APD Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems

and control information for aerodynamic analysis.
Format:
APD EDT,CSTM/
AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO,
ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/
S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

Output Data Blocks:
AEECT* Two aerodynamic element connection tables (ECT) based on

MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and
MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AEBGPDT* Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the
degrees of freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier:
MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See
Example.
AEUSET* Aerodynamic USET table defining ks-set based on MODLTYPE
qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AERO Control information for control of aerodynamic matrix generation and
flutter analysis.
CSTMA Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and
ks-set grid points.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from neworder to old order.
Main Index
894 APD
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
Parameters:
NK Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the

k displacement set.
NJ Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the j
displacement set.
BOV Output-integer-default=0.0. Value calculated by
REFC/(2.*VELOCITY).
AERTYP Input-character-default='DYNAMICS'. Analysis type:
'STATICS' Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS Flutter and aeroelastic
'
'STADYN' All aerodynamic analysis types
BOXIDF Output-integer-default. Box corner point identification flag.
0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the
aerodynamic component identification number.
-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an
overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic component
identification numbers. No display of the corner points is possible.
Remarks:
1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on
qualifiers AEID and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is
always 0.
MODLTYPE Model DOF set

STRUCTUR structural p-set
AEROSTRC aero-structural ks-set
AEROMESH plotting n/a
2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by
GP1, GP2, and GP4, respectively.
Main Index
APPEND 895
Concatenate two data blocks
APPEND Concatenate two data blocks
Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data
block. Depending on parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of
unions:
[OUT] = IN1 IN2 Eq. 4-1
[OUT] = OUT IN1 Eq. 4-2
Format:
APPEND IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/
REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR1/CHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:
IN1,IN2 A pair of data blocks contributing to OUT (matrices or tables).
Output Data Block:
OUT Output data block corresponding to first pair of input data blocks.
Parameters:
IOPT Input-integer-default = 1. IOPT selects the method of appending.

1 Append columns (or records) of IN2 to IN1 as shown in Eq. 3-1.
2 Append columns (or records) of IN1 to OUT as shown in Eq. 3-
2. IN2 is ignored.
10 Write NULL2 in the next record of OUT.
11 Write REAL in the next record of OUT.
12 Write REALD in the next record of OUT.
13 Write CMPX in the next record of OUT.
14 Write CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
15 Write CHAR in the next record of OUT.
16 Write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT.
17 Write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT.
Main Index
896 APPEND
18 Write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT.

19 Write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
20 Write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT.
NULL1 Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records
assumed for IN1 if IN1 is purged. In other words, IN2 will be
appended to a data block with NULL1 number of records or columns.
Used only if IOPT = 1.
NULL2 Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records to
append onto IN1 if IN2 is purged. Used only if
lOPT = 1.
REAL Input-real-default=0.0. Real value in the next record.
REALD Input-complex-default=0.D0. Complex value in the next record.
CMPX Input-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD Input-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Complex double
precision value in the next record.
CHAR1 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the next
record.
CHAR2 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the same
record as CHAR1 and following CHAR1.
Remarks:
1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is also used as an input and
must be declared APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement.
2. Both inputs must be of the same type matrix.
3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged.
4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data
block to another.
5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all
remaining records. Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT =
1) or IN1 (IOPT = 2).
6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other
words, it should not be saved on a permanent DBset.
7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2
the order of the parameters written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20
causes CHAR to be written first, then NULL2.
Main Index
APPEND 897
8. If NULL1>0, then a type indicator value is written in the word mmediately

preceding the word(s) containing the value of the parameter. The type codes
are: 0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX, 4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR.
9. For IOPT>9, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records
on the file and word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter.
Examples:
1. Generate a matrix [ U ] whose five columns are a vector { U s } multiplied by
the column number.
DIAG 8
SOL X
COMPILE X
SUBDMAP X
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $
TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $
FILE U=APPEND $
MATGEN ,/US/5/1/7 $
DO WHILE ( FACTOR < 5. ) S
FACTOR=FACTOR+1.
CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $
ADD5 US,,,,/UI/CF $
APPEND UI,/U/2 $
ENDDO $
MATPRN U/ $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A.
APPEND A,/B/1//5 $
3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001.
APPEND ,,/OUT1/10//1001 $
Main Index
898 ASDR
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
ASDR Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and
forces as requested in Case Control.
Format:
ASDR CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT,
AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,
MPAERP,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.
FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
PAK Matrix of aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of
freedom added (ksa-set in AEUSET).
MONITOR Structural monitor point table.
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding
inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding
MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static
applied loads.
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due
Main Index
ASDR 899
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table

MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
g-set + ks-set grid points.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MACH Input-real-no default. Mach number.

Q Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
IUNITSOL Input-integer-default=0. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being
supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being
supplied.
Main Index
900 ASG
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
ASG Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements.
Format:
ASG CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV,
MPSERP,MPAERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/
UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $
Input Data Blocks:

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
applied loads.
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due
AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive."
Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the
SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements.
Main Index
ASG 901
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements

Parameter:

ISENS Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be
performed.
Remarks:
1. TR, KRZX, DIT, ERHM, and UXDAT may be purged if ISENS=1.
2. ASG solves the following equation for UX:
ZZX PZ
IP UX = Y
AEL O
where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of

aerodynamic extra points. The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as
there are r-set degrees of freedom. The IP matrix is a pseudo identity matrix
with as many rows as there are constrained extra points specified on the
TRIM Bulk Data entry. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns
corresponding to the constrained variable and zeros located elsewhere. The
Y vector contains the magnitudes of the trim variable constraints. The AEL
matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) specified by AELINK Bulk
Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK constraints. It is
required that the sum of the number of supported degrees of freedom plus
the number of TRIM constraints and number of AELINK constraints equal
the number of aerodynamic extra points.
Main Index
902 AXMDRV
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
AXMDRV Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing.
Format:
AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
Input Data Blocks:
AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
AUXMID Output-integer-default=0. Auxiliary model identification number.

AUXMFL Output-logical-default=TRUE. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Set to
FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model.
Remarks:
AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop
AXMDRV outputs the current auxiliary model identification number defined in
AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE,
i.e., for the last auxiliary model.
Example:
AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $
IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $
AUXMID=0 $
ELSE $
AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
AXMPR1 903
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
AXMPR1 Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
AXMPR1 CASECC*,BULK*/
AMLIST/
S,N,AMLFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC* Family of auxiliary model Case Control Sections.

BULK* Family of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
AMLFLG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated.
Remarks:
1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the
AUXCASE command in the Case Control Section (258th word in CASECC*)
are written to the AMLIST table.
2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors:
Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing
BULK file.
Verify that each Bulk Data Section is identified with a unique auxiliary
model number.
Example:
This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated
from IFP1 and XSORT.
DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
DBVIEW BULKAF = IBULK (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
AXMPR1 CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $
Main Index
904 AXMPR2
Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
AXMPR2 Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case
Control table with PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points.
Format:
AXMPR2 GEOM1,GEOM1A/
GEOM1C,CASEVEC/
AUXMID $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to
the primary model.
GEOM1A Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to
the auxiliary model identified by AUXMID.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1C Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from
GEOM1 and GEOM1A.
CASEVEC Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of
auxiliary model's grid identification numbers.
Parameter:
AUXMID Auxiliary model identification number.
Remark:
AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry
images) in GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the
grid identification numbers from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to
CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN command.
Main Index
BCDR 905
Drives a boundary condition loop
BCDR Drives a boundary condition loop
Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC
and MPC.
Format:
BCDR CASECC//
SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/
S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/
S,N,BC/BCLABL $
Input Data Block:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
Output Data Block:

None.
Parameters:

SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type.
Currently not used.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC
corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOADS Output-integer-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous
with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the
current boundary condition.
BCFLAG Output-logical-no default. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
SPC Output-integer-default=0. SPC Case Control command set
identification number specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th
record of CASECC.
MPC Output-integer-default=0. MPC Case Control command set
identification number specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th
record of CASECC.
SUPORT Output-integer-default=0. SUPORT Case Control command set
identification number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th
record of CASECC.
Main Index
906 BCDR
Drives a boundary condition loop
LOAD Output-integer-default=0. LOAD Case Control command set

identification number specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th
record of CASECC.
LSEQ Output-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command set
record of CASECC.
STATSUB Output-integer-default=0. STATSUB Case Control command set
record of CASECC.
BC Output-integer-default=0. BC Case Control command set identification
number specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of
CASECC.
BCLBL Input-integer-default=0. f06 file page header control.
-2 Clear LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE.
-1 Clear LABEL.
0 Initialize LABEL without page eject.
1 Initialize LABEL with page eject.
2 Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE with page eject.
3 Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE without page eject.
Example:
Here is an excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:
BCFLAG=TRUE $
NSKIP=0 $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
BCDR CASES//SEID/' '/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/S,N,MPC/
S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ//S,N,BC $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
BDRYINFO 907
Generates geometry and connectivity information
BDRYINFO Generates geometry and connectivity information
Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement

definition based on the ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the
EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
Format:
BDRYINFO CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET,BULK,BULKINDX/
GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX,CASEEX/
MTRXFLAG/DMIGSFIX $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
scalar points.
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries.
BULKINDX Table of BULK indices.
Output Data Block:
GEOM1EX GEOM1 table containing records which define an external

superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and
GRID Bulk Data records.
superelement. Specifically, it contains PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data
records.
superelement. Specifically, it contains ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data
records.
CASEEX Table of Case Control modified to include displacement output
requests for all boundary points and all points connected to PLOTEL
elements.
Main Index
908 BDRYINFO
Generates geometry and connectivity information
Parameters:
MTRXFLAG Input-integer-no default. Bit pattern indicating existence of
boundary matrices. Used by EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
Boundary Matrix Bit Position from Right
Stiffness 1
Mass 2
Viscous damping 3
Structural damping 4
Static loads 5
Acoustic coupling 6
DMIGSFIX Input-character-no default. DMIG matrix name suffix. Used by
EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
Main Index
BGCASO 909
Updates Case Control table for contact
BGCASO Updates Case Control table for contact
Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations.
Format:
BGCASO CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/
CASECCBO/
S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:

BTOPO Contact regions topological information table.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting command.
Output Data Block:
CASECCBO Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations.
Parameters:
NEWCASE Output-integer-no default. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if

CASSECBO is generated.
NBSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Contact region output sort format flag.
1 if SORT2 format is requested for printing
2 if x-y plotting is requested.
Main Index
910 BGP
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
BGP Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values
for slideline elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates
a new boundary grid point element connection table.
Format:
BGP CSTM,SIL,KGGT/
BTOPO,BGPECT/
ADPCON/ISKIP $
Input Data Blocks:

KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and
differential matrices).
Output Data Block:
BTOPO Contact regions topological information table.

BGPECT Boundary grid point element connection table.
Parameters:
ADPCON Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on

restart. Update penalty values if positive.
ISKIP Input-integer-default=0. Counter to update penalty values; updates on
first pass and no update later.
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged.
2. BTOPO is both input and output. See example.
Example:
Excerpt of BGP for a nonlinear loop in SOL 106.
FILE BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $
BGP CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $
COPY BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $
Main Index
BMG 911
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
BMG Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
Generates boundary matrices (in DMIG format) for hydroelastic analysis.
Format:
BMG MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
Input Data Blocks:
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary data.
Output Data Block:
BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.
Parameters:
NOKBFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists

and -1 otherwise.
NOABFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists
and -1 otherwise.
MFACT Output-complex-no default. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary
mass matrix.
Remark:
MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the
matrices. See example.
Example:
Generate hydroelastic boundary matrices.
BMG MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $
IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL)
) MTRXIN ,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/
ABFL,KBFL,/
LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $
Main Index
912 BNDSPC
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
BNDSPC Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
Processes constraints and enforced displacements applied on superelement

boundaries.
Format:
BNDSPC SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/
USET1,YS1/
SEID/NLOADS $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP Superelement map table.

USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table.
BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements.
YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream
superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
USET1 USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.

YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream
superelements.
Parameters:
SEID Integer-input-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NLOADS Integer-input-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous
with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the
current boundary condition.
Remarks:
1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the
coordinate system alignment at the boundary:
a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement.
b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement.
c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems.
Main Index
BNDSPC 913
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
2. YS cannot be purged.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary
condition loop.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $

.
.
.
BCFLAG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
.
.
.
BNDSPC EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/
USET01,YSB1/
SEID/NLOADS $
EQUIVX USET01/USET0/-1 $
EQUIVX YSB1/YSB/-1 $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ BCFLAG
ENDDO $ LPFLG
Main Index
914 CAMPREP
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPREP Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
Creates a list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping.
Format:
CAMPREP CASECC,DYNAMIC,EDOM/
CAMPDD/
S,N,CAMPPARM/S,N,CAMPTYPE/S,N,CAMPID/
S,N,CAMPFID/S,N,CAMPNAME/S,N,NCAMPVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control selections.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced
by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
CAMPDD Table values from DDVAL Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
CAMPPARM Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop parameter.

1 Speed
2 Element property
3 Element material
CAMPTYPE Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop type.
FREQ/RPM Speed
PBAR/PELAS Element property
MAT1/MAT2 Element material
CAMPID Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification
number.
PID Element property
MID Element material
Main Index
CAMPREP 915
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPFID Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification

number.
0 Speed
>0 Word position in EPT for "property" or MPT for
"material"
CAMPNAME Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop name.
Blank Speed
'T' or 'A' Property
'E' or 'RHO' Material
NCAMPVAL Output-integer-default=0. Number of values on the DDVAL entry.
Main Index
916 CASE
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop
based on various Case Control commands.
Format:
 PSDL 
CASE CASECC, /
 MPT 
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/
S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/
CASCOM4/CASCOM5/CASCOM6/CASCOM7/CASCOM8/CASCOM9/
CASCOM10/S,N,CASEID/S,N,ORIGDT/PARCOM1/PARCOM2/
PARCOM3/PARCOM4/PARCOM5/PARCOM6/PARCOM7/PARCOM8/
PARCOM9/PARCOM10 $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDL Power spectral density list. Required only when APP='FREQ'.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI.
Required only when APP='NONL'.
Output Data Block:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop.
Parameters:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalue.
'FREQ' Frequency response.
'TRAN' Transient response.
'NONL' Nonlinear static or transient.
'SLIC' Slice a contiguous subset of CASECC records into CASEXX;
i.e., NOLOOP number of records starting with the NSKIP-th
record.
Main Index
CASE 917
'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the

NSKIP-th record, with the same Case Control command set
identification numbers for command names specified in
CASCOMi.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear
transient loop identification number.
Input:
<0 Skip one record on CASECC.
>0 Number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the current
subset of CASECC.
Output:
-1 No more cases.
>0 and APP<>'NONL': Indicates the number of records to skip on
CASECC to reach the next subset of CASECC.
>0 and APP='NONL': Indicates there are more CASECC records to
process and NSKIP must be incremented in the DMAP.
NOLOOP Output-integer-default=-1. Looping test flag.
-1 No DMAP looping is required.
1 DMAP looping is required.
LINC Output-integer-default=0. Number of load increments for this subcase.
Used in nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and
IMETHOD=0).
GMAFLG Input-integer-default=0. Test control flag for changes in the set
identification numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP,
B2PP, and TFL commands. Used only when APP='FREQ' or 'CEIG'.
0 Do not ignore changes (default).
1 Ignore changes.
MSCHG Output-integer-default=0. Boundary condition change flag. Used in
nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-1 If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are the
same as those in the immediately preceding subcase.
1 If MPC or SPC commands are different.
Main Index
918 CASE
TESTNEG Output-integer-default=-2. Load increment method flag. Used in

nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-2 Standard.
1 Controlled increment.
IMETHOD Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.
Input:
0 Nonlinear static analysis (default).
<>0 Nonlinear transient analysis.
Output (nonlinear transient only):
-1 Auto or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).
2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
CASCOMi Input-character-default=' '. Case Control command names. See
APP='COMM'.
CASEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Subcase identification number.
ORIGDT Input/output-real-default=0. Original delta-t for SOL 400.
PARCOMi Input-character-default=' '. Names of user PARAMeters to be
processed under the APP=’COMM’ option along with the CASCOMi
names.
Remarks:
The method of operation depends upon APP and IMETHOD.
APP='CEIG': Complex eigenvalue analysis.
CASE CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read
and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC.
If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE,
NOLOOP is set to -1.
If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification
numbers specified for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control
commands are compared with the previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is
copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they do not agree, NSKIP is
incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited.
Main Index
CASE 919
APP='FREQ': Frequency response.

CASE CASECC,PSDL/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set
identification numbers specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also
compared. If the RANDOM command is specified then the selected set is read from
PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced by the RANDPS Bulk
Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data entry
images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal
Message 3033.
APP='TRAN': Linear transient response.
CASE CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read
and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC.
If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE,
NOLOOP is set to -1.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis.
CASE CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $
The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied
onto CASEXX. MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification
numbers have changed since the previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in
the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data entry image. If there is an
associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is being
used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL)
and TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD<>0: Nonlinear transient response.

CASE CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $
IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data
entry image in MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.
Main Index
920 CASE
Examples:
1. Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from
each subcase.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $
NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $
CASE CASECC,/CASE1/’TRAN’/S,N,NSKIP $
PVT PVT,CASE1/ $
PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/1//S,N,SUBID $
PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $
MESSAGE //’ SUBID=’/SUBID/’ MYPRM=’/MYPRM/
’ ILOAD=’/ILOAD $
ENDDO $
CEND
SUBCASE 101
PARAM,MYPRM,1
LOAD=111
SUBCASE 102
PARAM,MYPRM,-6
LOAD=222
SUBCASE 103
PARAM,MYPRM,4
LOAD=333
SUBCASE 104
PARAM,MYPRM,22
LOAD=444
SUBCASE 105
PARAM,MYPRM,-3
LOAD=555
SUBCASE 106
PARAM,MYPRM,77
LOAD=666
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Extract Case Control records 10, 11, and 12.
CASE CASECC,/CASE10/'SLIC'/10/3 $
3. Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set
identification numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record.
CASE CASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/
//////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $
Main Index
CEAD 921
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value

decomposition
Given that [ M ] , [ B ] and [ K ] are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation:
2
( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) { φ } = 0 Eq. 4-3
or
T 2
{ φ L } ( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) = { 0 } (Lanczos only) Eq. 4-4
for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors { φ } or left eigenvectors
{ φL } .
Given a non-null rectangular matrix K , real or complex, it can be decomposed by the

equation:
T
[U][S][V ] = K
where U and V are square matrices of orthogonal functions, and S has non-zero terms
along the diagonal of its left-most partition.
Format:
CEAD KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/
CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/
S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/
MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $
Input Data Blocks:
KXX Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. If METH=’SVD’ then KXX may
be a non-null real or complex rectangular matrix. See Remark 9.
BXX Viscous damping matrix. Usually BHH or BDD.
MXX Mass matrix. Usually MHH or MDD.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in
KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD,
BDD, and MDD.
Main Index
922 CEAD
Output Data Blocks:
CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix. Usually CPHH or CPHD. If

METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is V. See Remark 9.
CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table.
OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report.
LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix (Lanczos only). Usually
LCPHH or LCPHD. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is U. See Remark 9.
CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. See
Remark 8. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is S. See Remark 9.
Parameters:
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV indicates the number of eigenvalues

found. If none were found, NEIGV is set to -1.
UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
SID Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the CMETHOD
command in CASECC and used to select the EIGC entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then the CMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGC entry
is selected by this parameter value. Applicable for all methods.
If SID<0, then both the CMETHOD command and all EIGC entries are
ignored and the subsequent parameter values (E, ND1, etc.) will be
used to control the eigenvalue extraction. Applicable for single vector
Lanczos, block Lanczos, QZ Hessenberg, QR Hessenberg, and SVD
(Singular Value Decomposition).
METH Input-character-default='CLAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the
method of eigenvalue extraction.
CLAN Complex Lanczos (block or single vector).
HESS QZ Hessenberg or QR Hessenberg.
SVD Singular Value Decomposition. See Remark 9.
EPS Input-real-default=1.E-5. Used only when SID<0.
ND1 Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors. Used
only when SID<0. If METH=’SVD’, then
>0 Full SVD is computed.
<0 The "economy" SVD is computed.
Main Index
CEAD 923
=0 All singular values are computed, but no singular vectors are

computed.
ALPHAJ Input-real-default=0.0. Real part of shift point for pre-Version 70.5
Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
OMEGAJ Input-real-default=0.0. Imaginary part of shift point for
pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
MAXBLK Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum block size. Used only when SID<0.
IBLK Input-real-default=0.0. Initial block size. Used only when SID<0.
KSTEP Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency of solve. Used only when SID<0.
NDJ Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors at desired
shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when
SID<0.
Method:
Complex eigenvalues and the associated eigenvectors are calculated in CEAD
(Complex Eigenvalue Analysis -- Displacement) using the inverse power method, the
determinant method, the Hessenberg method, or the Lanczos method, as requested by
the user on the EIGC Bulk Data entry. For direct complex eigenvalue analysis and if
PARAM,ASING = 0 (default) then null rows and columns are discarded from [ K dd ] ,
[ M dd ] , and [ B dd ] to form [ K xx
d ] , [ M d ] , and [ B d ] .
xx xx
In the case of a direct formulation CEAD extracts the eigenvalues from the following
equation.
[ M xx
d p2 + B d p + K d ]{ u d } = 0
xx xx x Eq. 4-5
{ u xd } is then augmented with null rows to form { u d } .

In the case of a modal formulation the following equation is used:
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = 0 Eq. 4-6
CEAD also normalizes the eigenvectors according to one of the following user
requests:
• Unit magnitude of a selected coordinate (“POINT”).

• Unit magnitude of the largest component (“MAX”).
as specified on the EIGC Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
924 CEAD
Remarks:
1. Eigenvalues are extracted by the Inverse Power, Determinant, Hessenberg,
or Lanczos method.
2. At least one of KXX, BXX, and MXX must be present.
3. No output data block can be purged except for LCPHX and CLAMMAT.
LCPHX can be purged for methods other than Lanczos. CLAMMAT may be
purged for all.
4. CLAMA and OCEIG are suitable for printing by the OFP module.
5. For the Hessenberg method, spill logic may be requested with
SYSTEM(108)=1 on the NASTRAN statement. This allows for no limits on
problem size.
6. For the Hessenberg method, the mass matrix must be nonsingular.
7. The UEIGL module is recommended for real unsymmetric eigensolutions.
8. CLAMMAT contains the diagonal matrix of eigenvalues, with dimensions
compatible with CPHX and/or LCPHX so that
2
[ KDD ] [ CPHX ] + [ BDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] + [ MDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] = 0
and
T T 2 T
[ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ BDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] = 0
For development purposes, when block Lanczos is selected and system cell
108 is set to 2048, the fifth output slot will contain the cross orthogonality
matrix
T
[Y] [X]
which should be identity. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s

Guide for the definition of Y and X.
9. CEAD may be used to perform singular value decomposition.
T
V is the transpose of the complex conjugate of V . The terms of S are always
positive or zero (non-negative), and real. The terms of S are sorted in
descending order (largest first). The single matrix eigenproblem can be
regarded as a special case of the SVD problem. For the case of K real,
symmetric, and positive semi-definite U = V , and S is the matrix of roots of
[ K – λ*I ]*φ = 0
Main Index
CEAD 925
The roots and vectors are sequenced inversely from the MD Nastran
convention. Singular Value Decomposition is a standard mathematical
technique with well-defined properties. Both U and V may be purged and
CEAD will execute faster if they are are purged. The input matrix K must fit
into memory because there is no spill capability. The singular value
decomposition uses the format shown in the Example 2. Although S is real
by definition, it is returned as a complex matrix with 0.0 imaginary parts.
The other outputs are also complex in form, although they are sometimes
real in content.
Example:
1. The following DMAP sequence extracts eigenvalues and eigenvectors and
prints the results.
CEAD K,B,M,DYNAMIC,CASECC,,/VEC,CLAMA,OCEIGS,/
S,N,NFOUND $
OFP CLAMA,OCEIGS// $
IF (NFOUND>-1) MATPRN VEC// $
2. Assume that a rectangular matrix A is provided. Find the matrices of its
singular value decomposition, and test to see that these matrices satisfy the
equation
A – U*S*V' = 0
CEAD A,,,,,,/V,CLAMA,OCEIGS,U,S/
S,N,NFOUND//-1/’SVD’//1 $ 1 MEANS COMPLETE SET OF VECTORS
MATMOD V,,,,,/VBAR,/10 $ COMPLEX CONJUGATE
TRNSP VBAR/VT $
MATPRN U,S,V// $
SMPYAD U,S,VT,,,/ABAR/3 $
ADD A,ABAR/ERROR//-1.0 $
NORM ERROR/SCRERR///S,N,MAXERROR $
MESSAGE //’LARGEST ERROR IN SVD IS ’/MAXERROR $
Main Index
926 CMPZPR
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
CMPZPR Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon
data on PCOMP and MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6.
Format:
CMPZPR EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC/
S,N,NOCOMP $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in

particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in
particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTC Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent

PSHELL records.
MPTC Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2
records.
Parameter:
NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data

entry records are found.
Remarks:
1. CMPZPR is functionally equivalent to module IFP6.
Main Index
CMPZPR 927
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
2. For each PCOMP entry (with PID<100000000) in EPT, an equivalent PSHELL

entry image with associated MAT2 images is generated. The newly
generated images are then merged with the existing PSHELL and MAT2
entries and written to the output datablocks EPTC and MPTC,, respectively.
If any duplicates are found in EPT and MPT, then they are simply
overwritten. Furthermore, any entries which may have been internally
generated (i.e., with PID or MID>100000000) are also stripped off.
Main Index
928 CMSENGY
Compute component modal energies
CMSENGY Compute component modal energies
Compute component modal strain and kinetic energies with respect to normal modes
and forced response analysis.
Format:
CMSENGY CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Format for computing the results in a given superelement:
CMSENGY CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE $
Format for printing accumulated results for all superelements:
CMSENGY CASECC,,,,,,ITSTNQ,ITOTLQ/,///-1 $
Format for enquiring the CMSENERGY Case Control requests:
CMSENGY CASECC,,,,,,,/,/
SEID/NOUP/-2//CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or
frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.
CMLAMA Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
SYSE Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.
CMSQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
CMSTQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
Main Index
CMSENGY 929
Output Data Blocks:
CMSEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.

CMSTEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.
Parameters:
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement indentification number.

NOUP Input-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there
are no superelements connected upstream from the current
superelement.
CMEOUT Input-integer-default=0. Module processing flag.
-2 Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request.
-1 Print/punch accumulated results.
0 Compute results tables for the current superelement.
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
CMERTYPE Input-integer-default=-1. Type of response of input matrices.
1 Free vibrations
2 Modal frequency
3 Modal transient
CMETYPE Input-integer-default=-1. Type of energy of input matrices.
1 Strain energy
2 Kinetic energy
3 Damping energy
CMSEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal strain energy request
flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
CMKEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal kinetic energy request
flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
Main Index
930 CMSENGY
CMDEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal damping energy

request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
CMFVEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal free vibration energy
request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
CMFREREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal forced response energy
request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
Main Index
COPY 931
Explicit data block copy
COPY Explicit data block copy
Copies data blocks.
Format:
COPY DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $
Input Data Block:
DBI The data block to be copied.
Output Data Block:
DBO A copy of DBI.
Parameters:
PARM Input-integer-default=-1 (PARM < 0 - the data block is copied. PARM >
0 -- no action is taken.).
BLOCK Input-integer-default=1.
BLOCK < 0 -- Block sensitive copy is used.
BLOCK > 0 -- Standard copy is used.
Remarks:
1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a
fatal error will be issued.
2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and
TABEDIT.
Example:
To copy data block KELM:
COPY KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $
Main Index
932 CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
CURV Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material

coordinate system and/or interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting
grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements and non-corner stresses only.
Format:
CURV OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/
OES1M,OES1G/
OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1 Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:
OES1M Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material
coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry.
OES1G Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from
the centroidal stress table, OES1M.
Parameters:
OUTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Output option:

<0 Use the element output option found on OES1.
1 Print
2 Plot
4 Punch
The above values may be added together to select two or more forms of
output. For example, OUTOPT=6 requests both plot and punch output.
Main Index
CURV 933
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
OG Input-integer-default=0. Grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid

point stresses or strains are computed.
NINPTPS Input-integer-default=0. Approximate number of surrounding
independent element interpolation points to be considered when
interpolating at a grid point for a given material coordinate system.
Remarks:
1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain
output in a material coordinate system (normal output is in the element or
basic coordinate system) and/or to interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its
connecting grid points.
2. For further details see also “CURV” on page 670 of the MD Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
Main Index
934 CURVPLOT
Converts grid point output tables
CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables
Converts grid point output tables; i.e, related to applied loads, SPCforces,
displacements, stresses and strains in SORT1 format, to tables suitable for x-y plotting
where the abscissa is grid point locations and the ordinate is the grid point output
quantity.
Format:
CURVPLOT EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/
DOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar

identification numbers.
aerodynamics, p-element analysis, and the iterative solver; and in
particular, SET1 entries.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands.
OPG1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format.
OQG1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format.
OUG1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format.
OES1G Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.
OSTR1G Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OPG2X Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.

OQG2X Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OUG2X Table of displacements in SORT2 format.
OES2GX Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format.
OSTR2GX Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format.
Main Index
CURVPLOT 935
Converts grid point output tables
Parameter:
DOPT Input-integer-default=0. Scaling method between grid points on the

abscissa.
0 Proportional with respect to total distance.
1 Proportional with respect to x distance only.
2 Proportional with respect to y distance only.
3 Proportional with respect to z distance only.
4 Equally.
Remarks:
1. If EDT or XYCDB is purged, then CURVPLOT exits without warning.
2. EQEXIN and BGPDT cannot be purged.
3. Any of OPG1, OQG1, OUGV1, OES1G or OSTR1G and any of their
corresponding outputs may be purged.
4. OES1G and OSTR1G are computed by CURV.
5. The grid points used on the abscissa are specified on SET1 entries in EDT.
6. The output data blocks cannot be printed with OFP.
7. CURVPLOT is only applicable to static and normal modes analysis.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR.
CURVPLOT EQEXINS,BGPDTS,EDT,XYCDBDR,OPG1,OQG1,OUGV1,OES1G,/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/DOPT $
XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/XYPLTS/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
IF ( NOXYP>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTS/ $
Main Index
936 CYCLIC1
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
CYCLIC1 Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for
cyclic symmetry analysis.
Format:
CYCLIC1 CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/
KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/
S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/
S,N,TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.
FRL Frequency response list.
Output Data Blocks:
KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis.

GEOM3N Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis.
CASEFR Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in
cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set
HARM Table of harmonic indices.
FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components.
CASEBK Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every
column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in
static and pre-buckling analysis only.
Main Index
CYCLIC1 937
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
Parameters:
NSEG Output-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on

CYSYM Bulk Data entry.
CTYPE Output-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on
'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' Axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
'STATICS' Statics
'MODES' Normal modes
'BUCKLNG1' Pre-buckling (statics)
'BUCKLNG2' Buckling
NOGEOM3 Output-integer-no default. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N
is created, otherwise set to -1.
NFREQ Output-integer-no default. Number of frequencies for frequency
response analysis.
TOTALK Output-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics.
Remark:
CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in
harmonic components.
Main Index
938 CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2 Processes degrees-of-freedom
Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic

symmetry problems.
Format:
CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components.
Parameters:
NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on

CTYPE Input-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on
'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
Remarks:
1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is
specified before the harmonic index loop in DMAP.
2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in
GEOM4 and identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the
analysis set for the cosine (symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models.
Main Index
CYCLIC2 939
Processes degrees-of-freedom
3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set:

CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.
Main Index
940 CYCLIC3
Forms cyclic matrices
CYCLIC3 Forms cyclic matrices
Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form
partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of
structural matrices in cyclic components to the solution set.
Format:
CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
Input Data Blocks:
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components.

KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis.
KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components.

MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components.
BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components.
K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components.
GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and
solution set components.
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and
PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on
CYSUP Bulk Data entry.
Parameters:
HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.

NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of segments.
Main Index
CYCLIC3 941
Forms cyclic matrices
NOKVAL Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in

the analysis set of harmonic identification numbers.
KGTH Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification
numbers (in analysis set) have been processed.
REACT Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if no support degrees-of- freedom;
+1 if support degrees of freedom exist; for k>2, it will always have
value of -1.
Remarks:
1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA,
may be specified in place of MAA.
ADD KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $
CYCLIC3 CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/
KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/
2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set:
CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-of-
freedom are specified on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to
partition the solution set (cyclic degrees-of-freedom) into l-set and r-set
degrees-of- freedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will have
rows equal to the number of columns in the GC matrix.
Main Index
942 CYCLIC4
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular

harmonic into solution set load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the
solution set displacement vectors will be transformed into cyclic components
associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous harmonic
solutions.
Format:
 PAC 
 
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,  PHK  ,LAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
 
 UK 
 PK 
 
 PHX  ,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
 
 UX 
PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:
HARM Table of Case Control command images.

GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and
PAC Static loads matrix in harmonic components.
PHK Eigenvectors in solution set components.
UK Solution vector in solution set components.
LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal
modes analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal
modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components.
Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and
PATH='BACK').
Main Index
CYCLIC4 943
Output Data Blocks:
PK Load vector matrix in solution set components.

UX Solution vector matrix in cyclic components.
PHX Eigenvector matrix in cyclic components.
LAMA1 Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for
normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK1 Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics.
Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and
PATH='BACK').
BACK1 Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components
for all harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only.
(APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
Parameters:
PATH Input-character-no default. Direction of cyclic transformation:

'FORE' Forward (analysis)
'BACK' Backward (data recovery)
HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.
'STAT' Statics
'REIG' Normal modes
'BUCK' Buckling
'FREQ' Frequency response
NFREQ Input/output-integer-no default. The number of passes through
CYCLIC4. NFREQ is incremented by one on each execution of
CYCLIC4.
TOTALK Input-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. If TOTALK>0,
then CASEBK1 and BACK1 will be created. Required for normal
modes analysis only.
Examples:
1. Static analysis:
FILE UX=APPEND $
PARAML KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS HARMONICS
Main Index
944 CYCLIC4
PARAML KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC INDEX

PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,PA,,,/
PK,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,UK,,,/
UX,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD UX,BACK,/ULC $
2. Frequency response analysis:
FILE UXVF=APPEND $
HINDEX=0 $ QUALIFIER
DO WHILE ( DONE>=0 ) $
IF ( DONE>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/
PKF,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/
UXVF,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $
ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0
HINDEX=HINDEX+1
ENDIF $ DONE>=0
ENDDO $ DONE>=0
MPYAD UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $
3. Normal modes or buckling analysis:
FILE CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/
CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $
PARAML KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $
PARAML KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $
PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
HINDEX=0 $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
IF ( KVAL=-1 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,CYPHA,CYLAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
Main Index
CYCLIC4 945
CYPHX,CYLAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
'BACK'/HINDEX/APPCYC4/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
ENDIF $ KVAL=-1
HINDEX=HINDEX+1 $
PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD CYPHX,BACK1,/CYPHA1 $
Main Index
946 DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing
Converts data blocks to a form usable by MSC.Access and MSC.Patran.
Format:
DBC DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11,
DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20//
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/
P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/
S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/
POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER/////
ADPTINDX/LUSET $
Input Data Block:
DBi Data blocks for postprocessing.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
Pi Character-input-default is blank. The generic name of the

corresponding data block; e.g., P3 corresponds to DB3, etc. (See table
below for generic name.)
SEID Integer-input-default=0. The current superelement identification
number. If SEID=-1, then the current SEID is assumed to be the
qualifier value in the path of parameter DBCPATH.
DBCPATH Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the
MD Nastran database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1.
CP Integer-input/output-default=0. Control parameter. If set to other than
zero an error has occurred in the module and further attempts to
execute module will cause a module return without module execution.
APP Character-input-default is blank. Allowable values of approach code:
'STATICS' or Statics
blank
'TRANRESP' Linear/nonlinear transient response
'REIG' Normal modes
Main Index
DBC 947
NLST Nonlinear statics

BKL1 Buckling
BKL0 Statics in a buckling solution
CEIGEN Complex modes
AERO Aerodynamics
CYCLIC Integer-input-default is 0. If CYCLIC=-1, then data will be interpreted
as cyclic analysis.
GEOMU Integer-input-default=40; the geometric information will output to this
FORTRAN unit.
LOADU Integer-input-default=-1 (LOADU = GEOMU). If LOADU>0 then, the
static load information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
POSTU Integer-input-default=-1 (POSTU = GEOMU). If POSTU>0, then, the
data recovery information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
DBCDIAG Integer-input-default=0. Controls the printing of certain diagnostics
during the conversion. If several diagnostics are desired, then the sum
of the following values is required. For example, DBCDIA=3 requests
the printing of grid relation and element connection record diagnostics.
Value Diagnostic Output
0 No diagnostics will be printed.
1 Grid relation record.
2 Element connection record.
4 Internal module begin message.
8 Internal module statistics.
16 Internal module CPU time and begin message in
performance summary table.
32 DBC database dictionary entries.
64 Messages for null NASTRAN logical file connections.
128 Suppress diagnostics when geometry updates occur.
256 Save the grid point stress surface and volume factors.
512 Do not save the grid point stress surface and volume
subcase data.
Main Index
948 DBC
PROGRAM Character-input-default=’XL’. If PROGRAM =’XL’, then the DBC

database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Patran. If PROGRAM
=’GRASP’, then the DBC database will be suitable for processing in
MSC.Access.
OVRWRT Character-input-default=’YES’. DBC data base overwrite flag. If
OVRWRT =’YES’ and the DBC database was created in a prior run,
then data blocks pre-existing on the DBC database will be overwritten
in the current run when the qualifier values are identical.
DESITER Integer-input-default=0. Design optimization loop identification
number.
ADPTINDX Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the
data base object attribute will be qualified by the value of this
parameter, which denotes intermediate p-element results exist.
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. NDOF denotes size of the model (number of
degrees of freedom), which will be saved for p-element iterations
indexed by the ADPTINDX values and used to correlate the size of the
model to the p-element iteration index.
Remarks:
1. Data block name table:
Generic
Chapter 2 Stored on
Name Description
Names Unit
(P1-P20)
BEPT AEBGPDT --- Aerostructural basic grid point
definition table
BGPDT BGPDT GEOMU Basic grid point definition table
CASECC CASECC POSTU Table of Case Control command
images
CONTAB CONTAB POSTU Table of design constraint
attributes
CONTROL AECTRL POSTU Table of aerodynamic model's
control definition
CSTM CSTM GEOMU Table of coordinate system
transformation matrices
CVAL CVAL POSTU Matrix of design constraint values
Main Index
DBC 949
Generic
Chapter 2 Stored on
Name Description
Names Unit
(P1-P20)
DBCOPT DBCOPT POSTU Design optimization history table
for
DESTAB DESTAB POSTU Table of design variable attributes
DIT DIT GEOMU/ Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry
POSTU images
DSCM2 DSCM2 POSTU Normalized design sensitivity
coefficient matrix
DYNAMIC DYNAMIC GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images
related to dynamics
ECT GEOM2 GEOMU Element connectivity table
ELDCT ELDCT POSTU Table of element stress
discontinuities
EMAP SEMAP GEOMU Superelement map table
EPT EPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images
related to element properties
EQEXIN EQEXIN GEOMU Equivalence between external and
internal point identification
numbers
EST EST GEOMU Element summary table
FRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained
elastic forces
FURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic
unrestrained elastic forces
GEOM1 GEOM1 GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images
related to geometry
GEOM3 GEOM3 LOADU Table of Bulk Data entry images
related to static and thermal loads
GEOM4 GEOM4 GEOMU/ Table of Bulk Data entry images
LOADU related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid
element connectivity
Main Index
950 DBC
Generic
Chapter 2 Stored on
Name Description
Names Unit
(P1-P20)
GPDCT GPDCT POSTU Table of grid point stress
discontinuities
GPDT GPDT GEOMU Grid point definition table
GPECT GPECT POSTU Grid point element connection
table
GPL GPL GEOMU/ External grid/scalar point
POSTU identification number list
GPS EGPSTR POSTU Table of grid point stresses or
strains for post-processing
HIS HIS POSTU Table of design iteration history
IRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained
inertia forces
IURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic
unrestrained inertia forces
LAMA LAMA/ POSTU Real or complex eigenvalue
CLAMA summary table
MATPOOL MATPOOL POSTU Table of DMIG Bulk Data entries
MPT MPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images
related to material properties
OAG OAG POSTU Table of accelerations in SORT1 or
SORT2 format
OBJTAB OBJTAB POSTU Design objective table
OEDE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element energy losses
OEF OEF POSTU Table of element forces in SORT1
or SORT2 format
OEKE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element kinetic energies
OES OES POSTU Table of element stresses or strains
in SORT1 or SORT2 format
Main Index
DBC 951
Generic
Chapter 2 Stored on
Name Description
Names Unit
(P1-P20)
OESC OES1C POSTU Table of composite element
stresses or strains in SORT1
format
OESE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element strain energies
and energy densities
OESNL OESNL1 POSTU Table of nonlinear element
stresses in SORT1 format
OGPF OGPFB1 POSTU Table of grid point forces
OGPKE OGPKE1 POSTU Table of grid point kinetic energies
OL OL POSTU Transient or frequency response
output list
OMM OMM POSTU Table of MAXMIN results
OMPCF OQMG POSTU Table of MPCforces in SORT1 or
SORT2 format
OPG OPG POSTU Table of applied loads in SORT1 or
SORT2 format
OQG OQG POSTU Table of single or multipoint
forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or
SORT2 format
OUG OUG POSTU Table of displacements in SORT1
or SORT2 format
OVG OVG POSTU Table of velocities in SORT1 or
SORT2 format
PERROR ERROR1 POSTU Error-estimate table updated for
current superelement or
adaptivity loop
R1MAPR R1MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original
first level (direct) retained
responses
Main Index
952 DBC
Generic
Chapter 2 Stored on
Name Description
Names Unit
(P1-P20)
R1TAB R1TAB POSTU Table of first level (direct)
(DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)
attributes
R1VAL R1VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the
retained first level (direct)
responses
R2MAPR R2MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original
second level (synthetic) retained
responses
R2VAL R2VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the
retained second level (synthetic)
responses
RESP12 RESP12 POSTU Table of second level (synthetic)
responses
RM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic rigid
forces
SCSTM SCSTM GEOMU Table of global transformation
matrices for partitioned
superelements
SETS SET GEOMU Table of combined sets
SVF EGPSF POSTU Table of element to grid point
interpolation factors
UG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained
elastic displacements
UUG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic
unrestrained elastic displacements
VIEWTB VIEWTB GEOMU/ View information table, contains
POSTU the relationship between each p-
element and its view-elements
and view-grids
Main Index
DBC 953
2. DBCPATH is a parameter defined on a statement in the NASTRAN NDDL;

i.e.,
PARAM,DBCPATH = 0,PATH = DBCQUAL
PATH DBCQUAL QUAL1,QUAL2,QUAL3,etc.
where QUALi selects the QUALifier values associated with the PATH of the
input data blocks from NASTRAN to be written along with the input data
blocks on the DBC database. In other words, the intersection of the PATH
DBCQUAL and the PATH of the input data blocks will form the set of
QUALifiers to be written to the DBC database and associated with the input
data blocks. Also, the PROJECT and VERSION will be written. It is
recommended that the input data blocks all have the same PATH.
If it is not NDDL, then only the PROJECT and VERSION will be associated
with the input data blocks on the DBC database.
3. Generic data blocks: ECT, GEOM1, and EQEXIN, must exist on POSTU
(when PROGRAM =’XL’) or GEOMU (when PROGRAM =’GRASP’) prior to
the conversion of the following data blocks: OUG, OES, OEF, OPG, OQG,
and GPS.
4. If PROGRAM =’XL’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is
written to one of three databases (FORTRAN units): GEOMU, LOADU, and
POSTU.
GEOMU BGPDT, CSTM, ECT, EMAP, EPT, GPDT, MPT, and SETS
LOADU GEOM3 and GEOM4
POSTU CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES,
OESNL, OGPF, OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT,
GPDCT, and ELDCT
5. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks
is written only to the database: GEOMU.
6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified
simultaneously on the same DBC statement.
7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules
and may appear only once per DBC module.
Examples:
The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a
superelement solution sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish
authorization and defaults for user parameters that control the module.
Main Index
954 DBC
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,DBCDIAG=0,GEOMUNIT,LOADUNIT,POSTUNIT $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,Y,PROGRAM=’XL’ $
1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks.
DBC CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//
’CSTM’/’EPT’/’MPT’/’GEOM4’/’CASECC’/
//////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $
2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting
of geometry and loads.
DBC BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,
GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//’BGPDT’/’GPL’/
’GPDT’/’ECT’/’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’/’GEOM3’/
’GEOM4’/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//
GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
3. Inside superelement data recovery loop.
Grid point stresses:
DBC GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//’GPL’/’GPS’/
/////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $
Forces, stresses, displacements, etc. Note: ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are
repeated here in case the above call was not executed, as in a data recovery
restart.
DBC OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1,
ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//’OPG’/’OUG’/
’OEF’/’OES’/’OQG’/’OESE’/’OGPF’/’ECT’/
’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’//////////SEID//S,N,CP/
APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
Main Index
DBDELETE 955
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBDELETE Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be
specified for a more selective deletion.
Format:
*
DATABLK =
( datablk – list )
DBDELETE [ WHERE ( where – expr ) ] $
*
PARAM =
( param – list )
Describers:
DATABLK Delete data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data

blocks separated by commas.
PARAM Delete parameters. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated
by commas.
where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames
described in Table 2 under the “DBDICT” on page 957 statement. If
where-expr is true then the named items will be deleted. For example,
WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items
under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See
“WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further
description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current
version and project. See also Remark 1.
Remarks:
1. The where-expr has the following rules:
If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or
parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be deleted. For
example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following
DBDELETE statement will not delete any KGG:
DBDELETE DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10)$
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data
block (or parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For
example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT
statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA $
Main Index
956 DBDELETE
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
or
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) $
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers
not already specified in where-expr. For example to delete all KAA where
SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.:
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) $
Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like
PROJECT, PROJECT, VERSION, CDATE, etc.
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be
alias names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and
param-list must specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined
in the NDDL.
Main Index
DBDICT 957
Prints database directory tables
DBDICT Prints database directory tables
Prints the following database directory tables:

• Data blocks described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
• Parameters described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
• All unique paths (KEYs) and their qualifiers values.
• Qualifiers and their current values.
• Data blocks not described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
• Parameters not described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
• Project and version information.
Basic Format:
The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data
blocks and parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be
printed and the print format are predefined. Note that more than one table may be
specified on the same DBDICT statement.
DBDICT [DATABLK PARAM PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS]
Examples:
DBDICT
DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS
Full Format:
The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE
describer. The full format also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT
describer. In addition, the print format can be specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and
LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the specification of a single
table on a DBDICT statement.
Main Index
958 DBDICT
 DATABLK * 
 = 
 DATABLK ( LOCAL ) ( datablk-list ) 
 PARAM * 
DBDICT  =  WHERE(where-expr),
 PARAM ( LOCAL ) ( param-list ) 
PROJVERS
QUALCURR
QUALIFIERS
SELECT(colname[- ‘ col-label’]. . . ),
FORMAT (FWIDTH = w [.d] DWIDTH = w [.d] AWIDTH = a IWIDTH = i,
LWIDTH = k COLSPACE = c VALUE = w,
colname = col-width, . . .),
 A , …  ,
SORT  colname =
 D 
 
 RIGHT 
LABEL  page - title‘ CENTER 
 
 LEFT 
Describers:
DATABLK Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined

data blocks separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the
non-NDDL-defined data blocks are printed.
PARAM Print the parameter table. param-list specifies a list of parameters
separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the
non-NDDL-defined parameters are printed.
PROJVERS Print the project-version table.
QUALIFIERS Print the qualifier table.
QUALCURR Print the current values of the qualifiers. SORT is ignored.
Main Index
DBDICT 959

described below. For example, WHERE(VERSION = 4 AND SEID
<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of
SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT
Clauses” on page 44 for a further description. The default for
VERSION is the current version and PROJECT is the current
project. The default for qual is * which is all qualifier values found
on the database. See Remark 12.
SELECT Specifies a list of column names to be printed. The order of the
specified colnames will be printed from left to right. If colname is
not specified then all columns will be printed.
colname Column name. Colname specifies a particular attribute of the
database item; such as, data block name (NAME), creation date
(CDATE), number of blocks (SIZE), or qualifier name (SEID, SPC,
etc.). The allowable colnames are given in the Remarks.
col-label The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The
default for col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified
for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.
FWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real
and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d >0, Default = 12.5).
DWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real
and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10).
AWIDTH = a Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character
strings are printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if
the string is blank. (Integer>0, Default = 8).
IWIDTH = i Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see
Remarks for defaults).
LWIDTH = k Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are
printed as either “T” for TRUE or “F” for FALSE. (Integer> 0,
Default = 1).
COLSPACE = c Specifies the default number of spaces between columns.
(Integer>0; see Remarks for defaults).
VALUE = w Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are
printed as character strings with left justification. Integer > 0,
Default = 40.
Main Index
960 DBDICT
col-width The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real
numbers, specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the
number of digits in the mantissa. For integers and character strings,
specify w where w is the width of the field. col-width may not be
specified for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.
SORT Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII
sequence and is performed in order according to each colname
specified in the list. A “D” following the colname causes the sort to
be in descending order. An “A” following the colname causes the
sort to be in ascending order. Colnames QUALSET, QUALALL, and
TRAILER may not be specified under SORT. Each colname
specified in SORT must be separated by commas.
page-title A title to be printed on each page of the directory output.
RIGHT, Print justification of the page title.
CENTER, LEFT
Remarks:
1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined
format. The tables are:
See
Describer Description Default Page-Title
Remark
DATABLK Data blocks described NDDL DATABLOCKS 2
by a NDDL DATABLK
statement.
PARAM Parameters described NDDL PARAMETERS 3
by a NDDL PARAM
statement.
QUALCURR Current Qualifiers and CURRENT 4
their values. QUALIFIERS
QUALIFIERS Qualifiers and their QUALIFIERS 5
values for each key
number.
DATABLK Data blocks not LOCAL 6
(LOCAL) described by a NDDL DATABLOCKS
DATABLK statement.
Main Index
DBDICT 961
See
Describer Description Default Page-Title
Remark
PARAM(LOCAL) Parameters not LOCAL PARAMETERS 7
described by a NDDL
PARAM statement.
PROJVERS Project-Version. PROJECT-VERSION 8
If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks
Table will be printed. See Remark 2.
In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce
no output, and QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the
NDDL QUAL statement.
The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and
LABEL depend on the table. The defaults are described in the following
remarks and tables.
2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by:
DBDICT
or
DBDICT DATABLK
and is equivalent to:
DBDICT DATABLK ,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,
CTIME,
SIZE,KEY,PURGED=’PU’,EQUIVD=’EQ’,
POINTER=’FILE’,QUALSET) ,
FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5,
KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8,
IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) ,
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) ,
LABEL(’NDDL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)
and looks like:
Main Index
962 DBDICT
* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * *
EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 20

MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 16
NDDL DATABLOCKS
NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ FILE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGG MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72340 0 326 1 0 132484 0 0
AXIC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 0 315 1 0 65764
BGPDTS MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 2 131332 0
BGPDTX MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 1 131332 0
BJJ MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72341 0 332 1 0 132612 0
BULK MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 2 315 0 0 65700
CASECC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 1 316 0 2 67428
Figure 4-1 DBDICT PARAM Example
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be
specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames
Default
Column Default
column Description
name column label
width
PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by
PROJECT statement
PROJNO 4 PROJ NO Project number associated with
PROJECT
VERSION 4 VERSION Version number
CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date
CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time
NAME 8 NAME Parameter name
DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name
DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name
RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date
RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time
SIZE 5 SIZE Number of blocks
qual-name See Note qualifier name Qualifier name
KEY 4 KEY Key number
TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer
Main Index
DBDICT 963
Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames (continued)
Default
Column Default
column Description
name column label
width
TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME 8 EXTNAME Extended name
EQUIVD 4 EQ Equivalenced flag
PURGED 4 PU Purged flag
EQFLAG 4 EF Scratch equivalenced flag
SCRFLAG 4 SF Scratch DBSET flag
POINTER 8 POINTER Directory pointer
DBENTRY 8 DBENTRY Database entry pointer
FEQCHAIN 8 FEQCHAIN Forward equivalence chain
BEQCHAIN 8 BEQCHAIN Backward equivalence chain
DBDIR20 9 DBDIR(20) Directory word 20
QUALALL See Note qualifier name All qualifiers
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all
qualifiers
Main Index
964 DBDICT
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1,

AWIDTH=8, and FWIDTH=12.
3. The default print of the NDDL parameter table is obtained by:
DBDICT PARAM
DBDICT PARAM,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,CTIME,
KEY,VALUE,QUALSET),
FORMAT(NAME=8,DATABASE=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,
KEY=4,VALUE=40,IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1),
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A),
LABEL(’NDDL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)
and looks like:

NDDL PARAMETERS
NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME KEY VALUE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACOUSTIC MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0
ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 NO
BCHNG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72337 325 FALSE 0
DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72336 318 DBALL -1 -1
EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12 0 0
ERROR MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 -1
FIXEDB MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0
Figure 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Example
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that
may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames
Default Default
Column
column column Description
name
width label
PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by
PROJECT statement
PROJNO 5 PROJ Project number associated
with PROJECT
VERSION 4 VERS Version number
Main Index
DBDICT 965
Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames
Default Default
Column
name
width label
CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date
CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time
DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name
DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name
RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date
RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time
VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter value
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all
qualifiers
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, AWIDTH=8, IWIDTH=5,

LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5.
4. The default print of the Qualifier Table is obtained by:
DBDICT QUALIFIERS
DBDICT QUALIFIERS ,
SELECT(KEY QUALALL) ,
FORMAT(DWIDTH=17.10 AWIDTH=8 IWIDTH=5 LWIDTH=1 ,
FWIDTH=12.5 COLSPACE=2) SORT(KEY=A) ,
LABEL(’QUALIFIERS’ CENTER )
Main Index
966 DBDICT
and looks like:


QUALIFIERS
KEY APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ
FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD
M2GG M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV
OPERASYS P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
335 ’ ’ F 0
0 ’ ’
’ ’ 0
’ ’ 0 0 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
336 ’ ’ 0
0 ’ ’
0 0 -1
0 0 0
Figure 4-3 DBDICT QUALIFIERS Example
QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed

in alphabetic order. QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID,
SPC, MPC, LOAD, and METH to be printed.
Table 4-4 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be
specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and
QUALSET may not be specified in the FORMAT or SORT describers. The
qualifier names and values are not printed one per row, but rather from left
to right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns.
Column Default
Default column label Description
name column width
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of
all qualifiers

and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL
statement in the NDDL sequence.
Main Index
DBDICT 967
5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by:
DBDICT QUALCURR
DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL),
FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2),
LABEL=(’CURRENT QUALIFIERS’ CENTER)
and looks like:

CURRENT QUALIFIERS
APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ FSCOUP
GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD M2GG
M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS
P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 F 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 F
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ’ ’ ’ ’ 300 ’ ’
’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0
’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 400 0 ’ ’ 0 0
0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0
Figure 4-4 DBDICT QUALCURR Example
may be specified in the SELECT describers.
Table 4-3 DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames.
Default Default
Column
name
width label
QUALAL See Note qualifier name All qualifiers
L
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Pre-defined subset of all
qualifiers

and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL
statement in the NDDL sequence.
The default print of the local data block table is obtained by:
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL)
Main Index
968 DBDICT

DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL),
SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,SIZE=’BLOCKS’,PURGED=’PU’,
EQUIVD=’EQ’,POINTER,TRL1,TRL2,TRL3,TRL4,
TRL5,TRL6,TRL7),
FORMAT(NAME=8,SUBDMAP=8,IWIDTH=8,COLSPACE=2),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’LOCAL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)
and looks like:

LOCAL DATABLOCKS
NAME SUBDMAP BLOCKS PU EQ POINTER TRL1 TRL2 TRL3
TRL4 TRL5
TRL6 TRL7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------
CASEW PHASE1DR 1 0 0 131780 201 4 0 308 0
0 0
Figure 4-5 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Example
TRLi specifies the data block trailer word i where 1 ≤ i ≤ 10 . TRAILER

selects all 10 data block trailer words.
Table 4-4 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames
Default Default
Column
name
width label
SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMA SubDMAP name
P
SIZE 8 BLOCKS Number of blocks
EQUIVD 8 EQ Equivalenced flag
PURGED 8 PU Scratch flag
TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer
Main Index
DBDICT 969
Table 4-4 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames (continued)
Default Default
Column
name
width label
TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME 8 EXTNAM Extended name
E
6. The default print of the local parameter table is obtained by:

DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL)
DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,VALUE),
FORMAT(COLSPACE=4,VALUE=40,AWIDTH=8),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’ LOCAL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)
and looks like:
Listing 4-1

LOCAL PARAMETERS
NAME SUBDMAP VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------
AERO SESTATIC FALSE
AERO PHASE1DR FALSE
ALTRED SESTATIC NO
ALTRED PHASE1DR NO
ALTSHAPE SESTATIC 0
ALWAYS PHASE1DR -1
ALWAYS PHASE1C -1
ALWAYS SEKRRS -1
ALWAYS SESTATIC -1
APP PHASE1DR STATICS
APP PHASE1C STATICS
APP SESTATIC STATICS
APRCH SESTATIC
ASING PHASE1DR 0
ASING SEKRRS 0
ASING PHASE1C 0
ASING SESTATIC 0
Figure 4-6 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Example.
Main Index
970 DBDICT
Table 4-5 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Colnames.
Default Default
Column
name
width label
SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMAP SubDMAP name
VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter name
7. The default print of Project Version Table is obtained by:

DBDICT PROJVERS
DBDICT PROJVERS ,
SELECT(PROJECT=’PROJECT NAME’,PROJNO,
VERSION ,DELFLG=’DELETED’ ,
CDATE=’CREATION DATE’ CTIME=’CREATION
TIME’) ,
FORMAT(PROJECT=40,PROJ=10,VERS=10,DELFLG=7,
COLSPACE=1 ,CDATE=13,CTIME=13) ,
LABEL(’PROJECT-VERSION’,CENTER)
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A)
and looks like:
Listing 4-2
PROJECT-VERSION
PROJECT NAME PROJ NO. VERSION DELETED CREATION DATE CREATION TIME
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
’LEFT FENDER ’ 1 1 930805 72319
Figure 4-7 DBDICT PROJVERS Example
Main Index
DBDICT 971
Table 4-6 DBDICT PROJVERS Colnames
Default Default
Column
name
width label
PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by PROJECT
statement
PROJNO 10 PROJ NO Project number associated with
PROJECT
VERSION 10 VERSION Version number
DELFLG 7 DELETED Flag indicating whether this
project/version has been deleted
by the RESTART NOKEEP or
DBCLEAN statements
CDATE 13 CREATION Creation Date
DATE
CTIME 13 CREATION Creation Time
TIME
CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month,
and date, respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the
hour, minute, and second, respectively.
8. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the
value will be printed with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings
will also be printed with single quotation marks.
9. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then
blank spaces will be printed.
10. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough
space is available on the output (which is assumed to be 132). The first
column of each additional line is to be indented by the width of the first
column printed for the entry.
a. If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block
or parameter then no directory information will be printed for that data
block or parameter. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for
KGG, then the following DBDICT statement will produce no output:
DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $
Main Index
972 DBDICT
b. If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data
block (or parameter) then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given
that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT statements
are equivalent:
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $
Examples:
1. Print the Project Version Table with a title.
DBDICT PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION),
LABEL(’PROJECT VERSION TABLE’ LEFT) $
2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10.
Print columns for the NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and
LOAD.
DBDICT DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE,
SEID,PEID) ,
SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $
Main Index
DBEQUIV 973
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in
a CONVERT clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective
equivalence.
Format:
*
DATABLK =
(datablk-list)
DBEQUIV [ WHERE (where-expr) ] ,
*
PARAM =
(param-list)
CONVERT (convert-expr) [ OVRWRT RESTART ] $
Describers:
datablk-list Specifies a list of data blocks separated by commas. The default is *,

which selects all data blocks. The equivalenced data block may be
renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the
new name. For example, if KLL is to be renamed to KLL1, then
DATABLK=(KLL/KLL1) is specified.
param-list Specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. The default is *,
which selected all parameters. The equivalenced parameter may be
renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the
new name. For example, if LUSETS is to be renamed to LUSET,
then PARAM=(LUSETS/LUSET) is specified.
described in Table 4-2 under the DBDICT statement. If where-expr
is true then the named items will be equivalenced. For example,
WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all
items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further
description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current
version and project. See Remark 1 for more information.
Main Index
974 DBEQUIV
convert-expr Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and

qualifiers selected by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr
is:
PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr;
DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...]
For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102).
See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further
discussion on WHERE and CONVERT clauses. The default action
for VERSION and PROJECT is to convert to the current version-
identification number and current project-identification number.
But if either PROJECT or VERSION is specified in the convert-expr,
then both must be specified.
OVRWRT By default (i.e., NOOVRWRT), duplicate data blocks or parameters
NOOVRWRT on the created by DBEQUIV will cause a fatal message. A duplicate
means that a data block or parameter has not only the same name
but also the same qualifier values, PROJECT, VERSION, and
DBSET as the primary data block or parameter. If OVRWRT is
specified, then the primary data block is overwritten.
RESTART By default, data blocks and parameters created by DBEQUIV
cannot be output again in a subsequent DMAP module. If
RESTART is specified then the selected data blocks and parameters
may be overwritten once.
Remarks:
If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or
parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be equivalenced.
For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following
DBEQUIV statement will not equivalence any KGG:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data
block (or parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For
example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following
DBEQUIV statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA CONVERT(SPC=20) $
or
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
Main Index
DBEQUIV 975
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers

not already specified in where-expr. For example to equivalence all KAA
where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT,
PROJNO, VERSION, CDATE, etc.
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be
alias names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and
param-list must specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined
in the NDDL.
Main Index
976 SubDMAP DBFETCH
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBFETCH Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
Retrieves user-specified data blocks on the database previously stored with

CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/

FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be fetched. See Remark 3.
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier.
FLAG Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi.
1 means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory.
SUCCESS Integer-output-no default. SUCCESS = -1 means all data blocks were
successfully retrieved. SUCCESS = 0 means otherwise.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default
value is desired.
2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified
with ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0.
3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data
block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the
“highest” CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so
that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous
run, then the RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If
DBLOCATE is used then DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be
specified on the DBLOCATE statement.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBFETCH 977
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
Example:
Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name
as EA.
CALL DBFETCH /EA,,,,/1/1/1/0/S,EXIST $
Main Index
978 SubDMAP DBMGR
Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL
DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
1. Directory print. Print the contents of the database directory.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/
’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’ $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
2. Data block deletion. Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with
CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.
DBi Character-input-no default. Names of data blocks to be deleted.
3. Data block equivalence. Assign up to four alias names to one to four data blocks.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBMGR 979
Format:
CALL DBMGR //7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/

DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $
Parameters:
QP1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of primary data block (DBP).

QP2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of primary data block (DBP).
QS1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).
QS2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of secondary data block
(DBSi). DBP Character-input-no default. Primary data block name.
DBSi Character-input-no default. Secondary data block names to be
equivalenced to DBP.
4. Data block rename. Rename and/or modify the qualifier values of a data block
previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/

DBOLD/DBNEW/’ ’/’ ’ $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
QO1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of previously stored data block

(DBOLD).
QO2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of previously stored data
block (DBOLD).
QN1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of new name of data block
(DBNEW).
QN2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of new name of data block
(DBNEW).
Main Index
980 SubDMAP DBMGR
DBOLD Character-input-no default. Name of the previously stored data block.

DBNEW Character-input-no default. New name of the previously stored data
block.
5. Store character string. Store up to five character strings with qualifiers.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of STRi.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of STRi.
STRi Character-input-no default. Strings up to 8 characters in length.
6. Test for presence of a data block or a character string. Test for the presence
of a data block previously stored by CALL DBSTORE or a character string previously
stored by CALL DBMGR (OPT=10).
Format:
CALL DBMGR //11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/

DB1/DB2/’ ’/’ ’ $
Parameters:
PRESi Integer-output-no default. 0 means DBi not present. -1 means DBi
present.
DBi Character-input-no default. Character strings or the names of data
blocks.
Remarks:
value is desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused
character parameters to ' ' (a string with 5 blanks).
2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are
overwritten.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBMGR 981
3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution

sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified
immediately preceding CALL DBMGR and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be
specified immediately following CALL DBMGR.
Main Index
982 DBSTATUS
Checks status of up to ten data blocks
DBSTATUS Checks status of up to ten data blocks
Checks the status of up to ten data blocks.
Format:
DBSTATUS DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10//
S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/
S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block (matrix or table).
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
NODBi Output-integer-default=-1. Status of the DBi-th data block:

-1 Not generated
0 Empty
1 Generated
10 Offline and empty
11 Offline and generated
Remarks:
1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without
warning. For example the following statement:
DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $
may be shortened to:
DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $
2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for
empty and offline data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks
and fatally terminates for offline data blocks.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBSTORE 983
Stores data blocks on the database
SubDMAP DBSTORE Stores data blocks on the database
Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by
CALL DBFETCH.
Format:
CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be stored. See Remark 5.
Parameters:

DBSET Character-input-no default. The dbset-name to store DBi. The
dbset-name must be padded with blanks to 5 characters in length; e.g.,
'DBDN '.
COND Integer-input-no default. Conditional store flag. COND = 0 means
store and COND 0 means do not store.
Remarks:
value is desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is
blank; i.e, ' ' (a string with 5 blanks), then DBi will be stored on DBset
DBALL.
2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with
ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET.
3. DBSET should not be ’SCRATCH’ or refer to a scratch dbset.
4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution
sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified
just before CALL DBSTORE and PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1.
5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data
block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the
“highest” CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so
that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
Main Index
984 SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores data blocks on the database
Examples:
1. Store data block B on dbset DB100:
PUTSYS(1, 109) $ deactivate restart skipping
CALL DBSTORE B,,,,//2/2/’DB100’/0 $
PUTSYS(0, 109) $ activate restart skipping
2. The following example computes five variations on a basic matrix ( K +
λ i M ] [ X ] = [ B ] , where K, B, and M are input via DMI Bulk Data entries and
( λ i , i = 1,5) are input via DTI,LAMLST entries. In the first loop, the matrix
KPLM is formed and decomposed and its factors, L and U, stored. In the
second loop, the factors are fetched and, along with B, input to the FBS
module to solve for X.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,LOOPCNT=1,SING=0 $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,BX $ BLANK STRING
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,LAMC $
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/K,M,B,,,,,,, $
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/LAMLST,,,,,,,,, $
MATPRN K,M,B/ $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5 AND SING>-1) $
PARAML LAMLST//’DTI’/1/LOOPCNT/S,N,LAMBDA $
LAMC=CMPLX(LAMBDA) $
ADD K,M/KPLM//LAMC $
DECOMP KPLM/L,U/-1/////S,N,SING $
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBSTORE L,U,,,//0/LOOPCNT/BX/0 $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
$
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/BX/BX/BX/BX/BX $
LOOPCNT=1 $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5) $
CALL DBFETCH /FL,FU,,,/0/LOOPCNT/1/0/0 $
FBS FL,FU,B/X $
MESSAGE //’ LOOPCNT=’/LOOPCNT $
MATPRN X/ $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDDO $
ENDIF $
CEND
TITLE=SOLVE FOR FIVE X
BEGIN BULK
DMI,K,.....
DMI,B,.....
DMI,M,.....
DTI,LAMLST,.....
ENDDATA
Main Index
DBVIEW 985
Creates virtual datalock
DBVIEW Creates virtual datalock
Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks.
Format:
DBVIEW view-name = data-block WHERE (where-expr) $
(WHERE where-expr)
Describers:
view-name Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character
must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for
view-names: A through Z and 0 through 9.
data-block Name of a data block.
where-expr A logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers,
PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION, and DBSET. For example,
WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID< >2 AND SEID>0) selects all items
under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See
“WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 and Remark 6. Be aware
that certain restrictions apply to the where-expr when the viewname
will be used to specify an output data block on a module (see Remark 8).
Remarks:
1. DBVIEW is a nonexecutable statement defined only at compilation. It is not
affected by IF ( ) THEN or DO WHILE blocks. Where-expr, however, is
evaluated dynamically for the current values of data-block qualifiers at the
module where view-name is specified for input.
2. DBVIEW must be specified prior to the first occurrence of the use of the
view-name. It may only be specified as an input data block to a DMAP
module.
3. If the data-block is “not generated” or if no data blocks satisfy the
where-expr, then the view-name will be considered as “not generated.” Also,
if the where-expr contains a qualifier that is not in the path of the data-block
then the view-name is not generated.
4. view-name is recognized only in the current subDMAP.
5. A view-name that results in more than one data block is also called a family.
If a family is specified as input to a module that does not use families, then
the first data block stored will be the one that is used.
Main Index
986 DBVIEW
6. The values assigned to qualifiers not specified in the where-expr are taken
from current values. “AND WILDCARD” may be specified in the where-
expr to indicate that unspecified qualifiers do not have to match their current
values to satisfy the DBVIEW statement.
7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to
continue the DBVIEW statement on more than one line. For example,
DBVIEW UGX=UG,
(WHERE SEID=10 AND,
SPC=20,
AND VERSION=5) $
8. 8. If the view-name in the subDMAP is used for an output datablock on a
module then the following restrictions apply:
a. The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";". For
example, WHERE(SEID)=10; PEID=20).
Note: Any view-name specified by a DBVIEW statement using the ";" separator
can also be used for input datablocks (in this case, any ";" in the Where Expr
will be interpreted as the boolean "and" operator).
b. Only one datablock can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families
are not supported for output datablocks).
c. PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION,Where Expr modifier "WILDCARD", and
the use of qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the Where Expr.
Examples:
1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks
called KAA10 for the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID
= 10 and for the current values of the remaining KAA path qualifiers.
DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $
2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block
BULK, which is stored under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS
statement and gives it the virtual name BULKR to differentiate it from the
current data block BULK.
PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $
DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND
PROJNO=RESPROJ) $
Main Index
DBVIEW 987
3. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name for the datablock

KAA. The view-name will be used as an output datablock to a DMAP
module. The path qualifiers for this output datablock will be assigned
SEID=20 and SEID=10 and the remaining KAA path qualifiers will be set to
the current values.
DBVIEW KAA20 = KAA WHERE (SEID=20 ; PEID=10) $
4. The following DMAP sequence creates view-names for three input
datablocks and four output datablocks, using the same data block "XYZ".
DBVIEW IN1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW IN2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+1 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW IN3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+2 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW OUT1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=1 ; SERIES7=JJ) $
DBVIEW OUT2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES 5=2 ; SERIES7=JJ+1) $
DBVIEW OUT3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=3 ; SERIES7=JJ+2) $
DBVIEW OUT4=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=4 ; SERIES7=JJ+3) $
JJ=0 $
DO WHILE (JJ<1000) $
PARTN IN1,IN2,IN3/OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4 $
MATPRN OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4// $
JJ=JJ+1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
988 DCMP
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
Decompose a square matrix [ A ] into upper and lower triangular factors [ U ] and [ L ]
and diagonal matrix [ D ] . DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended
diagnostics.
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
T
[A ] = [L ][D ][L ] for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DCMP DUSET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/
 LD   U   LSEQ 
 , , /
 LAO   AAP   LSCM 
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/
S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $
Input Data Blocks:

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
A A square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).
PARTVEC Partitioning vector specified when A is a partition of SETNAME. Its
rowsize is indicated by SETNAME. A is the zero-th partition from
PARTVEC.
EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain
decomposition.
Main Index
DCMP 989
Output Data Blocks:
LD Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or

Cholesky Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
U Upper triangular factor or high ratios matrix. If A is unsymmetric then
U is the nonstandard upper triangular factor of [A] or the Cholesky
factor. If A is symmetric and the value of system cell 166 includes the
value of 8 then U contains the contains the "high ratio terms of the
factor diagonal ratios". See Remark 4.
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.
LAO Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3.
AAP Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when KSYM=3.
LSCM Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.
Parameters:
KSYM Input/output-integer-default=1.
1 Use symmetric decomposition (default).
0 Use unsymmetric decomposition.
-1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset
to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type.
3 Use symmetric partial decomposition.
CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM=1 or KSYM=-1 and [A] is symmetric
then:
1 Use Cholesky decomposition.
0 Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM=3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom

in the o-set.
BAILOUT Input-integer-default=0. If BAILOUT>0, then the module exits with
error message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO. If
BAILOUT<-1, then the module continues with warning message if
factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO.
MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.E5. See the BAILOUT and ERR parameters.
SETNAME Input-character-default=‘H’. One or two letters indicating the set
membership of [A].
Main Index
990 DCMP
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. Tolerance for suppressing numbers of small

magnitude. Matrix elements with magnitudes less than F1 will be set to
zero.
DECOMP Input-integer-default=-1. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
DEBUG Input-integer-default=-1. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
THRESH Input-integer-default=-6. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
MINDIAG Output-real double precision-default=0.0D0. See “DECOMP” on
page 1000 module.
DET Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). See “DECOMP” on page 1000
module.
POWER Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
SING Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
NBRCHG Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.
ERR Output-integer-default=-1. If BAILOUT=-1, this parameter always
remains at zero. If BAILOUT=0 and the factor to diagonal ratio is
greater than MAXRATIO, ERR is reset to -1.
LMTROWS Input-integer-default=0. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to
the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in
the DCMP module.
Remarks:
1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and
responds to the same system cells. However the DCMP module default for
KSYM is 1 instead of -1, which is the default for DECOMP. All Remarks
given for the DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP module.
2. If given unsymmetric matrices (“Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are
not provided. The module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP
module.
3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are
required for the most efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only
required if A is not the same size as SETNAME.
4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL
RATIO values printed under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U
is
Diag(A) = Ad, a vector.
Main Index
DCMP 991
Diag(T) = Dd, a vector.

In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being
defined here has no validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal
terms (2 by 2 pivots), so those rows are ignored in this testing. The ratio is
defined as
Vi = Adi/Ddi
Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms.
They are divided into Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against
a quality parameter value named MAXRATIO. The default value for
MAXRATIO is 1.E7, but the user is allowed to change its value. Terms less
than MAXRATIO are set to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is
identified as singular, and various warning and fatal messages may appear,
depending on the context in which the DCMP module is being called.
This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other
actions when they are being approached. This feature is used in normal
modes analysis, where points with high ratios are automatically constrained
to ground, to make the eigensolution more stable.
5. The sparse symmetric decomposition method may be used to decompose
only a certain partition specified by a partitioning vector (PARTVEC input
data block for DCMP). In this case the following decomposition is obtained:
A oo A oa L oo D oo T LT
L oo
A = = ao
A ao A aa L ao I A aa I
where
T
A aa = A aa – L ao D oo L ao
The results of L oo, D oo, L ao are written to LD and aa to LSCM.
Example:
Inspect the numerical conditioning of the
m
M aa
Main Index
992 DCMP
matrix. If the matrix is poorly conditioned, diagnostics will be produced.

DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////’A’ $
DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $
MATPRN DLAA/$
Main Index
DDR2 993
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
Improves accuracy of modal transient or frequency response displacements by

computing displacements due to mode acceleration.
Format:
DDR2 USETD,UD,PD,KDD,BDD,MDD,OL,UNUSED,LLL,DM/
UD1,UE,PD1/
APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency
response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient
response.
PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set.
BDD Damping matrix for the d-set.
MDD Mass matrix for the d-set.
OL Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency
output list.
LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set.
DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set.

UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points).
PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the
a-set.
Parameters:

'TRAN' Transient response
Main Index
994 DDR2
NOUE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points.

UNUSED1 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.
Remarks:
1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery
output; such as, stress, strain, etc.
2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged.
3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and
third column in UD) are unchanged in UD1.
5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes.
Method:
The equivalent load vector is computed:
a 2 2
{ P d } = { P d } – { K dd } { u d } – [ B dd ] { u· d } – [ M dd ] { u·· d } Eq. 4-7
For a transient analysis problem { u d } , { u· d } , and { u·· d } are given explicitly. For
frequency response analysis,
{ u· d } = iω { u d } Eq. 4-8
2
{ u·· d } = – ω { u d } Eq. 4-9
where ω is the forcing frequency and { u d } is the complex response vector. ω comes
from PPF. The vector { P ad } is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the
motion of the system approximated by its lower modes. The static solution using these
loads will provide a better answer for displacements.
If extra points are present, then:
a
a  Pa 
{ Pd } →  ------  Eq. 4-10
 Pe 
Main Index
DDR2 995
a
 ua 
{ u d } →  -----  Eq. 4-11
 ue 
{ ue }
is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this
calculation. If supports are present, then:
a  Pl 
{ P l } →  -----  Eq. 4-12
 Pr 
 ul 
{ u a } →  -----  Eq. 4-13
 Pr 
Solve for { u aa } :
T a a
[ L ll ] [ L ll ] { u l } = { P l } Eq. 4-14
This is accomplished in subroutine FBSDRV. If supports are present, then:
a
a  { ul } + [ D ] { ur } 
{ ua } =  -------------------------------------------  Eq. 4-15
 ur 
otherwise,
a
{ ua } = { u al }
Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points are present, then:
a
a  ua 
{ ud } ←  -----  Eq. 4-16
 ue 
Note:
If the problem type is transient, { u ad } must be merged with { u· d } and { u·· d } .
Main Index
996 DDRMM
Performs matrix method data recovery
DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery
Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly
from the modal solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response
spectra analysis using the matrix method.
Format:
DDRMM CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/
OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5,OVG,OAG/
OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal
displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements,
velocities, and accelerations in transient response.
output list.
IUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or
SORT2 format.
IQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal
displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
IES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in
SORT1 or SORT2 format. For strains, NOCOMP must be set to 3.
IEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or
SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG Table of single point forces of constraint SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Main Index
DDRMM 997
UNUSED5 Unused and may be purged.

OVG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OAG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Parameters:
OPTION Input-character-default=' '. Response summation method for

scaled response spectra analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute
'SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new)
'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old)
NOCOMP Input-integer-default=0. Set to 3 if IES is element strains.
ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
0 No fluid elements exist.
1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists.
2 Fluid/structure coupling exists.
ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in
fluid-structural analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square
'PEAK' Peak
PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in
units of dB or dBA.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations
will be output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVG and OAG.
Main Index
998 DDRMM
Method:
A matrix of modal solution data is formed from each of the modal SDR solution data
blocks input to the module. These data matrices and the matrix solution vectors are
multiplied to form an output matrix.
If the modal solutions input to the modal are SORT1, the equation is
1 1
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Data Matrix ] ⋅ [ Solution Matrix ] Eq. 4-17
If the modal solutions input to the module are SORT2, the equation is
2 T 2
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Solution Matrix ] ⋅ [ Data Matrix ] Eq. 4-18
The output matrix formed for each modal input data block is converted to output data
block format for processing by the module OFP.
In Eq. 4-17 and Eq. 4-18, the solution matrix contains one solution vector (column) of
size h (= number of eigenvalues used) for each time or frequency step. Thus,
[ Solution Matrix ] is of size Rows ⋅ Columns

where:
Rows = Number of eigenvalues
Columns = Number of time or frequency steps
In the above, the data matrix, if the modal data input is SORT1, contains one column
vector for each eigenvalue used. Each column contains all modal output component
results for all elements or points requested. If the modal data input is SORT2, the data
matrix will be the transpose of that for SORT1 input data, due to the data input
processing requirements. Thus,
1
[ Data Matrix ] is of size Rows ⋅ Columns
where:
Rows = Σ components of all points or elements requested.
Columns = number of time or frequency steps being output.
2 1 T 2 1 T
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ] [ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ]
Main Index
DDRMM 999
Remarks:
1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra
analysis is assumed.
2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP
module.
3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a
unit modal displacement (eigenvector).
Main Index
1000 DECOMP
Matrix decomposition
DECOMP Matrix decomposition
To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L]
and diagonal matrix [D].
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
T
[A] = [L ][ D ][L ] for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DECOMP A/
 LSEQ 
LD,U,   ,RPERM /
 CPERM 
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/
S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH $
Input Data Block:
A Square matrix (real or complex; symmetric, or unsymmetric, or

indefinite symmetric).
Output Data Blocks:
LD Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky

Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
U Upper triangular factor or trapezoidal factor for partial decomposition.
(See Remark 4.)
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4.
RPERM Table of row permutations under KSYM=4.
Parameters:
KSYM Input/output-integer-default=-1.
1 Use standard decomposition.
0 Use unsymmetric decomposition.
Main Index
DECOMP 1001
-1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be

reset to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type (default).
3 Use symmetric partial decomposition. Sparse method is not
available with partial decomposition.
4 Sparse unsymmetric rectangular method.
CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM = 1 or KSYM = -1 and [A] is
symmetric then:
1 Use Cholesky decomposition.
0 Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom
in the o-set.
MINDIAG Output-real double precision-default = 0.0D0. The norm of the
minimum diagonal term of [U].
DET Output-complex single precision-default=(0.0,0.0). The scaled value of
the determinant of [A]. See the POWER parameter. DET is not
applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1.
POWER Output-integer-default=0. Integer POWER of 10 by which DET should
be multiplied to obtain the determinant of [A]. In other words, the
determinant of [A] is equal to DET*10POWER . POWER is not applicable to
sparse methods. See Remark 1.
SING Output-integer-default=0. SING is set to -1 if [A] is singular. See
Remark 3.
NBRCHG Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-integer-default=0.
NBRCHG is the number of negative terms on the diagonal.
MAXRAT Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-real-default=0.0.
MAXRAT is the maximum value of the ratio of the matrix diagonal to
the factor diagonal.
DECOMP Input-integer-default=-1. Controls operation of module for

exceptional conditions as defined in the following table. If
DECOMP > 0 then DECOMP overrides the value specified on
NASTRAN SYSTEM(69) statement.
Main Index
1002 DECOMP
DECOMP Action
0 or -1 Print up to 50 messages for null columns and zero
diagonals (non-sparse method only).
1 Terminate execution when first null column is
encountered.
2 Suppress printing of message when a null column is
encountered (non-sparse method only).
4 Terminate execution when first zero diagonal term is
encountered.
8 Suppress printing of message when a zero diagonal
term is encountered (non-sparse method only).
16 Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and
proceed with the decomposition.
32 Stop the decomposition when zero diagonal terms are
encountered.
64 Exit after execution of preface for symmetric
decomposition.
DEBUG Input-integer-default=-1. Passive column logic control. DEBUG is
used only by non-sparse method. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods User’s Guide and Remark 8.
THRESH Input-integer-default=-6. Power of 10 defining the pivoting
threshold for unsymmetric decomposition. Row pivoting will be
done if any value on the factor diagonal is less than 10 THRESH .
THRESH = -2 is recommended for indefinite matrices because
accuracy is improved even though execution time is increased.
Remarks:
1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the
MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide.
a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with the
sparse method.
b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision.
c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., the
parameter CHOLSKY = 1 will be ignored.
Main Index
DECOMP 1003
d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse
method.
0 No action.
1 If insufficient core is encountered, then switch to conventional
decomposition and continue (default).
2 Print diagnostics.
4 Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The
maximum ratios are replaced by 1.0.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the
efficiency of the back substitution process in module FBS.
3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to
one if unit values are placed on the diagonal.
4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of
freedom, where n is the value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The
resulting trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and the remaining
undecomposed partition of the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first
n degrees of freedom added, is output as [U].
5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix
operations; e.g., ADD, MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed,
nonstandard data blocks as described in Remark 2 and cannot be processed
by other matrix modules except where noted.
6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following
forms in the matrix trailer:
Form Factor Type Matrix Type

4 Lower triangle Symmetric or unsymmetric
5 Upper triangle Unsymmetric only
10 Cholesky Symmetric only
11 Trapezoidal Symmetric only
13 Lower triangular Sparse symmetric
15 Lower or upper Sparse unsymmetric
triangular
Main Index
1004 DECOMP
7. In decomposing symmetric matrices, [ A ] = [ L ] [ D ] [ L ]T , the diagonal factor [ D ]

is stored in the diagonal of the [ LD ] matrix output. The [ U ] = [ L ] T factor is
not output for this case.
8. Matrices with zero diagonal terms may be reliably solved if the
corresponding leading minor is nonzero. A more conservative course is to
take a fatal error exit when zero diagonals occur, regardless of the value of
the leading minor. This action is obtained by setting DECOMP = 32.
9. Parallel sparse decomposition is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To obtain optimal performance, it
is also recommended that the SEQP module be used with parameter
NEWSEQ = 2.
Examples:
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
DECOMP A/L,U,/ $
FBS L,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
2. Form [ K ] = [ G ] T [ A ] [ G ] .
Then decompose [ K ] into [ L ] [ L ]T assuming [ K ] is a symmetric matrix.

SMPYAD G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $
DECOMP K/L,,/ $
3. Calculate
–1
K aa = K aa – K ao K oo K oa
using partial decomposition, then form L oo given the following:

• NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of K oo .
• NOASET integer parameter defining the size of K aa and K oa .
• NOFSET = NOOSET + NOASET
$ FORM PARTITIONING VECTOR
MATGEN ,/VFOX/6/NOFSET/NOOSET/NOASET $
$ MERGE O-SET AND A-SET WITH A-SET LAST
MERGE KOO,KAO,KOA,KAAB,VFOX,/KFFX/-1/0/6 $
$ PARTIALLY DECOMPOSE KFFX
DECOMP KFFX/LFO,KAA,/3/NOOSET $
PARTN LFO, ,VFOX/LOO, LAO, ,/1 $
Main Index
DELETE 1005
Deletes data blocks
DELETE Deletes data blocks
Deletes data blocks.
Format:
DELETE /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Any table or matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.
2. The output from previous module rule does not apply. See ““Output from a
Previous Module” Rule” on page 38.
Example:
DELETE /A,B,C,, $
Main Index
1006 DIAGONAL
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power,
and outputs a vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix.
Format:
DIAGONAL A/B/OPT/POWER $
Input Data Block:
A Square or diagonal matrix (real or complex) if OPT ≠ ′WHOLE′ or

rectangular (real or complex) matrix if OPT = ’WHOLE’
Output Data Block:
B Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the

terms of A raised to a power
Parameters:
OPT Input-character-default='COLUMN'. Type of matrix output.

'COLUMN' Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into
vector B (if A is complex then only the real part is
extracted) and then raise the elements to the exponent
POWER.
'SQUARE' Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into
diagonal matrix B (if A is complex then extract only the
real part) and then raise the elements to the exponent
POWER.
'WHOLE' Copy rectangular matrix A into rectangular matrix B
and then raise the elements to the exponent POWER. If
A is complex and POWER<>1.0 then extract only the
real part; however, if POWER=1.0 then B will contain
the magnitude of the elements.
POWER Input-real single precision-default=1. Exponent to which the real part
of each element is raised. See Remarks.
Main Index
DIAGONAL 1007
Remarks:
1. OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' provide exactly the same functions, except
the output using COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a
square diagonal matrix. Both options process only the real part of the
diagonal terms of the input matrix.
If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the
input matrix is produced. This is an efficient method for producing these
useful DMAP tools. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input
matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor
matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each
term is processed independently.
2. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an
output matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13,
or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term is processed
independently.
If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B].
Zero terms in [A] will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for
producing Boolean matrices. [A] may be either real or complex.
If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute
value of the terms of [A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude
2 2
( a +b )
of the terms of [A].

3. For fractional values of POWER and OPT = 'WHOLE', all elements must be
nonnegative and for OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' all diagonal elements
must be nonnegative.
4. For whole number values of POWER, only real [A] matrices are allowed. The
sign of the terms of [A] are properly preserved.
5. If an illegal operation is requested, a warning message is produced, and [B]
is purged.
Examples:
1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor
diagonal to diagonal terms and print terms less than 10 –3 .
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD/’COLUMN’/1. $
DIAGONAL KOO/KOOD $
ADD LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $
MATMOD LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $
Main Index
1008 DIAGONAL
ADD LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//’H’/’O’ $
2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A]
DIAGONAL A/AA/’WHOLE’ $
Main Index
DISDCMP 1009
Performs distributed decomposition
DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition

Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of
boundary nodes and summation of global schur complement
Format:
DISDCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,UNUSED5,EQMAP/
LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/
HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $
Input Data Blocks:

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
SCHUR Local Schur complement matrix in sparse factor format.
decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:
LBB Distributed boundary matrix factor in sparse factor format (contains

the local panels of the fronts).
DSFDSC Distributed boundary matrix factor.
SCHURS Sum of all SCHUR matrices from all processors.
Parameters:
HLPMETH Input-integer-default=1. Processing option.

>0 Summation ONLY.
=0 Complete boundary decomposition (default).
UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED4 Input-real-default=1.E5. Unused and may be left unspecified.
Main Index
1010 DISDCMP
Performs distributed decomposition
UNUSED5 Input-character-default='H'. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED6 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED7 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED10 Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Unused and may be left
unspecified.
UNUSED11 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Unused and may be left
unspecified.
Main Index
DISFBS 1011
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
DISFBS Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution.
Format:
DISFBS LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/
UA,PABAR,LOO/
HLPMETH $
Input Data Blocks:
LBB Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of
the fronts).
DSFDSC Table description of boundary sparse factor matrix.
decomposition.
UABAR Local updated rectangular ("loads") matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
UA Global boundary solution for distributed decomposition.

PABAR Summed up updated rectangular ("loads") matrix for distributed
decomposition.
LOO Merged boundary sparse factor matrix for distributed decomposition.
Parameters:
HLPMETH Input-integer-default=0. Processing option.

>0 Summation only.
0 Complete distributed forward-backward substitution (default).
4 Summation operation and merging of distributed sparse
boundary factor matrix.
Remarks:
1. LBB and DSFDSC may be purged.
Main Index
1012 DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks
DISOFPM Collects and merges OFP data blocks

Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master
processor.
Format:
DISOFPM OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/
OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/
MAXBUFF $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPiM Merged OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Parameters:
MAXBUFF Input-integer-default=250000. Maximum buffer size in words given to

each processor for the merging process.
Remarks:
1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element
type, subcase number, and element identification number.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must
correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first
input of the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must
also appear in the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM.
Main Index
DISOFPS 1013
Sends OFP data blocks
DISOFPS Sends OFP data blocks
Sends OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPS OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks

None.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. OFPi may be purged. However, if OFPi is not purged, then the
corresponding OFPiM cannot be purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM
statements.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must
correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first
input of the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must
also appear in the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM.
Main Index
1014 DISOPT
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables,

constraints, responses, sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE),
conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and rounding-down approaches.
Format:
DISOPT XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB,
RQATABRG,PBRMSD/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,
R3VALO/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $
Input Data Blocks:
XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

DESTAB Table of design variable attributes.
CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values.
DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design
variable relationship.
XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to
independent design variable linking relationship.
DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
DXDXIT Matrix transponse of DXDXI.
PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
OPTPRMG Table of optimization parameters.
Main Index
DISOPT 1015
R1VALRG Matrix initial values of the retained first level responses.

RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.
CNTABRG Table of retained constraint attributes.
DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal
property identification number order.
PROPI* Matrix family of initial property values.
CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent
design variables.
OBJTBG Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response
COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design
coordinates.
SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid
coordinates and design variables.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable
relationship.
EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes.
DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data.
BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.
BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design
variables.
DNODEL Table of designed node list.
RR2IDRG Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.
RESP3RG Table of retained third level responses in RESP3 table.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets.
Main Index
1016 DISOPT
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained

eigenvalues.
PBRMSD Table of arbitrary beam data.
Output Data Blocks:

CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.
R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.
R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values.
R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
Parameters:
OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROTYP Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.
UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DISPARM 1017
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
DISPARM Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors for parallel
processing.
Format:
DISPARM //SENDID/RECVCODE/
S,N,INT/S,N,REAL/S,N,CMPX/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,REALD/S,N,CMPXD/S,N,LOG $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
SENDID Input-integer-no default. Sending processor identification number.

Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE Input-integer-no default. Receiving processor identification code.
=0 All non-sending processors are receivers.
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single
receiver.
>0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to
left corresponds to the processor identification number.
INT Input/output-integer-default=0. Integer value.
REAL Input/output-real-default=0.0. Real value.
CMPX Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value.
CHAR Input/output-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character value.
REALD Input/output-double precision real-default=0.0D0. Real double
precision value.
CMPXD Input/output-double precision complex-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0).
Complex double precision value.
LOG Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Logical value.
Main Index
1018 DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing.
Additional processing may occur on the master processor.
Format:
Format for DISMETH=1 or 2:
DISUTIL B,X,R,EQMAP/
EPSSE/
NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on master processor:
DISUTIL DB,,,////3 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on slave processor:
DISUTIL ,,,,/DB///3 $
Format for DISMETH=4 or 5:
DISUTIL RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL////4 or 5 $
Format for DISMETH=6:
DISUTIL UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG///6 $
DISUTIL PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG///7 $
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on master processor:
DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on slave processor:
DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL DB,,,/DBOUT/SENDID/RECVCODE/10 $
Main Index
DISUTIL 1019
Input Data Blocks:
B Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local

values in local a-set).
X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution
matrix (with global values in local a-set).
R Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local
a-set).
decomposition.
DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave
processors.
RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix.
RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set for the current processor (local).
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid
resides on which processors/partitions for domain
decomposition.
MATS Any matrix on slave processors.
Output Data Blocks:

UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave
processors.
MATM Any matrix on master processor.
Main Index
1020 DISUTIL
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number in CASECC

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary
condition.
EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1
if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
DISMETH Input-integer-default=1. Method.
1 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set
components of RUF are local values (which occurs in a
direct solution).
2 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set
components of RUF are global values (which occurs in a in
iterative solution).
3 Broadcast table or matrix from master to slaves.
4 Broadcast VECPLOT resultant output from slaves to master
and combine on master.
5 Broadcast VECPLOT maxima output from slaves to master
and combine on master.
6 Broadcast displacement matrices from slaves to master and
merge into global displacement matrix on master.
7 Broadcast force matrices from slaves to master and
add/merge into global force matrix on master.
8, -8 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all
matrices on master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense
matrices and -8 for sparse matrices.
9 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append
columnwise all matrices on master.
10 Broadcast a data block to one or processors identified by
RECVCODE.
SENDID Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification
number. Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.
Main Index
DISUTIL 1021
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a

single receiver.
>0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from
right to left corresponds to the processor identification
number.
Remarks:
1. All executions of DISUTIL must be synchronized across all processors.
2. EPSSE may be purged. EPSSE contains:
a. Sequential number of subcases.
b. Superelement (domain) identification number.
c. Epsilon error ratio.
d. Strain energy (external work).
3. RESMAX0 may be purged, on the slave processors.
4. UGG may not be purged on the master processors.
5. For DISMETH=8 or 9 then MATS and MATM must be in machine precision.
Main Index
1022 DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
DIVERG Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex

eigenvalues and saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots.
Format:
DIVERG CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/
DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CLAMA Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the
EIGC Bulk Data entries.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the
EIGC Bulk Data entries.
Specifies the DIVERG and CMETHOD command set identification
numbers.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence
analysis.
CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
DIVDAT Table of divergence data.

DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues
extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues.
DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence
eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors
associated with the divergence eigenvalues.
Parameters:
IMACHNO Input-integer-no default. Mach number multiplied by 1000 and

specified as an integer.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for divergence analysis.
Main Index
DIVERG 1023
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
Remark:
Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a
negligible real part. Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are
extracted, where NROOT is specified by the DIVERG Bulk Data entry.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DIVERGRS:
FILE DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $
DIVERG CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/
DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS
APPEND DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION
APPEND PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS
APPEND PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS
Main Index
1024 DLT2SLT
Converts DLT to SLT
DLT2SLT Converts DLT to SLT
Converts a DLT formatted table to an SLT formatted tablewith follower forces only.
Format:
DLT2SLT DLT1,DIT/SLTF/ITIME/S,N,LOADIDF $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
SLTF Table of static loads with follower forces only.
Parameters:
ITIME Input-real-no default. Time instant at which the dynamicloads are

evaluated and converted to static loads.Usually input by a user
parameter.
LOADIDF Output-integer-default=0. Load set identification numberof the newly
created static load set of follower forces.
Main Index
DMPCASE 1025
Splits Case Control across multiple processors
DMPCASE Splits Case Control across multiple processors
Splits Case Control across multiple processors.
Format:
DMPCASE CASECC/CASECCP/NPROC/PROCID/NMASS/NCASE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command specifications.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECCP Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor.
Parameters:
NPROC Input-integer-no default. Total number of processors.

PROCID Input-integer-no default. Local processor ID.
NMASS Input-integer-no default.
NCASE Input-integer-no default.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1026 DMIIN
Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
DMIIN Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
Inputs matrices referenced on DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7,
DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:

DMINDX Index into DMI.
Output Data Blocks:
DMIi Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries
(e.g., the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1).
See Remark 3.
Parameters:
PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is

generated, then PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface
module IFP.
2. Any output data block may be purged.
3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN
module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement,
then the data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same
as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following
DMAP instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored.
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $
Main Index
DOM10 1027
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization
In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate
optimization problem.
Format:
DOM1 DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*,
PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG,
R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1,
FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG,
R3VALO,MODRPRG//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/RESTYP $
Input Data Blocks:

XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variable.
DVPTAB* Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal
PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values.
PROPO* Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.
R2VALO Matrix of final values of the second level responses.
Main Index
1028 DOM10
DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for
each of the response types.
TOL1 Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case
Control command.
FOL1 Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ
FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level retained responses per
response type and per frequency or time step.
variables.
WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification number.
R3VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses.
MODRPRG Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type
per mode.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.

-1 Initial execution of DOM10
-2 Final execution of DOM10
>0 Design cycle number
DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization
iteration number.
OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.
Main Index
DOM10 1029
1 DVPRELi entries exist.
2 DVCRELi entries exist.
4 DVMRELi entries exist.
>0 For combinations, add above values.
RESTYP Input-integer-default=0. Optimization results flag.
0 Approximate model.
1 Exact analysis for fully stessed design optimization.
Examples:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for initial execution:
DBVIEW TOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MTRAN') $
DBVIEW FOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MFREQ' OR SOLAPP='DFREQ') $
IF ( DESCYCLE=1
) DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-1/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for intermediate executions:

DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,XO,CNTABRG, CVALRG, CVALO,
DVPTAB,PROPI,PROPO,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGENFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for final execution:

DBVIEW FOL1V=FOL1 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW TOL2V=TOL2 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
IF ( CNVFLG=2 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT=6 ) DOM10,
DESTAB,XVAL,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOL2V,FOL1V,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-2/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Main Index
1030 DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization.
Format:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,DMATCK,
PBRMSD/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN,PBRMSN/
DESCYCLE/PROTYP/NRANVAR $
Input Data Blocks:

EPTTAB* Family of tables of designed property attributes.
DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.
COORDO Table of designed coordinate values.
coordinates.
SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates
and design variables.
scalar points.
DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check.
Main Index
DOM11 1031
Output Data Blocks:
EPTN Updated (optimized) EPT.

COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO.
GEOM1N Updated (optimized) GEOM1.
GEOM2N Updated (optimized) GEOM2.
MPTN Updated (optimized) MPT.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.

NRANVAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
The DOM11 module performs the following functions:
1. Creates the COORDN data block at the beginning of each iteration and
updates property and shape data blocks EPTN and GEOM1N at the end of
each iteration.
2. Writes iteration information to the punch file.
3. Punches updated GRID and DESVAR entries.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $
Initial:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
Main Index
1032 DOM11
EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $
Final:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $
Main Index
DOM12 1033
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization.
Format:
DOM12 XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS,
DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,
EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P,
R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,
PBRMSN,OBJTBG,CVALA,CVALP/
HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/
DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/
DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/
S,N,REJECT/ISHAPE/TREGION $
Input Data Blocks:

CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
HIS Table of design iteration history.
GEOM1N Updated (optimized) Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
geometry.
COORDO Matrix of designed coordinate values.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and
optimization.
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to
the new mode numbering.
scalar points.
Main Index
1034 DOM12

XVALP XVAL table from previous iteration.
GEOM1P GEOM1 table from previous design iteration.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from
the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
UBULK Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.
TOPELE Element list for topology optimization.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
CVALA Table of approximate constraint values for trust region analysis.
CVALP Table of exact constraint values at previous design cycle for trust
region analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
HISADD Table of design iteration history for current design cycle.

OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters.
DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing.
DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes.
Parameters:

OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
Main Index
DOM12 1035
CNVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.

0 No convergence is achieved.
1 Soft convergence is achieved.
2 Hard convergence is achieved.
CVTYP Input-integer-default=0. Type of convergence test.
1 Soft convergence is to be checked.
2 Hard convergence is to be checked.
3 Final iteration histories are to be printed.
OPTEXIT Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization termination option. See
OPTEXIT description in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization
iteration number.
MDTRKFLG Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking status flag.
0 Mode tracking was successful.
1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful.
DESPCH Input-integer-default=0. Punch control for updated DESVAR,
DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries. See DESPCH description in the
MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESPCH1 Input-integer-default=6. Punch output type flag.
0 None.
1 Designed analysis property entries.
2 All of the entries of the type as long as at least one property entry
is designed for the type.
4 Design model entries.
<>0 For combinations sum above values.
>0 Indicates large field format.
<0 Indicates small field format.
MODETRAK Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking request flag.
0 Mode tracking was not requested.
>0 Mode tracking is requested.
Main Index
1036 DOM12
1 Eigenvalue (radian/time).
2 Frequency (cycle/time).
DSAPRT Input-logical-default=FALSE. DSAPRT Case Control command print
flag.
>0 For combinations add above values.
BADMESH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12.
FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to

TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle.
OBJAPPX Input-real-default=0.0. approximate objective value for trust region

analysis.
MXLAGM Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust
region analysis.
REJECT Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Rejected design flag for trust
region analysis.
TRUE: Design is rejected.
FALSE: Design is accepted.
ISHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization for trust region analysis.
=0
<>0
TREGION Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. Extracted from
word position 60 in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
Main Index
DOM12 1037
Examples:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following hard convergence:

DBVIEW XPREV=XINIT (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
DBVIEW PROPPV=PROPI (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP and dptype=*) $
DBVIEW HISPV=HIS (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
cvtyp=2 $
PARAML optprmg//'DTI'/1/60//S,N,TREGION $
if ( tregion=1 ) trustR = TRUE $
if ( trustR ) then $
if ( mxlagmx=0.0 ) then $
if ( descycle=1 ) objinit = objin*10. $
else $
objinit = 2.*mxlagmx $
endif $ mxlagmx=0.0
endif $ trustR
REJECT=FALSE $
DOM12 XPREV, XINIT, CVALRG, PROPPV, PROPIF, OPTPRMG,
HISPV, DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,
EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSNX,
OBJTBG,CVALAPX,CVALRGP/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/
PROTYP///FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/S,N,REJECT/0/
TREGION $
APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $
equivx HISX/HIS/-1 $
2. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following soft convergence:

DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *)
DBVIEW EPTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
Main Index
1038 DOM12
DOM12 XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,
GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPTN,GEOM2N,MPTN,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,
,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSN,OBJTBG,,/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ//
PROTYP///FSDCYCf $
APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $
EQUIVX HISX/HIS/-1 $
3. Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for termination:
DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *)
DBVIEW EPTTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
IF ( ABS(OPTEXIT)>3 OR
(OPTEXIT=0 AND (CNVFLG>0 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR NUMDDV>0
OR
DSPRINT OR DSUNFORM OR DSEXPORT OR
MODETRAK>0 OR BADMESH))
) DOM12 ,,XVAL,,,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,GEOM1,
COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,,MPT,EPTTABF,DV[TABF,
XVALP,GEOM1P,,,,,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,PBRMSD,,,/
,,DBCOPT,/
DESCYCL1///CNVFLG/3/OPTEXIT/DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/
DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYPE/
BADMESH/XYUNIT $
Main Index
DOM6 1039
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DOM6 Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design

variables.
Format:
DOM6 XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG,
DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB,
DVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR,
RSP3RG,R3VALRG,PBRMSD/
DSCM2/
PROTYP/IFRMAS/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $
Input Data Blocks:

DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent
design variable relationship.
CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values.
PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
DXDXIT Matrix of coefficients in the design variable linking relationship.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.
COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or
COORDN.
Main Index
1040 DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints

DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations.
RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:

IFRMAS Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
Main Index
DOM9 1041
Performs the approximate optimization problem
DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem
Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints,

responses and sensitivity information.
Format:
DOM9 XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG,RQATABRG,TOPTAB,
PBRMSD,TOPMC,TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO,TMINIT1/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/EIGNFREQ/PROPTN/S,N,MXLAGM/
TREGION/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/
UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14 $
Input Data Blocks:

DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
Main Index
1042 DOM9

design variables.
COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
coordinates.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable
relationship.
variables.
RESP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained
eigenvalues.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties.
TOPMC Topology member size control table.
Main Index
DOM9 1043
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.

TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints.
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints).
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints).
TOPSM Table of topological symmetric constraints.
Output Data Blocks:

R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
TMINIT1 Updated table of initial design variable values for topology with
manufacturing constraints.
Parameters:
OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROPTN Input-integer-default=0. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability,
if PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and
the property to design variable relations will be produced.
Main Index
1044 DOM9
MXLAGM Output-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust
region analysis.
TREGION Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. extracted from word
position 60 in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
Main Index
DOPFS 1045
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
DOPFS Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design.
Format:
DOPFS R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG,
PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB,
XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN,
EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT,PBRMSD/
XO,PROPO $
Input Data Blocks:
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

DESELM Table of designed elements.
DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal
PROPI Matrix of initial property values.
DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values.
DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design
variable relationship.
PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes.
Main Index
1046 DOPFS
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design

Output Data Blocks:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DOPR1 1047
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values.
Format:
DOPR1 EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,CASECC,TOPTAB0,
TOPELE,PBRMS,BGPDT,ECT,GPECT,VELEM,CSTM/
DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*,
DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PRO*PI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*,
OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB,
TOPTAB,PBRMSD,NWEDOM,NWCASE,TOPMC,
TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/
S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/DPEPS/
S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR/S,N,NRANVAR $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
scalar points.
analysis.
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties.
PBRMS Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.
GPECT Grid point element connection table.
VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.
Main Index
1048 DOPR1
Output Data Blocks:

DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and
property
design variables.
variables.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties with design variable
NWEDOM EDOM modified for random design variables.
Main Index
DOPR1 1049
NWCASE CASECC associated with beta response.

TOPMC Topology member size control table.
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints
TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints)
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element identification numbers (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints)
TOPSM Table of topological symmetric constraints.
Parameters:
MODEPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element property

modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is
overriding element properties in the analysis model.
MODGEOM2 Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model connectivity
overriding connectivity in the analysis model.
MODMPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model material property
overriding material properties in the analysis model.
DPEPS Input-real-default=1.0E-4. Tolerance for design model override of
analysis model properties. See further description in the MD
Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DISVAR Output-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete optimization variable flag.

Set to TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified.
NRANVAR Output-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data
entries.
Main Index
1050 DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DOPR2 Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors.
Format:
DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,
CASEP,DNODEL/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the
boundary dvgrid option.
Output Data Blocks:

COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each
design cycle.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.
coordinates.
Main Index
DOPR2 1051
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.

DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations
with extra columns for property/dummy variables.
CASEP Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOUGD Input-integer-default=-1. Flag for external input of auxiliary model
displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
DVGRDN Input-character-default='NO'. Flag for skipping basis vector
components associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If
DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.
Remarks:
1. BASVEC may be DBLOCATE'd or internally generated.
2. CON is an offset vector that ensures the geometry at the beginning of a
design cycle is same as that in the analysis model. It is in the basic coordinate
system.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT:
DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,
AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:

DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD $
Excerpt from subDMAP SCSHBV:

DOPR2 EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/
LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Main Index
1052 DOPR3
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type
and superelement. Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control
table for recovering design responses.
Format:
DOPR3 CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN,
BGPDT,DVPTAB*,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET,XINIT,FOL,DIT,DYNAMIC/
OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3,ADRDUG,ADRDUTB,CASADJ,
MODRSP,CASEDM,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,CONTABX,OBJTABX,
ARVEC/
DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/
S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/
SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT/RGSENS/INREL/S,N,ADJFLG/S,N,TADJCOL/
AUTOADJ/SOLADJC/S,N,NORMEV $
Input Data Blocks:
CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
optimization.
OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time
output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by
FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN.
Main Index
DOPR3 1053
DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property

identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
analysis.
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties.
Output by IFP.
FOL Frequency response frequency output list.
Output Data Blocks:
OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement.
Objective attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB Table of constraint attributes.
R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12 Table of second level responses.
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in
R1TAB.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response
type per frequency or time step.
CASEDS Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.
OINTDS p-element output control table for constrained elements.
PELSETDS p-element set table for constrained elements.
DESELM Table of designed elements.
RESP3 Table of third level responses.
Main Index
1054 DOPR3
ADRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.

ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.
CASADJ Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
RESP12X RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one
superelement.
RESP3X Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.
CONTABX Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
OBJTABX Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement with
respsect to RESP12X.
ARVEC Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads.
Parameters:
DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design
model is limited to the residual structure.
DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set
DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set
R1CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 1 responses in data
block R1TAB.
R2CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 2 responses in data
block RESP12.
CNCNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for constraints in CONTAB.
SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type.
SEID Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
EIGNFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.
Main Index
DOPR3 1055

DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in
buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user
parameter.
SHAPES Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence
flag. Must be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data
entries are present.
R3CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 3 responses in the
RESP3 table.
RGSENS Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
INREL Input-integer-default=0. Inertia relief selection flag. Usually input via
user parameter.
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.
TADJCOL Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load
vector, for supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements.
AUTOADJ Input-character-No default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection
flag. Usually input via user parameter.
SOLADJC Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors
along with applied load vectors
>=0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
<0 No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
NORMEV Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue normalization flag.
0 Mass normalized.
1 Maximum deflection normalized.
Remarks:
1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every
analysis type and superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example.
2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in
R1TAB, RESP12, and CONTAB.
Main Index
1056 DOPR3X
Check second and third level responses
DOPR3X Check second and third level responses
Perform additional checks on the second level and third level design responses for all
superelements.
Format:
DOPR3X RESP12XM,RESP3XM/ $
Input Data Blocks:
RESP12XM Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all

superelements.
RESP3XM Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DOPR4 1057
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables
DOPR4 Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables.
Format:
DOPR4 DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/
TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/
PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and

property.
DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.
Output Data Blocks:

DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in
each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-
word entry is the position of an internal design variable identification
number in the first TABDEQ record.
Parameters:

Main Index
1058 DOPR5
Updates design sensitivity tables
DOPR5 Updates design sensitivity tables
Updates design sensitivity tables.
Format:
DOPR5 XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K,
TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID/
DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/
STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:

DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in
each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-
word entry is the position of an internal design variable identification
number in the first TABDEQ record.
Output Data Blocks:
DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF
in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the
corresponding design variable value.
DTOS4 Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry
contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.
DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a
prescribed small value.
Main Index
DOPR5 1059
Updates design sensitivity tables
Parameters:
STPSCL Input-real-default=1.0. Shape step size scaling factor.

RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
Main Index
1060 DOPR6
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
DOPR6 Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations.
Format:
DOPR6 DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS/
DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/
RSONLY/RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation.

MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification
numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs.
Output Data Blocks:
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data.

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design
variable identification numbers.
Parameters:
RSONLY Input-logical-no default. Residual structure only flag.

FALSE Superelements are specified.
TRUE Superelements are not specified.
Main Index
DOPR6 1061
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
Remarks:
1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load
vector, etc. taking into account shape design variable perturbations, i.e.,
K+DELTAK, M+DELTAM etc. This is accomplished by generating an EST
for all elements which are referred to by design variables. The generated EST
is in the same ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross
reference table between the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original
EID/design variables.
2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any
structural elements but are referenced by a rigid element.
Main Index
1062 DOPRAN
Preprocess RMS responses
DOPRAN Preprocess RMS responses

Preprocess RMS responses in design optimization.
Format:
DOPRAN DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/
RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics, specifically

RANDPS.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images, specifically TABRND1.
output list or frequency response frequency output list.
R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSTAB Table of RMS responses.

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses.
Parameters:
LUSET Input-integer-default=-1. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DPD 1063
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
DPD Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic
analysis
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis.
Format:
DPD DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG/
GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL,
EED,EQDYN,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/S,N,NOPSDL/
DATAREC/S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/SORTNLFT/
S,N,NOUE/UNUSED12/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list.
SLT Table of static loads.
PG Static load matrix for the g-set.
PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the
g-set.
PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.
PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the
g-set.
YG Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures for the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL

appended with extra point data).
SILD Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data).
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended
with extra point data).
TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
Main Index
1064 DPD
DLT Table of dynamic loads.

PSDL Power spectral density list.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED7 Unused.
NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table.
TRL Transient response list.
EED Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters.
data).
APPLOD Matrix of applied load amplitudes
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness
effects
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous
damping effects
ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass
effects
ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes
Parameters:

g-set.
LUSETD Output-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
p-set.
NOTFL Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data
entries. Set to -1 if no sets are defined.
NODLT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created.
NOPSDL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
DATAREC Input-integer-default=0. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD
will not perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are
not needed in data recovery.
Main Index
DPD 1065

NONLFT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk
Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
NOTRL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter
Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is
created.
NOEED Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data
entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created.
UNUSED10 Input-integer-no default. Unused.
NOUE Output-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are
no extra points.
Remarks:
1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New
tables are assembled to account for any extra points in the model and the
additional displacement sets used in dynamics.
2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are
also purged. SLT and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by
dynamic loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data entry.
3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED
are purged. However, TRL will not contain the TIC record.
Main Index
1066 DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
DRMH1 Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory

tables
Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces,
and MPCforces) to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1
module.
Format:
DRMH1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:
TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi.

MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table.
Parameters:
NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes,

time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default,
all data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is
less than the number of data records in the input table, then the first
NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.
NULLROW Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output
matrices for nonlinear quantities. See Remark 1.
0 Insert null rows. Compatible with DRMS1 output format.
1 Do not insert null rows. Required for DRMH3 processing.
TRL5Ti Output-integer-default=0. Specifies value for the fifth word in
TOFPi's trailer.
Remarks:
1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear
quantities (e.g., axial stress) are output to the matrix. However, if
NULLROW=0, then null rows will be inserted for the nonlinear quantities
(e.g., margin-of-safety).
Main Index
DRMH1 1067
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However,

the matrix contains complex numbers. As a result only the item codes
specified in the real side of the plot code tables are utilized.
3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into
OFP tables.
Example:
In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table:
SOL 108
MALTER ’, ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1’(,-1)
DRMH1 OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $
ADD5 MES,,,,/MES2/2. $
DRMH3 TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $
OFP OES12/ $
CEND
Main Index
1068 DRMH3
Partitions tables for each superelement
DRMH3 Partitions tables for each superelement
Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module
outputs) to SORT1 formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or
processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM and SDR3.
Format:
DRMH3 TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4,
OL,CASECC/
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $
Input Data Blocks:

FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ. May also be output by MODACC if
truncated via the OFREQ and OTIME Case Control commands.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created
by the SDR2 module.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS' Statics
'REIG' Normal modes
'CEIGEN' Complex modes
'TRANRESP' Transient response
Main Index
DRMH3 1069
DTMi Input-integer-default=0. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix

flag. If DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based
displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will
not be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only
one column per time step instead of the usual three.
Remarks:
1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted.
Otherwise, the inputs will be converted based on the output commands
specified in CASECC.
2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the
following will occur:
If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a
warning message will be printed with the identification of the matrix and
table name.
If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a
warning message will be printed and the module will continue. This will
allow the user to combine modal results using any desired method into a
single set of results (or more) and not be required to modify the table.
Example:
See the “DRMH1” on page 1066 module description.
Main Index
1070 DRMS1
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
DRMS1 Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses,

and element forces. The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module
and formatted for the OFP module.
Format:
DRMS1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameter:
NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes,

time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all
data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less
than the number of data records in the input table, then the first NCOL
records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.
Remarks:
1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module.
Module DRMS1 generates the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and
associated directory table (TOFPi) from each of the input data blocks.
2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be
given linear combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal
stresses. This irrelevant data will be eliminated from the output
transformation matrix. Components that are retained in the matrix MOFPi
are indicated in the table of element stress output data description.
Main Index
DRMS1 1071
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the
number of modes or loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each
column will contain all the relevant components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or
elements ( σ x , σ y , etc.) for all the GRIDs or elements retained in the input data
blocks.
4. Directory tables contain the mapping information as follows:
• RECORD 0 - Header record, indicating.
• Type of data ( φ , q, σ , or F).
• Format code (real, real/imaginary or magnitude/phase).
• RECORD 1 - Identification of the columns, providing
• Column numbers of the associated matrix.
• Natural frequencies ( fn ) .
• RECORD 2 - Identification of the rows, providing
• Type code of points or elements.
• identification number number of points or elements.
• Number of components of the point or element retained in the
associated matrix.
• Starting row number of the point or element with reference to the
associated matrix. See the OES, OEF, OUG, and OQG table
descriptions in “+” on page 851.
• Matrix trailer output, indicating the size of the associated matrix.
Main Index
1072 DSABO
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
DSABO Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for
stiffness, mass, damping, and load generation.
Format:
DSABO ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF
in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the
corresponding design variable value.
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDVP EST with element property design variable perturbations.

MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations.
EPTX EPT with design variable perturbations.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and
design variable identification numbers.
ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers.
PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations.
Main Index
DSABO 1073
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
Parameters:
PROPOPT Output-integer-default=0. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if

element properties are defined as design variables.
DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as
specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM
data block.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if
p-elements are present.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate
a new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into
account the design variable perturbations, i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM,
etc. These calculations are completed by generating an EST for all elements
which are referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending
order as the original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all
the perturbations necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG
and SSG1 use ESTDV to generate K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P +
DELTAP due to temperature effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2 then calculate
DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc.
2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the
backward tables. For example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as
follows:
DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $
DELTABX=-DELTAB $
DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $
ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes'
Main Index
1074 DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening

and load case deletion.
Format:
DSAD RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB,
BLAMA,CLAMA,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB,
FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS,
OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN,
XINIT,TABDEQ,COORDN,OL,FRL,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,
GPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS,
GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL,
UPF,QPF,QMPF,UHF,OUGD1M,OESD1M,OSTRD1M,
OEFD1M,MODRSP,CASEDM,PHG,OGPFB1DS,OELOP1DS,
ONRGD1M,UPSDT,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,EPSSE,ESRT,
OES1AB/
R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL,
CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR,
DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR,
R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB,
CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR,
RMSVALR,FRLR,FOLR,UPFM,QPFM,QMPFM,UHFM,MODRPR,
UPSDTR,RQATABR,RESP12XR,RESP3XR/
WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/
S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/
EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/
PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST/INREL/
S,N,TADJCOL/SEID/S,N,ACTFREQ/S,N,FREQ1/
S,N,DLOAD1/FREQ345/DISCYC/FRM $
Input Data Blocks:
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in
R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12 Table of second level responses.
OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement.
Objective attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB Table of constraint attributes.
Main Index
DSAD 1075
BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table.

AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for all
subcases.
STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1DS Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1DS Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1
format for design responses.
OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OSTR1CDS Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OQG1DS Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design
responses.
COORDN Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response
type per frequency or time step.
CASEDS Case Control table for the data recovery of design responses.
Main Index
1076 DSAD

DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations
WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
ONRGYDS Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses.
GLBTABDS Global results correlation table.
GLBRSPDS Global results matrix.
RESP3 Table of third level responses.
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values.
QPF Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency
response.
QMPF Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency
response.
UHF Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
OUGD1M Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and
OESD1M Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and
OSTRD1M Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and
OEFD1M Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for normal
modes.
PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.
Main Index
DSAD 1077
OGPFB1DS Table of grid point forces for design responses.

OELOP1DS Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
ONRGD1M Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for
all normal modes solutions.
UPSDT Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
RESP12X Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one
superelement.
RESP3X Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work
ESRT Table of composite ply strength ratios
OES1AB Table of screen element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
Output Data Blocks:
R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.
RSP12R Table of retained second level responses in RESP12.
R2VALR Matrix of retained second level responses.
CVAL Matrix of constraint values.
CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values.
OBJTBR Table of design objective attributes with retained response
CNTABR Table of retained constraint attributes.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses.
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for
FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level retained responses per
UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted
responses.
Main Index
1078 DSAD
AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis.

R1MAPR Table of mapping from original first level retained responses.
R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level retained responses.
CASDSN Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted,
excluding static aeroelastic subcases.
CASDSX Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted.
DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
CASADJ Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same
number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in
UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results related
to inertia relief and SPCforces.
R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3.
RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB.
RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.
FRLR Retained frequency response list.
FOLR Retained frequency response frequency output list.
UPFM Merged UPF.
QPFM Merged QPF.
QMPF Merged QMPF.
UHFM Merged UHF.
MODRSPR MODRSP for retained frequencies.
UPSDTR UPSDT for retained frequencies.
RQATABR RQATAB for for retained frequencies.
RESP12XR RESP12X for for retained frequencies.
RESP3XR RESP3X for retained frequencies.
Main Index
DSAD 1079
Parameters:
WGTS Input-real-default=0.0. Total weight of analysis model.

VOLS Input-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
OBJVAL Output-real-default=0.0. Objective value.
NR1OFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 1
responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the
number of records in R1TABR.
number of records in RSP12R.
NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained constraints.
The value is initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of
records in CNTABR.
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics.
DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the

design model is limited to the residual structure.
DESITER Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization iteration number.
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
0 No adjoint sensitivity.
1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.
2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element existence flag. Set to TRUE if
p-elements are present.
Main Index
1080 DSAD
MBCFLG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Multiple boundary condition in static

analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are
specified in static analysis.
>0 For combinations add above values
AUTOADJ Input-character-no default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection
flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically
selected if appropiate. Usually input via user parameter.
FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to
TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle.
number of records in RESP3R.
TADJCOL Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint
load vector.
ACTFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Active frequency processing flag.
FREQ1 Output-integer-default=0. Frequency set identification number in the
first frequency subcase.
DLOAD1 Output-integer-default=0. Dynamic load set identification number in
the first frequency subcase.
FREQ345 Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag indicating presense of FREQ3,
FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data entries.
DISCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this
is a discrete design cycle.
FRM Input-real-default=0.0 Fractional mass for designed structure.
Main Index
DSAD 1081
Remarks:
1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one
responses in the design model. The type two responses are evaluated
followed by the objective and any constraints associated with either response
type. The constraints and corresponding responses are screened and load
case deletion is performed.
2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement,
and therefore many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by
superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP DESCON for an
example.
Main Index
1082 DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses
Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the
combination of adjoint and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data.
Applicable in frequency response or static analysis only.
Format:
DSADJ XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG,
DRDUTB,DSPT1,VGDM,IMATG,XDICTB,XELMB,UGT0,ADJGT0,
DRUT0/
ADELX,UGT,ADJGT,DRUT/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT/
SPDM/ADJMETH/MGEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table.

XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices.
XDICTX Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed
element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMX Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if
CDIF='YES'.
ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design
response is required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must
partitioned the ones of this vector.
IMATG Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMB Backward perturbed if CDIF='YES'.
UGT0 UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass
through DSADJ.
Main Index
DSADJ 1083
ADJGT0 ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second

pass through DSADJ.
DRUT0 DRUT computed.
Output Data Blocks:
ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities.

UGT Transposed regular solution matrix is normally output from an initial
pass through DSADJ.
ADJGT Transposed adjoint solution matrix is normally output from an initial
pass through DSADJ.
DRUT DRDUTB sorted on solutions and is normally output from an initial
pass through DSADJ.
Parameters:
NOK4GG Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag.

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass
matrix.
XTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element matrix data:
0 Stiffness
1 Damping
2 Mass
CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.
'YES' Central
'NO' Forward
COUPMASS Input-integer-default=0. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped
0 Coupled
SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape
optimization is activated.
Main Index
1084 DSADJ
SPDM Input-integer-default=0. Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM

must be supplied.
-1 Yes
0 No
ADJMETH Input-integer-default=0. Triple matrix product method.
0 The program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.
1 Holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk
space is limited.
2 Holds only the active solution vectors.
MGEFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag.
for PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries.
Main Index
DSADX 1085
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
DSADX Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
Performs response value computation and constraint deletion for DRESP2 and
DRESP3 entries which reference DRESP1 entries that span superelements and/or
subcases.
Format:
DSADX RSP2XM,RESP3XM,CNTABXM,OBJTBM,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,
R3VALRG,DNODEL,XINIT,COORDN,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,OPTPRM,
DSCREN,RR2IDR/
R2VALXE,R3VALXE,CVALXE,RSP2XE,RESP3XE,CNTABXE,
OBTABXE,RR2IDXE/
S,N,NR2OFFST/S,N,NR3OFFST/S,N,NCNOFFST/PROTYP/
S,N,OBJVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
RSP2XM Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records.

RESP3XM Merged RESP3X with unresolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXM Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3
records.
OBJTBM Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3
records.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)
responses.
COORDN Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
Main Index
1086 DSADX
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
Output Data Blocks:
R2VALXE R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records.

R3VALXE R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records.
CVALXE CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RSP2XE RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records.
RESP3XE RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXE CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
OBTABXE OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RR2IDXE RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Parameters:
NR2OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 2

responses. The value is incremented by the number of records
in RSP2XE.
NR3OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 3
responses. The value is incremented by the number of records
in RESP3XE.
NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained
constraints. The value is incremented by the number of records
in CNTABXE.
>0 Sum of above values for combinations.
OBJVAL Output-real-default=0. Objective value.
Main Index
DSAE 1087
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for
the perturbed configuration for each load case and for each design variable.
Format:
DSAE ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2,TABEV2 $
Input Data Blocks:

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable
perturbations.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to
ensure that internal element identification numbers are unique and in
ascending order.
2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have
been split into two sets. The first set consists of those design variables which
affect the stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., cross-sectional area of rod,
thickness of plate etc. The second set consists of those variables which may
affect the responses, but have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g.,
recovery points in a beam or plate.
Main Index
1088 DSAE
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the

backward tables. For example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as
follows:
DSAE ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE,
ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $
Main Index
DSAF 1089
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
DSAF Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of
retained first level responses.
Format:
DSAF R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT,
PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN,
GPECT,BGPDT/
ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN,
VELEMDCN,GPECTDCN/
NDVTOT/PESE $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDV2 Merged element summary table with grid and element property design
variable perturbations.
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential
stiffness, or follower stiffness.
KDICT KELM dictionary table.
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.
KELMDS Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is
the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then
this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the
Main Index
1090 DSAF
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed
configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and

design variables.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of
constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers
for the effects of temperature.
KELMDCN Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential
stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints
KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table which incorporates combined constraints and
design variables.
PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which
VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates
combined constraints and design variables.
GPECTDCN GPECT, which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables.
Parameters:
NDVTOT Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design

variables.
PESE Input-integer-default=0. Element strain energy flag for static analysis.
Main Index
DSAH 1091
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities.
Format:
DSAH DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB,
FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3,
FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ,MODRPR,CASEDM/
DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM,
DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3,DNDVPT,MXDFDN,
MXOMEG,UG1PVT,DNVVPT,LVTAB,EGVREC,LVTABI,CASEDMF,
LAMAM,LAMASH,PVSBIT1,PVSBIT2,DGSVPT,DGMVPT/
APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ/
S,N,NNDEGV/DPHFLG/S,N,NNDGS/S,N,NNDGM $
Input Data Blocks:
each of the response types. Output by DSAD.
BLAMA* Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA* Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
output list.
VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each
p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed
model.
CASERS Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.
CSNMB Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set.
Main Index
1092 DSAH
PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set.

scalar points.
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.
FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to
natural frequencies.
CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and
based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
MODRPR Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type
per mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
Output Data Blocks:
DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed

(active) eigenvalues.
DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with
designed (active) eigenvalues.
CASEDSF Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the
LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling
eigenvalue responses.
BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized
differential stiffness matrix.
LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement
responses.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element
responses.
OINTDSF p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.
PELSDSF p-element set table for the perturbed configuration.
Main Index
DSAH 1093
DGEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed
configuration.
DNDVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for
normal modes analysis from that of the union set.
MXDFDN Matrix of derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural
frequencies.
MXOMEG Matrix (diagonal) of active forcing frequencies in radians.
UG1PVT Partitioning vector to zero out the columns at frequencies without
active response.
DNVVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for
eigenvector optimization from that of the union set.
LVTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
eigenvector responses for all subcases.
EGVREC Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation.
LVTABI Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
eigenvector responses per subcase.
CASEDMF Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed
configuration for modes.
LAMAM Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration.
LAMAS Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration.
PVSBIT1 Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.
PVSBIT2 Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained
modes.
DGSVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness for
DGMVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

'STATICS' Statics
Main Index
1094 DSAH

DMRESD Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design
model is limited to the residual structure.
variables.
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=-1. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix
in buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user
parameter.
NNDFRQ Output-integer-default=0. Number of forcing frequencies which
depend upon natural frequencies.
NNDEGV Output-integer-default=0. Number of new natural frequencies related
to eigenvector sensitivity
DPHFLG Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace
iteration for eigenvector sensitivites. Usually input via user parameter.
0 Nelson’s method
1 Subspace iteration
NNDGS Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to
generalized stiffness.
NNDGM Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to
generalized mass.
Main Index
DSAJ 1095
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
DSAJ Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the
corresponding design variable correlation table.
Format:
DSAJ EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/
DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
Output Data Blocks:
DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from
DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its
components are defined in the basic coordinate system.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the
boundary DVGRID option.
CASEP Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the
number of Case Control records.
DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from
DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its
components are expressed in the global coordinate system.
Main Index
1096 DSAJ
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
Parameter:

g-set.
Main Index
DSAL 1097
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for
the retained set of constraints specified in the design model for each design variable.
Format:
DSAL DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1,
COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN,
OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN,
OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,OGPFDSN,OELOPDSN,R1VALR,
TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV,DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE,
DELGS,DELGM,FRQRPR,DELBSH,DRDUTB,ADELUS,
ADELUF,R1TABR,DRMSVL,MODRPR,OUGDSNM,
OESDSNM,OSTRDSNM,OEFDSNM,ONRGDSNM,ESRTDS,
FRMDS,OES1ABDS/
DSCM/
NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID/
S,N,ADELRS/S,N,ADELRF $
Input Data Blocks:
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase
for each of the response types.
DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables.
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.
DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.
DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement
responses.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element
responses.
OUGDSN Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the
OESDSN Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration.
OSTRDSN Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration.
Main Index
1098 DSAL
OEFDSN Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in

SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OEFITDSN Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed
configuration.
OESCDSN Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the
OSTRCDSN Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the
OQGDSN Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design
responses for the perturbed configuration.
ONRGYDSN Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1
format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OGPFDSN Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OELOPDSN Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses.
DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.
DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.
DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELGS Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.
DELGM Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.
ADELUS Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELUF matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
Main Index
DSAL 1099
R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)
attributes.
DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables.
MODRPR Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type
per mode.
OUGDSNM Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
OESDSNM Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the
OSTRDSNM Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the
OEFDSNM Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the
ONRGDSNM Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the
ESRTDS Stress ratio for composites for perturbed configuration (statics only).
FRMDS Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).
OES1ABDS Table of screened element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections
for the perturbed configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:
NDVTOT Input-integer-no default. Number of unique referenced design

variables.
DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as
specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the
OPTPRM data block.
ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
Main Index
1100 DSAL
ADELRS Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in static
analysis.
ADELRF Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in
frequency response analysis.
Remark:
DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence,
many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or
analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN for an example.
Main Index
DSAM 1101
Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation
DSAM Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation
Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation.
Format:
DSAM DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/
BGPDVP,BGPDVB/
S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K

except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of
those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table
of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDVP Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
BGPDVB Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed
configuration.
Parameters:
SHAPEOPT Output-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape

design variables are defined.
CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.
'YES' Central
'NO' Forward
Main Index
1102 DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table
DSAN Generates design sensitivity processing table
Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table.
Format:
DSAN TABEV2,ETT,EST,MPT/
DSPT1,ETTDV $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification
numbers have been converted to new design variable identification
numbers.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSAP 1103
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
DSAP Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for

frequency response and normal modes:
nfreq
2
∑ – w j * [ MU x ] + iw j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ] Eq. 4-19
j = 1
where:
w j = freq j * 2pi
or for complex eigenvalues:
nfreq
2
∑ p j * [ MU x ] + p j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ] Eq. 4-20
j = 1
where:
r i
p j = w j + iw j
Format:
DSAP MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/
PX/
APP $
Input Data Blocks:
MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.

BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, or frequency response
frequency output list.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. See Remarks.
Output Data Block:
PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix.
Main Index
1104 DSAP
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalue
'REIG' Normal modes
Remarks:
1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices.
The number of columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the
input matrices unless DSPT1 is specified, in which case the number of
columns is equal to the number of columns in the input matrices times the
design variables defined in DSPT1.
2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number
of frequencies in OL then PX will be truncated accordingly.
3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then
APP can only be equal to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each
design variable and the result is called pseudo-loads. Also, the result is the
negative of the equation above.
4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number
of rows could relate to a degree-of-freedom set.
Main Index
DSAPRT 1105
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAPRT Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT
Case Control command request.
Format:
DSAPRT CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG,
DSIDLBL,XINIT//
DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $
Input Data Blocks:

DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)
responses.
DSIDLBL Table of design response labels.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If

the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the
coefficient will be printed.
Main Index
1106 DSAPRT
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12

module writes design optimization x-y plot data.
Main Index
DSAR 1107
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
DSAR Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads
from the transient solution matrix into separate matrices.
Format:
DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/
EXTRPL/NDEL/SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:
UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis.

TOL Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT
and PXT.
TOL1 Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in
TOL and consistent with columns in outputs.
PXT Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in
TOL.
Output Data Blocks:
UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response

analysis.
UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis.
PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set.
Parameters:
EXTRPL Input-integer-default=1. Extra solution column flag. An extra

column is or is not appended to UDISP, UVELO, and UACCE
accordingly:
0 Not appended.
1 From the last time step.
2 By extrapolation.
Main Index
1108 DSAR
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
NDEL Input-integer-default=3. If NDEL is -1, an unneeded load vector is

deleted for the final time step for each design variable.
SORTP Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UXT, UDISP, UVELO,
UACCE, and UXT1.
1 Columns correspond to time steps.
2 Rows correspond to time steps.
Remarks:
1. PXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, UXT1 and PXT1 may be purged.
2. If no truncation is desired then specify TOL for TOL1. For example,
DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL,/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $
3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of
rows could relate to a degree-of-freedom set.
4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.
Main Index
DSARLP 1109
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
DSARLP Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of

stability derivatives
Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability

derivatives and determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic
sensitivity analyses.
Format:
DSARLP DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT/
CASEA,UXU,UXR/
S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO $
Input Data Blocks:
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase
for each of the response types.
attributes.
Output Data Blocks:

UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the
sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives.
UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the
sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives.
Main Index
1110 DSARLP
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
Parameters:
STFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current

subcase has active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE,
CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0
indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
TFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current
subcase has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data
entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
SDFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current
subcase has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the
DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an
active response.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. Trim subcase counter.
another Case Control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase
and Mach number.
MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
Remark:
DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to
the AELOOP module for static aeroelastic analysis.
Main Index
DSARME 1111
Computes RMS values
DSARME Computes RMS values

Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity.
Format:
DSARME UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/
RMSVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
UPDST Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1112 DSARSN
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
DSARSN Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability
derivatives
Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability
derivatives.
Format:
DSARSN CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/
DELX1,DELS1/
TFLG/SDFLG/Q $
Input Data Blocks:

attributes.
DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed
configuration.
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic
reference point.
DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
Output Data Blocks:
DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a
single trim subcase.
DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for
a single trim subcase.
Main Index
DSARSN 1113
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
Parameters:
TFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase

has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0
indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
SDFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase
has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1
Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active
response.
Remarks:
1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis
whenever TFLG or SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS
for an example.
Main Index
1114 DSAW
Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable
DSAW Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable
Calculates the delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable.
Format:
DSAW DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR,DESTAB/
DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP,FRMDS/
CFDFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed
configuration.
attributes.
Output Data Blocks:
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.

WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in
rigid mass matrix.
WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight.
FRMDS Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).
Parameter:
CFDFLG Input-integer-default=0. Central finite difference flag. 1 means forward

and -1 backward.
Main Index
DSDVRG 1115
Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities
DSDVRG Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence

response sensitivities
Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence
response sensitivities.
Format:
DSDVRG DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/
DELDV $
Input Data Blocks:

PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1116 DSFLTE
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
DSFLTE Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been
extracted in a flutter analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected
complex scalar quantities required for flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed.
Format:
DSFLTE KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/
CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:

BHH Generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH Generalized (modal) mass matrix.
QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list.
attributes.
CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector -- h-set.

CPHFR Right flutter eigenvector -- h-set.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Parameters:
FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1 Flutter sensitivity.
2 Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
Main Index
DSFLTE 1117
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
Remark:
The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the
p-k method of flutter analysis.
Main Index
1118 DSFLTF
Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
DSFLTF Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
Calculates the sensitivity of active flutter responses.
Format:
DSFLTF VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity.

CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity.
CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1 Flutter sensitivity.
2 Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
Main Index
DSGRDM 1119
Produces grid list of design model
DSGRDM Produces grid list of design model

Preprocesses the design entries in EDOM to produce a list of grids associated with the
designed elements and design responses.
Format:
DSGRDM EDOM,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,GEOM1/
DSGRID/
S,N,AUTOSE/S,N,NUMDIV/S,N,DRATIO $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
scalar points
Output Data Blocks:
DSGRID Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design
model automatic superelement optimization feature.
Parameters:
AUTOSE Output-character-default=none. Automatic superelement

optimization flag. Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM
Bulk Data entry.
NUMDIV Output-integer-default=0. Number of domains assigned to the part of
the model which will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk
Data entry.
DRATIO Output-real-default=0.0. Design grid ratio as specified on the
DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
1120 DSMA
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
DSMA Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old

Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSMA DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,UNUSED2/
APP $
Format for statics:
DSMA DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,/
'STATICS' $
Format for normal modes or buckling:
DSMA DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/
DSCMR,/
’MODES’ (or ’BUCKL’) $
Input Data Blocks:
DSPT2 Old design sensitivity processor table two.

DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1DS Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
Output Data Blocks:

Main Index
DSMA 1121
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type.

Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics
'BUCKL' Buckling
Remarks:
1. DSMA is applicable only to old sensitivity analysis.
2. DSPT2 may not be purged.
3. DSEGM must be present for normal modes or buckling.
4. OUG1DS, OES1DS, and OEF1DS are required only if selected by DSPT2
entries.
Main Index
1122 DSPRM
Sets design sensitivity parameters
DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters
Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow
control.
Format:
DSPRM DRSTBL//
S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/
S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/
S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/
S,N,DOFLUT/S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/
S,N,DOFSPCF/S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/
S,N,DOSSPCF/S,N,DORMS/S,N,DOEIGV/S,N,DOGPF/
S,N,DOELOP/S,N,DOSTCOMP/S,N,DOFRMASS/
S,N,DOCSTRAT $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
WGTVOL Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set

to >0 if any retained response.
1 Weight only
2 Volume only
3 Weight And volume
DOBUCK Output-integer-default=0. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
DOMODES Output-integer-default=0. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if
any constraint.
DOSTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
FAILI Output-integer-default=0. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set
to >0 if any constraint.
Main Index
DSPRM 1123
CSTRES Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set

CSTRN Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set
DOFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained response flag.
Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOCEIG Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue response retained
response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOMTRAN Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained response flag.
DODIVG Output-integer-default=0. Divergence analysis retained response flag.
DOSAERO Output-integer-default=0. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative
retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOFLUT Output-integer-default=0. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set
to >0 if any retained response.
DOANALY Output-integer-default=0. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to
DOSASTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag.
ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.
DOFSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained SPCforce
DOTSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained SPCforce
DOWGHT Output-integer-default=0. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if
any retained response.
DOESE Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained element strain
energy response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Main Index
1124 DSPRM
DOSSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained SPCforce response

flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DORMS Output-integer-default=0. RMS response retained response flag. Set to
DOEIGV Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints.
DOGPF Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses.
DOELOP Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any element oriented force
responses.
DOSTCOMP Output-integer-default=0. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any
static compliance.
DOFRMASS Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any
fractional mass.
DOCSTRAT Output-integer-default=0. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any
composite stress ratio.
Remark:
RSP1CT may be specified as input to DSPRM.
Main Index
DSTA 1125
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis
only.
Format:
 UG 
 
DSTA ECT,EPT,EST,CASECC,EDOM,  LAMA  ,CASECCX,ETT,
 
 BLAMA 
DIT,MPT/
ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2,
DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/
APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $
Input Data Blocks:

CASECC Table of Case Control command images. of static loads.
optimization.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set from static analysis.
BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table.
CASECCX Table of Case Control command images used to generate static loads.
Output Data Blocks:

design variables.
Main Index
1126 DSTA
DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix -- Boolean operator to
select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and
normal modes only).
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers
for the effects of temperature.
DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two.
DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification
numbers have been converted to new design variable identification
numbers.
records.
PSHELL records.
Parameters:

Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics
'BUCKL' Buckling
NOPRT Output-integer-default=0. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on
the SENSITY Case Control command.
NOSAVE Output-integer-default=-1. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is
requested on the SENSITY Case Control command.
NOFORT Output-integer-default=-1. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is
requested on the SENSITY Case Control command.
Main Index
DSTA 1127
NEIG Input-integer-default=0. Number of eigenvalues to keep.

0 Keep all eigenvalues.
>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues.
Remarks:
1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data
exists.
2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate
design sensitivity data. These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2,
DSVG3, SDR2, DSMAS and LMATPRT.
Main Index
1128 DSTAP2
Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSTAP2 Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient

matrix
Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
DSTAP2 R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/
DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL,RQA/
S,N,NORQA/S,N,IFRMAS $
Input Data Blocks:
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
Output Data Blocks:

DSIDLBL Table of design response labels.
RQA Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices.
Parameter:
NORQA Output-logical-default=FALSE. Presense flag for RQA data block.

IFRMAS Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
Main Index
DSVG1 1129
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in the sensitivity analysis.
Format:
 UGX 
DSVG1 XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM,   ,VG,
LFTAB,DSPT1,VGDM,XDICTB,XELMB/  AGX 
EGX/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG/COUPMASS/CDIF/
SPDM/SHAPEOPT/MGEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is

the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the
forward or backward perturbed element matrices.
XDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table.
XELM Baseline element matrices.
UGX Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX
could also represent velocity or acceleration.
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter
analysis only.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design
response is required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must
partitioned the ones of this vector.
Main Index
1130 DSVG1
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF=’YES’.

XELMB Backward perturbed if CDIF=’YES’.
Output Data Blocks:
EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.
IAPP Input-integer-default=1. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response.
2 Buckling or normal modes.
4 Flutter or divergence.
DSVGF Input-integer-default=0. Specifies scaling of solution vector by
eigenvalue.
0 No scaling.
1 Scale.
NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no
load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEDV Case Control command.
COUPMASS Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
CDIF Input-character-default=’NO’. Finite difference scheme. ‘YES’=Central
and Forward=’NO’.
SPDM Input-integer-default=0.
Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied.
-1 Yes.
0 No.
Main Index
DSVG1 1131
SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape

optimization is activated.
MGEFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for
PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
Remarks:
1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and
structural damping and, if CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed
configurations.
2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement,
velocity, and acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module.
3. If NOPSLG ≠ 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
Main Index
1132 DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
DSVG1P Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design

sensitivity analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DSVG1P ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/
EGK,EGM/
COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/
UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers.

ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable
perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
configuration.
MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations.
ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration.
Required only if CDIF='YES'.
Output Data Blocks:
EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness.

EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.
Main Index
DSVG1P 1133
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
Parameters:

-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
K6ROT Input-real-default=-1.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for
CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-
element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects
WTMASS Input-real-default=-1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass
matrix.
NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no
load generation is requested for the current superelement based on
the SEDV Case Control command.
OPTFLG Input-integer-default=0. DSVG1P application method:
1 Statics.
2 Normal modes.
3 Acceleration load.
Remark:
If NOPSLG ≠ 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
Main Index
1134 DSVG2
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
DSVG2 Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal
load due to variations in the design variables.
Format:
DSVG2 BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM,
 UGX 
PTELMDSX,   ,DSPT1/
 AGX 
EGTX/
PEXIST/HPFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDVX Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward
KDICTX Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or
p-elements.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the
Output Data Block:
EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the

thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward
Main Index
DSVG2 1135
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
Parameters:

HPFLAG Input-integer-default=1. Element type processing flag.
1 h-element
2 p-element
Remark:
CSTM and BGPDT may be purged.
Main Index
1136 DSVG3
Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSVG3 Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity
Analysis only
Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due
to design variable changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSVG3 UG,UGDS/
UGDS1 $
Input Data Blocks:
UG Displacement matrix in g-set from the analysis.

UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
Output Data Block:
UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSVGP4 1137
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
DSVGP4 Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element

shape sensitivity analysis.
Format:
DSVGP4 DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP,TABDEQ/
DELTGM,DVSLIS/
LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table
of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.
configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed

configuration.
Parameters:

g-set.
Main Index
1138 DSVGP4
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix

variables.
RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i
rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DSVGP5 1139
Performs multiplication of two matrices
DSVGP5 Performs multiplication of two matrices
Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices
and, optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default
(IOPT=0 or T=0) result is:
[ A 1 ⋅ B A 2 ⋅ B A 3 ⋅ B …A n ⋅ B ] + C 1 C 2 C 3 …C n
Format:
DSVGP5 A,B,C,DVSLIS/
D/
NSMATS/T/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Matrix with NSMATS number of submatrices.

B Submatrix multiplier.
C Additive matrix to be added to product of A and B. Used only if
IOPT=0 or 2.
Output Data Block:
D Matrix product.
Parameters:
NSMATS Input-integer-default=0. Number of submatrices in A.

T Input-integer-default=0. A i submatrix transpose flag. Applicable only
when IOPT=0.
0 No transpose of A i (default).
1 Transpose A i .
IOPT Input-integer-default=0. DSVGP5 method. T is ignored when IOPT>0.

0 A i ⋅ B + C i (default).
Main Index
1140 DSVGP5
Performs multiplication of two matrices
1 B + Ai .
2 Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from A i ⋅ B + C i and

stored as a column in D.
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i
rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DTIIN 1141
Input DTI entries to DMAP
DTIIN Input DTI entries to DMAP
Input tables referenced on DTI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7,
DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DTI Collection of tables specified on DTI Bulk Data entries (from IFP).
DTlNDX Index into DTI (from IFP).
Output Data Blocks:
DTIi Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table
called DTI1) will be output on data block DTI1.
Parameters:
PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is

generated then PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module
IFP.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following
DMAP instruction will create the data blocks T1 and T3.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $
Main Index
1142 DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD1 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines

and modules
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD1 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table or matrix.
Parameters:
IPARMi Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.
CPARM Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).
Main Index
DUMMOD2 1143
DUMMOD2 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written

subroutines and modules
Format:
DUMMOD2 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2,
ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
1144 DUMMOD3
DUMMOD3 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written

subroutines and modules
Format:
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
DUMMOD4 1145
DUMMOD4 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines

and modules
Format:
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
1146 DVIEWP
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
DVIEWP Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing

p-elements
Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in

design sensitivity analysis.
Format:
DVIEWP CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/
VIEWTBDS/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk
Data entries.
design variables.
configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed
model.
Parameters:
VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for

next view-grid.
VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for
next view-element.
Main Index
DVIEWP 1147
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification

numbers.
VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element identification
numbers.
VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if
view-elements exist.
Main Index
1148 DYNCXPNT
Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table
DYNCXPNT Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table

Automatically generates the extra points for acoustic infinite elements and adds them
to the DYNAMIC table.
Format:
DYNCXPNT GEOM2 , EPT , EDT , DYNAMIC /

DYNAMICX, IFEXPNT , VEFS /
S,N,AIXPNT $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
EPT Element property table.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data
entry.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamic.s
Output Data Blocks:
DYNAMICX Updated DYNAMIC table.

IFEXPNT Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-
structure grid points.
VEFS Fluid-structure partitioning vector for the e-set.
Parameters:
AIXPNT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Extra point generation flag. TRUE

if extra points are generated; false otherwise.
Remark:
If any of the datablocks GEOM2, EPT and DYNAMIC are purged or do not exist then
no action is taken.
Main Index
EFFMASS 1149
Computes modal effective mass
EFFMASS Computes modal effective mass
Computes the modal effective mass based on the normal modes.
Format:
EFFMASS CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/
TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/
SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:

MAA Mass matrix in a-set or g-set.
PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set or g-set.
UNUSED Unused.
VGQ Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at
rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
Output Data Blocks:
TEMF Total effective mass fraction table.

EMM Effective mass matrix.
MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table.
MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass.
MEM Modal effective mass matrix.
MEW Modal effective weight matrix.
Main Index
1150 EFFMASS
Computes modal effective mass
Parameters:

WTMASS Input-real-no default. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. See
“Parameter Descriptions” on page 656 of the MD Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
CARDNO Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is
incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also
written into columns 73-80 of each line.
SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
ELFDR 1151
Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
ELFDR Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global
coordinate system to the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent
elements. Applicable to line and shell elements only.
Format:
ELFDR OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/
OELOF1,OELOP1/
NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:
OELOF1 Table of element oriented forces connected to common grid points in

SORT1 format.
OELOP1 Table of element-oriented forces oriented along adjacent element edge
directions and summations of these components on equivalent edges
in SORT1 format.
Parameters:
NOELOF Input-integer-default=0. OELOF1 generation flag.

<0 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
NOELOP Input-integer-default=0. OELOP1 generation flag.
<0 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
Main Index
1152 ELTPRT
Prints element summary information
ELTPRT Prints element summary information
Prints information on elements.
Format:
ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,NSMEST,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
CASSECC,EPT,UNUSED/
VELEM/
PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

NSMEST NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for
ELSUM command.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images for ELSUM command.
UNUSED Unused and may be purged.
Output Data Block:
Main Index
ELTPRT 1153
Parameters:
PROUT Input-integer-default = 0. Print control for options 1, 2, and 4 is listed in

Remark 1. This parameter is only meaningful if the input data block
ECT is specified.
For options 1 and 2, if PROUT is set to a positive integer value or to
zero (default), the output will include a list of the element types and
the identification numbers of all elements.
For option 4, if PROUT = 0 or 1, then VELEM is computed and printed.
If PROUT = 2, VELEM is computed but not printed.
ERROR Integer-output-default = 0. If duplicate element identification numbers
exist, ERROR is set to -1. This parameter is only meaningful for
Option 1.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix for
Option 4.
Remarks:
1. ELTPRT has four output options listed below. The required data blocks are
indicated in the table below.
Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers and a list of
duplicate element identification numbers.
Option 2: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid
point. Both the element type and element identification number are listed.
Option 3: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements;
area for 2-D elements; or volume for 3-D elements and elements of
revolution). If a volume can be calculated for 1-D or 2-D elements, then it will
also be printed. Create data block with element volumes.
Option 4: Compute and print element mass summary. See ELSUM Case
Control command.
Option Data Blocks to Be Included to Activate Output Options

ECT GPECT BGPDT EST CSTM MPT DIT CASECC EPT NSMEST
1
2
3
4
Main Index
1154 ELTPRT
2. For Option 1, the output will contain the following items.

• Identify all duplicate elements, e.g.,
10 ROD.
**** 10 BAR.
• Identify each element type and the range of element identification numbers
for the element type, e.g.,
THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS. FIRST ID = 34 LAST ID = 470
Examples:
1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the
superelement solution sequences. The following will cause the run to
terminate if duplicate identification numbers exist (options 1 and 2).
ELTPRT ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $
IF (ERROR <0) EXIT $
If no duplicate identification numbers exist, the run will proceed in a normal
manner.
2. Print the connection information for each grid point (option 3).
ELTPRT ,,GPECT,BGPDT,,,/ $
3. Print the measure of all elements (option 4).
ELTPRT ,,,BGPDT,,EST,CSTM/ $
Main Index
EMA 1155
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
EMA Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices.
Format:
EMA GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/
XGG,UNUSED2/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/K4QUAL $
Input Data Blocks:

XDICT Element matrix dictionary table.
XELM Table of element matrices.
XDICTP Element matrix dictionary table for p-elements.
XELMP Table of element matrices for p-elements.
Output Data Blocks:
XGG Global matrix of g-set size.

UNUSED2 Not used and may be purged.
Parameters:

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate; i.e., apply GE (on MATi entry) to stiffness.
K4QUAL Input-integer-default=' '. Qualifier name for KDICT and KELM when
processing multiple structural damping.
Method:
The structural damping matrix [ K 4gg ] is assembled from elements with structural
damping. Structural damping is specified in the GE field of the MATi entry.
Main Index
1156 EMA
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
NE
4
[ K gg ] = ∑ GE e [ K e ] Eq. 4-21
e = 1
where:
NE = number of elements.
GE e = element structural damping coefficient from MATi entries.
[ K e ] = element stiffness matrix.
Remark:
EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and
structural damping (K4GG) matrices.
Main Index
EMAKFR 1157
Generates stiffness for follower forces
EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces

Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or
accelerations.
Format:
EMAKFR BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/
KRFGG/
LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass matrix in g-size.
CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual
structure.
SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.
Output:
KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set.
Parameters:
LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the

current subcase.
LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the
previous subcase.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same
as LOADFAC except real).
SYS66 Input-integer-default=255. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
Main Index
1158 EMAKFR
Generates stiffness for follower forces
Remarks:
1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry.
2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load:
P total = LOADFACR • P LOADID + ( 1.0 – LOADFACR ) • P LOADIDP
Main Index
EMG 1159
Computes elemental matrices
EMG Computes elemental matrices
Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat
conduction, or heat capacity.
Format:
EMG EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID,SLTNL/
S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/
S,N,NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/
NOPNLT/LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/
SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/
PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/
S,N,BADMESH/S,N,MGEFLAG/LOADFACR/GNLSTN/FKQRTR $
Input Data Blocks:

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. Required only for differential stiffness
generation.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation.
Required only for differential stiffness generation.
ECTA Secondary element connectivity table.
EPTA Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
properties.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table.
Main Index
1160 EMG
DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT.

SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both
the current and last load step.
Output Data Blocks:
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential,

or follower stiffness.
MELM Table of element mass matrices.
MDICT MELM dictionary table.
BELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices.
BDICT BELM dictionary table.
Parameters:
NOKGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. KELM and KDICT generation

flag.
Input:
>0 Generate.
-1 Do not generate.
Output:
>0 Generated.
-1 Not generated.
NOMGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for
MELM and MDICT.
NOBGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for BELM
and BDICT.
NOK4GG Input/output-integer-default=1. Structural damping generation
flag. Set to -1 if a nonzero damping constant (GE field on MATi
Bulk Data entry) is not found for any element.
NONLHT Output-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear heat transfer or differential
stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements
are detected.
Main Index
EMG 1161
On input:
>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects.
<3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects.
On output:
-1 If no nonlinear material was found in a heat transfer problem.
1 Otherwise.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
TEMPSID Input-integer-default=-1. Temperature set identification number.
Usually obtained from the TEMPERATURE Case Control
command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential
stiffness.
DEFRMID Input-integer-default=-1. Element deformation set identification
number. Usually obtained from the DEFORM Case Control
command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential
stiffness.
PENFAC Input-real-default=0.0. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
NOPNLT Input-integer-default=-1. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic
elements.
LUMPB Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic
damping.
LUMPM Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
MATCPX Input-integer-default=-1. Complex material properties flag for
electromagnetic elements.
KDGEN Input-integer-default=0. Differential or follower stiffness matrix
generation flag. Usually the column number in UG to use in
differential stiffness matrix generation. If KDGEN is negative then
follower stiffness will be generated.
TABS Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For
example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or
459.69 in Fahrenheit.
SIGMA Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to
compute radiant heat flux.
Main Index
1162 EMG
K6ROT Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for

LANGLE Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method:
1 Fimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
NOBKGG Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag.
Set to 1 to generate slideline contact stiffness.
p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1
selects the Full Product Space set.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if
p-elements are present and to be processed.
FREQTYP Input-character-default=' '. Frequency dependent element
processing mode:
'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness.
'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness.
FREQVAL Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value for frequency dependent
element generation.
FREQWA Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
UNSYMF Input-character-default='NO'. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for
slideline contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be
unsymmetric for slideline contact.
BADMESH Output-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
MGEFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag.
for PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis.
(Same as LOADFAC except real).
GNLSTN Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually
0 Small strain.
1 Green strain.
FKQRTR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Follower stiffness generation flag. If
TRUE, follower stiffness will be generated. Usually based on user
parameter FOLLOWK.
Main Index
EMG 1163
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not
reference any material data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the
material properties are not temperature dependent.
2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data
block pair will not be formed.
3. MGEFLAG is set and reset accordingly:
a. On the first call to EMG, MGEFLAG has the following values and actions:
Input/Output Action
0/ 0 Process all elements in standard fashion.
1 / -1 Except for bush elements, process all elements in
standard fashion. For bush elements process normally
but place 0.0 for GE in element KDICT.
2 / -2 Except for shell elements, process all elements in
standard fashion. For shell elements process normally
but place 0.0 for GE in element KDICT.
3 / -3 Both 1 and 2.
b. If MGEFLAG<>0 from the first call to EMG then execute a second call to
EMG:
Input/Output Action
-1 / +1 Process only bush elements: each element stiffness is
multiplied by its coresponding GEi and 1.0 is placed
for GE in element’s KDICT entry.
-2 / +2 Process only shell elements: each element stiffness is
multiplied by its corresponding GEi and 1.0 is
placedfor GE in element’s KDICT entry.
-3 / +3 Both 1 and 2.
Main Index
1164 EQUIVX
Data block name equivalence
EQUIVX Data block name equivalence
Attaches a second name to an existing data block.
Format:
EQUIVX DBP/DBS/PARM $
Input Data Block:
DBP Primary data block.
Output Data Block:
DBS Secondary data block.
Parameter:
PARM Input-integer-default = 0. Equivalence flag. See Remark 3.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time
or both.
2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of
DBP is made to the DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is
broken and the data blocks become separate. These rules apply only if the
secondary data block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS is not referenced
on a TYPE DB statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is
recommended that DBS is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the
NDDL sequence with its location assigned to the scratch DBset.
3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and
secondary:
Status with PARM < 0

DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX
Generated Any Equivalenced
Purged or Not Any Purged and not
Generated equivalenced
Main Index
EQUIVX 1165
Data block name equivalence
Status with PARM > 0

DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX
Generated Not Equivalenced Unchanged
Generated Equivalenced Purged and Not
Generated
Purged or Not Any Unchanged
Generated
4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User

Warning Message 81 will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is
executed only once and is not re-executed in the DMAP loop, then the
message may be safely ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is
potentially re-executed then it should be replaced with the DELETE and
COPY module.
For example,
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $
should be replaced with:
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $
COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $
Examples:
Data blocks A and B reside on the same DBset.
EQUIVX A/B/ALWAYS $
A and B are equivalenced.

EQUIVX A/B/NEVER $
The equivalence is broken, and B is deleted.
Main Index
1166 ESTINDX
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
ESTINDX Creates an index, keyed by element identification number

Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table.
Format:
ESTINDX /EST $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
EST must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.
Main Index
EXPORTLD 1167
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
EXPORTLD Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control

command
Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command.
Format:
EXPORTLD CASECC,PG,BGPDT/PG*,BGPDT*/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command specifications.

PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
PG* Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and

LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.
BGPDT* Family of BGPDT tables qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and
associated with PG*.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary
condition.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1168 FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
FA1 Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the
eigenvalue analysis for the KE or PK method.
Format:
FA1 KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/
FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1,FLUTABP/
S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT/XYUNIT/VREF $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table.

KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.
BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix.
FLUTABP
Parameters:
FLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop

counter. Set to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each
loop until the last loop then set to -1.
TSTART Output-integer-no default. CPU clock time at entry to module.
Main Index
FA1 1169
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
NOCEAD Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if

complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set
to -1.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number to which extracted
khh1 values are written at each sweep point for the PKS and PKNLS
methods.
VREF Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
Remarks:
BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method.
If BHH is purged, BHH1 may be purged for the K method.
Main Index
1170 FA2
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
FA2 Collects aeroelastic flutter data
Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through
the configuration parameters.
Format:
FA2 CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/
CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG,FLUTABK/
S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA1 Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
FSAVE Flutter storage save table
Output Data Blocks:
CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA2 Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
CASEYY Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis.
FLUTABK Flutter summary table for K and KE methods.
Parameters:
TSTART Input/output-integer-no default. On input, TSTART is the CPU clock

time at entry to FA1. On output, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for
another DMAP loop.
VREF Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
Main Index
FA2 1171
Remarks:
All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND
keyword in order to append outputs from previous loops.
Main Index
1172 FBODYLD
FBODYLD Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request
Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request.
Format:
FBODYLD EDT,BGPDT,CASECC,OGPF1,CSTM/
BGPDTFB*,PGFB*/GPFNAM $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Table of Bulk Data SET1 and FRBODYi entry images

CASECC Table of Case Control specifications.
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces. Also must be indexed
with the OFPINDEX module.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDTFB* Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines
the grids for one given freebody subsystem.
PGFB* Family of PG matrices.
Parameters:
GPFNAM Input-character-default="OGF". NDDL name of the OGPF1.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
FBS 1173
Matrix forward/backward substitution
FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution
To solve the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ± [ B ] (right-hand solution) or

[ X ] T [ A ] = [ B ] T (left-hand solution) using the triangular factors computed by
DCMP or DECOMP. Forward-only and backward-only of right-hand solutions can
also be provided for factors of symmetric matrices (see Remark 6).
Format:
FBS LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP/FBREST/UNUSED/UNCOUP $
Input Data Blocks:
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal, or Cholesky factor.

U Upper triangular factor. Purged unless [ A ] is unsymmetric.
B Rectangular matrix.
Output Data Block:
X Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions as [ B ] .
Parameters:
KSYM Input-integer-default = -1. Symmetry flag.

-1 choose symmetric if [ U ] is purged, otherwise unsymmetric
(default).
0 matrix [ A ] is unsymmetric.
1 matrix [ A ] is symmetric.
2 perform left-handed solution.
SIGN Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of [ B ] .
1 solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).
-1 solve [ A ] [ X ] = – [ B ] (default).
FBTYP Input-integer-default = 0. Forward or backward pass selection.

-1 perform backward pass only.
0 perform forward and backward passes (default).
1 perform forward pass only.
Main Index
1174 FBS
FBREST Input-integer-default=0. Internal restart flag.

UNCOUP Input-logical-default=FALSE. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a
special sparse FBS which is optimal for uncoupled systems.
(Unsymmetric FBS only.)
Remarks:
1. FBS employs one of two methods--sparse or non-sparse--based on the
decomposition method used by DCMP or DECOMP in computing the factor
matrices. For example, if sparse methods were used to compute the factors,
then FBS uses the sparse method. The default decomposition and FBS
method is sparse. There also submethods (FBSOPT<>0) which only apply to
non-sparse methods and are ignored for sparse methods. See Remark 5.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the
efficiency of the backward substitution process.
3. Solutions with Cholesky factors will be performed if the lower triangular
factor matrices are form 10.
4. The diagonal factor of symmetric matrices is stored as the diagonal of [ D ] .
When using the forward-pass only and backward-pass only options, [ D ] is
included in the forward pass.
5. The keyword FBSOPT (or SYSTEM(70)) on the NASTRAN statement may be
used for FBS method selection (non-sparse only). If the FBSOPT keyword is
not used, the program will select the FBS method, which results in the lower
sum of CPU and I/O time.
FBSOPT Non-sparse Submethod Selection

-2 Method 1A
-1 Method 1
0 Automatic selection method based on minimum of l/O +
CPU time
+1 Method 2
6. The equation for forward-only solution is [ L ] [ X ] = ± [ B ] , and for

backward-only the solution is [ L ] T [ X ] = ± [ B ] . Both are right-hand
solutions.
Main Index
FBS 1175
7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or

unsymmetric matrices. Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or
SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence,
specifies the transpose flag on [ B ] :
If n=0 then FBS solves [ L ] [ U ] = ± [ B ] T .
If n=1 then FBS solves ] T [ L ] [ U ] = ± [ B ].
8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the
NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force
parallel processing, also specify NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0.
9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See
Remarks under the “DECOMP” on page 1000 module description.
10. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for further details on
the FBS module and related topics.
Examples:
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] where [ A ] could be either symmetric or unsymmetric.
DECOMP A/LD,U, $
FBS LD,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
2. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] assuming [ A ] is symmetric (form = 6 in matrix trailer).

DECOMP A/LD,, $
FBS LD,,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
3. Solve [ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained in

Example 2.
FBS LD,,C/X///1 $ FORWARD PASS ONLY
T
4. Solve [ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained
in Example 2.
FBS LD,,C/X///-1 $ BACKWARD PASS ONLY
5. Given that [ M ] and [ K ] are symmetric and [ M ] is also positive definite, find
T –1 T
[ [ LD ] ] [ K ] [ LD ]
where
Main Index
1176 FBS
T
[ M ] = [ LD ] [ LD ]
DECOMP M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY
FBS LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT
FBS LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND
Main Index
FILE 1177
Data block declaration
FILE Data block declaration
Declares special characteristics of a data block(s).
Format:
FILE DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND,
OVRWRT]/... $
Data Blocks:
DBi Names of the data blocks possessing special characteristics.
Parameters:
SAVE Indicates data block is to be saved for possible looping in DMAP

program.
APPEND Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks
to DBi on successive passes through a DMAP loop.
OVRWRT Allows a data block to be overwritten.
Remarks:
1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP
compiler for information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It
is also a local declaration; i.e., it must be declared in all subDMAPs where the
SAVE, APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed.
2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a
subDMAP; otherwise, the first appearance will determine all special
characteristics applied to the data block.
3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks.
In other words, the data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB
statement. It is also recommended that the APPEND keyword not be applied
to data blocks that appear as output on the EQUIVX module. See the
“EQUIVX” on page 1164 module description for further details.
Example:
1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be
"saved" for subsequent passes:
FILE C=SAVE $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $
Main Index
1178 FILE
Data block declaration
.
.
.
DO WHILE ( COUNT<=3 ) $
IF ( COUNT=1 ) MPYAD A,B,/C $
.
.
.
ADD A,C/D/R $
R=R+(1.,0.) $
COUNT=COUNT+1 $
ENDDO $
2. For an example of the APPEND keyword see the “APPEND” on page 895
module description.
Main Index
FORTIO 1179
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
FORTIO Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file.
Format:
FORTIO //OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
OPERATN Input-character-no default. FORTIO operation.

'EXISTS' Check for assigned physical file existence.
'OPEN' Open file.
'CLOSE' Close file.
UNITNO Input-integer-no default. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
CLOSEOPT Input-integer-default=2. FORTIO close options.
1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open).
2 Close/keep (default).
3 Close/delete.
IOSTAT Output-integer-no default. FORTIO status return code.
For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE':
0 Successful.
1 Unsuccessful.
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0 Assigned physical file exists.
1 Assigned physical file does not exist.
Remarks:
1. Units must be assigned a physical file name using an ASSIGN statement.
Main Index
1180 FORTIO
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
2. Errors encountered in FORTIO will not terminate the MD Nastran

execution. But IOSTAT will return a nonzero value in the event of error(s)
that terminate the request.
Example:
Close FORTRAN unit 24:
FORTIO //'CLOSE'/24/2/S,N,IOSTAT $
Main Index
FRLG 1181
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRLG Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform

for frequency response analysis.
Format:
FRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH,
APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/
SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/S,N,APP $
Input Data Blocks:

GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set
by ne-set.
GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points,
o-set by d-set.
PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to modal coordinates.
effects
damping effects
effects
Output Data Blocks:
PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set.

PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set.
Main Index
1182 FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set.

YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
Parameters:
SOLTYP Input-character-no default. Solution method.

'MODAL' Modal; i.e, compute PH.
'DIRECT' Direct; i.e, do not compute PH.
FOURIER Output-integer-default=-1. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk
Data entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in
CASECC.
APP Output-character-default='FREQ'. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if
RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1
or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, and FOL cannot be purged.
2. DLT can be purged if PP, PS, PD, and PH are purged.
3. If USETD is not purged, then PS cannot be purged if single-point constraints
exist. Also, GMD and GOD cannot be purged if multipoint constraints or
omitted degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. PHDH and PH cannot be purged if SOLTYP='MODAL'.
5. DIT cannot be purged if a dynamic load references TABLEDij Bulk Data
entries.
6. PS, PD, and PH can be purged if USETD is also purged.
7. If TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 Bulk entries are referenced then the loads are
computed and transformed to the frequency domain.
Main Index
FRLGEN 1183
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRLGEN Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Format:
FRLGEN DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/
FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/
S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $
Input Data Blocks:

LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of
the model.
LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
Output Data Blocks:

FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed
processing is requested.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to
natural frequencies.
Main Index
1184 FRLGEN
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
Parameters:
NOFRL Output-integer-default=0. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not
generated.
NOOPT Output-integer-default=0. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no
reexecution.
DFREQ Input-real-default=1.E-5. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two
frequencies, f1 and f2, are considered duplicates if
f 1 – f 2 < DFREQ * f max – f min
where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across
all FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
LAMAF may be purged.
Main Index
FRQDRV 1185
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRQDRV Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for
frequency-dependent element processing.
Format:
FRQDRV CASECC,FRL/
FRLI/
S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency.
Parameters:
FRQLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Frequency loop counter. On input,

FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output,
FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP
is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then
FRQLOOP is output as -5.
FREQVAL Output-real-no default. Frequency value for frequency dependent
element generation.
Example:
TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $
DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $
FRQDRV CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0
Main Index
1186 FRRD1
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement

solution using iterative or direct methods.
Format:
FRRD1 CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT,
SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/
S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $
Input Data Blocks:

KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
BXX Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
K4XX Structural damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
Main Index
FRRD1 1187
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for
maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to
degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain
KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set.
See SETNAME parameter description below.
Output Data Blocks:
UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.

FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency
truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices.
'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices.
NONCUP Input-integer-no default. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX
are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-
diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter
epsilon for iterative solution method.
ITSMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative
solution method.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in
CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER
Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration
parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values
are taken from the module specification of the values.
ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1
then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to
TRUE if first frequency is truncated.
Main Index
1188 FRRD1
SETNAME Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented

by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for
maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must
correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by
SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also
be specified.
FREQDEP Input-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set
to TRUE if processing frequency-dependent elements.
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in FRRD1 or FRRD2 (Frequency Response
Solution). In the case of a direct formulation the following equation is solved.
[ – M dd ω 2 + iB dd ω + K dd ] { u d } = { P d } Eq. 4-22
and in the case of a modal formulation, the following equation is used in:
[ – M hh ω 2 + iB hh ω + K hh ] { u h } = { P h } Eq. 4-23
The arithmetic used in the solution may be real or complex and the solution procedure
may be symmetric or unsymmetric. The choice of arithmetic and solution procedure
is made by the program depending on the form of the dynamic matrices.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be
purged.
2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic
materials. Otherwise it may be purged. If SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is
ignored and may be purged.
3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency
improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2
performs special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case
Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be
purged.
Main Index
FRRD2 1189
FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement

solution using iterative or direct methods.
Format:
FRRD2 KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/
FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $
Input Data Blocks:

symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of
the d-set (SETNAME='D').
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set.
See SETNAME parameter description below.
Main Index
1190 FRRD2
Output Data Blocks:

FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency
truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:
BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced

frequency.
Q Output-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
MACH Output-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
NONCUP Input-integer-default=-1. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
uncoupled algorithm if KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-
2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX,
and MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter
epsilon for iterative solution method.
solution method.
be specified.
ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1
then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to
TRUE if first frequency is truncated.
Method:
FRRD2 solves the matrix equation
\
2
– ω [ M ] + iω [ [ B ] – Q ⋅ BOV ⋅ IM [ Q ] ] + [ K ] – Q ⋅ Re [ Q ] [u] = [P]
\
Main Index
FRRD2 1191
at a given set of frequencies, ω i , and loads, P.
Remarks:
1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged.
2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency
improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2
performs special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the
SMETHOD Case Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry.
Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
1192 GENTRAN
Generates a transformation matrix
GENTRAN Generates a transformation matrix
Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary

coordinate system to the downstream coordinate system.
Format:
GENTRAN SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/
SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the current
superelement.
BGPDTD Basic grid point definition table for the downstream superelement.
CSTMD Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the
Output Data Block:
MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate

transformation matrix.
Parameter:
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.
DO WHILE ( NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK ) $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/
S,N,LPFLG/////////SEP2CNTL//-1/S,N,PARTSE/
S,N,SETYPE/S,N,REID $
IF ( PARTSE ) THEN $
NP=SEDWN $
DBVIEW BGPDTD=BGPDTS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $
DBVIEW CSTMD =CSTMS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $
GENTRAN EMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
Main Index
GENTRAN 1193
Generates a transformation matrix
MAPS/SEID $
ENDIF $ PARTSE
ENDDO $ NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK
Main Index
1194 GETCOL
Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number
GETCOL Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification

number number
Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and
converts it to the equivalent column number in the static solution matrix.
Format:
GETCOL CASEBUCK,CASESTAT//
NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL/S,N,ICCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEBUCK Table of Case Control command images for buckling analysis.

CASESTAT Table of Case Control command images for static analysis.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in

CASEBUCK for the STATSUB subcase identification number.
BCKCOL Output-integer-no default. Subcase record number in CASESTAT
referenced by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification
number. BCKCOL also corresponds to the column number of static
solution vector.
PRECOL Output-integer-default-0. Subcase record number in CASESTAT
referenced by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification
number. PRECOL also corresponds to the column number of static
solution vector.
ICCOL Output-integer-default=0. Column number of static solution matrix
as derived from the IC(STATSUB) Case Control command
specification.
Remarks:
If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the
BCKCOL is set to 1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB
command is not found in CASESTAT then a fatal message is issued.
Main Index
GETMKL 1195
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
GETMKL Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs

Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs.
Format:
GETMKL EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
NMK Output-integer-default=0. Number of Mach number and reduced

frequency pairs.
Main Index
1196 GI
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
GI Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
Generates the aerodynamic spline transformation matrix.
Format:
 SPLINE 
GI AERO,   ,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,
 AMSPLINE 
AEGRID/
GPGK,GDGK $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD.

SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
AEBGPDT The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of
freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET).
AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output
by APD as PGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
Output Data Blocks:
GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.
GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set
to g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AERO0:
Main Index
GI 1197
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEGRID=AEBGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH')
GI AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,AEGRID/
GPGK0,GDGK0 $
Main Index
1198 GIC2C
Forms splice matrix for element centroids
GIC2C Forms splice matrix for element centroids
Forms a spline matrix that maps displacements measured at centroidal elemental

grids of aero meshes to the corner point (mesh connectivity) grids. This displacement
map will allow visualization of connectivity grid motion for "element centroid" based
aero meshes (like DLM and ZAERO).
Format:
GIC2D AEBOX,AEGRID,AEBGPDT*,CSTM/GDKSKS $
Input Data Blocks:
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT

with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output
by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
Output Data Blocks:
GDKSKS Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GKAM 1199
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
Assembles the modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices.
Format:
GKAM USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC,LAMMAT,
MEMF/
MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH,MODSELT,MODSELV,LAMASEL,BMODAL/
NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/
S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12/APP $
Input Data Blocks:

PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
MI Modal mass matrix. See Remark 5.
M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set.
B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP
Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response
analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping effects.
K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command
and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may
also include structural damping effects.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Used in lieu of
the LAMA table when present.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table.
Output Data Blocks:

Main Index
1200 GKAM
PHDH Transformation from d-set to h-set (modal).

MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case ontrol
command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and
HFREQFL.
MODSELV Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT.
LAMASEL LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.
BMODAL Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data
entry in DIT.
Parameters:
NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of EXTRA points. Set to -1 if

there are no extra points.
LMODES Input-integer-no default. The number of lowest modes to use in
modal transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of
columns.
LFREQ Input-real-no default. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal
transformation.
HFREQ Input-real-no default. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal
transformation.
NONCUP Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged.
then the model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
FMODE Output-integer-default=1. The lowest mode number resulting from
LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.
Main Index
GKAM 1201
KDAMP Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If

set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control
command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural
damping.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fluid damping processing flag. If
TRUE, then the modal damping set identification number is obtained
from the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command.
UNUSED12 Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused.

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalues.
Method:
The dynamic matrices expressed in modal coordinates are assembled in GKAM
(General K Assembler-Modal) as follows:
T
[ K hh ] = [ k ] + [ φ dh ] [ K dd
2 ][ φ ]
dh Eq. 4-24
T
[ M hh ] = [ m ] + [ φ dh ] [ M dd
2 ][φ ]
dh Eq. 4-25
and
T
[ B hh ] = [ b ] + [ φ dh ] [ B dd
2 ][φ ]
dh Eq. 4-26
where, if PARAM,KDAMP = 1 (default)
m i = modal mass
b i = 2πf i g ( f i )m i
k i = 4π 2 f i2 m i
If PARAM,KDAMP = -1 in complex eigenvalue analysis, modal frequency response,

aerodynamic flutter, and aeroelastic response, the viscous modal damping will be
incorporated into the complex stiffness matrix as follows:
Main Index
1202 GKAM
m i = modal mass
bi = 0
k i = [ 1 + ig ( f i ) ]4π 2 f i2 m i
Values of g ( f i ) are specified on the TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry, selected by the
SDAMPING Case Control command. If KDAMP = 1 (default), the matrices [ b ] and
[ k ] are formulated as in modal transient response.
Remarks:
1. USETD may be purged if there are no extra points (NOUE<0).
2. PHA and LAMA cannot be purged.
3. CASECC and DIT cannot be purged if SDAMPING is specified.
4. M2DD, B2DD, K2DD, and MI may be purged.
5. LAMA may be purged as long as both MI and LAMMAT exist. Using MI and
LAMMAT is preferable to LAMA because the the values in MI and
LAMMAT are in machine precision.
6. No output matrix can be purged.
7. HFREQ and LFREQ are ignored if LMODES>0.
8. See Section 9.4.10 of the MD Nastran Reference Manual for further details.
9. If modes are not selected with HFREQ, LFREQ and LMODES parameters or
the MODESELECT command and NOUE < 0, then PHDH will be purged
and a subsequent EQUIVX from PHA to PHDH must be executed.
Main Index
GNFM 1203
Computes element forces due to large displacements
GNFM Computes element forces due to large displacements
Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the
elemental stiffness matrices associated with incremental deflections.
Format:
GNFM KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/
FG,KELM1,KDICT1/
SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness.

KDELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness.
KDDICT KDELM dictionary table.
Output Data Blocks:
FG Element forces due to large displacements.

KELM1 Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness.
KDICT1 KELM1 dictionary table.
Parameters:
SKPMTX Input-integer-default=0. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1

will be generated.
g-set.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear
analysis (SOL 4).
Main Index
1204 GNFM
Computes element forces due to large displacements
Remarks:
1. FG cannot be purged.
2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX<>0.
Main Index
GP0 1205
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information
Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element

information and also create edge, face, and body tables.
Format:
GP0 CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,
EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M,
EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/
ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/
GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.
PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous
superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.
Main Index
1206 GP0
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level.
GEOM2M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM3M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and
updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis.
MFACE Face table for p-element analysis.
MBODY Body table for p-element analysis.
Parameters:

UNIT1 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing edge table
information.
UNIT2 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing face table
information.
PVALID Output-integer-default=0. P-value set identification number.
PEXIST Output-logical-default=TRUE. Set to FALSE if p-elements are not
present.
GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.
GNMAX Output-integer-no default. Maximum grid identification number in
GEOM1M.
Main Index
GP0 1207
GMTOL Input-real-default=1.E-5. Geometric tolerance.

INITAPI Input-logical-default=TRUE. API flag.
PEDGEP Input-integer-default=0.
GNPROC Input-logical-default=TRUE. Grid-n processing flag. If set to TRUE
grid-n information is processed.
Main Index
1208 GP1
Performs basic geometry processing
GP1 Performs basic geometry processing
Performs basic geometry processing.
Format:
GP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B,DYNAMICB/
S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/
UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table.
CASECC Table of Case Control command values. Only used for SOLs 600 and
700.
Output Data Blocks:

GPDT Grid point definition table.
VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows
corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
GP1 1209
Performs basic geometry processing
GEOM3B Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with
DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT
entry images.
DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA
entry images.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOCSTM Output-integer-no default. Number of coordinate systems found in
GEOM1. Set to -1 if none are found.
NOPOINTS Output-integer-no default. Grid point flag. Set to -1 if none are found.
Otherwise, set to 1.
UNIT Input-real-default=1.0. AUNIT record factor for electromagnetic
analysis.
UPERM Input-real-default=1.2566E-06. Permeability for electromagnetic
analysis.
UPRMT Input-real-default=8.8542E-12. Permittivity for electromagnetic
analysis.
NUFLAG Input-integer-default=10. Unit type for electromagnetic analysis.
Remarks:
1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal
order, computes coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms
all grid points to the basic coordinate system.
2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.
Main Index
1210 GP2
Processes element connectivity
GP2 Processes element connectivity
Processes element connectivity.
Format:
GP2 GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,EPTA,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
ECT,ECTA/
S,N,ACOUSTIC $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and updated for the current p-level.
properties.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameter:
ACOUSTIC Output-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.

Main Index
GP2 1211
Processes element connectivity
Remarks:
1. EQEXIN and ECT may not be purged.
2. ECTA may be purged if GEOM2A is purged.
Main Index
1212 GP3
Processes static and thermal loads
GP3 Processes static and thermal loads
Processes static and thermal loads.
Format:
Input Data Blocks:

GP3 GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH,
CASEHEAT,MPT,PG*/
SLT,ETT/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $
scalar points.
UGH Temperature matrix in g-set from a heat transfer analysis.
ESTH Element summary table from a heat transfer analysis.
BGPDTH Basic grid point definition table from a heat transfer analysis.
CASEHEAT Case Control table from a heat transfer analysis.
PG* Family of external load matrices qualified by LOADID or FBLID
Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:
NOLOAD Output-integer-no default. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no

static loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise.
Main Index
GP3 1213
Processes static and thermal loads
NOGRAV Output-integer-no default. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no

GRAV Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise.
NOTEMP Output-integer-no default. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no
TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not
created, +1 otherwise.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT may not be purged.
2. SLT may be purged if there are no static loads.
3. ETT may be purged if there are no thermal loads
4. If UGH is present in structural analysis run, then GP3 will create a new
temperature set based on UGH with set identification numbers obtained
from TSTRUC command in CASEHEAT. BGPDTH is used to correlate UGH
to grid points. For h-elements ESTH is not required. For p-elements ESTH is
appended to element ETT record for interpolation purposes in element
decks. Here are the DBVIEW statements that are used to define these inputs
in SOLs 101-200:
DBVIEW UGH=UG (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' AND WILDCARD) $

DBVIEW ESTH=EST (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' ) $
DBVIEW BGPDTH=BGPDTS (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ') $
CASEHEAT can come from the CASE module or DBLOCATE DATABLK=

(CASECCR/CASEHEAT) in the FMS.
Main Index
1214 GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints,

multipoint constraints, rigid elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data
entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced displacement matrix and multipoint
constraint equation matrix.
Format:
GP4 CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM,
MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB,ECT,GPSNT,GEOM1/
RMG,YS0,USET0,GPSNTN/
LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/
S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/
S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK/AUTOMSET/SNORMPRT/
S,N,NEWGPSNT/ATQSET $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
ECT GEOM2 Element connectivity table.
Main Index
GP4 1215
Output Data Blocks:

YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements.
USET0 Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
GPSNTN Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with
RSSCON elements.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOMSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set
or multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are
none.
MPCF2 Output-integer-no default. Multipoint constraint set identification
number change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different
multipoint constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise
or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase.
NOSSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set.
or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NOOSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set
or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NORSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set.
or supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC
REPEAT Output-integer-no default. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at
the last boundary condition; +1 otherwise.
NOSET Output-integer-no default. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set
to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no
degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data
entries); +1 otherwise.
NOL Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-
of-freedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the
degrees-of-freedom in the l-set.
Main Index
1216 GP4
NOA Output-integer-default=1. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of
degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag.
Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER
is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.
AUTOMSET Input-character-default=' '. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the
dependent degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element
Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to avoid exclusive dof set conflicts.
Usually input by user parameter.
SNORMPRT Input-integer-default=0. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0 No print or punch.
1 Punch.
2 Print only.
3 Print and punch.
NEWGPSNT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Updated shell normal table flag. If the
GPSNTN table is created (shell normal table is updated due to the
interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag is set TRUE.
ATQSET Input-logical-default=.FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If no
ASET, ASET1, QSET, or QSET1 entries are present, then all unspecified
degrees of freedom will be included in the:
a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
Remarks:
1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero
values for displacement.
2. GEOM4 may be purged.
3. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are used.
Main Index
GP5 1217
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
GP5 Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure

analysis
Creates a table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis.
Format:
GP5 ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL,CSTM/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB,WETFACES,EDT1/
S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN/
EDT1FLG/SKINOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
PANSLT Panel static load table.

EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal
structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
Output by GP5.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids
which lie within the acoustic face.
WETFACES Table of wetted structure.
EDT1 EDT updated written out if user requested a panel with the entire
wetted structure skin.
Main Index
1218 GP5
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
Parameters:
MPNFLG Output-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.

NUMPAN Output-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
MATCH Output-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.
0 Matching mesh.
1 Non-meshing mesh.
NASOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh
matching summary.
GETNUMPN Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel static load computation flag. If
TRUE then get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel
static loads.
EDT1FLG Output-integer-default=0. EDT1 creation flag.
-1 EDT1 was created.
0 EDT1 was not created.
SKINOUT Input-character-no default. Specifies location to write the fluid-

structure interface element and grid information. Usually input via
user parameter or the FLSTCNT Case Control keyword SKINOUT:
NONE Do not write.
PUNCH Punch file.
PRINT f06 file.
ALL Both punch and f06 file.
Main Index
GPFDR 1219
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy.
Format:
GPFDR CASECC,UG,KELM,KDICT,ECT,EQEXIN,GPECT,PG,QG,
 LAMA 
 
 FOL 
BGPDT,   ,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL,
 TOL 
 OLF 
 
MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,GEI,MATPOOL,F2J,VG,AG,EDT/
ONRGY1,OGPFB1,OEKE1,OEDE1/
APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS/NDVTOT/DMIGFN $
Input Data Blocks:

KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness.
QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for normal modes. Required for
APP='REIG'.
FOL Frequency output list. Required for APP='FREQRESP'.
TOL Time output list. Required for APP='TRANRESP'.
OLF Nonlinear static load factor list. Required for APP='NLST'.
Main Index
1220 GPFDR

QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table.
FENL Element energy and forces in nonlinear matrix format.
MELM Elemental matrices for mass.
MDICT Dictionary table for MELM.
BELM Elemental matrices for damping
GEI Table of general element (GENEL) data.
BDICT Dictionary table for BELM.
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to DMIG Bulk Data entries.
F2J Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the
K2GG Case Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named
by DMIGFN.
VG Velocity matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for
a future enhancement).
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and
reserved for a future enhancement).
iterative solver. Also contains SET1 and MONITOR point entries.
Output Data Blocks:
ONRGY1 Table of element strain energies and energy densities.

OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces.
OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy.
OEDE1 Elemental energy loss.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS' Linear statics.
'REIG' Normal modes.
Main Index
GPFDR 1221

'NLST' Nonlinear static.
TINY Input-real-default=1.E-03. Small element strain energy value. Element

strain energies less than TINY will not be printed.
XFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Strain energy method selection. The following
decimal equivalent bit values may be summed.
0 Elemental force and strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5* [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] – [ ue ]t [ pt ]
1 Cross displacement. See Remark 2.
2 Strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5* ( [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] – [ ue ]t [ pt ] )
4 Another way to set DIAG 30 without alters.
8 Flag to output complex grid point forces.
CYCLIC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE for cyclic symmetry models.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on elemental mass matrix.
variables.
DMIGFN Input-character-default=’DMIG’. Qualifer name for F2J matrices.
Remarks:
1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of
points. This table lists the forces acting at each selected point due to element
constraints, single-point constraints, and applied loads. Also listed is the
sum total of these forces which represents the balance in an opposite
direction due to multipoint constraints, general elements, round-off errors,
and other nonlisted sources. Subtotals for element sets and element types are
also provided.
2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of
elements. These selected elements are listed by type with their strain energy,
percent of total strain energy with respect to all elements and strain energy
density. The strain energy is computed by one of the following equations:
Main Index
1222 GPFDR
If XFLAG=0 (default):
1 T
W e = --- { F e } { u e } Eq. 4-27
2
If XFLAG=1:
1  1  T  i 
W e = ---  u e  K e  u e  Eq. 4-28
2    
 
where  u 1e  is the displacement for the first subcase or mode and
 
 
where  u ie  is the displacement for the i-th subcase or mode.
 
3. The strain energy density is computed by dividing the strain energy by the
element volume. The total energy is computed by summing the element
strain energies of all elements for which stiffness matrices exist. General
elements are not included.
Main Index
GPJAC 1223
Checks element Jacobians
GPJAC Checks element Jacobians
Checks element Jacobians.
Format:
GPJAC ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
JACDET Output-integer-default=0. Bad Jacobian detection flag. Set to 1 if a bad

Jacobian is detected.
Remark:
By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is
equal to 1 then the run will not terminate.
Main Index
1224 GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation
GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation
Performs auto-SPC operation; i.e., identifies and automatically constrains

singularities.
Format:
 KNN   KMM 
GPSP  ,  ,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN,
 KGG   RMG 
CASECC,GPSPRT0/
USET,YS,BD3X3,RMG1,GPSPRT/
S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/
S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH/
NSKIP/S,N,DONSET/RESID/S,N,NNEWS/S,N,NNEWM $
Input Data Blocks:
KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.

KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set.
YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements.
GPSPRT0 GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when DONSET=-
1.
Main Index
GPSP 1225
Output Data Blocks:

YS Matrix of enforced displacements in the s-set.
BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for
parallel domain decomposition.
RMG1 Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC
GPSPRT Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when
the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command
and DONSET=0.
Parameters:
NOSSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set.

or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
AUTOSPC Input-character-default='YES'. Automatic constraint flag. If set to
'YES', then singularities will be constrained.
PRGPST Input-character-default='YES'. Singularity summary print flag. If set to
'YES', then the summary is printed.
SPCGEN Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0,
then singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH
file as SPC Bulk Data entries.
EPZERO Input-real-default=1.E-8. Singularity test parameter. Singularities
greater than EPZERO will not be constrained.
ACON Input-integer-default=0. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set
degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
SING Output-integer-default=0. Singularity flag. If singularities are found,
then SING will be set to -1; otherwise +1.
EPPRT Input-real-default=0.0. Singularity print parameter. Singularities
greater than EPPRT will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.
NOSET Input/output-integer-default=0. Constraint, omit, and support set
flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1
and no degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi
Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise.
Main Index
1226 GPSP
NGERR Output-integer-default=0. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then

NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1.
MPCMETH Input-character-default='RG'. Multipoint constraint processing
method. Also indicates the type of matrix in the second input position:
'RG' for RMG and 'KMM' for KMM. See Remarks 2 and 3.

DONSET Input/output-integer-default=-1. Flag to execute GPSP again for
automatic MPC processing.
-1 Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).
0 Do not execute GPSP again.
RESID Input-integer-default=1. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual
structure. Used only in SOLs 106 and 400.
NNEWS Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new s-set degrees-of-
freedom.
NNEWM Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new m-set degrees-of-
freedom.
Remarks:
1. YS0 and YS may be purged.
2. For the most reliable identification and constraint of singularities on
independent degrees-of-freedom connected multipoint constraints or rigid
elements then GPSP should be executed after MCE1 and MCE2. Then KNN
and KMM should be specified for the first two inputs and 'KMM' should be
specified for MPCMETH. For example, from subDMAP SEKR0:
UPARTN USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $
MCE2 USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $
GPSP KNN,KMM,...
...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $
If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-of-
freedom may not be identified unless all rotations at a given point are
independent.
3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be
specified. Also, the default for MPCMETH should be used.
GPSP KGG,RMG,...
Main Index
GPSP 1227
If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected

to multipoint constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or
constrained.
4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement.
Main Index
1228 GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
GPSTR1 Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress
computations.
Format
:
GPSTR1 POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/
EGPSF/
S,N,NOEGPSF $
Input Data Blocks:
POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.

ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION
Section of Case Control.
ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table.
Output Data Block:
EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.
Parameter:
NOEGPSF Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF

is created.
Remark:
CSTM may be purged.
Main Index
GPSTR2 1229
Computes grid point stresses or strains
GPSTR2 Computes grid point stresses or strains
Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or
strains.
Format:
GPSTR2 CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/
OGS1,EGPSTR/
S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN/GPSOPT $
Input Data Blocks:

OES1 Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
OESNLXR Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for
all subcases.
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1 Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC
module.
Parameters:
NOOGS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is

created.
NOEGPSTR Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is
created.
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values
are:
'STATICS' Statics
'REIGEN' Normal modes
Main Index
1230 GPSTR2
Computes grid point stresses or strains
NLSTRAIN Logical-input-default=FALSE. Nonlinear strain data recovery,

otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if
nonlinear strains are to be processed.
GPSOPT Input-integer-default=0. Option bits numbered right to left
Bit Description
1 Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always
be output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
2 Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume
always be output
3 Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot
only for direct stress/strain for volume
4 Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot
only for principal stress/strain for volume
Remarks:
1. The GPSTRESS Case Control command controls the contents of OGS1.
2. The STRFIELD Case Control command controls the contents of EGPSTR.
Main Index
GPSTRPBX 1231
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
GPSTRPBX Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross
Section.
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
Format:
GPSTRPBX OEF1,EPT,PBRMS,PBRMSD,COELEM,EST/
OGS1AB,OES1AB/
S,N,IRECPBR/S,N,KSTATN/S,N,OP2AB $
Input Data Blocks:
OEF1 Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format.

COELEM Correlation table between IDCID/EID/component for element
responses.
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1AB Grid point stresses at vertices of arbitrary beam cross section

OES1AB Table of screened elment stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
Parameters:
IRECPBR Input/output-integer-no default. PBRMS record count.

KSTATN Input/output-integer-no default. PBXSECT station count.
OP2AB Input/output-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number for OUTPUT2.
Main Index
1232 GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal
inertias about the center of gravity.
Format:
GPWG BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/
OGPWG/
GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
GRDPNT Input-integer-default=-1. Reference grid point identification number.

Inertias are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the
basic coordinate system is used.
Main Index
GPWG 1233
Method:
The Grid Point Weight Generator (GPWG) module calculates the masses, centers of
gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are
extracted from the [ M gg ] matrix by using a rigid body transformation calculation. The
transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements resulting from unit
translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and
the center of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output
by giving each of the the three masses its own direction and center of gravity. The
inertia terms are calculated by using the directional mass effects. The axes about
which the inertial terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are
those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the
significance of the term "center of gravity." If the structural model has been
constructed using only real masses. the three masses printed out will be equal, the
center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms will intersect at the
center of gravity.
The actual computation proceeds in four parts:
1. Computation of the [ D ]T matrix: six vectors are formed that will describe the
six motions about the reference point. The matrix [ D ] is formed from the
vectors that describe rigid body displacements in global coordinates in terms
of the six unit displacements and rotations in basic coordinates at the
reference point
[ u·· g ] = [ D ] [ u·· o ] (reference point) Eq. 4-29
Method of Generation
Each grid point is considered in order. If it is a scalar point, zero is stored in
each of the six columns of [ D ] . If it is a grid point,
 r1 
 
{ ri } = { Ri } – { Ro } =  r2  Eq. 4-30
 
 r3 
is computer where { R i } is the basic coordinate of the i-th grid point given in
the BGPDT table and { R o } is the location of the reference point.
The transformation matrix to the grid point
Main Index
1234 GPWG
0 r3 –r2
[ Tr ] = –r3 0 r1 Eq. 4-31
r2 –r1 0
is formed. GPWG calculates the 3x3 transformation matrix [ T i ] from the

global coordinates to basic coordinates for the grid point. The matrix
T T
Ti Ti Tr
[d] = Eq. 4-32
T
0 Ti
is computed. The rows of [ d ] form the columns of [ D ] T . The matrix [ D ]T is

generated a column at a time and packed out onto a scratch file.
2. If all points were scalar point, GPWG returns; otherwise, form [ D ] from [ D ] T .
3. [ M o ] is computed
T
[ M 0 ] = [ D ] [ M gg ] [ D ] Eq. 4-33
4. Compute output quantities:

Mo is partitioned
t tr
[ Mo ] ⇒ M M Eq. 4-34
rt r
M M
The matrix is symmetric, where the superscripts t and r refer to translation

and rotation, respectively.
A check is made for inconsistent scalar masses. Let
t 2
δ = Σ ( M ij ) Eq. 4-35
and
t 2
ε = Σ ( M ij ) i ≠ j Eq. 4-36
If ε ⁄ δ > 10 –3 , the coordinates should be rotated. Otherwise [ S ] = [ I ] . If

t
rotation is necessary, the eigenvectors of [ M ] , e 1 , e 2 , and e 3 are
determined by the Jacobi technique. Define
Main Index
GPWG 1235
[ S ] = [ { e 1 }, { e 2 }, { e 3 } ] Eq. 4-37
The [ S ] matrix is output. [ M t ] , [ M r ] , and [ M tr ] are computed as follows:
T T t
[M ] = [S] [M ][S] Eq. 4-38
tr T tr
[M ] = [ S] [M ][ S] Eq. 4-39
r T r
[M ] = [S] [M ][S] Eq. 4-40
The following terms, defined in the principal axis system { e 1 } , { e 2 } , and
{ e 3 } , are calculated and output. The mass terms are
t
M x = M 11 Eq. 4-41
t
M y = M 22 Eq. 4-42
t
M z = M 33 Eq. 4-43
The "centers of gravity" are
tr tr tr
M 11 – M 13 M 12
X x = ----------, Y x = -------------, Z x = ---------- Eq. 4-44
Mx Mx Mx
tr tr tr
M 23 M 22 – M 21
X y = ----------, Y y = ---------- , Z y = ------------- Eq. 4-45
My My My
tr tr tr
– M 32 M 31 M 33
X z = ------------- , Y z = ---------- , Z z = ---------- Eq. 4-46
Mz Mz Mz
The inertias at the center of gravity relative to the principal mass axis are
determined from
(S) r 2 2
I 11 = M 11 – M y Z y – M z Y z Eq. 4-47
(S) (S) r
I 12 = I 21 = – M 12 – M z X z Y z Eq. 4-48
Main Index
1236 GPWG
(S) (S) r
I 13 = I 31 = – M 13 – M y X y Z y Eq. 4-49
(S) r 2 2
I 22 = M 22 – M z X y – M x Z x Eq. 4-50
(S) r 2 2
I 22 = M 22 – M z X z – M x Z x Eq. 4-51
(S) (S) r
I 32 = I 23 = – M 23 – M x Y x Z Eq. 4-52
x
(S) r 2 2
I 33 = M 33 – M x Y x – M y X y Eq. 4-53
These terms form the symmetric matrix [ I ] .

For principal inertias, eigenvalues and eigenvectors are found such that
P
I 11 0 0
T
P
0 I 22 0 = [ Q ] [ I˜ ] [ Q ] Eq. 4-54
P
0 0 I 33
where [ I˜ ] is the same as [ I ] with sizes of the off-diagonal terms reversed. [ Q ]

contains the normalized eigenvectors (with the directions of the principal
inertias), and the I Pii are the eigenvalues. The matrices [ S ] and [ Q ] are
actually coordinate rotation matrices and show the directions of the
principal masses and inertias.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG
will return. CSTM must be present if coordinate systems are used to define
the location of one or more grid points. MEDGE must be present if p-
elements are present.
2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module.
3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general
mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg]
matrix by using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation
is defined by the global coordinate displacements resulting from unit
translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
Main Index
GPWG 1237
4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional
properties, and the center of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect
is shown in the output by giving for each of the three masses, its own
direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the
directional mass effects.
The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect.
However, these axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and
translation effects. This is the significance of the term "center of gravity". If
the structural model has been constructed using only real masses, the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the
axes of the inertia terms will intersect at the center of gravity.
Main Index
1238 GUST
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow.
Format:
GUST CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT,
CSTMA,PHF,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/
S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $
Input Data Blocks:

QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
g-set and ks-set grid points.
effects
damping effects
effects
Main Index
GUST 1239
Output Data Blocks:
PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with
gust loads.
WJ Gust matrix.
QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads.
Parameters:
NOGUST Output-integer-no default. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads

exist; otherwise set to 1.
BOV Input-real-default=0.0. Conversion from frequency to reduced
frequency.
Q Input-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
Remarks:
1. If DIT is purged, GUST will return (setting NOGUST = - 1).
2. CSTMA may be purged.
3. Often the shape (time dependence) of the gust is unknown, except for certain
statistical information, e.g., power spectral density and RMS value. In these
cases the GUST module must create frequency-dependent loads. Sometimes
the gust shape is specified as a function of time, which will be analyzed by
Fourier transform techniques. Then the frequency dependent loads are
calculated by Fourier transform.
The value of the load is calculated from the downwash distribution. The
calculation involves the aerodynamic formulation. For all methods (except
strip theory) the downwash is a part of the aerodynamic theory used in the
AMG-AMP modules. The downwash is associated with the j-set, which
corresponds to the Ajj matrix. The loads are computed from the downwash
using aerodynamic matrices.
The downwash to be provided comes from a simple model of the
atmosphere. The velocity is vertical (in the z-direction of the aerodynamic
coordinate system), and appears (to an observer) in the airplane coordinates
to sweep back toward the +x direction. This implies that the downwash
vector has two properties:
Main Index
1240 GUST
It is proportional to the cosine of the dihedral angle for any panel.

There is a time delay of amount X/U for the arrival at any point. (X is
streamwise coordinate.)
Main Index
GUSTLDW 1241
Computes downwash load due to gust
GUSTLDW Computes downwash load due to gust
Computes downwash load due to gust.
Format:
GUSTLDW EDT,AERO,CSTMA,MKLIST,AEBGPDT*,SKJ,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QKGUST*/
GUST2ID/S,N,QKGUSTL $
Input Data Blocks:

iterative solver. Also ontains SET1 entries.
CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-
set + ks-set grid points.
MKLIST MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
SKJ Integration matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
QKGUST* Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified bu

reduced frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.
Parameters:
GUST2ID Input-integer-no default. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.

QKGUSTL Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.
TRUE : QKGUST* was created.
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created.
Main Index
1242 GYROLD
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
GYROLD Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
Format:
GYROLD CASECC,CSTM,BGPDT,SLT,KGGG*/
PJR,UNUSED/
GYLDOPT/LOADID/RFORSCAL/RACCSCAL $
Input Data Blocks:

SLT Static loads (RFORCE and LOAD entries).
KGGG* Family of gyroscopic matrices qualified by RGYRO identification
number.
Output Data Blocks:
PJR Gyroscopic static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement
and applied to its interior points only.
UNUSED Unused and may be unspecified.
Parameters:
GYLDOPT Input-integer-default=0. Static gyroscopic load generation option:

1 Compute the load for statics rotordynamics
2 Compute the coriolis matrix for dynamic analysis with static
subcase (rotordynamics in rotating coordinates).
LOADID Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current
subcase.
RFORSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the loads defined in the RFORCE
record.
RACCSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the RACC value in the RFORCE
record.
Main Index
GYROLD 1243
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
Remark:
Determine in which subcases RGYRO and RFORCE are referenced and then
make a kvector for each subcase from the entries KGGG and the rotation
vector from the RFORCE entry.
Main Index
1244 IFP
Reads Bulk Data Section
IFP Reads Bulk Data Section
Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form.
Format:
IFP BULK/
GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2,
GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,PCOMPT,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI,
DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND,
CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/
S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/
S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10/
S,N,RUNIFBS2 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
scalar points.
properties.
Main Index
IFP 1245
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat
transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic,
and acoustic cavity analysis.
PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry
images.
DMINDX Index into DMI.
DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries.
DTlNDX Index into DTI.
DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images.
optimization.
Parameters:
NOGOIFP Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected.

RUNIFPi Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is
required.
SEID Integer-input-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
RUNMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module
execution is required.
RUNIFBS2 Logical-output-default-FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPBSH2 module
execution is required.
Remarks:
1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must
contain a statement to terminate the run. For example,
IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$
Main Index
1246 IFP
2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and
XSORT modules and before any other module.
Example:
Read the Bulk Data Section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic,
hyperelastic, composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses.
IFP iBULK/
GEOM1.0,EPT.0,MPT.0,IEDT,IDIT,IDYNAMIC,
GEOM2.0,GEOM3.0,GEOM4.0,EPTA,IPCOMPT.0,
MTPOL.0,IAXIC,IPVT,IDMI,IDMINDX,IDTI,IDTINDX,
DEFUSET,IEDOM,IDEQATN,IDEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/
S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9//
S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10 $
$
PVT IPVT,iCASECC/ $ RESOLVE PARAMETER VALUES SET IN CASE
CONTROL
$
IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $
IFP3 IAXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.0/GEOM1.3/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM2.0/GEOM2.3/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM3.0/iGEOM3 /-1 $
V V.0/GEOM4.3/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP4 IAXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MTPOL.0/
GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,IGEOM4,IMATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $
EQUIVX V2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $
EQUIVX V4.3 /iGEOM4 /-1 $
EQUIVX MTPOL.0/IMATPOOL/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP5 IAXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/IGEOM1.5,IV2.5/
S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.4/iGEOM1.5/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM2.4/iGEOM2.5/-1 $
ENDIF $
Main Index
IFP 1247
$
IFP8 MPT.0,IDIT/MPT.8/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX MPT.0/MPT.8/-1 $
Main Index
1248 IFP1
Reads Case Control Section
IFP1 Reads Case Control Section
Reads the Case Control Section.
Format:
IFP1 /CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE,MMCDB/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP/STEPPR $
Output Data Blocks:

FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the
OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field
information.
MMCDB Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP1 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in

the Case Control Section.
LASTCC Integer-output-default=0. Set to 2 if the last auxiliary model Case
Control Section is being processed.
BEGSUP Logical-output-default=FALSE. BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if the
first Bulk Data Section begins with BEGIN SUPER instead of BEGIN
BULK.
STEPRR Input-logical-default=FALSE. STEP Case Control command flag. Set
to TRUE if the STEP command is allowed in the current solution
sequence.
QKGUSTL Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.
TRUE : QKGUST* was created
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created
Main Index
IFP1 1249
Reads Case Control Section
Remarks:
1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control Section;
therefore, the following statement should appear after the module:
IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $
2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the
DMAP sequence before any other module.
Example:
Read multiple Case Control Sections in a loop. Each Case Control Section is prefaced
with the AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be
qualified on auxiliary model identification number.
DO WHILE ( LASTCC<>2 ) $
IFP1 /XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $
PARAML XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $
EQUIVX XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $
EQUIVX XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
1250 IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
IFP3 Modifies Bulk Data entry records
Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.
Format:
IFP3 AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
Input Data Block:
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell,
hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

Parameter:
NOGOIFP3 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the

Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data
entries. NOGOIFP3 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules.
3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are:
Bulk Data
Output Records Output Data Blocks
Entry Record
AXIC None None
CCONEAX CCONE GEOM2
FORCEAX FORCE GEOM3
MOMAX MOMENT GEOM3
MPCAX MPC GEOM4
Main Index
IFP3 1251
Bulk Data
Entry Record
OMITAX OMIT GEOM4
POINTAX MPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
PRESAX PLOAD GEOM3
RINGAX SPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
SECTAX MPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
SPCAX SPC GEOM4
SUPAX SUPORT GEOM4
TEMPAX TEMP GEOM3
4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are:
FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID,
MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT
Example
See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.
Main Index
1252 IFP4
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP4 Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP4 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to hydroelastic analysis.

MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis.
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
entries. NOGOIFP4 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by
IFP4:
Main Index
IFP4 1253
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
Bulk Data
Entry Record
AXIF None None
BDYLIST Various MATPOOLX
CFLUID2 CFLUID2 GEOM2X
FLSYM Various MATPOOLX
FREEPT SPOINT GEOM2X
MPC GEOM4X
FSLIST CFSMASS GEOM2X
SPC GEOM4X
GRIDB GRID GEOM1X
PRESPT SPOINT GEOM2X
MPC GEOM4X
RINGFL GRID GEOM1X
SEQGP GEOM1X
DMIAX DMIG MATPOOLX
Example:
Main Index
1254 IFP5
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP5 Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP5 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.

GEOM2X GEOM2 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
entries. NOGOIFP5 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1
module.
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by
IFP5:
Input Data Output Output Data

Input Record
Block Record Block
AXSLOT AXIC None None
CAXIF2 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
Main Index
IFP5 1255
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
Input Data Output Output Data

Input Record
Block Record Block
CSLOT3 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
CSLOT4 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
GRIDF AXIC GRID GEOM1X
GRIDS AXIC GRID GEOM1X
SLBDY AXIC CELAS2 GEOM2X
Example:
Main Index
1256 IFP6
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
IFP6 Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and
MAT8 bulk data entry records.
Format:
IFP6 EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/
S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in

particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in
particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:

PSHELL records.
records.
PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data
entry records are found.
DSFLAG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for
design sensitivity job.
Main Index
IFP6 1257
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
Remarks:
module.
2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules.
Example:
Main Index
1258 IFP7
Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP7 Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry
records.
Format:
IFP7 GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in
particular, PBCOMP entries.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent

PBEAM records.
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
module.
Example:
Main Index
IFP8 1259
Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
IFP8 Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data
entry records for use in hyperelastic analysis.
Format:
IFP8 MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
MPTX Copy of MPT except applicable MATHP records are updated to

include referenced TABLSE1 Bulk Data entry information
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
module.
3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting
of experimental data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to
analytically obtained solutions.
Example:
Main Index
1260 IFP9
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP9 Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and
PBEAML Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP9 EPT,GEOM1,EDT,GEOM2/EPTX,PBRMS/S,N,NOGOIFP9/
ARBMPS/ARBMFEM $
Input Data Block:

particular, PBARL and PBEAML entries.
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by
equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records
Parameter:

Bulk Data entries.
ARBMPS Input-logical-default-FALSE.
ARBMFEM Input-logical-default-FALSE.
Remarks:
module.
2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules.
Main Index
IFP9 1261
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Example:
See the example in the module description of “IFP” on page 1244.
Main Index
1262 IFP10
Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
IFP10 Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
Construct new GEOM2, EPT, and MPT tables based upon data supplied by the
TOPVAR entry for topology optimization.
Format:
IFP10 GEOM2,EPT,MPT,EDOM/
GEOM2T,EPTT,MPTT,TOPTAB,TOPELE/
S,N,NOGOIF10 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
optimization.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM2T GEOM2 updated for topology optimization.

EPTT EPT updated for topology optimization.
MPTT MPT updated for topology optimization.
TOPTAB Table containing topologically-designed properties.
TOPELE Table containing topologically-designed elements.
Parameter:
NOGOIF10 Output-logical-default=false. Set TRUE for an error is detected in the

Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
IFPINDX 1263
Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
IFPINDX Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
Creates an index, keyed by identification number for any IFP table.
Format:
IFPINDX /IFPDB $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
IFPDB Any table data block output by modules IFP, IFPi, MODEPT,
MODGM2, and MODGM4.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. IFPDB must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.
2. IFPDB must contain a key word in the first word of each tuple of the ifp
header word. Currently only fixed length Bulk Data entries are supported.
Main Index
1264 IFPBSH2
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
IFPBSH2 Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries

Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries.
Format:
IFPBSH2 EPT,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND//S,N,NOGOIFB2 $
Input Data Blocks:

DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN
Output Data Blocks:

None
Parameters:
NOGOIFB2 Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in

the PBUSH2D Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
IFT 1265
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform
Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution

matrix to the time domain.
Format:
IFT UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/
UXT,TOL/
IFTM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.

TOL Transient response time output list.
Parameters:
IFTM Input-integer-default=1. Fourier transform method.

0 Constant
1 Piecewise linear (default)
2 Cubic spline
Purpose:
The purpose of this module is to obtain solutions versus time for frequency response
for which the forces are only known as functions of frequency.
The definition of the inverse transform is
∞
1 iωt
u i ( t ) = --- ∫ Re [ ũ i ( ω )e ]dω Eq. 4-55
π
0
Main Index
1266 IFT
where ũ ( ω ) is considered to be a known input (frequency response, and u ( t ) is the

output (time response). Several approximations will be used for evaluation of Eq. 4-
55. A special algorithm is to be used for equal ∆ω ’s, which can result in savings of
computation times. A special algorithm will be introduced to provide for a cubic
spline fit for ũ ( ω ) between the data points.
Method:
General Approach. The integral will be expressed as a finite sum. The input data
block UXF has one row for each mode, and a column (complex) for each frequency.
The output UXT will have the same number of rows, but with these columns for each
time step. Frequencies and times have been selected via standard FREQi and TSTEP
Bulk Data entries. Each row of the input matrix is transformed into a row of the
output.
The basic sume is given by
NFREQ
1  ··  iω n t m
u i ( t m ) = ---
π ∑ Re  C mn ⋅ ũ i ( ω n ) + D mn ⋅ ũ i ( ω n ) e
 
Eq. 4-56
n = 1
NFREQ
iω t
1 n m
u· i ( t m ) = ---
π ∑ Re iω n { C mn ⋅ ũ i ( ω n ) + D mn ⋅ ũ i ( ω n ) }e Eq. 4-57
n = 1
NFREQ
iω n t m
1 2
u·· i ( t m ) = ---
π ∑ Re – ω n { C mn ⋅ ũ i ( ω n ) }e Eq. 4-58
n = 1
where:
m = 1, 2,...,NTIME
ωn = 2π f ( f = frequency )
n
ũ i ( ω n ) = the complex quantity in the i-th row and the n-th column of UHVF.
u·· i ( ω n ) = the second derivative, found by the method of splines.
ũ i ( t n ) = the real quantity output on UHVT.
Re = "Real part of." Note: for efficiency

ReCu = ReCu ⋅ Reu – Imc ⋅ Imu
Main Index
IFT 1267
ωn – ωn – 1 ω n + 1 – ωn
C mn = --------------------------E 2 ( – it m ( ω n – ω n – 1 ) ) + --------------------------- E 2 ( + itm ( ω n + 1 – ω n ) ) Eq. 4-59
2 2
3 3
( ωn – ωn – 1 ) ( ωn + 1 – ω n )
D mn = – ---------------------------------- G ( – itm ( ω n – ω n – 1 ) ) – ---------------------------------- G ( ω n + 1 – ω n ) Eq. 4-60
24 24
The functions E 2 and G will be discussed later.

For the first ω , only the second term of C and D is used; and, for the last ω , only the
first term is used.
Values for C and D . If the frequency data have equal ∆ω ’s,
–6
( ω n – ω n – 1 ) – ( ω 2 – ω 1 ) < 10 ( ω2 – ω1 )
then the special equal frequency intervals methods are to be used. Otherwise, the
general case will be assumed. In the sum, the following assuptions can be made
Parameter Equal ∆ω, ∆t General

IFTM
0 E 2 = 1 (for first ω if E 2 = 1 ( 1 ⁄ 2 first, last
ω = 0, E 2 = 1 ⁄ 2 ). D mn = 0 ).
1 D mn = 0 D mn = 0
C m = function of m , and
special for first, last ω .
2 C mn = 0 C m = (See Eq. 4-57.)
C m, D mn are functions of See Eq. 4-57 and Eq. 4-58.

m , only. Special for first
and last ω .
For the equal ∆ω , we will force ω2 t m to be an integer multiplf of ( 2π ⁄ ∆t ) . Define

integer N = 2π ⁄ ( ∆π ⋅ ∆t ) , rounded up. Then replace the user’s ∆t by ∆t = 2π ⁄ N∆ω .
In the equal ∆ω , ωt is given by
ω n t m = nm∆ωt = 2π  -------
nm
Eq. 4-61
N
A table for k = 0, ( N – 1 ) will be made of
Main Index
1268 IFT
C k = cos ( 2πk ⁄ N )
Eq. 4-62
S k = sin ( 2πk ⁄ N )
Then
iω t
n m
e = C k + iS k Eq. 4-63
where
Mod ( nm )
k = Eq. 4-64
N
The table can be created with recurrence. For unequal ∆ω , then
iω n t m
e = cos ( ω n t m ) + i sin ( ω n t m ) Eq. 4-65
where the COS and SIN subroutines will be called.

The funtions E 2 and G will have special formulas depending upon the size of their
argument.
   
 1 – cos θ  θ – sin θ
E 2 ( iθ ) =  ----------------------- + i  ---------------------- θ ≥ θ 0 Eq. 4-66
1 2 1 2
 --- θ   --- θ 
2 2
2 4 5 5
θ θ θ θ θ
=  1 – ---------- + ------------------------- – + … + i  --- – ------------------ + -------------------- – + … θ < θ 0 Eq. 4-67
3⋅4 3⋅4⋅5⋅6 3 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 3 ⋅ 4…7
G ( iθ ) = 2E 2 ( iθ ) – E 4 ( iθ ) Eq. 4-68
2 3
θ θ
----- – 1 + cos θ ----- – θ + sin θ
2 6
E 4 ( iθ ) = ------------------------------------- + ------------------------------------- θ ≥ θ 0 Eq. 4-69
4 4
θ θ
------ ------
24 24
2 4 3
θ θ θ θ
=  1 – ---------- + ------------------------- – +  + i  --- – ------------------ + ------------ – + … θ < θ 0
.5
   5 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 5…9 
Eq. 4-70
5⋅6 5⋅6⋅7⋅8
θ 0 = 0.1 . The alternating series is continued until the last term computed is less than
–9
10 .
Main Index
IFT 1269
··
When IFTM = 2, a spline fit must be made to solve for ũ . This will be done by a
backward and forward pass over the frequencies ω . The same method is used for
equal or unequal ∆ω . On the initializing backward pass, compute real
A n ( n = NFREQ – 1, …, 2 ) .
N NFREQ = 0
( ωn – ωn – 1 )
A N = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eq. 4-71
2 ( ω n + 1 – ω n – 1 ) – ( ω n + 1 – ω n )A n + 1
··
For each row, do a backward and forward pass. The B n and ũ ( ω n ) can be stored in the
same locations. The backward pass:
B NFREQ = 0
 ũ n + 1 – ũ n ũ n – ũ n – 1 
6  ------------------------------ – ------------------------------ – ( ω n + 1 – ω n )A n + 1 ⋅ B n + 1
 ω n + 1 – ω n ω n – ω n – 1 Eq. 4-72
B N = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ωn – ωn – 1
n = ( NFREQ – 1 ), …, 3, 2
(real and imaginary)
The forward pass:
 ũ 2 – ũ 1
 6 --------------------- – ( ω 2 – ω 1 )A 2 B 2
··  ω2 – ω1
ũ ( ω 1 ) =  ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Real Part Eq. 4-73
 6ω 1 + ( ω 2 – ω 1 ) ( 2 – A 2 )

0 Imaginary Part
Then continue for 2, …, NFREQ .
·· ··
ũ ( n ) = A n ( B n – ũ n – 1 )
Main Index
1270 ILMP1
Creates unit displacement matrix
ILMP1 Creates unit displacement matrix
Creates a unit displacement matrix on those DOFs that contribute to the monitored
components. This matrix will be G-set size rows by contributed DOF in columns. Also
creates a CASECC table associated with the columns of the unit displacement matrix
and the g-set size column partitoning vector that mark the contributing DOF's.
Format:
ILMP1 EST,BGPDT,EDT,EDT0/
CASEUNIT,UNITDISP,UNITPV,EDTM/
S,N,NCOLUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT0 Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into EDTM.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEUNIT Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements. In

addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of output
depending on what is being monitored.
UNITDISP Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit
displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom which
participate in the union of all monitor points will contain a unit
displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET number of columns.
UNITPV Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit
displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-of-freedom will be assumed
to contribute).
EDTM Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records.
Parameters:
NCOLUNIT Output-integer-default=-1. Number of unit displacement columns

written. If NCOLUNIT<=0 then none were written.
Main Index
ILMP2 1271
Creates output transformation matrix
ILMP2 Creates output transformation matrix
Creates the output transformation matrix for a particular OFP table type.
Format:
ILMP2 EDT,OFP12,OFP22,OFP32/
OTMT,RLABEL/
NCOLMNP2 $
Input Data Blocks:

iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module
reads the MONITOR2 record.
OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OTMT Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the

matrix will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL).
The rows will be the partition of g-set size DOFs that are contributing
(CP defined).
RLABEL Monitor point label for each column in OTMT.
Parameters:
NCOLMNP2 Input-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated

with the MONPNT2 entries.
Main Index
1272 ILMPGPF
ILMPGPF
Filters the grid point force output table according to the MONPNT3 entries down to a
single monitor point.
Format:
ILMPGPF MP3GPF,EDT,BGPDT,CSTM,OGPFB1/
GPFMAT/
NDDLNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
MP3GPF Table of monitor point type-3 responses.

reads the MONPNT3 and SET1 records.
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces.
Output Data Block:
GPFMAT Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and
each row is one component of the monitored forces.
Parameter:
NDDLNAME Input-character-default='OGF'. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data

block.
Main Index
INDXBULK 1273
Indexes the Bulk Data table
INDXBULK Indexes the Bulk Data table
Indexes the Bulk Data table.
Format:
INDXBULK BULK/BULKINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Output Data Blocks:
BULKINDX Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. INDXBULK only indexes the CORDij, GRID and QSETi records.
Main Index
1274 INPUTT2
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been
written either by a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2.
Format:
INPUTT2 /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/
S,N,HNAME1/S,N,HNAME2/S,N,HNAME3/S,N,HNAME4/
S,N,HNAME5/S,N,DBKNT/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5 $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be input from the FORTRAN unit.
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default = 0. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before

INPUTT2 attempts to extract any data blocks. The following controls
are available.
ITAPE
Action
Value
+n Skip forward n data blocks before
reading.
0 Data blocks are read starting at the
current position.
-1 or -11 Rewind before reading and position tape
past label (LABL), if any.
-3 or -13 Print data block names, rewind before
reading, and position tape past label, if
any.
-5 or -15 Search and output first occurrence of DBi.
If none are found, then a fatal warning
message is issued.
-6 or -16 Search and output final occurrence of
DBi. If none are found, then a fatal is
issued.
Main Index
INPUTT2 1275
ITAPE
Action
Value
-7 or -17 Search and output first occurrence of DBi.
If none are found, then a warning is
issued.
-8 or -18 Search and output final occurrence of
DBi. If none are found, then a warning is
issued.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number from

which the data blocks are to be read. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended.
LABL Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is the label on the
FORTRAN unit. A check of the label may or may not be performed
based on the value of ITAPE as indicated in the following table.
ITAPE
Tape Label Checked?
Value
+n NO
0 NO
-1 YES
-3 YES
-5 YES
-6 YES
-7 YES
-8 YES
-11 NO
-13 NO
-15 NO
-16 NO
-17 NO
-18 NO
Main Index
1276 INPUTT2
HNAMEi Output-character-default=' '. Data block name found in the

header of DBi on the Fortran unit.
DBKNT Output-integer-default=0. Total number of data blocks found on
IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13.
NDDLNAMi Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1
through DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding
NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'. Used only to read unformatted (binary)
Fortran files created on non-native computers.
Remarks:
1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data
blocks will be taken from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially
from the tape starting from a position determined by the value of the first
parameter. Note that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is the same as
,A,,B, or ,,,A,B.
2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN
unit. Certain FORTRAN units are reserved, see “Making File Assignments”
on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for a
listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral
format, depending upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If
no ASSIGN FMS statement is specified, then binary input is assumed.
4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description
5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by
INPUTT2.
Main Index
INPUTT4 1277
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT4 Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for
input to other modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input.
Format:
INPUTT4 /M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $
Output Data Blocks:
Mi Matrices
Parameters:
NMAT Input-integer-default=1. NMAT is the number of matrices that have

been written on the user-supplied unit. Must be less than or equal to 5.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit
number on which the user-supplied matrix was written.
ITAPE Input-integer-default=-1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before
INPUTT4 tries to extract any matrices as follows:
ITAPE Action
0 None.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before read.
-2 Rewind IUNIT at end.
-3 Both.

BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT = FALSE selects the format that
uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has
more than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE
regardless of the value specified.
Remarks:
1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and
the BIGMAT as shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description.
2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to
the format below.
Main Index
• For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN
FORM=UNFORMATTED), each matrix could be created (assumed on
FORTRAN unit 8) as follows:
Record 1-four word record
WRITE(8) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
Record 2,3,etc.
WRITE(8) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
• If the ASCII format (ASSIGN FORM=FORMATTED) and the nonsparse
format is desired, then each matrix must be created as follows:
Record 1
WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
100 FORMAT(4I8)
Record 2, 3, etc.
WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
200 FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9))
The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d),
where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than
d+7, and r is the integer part of 80/w.
• The MD Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called
MAKIDS in a file called mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the
format suitable for INPUTT4. See “Building and Using MATTST” on
page 269 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.
• Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column
to the last nonzero term unless the sparse matrix option is used.
• Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are
input).
unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the
ASSIGN statement is not provided, then the format of the matrices on IUNIT
is assumed to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format requires an
ASSIGN FMS statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see “Making File Assignments” on page 110
of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of
reserved FORTRAN units.
4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last
nonzero entry.
Main Index
5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and
15) cannot be processed by INPUTT4.
Main Index
INTERR Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
Generates the modal components of base motion from a response spectrum.
Format:
INTERR CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/
UHR/
CLOSE/OPTION $
Input Data Blocks:

ZETAH Mass-normalized damping.
FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).
SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table.
PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix.
Output Data Block:
UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis.
Parameters:
CLOSE Input-real-no default. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the
OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if
the natural frequencies satisfy:
fi+1 < CLOSE * fi
OPTION Input-character-no default. Response summation method for scaled

response spectra analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute.
'SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares.
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new).
'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old).
Main Index
Remark:
Only FN may be purged, in which case INTERR returns.
Main Index
ISHELL Invokes an external program
Invokes an external program.
Format:
ISHELL //PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/NOUNIT/
INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 /
REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/
CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/
CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/
IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRGNAME Input-character-no default. Name of external program.

IRTN Output-integer-default=0. External program return code.
-1 indicates failure.
NOINT Input-integer-default=0. Number of integer value inputs.
NOREAL Input-integer-default=0. Number of real value inputs.
NOCMPX Input-integer-default=0. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCHAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of character value inputs.
NOUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Number of Fortran input units.
INTi Input-integers-default=0. Integer values.
REALi Input-real-default=-1.0. Real values.
CMPXi Input-complex-default=(-1.0,0.0). Complex values.
CHARi Input-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character values.
IUNITi Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit numbers.
Main Index
Remarks:
1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments
from MD Nastran as specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external
program can be either a shell script or an executable program. It can either
mimic an internal module or provide any user-defined functionality that
requires access to MD Nastran's data structures.
2. MD Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is
completed.
3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to
pass tables and/or matrices into the external program.
4. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters.
5. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the
ASSIGN statements, the module will automatically pass the physical
filenames associated with unit numbers to the external program. These
filenames are passed at the positions 31 through 34.
6. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the MD Nastran execution.
7. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related
to errors encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example,
PRGNAME cannot be found or does not have execute permission.
8. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external
program. For example, use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique.
9. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE
FORTRAN units referenced by the external program.
Example:
Invoke user executable DOITPGM:
ISHELL //'DOITPGM' $
Main Index
LAMX Eigenvalue Table Editor
Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA
(complex eigenvalues) tables.
Formats:
Modify LAMA:
LAMX EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG $
Create LAMA from a matrix:
LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $
Convert LAMA into a matrix:
LAMX ,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $
Create CLAMA from a matrix:
LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $
Convert CLAMA into a matrix:
LAMX ,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Generate new LAMA table based on diagonals of a stiffness and mass matrix:
LAMX KXX,MXX/LAMAX,LAMMAT/-3/RESFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
EMAT Matrix of editing parameters. See Remark 1.

FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. See Remark 2.
CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
Main Index
Output Data Blocks:
LAMAX Modified LAMA table.

LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table created from FREQMASS.
LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. See
Remark 3.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Parameters:
NLAM Integer-input-default=0. The maximum number of modes in the output

data block LAMAX. If NLAM = 0, the number of modes in LAMAX
will be the same as that of LAMA or FREQMASS. If NLAM = -1, the
matrix LMAT is produced instead.
RESFLG Integer-input-default=0. Subheading print flag used by the OFP
module for residual vector eigenvalues.
1 Print “BEFORE AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS".
2 Print “AFTER AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS”.
0 No print.
Remarks:
1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are
used to modify the frequency and generalized mass.
Number of Modes
R 1j
R 2j 3
R 3j
• If R3j ≥ 0 then the frequency

0
f
j
and generalized mass
0
m
j
Main Index
will be extracted from LAMA and modified accordingly:
0
• Frequency: f j = R ij + ( 1.0 + R 2j )f
j
Fixed shift: R 1j = shift and R 2j = – 1.0
Fractional change: R 1j = 0.0 and R 2j = fraction
 R ( if R > 0 )
 3j 3j
• Generalized mass: m j =  0
 m j ( if R 3 = 0 )

• Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the

modified frequency and generalized mass:
radians: ωj = 2πf j
eigenvalue: λ j = ω 2j
generalized stiffness: K j = λ j m j
• If R3j = – 1 , then mode j is not copied to LAMAX.
• If R1j = 0 , R 2j = 0
and R 3j = 0 , then mode j is copied from LAMA to LAMAX
without modification.
2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The
first row contains the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized
masses. The second row is null. Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized
stiffness are computed as in Remark 3.
Number of Modes
fj
0.0 3
mj
3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column

corresponds to eigenvalue, radians, frequency, generalized mass, and
generalized stiffness.
Main Index
5
λi ωi f i Mi ki
·
Number of
·
Modes
·
·
4. Under NLAM=-3:
a. The frequency is computed:
diag (KXX)
Freq = 0.5 Pi -----------------------------------
diag (MXX)
b. KXX and MXX may be vectors.
c. If a diagonal in MXX is null then the corresponding entry in LAMA table
will be null.
d. If MXX is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
e. If KXX is purged the module returns with no output.
f. LAMAX or LAMMAT may be purged.
Examples:
1. For LAMA (real) tables:
• Assume that 10 modes are defined in the LAMA table. It is now desired to
modify the frequency data of the LAMA table in the following way:
Desired
Mode(s) DMl Format for EMAT
Modification
1 through 3 none ---
4 multiply f 4 by 0.8 DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2
5 none ---
6 delete DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0
7 replace f 7 by DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0
173.20
Main Index
Desired
Mode(s) DMl Format for EMAT
Modification
8 replace m 8 by 2.98 DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98
9 none ---
10 delete DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0
The DMI header record entry is also required: DMI,EMAT,0,2,1,1,,3,10

The DMAP is:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/EMAT,,,,,,,,, $
LAMX EMAT,LAMA/LAMB/9 $
EQUIVX LAMB/LAMA/ALWAYS $
• Create a LAMB table with f j = 10.0, 20,0, 30.0, 40, and m j = 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.0.
DMI, FREQMASS, 0, 2, 1, 1, , 3, 4
DMI, FREQMASS, 1, 1, 10.0, 00, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 2, 1, 20.0, 0.0, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 3, 1, 30.0, 0.0, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 4, 1, 40.0, 0.0, 2.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$
LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMB $
OFP LAMB//$
• Generate a matrix LMAT from a LAMA table.

The DMAP is:
LAMX, ,LAMA/LMAT/-1 $
2. For CLAMA (complex) tables:

• Create a CLAMA table with eigenvalues -1.0, -1.0, -2.0, -2.0, and -3.0, +1.0.
The DMI data for CLAMMAT would be:
DMI, CLAMMAT, 0,6,3,3, ,3,3
DMI, CLAMMAT, 1,1,-1.0,-1.0
DMI, CLAMMAT, 2,2, -2.0, -2.0
DMI, CLAMMAT, 3,3, -3.0, +1.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$
LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $
Main Index
• Generate a matrix CLAMMAT from a CLAMA table.
The DMAP is:
LAMX, ,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Main Index
LANCZOS Performs real eigenvalue analysis
Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using
the Lanczos method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for
constraint processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of
distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers.
Format:
LANCZOS KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/
PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/
FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/
SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/
MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/
NOQMG $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass matrix in g-set.
INVEC Starting vector(s).
Output Data Blocks:

MI Modal mass matrix.
Main Index
Parameters:
FORMAT Input-character-no default. Problem type. Must specify 'MODES'.

Buckling problems are not supported.
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1
if none were found.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASECC
for the METHOD set identification number.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. METHOD command option (FLUID or
STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from
METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
EPSORTH Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD
command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries in DYNAMICS.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or
EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter
values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or
EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values
(METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction.
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit
time.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit
time. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
NDES Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last
mode is repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the
last mode) solutions are found.
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=1. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos
method only.
0 No output.
1 Warning and fatal messages.
Main Index
2 Summary output.
3 Detailed output on cost and convergence.
4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra
arithmetic to check on orthogonality.
MAXSET Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only.
The actual value of block size may be reduced depending on available
memory and problem size.
SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency.
SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0.
NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By
default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed.
NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement.
EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of eigensolutions to check and the
quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the
highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are
printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO
are printed.
NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single point forces of constraint matrix
creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1
to request no computation.
NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation
flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to
request no computation.
Remarks:
1. Buckling is not supported.
2. KGG and MGG must be real and symmetric.
3. INVEC may be purged.
4. QG and QMG are created only if USET is specified and NOQG and NOQMG
are specified to 1.
Main Index
LCGEN Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
Format:
LCGEN CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/
CASESX/
NSKIP/APP $
Input Data Blocks:

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA
entry images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to
determine unique DAREA identification numbers.
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. LCGEN matches
the SPCD and SPC identification numbers with TLOADi and RLOADi
images for possible enforced motion.
Output Data Block:
CASESX Expanded Case Control table.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC

for the LOADSET set identification number.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Specifies which records to

use in creating equivalent static loads from dynamic loads. Allowable
types are:
blank Not dynamics.
'FREQRESP' Frequency response -- use RLOADi record.
Main Index
'TRANRESP' Transient response -- use TLOADi record.
‘REIG’ Real eigenvalue analysis -- use both RLOADi and
TLOADi record.
Main Index
LMATPRT Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design

Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
LMATPRT DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL//
DSZERO $
Input Data Blocks:

DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If

the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the
coefficient will be printed.
Main Index
1296 MACOFP
Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
MACOFP Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP
module.
Format:
MACOFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7//
ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Any table that is suitable for printing by the OFP module.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit positioning option.

0 No action before write.
-1 Rewind before write.
-2 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end.
-3 Rewind at start and end.
-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit.
IUNIT Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number.
UNUSED3 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused.
Main Index
MAKAEFA 1297
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
MAKAEFA Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk

Data entries
Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that
reference UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MAKAEFA EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/
AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE,
AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/
MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK
entries.
AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic
degrees of freedom.
AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set
aerodynamic degrees of freedom.
AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic
degrees of freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables.

UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.
AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries
referenced by the AEDW entries.
AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data
entries referenced by the AEDW entries.
AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables.
UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries.
AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries
referenced by the AEPRESS entries.
Main Index
1298 MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data

entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries.
AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables.
UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries.
AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries
referenced by the AEFORCE entries.
Parameters:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKAEFS 1299
Generates an index and associated matrices
MAKAEFS Generates an index and associated matrices
Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data
entry with MESH='STRUCT'.
Format:
MAKAEFS EDT,AECRTL,SLT,PG/
AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST,PVPERQ/
MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples.

UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix.
PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set).
PVPERQ Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled
by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0).
Parameters:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1300 MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
MAKAEMON Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points

Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined
monitor points if present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point.
Format:
MAKAEMON AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/
AEMONPT,MONITOR/
AECONFIG $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records,
specifically AESURF and AESURFS.
AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points.
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points (COEF and HM only).

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points (COEF and HM only).
Parameters:
AECONFIG Input-character-default='REFCSTOT'. Aerodynamic configuration.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKCOMP 1301
Extracts components from EDT
MAKCOMP Extracts components from EDT

Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if
OLDCMP is present.
Format:
MAKCOMP EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/
 AEROCOMP 
 /
 STRUCOMP 
MESH $
Input Data Blocks:

specifically monitor and component input.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table (CAEROi Bulk Data
entries).
AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:
MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
Remarks:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1302 MAKENEW
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
MAKENEW Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater)

format
Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater)
format.
Format:
MAKENEW OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
NEWDBi Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the

corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc.
See Remarks.
NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding
input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See
Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

EPT Table of element properties.
EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal
grid/scalar identification numbers.
Main Index
MAKENEW 1303
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format

GEOM2 Table of element connectivity.
GEOM3 Table of static loads.
GEOM4 Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as
the parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or
outputs. For example, the following specifications are equivalent.
MAKENEW GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKENEW AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple
inputs. For example,
MAKENEW BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/
'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT' $
MAKENEW EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/
'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $
MAKENEW CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/
'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $
4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not
increase the precisional values of the data items.
5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW.
Main Index
1304 MAKEOLD
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
MAKEOLD Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69

format
Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69
format.
Format:
MAKEOLD NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
NEWDBi Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding

input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See
Remarks.
OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding
output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

EPT Table of element properties.
EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal
grid/scalar identification numbers.
Main Index
MAKEOLD 1305
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to

geometry.
GEOM2 Table of element connectivity.
GEOM3 Table of static loads.
GEOM4 Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
GPL External grid/scalar point identification number
list.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as
the parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or
outputs. For example, the following specifications are equivalent.
MAKEOLD GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKEOLD AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT,

EQEXIN, SIL, and GPL. For example,
MAKEOLD BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/
'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $
4. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKEOLD.
Main Index
1306 MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
MAKETR Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-

freedom
Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degrees-
of-freedom to the reference point.
Format:
MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/
TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/
AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:

TRX Acceleration selection matrix for the list of aerodynamic extra-points
(6 rows by NX columns).
Output Data Block:
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic

reference point.
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive".
URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.
URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are
non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define
AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this
symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric
analysis).
TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the
URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid
body degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
MAKETR 1307
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
Parameters:
AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in

gravity units to units of length per time squared.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AESTATRS:
DBVIEW STBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW STUSET=USET WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,STBGPDT,STUSET/TR $
Main Index
1308 MAKMON
Builds table of monitor points
MAKMON Builds table of monitor points
Builds a table of monitor points.
Format:
 AEROCOMP   
MAKMON EDT,   ,  /
 STRUCOMP   AEROCOMP 
 AEMONPT 
  ,MONDISP,MONGRP,MP3LAB,MP3GPF/MKERRCHK $
 MONITOR 
Input Data Blocks:

specifically monitor and component input.
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points.

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points.
MONDISP Monitor points table for displacements.
MONGRP Table of monitor point groups.
MP3LAB Table of monitor point type-3 labels.
MP3GPF Table of monitor point type-3 responses.
Parameter:
MKERRCHK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Error check flag.

TRUE: Perform check
FALSE: Do not perform check
Main Index
MASSCOMB 1309
Adds family of mass matrices
MASSCOMB Adds family of mass matrices
Adds together a family of mass matricies controlled by the MASSET Bulk Data and
CASECC commands.
Format:
MASSCOMB EDT,MGG*/
MGGCOMB/
MASSETID/MASSQUAL $
Input Data Blocks:

reads the MASSINC record.
MGG* Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MGGCOMB Combined mass matrix.
Parameters:
MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET Case

Control command.
MASSQUAL Input-character-default='MASSID'. Name of the qualifier used to
qualify the MGG*.
Example:
PARAML CASECC/'SET'/1/453//S,N,MASSSET
DBVIEW MGIN=MHH WHERE(MASSID=*) $
MASSCOMB EDT,MGIN/MHH/MASSSET $
Main Index
1310 MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN Matrix generator
To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation
modules.
Format:
MATGEN T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13 $
Input Data Block:
T Optional tabular data for use in generating the matrix.
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix data block.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection parameter as described

below.
P2 through Input-integer-default=0. Provide parametric data depending on P1.
P11
P12 Input-character-default='A'. See Option P1 = 11.
P13 Input-character-default='L'. See Option P1 = 11.
Remarks:
The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter
P1. The following sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1
parameter value.
Option P1 = 1
Generate a real identity matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
MATGEN 1311
Matrix generator
Output Data Block:
MAT Real identity matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Order of matrix.
P3 Skew flag. If nonzero, generate a skew-diagonal matrix.
P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix:
MATGEN ,/I10X10/1/10 $
Option P1 = 2
Generates an identity matrix trailer.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/2/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Real identity matrix. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2 Order of matrix.
This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the
matrix is not actually generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept
this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD). P1 = 1 is the preferred option.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix trailer:
MATGEN ,/TI10X10/2/10 $
Main Index
1312 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 3
Generate a data block of prescribed size.
Format:
MATGEN ,/DB/3/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
DB Data block. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2 Number of GINO blocks to be written.

This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data
base testing. Each data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and
a file with records that contain 100 words of zero.
Option P1 = 4
Generate a pattern matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Pattern matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Number of columns.
P3 Number of rows.
P4 Precision.
P5 Number of values in nonzero string.
Main Index
MATGEN 1313
Matrix generator
P6 Row number increment between nonzero strings after first nonzero string
(P7-1). Produces (P6-1) zeros.
P7 Row number of first nonzero value in first column. Produces (P7-1) zero
values.
P8 Row number increment to first nonzero string in second and subsequent.
P9 Number of columns in overall pattern. Overall pattern is repeated at column
number P9+1.
P9
P7-1 P7-1
P8-1 P8-1
P5 P5
P5 ... P5
.
.
P3 P6-1 P6-1
P6-1 P6-1
P5 P5
...
P5 P5 .
. .
. .
. .
.
. .
Remark:
{ P2
The nonzero values in each column will be the column number.
Examples:
1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each
diagonal position, code:
MATGEN ,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $
2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every

third row:
MATGEN ,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/ /1 /3 /3 $
Main Index
1314 MATGEN
Matrix generator
0
0
1
0
0
[ ASTRIP ] = 1
0
0
1
0
0
1
3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle:
MATGEN ,/LOW/4/5 /5 / / / /2 /1 /5 $
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
[ LOW ] = 1 2 0 0 0
1 2 3 0 0
1 2 3 4 0
Option P1 = 5
Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0,
with a uniform distribution.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix of pseudo-random numbers.
Main Index
MATGEN 1315
Matrix generator
Parameters:
P3 Number of rows.
P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
P5 Seed for random number generation. If P5 ≤ 0, the time of day (seconds past
midnight) will be used.
P6 Output-integer-mean of all random numbers multiplied by 100,000.
Option P1 = 6
Generate a partitioning vector for use in PARTN or MERGE.
Format:
MATGEN ,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
CP Column partitioning vector.
Parameters:
P2 Number of rows.
P3, P5, P7, P9 Number of rows with zero coefficients.
P4, P6, P8, P10 Number of rows with unit coefficients.
Remarks:
10
1. If ∑ Pi < P2, then the remaining terms contain zeros.
i=3
10
2. If ∑ Pi > P2, then the terms are ignored after P2.
i=3
Main Index
1316 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Example:
Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms:
MATGEN ,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $
Option P1 = 7
Generate a null matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Null matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Number of rows.
P4 Form; if P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 6 (symmetric). If P4 = 0 and
P2 = P3, then the form will be 2 (rectangular).
P5 Type: if P5 = 0, the type will be the machine precision.
Example:
Generate a 20 row by 15 column null matrix.
MATGEN ,/N20X15/7/20/15 $
Option P1 = 8
Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single
precision.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
MATGEN 1317
Matrix generator
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix with element values based on its indices.
Parameters:
T DTI table input.

P2 =0 Generate all terms.
≠0 Generate only diagonal terms.
P3 Number of rows.
P5 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real
coefficients.
P5 < 0 Coefficient taken from DTI trailer.
C(t1) = float (t2) all trailer items are integer.
P5 = 0 Data pairs from record 0 (data block header record) are interpreted
as defining
C ( ν1 ) = ( ν2 ) ( ν1 ) is integer; ( ν2 ) is real
P5 > 0 Data pairs from record P5 interpreted as above.

P6 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary
coefficients D1.
P6 < 0 No coefficients defined.
P6 > 0 Data pairs from record P6 interpreted as above where D ( ν1 ) = ( ν 2 ) .
P7 Form of output matrix.

P7 < 0 Form chosen to be 1 or 2, depending on P3 and P4.
P7 > 0 Form set to P7.
P8 coefficient print flag.
P8 = 0 Do not print coefficient lists.
P8 ≠ 0 Print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list only
if P6 > 0).
Main Index
1318 MATGEN
Matrix generator
The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix
is:
AT (I,J) = [ C1 ⋅ I + C2 ⋅ J + C3 ⁄ I + C4 ⁄ J +
I I
C5 ⋅ C6 + C7 ⋅ ( p, C )8 + C9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) +
–I –J
C10 ⋅ C11 + C12 ⋅ C13 ]+ – 1 [ D1 ⋅ I +
I J
D2 ⋅ J + D3 ⁄ I + D4 ⁄ J + D5 ⋅ D6 + D7 ⋅ D8 +
–1 –J
D9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) + D10 ⋅ D11 + D12 ⋅ D13 ]
The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5
generates the real part of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary
part of the term. The terms referenced by P5 may be input using only the first physical
entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are defined by adjacent pairs of
numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that names the
coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow.
The second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient.
Zero coefficients need not be defined.
Bulk Data Entry:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI AB 0 7 1 8 4
2 3.5 1 -5.2
DTI AB 1 3 0.01 4 7.9
DTI AB 2 12 -21.8 13 6.6
DTI AB 3 9 1.0
For M1 (I,J) = 4 J ; I = 1, 100, J = 1200 :

MATGEN AB/Ml/8//100/200/-1 $
For M2 (I,J) = 3.5J – 5.21 = 1100J = 1200 :
MATGEN AB/M2/8//100/200/0 $
For M3 (I,J) = ( – 21.8 ⋅ 6.6J ) + – 1  0.01

---------- + ------- ; I = 1, 100 and J = 1200 :
7.9
I J
MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $
For HILBERT (I,J) = 1.0 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) ; I, J = 1, 10 :
MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD
Main Index
MATGEN 1319
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 9
Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set
size matrices.
Format:
MATGEN EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $
Input Data Block:

Output Data Block:
TRANS Transformation matrix.
Parameters:
T EQEXIN table output by module GP1.

P2 0 Output nontransposed factor where [UINT]=[MAT][UEXT].
1 Output transposed factor where [UEXT]=[MAT][UINT].
P3 Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1
module, contains this number in most solution sequences.
Examples:
Transform a g-set size vector UGV to external sequence.
MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9//LUSET $
MPYAD INTEXT,UGV,/UGVEXT/1 $
Transform an a-set size matrix to external sequence.

VEC USET/VATOG/’G’/’A’/’COMP’ $
MERGE KAA,,,,VATOG,/KAGG/ $0 EXPAND TO
$ G- SIZE, INTERNAL SORT
MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $
SMPYAD INTEXT,KAGG,INTEXT,,/KAAGEXT/3////1////6 $
$ (KAAGEXT) = TRANSPOSE(INTEXT)*(KAAG)*
$ (INTEXT) ITS FORM IS 6 (SYMMETRIC)
By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation
is not required.
Main Index
1320 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 10
Not used.
Option P1 = 11
Generate a rectangular matrix, driven by USET table.
Format:
MATGEN USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
MAT Rectangular matrix based on the USET table.
Parameters:
T USET table output by module GP4.

P2 Input-integer-default=0. Null matrix generation option flag.
=1 Generate a null matrix P3 columns and a-set size rows.
"" ≠ 0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1
and SET2 degree-of-freedom sets.
P3 Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns in MAT. Applies only to
P2=1.
SET1 Input-character-default='A'. Degree-of-freedom set name which
corresponds to the number of rows in MAT. Applies only when P2 ≠ 1 .
SET2 Input-character-default='L'. Degree-of-freedom set name which
corresponds to the number of columns in MAT. Applies only when
P2 ≠ 1 .
Remark:
1. If P2 ≠ 1 , and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not
exist, then MAT is returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1.
If MAT does exist, P5 is returned with the value of 0.
Main Index
MATGEN 1321
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 12
Generate a rectangular matrix of prescribed properties.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
P3 Number of rows.
P4 Type of elements in the matrix:
1 Real single precision.
2 Real double precision.
3 Complex single precision.
4 Complex double precision.
P5 Density of the matrix times 10000.
P6 Average string length.
P7 Total number of strings in the matrix.
P8 Number of null columns.
P9 Average bandwidth.
Option P1 = 13
Generate a partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Format:
MATGEN CPERM/MPART/13/NEWMSIZ $
Main Index
1322 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Input Data Blocks:
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4 from DECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:
MPART Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Parameters:
NEWMSIZ Input-integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned
on.
Remarks:
1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in
order to successfully create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters
must be input.
2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other
properties of the matrix. P6 is only used as a check. If the value computed is
not the same as P6, a user warning message to that effect is issued.
3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check
the matrix trailer information.
4. MPART is output in single precision.
Main Index
MATGPR 1323
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component
identification numbers corresponding to the row and column position of each term.
Formats:
1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points
(g-set):
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$
MATGPR GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$
2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points
(p-set):
MATGPR GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements
(ks-set):
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-
defined column label and page header.
MATGPR BGPDT*,USET*,,MATRIX//
'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY////
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/
PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $
Input Data Blocks:

GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL
appended with extra point data).
Main Index
1324 MATGPR

SILD Scalar index list for the p-set.
MATRIX Any matrix related to degrees-of-freedom.
BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
USET* Family of USET tables.
Parameters:
COLNAM Input-character-no default. Set name for columns in MATRIX or ’OFP’

for Format number 4. See Examples 7 and 8.
ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If
ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values:
Option Action
NULL Only null columns will be identified.
ALL Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP Print numbers converted to
magnitude/phase.
TINY Real-default = 0.0. If F1 = 0 and TINY > 0, printed output will be

provided only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation
a ij ≥ TINY |. If F1 = 0 and TINY < 0, printed output will be provided
only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation a ij ≤ TINY . If
TINY = 1.E37, MATGPR will return. If F1 is nonzero, see the following
description of F1.
F1 Real-default = 0.0. If F1 is not zero, then printed output will be
provided for only those matrix terms that satisfy a ij > TINY or a ij > F1 .
LCOLLBLi Input-character-default=' '. Label with up to 32 characters to be

printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.
Main Index
MATGPR 1325
RCOLLBLi Input-character-default=' '. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN'

will be printed. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-
justified in upper right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then
followed by column number.
HDRLBLi Input-character-default='MATRIX'(followed by matrix name). Header
with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each
page.
PUNCH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag. (DELAY)
CARDNO Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is
incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also
written into columns 73-80 of each line. (DELAY)
Remark:
The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
sets supersets
mp
mr m
sb s
sg
o
q g
ne p
r n
c a d f fe
t
b l
lm
e
k ks
sa
j js
5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark
1, then the columns will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component
labels.
6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then
the terms in each column will be labeled “1 H”, “2 H”, “3 H”, etc. without
grid and component labels. The user must know which sets correspond to
the rows and columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually apparent
from the DMAP name of the matrix data block.
Main Index
1326 MATGPR
7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP
since data blocks generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may
be scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is specified for input to MATGPR instead
of USET.) When using Format 2 this module may not be scheduled until after
DPD since data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using
Format 3, MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module.
8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done.
9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-of-
freedom defined in GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence.
Examples:
1. Print terms of KGG:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’ $
2. Print null columns of KLL:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KLL//’L’/’L’/’NULL’ $
3. Print small terms on diagonal of LOO:
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,LOOD//’H’/’O’//-1.E-2 $
4. Print PHIA, H columns by A rows:
Also good for any single column
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,PHIA//’H’/’A’ $
5. Print all terms of KGG outside the range of 0 through 107:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’/’G’//1.E7/0. $
6. Print aerodynamic spline matrices:
NP=SEID $
DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') ) $
DBVIEW USETFF=USET0 WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) ) $
MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GPJK//'K'/'G' $
MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GDJK//'K'/'G' $
7. Print g-size matrix GCF similarly to displacement output:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $
Main Index
MATGPR 1327
COLUMN 1
MATRIX GCF
POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
8. Same as example 7 except modify header labeling.

MATGPR BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'//////
'DIRECTIO'/'N'///
////
'G R O U '/'N D C '/'H E C K '/' F O R '/
'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D C H E C K F O R C E S ( G - S E T )

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Main Index
1328 MATMOD
Matrix modification
MATMOD Matrix modification
Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output
matrix or table data blocks.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/P15/
P16/P17/P18/P19 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required; I2 through I6 may not be necessary

depending on the value P1.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi Output data blocks.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection described in the table that

follows.
P2, P3, P4 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P5, P6 Input/output-real-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P7 through Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P11
P12 Input/output-character-default=blank. Parametric data depending
on P1.
P13 Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.
P16 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P17 Input/output-real double-default=0.0D0. Parametric data depending
on P1.
Main Index
MATMOD 1329
Matrix modification
P18 Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Parametric data depending

on P1.
P19 Input/output-complex double-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Parametric data
depending on P1.
Remark:
Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following
summary table provides descriptions of the options.
Option P1 = 1
Extract a block(s) of columns from a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,O2/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector containing column P2 of I1.

O2 Matrix containing the columns “discarded” from I1 to create O1.
Parameter:
STARTCOL Input-integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.

ENDCOL Input-integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
COLINC Input-integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column
between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.
Remarks:
1. If ENDCOL is zero then ENDCOL=STARTCOL.
2. If COLINC is zero then every column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL is
extracted.
3. If ENDCOL is greater than the number of columns then ENDCOL is
assumed to be equal to the number of columns.
Main Index
1330 MATMOD
Matrix modification
4. If COLINC>0 then, by default, ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the

number of columns.
Examples:
1. Extract the seventh column from A and call it A7.
MATMOD A,,,,,/A7, /1/7 $
2. Extract the third, fourth, and fifth columns from A.
MATMOD A,,,,,/A345, /1/3/3 $
3. Partition A into one matrix containing the odd-numbered columns and
another containing the even-numbered columns.
MATMOD A,,,,,/ODDCOLS,EVENCOLS/1/1//2 $
or
MATMOD A,,,,,/EVENCOLS,ODDCOLS/1/2//2 $
Option P1 = 2
Filter small magnitude terms of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE/UPLOW/TYPEF/FILTER $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
O1 Copy of I1 with terms smaller in magnitude than P5 set to 0.0.
Parameter:
PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE=0, and the input matrix has no

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE ≠ 0 ,
and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will
be null.
UPLOW Input-integer-default=0. Triangular nullification flag.
>0 All lower triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
<0 All upper triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
=0 No nullification.
Main Index
MATMOD 1331
Matrix modification
TYPEF Input-integer-default=0. Filtering method.

0 Magnitude: O1(i,j) is set to zero when abs(I1(i,j)) < abs(FILTER).
1 Algebraic: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)<FILTER.
-1 Algebraic complement: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)>FILTER.
FILTER Input-real-default=0.0. Value of filter. Terms in I1 with an absolute
magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
Remark:
If FILTER=0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.
Examples:
1. Print terms in A smaller in magnitude than 100.0.
MATMOD A,,,,,/AFILTER,/2////100.0 $
ADD A,AFILTER/ASMALL//-1. $
MATPRN ASMALL// $
2. Print terms in the upper triangle of B that are less than -200.
MATMOD B,,,,,/BFILTER,/2//1/-1/-200. $
MATPRN B// $
Option P1 = 3
Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component
number.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
O1 I1 with rows and columns according to DOFs described by P2.
Parameter:
CODE Input-integer-default=0. Packed DOF code that identifies rows and

columns of I1 to be made null (e.g., 136 means degrees of freedom 1, 3,
and 6 for each grid point will be set to zero).
Main Index
1332 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Remark:
I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply
zeros rows and columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should
exercise caution when selecting this option on a resequenced matrix.
Example:
Zero out degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 6 in stiffness matrix KGG.
MATMOD KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $
EQUIVX KGGQ/KGG/ALWAYS $
Option P1 = 4
Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix.
The input matrix is replicated for each grid point.
Format:
Form 1
MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $
Form 2
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 Any six-row by N-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL Scalar index list (SIL) table generated by the GP1 module.
Output Data Block:
O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged.
Remarks:
1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The
assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero
if SIL is purged.
Main Index
MATMOD 1333
Matrix modification
2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every
grid point. Scalar and extra points are ignored.
Option P1 = 5
Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix
where the input matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a
g-row by g-column transform matrix.
Format:
Form 1 (Inserts 6x6 matrix along diagonal)
MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $
Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system

transformation matrix)
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $
Form 3 (Generates a global-to-basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 Any six-row by six-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL Scalar index list table output from the GP1 module.
Output Data Block:
O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged. This parameter is valid for Forms 1 and 2 only.
P3 Integer-input-default=0. Coordinate system identification number.
Main Index
1334 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table.
The output is a g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along
the diagonal at every grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values.
If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix
from the coordinate system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system.
If P3 points to a cylindrical or spherical coordinate system, then the
transformation location is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and extra
points contain 1.0.
If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic
transformation for each grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0.
2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The
assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero
if SIL is purged.
Examples:
Transform KGG to another coordinate system.
1. Assume TRANS to be a 6 x 6 transformation matrix and KGG was formed
using only one coordinate system (global coordinate system is the same at
each grid point). Transform KGG using TRANS.
MATMOD TRANS,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5 $
TRNSP TRANS/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGPRIME/3 $
2. Assume KGG was formed using coordinate system 10 as the global
coordinate system for all grid points. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate
system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5//10 $
TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
3. Assume KGG was formed using arbitrary coordinate systems as the global
coordinate system for each grid point. Transform KGG to the basic
coordinate system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANSG,/5//-1 $
TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
Transform KGGBASIC coordinate system 10.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $
TRNSP TRANS10/TRANST10T $
SMPYAD TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $
Main Index
MATMOD 1335
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 6
Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real only).
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over
all columns of I1 for each row.
Example:
Find the maximum displacements over all loading conditions.
MATMOD UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $
Option P1 = 7
Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real only)
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum over
all rows of I1 for each column.
Example:
Find the maximum displacement for each loading condition.
MATMOD UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $
Main Index
1336 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 8
Normalize matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/
S,N,NORMIMAG $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the magnitude of

the term in I1 with the largest magnitude.
Parameters:
NORMREAL Output-real single precision. Set to the real part of the normalizing
factor.
NORMIMAG Output-real single precision. Set to the imaginary part of the
normalizing factor if I1 is complex.
Option P1 = 9
Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of
UHT-transient response solution matrix. (The columns of UHT represent
displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time step.)
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Transient response solution matrix consisting of H rows by three

column matrices (which represent displacement, velocity, and
acceleration for each output time step) appended to form a matrix H
rows by three times the number of output time steps columns. (Real
only)
[ [ { u 1 } { v 1 } { a 1 } ] [ { u 2 } { v 2 } { a 2 } ]… [ { u i } { v i } { a i } ] ]
Main Index
MATMOD 1337
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
O1 H-row by three column matrix of peak displacements, velocities, and

accelerations.
Example:
Find and output maximum transient response.
MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $
DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $
OFP OUPMAX,,,,// $
Option P1 = 10
Convert matrix I1 into its complex conjugate.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term converted to its complex

conjugate.
Example:
Find the magnitude of terms of a complex vector.
MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/CMPLXC,/10 $
ADD CMPLX,CMPLXC/CMPLXSQ///1 $
DIAGONAL CMPLXSQ/CMLPXMAG/’WHOLE’/0.5 $
Option P1 = 11
Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are
given by I1.
Format:
MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $
Main Index
1338 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
LOCVEC G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic
coordinate system.
Output Data Block:
BGPDTN New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by
LOCVEC.
Example:
Build new BGPDT table based on the deformed state.
$ Form vector containing new grid locations in
$ basic coordinate system
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,CSTM,,,,/
LOCVEC/0/0/3 $
$ Generate new BGPDT
MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTNEW,/11 $
Option P1 = 12
Perform simultaneous null column search on up to three matrices.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/
NMATRIX/P4 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Matrices to search for simultaneous null columns. (Real or complex)
Main Index
MATMOD 1339
Matrix modification
Output Data Blocks:

O1 Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected
have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null columns if P4 < 0.
O2 Square symmetric matrix which has 1.0 on the diagonal of those
columns where all matrices selected have null columns if P4 > 0 or
non-null if P4 < 0.
Parameters:
NONULL Output-integer. Set to -1 if no simultaneous null columns found;

otherwise, it is set to the number of simultaneous null columns.
NMATRIX Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrices to be included in null
column search.
P4 Input-integer-default=0. Flag to output 1.0 for null columns or non-
null columns. See 01 and 02 for descriptions.
Remarks:
1. I2 and I3 may be purged.
2. O2 may be purged.
Example:
Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness
matrices and remove rows and columns corresponding to these columns.
MATMOD MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NONULL/3 $
IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $
PARTN MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 13
Copies any data block.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $
Main Index
1340 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1 Any data block. (Table or matrix)
Output Data Block:
O1 Copy of I1.
Remark:
COPY module is preferred over this option.
Option P1 = 14
Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/
FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $
Input Data Block:
I1 Matrix to be filtered. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 I1 modified according to specifications set by parameters.
Parameters:
PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE = 0, and the input matrix has no

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE ≠ 0 ,
and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will
be null.
UPLOW Input-integer-default=0. If UPLOW > 0, then all lower triangular terms
are set to zero. If UPLOW < 0, then all upper triangular terms are set to
zero. If UPLOW = 0, then the action of this parameter is ignored.
STRTR Input-integer-default=0. If STRTR=0, then string trailer will be written.
FILTER Input-real single precision-default=0.0. Terms in I1 with an absolute
magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
Main Index
MATMOD 1341
Matrix modification
RELFLT Input-real single precision-default=0.0. If RELFLT ≠ 0.0 , then terms of

I1 are set to zero when
TERM (I,J)
----------------------------------------------------------------- < RELFLT
TERM (i,i) ⋅ TERM (J,J)
I1 must be square for this option
TRUNC Input-integer-default=0. If TRUNC ≠ 0 , then truncate terms of I1
accordingly
TERM (I,J) *  1 – ------------------------

1
 TRUNC
10
Remarks:
1. If FILTER = 0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.
2. If relative filtering is desired, then FILTER must be zero (default).
3. If FILTER ≠ 0 or RELFLT < 0, then the absolute filter technique is used.
4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER
will be set to RELFLT and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A
user warning message will also be issued.
Option P1 = 15
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 16
Put matrix into DMIG format in a MATPOOL-type data block and/or generate DMIG
punched output.
Format:
MATMOD MATIN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLX,/16/PNDMIG/
SORTFLG/TYPOUT////////CCHAR/DMIGNAME/
ROWSETNM/COLSETNM $
Input Data Blocks:
MATIN Matrix to be converted to DMIG format. (Real or complex). See

Remark 1.
EQEXIN EXEQXIN table from module GP1. See Remark 7.
USET USET table from module GP4 or GPSP. See Remark 8.
Main Index
1342 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
MATPOOLX MATPOOL-type table data block containing MATIN in DMIG format.

See Remarks 9. and 10.
Parameters:
PNDMIG Input-integer-default=0. If PNDMIG is non-zero, then DMIG punched

output will be generated. See Remarks 9. and 10.
SORTFLG Input-integer-default=0. The default assumes that the rows (and
columns, if applicable) of MATIN are in external sort. If SORTFLG is
non-zero, then it is assumed that they are in internal sort. See Remark
2.
TYPOUT Input-integer-default=0. The default sets the DMIG precision to
machine precision. The default maybe overridden by specifying the
following:
1 Real single precision format
2 Real double precision format
3 Complex single precision format
4 Complex double precision format
CCHAR Input-character-default=blank. Continuation characters to be used for
DMIG punched output. Only the first two characters of the non-blank
mnemonic are used for the continuation string. See Remark 3.
DMIGNAME Input-character-default=blank. The default will cause the name of the
MATIN input data block to the used for the matrix name in the DMIG
output. A non-blank name will cause that specified name to be used
for the matrix name in the DMIG output.
ROWSETNM Input-character-default=blank. The default assumes that the rows of
MATIN are of G-size. Any non-blank mnemonic specifies the
displacement set for the rows. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
COLSETNM Input-character-default=blank. If the form of MATIN is 1 (square) or
6 (symmetric), then the default assumes that the displacement set for
the columns is the same as that of the rows. If the form of MATIN is 2
(rectangular), then the default (or a mnemonic of ‘H’) assumes that the
columns do not represent any displacement set, but just sequential
entities. Any non-blank mnemonic other than ‘H’ specifies the
displacement set for the columns. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
Main Index
MATMOD 1343
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. The form of MATIN must be either 1 (square), 6 (symmetric) or 2
(rectangular). If not, then a warning message will be issued and
MATPOOLX will not be generated.
2. If the default value of 0 for SORTFLG is used, the rows of MATIN must be of
G-size. If MATIN is square or symmetric, its columns must also be of G-size.
Further, the default value of 0 for SORTFLG also assumes that the rows and
columns of MATIN are in external sort. In order to accomplish this, it is
necessary to first generate a transformation matrix via the MATGEN module
Option 9 and then employ this matrix to transform the rows and columns of
MATIN from internal sort to external sort. (This is illustrated in the Example
shown below.)
3. If non-blank continuation characters are specified for CCHAR, then a
maximum of 99,999 DMIG entries can be generated for any single matrix. If
this maximum number is exceeded, the program terminates the job with a
fatal error.
4. The program checks to ensure that the number of rows and columns of
MATIN correspond to the displacement sets specified (or implied) by
ROWSETNM and COLSETNM. If this condition is not satisfied, the
program issues a warning message and proceeds without generating any
output from this call to the MATMOD module.
5. If the form of MATIN is either 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the IFO field
on the generated DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. If the form is 2 (rectangular),
then IFO is set to 2 if a displacement set is specified (or implied) for
COLSETNM. Otherwise, IFO is set to 9. (If the form is 6, only the terms in
one triangle are output. The MTRXIN module, which converts DMIG data
in MATPOOL-type data blocks into matrices, fills in the other triangle for
symmetric matrices.)
6. The rows of the DMIG entry are always labeled with the appropriate
grid/scalar IDs and component numbers. If a displacement set is specified
(or implied) for COLSETNM, then the columns of the DMIG entry are also
labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component numbers.
Otherwise, the columns of the DMIG entry are labeled sequentially, starting
with unity.
7. The EQEXIN input data block may not be purged.
Main Index
1344 MATMOD
Matrix modification
8. The USET input data block may be purged if (a) the default value of 0 is used
for SORTFLG or (b) the displacement set specified (or implied) by
ROWSETNM is ‘G’ and the displacement set specified (or implied) by
COLSETNM is either ‘G’ or the columns are just sequential entities.
9. The MATPOOLX output data block may be purged if PNDMIG is specified
as non-zero and only the DMIG punched output is desired.
10. By employing the “APPEND” option on a DMAP FILE statement, a single
concatenated MATPOOLX output data block may be generated from
multiple calls to MATMOD Option 16. See the following Example 2.
Example 1:
Generate DMIG punched output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the
boundary load matrix PA and the matrix GMN (representing the MPC/rigid element
equations) for an external superelement. The KAA DMIG entry is to be named
KAAEXTSE, the PA DMIG entry is to be named PAEXTSE and the GMN DMIG entry
is to be named GMNEXTSE.
The DMAP shown below illustrates the usage of Option 16 using input matrices in
internal sort (capability available in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases) as
well as using input matrices in external sort (only usage possible in pre-
MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases). It can be seen that the DMAP for the former case is
much simpler and more efficient than for the latter case.
It should be pointed out here that, if the internal and external sorts are different, the
DMIG output resulting from the two scenarios shown below will “appear” to be
different. This is because the matrix elements will be output in different order, but
their values will be the same. The DMIG output from the two scenarios will yield
identical matrices if they are used in turn by the MTRXIN module to re-generate the
matrices.
DMAP uses input matrices in internal sort (MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent
releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT

TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT
MATMOD KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’KAAEXTSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD PA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’PAEXTSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD GMN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’GMNEXTSE’/’M’/’N’ $
Main Index
MATMOD 1345
Matrix modification
DMAP using input matrices in external sort (pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT

$ EXPAND BOUNDARY MATRICES TO G-SIZE
UMERGE1 USET,KAA,,,/KAAGG/’G’/’A’ $ EXPAND ROWS AND COLUMNS
UMERGE1 USET,PA,,,/PAG/’G’/’A’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1 USET,GMN,,,/GMNGN/’G’/’M’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1 USET,GMNGN,,,/GMNGG/’G’/’N’//2 $ EXPAND COLUMNS
$ GET G-SIZE
PARAML USET//’TRAILER’/2/S,N,GSIZE $
$ GENERATE MATRIX TO TRANSFORM FROM INTERNAL SORT
$ TO EXTERNAL SORT
MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/GSIZE $
$ TRANSFORM MATRICES FROM INTERNAL SORT TO
$ EXTERNAL SORT WITH APPROPRIATE DESIRED NAMES
MPYAD INTEXT,KAAGG,/KAAGGX/1 $
MPYAD KAAGGX,INTEXT,/KAAEXTSE $
MODTRL KAAEXTSE////6 $
MPYAD INTEXT,PAG,/PAEXTSE/1 $
MPYAD INTEXT,GMNGG,/GMNGGX/1 $
MPYAD GMNGGX,INTEXT,/GMNEXTSE $
$GENERATE DMIG FORMAT
MATMOD KAAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLK,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMOD PAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLP,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMOD GMNEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLG,/16/PUNCHFLG
$ MATPPOLK, MATPPOLP AND MATPOOLG OUTPUT DATA BLOCKS
$ HAVE TO BE GENERATED ABOVE EVEN THOUGH ONLY DMIG
$ PUNCHED OUTPUT IS DESIRED
Example 2:
Generate a single MATPOOL-type data block containing the DMIG output for the
boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary mass matrix MAA, the boundary
viscous damping matrix BAA and the boundary structural damping matrix K4AA for
an external superelement, with the corresponding DMIG entry names of KAAXSE,
MAAXSE, BAAXSE and K4AAXSE, respectively.
The DMAP following illustrates the usage of Option 16 to accomplish the above
objective in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases. Note that this objective
could not be met in pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases.
Main Index
1346 MATMOD
Matrix modification
DMAP for MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 (and subsequent releases):
FILE MATPOOLA = APPEND $ PERMIT CONCATENATED OUTPUT

TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT
MATMOD KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’KAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD MAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’MAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD BAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’BAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD K4AA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’K4AAXSE’/’A’ $
Option P1 = 17
Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar
points or from a user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets.
Format:
MATMOD EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP,/17/UBIT/SETFLG/
S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
Main Index
MATMOD 1347
Matrix modification
Parameters:
UBIT Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more

user-friendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT,
add the corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below.
For example, sets R, O, and MP, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the
decimal equivalent numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are
contained in the superset. For example, set S combines the SB and SG set
and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536. The presence of any grid point degree
of freedom in the associated sets causes all degrees of freedom associated
with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the output vector.
Decimal
Set
Equivalent
Name
Number
Q 4194304
LM 2097152
C 1048576
J 524288
K 262144
SA 131072
E 2048
SB 1024
SG 512
MR 16
R 8
O 4
B 2
MP 1
Main Index
1348 MATMOD
Matrix modification
SETFLG Input-integer-default=0. If SETFLG ≠ 0, then SETFLG selects a set of

grid point identification numbers of which all degrees of freedom
associated with each point will be assigned a value of 1.0 in the
corresponding row of CP. If no SET command is found, then the UBIT
parameter is used.
• If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command selects
the SET command.
• If SETFLG<0 then absolute value of SETFLG selects the SET
command.
NOCP Output-integer. NOCP will be set to -1 if the partitioning vector is null
or cannot be generated. Otherwise, it will be set to zero.
SETSTRi Input-character-default=' '. Set name string. SETSTR1 through
SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in
length. The set names must be separated by a plus sign, "+". For
example, SETSTR1='M+R+N+SG' and SETSTR2='+A+Q' specifies the
m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets.
Remarks:
1. None of the data blocks may be purged.
2. UBIT entry must be a legitimate value.
Example:
Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control
Section.
MATMOD EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/VECX,/17/128/1 $
Note: If no set had been selected in the Case Control Section, the vector VECX
would have been generated using the a-set degrees of freedom since
UBIT=128.
The Case Control Section contains:
SET 10 = 1 THRU 50
PARTN = 10
Option P1 = 18
Insert or modify a GEOM3 table temperature record.
Format:
MATMOD GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3T,/18/SID $
Main Index
MATMOD 1349
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
UG Temperature matrix in g-set.
Output Data Block:
GEOM3T GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures.
Parameter:
SID Input-integer. Temperature set to be modified or added.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.
3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are modified.
Example:
Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30.
MATMOD GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $
Option P1 = 19
Extract a temperature vector from a GEOM3 table.
Format:
MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID $
Input Data Blocks:
Output Data Block:
UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set.
Main Index
1350 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameter:
SID Input-integer. Temperature set to extract.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.
3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are extracted.
Example:
Extract the temperature vector UGN for SID = 40.
MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $
Option P1 = 20
Print the magnitude of the largest terms of up to six matrices.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20///PRTOPT/S,N,SUM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 though I6 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Dummy output data block.
Parameter:
PRTOPT Specifies how the results are to be printed:

0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this
module before printing the results. (Default)
1 Print the results without a page header.
2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally
only used with a single input matrix).
SUM Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the
input matrices.
Main Index
MATMOD 1351
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. Any input matrix may be purged.
2. All computations are performed in single or double precision depending on
the matrix type. The magnitudes of the largest terms and SUM are converted
to single precision for output.
Option P1 = 21
Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form
suitable for input to any matrix module.
Format for Sparse Factor Matrix (FORM=13):
MATMOD LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $
Format for Active Column Factor Matrix (FORM=4):
MATMOD LD,,,,,/L,D/21 $
Input Data Block:
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
T Diagonal from sparse symmetric decomposition.

LP Lower triangular [ L ] and permutation matrix appended together.
L Lower triangular [ L ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.
D Diagonal [ D ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.
Remarks:
1. Sparse symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation
of a symmetric matrix.
T T
[A ] = [P ] [L][D ][ L] [P]
where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to
improve efficiency), L, a lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal
matrix. Option 21 extracts P, L, and D and converts them to a standard form,
suitable for input to any matrix module. L and P are appended column-wise
in output D.
Main Index
1352 MATMOD
Matrix modification
2. Active column symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix

representation of a symmetric matrix.
T
[A] = [L][D][L]
where [ L ] is a lower triangular matrix and [ D ] is a diagonal matrix.
The diagonal matrix [ D ] is stored with the lower triangular matrix [ L ] in a
special matrix [ LD ] .
3. The input matrix LD may be single or double precision. Output matrices are
the same type as input matrix.
Example:
Extract components of sparse factor matrix LLL:
MATMOD LLL,,,,,/TT,LP/21 $
PARAML KLL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NL $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,TUNL $
TUNL = 2 * NL $
MATGEN ,/V21/6/TUNL/NL/NL $
PARTN LP,V21,/LL,,PP,/0 $
Option P1 = 22
Generate special aeroelasticity matrix with modified trailers.
Format:
MATMOD MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL,/22 $
Input Data Blocks:

Qij Aerodynamic matrix.
Output Data Block:
QijL Special aerodynamic matrix with modified trailers.
Option P1 = 23
Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from
the selected EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
MATMOD 1353
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/
S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/METHFLAGI/S,N,EIGRVALR//
S,N,NFOUND/ICASE/S,N,EIGVALI///S,N,EIGRFLD $
Input Data Blocks:

Parameters:
METHTYP Output-integer. Set to 1 if Inverse Power or Lanczos method selected;

otherwise, set to zero.
LANCZOS Output-integer. Set to -1 if Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to
zero.
METHFLAG Input-integer-default=0. METHOD ID selection flag.
>0 Search based on METHFLAG=SID.
0 Search based on METHOD(STRUCTURE)=SID.
-1 Search based on METHOD(FLUID)=SID.
-2 Search based on CMETHOD=SID
-3 Same as 0 except include EIGB in search for buckling.
EIGRVALR Output-real-default=0.0. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL
entry.
NFOUND Output-integer-default=0. EIGR* entry found flag; 0 if entry was found
and -1 if entry was not found.
ICASE Input-integer-default=1. Case Control record number which contains
the METHOD command.
EIGRVALI Output-integer-default=0. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or
EIGRL entry.
EIGRFLD EIGRFLD Input/output-character-default=' '. Field name of EIGR or
EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character
string.
Examples:
1. Determine method type on the EIGR entry:
Main Index
1354 MATMOD
Matrix modification
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/S,N,METHTYP $
IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $
ELSE $
MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $
ENDIF $
2. Extract the F2 field value from the EIGR entry:

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $
3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry:
NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $
Option P1 = 24
Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null
column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and
null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if O1 is null.

NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for
search, starting from the first input.
NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns.
Remark:
Any two input matrices may be purged.
Main Index
MATMOD 1355
Matrix modification
Example:
Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated
mass, damping, or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities
during direct transient and frequency analyses.
MATMOD MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $
IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $
MESSAGE//’ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT’/
’ SYMMETRIC’ $
EXIT $
ENDIF $
IF (NOADD < -1) THEN
ADD KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $
EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 25
Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1,
I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/
S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Blocks:
O1 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously. See Remark 1.
O2 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if both output vectors are null, set to zero
otherwise.
NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for
search, starting from the first input.
Main Index
1356 MATMOD
Matrix modification
NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns; otherwise zero.
SYM Output-integer. Set to -1 if I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric; otherwise zero.
See Remark 2.
Remarks:
1. Any two input matrices may be purged.
2. If I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric, then O2 is purged.
Example:
Remove null rows and columns from matrix A.
MATMOD A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $
IF (NOOUT > -1) THEN $
PARTN A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $
EQUIVX ANEW/A/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 26
Used by MSC for development testing.
Option P1 = 27
Convert a diagonal matrix (form 3) to a symmetric matrix (form 6).
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Diagonal matrix of form 3. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1 Symmetric matrix of form 6 containing diagonal terms of I1.
Remarks:
1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as
input by the INPUTT2, INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules.
2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices.
The matrices should now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules.
Main Index
MATMOD 1357
Matrix modification
Example:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $
MATMOD A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $
where A3 is the DMI matrix defined by the Bulk Data entries

DMI,A3,0,3,1,1,,4,1
DMI,A3,1,2,2.0,3.0,4.0
and A6 is the matrix
0. 0. 0. 0.
0. 2. 0. 0.
0. 0. 3. 0.
0. 0. 0. 4.
Option P1 = 28
Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of
the first column along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix of form 1, 2, or 6. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Symmetric matrix (form 6) with terms of the first column of I1 along the
diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Example:
MATMOD B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $
If B is the matrix
1. 2.
3. 4.
then BDIAG will be
Main Index
1358 MATMOD
Matrix modification
1. 0.
0. 3.
Option P1 = 29
Used by MSC for development testing.
Option P1 = 30
Print data blocks or a portion of data blocks as a table of hexadecimal values.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $
Input Data Block:
Ii Any data block. (Matrix or table)
Parameters:
BBLK Input-integer-default=1. Beginning GINO block number.

EBLK Input-integer-default=-1. Ending GINO block number. Default value
implies the total number of blocks.
Option P1 = 31
Writes the bit map of a matrix to the punch file.
Format:
MATMOD MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix.
Output Data Block:

None.
Parameter:
MAXSIZ Input-integer-default=0. Maximum size of the bit map matrix (row

and/or column).
Main Index
MATMOD 1359
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 32
Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the
punch file. Also converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into
DRMH1 output table format.
Format:
MATMOD TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $
Input Data Block:
TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format.
Output Data Block:
TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block format or DTI format.
Parameter:
CONVERT Input-integer-default=0. Convert option.

0 Table data block format to DTI format.
1 DDTI to table data block format.
Remark:
Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers.
Therefore CONVERT=1 will convert the DTI numbers and to character values.
Option P1 = 33
Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The
frequencies are also converted to radian units.
Format:
MATMOD FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units.
Main Index
1360 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 34
Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices.
Format:
MATMOD CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $
Input Data Block:
CMAT Complex matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT.

IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT.
Parameter:
PREC Input-integer-default=0. Precision of output matrices.

0 Machine-precision. (Default)
1 Single.
2 Double.
Option P1 = 35
Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list
vector and/or a Boolean matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms.
Format:
MATMOD IM,,,,,/
SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/
SORTOPT/// NKEYS $
Input Data Block:
IM Any matrix.
Main Index
MATMOD 1361
Matrix modification
Output Data Blocks:
SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the
sorted terms.
SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column
associated with the sorted row terms.
Parameters:
P1 Input/output-integer-no default. On output, P1=-1 if the input matrix

is purged or both output data blocks are purged.
COLNUM Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input
matrix that will be sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL.
Default selects the first column.
PRESORT Output-integer-default=0 Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already
sorted.
SORTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Sort option specification.
-2 Absolute value in descending order.
-1 Algebraic value in descending order.
0 Implies SORTOPT=1 if IM is real and SORTOPT=2 if IM is
complex..
1 Algebraic value in ascending order.
2 Absolute value in ascending order.
NKEYS Input-integer-default=1. Duplicate value sort option specification.
1 Single key sort.
2 Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of
duplicate terms.
Remark:
For complex matrices, only SORTOPT=2 or -2 is allowed.
Example:
Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input
matrix and its sorted order (algebraically ascending) are:
Main Index
1362 MATMOD
Matrix modification
 – 2.0 
 0.0 
 
IM =  – 1.0 
 
 4.0 
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
The MATMOD call would look like:
P1=35 $
MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2 $
and the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=2 would contain
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 2.0 
LIST =  
 6.0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different
order. For example, if the MATMOD call statement were
P1=35 $
MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1 $
then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 6.0 
LIST =  
 2, 0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
or
Main Index
MATMOD 1363
Matrix modification
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 2.0 
LIST =  
 6.0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort
was used.
The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it
can be used to create the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as
in:
MPYAD BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $
producing the sorted IM matrix, IMS, as
 – 2.0 
 – 1.0 
 
 0.0 
IMS =  
 0.0 
 1.0 
 
 4.0 
Remarks:
1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and
SORTBOOL is used subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will
have their rows re-ordered according to the sort obtained from the column
processed by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column that was
selected during the MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will
be guaranteed in sort. Other columns may or may not have their rows in
sorted order.
2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision
of the input matrix.
3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in
the input, at the cost of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed
a difference of a factor of approximately ten. If repeatability is not essential,
NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice.
Main Index
1364 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 36
Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid
identification numbers specified in a Case Control set.
General Format:
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASECCR/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/M36OPT///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=0 (default):
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
Format for M36OPT=1: Set consistency check
,/
36/GRIDSET//1///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=2: Generate point set from element set
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/2///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=3: Generate point set from element set and grid set
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/3///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by
the IFPINDX module. See Remark 2.
CASECC Table of Case Control command selections.
scalar points.
Main Index
MATMOD 1365
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
GEOM1R GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record.

CASER Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET id=GRIDSET.
Parameters:
GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number

which contains a list grid point identification numbers.
NOGEOM1 Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 No grid data found matching gridset.
0 GRIDSET found and contents match some GRIDs in GEOM1.
-1 GRIDSET found and contents matches all GRIDs in GEOM1.
M36OPT Input-integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MSGLVL
PCHSET Input-integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be
written to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.
Remarks:
1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied
as is to GEOM1R.
2. GEOM1 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input
to this MATMOD option:
FILE GEOM1=APPEND $
IFPINDX /GEOM1 $
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/
GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
3. We recommend that GEOM1 and GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT
module and then used as input to MATMOD.
4. M36OPT=1 performs a consistency check of the input sets and the actions
are:
a. Create a point set of all points touched by the elements contained in the
ELEMSET Case Control set.
b. Verify that all points in the set generated above are present in the
GRIDSET Case Control set. By default, a fatal message will be issued
error if any point is missing. But if MSGLVL=-1, then a warning message
is issued instead.
Main Index
1366 MATMOD
Matrix modification
c. Verify that all points in GRIDSET are present in the set generated in a.
Issue a warning message for points in GRIDSET that are not present.
d. If no inconsistency is detected and GEOM1R is specified then run
M36OPT=0 also.
5. M36OPT=2 ensures a consistent point set for the input element set and the
actions are:
ELEMSET Case Control set. Create a Case Control set with an id =
GRIDSET. Load the ELEMSET set and the GRIDSET set into CASER.
b. Using the CASER as input, run M36OPT=0 to create the GEOM1R.
6. M36OPT=3 ensures a consistent point set for the input element set and
allows additional points to be added to the set and the actions are:
ELEMSET Case Control set.
b. Copy the ELEMSET to CASER. Create a Case Control set of the point set
generated in a.
c. Locate the GRIDSET set in CASECC and merge the set created in a. into
it. If GRIDSET set does not exist on CASECC, simply store the OELMSET
generated grid list as the GRIDSET set ID on output data block #2,
CASECCN. Otherwise, copy the merged gridset set to the aCASECCN
output data block.
Using the CASER as input, run M36OPT=0 to create the GEOM1R.
Option P1 = 37
Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries
corresponding to element or SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case
Control set.
Format:
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points and indexed by the IPRINDX module. See Remark.
Main Index
MATMOD 1367
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
GEOM2R GEOM2 table with reduced element record.
Parameters:
ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number

which contains a list element point identification numbers.
which contains a list SPOINT identification numbers.
NOGEOM2 Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 no element and SPOINTs found matching ELEMSET and
GRIDSET.
0 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match some
elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2.
-1 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match all elements
and SPOINTs in GEOM2.
Remarks:
1. GEOM2 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input
to this MATMOD option:
FILE GEOM2=APPEND $
IFPINDX /GEOM2 $
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
2. We recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and
then used as input to MATMOD.
Option P1 = 38
Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers
specified in a Case Control set.
Format:
MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Main Index
1368 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
EST Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by
the IFPINDX module. See Remark.
Output Data Block:
ESTR EST table with reduced records.
Parameters:
ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number that

contains a list element point identification numbers.
which contains a list grid point identification numbers.
NOEST Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 No element found matching contents of ELEMSET.
0 ELEMSET found and contents match some elements in EST.
-1 ELEMSET and contents match all elements and SPOINTs in EST.
Remarks:
1. EST must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to
this MATMOD option:
FILE EST=APPEND $
IFPINDX /EST $
MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
2. We recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and
then used as input to MATMOD.
Option P1 = 39
Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $
Main Index
MATMOD 1369
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
O1 Matrix I1 with explicit zero terms removed.

O2 Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero
was found in I1.
Parameter:
NOXPLZER Output-integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros

are found.
Option P1 = 40
Replace the value of, or add a value to, a single term in a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,/O1,/
40/ICOL/IROW/TYPE/REAL//NCOL/NROW/
////////REALD/CMPLX/CMPLXD $
Input Data Block:
I1 A matrix. May be purged. See NCOL.
Output Data Block:
O1 Modified I1 matrix.
Parameters:
ICOL Column number.

IROW Row number.
TYPE Type of value to be replaced or added.
-1 Replace current value with REAL.
-2 Replace current value with REALD.
-3 Replace current value with CMPLX.
-4 Replace current value with CMPLXD.
Main Index
1370 MATMOD
Matrix modification
1 Add REAL to current value.

2 Add REALD to current value.
3 Add CMPLX to current value.
4 Add CMPLXD to current value.
REAL Real single precision value.
NCOL Number of columns in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=ICOL.
NROW Number of rows in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=IROW.
REALD Real double precision value.
CMPLX Complex single precision value.
CMPLXD Complex double single precision value.
Example:
In matrix A, add 10.5 to the value at column 2 and row 3:
MATMOD A,,,,,/A1,/40/2/3/-1/10.5 $
Option P1 = 41
Reorder the rows of a rectangular matrix.
Format:
MATMOD GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/41 $
Input Data Blocks:
GRDRM Permutation matrix.

I1 Rectangular matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Reordered rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 42
Permute a sparse square matrix.
Main Index
MATMOD 1371
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/42 $
Input Data Blocks:

I1 Square matrix.
Output Data Block:

O1 Permuted matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 43
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 44
Creates EQEXIN table based on g-set partitioning vector.
Format:
MATMOD EQEXIN,VG,,,,/EQEXINR,/44 $
Input Data Blocks:

EQEXIN Equivalence table between internal and external grid identification
numbers.
VG Partitioning vector with 1.0 desired degrees-of-freedom.
Output Data Block:

EQEXINR EQEXIN reduced by VG.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 45
Permute matrix according to a row permutation.
Main Index
1372 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD I1,RPERM,,,,/O1,/45/PERMOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
RPERM Table of row permutations.

I1 Square matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Permuted matrix.
Parameter:
PERMOPT Input-integer. Permutation option.

1 Gather.
2 Scatter.
Option P1 = 46
Convert a sparse partial decomp matrix into a regular matrix datablock.
Format:
MATMOD KTTP,,,,,/KTTS,/46/NOOSET $
Input Data Block:
KTTP Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
Output Data Block:
KTTS KTTP converted to standard matrix format.
Parameter:
NOOSET Input-integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set.
Example:
PUTSYS(1,277) $ Force partial decomp

DCMP USET,SILS,EQEXINS,KFFX,VFO,VFOX/
LFO,KTTSP,/3///MAXRATIO/'F' $
Main Index
MATMOD 1373
Matrix modification
PUTSYS(0,277) $
MATMOD KTTSP,,,,,/KTTREG,/46/NOOSET $
DIAGONAL KTTREG/KTTDIAG/'SQUARE' $
TRNSP KTTREG/KTTTRAN $
ADD5 KTTREG,KTTTRAN,KTTDIAG,,/KTT///-1.0 $
MODTRL KTT////6 $
Option P1 = 47
Perform null row search on a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/47 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows I1 has null rows. If I1 is the
O1 is purged. If I1 is null, then O1 will be full.
Main Index
1374 MATOFP
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
MATOFP Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
Prints a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined

column label and page header.
Format:
MATOFP MAT,BGPDT,OL,USET/
OMAT1/
APP/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TCODE/PUNCH/IPRINT/
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLBL2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLBL2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8 $
Input Data Blocks:
MAT Matrix (real or complex). The rows of the matrix must correspond to
the g-set DOFs.
OL List of values for column labeling on left corner of page. The contents
of OL depend on the value of APP:
APP OL
'REIGEN' LAMA
'FREQRESP' FOL
'TRANRESP' TOL
'CEIGEN' CLAMA
'BKL1' BLAMA
'NLST' COMB
'USERLIST' Matrix column of user defined values
If OL is purged, then the left corner will not be labeled.
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
OMAT1 MAT converted to OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format.
Main Index
MATOFP 1375
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='USERLIST'. Analysis type. See OL above.

ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If
ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values:
Option Action
NULL Only null columns will be identified.
ALL Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.
TCODE Input-integer-default=1. Table code.
PUNCH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag.
IPRINT Input-integer-default=0. Print control flag.
0: print
<>0: do not print
LCOLLBLi Input-character-default=(depends on APP). Label with up to 32
characters to be printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.
The default values depends on APP:
APP LCOLLBLi
'TRANRESP' TIME
'FREQRESP' FREQUENCY
'REIGEN' FREQUENCY
'CEIGEN' FREQUENCY
'USERLIST' LABEL
RCOLLBLi Input-character-default='COLUMN' (followed by column number).
Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper
right corner of each page. COLLBLi is then followed by column
number.
HDRLBLi Input-character-default='MATRIX' (followed by matrix name). Header
with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each
page.
Main Index
1376 MATOFP
Examples:
Example 1:
MATOFP GCF,BGPDT,,USET/ $
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK AUGUST 11, 2000 MSC.NASTRAN 8/10/00 PAGE 9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
COLUMN 1
MATRIX GCF

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Example 2:
MATOFP GCF,BGPDTs,,USET/
OGCF1///////////
’DIRECTIO’/’N’///
’G R O U ’/’N D C H ’/’E C K ’/’F O R C ’/
’E S ( G ’/’- S E T ’/’)’ $
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK AUGUST 11, 2000 MSC.NASTRAN 8/10/00 PAGE 9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D C H E C K F O R C E S ( G - S E T )

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Main Index
MATPCH 1377
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
MATPCH Punches contents of matrix data blocks
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MATPCH I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Any real matrix data block.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
IVNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number. If this parameter is

negative, an echo of the DMI Bulk Data entries generated will be
printed on the FORTRAN unit given by the absolute value of
PRINTOPT.
Ni Input-character-default=blank. Continuation entry prefix. Used to
form a unique continuation string for the DMI Bulk Data entries. For
example, if Ni=’xx’, then this produces continuations of the form (xx 1),
(xx 2), etc. The default value causes the blank continuation option to be
used. See Remark 4 if explicit continuations are desired.
Remarks:
1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI
entries as shown in the example below. The name of the matrix is obtained
from the header record of the data block. Field 10 contains the
three-character parameter value in columns 74 through 76 and an
incremented integer record count in columns 77 through 80 if nondefault
values are used for the Ni parameters.
2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real
part of complex matrices will be used.
3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision.
Main Index
1378 MATPCH
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input

matrix. Also, the maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999.
If full square matrices are considered, a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If
matrices larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or OUTPUT4
modules to produce a FORTRAN readable file.
5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI
Bulk Data entries.
Example:
Let the data block MAT contain the matrix
1.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
[ MAT ] = 2.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.0
3.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
The DMAP statement

MATPCH MAT// $
will produce the following DMI entries:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DMI MAT 0 2 1 2 5 6
DMI MAT 1 1 1.000000E 00
* 3 2.000000E 00 5 3.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 2 3 4.000000E 00
* 5.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 3 1 6.000000E 00
* 7.000000E 00 5 8.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 6 4 9.000000E 00
Main Index
MATPRN 1379
General matrix printer
MATPRN General matrix printer
Prints general matrix data blocks.
Format:
MATPRN M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//PRTFORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi Matrix data blocks, any of which may be purged. (Real or complex).
Parameters:
PRTFORM Character-input-default=' '. Real number precision.

LONG 12 significant digits.
SHORT 4 significant digits.
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.
2. If any data block is not a matrix, it will be printed as if it were a table.
3. MATPRN prints the row index for the term that begins each line of printout.
4. MATPRN will not print out two or more consecutive lines of zeroes, but
instead will issue a message of the form:
ROW POSITIONS xxxx THRU yyyy NOT PRINTED -- ALL = 0.0.
5. If DIAG 30 is set by the DIAGON function before MATPRN (see Example 3),
and turned off after MATPRN, most of the digits of the internal
representations will be printed. Normally, the output is truncated to five or
six digits.
6. For large, sparse matrices with scattered terms, the user is advised to use
either the MATPRT or MATGPR modules.
Examples:
1. MATPRN KGG/$
2. MATPRN KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$
3. DIAGON(30) $ PRINT EXTENDED PRECISION

MATPRN KGG/$
DIAGOFF(30) $
Main Index
1380 MATPRT
Matrix printer
MATPRT Matrix printer
Prints a matrix.
Format:
MATPRT MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $
Input Data Block:
MATRIX Matrix data block to be printed. If [X] is purged, then nothing is done.
Parameters:
PRNTLABL Integer-input-default=0. Print label. If PRNTFLG=1, then the matrix is

labeled with “ROW n”; otherwise it is labeled with “COLUMN n.”
PRNTFLAG Integer-input-default=0. Print flag. If PRNTFLAG < 0, do not print [X];
Y ≥ 0, print [X].
Remark:
Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if
complex) per printed line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the
entire column (or row) is 0, it is not printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed.
Example:
Print the mass matrix:
MATPRT MGG// $
Main Index
MATREDU 1381
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally
produces the s-set by f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and
reduction.
Format:
MATREDU  XGG   USET   GM   GOA 

 ,  ,  ,  /
 XPP   USETD   GMD   GOD 
 XAA 
  , XSF , XSS /
 XDD 
 NOXGG 
S,N,   $
 NOXPP 
Input Data Blocks:
XGG Square matrix in g-set.

XPP Square matrix in p-set.
by ne-set.
GOA Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.
o-set by d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set.

XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set.
Main Index
1382 MATREDU
XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint
elimination and reduction.
XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint
elimination and reduction.
Parameters:
NOXGG Output-integer-default=1. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not

exist.
NOXPP Output-integer-default=1. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not
exist.
Method:
The damping matrices [ B gg ] and [ K gg
4 ] are reduced to the a-set by the MATREDU
module which performs the following operations:

1. Eliminate multipoint constraints
B nn B nm
[ B gg ] ⇒
B mn B mm
T T
[ B nn ] = [ G mn ] [ B mn G mn + B mn ] + [ B mn ] [ G mn ] + [ B nn ]
2. Eliminate single point constraints
B ff B fs
[ B nn ] ⇒
B sf B ss
3. Partition omitted degrees-of-freedom
B aa B ao
[ B ff ] ⇒
B oa B oo
4. Perform static condensation
T T
[ B aa ] = [ G oa ] [ B oo G oa + B oa ] + [ B oa ] [ G oa ] + [ B aa ]
Main Index
MATREDU 1383
Remarks:
1. If XGG or XPP is not symmetric, then unsymmetric formulation of reduction
is used.
2. XGG or XPP may be purged, in which case MATREDU returns with
NOXAA=-1 or NOXDD=-1.
3. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and
o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist.
4. XSF may be purged.
5. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP
modules UPARTN, UMERGE1, SMPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
1384 MCE1
Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
MCE1 Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Creates the multipoint constraint transformation matrix.
Format:
MCE1 USET,RMG,KGG/
GM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The multipoint constraint equations, R mg , formed in the GP4 module, are partitioned
by the MCE1 module (Multipoint Constraint Eliminator -- Phase 1) as follows:
[ R mg ] = R mm R mn
MCE1 also solves the equation
[ R mm ] [ G mn ] = – [ R mn ]
for the transformation matrix [ G mn ] .
Main Index
MCE2 1385
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
MCE2 Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size

square matrices.
Format 1: For g-set matrices
MCE2 USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/
XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $
Format 2: For p-set matrices
MCE2 USETD,GMD,XPP1,XPP2,XPP3,XPP4/
XNENE1,XNENE2,XNENE3,XNENE4/NOUE $
Input Data Blocks:

XGGi Square matrices in g-set.
by ne-set.
XPPi Square matrix in p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XNNi Square matrices in n-set.

XNENEi Square matrix in ne-set.
Parameters:
NOUE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if

there are no extra points. USETD and GMD must be supplied if
NOUE>0.
Method:
The MCE2 module partitions the stiffness matrix
Main Index
1386 MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
K nn K nm
[ K gg ] = Eq. 4-20
K mn K mm
and performs matrix reduction
T T
[ K nn ] = [ G mn ] [ K mm G mn + K mn ] + [ K mn G mn + K nn ] Eq. 4-21
Remark:
Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified
then the corresponding XNNi must also be specified.
Example:
Reduce K gg to K nn .
Main Index
MCFRAC 1387
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
MCFRAC Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions.
Format:
MCFRAC CASECC,LAMA,OL,BGPDT,RPH,UH,PVMCFR,MODSELT/
OMCF1,UNUSED/
APP/FMODE $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output
list or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent
with APP.
RPH Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set. See Remark.
UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal
PVMCFR Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRAC
MODSELT Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT
Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and
HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
OMCF1 Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format.

UNUSED Unused and may be unspecified.
Parameters:

Main Index
1388 MCFRAC
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
'TRANRESP' Frequency response.

FMODE Input-integer-default=0. The lowest structure mode number resulting
from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
Remark:
If PVMCFR is specified then the number of rows in RPH must correspond to the ones
and their positions in PVMCFR.
Main Index
MDATA 1389
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
MDATA Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid
mass
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass.
Format:
MDATA CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/
OEP/
APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas.
MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
Output Data Block:
OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2

format.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Type of analysis. Allowable values are:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalues.
'TRAN' Transient response.
NOSORT2 Input-integer-default=-1. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested.
FREQINDX Input-integer-default=0. Frequency or time step index. Selects
frequency associated with UA.
Main Index
1390 MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
Method:
1. Calculate the accelerations. This depends on the approach.
Type of
APP Arithmetic ua
2 2
REIG Real U a = – ω u a ( ω from LAMA )
CEIG Complex 2
U a = p u d ( ρ from CLAMA )
FREQ Complex 2
U a = – ω u d ( ω from FOL )
TRAN Real U a = ( the 3rd, 6th, 9th, etc., columns of UDVT )
2. Compute the element forces:
f e = M ea U a
3. Output selected pressures. Output may be printed (via OFP) or plotted (via
XYPLOT). The CASECC and XYCDB data blocks are scanned for all MPRES
output requests. The set selection method is the same as used in Module
SDR2. The MEA data block has two work pairs (element identification
number and area) corresponding to each row of the element force vector. For
each selected element, output the pressure (force divided by area) to the OFP
data block. All flags must be set (e.g., print, punch, plot, real, phase, etc.),
depending upon the MPRES request.
Remarks:
1. XYCDB nay be purged.
2. MDATA is only available for normal modes, complex modes, frequency
response, and transient response using direct methods only.
Main Index
MDCASE 1391
Partitions the Case Control table
MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table
Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the
ANALYSIS Case Control command.
Format:
 CASECC   EDOM   
MDCASE  ,  ,  /
 CASEXN     CASECC 
CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG,
CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST,
CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB,
CASEXX/
S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/
S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/
S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/
S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/
S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN /S,N,WVFLG $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
CASEXN CASECC created from one of the outputs in a prior call to MDCASE.
Output Data Blocks:
CASESTAT Case Control table for static analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=STATICS.
CASEMODE Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MODES.
CASEBUCK Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=BUCK.
CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis
and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
CASECEIG Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis
and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG.
CASEMTRN Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MTRAN.
Main Index
1392 MDCASE
CASESAER Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=SAERO.
CASEDVRG Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=DIVERG.
CASEFLUT Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.
CASESMST Case Control table for structural analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STRU.
CASESMEM Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=ELEC.
CASEHEAT Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=HEAT.
CASEUPSE Case Control table for upstream superelements only.
CASESADV Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or
CASEDVRG.
CASESNMB Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT,
CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and
CASEFLUT.
CASEXX Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly
and reduction.
Parameters:
STATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in
CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list.
MODECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Normal modes analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was
found in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list.
BUCKCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to
TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in
CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list.
DFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct frequency response analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
Main Index
MDCASE 1393
MFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal frequency response analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
DCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command
was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list.
MCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the
output list.
MTRNCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal transient response analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN
command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the
output list.
SAERCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set
to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in
CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
DVRGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic divergence analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG
command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the
output list.
FLUTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to
TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in
CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.
SMSTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set
to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in
CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list.
SMEMCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Electromagnetic analysis subcase
flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was
found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
HEATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found
in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list.
UPSECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Superelement analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and
CASEUPSE is specified in the output list.
Main Index
1394 MDCASE
DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set

DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set
OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number
associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user
specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement
subcase.
SEPRTN Input-logical-default=FALSE. SUPER command processing flag. Set
to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
WVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume response flag. If
CASECC does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or
buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response
specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM.
Remarks:
2. EDOM may be purged it WVFLG is not required.
3. CASEXX is a copy of one of the following in the order that they appear and
if they exist:
CASESTAT
CASESAER
CASEDVRG
CASEMODE
CASEFREQ
CASEMTRN
CASEFLUT
Main Index
MDENZO 1395
MDACMS matrix utility
MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

Matrix utility for matrix domain automatic component mode synthesis (MDACMS).
Format:
MDENZO I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O3/
MDOPT/IP1/IP2/SETNAM/RP1/RP2 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Input tables or matrices. The number and type of inputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi Output tables or matrices. The number and type of outputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Parameters:
MDOPT Input-integer-default=0. Option selection number as described below.

IP1 Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2 Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
SETNAM Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
RP1 Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2 Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
Option MDOPT=0:
Partition KXX (or MXX or BXX) into o-set and t-set based on MDMAP and SEID.
GOTMAP is an optional output.
Format:
MDENZO KXX,MDMAP,,,/KOO,KOT,GOTMAP/0/SEID $
Option MDOPT=1:
Extracts the o-set partition of a load matrix based on MDMAP and SEID.
Main Index
1396 MDENZO
Format:
MDENZO PX,MDMAP,,,/PO,,/1/SEID $
Option MDOPT=2:
Partition PHQ by rows into a family of PHQI qualified by MDSEID.
GOQ is used to get the size of q-set for each domain.
ORDER is used to determine the order of the domain's q-sets in PHQ
Format:
MDENZO PHQ,GOQ,ORDER,,/PHQI,,/2/NDOM $
Option MDOPT=3:
Find UT (and PVEC) for SEID as SEID goes back "up the tree"
Extract UT from family UO.
Format:
MDENZO GOTMAP,MDMAP,GOT,UO,GOQUQ,MDSPARSE/
UT,PVEC,UOI/3/SEID/P2 $
P2 on input is undefined for serial execution. For DMP, P2 on input is GSEID, the
"global" SEID associatd with the current domain.
On output, P2 is YESNO.
If possible (YESNO=+1), multiply-add GOT*UT+GOQUQ, else set YESNO=-1.
If yes, the answer is placed in UOI.
MDSPARSE is used to partition down UOI (if made) to the DOFs needed for option 4.
Option MDOPT=4:
Reorder the family into the correct/original ordering. Use the gather/re-order vector
in MDMAP.
Format:
MDENZO UOF,MDMAP,,,/PHI,,/4// $
Main Index
MDENZO 1397
Option MDOPT=5:
Take the partition vector RECVEC and determine which SEIDs you need to recover
and write to RECMAP.
Format:
MDENZO RECVEC,MDMAP,,,/RECMAP,,/5// $
Option MDOPT=6:
Decide whether SEID is in RECMAP or not. If yes, OUTYN = 1 else OUTYN = .
Format:
MDENZO RECMAP,,,,/,,/6/SEID/OUTYN/ $
Option MDOPT=7:
Perform matrix reduction: XTT1 = GTO*XOO*GOT
Format:
MDENZO XOO,GOT,,,/XOOGOT,XTT1,/7/OUTYN/ $
If there is sufficient memory to do multiply in-core then produce XOOGOT, XTT1 and
set OUTYN to +1.
If not possible, set OUTYN to -1 $
Both input matrices must be real and XOO must be symmetric.
This is for tip only.
Option MDOPT=8:
Perform matrix multiplications: XTTA = GTO*XOT and XTTB = XTO*GOT.
Format:
MDENZO XOT,GOT,,,/XTTA,XTTB,/8/OUTYN $
Both XOT and GOT must be real.
Set OUTYN to +1. Else set it to -1.
Main Index
1398 MDENZO
Option MDOPT=9:
Takes 4 matrices that are involved in the reduction and produces the 2 output matrices
that are needed from subDMAP MDREDMB.
Format:
MDENZO XOO,GOT,XOT,XTTBAR,/XOOGOT,XTT,/9/OUTYN $
OUTYN set to +1 if successful (sufficient memory).

OUTYN set to -1 if not successful (then use rest of DMAP).
This computation optimized for collectors.
Option MDOPT=10:
Take a complex load and break it into real and imaginary parts and place those side
by side as real columns in PGRI.
Format:
MDENZO PG,,,,/PGRI,VEC1,VEC2/10 $
VEC1 is a partition vector identifying null columns of PGRI with 0.0.

VEC2 is a partition vector of the form 1 0 1 0 1 0 to idenify real and imaginary parts.
Option MDOPT=11:
Find the best GE in K4FF so that its removal will result in a sparser K4NEW = K4FF -
GEBAR*KFF
Format:
MDENZO KFF,K4FF,,,/K4NEW,,/11/S,N,GEBAR///RP1/RP2 $
GEBAR is output as an integer so that .001*GEBAR is the actual GEBAR.

RP1, RP2 are parameters to control what gets kept/thrown out.
RP1 is the ratio of new to original K4 value.
RP2 is the absolute value of the new K4 term.
Option MDOPT= 12:

Same as MDOPT=1 except PF can made into a family of PO's the family is made even
if PF does not fit in memory.
Main Index
MDENZO 1399
Format:
MDENZO PF,MDMAP,,,/PFAM,,/12 $
Option MDOPT= 13 (or -13):

Take the lower triangle of KFF and mirror it so that the upper and lower triangles of
KFFSYM are exact. If -13, remove packed 0s.
Format:
MDENZO KFF,,,,,/KFFSYM,,/13 $
Option MDOPT= 14
Make sure DOFs of the same grid stay together when compressed in PRESOL add
mbkxx1 to its transpose and send into PRESOL.
Format:
MDENZO MBKXX,BGPDT,USET,VGFS,,/MBKXX1,,/14 $
Main Index
1400 MDISUTIL
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors
MDISUTIL Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master

processors
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors.
Format:
MDISUTIL DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,
DB10,DB11,DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15/
DBOUT1,DBOUT2,DBOUT3,DBOUT4,DBOUT5,DBOUT6,DBOUT7,
DBOUT8,DBOUT9,DBOUT10,DBOUT11,DBOUT12,DBOUT13,
DBOUT14,DBOUT15/
SENDID/NUMDB/RECVCODE $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
Output Data Block:
DBOUTi DBi received on the slave processor.
Parameters:
SENDID Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number.

Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.
NUMDB Input-integer-no default. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
RECVCODE Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a
single receiver.
>0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right
to left corresponds to the processor identification number.
Remarks:
MDISUTIL calls option 10 of the DISUTIL module.
Main Index
MERGE 1401
Matrix merge
MERGE Matrix merge
Forms a matrix from its partitions.
Format:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions. (Real or complex).

RP Row partitioning vector.
Output Data Block:
A Merged matrix from Aij.
Parameters:
SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM < 0, {CP} is used for {RP}. SYM ≥ 0 ,

{CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of [A]. If TYPE is 0, the type of the
output matrix will be the maximum type of [A11], [A21], [A12], and
[A22].
FORM Input-integer-default=0. Form of [A]. (See Remark 3.)
Remarks:
1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22]
were produced by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from
[A], MERGE will produce [A]. The operation of MERGE is dependent upon
the partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the symmetry flag, SYM.
[A] → A11 A12

A21 A22
Let [ A ] be an m by n matrix, { CP } be an nx1 vector containing q zero

elements; and { RP } be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements. Partition
[ A11 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CP j = RP i = 0.0 in the
same order as they appear in [ A ] . Partition [ A12 ] will consist of all elements
Main Index
1402 MERGE
Matrix merge
A ij of [ A ] for which CPj ≠ 0.0 and RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear
in [ A ] . Partition [ A21 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CPj = 0.0
and RPi ≠ 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . The following describes
the operations:
Let NC = number of nonzero terms in { CP } .

NR = number of nonzero terms in { RP } .
NROWA = number of rows in [ A ] .
NCOLA = number of columns in [ A ] .
Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix. A11 → [ A ]
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
A21
[A12] is not written.
Case 2: { RP } is purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. A11 A12 → [ A ]
Case 3: { RP } is purged and SYM < 0:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. A11 A12 → [ A ]
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix. A21 A22
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
Case 4: Neither { CP } nor { RP } are purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. A11 A12 → [ A ]
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix. A21 A22
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
2. [A11], [A12], [A21], and [A22] must be unique matrices.
Main Index
MERGE 1403
Matrix merge
3. When FORM = 0, a compatible matrix [A] results as shown in the following

table:
Form of [A22]
Square Rectangular Symmetric
Square Square Rectangular Rectangular
Form of [A11] Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular
Symmetric Rectangular Rectangular Symmetric
4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged,
this implies [A] = 0.
5. Both { RP } and { CP } may not be purged.
Examples:
1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
[ A11 ] = 2.0 [ A12 ] = 1.0 3.0 4.0

6.0 5.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 10.0 [ A22 ] = 9.0 11.0 12.0
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
( CP ) =  
 1.0 
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
 
( RP ) =  0.0 
 
 1.0 
Then, the DMAP instruction

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
Main Index
1404 MERGE
Matrix merge
will create the real matrix:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

[A] = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as

MERGE A11,A12,,,CP,/A/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the input matrices would be
2.0 1.0 3.0 4.0

[ A11 ] = 6.0 [ A12 ] = 5.0 7.0 8.0
10.0 9.0 11.0 12.0

MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
the input matrices would be
[ A11 ] = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
4. If the DMAP instruction is written as

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,,RP/A/-1 $
and the input matrices are:
[ A11 ] = 1 2 [ A12 ] = 3
5 6 7
[ A21 ] = 9 10 [ A22 ] = 11
then the resulting matrix would be
1 2 3
[A] = 5 6 7
9 10 11
Main Index
MERGEOFP 1405
Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
Merges OESL (linear element stresses from SDR2) with OESNL (nonlinear element
stresses from SDRNL).
Format:
MERGEOFP OES1,OESNL1/OES1X $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1.

OESNL1 Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.
Output Data Block:
OES1X Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear
element format.
Remark:
The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is
produced with the same order of files as the input files, but where the same element
name and identification number appears on each input file, the linear element stress
data block for the element will immediately precede the nonlinear element stress data
block on the output file.
Main Index
1406 MESSAGE
Prints messages
MESSAGE Prints messages
Prints messages to the standard MD Nastran output file.
Format:
MESSAGE T1/T2/P1/P2/.../Pn $
Input Data Block:
T1 Table created by prior executions of MESSAGE and will be printed to

the f06 file.
Output Data Block:
T2 Table to which Pi will be written instead of the f06 file.
Parameter:
Pi Input-default is blank. Cannot exceed 80 characters in length.
Remarks:
1. Parameter inputs may be parameter names, actual values, or character
strings.
2. Variable parameters must have been typed prior to this statement.
3. The number of parameters is limited only by the size of VPS.
4. The MESSAGE module normally prints to the .f06 standard MD Nastran
output file (FORTRAN Unit 6). To have the print also appear in the
Performance Summary Table (FORTRAN Unit 4 or dayfile), DIAG 53 must
be turned on by the DIAG Executive Control Statement.
5. T1 and T2 may be purged.
6. T2 must be declared APPEND on the FILE statement if more than one
MESSAGE execution is used to write into this table.
Example:
1. Print a user information message:
MESSAGE //’USER DMAP MSG’/10/’ERROR IN ITER. NO.’/COUNT $
2. Create a table of two messages and then print:
FILE TEST=APPEND $
maxint = 776705406 $
offset = 150704034 $
Main Index
MESSAGE 1407
Prints messages
message /test/' maxint ='/maxint /' offset ='/offset $

lstart = maxint - offset $
incr = offset / 39 $
message /test/' starting column ='/lstart /' incr ='/incr $
message test/ $
The following will appear in the f06 file:
^^^ MAXINT = 776705406 OFFSET = 150704034
^^^ STARTING COLUMN = 626001372 INCR = 3864206
Main Index
1408 MGEN
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
MGEN Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices.
Format:
MGEN CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/
MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/
LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths.

MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix.
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas.
MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths.
MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOMGEN Output-integer-default=-1. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the
MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC.
UNUSED3 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused.
Main Index
MKCNTRL 1409
Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
MKCNTRL Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets

Assembles a description of the set of aerodynamic controllers.
Format:
MKCNTRL EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/
AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/
SYMXZ/AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Element deformation table.

AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-of-
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:

TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic
extra points.
AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that
only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not
null.
Parameters:
SYMXZ Input-real-no default. x-z symmetry flag.

AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in
gravity units to units of length per time squared.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1410 MKCSTMA
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic
MKCSTMA Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural

and aerodynamic models.
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic
models.
Format:
MKCSTMA CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $
Input Data Block:
CSTMi Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Output Data Block:
CSTMM Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MKMNTIFP 1411
Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
MKMNTIFP Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties

Updates geometry, connectivity, and property tables to form frames to track monitor
points.
Format:
MKMNTIFP BGPDT,CSTM,MONITOR,ECT,EPT,MPT/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,EPTX,MPTX/
YOUNGM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X New GEOM1 table updated to track monitor points.

GEOM2X New GEOM2 table updated to track monitor points.
EPTX EPT updated to track monitor points.
MPTX MPT updated to track monitor points.
Parameters:
YOUNGM Input-real-default=0.0. Young's modulus.
Main Index
1412 MKRBVEC
Computes load summation about a given point
MKRBVEC Computes load summation about a given point
Builds a g-set X 6 matrix that sums forces and moments of a set of grids to a given
reference point about a given set of coordinate axes.
Format:
MKRBVEC BGPDT,CSTM,AEROCOMP/
RBF/
COORID/REF1/REF2/REF3/COMPNAME/CDOM/INDDOF $
Input Data Blocks:

AEROCOMP Table of component definitions. Required only if a COMPNM is
specified.
Output Data Blocks:
RBF Matrix (g-set by 6) representing the geometric rigid body mode of the
points in the BGPDT about the origin of motion.
Parameters:
COORID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the coordinate

system into which VGR will be generated.
REF1 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the first coordinate
direction of COORID about which moments will be computed.
REF2 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the second coordinate
REF3 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the third coordinate
COMPNAME Character. Name of a component defining the set of points
participating in the rigid body motion.
CDOM Input-integer-default=0. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the

motion. (0=basic coordinate system).
INDDOF Integer-input-default=0. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is
taken using RBE3D code with Ci=INDDOF.
Main Index
MKSPLINE 1413
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
MKSPLINE Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero

model
Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model.
Format:
MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP,ECT,AEBOX/
SPLINE $
Input Data Blocks:

AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model.
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT
with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
Output Data Block:
SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers.
Parameters:
None.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.
DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' AND WILDCARD) $
MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/SPLINE $
Main Index
1414 MODACC
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
MODACC OFREQ and OTIME command processor
Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ
Case Control commands.
Format:
MODACC CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/
OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
Input Data Blocks:

U Solution matrix from normal modes, complex modes, transient
response, or frequency response.
Pi Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues,
frequencies, or time steps in OL.
Output Data Blocks:
OL1 OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.

U1 U truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Pi1 Pi truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Parameter:
APP Character-input-default='TRAN'. Analysis type.

'REIGEN' Normal modes.
MDCEQV Output-integer-default=-1. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1
on output then no output truncation occurred and a subsequent
EQUIVX statement may be used to equivalence the inputs to the
outputs. Applicable only when APP='REIG'.
Main Index
MODACC 1415
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
Remarks:
1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in
CASECC. If APP = 'CEIG', the selection is based on the imaginary part of the
complex eigenvalue. If APP = 'REIG', the selection is based on the frequency
f = ω ⁄ 2π .
2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP:
LAMA APP = 'REIG'

CLAMA APP = 'CEIG'
FOL APP = 'FREQ'
TOL APP = 'TRAN'
3. If APP='CEIGEN', then P11 must not be purged.
4. Under APP='REIG', if there is no OMODES or OFREQ Case Control request
and the number of subcase equals the number of modes (columns in U) or
the MODES Case Control command generates a number of subcases equal to
the number of modes then OL1 and U1 will not be created and MODACC
must be followed subsequent EQUIVX statement;
MODACC CASEM,LAMA,PHA,,,/
LAMA2,PHA1,,,/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
EQUIVX LAMA/LAMA2/MDCEQV $
EQUIVX PHA/PHA1/MDCEQV $
Main Index
1416 MODCASE
Processes POST command for f06 redirection
MODCASE Processes POST command for f06 redirection

Process Case Control records for output data recovery and redirect output to user-
specified Fortran files instead of the f06.
Format for POSTCFLG=1:
MODCASE CASECC,/POSTCC/1//S,N,NUNIQF06 $
Format for POSTCFLG=2:
MODCASE CASECC,POSTCC0/CASECCP/
2/F6CNTR//S,N,F6UNIT/S,N,F6SUFFIX $
Input Data Blocks:

POSTCC0 POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE
(POSTCFLG=1).
Output Data Blocks:
POSTCC Table containing POST command selections CASECCP CASECC

subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit.
Parameters:
POSTCFLG Input-integer-default=0. POSTCC processing flag.

1 Generate POSTCC.
2 POSTCC is specifed as an input.
NUNIQF6 Output-integer-default=0., Number of unique Fortran units requested
on POST command.
F6CNTR Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6UNIT Output-integer-default=0. Current Fortran unit number.
F6SUFFIX Output-character-default=' '. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit
physical names.
Main Index
MODENRGY 1417
Computes modal energies
MODENRGY Computes modal energies

Computes modal strain and kinetic energies in frequency and transient response
analysis.
Format:
MODENRGY CASECC,OL,UH,KHH,MHH,MODSELT/
TSNRGY,TKNRGY,MODSELT1,OL1,MSNRGY,MKNRGY/
APP/FMODE/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:

UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal
OL Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output
list or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent
with APP.
MODSELT Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT
Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and
HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
TSNRGY Table of modal strain energy.

TKNRGY Table of modal kinetic energy.
MODSELT1 Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE
Case Control commands.
OL1 Subset of OL selected by the the MODALSE and MODALKE Case
Control commands.
MSNRGY Matrix of modal strain energy.
MKNRGY Matrix of modal kinetic energy.
Main Index
1418 MODENRGY
Computes modal energies
Parameters:

'TRANRESP' Frequency response.
FMODE Input-integer-default=1. The lowest structure mode number
resulting from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and
HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
Main Index
MODEPF 1419
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors

Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency
response analysis.
Format:
MODEPF BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*,
PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH,
KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2,
UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST,
VGA/
GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF,
MPFMAP/
NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/
SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/
GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing SET1 entries.
ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also
partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.
UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also
partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.
PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
FOL Table of forcing frequencies.
ABEH* Family of signed modally reduced area matrices
PHDFH1 Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH reduced to
a-set size.
Main Index
1420 MODEPF
PHDFH2 PHDFH1 partitioned by parameter FLUIDMP.

UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned
column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.
AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix.
PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.
UNUSED Unused.
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL
qualifier values.
VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows
corresponding to the a-set.
Output Data Blocks:
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.

FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factor.s
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation
factors.
MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.
Parameters:
NOFREQ Input-integer-no default. Number of excitation frequencies.

NOLOADF Input-integer-no default. Number of load cases per frequency.
GRIDFMP Input-integer-no default. Case Control set identification number of
fluid grids that will be output:
<0 Print matrices; if -999, print matrices for -1 (set = all).
-1 All fluid grid a-set.
0 No fluid grid a-set.
>0 Case Control set that contains grid list to be output.
NUMPAN Input-integer-no default. Number of panels.
PNQALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier for panels.
Main Index
MODEPF 1421
SYMFLG Input-complex-default=(1.,0.). Scale factor.

MPNFLG Input-integer-no default. Panel existence flag.
FLUIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of fluid modes to use in
computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first
FLUIDMP modes.
STRUCTMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of structure modes to use
computing factors.
PANELMP Input-integer-default=-1. Flag to compute panel participation
factors. See Remark 2.
GRIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number for
a set of fluid grids.
NOSASET Input-integer-default=-1. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set
of the structure.
FILTERF Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for structure factor matrices.
Remarks:
1. VGA may be purged if no diagnostic printouts are desired.
2. If STRUCTMP>0 then these are the output options:
• Compute structural mode participation factors.
• If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode
participation factors, PMPF.
• Compute load mode participation factors, LMPF.
• If MPNFLG>0 and GRIDMP>-1 then compute fluid grid mode
participation factors, GMPF.
Main Index
1422 MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice

Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data
blocks suitable for XY plots and power spectral density calculations.
Format:
MODEPOUT LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF,
PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP,
MODSELTS,MODSELTF/
OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E,
OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M,
UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/
NOMPF2E/FMODE/FMODEF $
Input Data Blocks:
LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
the model.
FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors.
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation
factors
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.
MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.
MODSELTS Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
MODSELTF Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
Main Index
MODEPOUT 1423
Output Data Blocks:
OFMPF2E Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OFMPF2M Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
UNUSEDi Unused.
Parameters:
OUTFMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of fluid modes to output.

OUTSMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of structure modes to output.
FMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor
magnitudes.
SMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor
magnitudes.
MPFSORT Input-integer-default=11. Sort flag.
10 Sort on absolute value (magnitude).
20 Sort on real portion.
30 Sort on complex portion.
40 Sort on phase angle (must convert).
1 Descending sort.
2 Ascending sort.
NOMPF2E Input-integer-default=-1.
0 Generate.
-1 Do not generate.
Main Index
1424 MODEPOUT
FMODE Input-integer-no default. The lowest structure mode number resulting

from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
FMODEF Input-integer-no default. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from
user parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input.
Remarks:
1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module.
2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module.
Main Index
MODEPT 1425
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
MODEPT Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on
TABLEDi Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
MODEPT EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $
Input Data Blocks:

particular, PACABS and PACABR entries.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with
TABLEij references.
Parameter:
NOGOMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is

detected in the Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data
entries. NOGOMEPT should be checked before proceeding to the GP1
module.
2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP.
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
1426 MODGDN
Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements
MODGDN Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and

superelements
Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements.
Format:
MODGDN GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/
GEOM1P/
S,N,NOSEMAP $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
GEOM1P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for
p-elements and superelements.
Parameter:
NOEMAP Output-integer-default=0. Superelement map table flag. Set to -1 if

SEMAP does not exist.
Main Index
MODGM2 1427
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of
PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created
from fluid elements defined on the PSOLID Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MODGM2 EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1,GEOM4,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
GEOM2X,GEOM1X,GEOM2DCW,EPTX,MPTX/
S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/
S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2/
S,N,RGDEXIST/RIGID/ORIGID/S,N,NLRIGID/
LMFACT/PENFN/NONLNR/CWRANDEL/CWDIAGP/
CFRANDEL/CFDIAGP/S,N,NOEPT/S,N,NOMPT/SOFFSET/
CSRANDEL/CSDIAGP $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.

GEOM2 Table containing element connectivity Bulk Data entry records.
Output Data Block:
GEOM2X GEOM2 table related to axisymetric conical shell, hydroelastic,

acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic,
acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM2DCW GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements.
EPTX Copy of EPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
MPTX Copy of MPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
Main Index
1428 MODGM2
Parameter:
ACFLAG Integer-output-default=0. ACFLAG>0 indicates fluid elements:

0 No fluid elements.
1 Fluid elements.
2 Fluid/structure coupling.
OSWPPT Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld projection point
OSWELM Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld element identification
numbers.
NSWPPT Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld projection point
NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification
number.
SWEXIST Output-logical-no default. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to
TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
NOGOMGM2 Output-logical-no default. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set
to TRUE if an error is found.
RGDEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are
rigid elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
RIGID Input-character-default=’ ‘. Sub-method type for the combined
Lagrange and elimination method, ‘LAGR’, ‘LGEL’, or ‘LNEI’.
ORIGID Input-integer-default=0. Offset for rigid element Lagrange
multiplier identification numbers. Usually input by user
parameter.
NLRIGID Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides
system cell 377.
< 0 No nonlinear rigid element exists and use linear elimination.
= 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier
method is used to obtain the solution.
> 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the eliminaton method is
used to obtain the solution.
LMFACT Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier scale factor Usually
input by user parameter and overrides system cell 374.
Main Index
MODGM2 1429
PENFN Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier penalty function.

Usually input by user parameter and overrides system cell 375.
NONLNR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag.
Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
CWRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD
elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user
parameter.
CWDIAGP Input-character-default=’ ‘. Flag, if ‘YES’, to write diagonistics of
CWELD element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
CFRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST
parameter.
CFDIAGP Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of
CFAST element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
NOEPT Output-integer-default=-1. EPTX generation flag.
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
NOMPT Output-integer-default=-1. MPTX generation flag.
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
SOFFSET Input-real-default=100. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM
generated for the offsets.
CSRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM
parameter.
CSDIAGP Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagnostics of
CWSEAM element deletion. Usually input by user parameter
Remarks:
1. MODGM2 must appear after the IFP.
2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal
records in GEOM2X:
Main Index
1430 MODGM2
GEOM2 GEOM2X Record

Record Fluid Hyperelastic
CQUAD4 n/a QUAD4FD
CQUAD8 n/a QUAD8FD
CTRIA3 n/a TRIA3FD
CTRIA6 n/a TRIA3FD
CQUAD n/a QUADFD
CTRIAX n/a TRIAXFD
CQUADX n/a QUADXFD
CHEXA HEXPR HEXAFD
CPENTA PENPR PENTAFD
CTETRA TETPR TETRAFD
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
MODGM4 1431
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
MODGM4 Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD
records
Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD
Bulk Data entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records.
Format:
MODGM4 CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,EPT/
GEOM4P/
GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM/SWEXIST/
RGDEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
BGPDTM Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM4P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the
constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data
entries.
Parameters:
GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.

MODGM4 Output-logical-default=FALSE. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if
GEOM4M is updated.
Main Index
1432 MODGM4
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-no default. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1
NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification
number.
SWEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to
TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
RGDEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there re rigid
elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
Main Index
MODQSET 1433
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
MODQSET Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 records with q-set degrees-of-freedom

definition to account for the component modes computed for all superelements.
Format:
MODQSET GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4/
GEOM1W,GEOM2W,GEOM4W/
NOQSETT/QSETREC/QSETID $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1W GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid
superelement modes.
GEOM2W GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the non-
fluid superelement component modes.
GEOM4W GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the
fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid
superelement component modes.
Parameters:
NOQSETT Input-integer-default=0. Total number of component modes computed

for all superelements including the residual structure.
NOQSETF Input-integer-default=0. Number of component modes in the fluid
superelement.
QSETREC Input-integer-default=0. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-
freedom:
>=0: No records are written
=-1: SENQSET record to GEOM1W
Main Index
1434 MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
=-2: SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W

QSETID Input-integer-default=0. Starting q-set identification number for
QSETREC=-2.
Main Index
MODTRK 1435
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
MODTRK Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous

design cycle
Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design
cycle, identifies or tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors
to be consistent with the previous design cycle.
Format:
MODTRK CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF,
PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
attributes.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set.
PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior
design cycle output of MODTRK.
PHAREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior
design cycle output of MODTRK.
Output Data Blocks:
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the
new mode numbering.
LAMA1 Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking.
PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode
tracking.
Main Index
1436 MODTRK
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode
tracking.
PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for
mode tracking.
PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for
mode tracking.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.

NOTRACK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Mode tracking success flag. Set to
TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Remarks:
MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and
punches out updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode
positions.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP FEA:
DESITERP=DESITER-1 $
DBVIEW PHAREF0=PHAREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
DBVIEW PHGREF0=PHGREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
MODTRK CASEM,EDOM,LAMAS,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHSA,PHGREF0,PHAREF0/
MTRAKS,NEWLAMA,NEWPHG,NEWPHA,PHGREF,PHAREF/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Main Index
MODTRL 1437
Modify trailer
MODTRL Modify trailer
Modify data block trailer data.
Format:
MODTRL DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
DB Data block with trailer that is to be modified.
Parameters:
Pi Input-integer-default=-1. New value for i-th trailer word. See Remark

4.
Remarks:
1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the
corresponding word of the data block trailer to be replaced by the value of
the parameter.
2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that
generates the data block. For example:
ADD I1,I2/O1 $
MODTRL O1////6 $
EQUIVX Ol/O2/ALWAYS $
3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the
resulting matrix is unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and
ADD.
4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix
trailer is as follows:
Parameter Matrix Trailer

P1 Number of columns
P2 Number of rows
P3 Form
P5 Number of nonzero words
For matrices, P4 and P6 must be -1 or unspecified. See Examples 2 and 3.
Main Index
1438 MODTRL
Modify trailer
5. For table trailer contents, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2.
Examples:
1. To make KAA symmetric (form=6) (MPYAD will label it square (form=1)):
MPYAD GO,KOA,KAAB/KAA/1 $
MODTRL KAA////6/ $
2. In order to change the precision of a matrix, use ADD5. If the new precision
does not match the machine precision specify PUTSYS (newprecision,55)
before ADD5. For example, on a double-word machine:
• Single to double
ADD5 SINGLE,,,,/DOUBLE $
• Double to single
PUTSYS(1,55) $
ADD5 DOUBLE,,,,/SINGLE $
PUTSYS(2,55) $
3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert
real to complex and MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example,
• Real to complex
ADD REAL,/CMPLX//(0.,1.) $
• Complex to real
MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/REAL,/34 $
Main Index
MODUSET 1439
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET).
Format:
MODUSET EDITVEC,USET/
USETM/
USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under USETOP='FILTER'. See

Remark 2.
Output Data Block:
USETM Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
Parameters:
USETOP Input-character-default='UNION'. Name of desired operation.

UNION Combine SET0 and SET1 into MAJOR.
COMP0 Form SET0 from compelement of MAJOR and SET1.
COMP1 Form SET1 from compelement of MAJOR and SET0.
DELETE Remove degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
TURNON Add degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
COPY Copy degrees-of-freedom from SET0 to MAJOR.
EXPAND Extend uset length by USETADD.
MOVE Move SET0 degrees-of-freedom to MAJOR.
FILTER Remove degrees-of-freedom from USET that correspond to zero rows
in EDITVEC.
MAJOR Input-character-default='U3'. Name of the major set. The major set
must be larger then the subsets defined by SET0 and SET1.
SET0 Input-character-default='U2'. Name of the "zeros" subset of MAJOR.
SET1 Input-character-default='U1'. Name of the "ones" subset of MAJOR.
Main Index
1440 MODUSET
USETADD Input-integer-default=1. USET length extension. If

USETOP='EXPAND' then extend the size of the USET by this amount.
Remark:
1. EDITVEC may be purged if USETOP ≠ ′FILTER′ .
Examples:
1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3-
set and scalar degrees-of-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set.
SOL ...
COMPILE ...
ALTER ...
MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
SPOINT,1,THRU,10
USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5
USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10
2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will
contain the f-set.
MODUSET ,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $
MODUSET ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' / /'U2' $
MODUSET ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $
3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained
by GPSP into the sg-set.
COMPILE SEKR0
ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP
$ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3
MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $
EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $
TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/ $
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG
MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $
TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB
MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $
EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/
Main Index
MODUSET 1441
' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $

TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $
Main Index
1442 MONVEC
Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
MONVEC Forms monitor point rigid body vectors

Forms rigid body vectors for monitor points.
Format:
MONVEC  AEMONPT  ,  AEROCOMP  ,

    AEBGPDT , CSTMA /
 MONITOR   STRUCOMP 
SRKS $
Input Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points.

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-of-
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MONVEC3 1443
Process type 3 monitor points
MONVEC3 Process type 3 monitor points
Process type 3 monitor points.
Format:
MONVEC3 MP3LAB,STRUCOMP,BGPDT,CSTM,KDICT/
KDICT3*,MN3VEC* $
Input Data Blocks:
MP3LAB Table of monitor point type 3 labels.

Output Data Blocks:
KDICT3* Family of KDICT tables; one for each MONPNT3 entry.

MN3VEC* Family OF monitor point vectors; one for each MONPNT3 entry.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1444 MPP
Prints monitor point results
MPP Prints monitor point results
Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or
for any one UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV.
Format:
 MONITOR   MPSR   MPSER 

MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,   ,  ,   ,MPEU,
 AEMONPT   MPAR   MPAER 
MPSIR,MPSRP,MP2S,MPSERP,UXV,INDX//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:

MONITOR Monitor point table
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim
(excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding
MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
MPEU Elastic unrestrained loads on monitor points either at trim or across
ADB/AEDB.
MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MP2S Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim
applied loads.
UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB.
ADBINDX Index of ADB or AEDB.
Main Index
MPP 1445
Prints monitor point results
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:

MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
Examples:
1. Print structural monitor point loads at trim.
MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $
2. Print aerodynamic monitor point loads at trim.
MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $
Main Index
1446 MPPTRAN
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
MPPTRAN Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity.
Format:
MPPTRAN CASECC,MPDB,OL,MAT1,MAT2,MAT3,MAT4//MATTYPE/MONTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control specifications

MPDB Table of monitor point information
output list.
MATi Input matrices. See MATTYPE.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MATTYPE Input-character-default=’ ’. Input matrix type flag.

Value Input Matrix Description
’MONDSP1’ X1=Displacement matrix
X2 thru X4 are ignored and may be purged.

’MONPNT1’ X1=Inertia loads matrix
X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
MONTYPE Input-character-default=’ ’. Monitor point type.
’STRUCTUR ’ Structural monitor points
’AERODYNA’ Aerodynamic monitor points
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MPYAD 1447
Matrix multiply and add
MPYAD Matrix multiply and add
Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third
matrix to the product.
T
[ X ] = ±[ A ] [ B ] ±[ C ]
Format:
MPYAD A,B,C/X/
T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM/DODMP/DMPYIN/DMPYOUT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Left-hand matrix in the matrix product.

B Right-hand matrix in the matrix product.
C Matrix to be added to the product.
Output Data Block:
X Matrix product.
Parameters:
T Integer-input-default = 0. Transpose flag.

T = 1, perform [ A ]T [ B ]
T = 0, perform [ A ] [ B ]
T = 2, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A. Only

T
T = 3, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A. Only
SIGNAB Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of product flag.
SIGNAB = +1, perform [ A ] [ B ]

SIGNAB = -1, perform – [ A ] [ B ]
Main Index
1448 MPYAD
SIGNC Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of [ C ] flag.

SIGNC = +1, add [ C ]
SIGNC = -1, subtract [ C ]

PREC Integer-input-default = 0. Precision.
PREC = 1, element of [ X ] will be output in single precision.
PREC = 2, elements of [ X ] will be output in double precision.

PREC = 0, elements of [ X ] will be output in the precision of the
computer.
FORM Integer-input-default = 0. Form of [ X ] .
FORM = 0, form of [ X ] will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular).
DODMP Input-integer-default=0. Distributed memory parallel flag.
0: compute in serial (default)
1: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
2: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMPYIN Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input
matrices from master processor to slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix
from slave processor(s) to master processor.
Remarks:
1. If no matrix is to be added, [ C ] must be purged. [ A ] may be Form 3.
2. [ A ] and [ B ] may be the same data block, but both must be different from [ C ] .
3. If [ A ] or [ B ] ] is purged, and [ C ] is purged, then [X] is purged. [ A ] may not be
Form 3.
4. If [ A ] and/or [ B ] is purged, but [ C ] exists, the purged matrices are
equivalent to null matrices, and [X] will be output.
5. [ X ] may not be purged.
6. If the precision of the computer is double precision and B is single precision,
and Methods 1, 2, 3 are deselected, then PREC must be set equal to 1.
Main Index
MPYAD 1449
7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or
SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method
deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is described in Remark 11.) The
Deselection Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable a single
method or several methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the
defaults, then the method that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will
be selected. If all transpose methods are deselected, then T must be equal to
zero (default). If all nontranspose methods are deselected, then T must be
equal to 1.
MPYAD
Storage Keyword
Method
Technique Deselection
Value
1 Nontranspose 1 1
1 Transpose 1 2
2 Nontranspose --- 4
2 Transpose --- 8
3 Transpose --- 32
4 Transpose --- 128
1 Nontranspose A 256
1 Nontranspose B 512
1 Nontranspose C 1024
1 Nontranspose D 2048
1 Nontranspose E 4096
1 Nontranspose F 8192
1 Transpose A 16384
1 Transpose B 32768
1 Transpose C 65536
1 Transpose D 131072
Main Index
1450 MPYAD
• For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting

the sum of their Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN
MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from 255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2
Transpose and Nontranspose.
• For Method 1 Submethods (storage techniques), a combination of methods is
selected accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if
Nontranspose, and/or 2, if Transpose. This total is then subtracted from
262143. See examples below.
Example 1: If only Method l Nontranspose with storage techniques D,

E, and F are desired, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247806
(which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 1)).
Example 2: If Method 2 is also desired in Example 1, then NASTRAN
MPYAD=247794 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 +
4096 + 8192 + 8 + 4 + 1)).
8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD
keyword value may be set to select a single method while deselecting all
other methods and submethods. To select a single method, add 1048576 to
the selection value of the desired method shown in the table below. For
example, if Method 1 Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then
MPYAD = 1048586; computed from 1048576 + 10.
Storage Selection
Method
Submethod Value
1 Nontranspose 1 0
1 Transpose 1 1
2 Transpose --- 3
3 Transpose --- 5
4 Transpose --- 7
1 Nontranspose A 8
1 Nontranspose B 9
1 Nontranspose C 10
Main Index
MPYAD 1451
Storage Selection
Method
Submethod Value
1 Nontranspose D 11
1 Nontranspose E 12
1 Nontranspose F 13
1 Transpose A 14
1 Transpose B 15
1 Transpose C 16
1 Transpose D 17
If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a

printout of timing estimates for the other submethods may be requested by
adding 3145728 to the selection value above. Using the previous example,
MPYAD = 3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10.
9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or
SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes
the automatic selection of sparse methods if their CPU and I/O estimates are
lower than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the sparse
method is not desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6.
• In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its
value(s) below.
Sparse SPARSE Keyword

Method Value
Nontranspose 2
Transpose 4
Example 1: To force the sparse nontranspose method, then

specify SPARSE = 3, computed from 1 + 2.
Example 2: To force the sparse methods, then specify SPARSE
= 7, computed from 1 + 2 + 4.
Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned
off or deselected, and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero.
Main Index
1452 MPYAD
• The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all
modules which perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward
substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS, and SOLVE.
10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported
for the transpose option (T = 1), and will cause an “ILLEGAL INPUT” fatal
message. [A] can be transposed with the TRNSP module.
11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and
Transpose Storage C only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which is set to the number of
parallel processors (default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD
keyword must be set to one of the following values:
MPYAD Storage
Keyword Technique
1048592 Transpose C
1048588 Nontranspose E
192512 Both
Examples:
1. [ X ] = [ A ] ( [ B ] + [ C ] )
MPYAD A,B,C/X/ $
T
2. [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] – [ C ]
MPYAD A,B,C/X/1//-1/ $
3. [ X ] = – [ A ] [ B ]
MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $
Main Index
MRGCOMP 1453
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables
MRGCOMP Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables

Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables.
Format:
MRGCOMP COMP1,COMP2/
COMP/
COMPRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components.
Output Data Block:
COMP Merged table of components.
Parameter:
COMPRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE then components with

duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP.
Remark:
Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless
COMPRPLC is true.
Main Index
1454 MRGCSTM
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)
MRGCSTM Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)

Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM).
Format:
MRGCSTM CSTM1*,CSTM2*,CSTM3*,CSTM4*,CSTM5*/
CSTMX/S,N,NOCSTMX $
Input Data Blocks:
CSTMi* Family of CSTM tables.
Output Data Block:
CSTMX Merged table of CSTMi.
Parameter:
NOCSTMX Output-integer-default=0. CSTMX creation flag.

0 CSTMX not created
1 CSTMX created
Remark:
None.
Main Index
MRGMON 1455
Merges two monitor point tables
MRGMON Merges two monitor point tables

Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices.
Format:
MRGMON MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/
MON,SZR/
MONRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
MONi Monitor tables.

SZRi Associated monitor matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MON Merged monitor table.

SZR Merged monitor matrices.
Parameter:
L
MONRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE, then components with

duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON.
Remarks:
1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless
MONRPLC is true.
2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged.
3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist.
Main Index
1456 MSGHAN
Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
MSGHAN Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API.
Format:
MSGHAN //MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MSGNUM Input-integer-default=0. Message number.

MSGINP1 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGOUT Output-integer-default=0. Optional integer output.
Main Index
MSGSTRES 1457
Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
MSGSTRES Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
Computes grid point stresses, maximum and minimum stresses, and stress contour
plots based on fields generated by MSGMESH.
Format:
MSGSTRES FORCE,OES1X//
S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $
Input Data Blocks:
FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the

OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field
information.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PLTNUM Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.

NOMSGSTR Input-integer-default=0. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if
MSGSTRES execution is not desired.
Main Index
1458 MTRXIN
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices
Converts matrices input o DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
Format:
Form 1 -- Simplified (CASECC is purged).
 EQEXIN 
,,MATPOOL,   ,,/
 EQDYN 
MTRXIN
NAME1,NAME2,NAME3,NAME4,NAME5/
 LUSET 
  /S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/S,N,NONAME3/
 LUSETD 
S,N,NONAME4/S,N,NONAME5 $
Form 2 -- Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or
square) matrices (IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF).
 EQEXIN   
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,   ,,  /
 EQDYN   TFPOOL 
 K2GG,M2GG,B2GG 
  ,K42GG,A2GG /
 K2PP,M2PP,B2PP 
 LUSET 
  /S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/S,N,NOK42/
 LUSETD 
1 
S,N,NOA2/   $
0 
Form 3 -- Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2).
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/
P2G,,,,/
LUSET/S,N,NOP2G/////2 $
Form 4 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi,
and MATJIi.
Main Index
MTRXIN 1459
AEBGPDTK
 
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,, /
 AEBGPDTI 
MATK1 MATK2 MATK3

     
 MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,, /
 MATI1   MATI2   MATI3 
S,N,LKSET 3
   
 S,N,LJSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///  4  $
 S,N,LISET  5 
Form 5 -- Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by
MATNAMi, etc. input parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12).
 EQDYN   TFPOOL 
   
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,  EQEXIN  ,,   /
   
 EQEXIN   
 MATP1   MATP2   MATP3   MATP4   MATP5 

         
 MATG1 ,  MATG2  ,  MATG3  ,  MATG4  ,  MATG5  /
         
 RMATG         
 LUSETD 
 
 LUSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
 
 LUSET   10 
 
S,N,NOMAT4/S,N,NOMAT5/  11  /
 
 12 
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/MATNAM4/MATNAM5/
 TFLID 
 
  NFEXIT/MATID1/MATID2/MATID3/MATID4/MATID5 $
 
 
Form 6 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input
parameter values (IOPT=13 through 15).
Main Index
1460 MTRXIN
AEBGPDTK
 
MTRXI ,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,,/
N  AEBGPDTI 
MATK1 MATK2 MATK3
     
 MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,,/
 MATI1   MATI2   MATJ3 
S,N,LKSET 13
   
 S,N,LJSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///  14  /
 S,N,LISET   15 
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $
Input Data Blocks:

data).
TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference
degrees of freedom
Output Data Blocks:
NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries.

K2GG, etc. Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G Case Control
commands.
MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the
p-set.
Main Index
MTRXIN 1461
MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the g-
set.
RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have
an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries.
MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries.
MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:

g-set.
LUSETD Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
p-set.
NONAMEi Output-integer-default=-1. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi
is generated; -1 otherwise.
NOK2, etc. Output-integer-default=-1. K2GG, etc. generation flag. Set to +1 if
K2GG, etc. is generated; -1 otherwise.
IOPT Input-integer-default=0. Case Control command selection flag.
0 No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc.,
and TFL Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
1 K2GG, etc. Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
3 P2G Case Control command selection (see Form 3).
3 DMIK selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
4 DMIJ selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
5 DMIJI selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
10 K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see
Form 5).
11 K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see
Form 5).
12 P2G selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
13 DMIK selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
14 DMIJ selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
Main Index
1462 MTRXIN
15 DMIJI selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).

LKSET, Output-integer-default=0. Size of ks-set, js-set, and inteference
LJSET, js-set extracted from the AEBGPTK, AEBGPDTJ and AEBGPDTI tables.
LISET
NOMATi Output-integer-default=1. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is
generated; -1 otherwise.
MATNAMi Input-character-default=' '. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ,
DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
TFLID Input-integer-default=0. Transfer function set identification number.
TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.
NFEXIT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue
User Fatal Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix
is not found.
MATIDXi Input-integer-default=-1. Index to the current name in the SET
containing the DMIG names.
Remarks:
2. Form 1 is used to input matrices from DMIG entries named in the DMAP
statement output section. No Case Control commands are required.
3. Forms 2 and 3 are used to select the matrices with Case Control commands:
K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G. “-2GG” matrices are of
dimension g by g. “-2PP” matrices are of dimension p by p. The P2G matrix
has g-rows, with the number of columns determined by the several methods
used to input rectangular matrices described on the DMIG entry.
4. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN
module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement,
then the data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same
as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Examples:
1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2,
which reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP
instructions will generate these two matrices in matrix format, multiply
them together and print the result.
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$
IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $
Main Index
MTRXIN 1463
MPYAD M1,M2,/PRODUCT $
MATPRN PRODUCT//$
ENDIF $
2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which
reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and
DMAP instructions will generate these two matrices in matrix format and
add them to the structural mass and stiffness.
Case Control:
M2GG = MASS
K2GG = STIFF
DMAP instructions:
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/
LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $
IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $
ADD KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $
ADD MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF
Main Index
1464 NASSETS
Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1
NASSETS Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1
Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT)

sections, for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
NASSETS CASECC,ELSET,EDT/
SET/
MESHSET $
Input Data Blocks:

ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS
DEFINITION Section of Case Control.
Output Data Blocks:
SET Table of combined sets.
Parameter:
MESHSET Input-integer-default=0. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero,

then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.
Main Index
NDINTERP 1465
Nonlinear interpolator
NDINTERP Nonlinear interpolator
Nonlinear interpolator.
Format:
NDINTERP CONTVXV,CONTVX/
IFACT,CONTDIF/
NSUPD/MINNUSE/MAXNUSE/STOL $
Input Data Blocks:

CONTVXV Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns).
CONTVX Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows).
Output Data Blocks:
IFACT Interpolation factor vector (NV rows).

CONTVDIF Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).
Parameters:
NSUPD Input-integer-default=2. Number of states to use per dimension.

MINNUSE Input-integer-default=1. Absolute minimum number of states to use
for the interpolation.
MAXNUSE Input-integer-default=9999999. Absolute maximum number of states
to use for the interpolation.
STOL Input-real-default=1.E-02. State matching tolerance.
Main Index
1466 NEWUSET
Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
NEWUSET Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
Creates a USET table for the matrix-based ACMS (automatic component mode
synthesis) method.
Format:
NEWUSET COLOR,USET,SIL/USETN/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th
entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual) to which the i-th degree-of-
freedom belongs.
Output Data Blocks:
USETN USET with updated set membership.
Parameters:
Main Index
NLCOMB 1467
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
NLCOMB Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current
nonlinear analysis iteration.
Format:
NLCOMB CASECC,ESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM,UNUSED8,
MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT,APPLOD,DYNAMIC/
 SLT1 
ELDATA, ,GPTT1/
 DLT1 
NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP/NEWSTEP/TSTATIC/ $
Input Data Blocks:

EST Element summary table containing geometric and/or material
nonlinear elements.
KDICTNL KELMNL dictionary table.
BKDICT BKELM dictionary table.
PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior
subcase.
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the
current subcase.
UNUSED8 Not used and may be purged.
Main Index
1468 NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
Output Data Blocks:
ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data.

GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

LSTEP Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the
subcase level for static solutions.
LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
STATIC Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static
analysis and one for dynamic analysis.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag. Set to 1 for large
displacement analysis.
OSTEP Input-integer-default=0. Restart step number.
NEWSTEP Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
-1 Not a new STEP case.
1 New STEP case.
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia
and damping forces.
Main Index
NLHARM 1469
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
NLHARM Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space

Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space.
Format:
NLHARM HUDI,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,NLPART,NLFTAB,UNUSED6,DIT/
HPNLDIX,HDFDDIX,UNUSED3/
DFFLAG/UVAFLAG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/DELTA/FREQ/UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
HUDI Matrix of size dimension NLD*NN where NLD is the number of

nonlinear degrees-of-freedom in the d-set and NN = 2*NHARM + 1
= number of Fourier coefficients requested.
MFCDISP Matrix of size NNxM where NN is defined above and M is NN + E
and E is the number of extra evaluation points to reduce aliasing.
MFCVELO Same as MFCDISP above but its size is(NN-1)xM and its used to
compute the time domain velocity given the Fourier coefficients.
NLPART Partition vector created by ROTRUTL option that identifies the
nonlinear subset of the d-set.
NLFTAB Table created by ROTRUTL option 8 used to describe all nonlinear
applied loads
Output Data Blocks:
HPNLDIX Matrix of the Fourier components of the forces

HDFDDIX Matrix derivative HPNLDIX with size NG*NN by NG*NN
Parameters:
DFFLAG Input-integer-default=0. HDFDDIX compute flag.

>-1 Compute DFDX
-1 Do not compute DFDX
UVAFLAG Input-integer-default=0. UVA nonlinear flag.
Main Index
1470 NLHARM
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
UNUSED3 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.

DELTA Input-real-default=0.0. Centered difference in computing
HDFDDIX.
FREQ Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value on NLFREQ/NLFREQ1
records.
Main Index
NLICLOOP 1471
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
NLICLOOP Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400.
Format:
NLICLOOP CASECC,NLRSMP//STPPRV/S,N,ICLOOP $
Input Data Blocks:

NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
STPPRV Input-integer-default=0. The previous step identification number.

ICLOOP Output-integer-default=0. The output time step at the restart point:
=0 Cannot find initial condition's restart point.
<0 Continue from the last STEP case.
Main Index
1472 NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static

structural or steady state heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLITER CASECC ,CNVTST ,PLMAT ,YSMAT ,KAAL ,

ELDATA ,KELMNL ,LLLT ,GM ,MPT ,
DIT ,MGG ,SLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,
SIL ,USET ,RDEST ,RECM ,KGGNL ,
ULLT ,GPSNT ,EDT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,
DEQATN ,FENL ,EPT ,PCOMPT ,SLTNL /
UGNI ,FGNL ,ESTNLH ,CIDATA ,QNV ,
FFGH ,MUGNI ,MESTNL ,DUGNI ,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,FENL1 ,MDUGNI ,MDPSINI/
S,N,LOADFAC/S,N,CONV/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,POUTF/S,N,NSKIP/LGDISP/S,N,NLFLAG/S,N,ITERID/
S,N,KMATUP/S,N,LSTEP/S,N,KTIME/S,N,SOLCUR/TABS/
S,N,KFLAG/S,N,NBIS/NORADMAT/S,N,LASTCNMU/SIGMA/
S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSIGN/S,N,TWODIV/LANGLE/S,N,ITOPT/
S,N,ITSEPS/ITSMAX/S,N,PLSIZE/IPAD /IEXT /
S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/GPFORCE/GNLSTN /
UNUSED/K6ROT $
Input Data Blocks:

CNVTST Convergence test matrix.
PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.
KELMNL Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.
LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
Main Index
NLITER 1473
MGG Radiation matrix in g-size.

RDEST Radiation element summary table.
RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.
KGGNL Stiffness matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous
load step in nonlinear matrix format.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from
the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the
current and last load step.
Output Data Blocks:

FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration.
CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method.
Main Index
1474 NLITER
QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors.

FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output.
MUGNI Displacement matrix for stiffness update.
DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged
steps.
BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table.
FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format.
MDUGNI Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last converged
step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new
CQUADR/CTRIAR elements.
MDPSINI Table of incremental rotation parameters with respect to the last
converged step to be used for LANGLE=3.
Parameters:
LOADFAC Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the

load factor for the current iteration, having a fractional value
between 0 and 1.
CONV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence
flag.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
-1 Convergence has not been achieved.
RSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Controlled increments counter.
NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
NEWK Output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag.
Main Index
NLITER 1475

1 Update stiffness.
2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has
been reached.
POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if
intermediate output is not requested.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default.
On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated.
LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force
flag.
considered.
considered.
NLFLAG Output-integer-default=0.
ITERID Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration
count.
KMATUP Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness matrix update count
within the increment.
LSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step. The current iteration
step at the subcase level for static solutions.
KTIME Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is
positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the
stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the
last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the
stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.
SOLCUR Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear loop identification
number.
Main Index
1476 NLITER
KFLAG Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to

update stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and
CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness update. See
Remark 6.
NBIS Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.
NORADMAT Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag.
-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation.
1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity.
2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity.
3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.
LASTCNMU Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of the arc-
length load factor.
ARCLG Input/output-real-default=1.0. The arc length at the last converged
step.
ARCSGN Input/output-integer-default=1. The sign of PDD P at the
beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts in the post-
buckling region.
TWODIV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis divergence
flag.
0 No previous divergence on this load step.
1 One previous divergence on this load step.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
ITOPT Input-integer-default=0. Preconditioner method for iterative solver.
See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.
ITSEPS Input/output-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence
parameter epsilon for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0
for convergence and 1 for no convergence.
Main Index
NLITER 1477
ITSMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for

iterative solution method.
PLSIZE Input/output-integer-default=0. Size of the load matrix. Compared
to the size of load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect
boundary condition changes in the current subcase. Boundary
condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method.
IPAD Input-integer-default=0. Padding level for reduced incomplete
Cholesky factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module
description.
IEXT Input-integer-default=0. Extraction level for reduced incomplete
Coolest factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module
description.
ADPCON Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for
adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if
positive.
PBCONT Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.
NBCONT Output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline
contact.
GPFORCE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of columns in FENL. If
GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE
command is present.
GNLSTN Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually
0 Small strain.
1 Green strain.
K6ROT Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for
Remarks:
1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are
necessary to attain an equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces.
NLITER calculates nonlinear forces and follower forces which are used to
obtain new displacements until a converged solution is found, or a new
stiffness matrix is necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary.
Main Index
1478 NLITER
2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the

iterative solver only. Otherwise it may be purged.
3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise
they may be purged.
4. ULLT is required only for unsymmetric stiffness. Otherwise it may be
purged.
5. TABS is required for creep analysis.
6. KFLAG is further explained below:
-1 Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or

solution had not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been
made. A new stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection.
1 Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new
stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection.
Main Index
NLRSLOOP 1479
Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.

Format:
NLRSLOOP CASECC,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/RSSUBC/RSSTEP/RSTIME/
S,N,SOLCURR/S,N,STEPCUR/S,N,SUBCUR/
S,N,STEPCURL/S,N,STIMER/S,N,NSKIPR/
S,N,SOLPREL/S,N,LOOPIDL/S,N,NEWSTEP/
S,N,STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Parameters:
RSSUBC Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously

executed subcase.
RSSTEP Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously
executed step.
RSTIME Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed
load increment in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).
SOLCURR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time
step at the restart point.
STEPCUR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at
the restart point.
SUBCUR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at
the restart point.
STEPCURL Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the previous
STEP case from the restart point.
STIMER Output-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
Main Index
1480 NLRSLOOP
NSKIPR Output-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases

from the restart point.
SOLPREL Output-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.
LOOPIDL Output-integer-no default. Last output loop identification number.
NEWSTEP Output-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
1 New STEP case.
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and
TIME=0.0.
STIMES Output-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
Main Index
NLRSMAP 1481
Creates the nonlinear restart map
NLRSMAP Creates the nonlinear restart map
Creates the nonlinear restart map.
Format:
NLRSMAP CASEXX,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/UNUSED/UNUSED/
STIMER/SOLCURR/STEPCUR/SUBCUR/
NSKIPR/SOLPREL/NEWSTEP/STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step augmented with the
current output time step.
Parameters:
UNUSED Input-integer-no default. Unused and may be unspecified.

STIMER Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
SOLCURR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step
at the restart point.
STEPCUR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the
restart point.
SUBCUR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the
restart point.
NSKIPR Input-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from
the restart point.
SOLPREL Input-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.
NEWSTEP Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
1 New STEP case.
Main Index
1482 NLRSMAP
Creates the nonlinear restart map
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and time=0.0.
STIMES Input-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1483
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response
Solves nonlinear static and transient response with an adaptive time increment for a
given iteration.
Format:
NLSOLV CASEXX ,PPN ,YS ,ELDATA ,KELMNL ,

KPP ,GMNE ,MPT ,DIT ,KFEFE ,
DLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,SIL ,USETD ,
BFEFE ,MFEFE ,NLFT ,RDEST ,RECM ,
BPP ,GPSNT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,DEQATN ,
MPP ,MBSP ,MBFEP ,MMP ,GMFE ,
GMS ,RSPTQS ,RMPTQM ,GEOM4 ,KTPP ,
YVELO ,YACCE ,GPTT1 ,EPT ,TMLDS ,
ROTORT ,BGPP* ,KVCPP* /
UPN ,IFS ,ESTNLH ,IFP ,OESNL ,
PPL ,TEL ,MUPVNL ,MESTNL ,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,OESNLB1 ,FMV ,QPV ,DUPV ,
RPV ,GEOM4CN ,KFRIC ,UNUSED1 ,UNUSED2 ,
UNUSED3 ,UNUSED4 ,LTF ,UTF ,PNLT ,
IFST ,PPLT ,UPNT ,FMVT ,ESTNL0 ,
MESTNL0 ,UPNL0 ,FENL1 /
KRATIO /S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWS/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
ITIME0 /S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUP/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/
MAXLP /TSTATIC /LANGLE /NDAMP /TABS /
SIGMA /NORADMAT /S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/
CONT3D /S,N,MNEWK/S,N,NLOFLAG/NLATYPE/FKSYMFAC/
RSTFLG /NLPACK /GPFORCE /GNLSTN /MSCHG /
K6ROT /WTMASS /TSTATIC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

PPN Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
KPP Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
GMNE Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.
Main Index
1484 NLSOLV

KFEFE Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.
BFEFE Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance
matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.
MFEFE Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
BPP Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements
only.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN.
MPP Mass matrix in the p-set.
MBSP Updated mass matrix (s-set).
MBFEP Updated mass matrix (fe-set by p-set).
MMP Mass matrix (m-set by p-set).
GMS Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.
RSPTQS Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.
RMPTQM Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.
KTPP Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1485
YVELO Matrix of enforced velocities.

YACCE Matrix of enforced accelerations.
GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
TMLD Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.
BGPP* Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
KCVPP* Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
UPN Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis in the p-set.

IFS Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
IFP Matrix of element forces at the previous time step.
PPL Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each
output time step.
TEL Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.
MUPN Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for
matrix update.
MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table for matrix update.
OESNLB1 Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.
FMV Nonlinear element forces at m-set.
QPV Nonlinear constraint forces.
DUPV Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit.
RPV Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.
GEOM4CN Updated constraints for 3D contact.
Main Index
1486 NLSOLV
KFRIC Frictional stiffness for 3D contact.

UNUSEDi Unused and may be unspecified.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
PNLT Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step (for
transient analysis only).
IFST Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps (for transient analysis only).
PPLT Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended
from each output time step (for transient analysis only).
UPNT Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output
time step (for transient analysis only).
FMVT Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only).
ESTNL0 Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step.
MESTNL0 Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase.
UPNL0 Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.
FENL1 Matrix of strain energy and grid point force at every element at the last
converged load step
Parameters:
KRATIO Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for

time step adjustment.
CONV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence
flag. On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
1 convergence has been achieved.
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On inital input, starting time step
and on output, accumulated time used for restarts.
NEWS Output-integer-default=0. New STEP case flag.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1487
-1 Current STEP case has not been completed.

1 Current STEP case has been completed.
NEWK Input/output-integer-default=0. Stiffness update flag.
>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive
time steps which have shown divergence. If this number
reaches 5, the solution process is terminated.
OLDDT Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the
previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or
subcase switch.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for the
current STEP case, set to 0 at the beginning of the STEP case.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement and follower force
flag.
considered.
considered.
CONSEC Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to
10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the
number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If
CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.
ITERID Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
ITIME0 Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a current
STEP case.
KTIME Input/output-integer-default=0. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is
positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness
update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit
from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update
time from the last stiffness update.
LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last
stiffness update at:
> Previous converged solution.
Main Index
1488 NLSOLV
< At an intermediate iteration of the current time step.

=1 At the last iteration.
NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to
continue or -1 to terminate.
MAXLP Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element
relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore
inertia and damping forces.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Left rotation vector.
3 Right rotation vector.
NDAMP Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.
-2 No radiation.
adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if
positive.
NBCONT Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to
slideline contact.
CONT3D Input-integer-default=-1. 3D contact flag.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1489
<0 No.
>-0 Yes.
MNEWK Input/output-integer-default=1. Matrix update flag for 3D contact.
NLOFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Output control flag.
On input:
<0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the
output-only information before exiting.
>=0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
=0 No
>=1 Yes
NLATYPE Input-character-default=' '. Type of nonlinear analysis.
'NLTR' Nonlinear transient
'NLST' Nonlinear statics
'LNST' Linear statics
FKSYMFAC Input-real-default=1.0. Follower stiffness symmetry actor tolerance.
RSTFLG Input-integer-default=-1. Restart flag.
<=0 Cold start
= 1 Restart
NLPACK Input-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.
<=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before
processing the output procedure.
> 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in
each STEPcase before output procedure.
GPFORCE Input-integer-no default. The number of columns in FENL. If
GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE
command is present.
GNLSTN Input-integer-no default. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually
0 Small strain
Main Index
1490 NLSOLV
1 Green strain
MSCHG Input-integer-default=-1. Boundary condition change flag.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia
and damping forces.
Main Index
NLTRD 1491
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to

dynamic structural analysis only.
Format:
NLTRD CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD,
ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT,
DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,
SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT,
KSGG,DITID/
ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL/
BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/
TABS/LANGLE $
Input Data Blocks:

PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.
LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
Main Index
1492 NLTRD

AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the
negative of the time step delta.
AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the
reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time
step delta, respectively.
KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material
nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.
Output Data Blocks:
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps.
IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.
Parameters:
BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.

CONV Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
Main Index
NLTRD 1493
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and

on output, accumulated time used for restarts.
NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time
steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the
solution process is terminated.
subcase switch.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for
subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase.
LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag.
considered.
1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number
of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5,
then solution process is terminated.
ITERID Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
MU Input/output-real-default=0.0. The magnitude of the last g-set
displacement matrix.
Main Index
1494 NLTRD

stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the
CGAP element during the iteration.
NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue
or -1 to terminate.
NOTIME Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left
for further iterations but enough time to perform data recovery.
TABS Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example,
set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in
Fahrenheit.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL
Bulk Data entry. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT".
2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals.
Use NLTRD2.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time
steps during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the
subcase it also contains acceleration for the output time steps.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1495
NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to

dynamic structural or transient heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLTRD2 CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL,
KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD,
DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD,
BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM,
BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN,
ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,TMLD,UNUSED1,UNUSED2,RDG,PSFL/
ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV,
BTOPSTF,OESNLB1,MPTTC,LTF,UTF/
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP /S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/
MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/
SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/FKSYMFAC/WTMASS/NOUDCMP $
Input Data Blocks:

PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set.
Main Index
1496 NLTRD2

BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat
capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.
MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements
only.
UNUSED1 Unused and may be unspecified.
UNUSED2 Unused and may be unspecified.
PSFL Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear transient
analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFS Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1497

MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set
from the previous subcase.
MPTTC MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
Parameters:
KRATIO Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for

time step adjustment.
CONV Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and
on output, accumulated time used for restarts.
NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
Main Index
1498 NLTRD2
>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time

steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5,
the solution process is terminated.
subcase switch.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for
subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase.
LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag.
considered.
10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the
number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If
CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.
ITERID Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
ITIME Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase.
stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the
CGAP element during the iteration.
NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to
continue or -1 to terminate.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia
and damping forces.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1499

1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
NDAMP Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.
-2 No radiation.
adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.
NBCONT Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to
slideline contact.
FKSYMFAC Input-real-default=0.0. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance.
NOUDCMP Input-integer-default=-1. Solution matrix decomposition flag.
-1 Solution matrix will be decomposed.
1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed.
Main Index
1500 NLTRD2
Remarks:
1. NLTRD2 utilizes an automatic method of time integration to compute
solutions to nonlinear transient problems (METHOD="ADAPT" on the
TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry). NLTRD2 performs the time increment and the
vector iteration steps until convergence has been attained. NLTRD2 uses line
search and quasi-Newton vector techniques when appropriate.
2. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". NLTRD supports only
METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time
steps during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the
subcase it also contains acceleration for the output time steps. For thermal
analysis, the displacements, velocity and accelerations are temperature,
enthalpy, and the enthalpy time derivative.
Main Index
NLTRLG 1501
Produces time independent load vector
NLTRLG Produces time independent load vector
Produces time independent components of the nonlinear transient load vector.
Format:
NLTRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,GMD,GOD,
PHDH,EST,MPT,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PDT,TMLD,DLT1/TABS $
Input Data Blocks:

GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by
ne-set.
GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-
set by d-set.
effects
damping effects
Main Index
1502 NLTRLG
Produces time independent load vector

effects
Output Data Blocks:
PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
Parameter:

Main Index
NORM 1503
Normalize a matrix
NORM Normalize a matrix
To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root
of the sum of the squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS).
Format:
NORM A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/
S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
ANORM Normalized matrix.
Parameters:
NCOL Number of columns in A.

NROW Integer-output-default=0. Number of rows in A.
XNORM Real-output-default=0.0. Maximum absolute normalizing value over
all columns.
IOPT Integer-input-default=1. Normalization option.
1 Normalize by largest element.
2 Compute SRSS.
XNORMD Real double precision-output-default=0.D0. Same as XNORM except
in double precision.
PRTSWM Logical-input-default=TRUE. If PRTSUM=FALSE, System Warning
Message 6991 is suppressed. This message is printed when the
maximum term exceeds the single precision limit for the machine type.
When it is TRUE the message is printed.
Remarks:
1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been
normalized by its maximum absolute value.
2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of
the magnitudes of the terms in the i-th row of A.
Main Index
1504 NORM
Normalize a matrix
Examples:
1. Normalize PHIG so that the maximum deflection is 1.0 (or -1.0):
NORM PHIG/PHIG1 $
2. Compute complex eigenvectors that have been normalized such that the
product [ CPHG ] T [ CPHG ] produces a square matrix with off-diagonal terms of
computational zero, and complex diagonal terms whose magnitude is unity.
TRNSP CPHG/CPHGT $
NORM CPHGT/CX2////2 $
MATMOD CX2,,,,,/INORM22,/28 $ DIAGONALIZE
DIAGONAL INORM22/NORM22/'WHOLE'/-1.0 $ INVERT
MPYAD CPHG,NORM22,/CPHGNORM $ NORMALIZE
MPYAD CPHGNORM,CPHGNORM,/N22/1 $ SHOULD BE IDENTITY IN MAGNITUDE
DIAGONAL N22/N22MAG/'WHOLE'/1.0 $ FIND MAGNITUDES
Main Index
NSMEPT 1505
Modifies element properties
NSMEPT Modifies element properties

Modifies element properties table from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Format:
NSMEPT ECT,EPT,BGPDT/NEWEPT/S,N,NEWEPT $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
NEWEPT EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Parameters:
NEWEPT Output-integer-default=0. NEWEPT creation flag.

0 No.
-1 Yes.
Main Index
1506 OFP
Output file processor
OFP Output file processor
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented,

self-explanatory formats.
Format:
OFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,
CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,UNUSED//
UNUSED/ODCODE/PVALID/OCID $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark 2.
BGPDTVU Basic grid point definition table for a superelement and related to
geometry with view-grids added.
loop.
DIT Table of TABLEDi Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED Unused and may be left unspecified.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
UNUSED Input/output-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

ODCODE Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. See Remark 4.
ODCODE overrides the code stored in the DBi's according to the
following table:
ODCODE Output Directed to:
1 Print
2 Plot
Main Index
OFP 1507
3 Print and Plot

4 Punch
5 Print and Punch
6 Plot and Punch
7 Print, Plot, and Punch
PVALID Input-integer-default=0. p-element adaptivity loop identification

number.
OCID Input-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification
number in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1
based on user output requests.
1 Displacements.
2 Applied loads.
3 Apcforces and mpcforces.
7 Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.
2. DMAP modules READ (LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMX), CEAD (CLAMA
and OCEIGS), and LAMX (LAMB) are matrix operation modules that
prepare OFP formatted data blocks. Modules SDR2, SDR3, VDR, ADR,
CURV, DDRMM, DRMH3, ELFDR, GPFDR, GPWG, LAMX, MDATA,
SDRCOMP, SDRX, and SDRHT also prepare OFP formatted data blocks.
3. Parameter ODCODE is not honored by data blocks LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX,
CLAMA, and OGPWG, which are created by READ, CEAD, LAMX, and
GPWG.
4. CSTM, EHT, BGPDTVU, and ERROR1 are required if p-elements are
specified and only for data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data
entry is present and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress,
strain, etc.
Main Index
1508 OFP
Example:
Print the OUG1 table from the SDR2 module:
OFP OUG1/ $
Main Index
OPTGP0 1509
p-element analysis preprocessor
OPTGP0 p-element analysis preprocessor
Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis.
Format:
OPTGP0 GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,
DEQATN,DEQIND/
EDOMM/
DELG $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
optimization.
Output Data Block:
EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and

optimization updated for p-element analysis.
Parameter:
DELG Input-real-default=0.1. Scale factor on perturbed length.
Remark:
OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level
for both the GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the
grid-n points (a point on an FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable
number of degrees-of-freedom).
Main Index
1510 ORTHOG
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
ORTHOG Generates orthonormal set of vectors
Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example,
orthogonalize with respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix.
Format:
ORTHOG A,M/
Q,R/
ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
A Rectangular matrix of m columns (vectors) by n rows to be

orthogonalized where m<n.
M Weighting matrix: symmetric and positive definite.
Output Data Blocks:
Q Rectangular matrix of orthogonalized vectors.

R Rectangular matrix whose m by m upper triangle contains an
intermediate factor of the process.
Parameters:
ORTHOPT Input-integer-default=1. Orthogonalization method.

1 and M is purged, then perform Householder Orthogonalization.
2 or M is not purged, then perform Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt
method. If ORTHOPT=2 and M is purged then an identity matrix
will be created for M.
ORTHCON Input-integer-default=1. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination
flag or Householder partitioning vector generation flag.
For Householder:
0 R contains the upper triangular matrix.
1 R contains the partitioning vector.
For Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination:
0 Exit the program if M is not at least a positive semi-definite
matrix.
R is not used and may be purged.
Main Index
ORTHOG 1511
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
1 Let R ii = – R ii and continue if M is not at least a positive semi-

definite matrix. R contains the partitioning vector
ORTHEPS Output-real-no default. Level of orthogonality. ORTHEPS is the
largest lower triangular term of the matrix R and is computed with
the Householder method.
ORTHREPT Input-real-default=0.707. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt algorithm
repeat flag. The default is approximately the square root of 0.5.
ORTHTOL Input-real-default=0.0. Linear dependence tolerance. By default,
ORTHTOL is set to the square root of the minimum machine value.
Remark:
1. ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors [ Q ] from a given set of vectors
[A] such that:
[A ] = [Q ][R ]
and if [ M ] ] is not given: [ Q ]T [ M ] [ Q ] = [ I ]

or if [ M ] is not given: [ Q ] T [ Q ] = [ I ]
where [ I ] is an identity matrix.
2. ORTHOG cannot orthogonalize complex matrices. If a complex matrix is input
then a fatal message is issued. SubDMAP ONORM can orthogonalize complex
matrices which is described under "General Enhancements for Orthogonalizing
Complex Vectors" on page 149 of the MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide.
Main Index
1512 OUTPRT
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
OUTPRT Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning
vectors
Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data
recovery.
Format:
OUTPRT CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,VGFD,
CASEDS,TABEVP,TABEVS,MMCDB,OINT,PELSET,EDT/
PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD,PVMCFR/
S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT $
Input Data Blocks:

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary,
heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to frequency-dependent elements.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and
Main Index
OUTPRT 1513

iterative solver. This module is processes MONPNT3 and SET1
records only.
Output Data Blocks:
PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-

freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands:
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS,
STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE,
EDE, GPKE.
PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE
PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE
PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied.
PVMCFR Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MCFRACTION Case Control command.
Parameters:
SDRMETH Output-integer-no default. Data recovery method flag:

-1 Sparse data recovery.
0 Full (or standard) data recovery.
1 No data recovery is requested or required.
NOSE Input-integer-default=0.
Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement
presence flag.
SDROVR Input-character-default='AUTO'. Override for data recovery method
flag, SDR:
Main Index
1514 OUTPRT
AUTO Choose full or sparse data recovery based on SDRDENS.

FULL Choose full data recovery.
SPARSE Choose sparse data recovery.
SDRDENS Input-integer-default=0. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the
density of PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then
choose full data recovery.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
ADPTEXIT Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final
adaptivity loop.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1515
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or
“neutral”) file for user postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into
another MD Nastran run.
Format:
OUTPUT2 DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,CASECC//
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5/
HNAME1/HNAME2/HNAME3/HNAME4/HNAME5/PROCID $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block (table or matrix) name to be output. DBi cannot be a
factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). Any or all of the input
data blocks may be purged.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images, specifically for POST
command processing.
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. ITAPE is used to select the file positioning

option as follows:
+n Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has
no label).
0 Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is
the first use, no label is written.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before writing and label file.
-3 Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the
last data block on IUNIT (file must have a label).
-9 Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and
as last I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on
which the data blocks are to be written. IUNIT=0 is not
recommended. See Remark 7.
LABL Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is used for file
identification. The label is written only if ITAPE=-1 and is checked
only if ITAPE=-3.
Main Index
1516 OUTPUT2
MAXR Input-integer-default=2 * BUFFSIZE words. Maximum physical

record size. (See Remarks.)
NDDLNAMi Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1
through DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding
NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'. (See Remarks.)
HNAMEi Output-character-default=’ ‘. Data block name to written into the
header for DBi on the FORTRAN unit.
PROCID Input-integer-default=1. Processor ID which is authorized to write to
IUNIT. Used only in distributed memory parallel (DMP) runs.
Remarks:
1. A data block (table or matrix) consists of logical records:
• In matrices, each column is contained in one logical record. Each record
begins with the row position of the first nonzero term in the column followed
by the first through the last nonzero term in the column.
• In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are
described in “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2.
2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data
block and KEYs that are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each
physical record of data is separated by one-word records called KEYs. The
KEYs will indicate one of the following depending on its location in the
binary file:
KEY Description
>0 The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the
start of a new logical record.
0 End-of-File (data block) (EOF) or End-of-Data (EOD).
<0 End-of-Logical record (EOR) or a null column. The absolute
value indicates the logical record number.
3. The End-of-Data (EOD) follows the last end-of-file (data block) written to the
binary file.
4. If possible, each logical record of the data block will be written to one
physical record of the FORTRAN binary file. However, the length of a logical
record may exceed the maximum length of a physical record (see MAXR
parameter). If this occurs, then the logical record will span more than one
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1517
physical record. In other words, the logical record will be written to the first
physical record followed by a positive KEY record, which indicates a
continuation of the logical record and the length of the subsequent second
physical record.
5. The OUTPUT4 module performs similar operations on matrices, but not
tables. It is simpler to use and is the recommended method for matrix output.
6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks.
7. The “ASSIGN” on page 43 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS
statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a
proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. Refer to the “Making File
Assignments” on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations
Guide.
8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR
which has a default that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the
value specified for MAXR should not exceed the maximum allowable record
size for the receiving disk device. See the “Keywords” on page 288 of the MD
Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for the maximum allowable
values.
9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED on the
ASSIGN FMS statement (associated with OUTPUT2 parameter IUNIT), then
MAXR and NDDLNAMi are interpreted as follows:
MAXR Represents the maximum physical record size (in words)

on the target machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted
file after it has been converted from neutral to binary via
the MSC-supplied conversion utility RCOUT2.
NDDLNAMi Correlates the DMAP data block name with the
corresponding NDDL-defined name. If this parameter is
left blank, then the corresponding DMAP name (DB1
through DB5) is assumed to be the NDDL-defined name.
The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for
OUTPUT2 neutral file formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL.
AXIC GEOM1 GPLS OEIGS OESNL2 OQG2

CASES GEOM1Q LAMA OEP OESNLX OSTR1
CLAMA GEOM2 MATPOOL OES1 OGPWG OSTR2
CSTMS GEOM2S MPT OES1C OGS1 OUGV1
Main Index
1518 OUTPUT2
DIT GEOM3 MPTS OES1X OPG1 OUGV2

DYNAMIC GEOM3S OEF1 OES1X1 OPG2 PSDF
S
EPT GEOM4 OEF1X OES2 OPNL1 PVT
EPTS GEOM4S OEF2 OESNL1 OQG1 USET
FOL GPDTS
In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral
formatted. If a matrix is not an NDDL data block, then the
NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should be used. For example, to write the matrix
MYMATRIX use
OUTPUT2 MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $
Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the
transfer of the OUTPUT2-generated files between different machine types.
See “RCOUT2” on page 240 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and
Operations Guide for a discussion of this transfer process and the MSC-
supplied conversion utility RCOUT2.
10. The following formats describe each physical record. Note that the following
formats depend on the value of system cell 403 (NASTRAN statement
keyword OP2NEW).
Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1)
Physical
Record Length Contents Description
Number
1 1 KEY = 3
2 KEY Date (3 words, month-day-year)
-- integer
3 1 KEY = 7
4 KEY NASTRAN Header (7 words*, One Logical Record
Character-A4)
*Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID,
Word 6 = COD, Word 7 = E
5 1 KEY = 2
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1519
Physical
Number
6 KEY LABEL (2 words, Character-A4
= LABL)
If OP2NEW = 0:
7 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
8 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Label
If OP2NEW = 1:
7 1 KEY = 3
8 KEY Nastran Program Version (3
words, Major, Minor, Round,
Character A4)
9 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
10 1 KEY = 0 (EOF)
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 0

‘
Physical
Number
9 1 KEY = 2
10 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, Header: Logical.
Character-A4) Record1 of Data Block
11 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
12 1 KEY = 7
13 KEY NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, Trailer: Logical
integer) Record 2 of Data Block
14 1 KEY = -2 (EOR)
15 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)
16 1 KEY = 0
Main Index
1520 OUTPUT2
Physical
Number
17 1 KEY = 2. Logical Record
18 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, 3 of Data Block
Character-A4) and data (if any)
19 1 KEY=-3 (EOR).
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 1
Physical
Number
11 1 KEY = 2
12 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, Header: Logical.
Character-A4) Record1 of Data Block
13 1 KEY = 3
14 KEY Nastran Program Version (3
words, Major, Minor, Round,
Character A4)
15 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
16 1 KEY = 7
17 KEY NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, Trailer: Logical
integer) Record 2 of Data Block
18 1 KEY = -2 (EOR)
19 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)
20 1 KEY = 0
21 1 KEY = 2. Logical Record
22 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, 3 of Data Block
Character-A4) and data (if any)
23 1 KEY=-3 (EOR).
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1521
Format for Tables (Records 20 through n)
Physical
Record
Number
Length Contents Description
OP2NEW
0 1
20 24 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record
4 of Table
21 25 KEY Next Logical Record Type=0 for
table record
22 26 1 KEY > 0
23 27 KEY Data
24 28 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)***
25 29 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record
5 of Table
26 30 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0
27 31 1 KEY > 0
28 32 KEY Data
29 33 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)**
. . Repeat Physical Records 25-29 (or Additional
29-33) for Additional Records in Records of
. .
Table Table
. .
n-7 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Last Logical
Record of
n-6 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0
Table
n-5 1 KEY > 0
n-4 KEY Data
n-3 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)**
n-2 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) If Last “Next
Logical Record
n-1 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0
Type" = 0, then
n 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End-of-Table
* *If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical
records 22, 23, and 24 (or 26, 27, and 28) will be repeated as many times as necessary
to complete the column or logical record.
Main Index
1522 OUTPUT2
Format for Matrices (Records 20 or 24 though n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0 1
20 24 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record)
21 25 KEY Next Logical Record Type Logical Record 4
1 : matrix column (string records) of Matrix=first
2 : factor matrix column
3 : factor matrix
22 26 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero First Column
terms in next string in word unit First String
Record
23 27 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by
non-zero terms
24 28 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero First Column
terms in next string in word unit Second String
Record
25 29 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by
non-zero terms.
Repeat String Records 22-23 for
Additional Strings in Column
n-2 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero First Column
terms in next string in word unit Last String
Record
n-1 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by
non-zero terms.
n 1 KEY<0 (EOR) End of First
Column
Repeat Column/String Records
20 through n for additional
columns in matrix if a column is
null there is no String Record for
that column
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1523
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0 1
n 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) Null Column
Main Index
1524 OUTPUT2
Physical
Number
n+1 KEY Next Logical Record Type
(See Record 21 above)
n+2 1 KEY<0 (EOR) End of Null
Column
m-5 1 KEY > 0 Number of non-zero Last Column Last
terms in next string in word unit String Record
m-4 KEY+1 First non-zero row, followed by
non-zero terms
m-3 1 KEY<0 End of Last
Column
m-2 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical
record)TD>
m-1 KEY Next Logical Record type=0 If Last "Next
Logical Record
Type" = 0
m 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Matrix
Format for Tables and Matrix-End-of-Data
Physical
Number
n+1 1 If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 End-of-Data
(EOD)
11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the
utility ("util") directory; see “Building and Using TABTST” on page 273 of
the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.
IOPEN Once per FORTRAN unit.

IHEADR Once per data block.
IREAD As many times as desired.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1525
These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in
machine-independent FORTRAN.
Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are:
• Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while
becoming familiar with the formats.
• User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries.
• Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode.
Major limitations include:
• Matrices cannot be processed in this manner.
• Multiple FORTRAN units cannot be simultaneously processed.
• BACKSPACE operations are not permitted.
Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines.
Entry
Description
Point
IOPEN Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (MD Nastran).
Format:
CALL IOPEN(IUN,L)
where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be
read.
L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on
the unit (L comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call).
Method:
IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are
checked. A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX
= XXXX.
Main Index
1526 OUTPUT2
Entry
Description
Point
IHEADR Processes the data block name and trailer.
Format:
CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T)
where IUN = As described in IOPEN.
NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block
trailer in words two through seven. Word one contains the location in
the DMAP call (101,102, etc.)
Method:
IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also
skips the data block header (which unfortunately may contain data for
some/few data blocks). IHEADR must be called for each data block
either immediately after IOPEN or after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.
12. Starting with MSC.Nastran 2004 the OUTPUT2 file transport format has
been enhanced to better delineate the content to allow external applications
to identify version and stride values for IFP class datablocks. The new MD
Nastran keyword for either the NASTRAN statement or RC file inclusion is
OP2NEW and is linked to system cell 403. This is an integer value with a
default of one (1), indicating that the new transport format is used. A value
of zero (0) removes all version information and IFP locate word changes
from the transport file. Modification for version occurs both in the Label
Record and within the Data Block Name record. For more details, see
“Modifications to OUTPUT2 (INPUTT2) Transport Formats” on page 570
of the MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide and this guide.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1527
Entry
Description
Point
IREAD Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a
physical) manner.
Format:
CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN)
where IUN is as described in IOPEN.
ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted.
NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be
transmitted. If NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is
negative, the words will be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is
greater than the number of words remaining, the remaining words are
processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is set to this number and
IRTN is set to 1.
IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the
logical record. If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously
processed until an end-of-record return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH
= 1, the remaining data (if any) at the conclusion of IREAD, in the
current logical record, is skipped.
NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words
transmitted or skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD.
IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return
from IREAD.
IRTN = 0 Normal return.
IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY
words.
IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block.
Method:
OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records
are, at most, 2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is
maintained and data is transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the
ARRY array. If the MD Nastran logical record spans several physical
FORTRAN records these are transparent (no end-of-record returns) to
the user.
Main Index
1528 OUTPUT4
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
Write matrices in ASCII or binary format onto a FORTRAN readable file.
Format:
OUTPUT4 M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIGITS $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15).
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before
OUTPUT4 starts to write any matrices as follows:
ITAPE ACTION
0 None.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before Write.
-2 End File and Rewind IUNIT after Write.
-3 Both.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The absolute value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN
unit number on which the matrices will be written. If IUNIT is
negative, the sparse output option will be used, which means only
nonzero items in the matrix are written to the unit. IUNIT = 0 is not
recommended. See Remark 1.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1529
BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT is applicable only when IUNIT

< 0. BIGMAT=FALSE selects the format that uses a string header as
described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than 65535 rows,
then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless of the value
specified.
DIGITS Input-integer-default = 9. DIGITS is the requested number of digits for
the fractional part of the real values written for the ASCII format option
(FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement). The FORTRAN
Format Specification used internally by OUTPUT4 to write real values
will be formed as follows:
FORTRAN Format Specification: P,rEw.d
d = DIGITS
w=d+7
r = 80/w (integer portion)
For example, if
DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9
or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16
Remarks:
1. Each matrix will be written on IUNIT as follows:
• Record 1:
Word
Type Meaning
Number
1 Integer Number of columns (NCOL).
2 Integer Number of rows (NR, if BIGMAT=TRUE
then NR < 0).
3 Integer Form of matrix (NF). See Remark 11.
4 Integer Type of matrix (NTYPE). See Remark 11.
5 and 6 Character Name of matrix (2A4 format).
7 Character If ASCII format, then this is the FORTRAN
format specification based on DIGITS
parameter value. If binary format, then this is
blank.
Main Index
1530 OUTPUT4
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary
format) and repeated for each nonzero column, i=ICOL through NCOL.
Word
Type Meaning
Number
1 Integer Column number (ICOL).
2 Integer Row position of first nonzero term (IROW).
3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See
Remark 3.
4 through Real or Column element values, single or double
(NW+3) Complex precision.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are
repeated for each nonzero column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc.,
are also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record Word
Type Meaning
Number Number
2 1 Integer Column number
(ICOL).
2 Integer Row position of first
nonzero term (IROW).
3 Integer Number of words in the
column (NW). See
Remark 3.
3, 4, etc. 1 through NW Real or Column element values,
Complex single or double
precision.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0,
and BIGMAT = FALSE).
Word
Type Meaning
Number
2 Integer Zero.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1531
Word
Type Meaning
Number
3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See
Remark 3.
4 through Integer String header (IS)*.
(NW+3)
Real or A string of nonzero values, single or double
Complex precision.
*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term
in the string and L is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a
string of six words (see Remark 3) beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and
IROW may be derived from IS by:
L = INT(IS/65536) - 1
IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1)
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0,
and BIGMAT = TRUE).
Word
Type Meaning
Number
2 Integer Zero.
3 Integer Number of words in the column
(NW). See Remark 3.
4 through Integer Length of string, L, plus 1. See Repeated
(NW+3) Remark 3. for each
string.
Integer Row position of first term in
string (IROW).
Real or A string of nonzero values, single
complex or double precision.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0,
and BIGMAT = FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3
and 4 are repeated for each string, and record 4 is also repeated for each
group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Main Index
1532 OUTPUT4
Record Word
Type Meaning
Number Number
2 1 Integer Column number (ICOL).
2 Integer Zero.
column (NW). See Remark 3.
3 1 Integer String header (IS)*.
4 1 through NW Real or A string of nonzero values,
Complex single or double precision.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0,
and BIGMAT = TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and
4 are repeated for each string and record 4 is also repeated for each group of
r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record Word
Type Meaning
Number Number
2 1 Integer Column number (ICOL).
2 Integer Zero.
column (NW). See Remark 3.
3 1 Integer Length of string, L, plus 1.
See Remark 3.
2 Integer Row position of first term in
string (IROW).
4 1 through NW Real or A string of nonzero values,
Complex single or double precision.
2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the
next record will be written on IUNIT.
3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of
elements in the column (or string) times the number of words per type.
Number of words per type is given in the table below. For example, a column
with seven real double precision elements is 14 words long.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1533
Number of
Type
Words
1 -- Real single precision 1
2 -- Real double precision 2
3 -- Complex single precision 2
4 -- Complex double precision 4

unit (see the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper
value for IUNlT is machine dependent. See “Making File Assignments” on
page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.
5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly
present after the first nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero
term.
6. Null columns will not be output.
7. An entire column must fit in memory.
8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the
ASSIGN FMS statement) is the preferred method when the file is to be used
on the same computer. The ASCII format FORM = UNFORMATTED on the
ASSIGN FMS statement allows use of the file on another computer type.
9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module.
10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called
GETIDS, which is provided in the utility directory. (See “Building and
Using MATTST” on page 269 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and
Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called mattst.f or mattst.for.
The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired.
The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT =
FALSE).
11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by
OUTPUT4.
Main Index
1534 PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML Sets parameters from a data block
Sets parameters from a data block.
Format:
PARAML DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P6/
S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/
S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $
Input Data Block:
DB Any matrix or table.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME Any data block. Used only when P1 = ‘NAME’; otherwise DBname
must not be specified.
Parameters:
P1 Input-character-no default. Only the first 4 characters are required

except for options beginning with ’DTI2’, ’COMP’, ’TABI’, and ’TABR’.
For example, ‘PRES’ and ‘PRESENCE’ are equivalent.
P2 Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P3 Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P4 Output-real-default = 0.0.
P5 Output-integer-default = 0.
P6 Output-real-default = 0.0.
SETi Input/output-character-default = ' '.
Fi Output-integer-default = 0.
The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and
usage of parameters P2 through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all
options P5 will be set to -1, if the input data block does not exist, and no other
parameters will be set.
Main Index
PARAML 1535
Option P1 = ‘BULK’
Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its
IFP module related table.
Format:
PARAML IFPDB//'BULK'//////
BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/
BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $
Input Data Block:
IFPDB Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records.
Parameters:
BULKNMi Input-character. Name of Bulk Data entry.

BULKFGi Output-integer. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry exists.
Remark:
To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2.
Example:
Check for the presence of the rigid elements.
PARAML GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,RBE2/
'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBAR/
'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $
Option P1=’COMPVEND’, ‘COMPMODL’, ‘COMPOS’, and ‘COMPOS1’

Extract the computer and operating system information.
Formats:
Extract the computer’s vendor name:
PARAML //’COMPVEND’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
Main Index
1536 PARAML
Extract the computer’s model name:
PARAML //’COMPMODL’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the computer’s operating system:
PARAML //’COMPOS ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//

Extract any additional operating system information:
PARAML //’COMPOS1 ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//

Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
:
CHARi Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:
MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1 = ‘DMI’
Extract an element from a matrix.
Format:
PARAML MAT//’DMI’/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix. (Real or complex).
Main Index
PARAML 1537
Parameters:
ICOL Input-integer-default=1. Column number of matrix element.

IROW Input-integer-default=1. Row number of matrix element.
REAL Output-real. Real part of matrix element.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of matrix element, if element is complex.
Remark:
1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will
be set to the number of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero.
Example:
Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM.
PARAML KGG//’DMI’/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1 = ‘DTI’
Extract a real, integer, complex, or character value from a table.
Format:
PARAML TAB//’DTI’/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/
S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number of value.

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of value.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of value.
CHAR Output-character. Character value. The first four characters in CHAR
contain the table value. The second four characters are blank.
Main Index
1538 PARAML
RECNEW Output-integer. Record number in which table value at WORDNM-th

word is nonzero for RECNUM=-1 or changes for RECNUM=-2.
INTNEW Output-integer. Nonzero (RECNUM=-1) or changed (RECNUM=-2)
value of WORDNM-th word in RECNEW-th record.
Remark:
1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is
set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then
WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned
for a nonzero value. If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of
the WRDNUM-th word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1.
Examples:
1. Extract the frequencies from FRL.
TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $
TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $
KNT=KNT+1 $
PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $
IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $
.
.
.
ELSE
LPFLG=FALSE $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to
“Data Blocks” in Chapter 2, SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135
of the CASECC data block.
PARAML CASECC//’DT1’/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $
Option P1 = ‘DTI2’
Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL
data block and truncate to single precision.
Main Index
PARAML 1539
Format:
PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $
Input Data Block:
ESTNL Material nonlinear element summary table.
Parameters:

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value.
Remarks:
1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL
data block.
3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then
WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
Example:
Extract load factor in words 5 and 6 of the header record.
PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/0/5/S,N,FACT $ LOAD FACTOR
Option P1 = ‘DTI2C’
Extract character value stored in two consecutive words.
Format:
PARAML TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM//
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Main Index
1540 PARAML
Parameters:

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value and search flag when RECNUM<0.
CHAR2 Output-character. Character value concatenated from the values in the
WRDNUM and (WRDNUM+1)-th position.
Remarks:
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in the RECNUM-th
record, then WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned
for a nonzero value. If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value in
the WRDNUM-th word. If the value changes, then INTGR will be set to -1.
Example:
Extract the K2PP Case Control DMIG name specification words 139 and 140 of the
Case Control data block.
PARAML CASECC//'DTI2C'/1/139////S,N,K2PP $
Option P1 = ‘IMATCH’
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.
Format:
PARAML TAB//'IMATCH'/RECNUM/IVALUE/S,N,FOUND $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Parameter:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number for search.

IVALUE Input-integer. Value to search.
FOUND Output-integer. Set to -1 if value is found, set to +1 otherwise.
Main Index
PARAML 1541
Example:
Search for value of HINDEX in record 1 of KVAL table.
HINDEX = HINDEX +1 $
PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/HINDEX//S,N,NOKVAL $
Option P1 = ‘NAME’
Return the name and purge status of a data block.
Format:
PARAML /DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $
Input Data Block:

None.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME Any data block.
Parameters:
NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block is purged, and +1 if the data
block is present.
NAME Output-character. Name of the data block. Set to blank if data block is
purged.
Remarks:
1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the
CALL statement(s) in the calling subDMAP(s).
2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the
name appearing on the corresponding CALL statement. This process is
repeated until the DBNAME no longer appears on a SUBDMAP statement.
Example:
Check the name and purge status of the MAA matrix.
PARAML /MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $
Option P1 = ‘NULL’
Test for a null matrix.
Main Index
1542 PARAML
Format:
PARAML MAT//'NULL'//S,N,FULLMAT//S,N,NULLMAT $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix.
Parameters:
FULLMAT Output-integer. Flag to indicate whether matrix is full or not.

1 full
0 not full
NULLMAT Output-integer. Set to -1 if matrix is null.
Example:
Determine if data block PG is null.
PARAML PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $
Option P1='PARAM'
Check for the presence of a parameter PVT table.
Format:
PARAML PVT//'PARAM'/////
PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/
PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $
Input Data Block:
PVT Parameter value table.
Parameters:
PARAMi Input-character. Parameter name.

NOPARMi Output-integer. If parameter exists then NOPARMi=1, otherwise,
-1.
Main Index
PARAML 1543
Remark:
1. The PVT table is output by the IFP and PVT modules.
Example:
Check for the presence of PARAM,AUTOSPC.
PARAML PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $
Option P1 = ‘PRESENCE’
Test for the presence (existence) of a data block.
Format:
PARAML DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $
Input Data Block:
DB Any data block.
Parameter:
NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.
Remark:
See “DBSTATUS” on page 982 module description for alternative options.
Example:
Test for the existence of the KGG data block.
PARAML KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1='SET'
Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control.
Format:
PARAML CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $
Input Data Block:
CASECC Table of Case Control selections.
Main Index
1544 PARAML
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number.

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of Case Control command
selection which references the desired set.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value in the set.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value in the set.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part in the set.
CHAR Output-character. Character value in the set.
SETKNTR Input/output-integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1
means first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set
is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1.
Example:
Extract the members of the sample Case Control command:
K2GG=MATA MATB MATC
(Word 338 in CASECC contains the internal set identification number for K2GG.)
PARAML CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR $
Option P1=’TABDEL’
Delete a group of words in a record, the trailing portion of a record, or the entire
record in a table.
Format:
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABDEL’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//NWORDS $
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Output Data Block:
TABOUT Modified TABIN.
Main Index
PARAML 1545
Parameters:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the

number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0
refers to the header record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number.
>0 A total of NWORDS entries starting from word number.
WORDNUM (and going forward) are deleted from record
number RECNUM. If NWORDS is not specified, it is internally
assumed to be 1.
=0 Delete the entire record RECNUM. NWORDS is ignored in this
case.
<0 Delete the trailing portion of record RECNUM starting from
word number ABS(WORDNUM). NWORDS is ignored in this
case.
NWORDS Input-integer. Number of words to delete.
Remark:
1. The usage implies that the use of WORDNUM=0 and WORDNUM=-1 will
both result in the deletion of the entire record number RECNUM.)
Option P1=’TABINSR’, ‘TABINSI’, ‘TABINSC’, and ‘TABINS2C’

Insert a new value in a record or insert a new record after an existing record in a table.
Format for P1=’TABINSR’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSR’//
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
Format for P1=’TABINSI’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSI’//
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=’TABINSC’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string
CHAR.
Main Index
1546 PARAML
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSC’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
Format for P1=’TABINS2C’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by
two 4-character values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINS2C’/
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:

number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error.
(RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number.
>0 The new value is inserted AFTER word number
WORDNUM in record number RECNUM.
<0 The new value is inserted BEFORE word number
ABS(WORDNUM) in record number RECNUM.
=0 A new record containing the new value is inserted AFTER
record number RECNUM.
REAL Input-real. New real value to be inserted in TABIN.
INTEG Input-integer. New integer to be inserted value in TABIN.
CHAR Input-character. New character value to be inserted in TABIN.
Option P1=’TABREPR’, ‘TABREPI’, ‘TABREPC’, and ‘TABREP2C’

Replace any value in any record of a table.
Format for P1=’TABREPR’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
Main Index
PARAML 1547
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPR’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
Format for P1=’TABREPI’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPI’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=’TABREPC’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string
CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPC’/
Format for P1=’TABREP2C’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record
by two 4-character values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREP2C’/
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:

number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error.
(RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number. If this is non-zero, its absolute value
references a word number in record RECNUM. If this value is
greater than the number of words in record no. RECNUM, it will
result in a fatal error.
REAL Input-real. Replacement real value in TABIN.
Main Index
1548 PARAML
INTEG Input-integer. Replacement integer value in TABIN.

CHAR Input-character. Replacement character value in TABIN.
Remarks:
1. It is the programmer’s responsibility to ensure that the type of word that is
being replaced is the same as the type of word that is replacing it. The
program does not check for this condition.
Option P1 = ‘TRAILER’
Extract a value from the trailer of a data block.
Format:
PARAML DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/
S,N,USETBIT/SETNAME $
Input Data Block:
DB Any data block.
Parameter:
WRDNUM Input-integer. Word number of trailer.

TVALUE Output-integer. Trailer value. See Table in Remark 1. If the data block
has the format of a USET table, then TVALUE is not used; see NOSET.
REAL Output-real. Trailer value as a real number. Used only if WRDNUM=6.
See Remark 2.
NOSET Output-integer. USET flag for existence for the set specified by
SETNAME. NOSET will be set to -1 if the set does not exist.
SETNAME Input-character. Degree-of-freedom set name. Used only if USETBIT=0.
See table in Remark 2.
Remarks:
1. Meaning of TVALUE:
WRDNUM Meaning of TVALUE

1 Number of columns in matrix
2 Number of rows in matrix
3 Form of the matrix
Main Index
PARAML 1549
WRDNUM Meaning of TVALUE

4 Type of matrix
5 Largest number of nonzero words among all columns
6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
7 Size in blocks
8 Maximum string length over all strings
9 Number of strings
10 Average bandwidth
11 Maximum bandwidth
12 Number of null columns
2. If WRDNUM=6, the density of a matrix is returned as an integer value times

10000 in TVALUE and also as a real value in REAL. If the density is greater
than 99.999%, but not actually full, then TVALUE will be 10000, which is
misleading if one is checking for the “fullness” of a matrix. It is
recommended that either the REAL parameter be checked or the FULLMAT
parameter be checked under P1=’NULL’.
Examples:
1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in
LUSETS:
PARAML SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $
2. Check for the presence of single-point constraints (s-set):
PARAML USET//’TRAILER’////S,N,SINGLE//’S’ $
Option P1 = ‘USET’
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.
Main Index
1550 PARAML
Format:
PARAML USET//'USET'/////
SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/
SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $
Input Data Block:
Parameter:
SETi Input-character. Degree-of-freedom Set name.

NOSETi Output-integer. Degree-of-freedom Set existence flag. NOSETi = -1 if
set does not exist. NOSETi = number of degrees of freedom in the set if
the set exists.
Remark:
See TRAILER option for allowable set names.
Example:
Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and
single-point constraints (SPCs).
PARAML USET//’USET’//////’M’/S,N,NOMSET/’S’/S,N,NOSSET $
Option P1=’VERSID’, ‘VERSID1’, ‘VERSID2’, ‘VERSID3’, ‘VERSID4’, and

‘VERSDATE’
Extract the program version information as shown in f06 title page banner.
Formats:
Extract the program version id number; e.g., ‘2004.0.0’:
PARAML //’VERSID’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the program version label 1; e.g., ‘MD Nastran -- Tier 2’:
PARAML //’VERSID1’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Main Index
PARAML 1551
Extract the program version label 2; e.g., ‘Customer Funded Project’:
Extract the program version label 3; e.g., ‘Evalulation System’:
Extract the program version label 4:
Extract the program build date:
PARAML //’VERSDATE’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
CHARi Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:
MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1='XYCDB'
Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands:
XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK, XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH.
Main Index
1552 PARAML
Format:
PARAML XYCDB//'XYCDB'/////
RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/
RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $
Input Data Block:
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Response type.
Parameters:
RESPi Input-character. The valid names are:

DISP VELO ACCE SPCF OLOA
VG STRE FORC SDIS SVEL
SACC NFOR PRES BOUT STRA
MPCF FPRE FMPF SMPF PMPF
LMPF GMPF
See “X-Y PLOT Commands” on page 580 of the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide for
a description of the types.
NORESPi Output-integer. If the response type was is specified on an xy

plotting command then NORESPi=1, otherwise, -1.
Example:
Check for the presence of the MPCF response type.
PARAML XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $
Main Index
PARTN 1553
Matrix partition
PARTN Matrix partition
To partition [A] into [A11], [A12], [A21] and [A22]:
CP
A11 A12 = 0
[ A ] → RP
A21 A22 ≠ 0
= 0 "" ≠ 0
Format:
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F22 $
Input Data Blocks:
A Matrix to be partitioned.
RP Row partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
CP Column partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions. See Remarks below.
Parameters:
SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM chooses between a symmetric partition

and one unsymmetric partition. If SYM < 0, {CP} is used as {RP}, and
{RP} must be purged. If SYM ≥ 0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of output matrices. If TYPE = 0, the type
of the output matrices will be the type of the input matrix [ A ] .
Fij Input-integer-default=0. Form of [ A ij ] . See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and
RP, and the symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations:
Main Index
1554 PARTN
Matrix partition
Let NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}.

NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}.
NROWA = number of rows in [A].
NCOLA = number of columns in [A].
Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A12] is not written. [A] → A11
[A22] is not written. A21
Case 2: (RP) is purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. [A] → A11 A12
Case 3: {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix. A11 A12
[A] →
A21 A22
Case 4: Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and SYM ≥ 0 :
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix. A11 A12
[A] →
A21 A22
2. Any or all output data blocks may be purged.
3. If [A] is purged, PARTN will cause all output data blocks to be purged.
4. If {CP} is purged, [A] is partitioned as follows:
[A] → A11
A21
Main Index
PARTN 1555
Matrix partition
5. If {RP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:

6. If {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
[A] → A11 A12

A21 A22
where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner.

7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged.
8. [ A ] → A11 A12
A21 A22
Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero

elements; and {RP} be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements.
Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0
in the same order as they appear in [A].
Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj ≠ 0.0 and
RPi = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A].
Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and
RPi ≠ 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A].
9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to
automatically select the appropriate form.
Examples:
1. Let [A], {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

[A] = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
{ CP } =  
 1.0 
 1.0 
 
Main Index
1556 PARTN
Matrix partition
0.0
{ RP } = 0.0
1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction

PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
will create the real matrices:
[ A11 ] = 2.0 , F11 = 2 [ A12 ] = 1.0 3.0 4.0 , F12 = 2

6.0 5.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 10.0 , F11 = 2 [ A22 ] = 9.0 11.0 12.0 , F22 = 2

PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the resulting matrices would be
2.0 1.0 3.0 4.0

[ A11 ] = 6.0 [ A12 ] = 5.0 7.0 8.0
10.0 9.0 11.0 12.0
[ A21 ] = purged [ A22 ] = purged

PARTN A, ,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
the resulting matrices would be
[ A12 ] = purged
[ A11 ] = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = [ A22 ] = purged

9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
1 2 3
4. If [ A ] = 5 6 7 and the DMAP instruction was written as
9 10 11
PARTN A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $
Main Index
PARTN 1557
Matrix partition
then the resulting partitions would be
1 2 3
A11 A12
5 6 7 →
A21 A22
9 10 11
Main Index
1558 PCOMB
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
PCOMB Combines static loads from upstream superelements
Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based
on the CLOAD Bulk Data entry.
Format:
PCOMB CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/
CVECT,PG1/
NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $
Input Data Blocks:

PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static
loads in upstream superelements only.
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to
its interior points only.
Output Data Blocks

:
CVECT Load combination factor matrix.

PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

NVECT Output-integer-default=0. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1.
MODE Input-character-no default. Boundary condition change ignore flag. See
Remark 2.
NONLINEAR Ignore boundary condition changes.
STATICS Do not ignore boundary condition changes.
Remarks:
1. Any input data block except CASEXX may be purged.
Main Index
PCOMB 1559
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
2. If MODE='STATICS' all records of CASECC, beginning at the NSKIP-th

record, are processed until a boundary change occurs.
Main Index
1560 PCOPY
Tests parallel copy
PCOPY Tests parallel copy
Tests parallel copy in a parallel GINO environment on a multiprocessing machine.
Format:
PCOPY INDB/
OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTDB7,
OUTDB8/
PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $
Input Data Blocks:
INDB Any table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
OUTDBi Copies of INDB.
Parameters:
PCOPY1 Input-integer-default=-1. Execute parallel copy flag.

<0 Perform copy.
>0 Do not perform copy.
PCOPY2 Input-integer-default=1. Parallel copy method.
>0 Perform standard copy using CPYFIL.
<0 Perform copy using single buffer for input and output.
Remark:
PCOPY is a reserved for MSC development purposes and should not be used.
Main Index
PFCALC 1561
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
PFCALC Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
Computes the modal contribution factors (MCF) for the structure or the modal
participation factors for the fluid based upon PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID Case
Control commands.
Format:
PFCALC CASECC ,BGPDT ,OL ,RXS ,UXFS ,

LAMAS ,LAMAF ,UXFF ,MFXX ,BFXX ,
KFXX ,PNLLST ,RWXS ,RXF ,AXX ,
AXW ,VGW ,ABEH* ,PFXF /
SMPF ,SMPFD ,OSMPF1 ,AFMPF ,AFMPFD ,
OAFMPF1 ,ASMPF ,ASMPFD ,OASMPF1 ,APMPF ,
APMPFD ,OAPMPF1 ,APPF ,APPFD ,OAPPF1 ,
AGPF ,AGPFD ,OAGPF1 /
FS /APP /SOLTYPS /SOLTYPF $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transientresponse time
output list or frequency responsefrequency output list.
RXS Transformation matrix from h-set or d-set to physical responseson the
structure. Only contains the rows corresponding to those selected on
the PF* Case Control command.
UXFS Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the structure.
the model.
LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
UXFF Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the fluid.
MFXX Fluid mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.
BFXX Fluid damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.
KFXX Fluid stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL
qualifier values.
Main Index
1562 PFCALC
RWXS Transformation matrix of structure relating displacements of wetted

surface to solution set results.
RXF Transformation matrix of fluid relating displacements at response
degrees-of-freedom to solution set results.
AXX Fluid-structure coupling matrix in the h-set or d-set.
AXW Fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface only.
VGW G-set size partitioning vector with non-zero values at rows
corresponding to structural degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface.
ABEH* Family of signed modally reduced area matrices.
PFXF Matrix of fluid loads in the h-set or d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
SMPF Matrix of structural modal participation factors.

SMPFD SMPF dictionary table.
OSMPF1 Table of structural modal participation factors in SORT1 format.
AFMPF Matrix of acoustic fluid modal participation factors.
AFMPFD AFMPF dictionary table.
OAFMPF1 Table of acoustic fluid modal participation factors in SORT1 format.
4ASMPF Matrix of acoustic structural modal participation factors.
ASMFPD ASMPF dictionary table.
OASMPF1 Table of acoustic structural modal participation in SORT1 format.
APMPF Matrix of acoustic panel modal participation factors.
APMPFD APMPF dictionary table.
OAPMPF1 Table of acoustic panel modal participation factor in SORT1 format.
APPF Matrix of acoustic panel participation factors.
APPFD APPF dictionary table.
OAPPF1 Table of acoustic panel participation in SORT1 format.
AGPF Matrix of normalized acoustic grid participation factors.
Main Index
PFCALC 1563
AGPFD AGPF dictionary table.

OAGPF1 Table of normalized acoustic grid participation factors in SORT1
format.
Parameters:
FS Input-logical-default=TRUE. Fluid-structure existence flag.

APP Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type.
'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalue
SOLTYPS Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the
structure: 'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
SOLTYPF Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the fluid:
'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
Remarks:
1. The response degrees-of-freedoms are the degrees-of-freedoms of which the
participation factors are requested (setdof on right-hand side of PFMODE,
PFPANEL and PFGRID commands).
2. Acoustic and structural modal participation factors are supported in modal
frequency response (SOL 111), modal transient response (SOL 112) and
modal complex eigenvalue analysis (SOL 110)
3. Acoustic panel and grid participation factors are supported in a coupled
modal or direct frequency response analysis (SOL 108 and SOL 111).
4. All other acoustic participation factors are supported in a coupled modal
frequency response analysis (SOL 111) only.
Main Index
1564 PLOT
Creates a table of plot instructions
PLOT Creates a table of plot instructions
Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then
writes the table to Fortran unit 14.
Format:
PLOT PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT,
 PUGS   PUGD   GPECT   OES1 

 , , , /
 USET   ECT     
PLOTMSG/
NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $
Input Data Blocks:
PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control.

ELSET Table of element plot set connections.
PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis.
PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the plot

process.
Main Index
PLOT 1565
Creates a table of plot instructions
Parameters:
NGP Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in

the structure.
g-set. If LUSET=0 then its value will be extracted from the trailer of
BGPDT.
JPLOT Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there
are none.
DEFORMED Input-integer-default=1. Deformed plot request flag.
1 Plot undeformed shapes.
-1 Plot deformed shapes.
Remarks:
1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed
shapes may be drawn.
2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be
drawn.
3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn.
4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14.
5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with
numbers indicating the degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For
example, a label of 126 indicates the grid is constrained in the first and
second translational and third rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the
elements will be labeled with their property identification numbers. These
features are only available in undeformed plotting only.
Main Index
1566 PLTHBDY
Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
PLTHBDY Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi

elements.
Format:
PLTHBDY GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/
PECT,PBGPDT/
S,N,NHBDY/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi

elements.
PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi
elements.
Parameters:
NHBDY Output-integer-no default. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if

none exist.
MESH Input-character-no default. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to
print summary; 'NO' otherwise.
Main Index
PLTSET 1567
Generates element sets for plotting
PLTSET Generates element sets for plotting
Generates element sets for plotting.
Format:
  PBGPDT   PECT  
PLTSET  PCDB,  ,  
  BGPDT   ECT   /
 
 POSTCDB, , GEOM2 
 ELSET 
PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,  /
 PELSET 
S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:

PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi
elements.
PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi
elements.
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition

of element plot sets.
Main Index
1568 PLTSET
Generates element sets for plotting
Parameters:
NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in

the structure.
JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if
there are none.
ECTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element connectivity input and plot
set output:
0 ECT and ELSET.
1 GEOM2 and ELSET.
2 ECT and PELSET.
Remark:
PCDB may be purged if ECTYPE>0.
Examples:
1. For p-elements in subDMAP IFPS1, ELSET is required by GP0.
PLTSET POSTCDB,,GEOM2/X1,X2,X3,ELSET/0/0/1 $
2. For undeformed plotting in subDMAP SEPLOT:
PLTSET PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/
PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/
S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
Main Index
PNCHGRP 1569
PNCHGRP
For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a parent to a child group or
from a child to a parent group.
Format:
PNCHGRP //FROMLABL/TOLABEL/IBELONG $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
FROMLABL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the present group
set.
TOLABEL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new group
set.
IBELONG Input-integer-default=1. A zero value of this parameter indicates that
the processor does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with
the TOLABEL label.
Remarks:
1. If a processor does not belong to any of the groups associated with
TOLABEL then IBELONG will be zero and PNCHGRP will not change the
parallel processing environment for that processor. If a processor does
belong to a group associated with TOLABEL, then IBELONG will be one.
2. PNCHGRP can only change groups from a parent to a child or from child to
a parent.
3. PNCHGRP redefines system cell 231 (NPROCS) and system cell 265 (the
processor ID) to be their local values within the new group.
Main Index
1570 PNMKGRP
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.
PNMKGRP For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more

(sub)groups.
Format:
PNMKGRP //PLABEL/NSUBGP/GRPSIZ/PIDINI/
INCPID/INCGRP/GPLABEL $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PLABEL Input-character-default=’WORLD’. The label associated with the

parent group set.
NSUBGP Input-integer-default=1. The number of subgroups to create in the new
set.
GRPSZ Input-integer-default=1. The number of processors in each subgroup.
PIDINI Input-integer-default=1. The first processor id of the parent group
which will be included in the first new subgroup.
INCPID Input-integer-default=1. The stride from one processor identification
number of the parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to
the next processor identification number of the parent group which is
included in the same group.
INCGRP Input-integer-default=1. The stride from the first processor
identification number of the parent group that is included in a given
subgroup, to the processor identification number of the parent group
that corresponds to the first processor identification number that is
included in the next subgroup.
GPLABEL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new set of
subgroups.
Main Index
PNMKGRP 1571
Remarks:
1. The parent group set identified by the first parameter must be the ’active’
group when the child group set is created. The default active group is the
’WORLD’ group. A child group is made active using the PNCHGRP
module.
2. If there are more than one groups (NSUBGP > 1), then all the groups must
have the same number of processors.
Examples:
1. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with
processor identification numbers {1,2,3,4}, {5,6,7,8}, {9,10,11,12}, {13,14,15,16},
{17,18,19,20}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/5/4/1/1/4/’mygroup1’
2. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor
identification numbers {1,6,11,16}, {2,7,12,17}, {3,8,13,18}, {4,9,14,19}, {5,10,15,20}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/5/4/1/5/1/’mygroup2’
3. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set 1 subgroup with processor
identification numbers {1,5,9,13,17}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/1/5/1/4//’masters1’
Main Index
1572 PRESOL
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain
decomposition method.
Format under PRSLOPT=0:
PRESOL GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/
EQMAP,GAPAR,,PFA1,/
NOFSETL/S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
QMAPD,GAPAR,PARTF,LOCALP,GRDRM//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH $
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,EQMAPD0,,,/
AT1N,MAT2N,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
COLOR,,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
Input Data Blocks:
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
MAT1 Square symmetric matrix 1 to be paritioned.
MAT2 Square symmetric matrix 2 to be paritioned.
degrees-of-freedom that are locally constrained.
PFA Static load matrix with partial boundary loads in the a-set.
Main Index
PRESOL 1573
PJXL Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual
structure.
EQMAPD0 EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
Output Data Blocks:

decomposition.
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set
displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at
each row which does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does.
PARTVEC1 Updated PARTVEC indicating for all constraints; local and boundary.
PFA1 Updated PFA with complete boundary loads.
EQMAPD Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis.
MAT1N Local filtered matrix 1.
MAT2N Local filtered matrix 2.
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th
entry corresponds to the uperelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-of-
freedom belongs.
Parameters:
UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

PRSLOPT Input/output-integer-default=0. PRESOL Processing option. On input
the following options are available.
0 Prepare for partial and distributed decomposition.
1 Partition the matrices into as many domains as there are
processors. All outputs are created.
2 It is assumed that PRESOL has been called before with
PRSLOPT=1. Under PRSLOPT=2, local a-set terms are filtered
out of local matrices that are kept on other processors.
Main Index
1574 PRESOL
3 Partition the matrices into NMATDOM domains. PARTMETH

automatically uses MSCMLV (PARTMETH=11), because Extreme
(PARTMETH=9) is not available for this option. Only one output
is created, COLOR. On output for PRSLOPT>0, if any error occurs
then PRSLOPT is negated.
PARTMETH Input-integer-default=0. PRESOL partitioning method.
9 Extreme.
11 MSCMLV.
NMATDOM Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrix domains into which the
matrices are divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and
must be a power of 2. The default will be set to the number of
processors.
Main Index
PROJVER 1575
Set or query project identification numbers
PROJVER Set or query project identification numbers
Set or query project and version identification numbers on the database.
Format:
PROJVER //PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRJVEROP Input-character-no default. Operation name.

'GET' Get current project and version.
'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version.
'SET' Set current project and version.
'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version.
'RESTART' Get restart project and version.
PROJNO Input/output-integer-no default. Project number.
VERSION Input/output-integer-no default. Version number.
EXISTS Output-character-no default. Project and version status.
'EXISTS' If project and version exists.
'DELETED' If project and version is deleted.
'NONE' If project and version never existed.
Main Index
1576 PRTMSG
Prints plotting information messages
PRTMSG Prints plotting information messages
Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting.
Format:
 PLOTMSG 
PRTMSG   //PRDMSG $
 PLSETMSG 
Input Data Blocks:
PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the plot

process.
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of
element plot sets.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
PDRMSG Input-integer-default=1. Message print flag. Set to 0 to suppress

printout.
Main Index
PRTPARM 1577
Parameter and DMAP message printer
PRTPARM Parameter and DMAP message printer
Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see
TYPE statement), use the MESSAGE statement.
Format:
PRTPARM //PRTPOPT/PNAME/PRTPSORT/SUBDMAP $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRTPOPT Input-integer-default=0. PRTPOPT=0 requests the print of a single

parameter value or all parameter values. PRTPOPT>0 requests the
print of diagnostic messages 4401 through 4425.
PNAME Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. Name of a parameter enclosed
by single quotation marks. See Remark 1.
PRTPSORT Input-integer-default=0. If PRTPSORT=1, then parameters will be
sorted alphabetically.
SUBDMAP Input-character-default=blank. The name of a subDMAP.
Remarks:
1. As a parameter printer, use PRTPOPT = 0. There are two options:
• If PNAME is equal to a parameter name enclosed by quotation marks, then
the value of that parameter in the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP is
printed. PNAME must be a non-NDDL parameter (see TYPE statement).
Example:
PRTPARM //0/'LUSET' $
• If PNAME = 'XXXXXXXX' then the values of all variable and constant

parameters in the Variable Parameter Table of the subDMAP identified by
SUBDMAP are printed.
Main Index
1578 PRTPARM
Parameter and DMAP message printer
Examples:
PRTPARM // $ Unsorted
PRTPARM ////1 $ Sorted
If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values
(depending on PNAME) will be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the
value or values will be for the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP.
2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter PRTPOPT is nonzero.
3. Meaningless values of PRTPOPT, PNAME, and SUBDMAP will result in
diagnostic messages from PRTPARM.
Main Index
PURGEX 1579
Explicit data block purge
PURGEX Explicit data block purge
Flags a data block as empty.
Format:
PURGEX /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block.
Parameter:
PARM Input-integer-default=0.
<0 The data blocks are deleted and marked empty.
<0 No action is taken.
Remark:
PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at
execution time a data block has been previously output from a module, then any
existing data will be deleted and the data block will be marked as empty. If the data
block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply be marked as
empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the
exception that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously
output. If no restart is involved, purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not
generated.
Example:
Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart.
PURGEX /MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $
Main Index
1580 PVT
Sets parameter values
PVT Sets parameter values
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
PVT PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $
Input Data Blocks:
PVT Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries)
CASECC Table of Case Control Command images.
Output Data Block:
PVTS Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk
Data input parameters.
Parameter
:
LOADFLT Logical-input-default=TRUE. If LOADFLT = TRUE then all parameters

that appear in the Parameter Defaults Table, but do not appear in the
PVT or CASECC data block, are added to the PVTS data block. See
Remark 4.
Remarks:
1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in
the Case Control and Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y
authorization.
2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block
is purged, the user input parameter settings will not contain parameters
from the input. If both input data blocks are purged, and LOADFLT is
FALSE, then no values are entered.
3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always
internally update the user input parameters. The output data block is
primarily used for restart purposes.
• First, the default parameters are added if requested.
• Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set.
Main Index
PVT 1581
Sets parameter values
• Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the
subcase level override any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same
name. Any additional Case Control above the subcase level parameters are
set.
• Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override
any settings of Bulk Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of
the same name. Any additional current subcase parameters are set.
4. The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default
value for all parameters resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data,
NDDL, and the main and current subDMAP.
Main Index
1582 RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data
Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from

frequency response data.
Format:
RANDOM XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC,
OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M,
OGPMPF2M,OVG2,OAG2/
PSDF,AUTO,
OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS1,OUGNO1,OUGCRM2,
OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS1,OPGNO1,OPGCRM2,
OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS1,OQGNO1,OQGCRM2,
OESPSD2,OESATO2,OESRMS1,OESNO1,OESCRM2,
OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS1,OEFNO1,OEFCRM2,
OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS1,OEENO1,OEECRM2,
OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS1,OQMNO1,OQMCRM2,
OCPSDF,OCCORF,
OVGPSD2,OVGATO2,OVGRMS1,OVGNO1,OVGCRM2,
OAGPSD2,OAGATO2,OAGRMS1,OAGNO1,OAGCRM2/
S,N,NORAND/RMSINT/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDL Power spectral density list.
OPG2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.
OQG2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OEF2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format.
OSTR2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format.
OQMG2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2
format.
Main Index
RANDOM 1583
OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in

SORT2 format.
OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2
format.
OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2
format.
OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in
SORT2 format.
OAG2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
PSDF Power spectral density table.

AUTO Autocorrelation function table.
OUGPSD2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OUGATO2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OUGRMS1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OUGNO1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OUGCRM2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OPGPSD2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OPGATO2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OPGRMS1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OPGNO1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OPGCRM2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OQGPSD2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD
function.
OQGATO2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
autocorrelation function.
Main Index
1584 RANDOM
OQGRMS1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS
function.
OQGNO1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO
function.
OQGCRM2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross
correlation.
OESPSD2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OESATO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OESRMS1 Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OESNO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OEFPSD2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEFATO2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OEFRMS1 Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEFNO1 Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEFCRM2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OEEPSD2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEEATO2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OEERMS1 Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEENO1 Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEECRM2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OQMPSD2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD
function.
OQMATO2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
autocorrelation function.
OQMRMS1 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS
function.
Main Index
RANDOM 1585
OQMNO1 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO

function.
OQMCRM2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross
correlation function.
OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions.
OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions.
OVGPSD2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OVGATO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OVGRMS1 Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OVGNO1 Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OVGCRM2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OAGPSD2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OAGATO2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OAGRMS1 Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OAGNO1 Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OAGCRM2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
Parameters:
NORAND Output-integer-default=-1. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested;

0 otherwise.
RMSINT Input-character-default='LINEAR'. Power-spectral-density function
interpolation option. A log-log option may be selected with
RMSINT='LOGLOG'.
are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow
suit.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2.
Main Index
1586 RANDOM
Method:
Overview
The Random Analysis Module calculates power spectral density functions,

autocorrelation functions and mean deviations for selected displacements, loads,
forces of single-point constraint, and element forces and stresses.
Module Initialization
1. The XYCDB must be present or RANDOM returns.

2. A set of RANDPS Bulk Data entries from PSDL must be selected in CASECC
or RANDOM returns.
3. The frequency list is extracted from the first non-empty data file.
4. The RANDPS Bulk Data entry defines the function
S ab ( f ) = ( x + iy )F K ( f ) Eq. 4-22
where:
a = subcase ID of the excited load set.
b = subcase ID of the applied load set ( a ≤ b ) .
x, y = complex number such that if a = b , then y must be 0.0.
K = table identification number of a TABRND1 Bulk Data
entry that defines F ( f ) , a power spectral density as a
tabular function of frequency.
The power spectral density for gust turbulence can also be supplied on a
TABRNDG entry.
2
2 2L 1 + 2 ( p + 1 ) ( kwL ⁄ U )
S ab ( f ) = W g ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- Eq. 4-23
U 2 p+3⁄2
[ 1 + ( kwL ⁄ U ) ]
where W 2g , L , U , p , and k are user-supplied data and W = 2πf .

If a ≠ b on any RANDPS entry, the equations are called coupled; otherwise,
they are called uncoupled.
The following eight steps are accomplished:
a. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
b. Compute S aa ( f ) at each load change.
c. Read in the data from the SORT2 data block and compute
Main Index
RANDOM 1587
2
S ja ( f ) = U j ( f ) S aa ( f ) Eq. 4-24
where U j ( f ) is the response of the j-th point at frequency f .
d. These are summed over all loads to form the power spectral density
function
S ja ( f ) = ∑ S ja ( f ) Eq. 4-25
a
where a runs over all subcase identification numbers on the RANDPS

entries.
e. When all subcases for the points have been processed, the mean response
qj is calculated for each point j :
 N–1 
1 1 ⁄ 2
q j =  --- ∑ [ ( S j ( f i ) + S j ( f i + 1 ) ) ] ( f i + 1 – f i )  Eq. 4-26
2 
 i = 1 
where N = number of frequencies.
The mean response is output with both the PSDF and the autocorrelation
function.
The zero crossing N 0 is also computed and output with the mean
response q j . N 0 is defined by
∞ ∞
2
N0 = ∫w S J ( w ) dw ⁄ ∫ ( w ) dw Eq. 4-27
0 0
The number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time is a
weighted average frequence equal to the square root of the ratio of the
integral of the PSD times frequency squared to the integral of the PSD.
The integral in the denominator is already calculted and is related to the
"mean square response"
∞
2
qj = Rj ( 0 ) = ∫ Sj ( f ) df Eq. 4-28
0
thus the numerator must be integrated. Compute
Main Index
1588 RANDOM
2 2
rj = ∫f S j ( f ) df
0
1⁄2
 N–1 
1 
r j =  --- ∑ [ S j ( f i ) + S j ( f i + 1 ) ] ( f i + 1 – f i )  Eq. 4-29
 2 
 i = 1 
2 2
α = ( 3f i + 2f i f i + 1 + f i + 1 ) ⁄ 6
2 2
β ( )⁄
Note that if α and β are 1.0, the sum for r j would become the formula
for q j . Then N 0 = r j ⁄ q j is the quantity to be output.
f. If PSDF for point j is requested, one identification number and data

record are written on the PSDF data block.
g. If an autocorrelation function is requested for point j , the S j ( f ) are
transformed to the time domain to give the autocorrelation function:
N–1
 1 Sj ( fi + 1 ) – Sj ( fi )
Rj ( τm ) = ∑  ----------------
 4π τ m
2 2
-------------------------------------------- [ cos ( 2πτ m f i + 1 ) – cos ( 2πτ m f i ) ]
fi + 1 – fi
i = 1 Eq. 4-30
1 
+ ------------- [ S j ( f + 1 ) sin ( 2πτ m f i + 1 ) – S j ( f i ) sin ( 2πτ m f i ) ] 
2πτ m 
where:
i = index of the frequencies.
N = highest frequency.
τm = is defined by
m
τ m = τ 0 + ----- ( τ max – τ 0 ) Eq. 4-31
M
where:
τ0 = starting time lag.
M = number of time lag intervals.

τ max = maximum time lag ( 0 < τ 0 < τ m )
Main Index
RANDOM 1589
all of which are defined on a RANDT1 Bulk Data entry. Note that if, in
Eq. 4-30, τ m = 0 , then
2
r ( τm ) = qj Eq. 4-32
The Coupled Case

The following six steps are accomplished:
1. A list of unique subcase identification numbers are extracted from the
RANDPS entries.
2. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
3. For each RANDPS entry S 1j ( f ) is looked up for all f , For each point S 1j ( f ) is
computed:
1
S j ( f ) = H ja ( f )S ab ( f )H jb ( f ) Eq. 4-33
where H ja ( f ) denotes the value of point j for subcase a .

The bar over the third factor in Eq. 4-33 denotes the complex conjugate.
These S 1j ( f ) are summed over all entries to form S j ( f ) :
Sj ( f ) = ∑ ∑ H ja ( f )H jb ( f ) Eq. 4-34
a b
Note that S ba = S ab , the complex conjugate.
4. The mean response and autocorrelation functions are computed as in Eq. 4-
30, Eq. 4-31, and Eq. 4-32.
Remarks:
1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation
functions and mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of
single-point constraints, and element forces and stresses.
2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT.
Main Index
1590 RBMG3
Computes rigid body information
RBMG3 Computes rigid body information
Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain
energy matrix.
Format:
RBMG3 LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/
DM $
Input Data Blocks:

ULL Upper triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.
KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. The rigid body transformation matrix is computed from:
–1
DM = – K ll K lr Eq. 4-35
2. The rigid body error ratio, e, is computed from:
T
K rr + K lr DM
------------------------------------------------------------------ Eq. 4-36
K rr
Note: The absolute value is the square root of the sum of the squares (this
is not a determinant). The strain energy matrix for the rigid body modes is
computed
Main Index
RBMG3 1591
Computes rigid body information
T
DM K ll DM + K rr Eq. 4-37
3. ULL may be purged if KLL is symmetric.
Main Index
1592 RBMG4
Computes rigid body mass matrix
RBMG4 Computes rigid body mass matrix
Computes the rigid body mass matrix.
Format:
RBMG4 DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/
MR $
Input Data Blocks:

MRR Mass matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
Output Data Blocks:
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The rigid body mass matrix is computed from:
T T T
MR = M rr + DM M lr + M lr DM + DM M ll DM Eq. 4-38
Main Index
READ 1593
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
Extracts eigenvaules from a real symmetric system.

To solve the following equations for eigenvalues and their associated eigenvectors:
( [ K ] – λ [ M ] ) { u } = 0 for vibration analysis Eq. 4-39
d
( [ K ] – λ [ K ] ) { u } = 0 for buckling analysis Eq. 4-40
Format:
READ KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,
 VACOMP   INVEC   LLL 

PARTVEC,SIL,   ,   ,  
 SPCCOL   EQMAP   VFO1 
 EQEXIN   
  ,   /
   GAPAR 
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/
MAXRATIO/MDLGDEF $
Input Data Blocks:
KAA K matrix in Eq. 4-39.

MAA M matrix in Eq. 4-39 or Kd matrix in Eq. 4-40.
MR Rigid body mass matrix
DAR Rigid body transformation matrix.
DYNAMIC Eigenvalue Extraction Data (output by IFP module).
CASECC Case Control Data Table (selects EIGR, EIGRL, or EIGB entries, output
by IFP module).
KAA and MAA. Required for maximum efficiency. See SETNAME
parameter description below.
Main Index
1594 READ
SIL Scalar index list. Required for maximum efficiency.

VACOMP Partitioning vector of size of a-set with a value of 1.0 at the rows
corresponding to r-set degrees-of-freedom. The USET table may be
specified here as well. If VACOMP is purged and DAR does not have
the same number of rows as KAA, then the partitioning vector will be
determined from the size of MR.
SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set
degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
INVEC Starting vector(s) for Lanczos method only.
decomposition. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
LLL Lower triangular factor from decomposition of KAA. Use to enhance
shift logic for buckling eigenvalue extraction.
VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning
vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required
only for geometric domain decomp.
EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid identification numbers.
Required for maximum efficiency.
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set
displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at each
row which does not have a contribution from the current processor and
zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
Main Index
READ 1595
Output Data Blocks:

OEIGS Real eigenvalue extraction report.
MI Modal mass matrix.
OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only).
Parameters:
FORMAT Input-Character-no default. If FORMAT ≠ ′MODES′ , READ will solve a

buckling problem, i.e., ( [ K ] + λ [ K d ] ) using EIGB Bulk Data. But it is the
DMAP writer’s responsibility to multiply K d by -1 before entering the
READ module.
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV is the number of eigenvectors
found.
0 No eigenvectors found.
>0 NEIGV eigenvectors found.
<0 NEIGV eigenvectors found but there was an error encountered
during the extraction.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The method used by READ is taken from the
NSKIP record of CASECC.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. If FLUID = TRUE, then the EIGRL or
EIGR entry is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control
command.
SETNAME Input-character-default='A'. For maximum efficiency, the rows and
columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the
displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KAA and MAA are a
partition then PARTVEC must be specified.
Main Index
1596 READ

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD
command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or
EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter
values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored.
If SID=-1, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or
EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values
(METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction.
If SID=-2, then take action similar to SID=0 except fields on the Case
Control selection of EIGR/EIGRL may be overridden by parameters F1
through NORM described below.
METH Input-character-default='LAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the
method of eigenvalue extraction.
LAN Lanczos.
INV Inverse power.
SINV Inverse power with Sturm sequence.
GIV Givens (tridiagonalization).
MGIV Modified Givens.
HOU Householder.
MHOU Modified Householder.
AGIV Automatic selection of GIV or MGIV.
AHOU Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU.
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound. The default value
of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
NE Input-integer-default=20. The number of estimated eigenvalues for
non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the
problem size which the QL Householder method is used.
Note: NE default changed from 0 to 20.
ND Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
Main Index
READ 1597
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. The level of diagnostic output for the

Lanczos method only.
0 No output.
1 Warning and fatal messages.
2 Summary output.
3 Setailed output on cost and convergence.
4 Setailed output on orthogonalization.
MAXSET Input-integer-default=0. Vector block size for Lanczos method
only.
SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural
frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0.
NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing
eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS
normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization
by maximum displacement.
PRTSUM Inpput-logical-default=TRUE. Lanczos eigenvalue summary print
flag.
MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.0E7. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio
which causes termination of decomposition.
MDLGDEF Input-integer-default=8000. Minimum number of degrees-of-
freedom that activates special ACMS DECOMP/FBS method in
READ module for buckling problems (FORMAT<>"MODES").
Remarks:
1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected
by the METHOD or METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the
CASECC data block and selects a EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record
defined in the DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset of and
interchangeable with the DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate
formats as shown below where the Case Control commands and/or the
EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries are replaced with optional parameters SID,
METH, F1, etc.
• SID=0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD
command and EIGR, or EIGRL, entries must be specified in the input file.
READ KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,CASECC,,,,/
Main Index
1598 READ
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $
• SID>0 -- Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL
entry is selected by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be
purged and is ignored.
READ KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $
• SID<0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC are not required. SID=-1 and METH
through NORM parameters are specified. For more detailed information on
parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions of Bulk Data
entries “EIGR” on page 1517 and “EIGRL” on page 1522 of the MD Nastran
Quick Reference Guide. The CASECC and DYNAMIC data blocks may be
purged and are ignored.
READ KAA,MAA,,,,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////-1//
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM $
2. In the READ module, the most memory-intensive part of the calculations is

involved with symbolic decomposition of the mass or shifted stiffness
matrix. Two methods of internal resequencing are available. When the
USET, SIL, EQEXIN, and PARTVEC data blocks and SETNAME parameter
are available, the resequencing is done in a grid point basis. These data
blocks allow correlation of row numbers in the a-set with grid point
numbers. When any of these data blocks are missing the resequencing is
done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 6 times larger in size and
requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The grid point option
requires less memory and is appreciably faster than the degree-of-freedom
option.
3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes
accurately without the presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data Section.
The SUPORTi entries define the r-set, the reference set for rigid body modes.
If all of the input blocks associated with the r-set are input properly, the static
shapes input in the DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes.
If the calculated frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers,
they are reset to binary zero.
Main Index
READ 1599
• Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5:

DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from
DAR and KAA using PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables
due to unit motion of each r-set point, successively, as calculated by static
analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of these shapes are
used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass
matrix.
READ KXX,MXX,MR,DXR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
• Obsolete r-set processing as in Version 70:

DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set
rows being added to DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from
DM in the way KXX is partitioned from KAA. In other words, the same
degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The modern
method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR.
READ KXX,MXX,MR,DMX,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it

may be removed from the code in a future version. Refer to old
documentation for a description of this obsolete form.
4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must
be at least positive semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for
example, HOU) KAA may be indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For
the modified and auto tridiagonal methods (for example, MHOU and
AHOU) MAA may be singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is non-singular.
Lambda is an internally calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or
approach singularity only when the system contains massless mechanisms.
A shaft model made with bar elements using point masses is an example of
a system with a massless mechanism. The torsion DOFs are not constrained
to ground, and the point masses provide no rotary inertia. See the MODERS
Main Index
1600 READ
subDMAP for the auto-omit DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns
with null mass for the tridiagonal methods. This makes the modified
methods more efficient, and removes some (but not all) possible causes of
singularity in the mass matrix.
5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be
input if the APPEND mode is being used.
6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output.
7. MI may not be purged.
8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected
with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see
the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide, Section 1.
9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired
then it is recommended that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If
not, then either MR, USET, or VACOMP should be specified.
10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please
refer to the descriptions of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the MD
Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
11. For the Lanczos method:
• By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular
matrix methods specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify
PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the READ module.
• In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling
analysis, KAA must be positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the
other input matrix may be indefinite.
• Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193
through198. Use the NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement.
See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide.
• The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several
enhancements related to shift logic. However, if the Lanczos method in
Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File
Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the READ
module.
• For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that
USET, SIL, and EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified.
If the size of KAA is not the same as the size of the set indicated by
SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified.
Main Index
READ 1601
12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified

accordingly:
ND*(1+NE/100)
13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU',
and 'AHOU') methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL"
Householder eigensolution will be performed. If the problem cannot fit in
memory then the old method is used because the "QL" method does not have
spill capability.
The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method
is controlled system cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for
system cell 359 is 1 which means:
• if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to
AHOU when the size of the problem less than or equal to NE.
• if METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU' then the program will automatically
switch to the "QL" solution if the problem will fit in memory.
Examples:
1. Suppose the user has a matrix [ A ] for which he or she wishes to extract
eigenvalues via the classical equation [ A – λI ] { u } = 0 . Presuming [ A ] is
input via DMI Bulk Data entries and there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data
entry that is selected in Case Control (METHOD), the following DMAP
sequence will be sufficient:
PARAML A//’TRAILER’/1/S,N,NCOLA $
MATGEN ,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $
READ A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS,/’MODES’/S,N,NEIGS/1 $
OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation
[[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} = 0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and
CASECC data blocks are not available:
$ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE
READ A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $
OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
Main Index
1602 RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations

Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations.
Format:
RESMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5/
O1,O2,O3,O4,O5/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5

depends on P1.
Output Data Block:
Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.

Oi
Parameters:
P1 Input-character-no default. Option selection described in the table

below.
P1 Description
'ATBC' Performs the matrix multiplication [I1]T [I2][I3] if [I3] is
present; [I1] [I2][I1] otherwise.
'MPART' Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based
on mass content
'LININD' Find linearly independent and dependent vectors of a
matrix
'LDSWEEP' Sweeps "modal" loads for load vectors
'USWEEP' Sweeps a matrix for small vectors
P2,P3,P4 Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.
P5,P6 Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
Option P1 = 'ATBC'
T T
Performs the matrix multiplication [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I3 ] if [ I3 ] is present; [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I1 ]
otherwise.
Main Index
RESMOD 1603
Format:
RESMOD I1,I2,I3,,/O1,,,,/'ATBC' $
Input Data Block:
Ii Matrix data block.
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix product.
Remark:
[I2] is assumed to be symmetric.
Example:
T
Compute the product [ D ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ]
RESMOD A,B,C,,/D,,,,/'ATBC' $
Option P1 = 'MPART'
Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass content.
Format:
RESMOD PHI,K,M,,/PHI0,K0,PHI1,M1,K1/
'MPART'////ZROSTIFF/ZROMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
PHI Eigenvector matrix.

K Stiffness matrix associated with PHI.
M Mass matrix associated with PHI.
PHI0 Massless eigenvectors.
K0 Stiffness associated with PHI0.
PHI1 Eigenvectors which contain mass.
M1 Mass associated with PHI1.
K1 Stiffness associated with PHI1.
Main Index
1604 RESMOD
Parameters:
ZROSTIFF Input. Null stiffness filter criteria.

ZROMASS Input. Null mass filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. PHI, K, and M must be real.
2. If ZROSTIFF is null then 1.E-08 will be assumed.
3. If ZROMASS is null then 1.E-16 will be assumed.
Option P1 = 'LININD'
Partitions a matrix into linearly independent and dependent sets.
Format:
RESMOD U,M,,,/U0,U1,,,/'LININD'////ZROVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
U Any real matrix.

M Mass matrix associated with U.
Output Data Blocks:

U0 Linearly dependent vector set from U.
U1 Linearly independent vector set from U.
Parameter:
ZROVEC Input. Null filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. If ZROVEC is null then 1.E-06 is used.
2. If M is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
3. [ U0 ] and [ U1 ] should satisfy the following conditions:
T
[ I0 ] [ M ] [ U0 ] = computational zeros
T
[ U1 ] [ M ] [ U1 ] > 0.0
4. U and M must be real.
Main Index
RESMOD 1605
Option P1 = 'LDSWEEP'
Sweeps modal loads for load vectors.
Format:
RESMOD LD,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/LDIND,,,,/
'LDSWEEP'/NORMFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
LD Load matrix
PHI Eigenvector matrix
MXX Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.
MQQ Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
LDIND Filtered load vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize load vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered load vectors are:
T –1 T
[ LDIND ] = [ LD ] – [ M ] [ PHI ] ⋅ ( [ PHI ] [ M ] [ PHI ] ) ⋅ [ PHI ] [ LD ]
2. LD, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.
Option P1 = 'USWEEP'
Sweeps a matrix for small vectors.
Format:
RESMOD U,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/UIND,,,,/'USWEEP'/NORMFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
U A set of vectors.
PHI Modal vectors.
Main Index
1606 RESMOD
MXX Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.

MQQ Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
UIND Filtered vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize input vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered vectors are:
T –1
[ UIND ] = [ U ] + – ( [ PHI ] [ MQQ ] [ PHI ] )
2. U, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.
Main Index
RESTART 1607
Data block comparison
RESTART Data block comparison
Compares two data blocks and invokes dependencies.
Format:
RESTART DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/
INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM/PRTUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be compared.

DLSTIN A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built
as DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module.
DLSTIN is used to invoke the same restart dependencies, but with
different qualifiers, as done during previous RESTART comparisons.
Output Data Block:
DLSTOUT A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that
were deleted during this execution of the RESTART module. If
DLSTOUT is designated as an APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains
the list of data blocks deleted (or marked for deletion during this) from
prior executions of the module.
Parameters:
INVOKE Input-logical-default=FALSE. If INVOKE = TRUE then restart

deletions are performed. If INVOKE = FALSE (default) then no
deletions are performed, but data blocks are marked within DLSTOUT.
SPEXP Input-integer-default=6. Single-precision tolerance exponent. Two
single-precision numbers x and y are considered equal if
– SPEXP
x – y < 10
DBEXP Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two
double-precision numbers, x and y are considered equal if
– DBEXP
x – y < 10
NDDLNAM Input-character-default=' '. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK
statement to use for a description in the comparison that overrides the
name of DB1.
Main Index
1608 RESTART
Data block comparison
PRTUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit flag to print differences betwee

DB1 and DB2.
=0 Print to f04.
<>0 Print to f06.
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.
2. If DLSTIN is not purged, the DB1 and DB2 must be purged.
3. If DBI and DB2 are not purged, the DLSTIN must be purged.
4. If INVOKE = TRUE then RESTART also deletes data blocks according to the
data dependencies (see “DEPEN” in Chapter 3). Only data blocks with the
current values of qualifiers for the path given by DBi are deleted. If the paths
of DBi and the path of the data block to be deleted differ, then all intersecting
qualifiers use the current value and the remaining nonintersecting qualifiers
use the wildcard (*) to determine deletion.
Example:
In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in
the DBVIEW statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are
performed after SEID is set.
FILE HIST=APPEND $
PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $
DBVIEW GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
DBVIEW GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
RESTART GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $
RESTART GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $
SEID = SEDWN $
RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $
Main Index
RMDUPBLK 1609
Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data
RMDUPBLK Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data

Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data.
Format:
RMDUPBLK /BULK/S,N,NEWBULK $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
BULK Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
NEWBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag.

FALSE No
TRUE Yes
Remarks:
1. BULK is both and input and output data block and therefore must be
declared as an append file on the FILE statement. For example:
FILE IBULK=APPEND $
RMDUPBLK /IBULK $
2. The actions taken by this module and tolerance for defining duplicate real
numbers are both specified in system cell 402:
< 0.0 Nothing is done and no entries are deleted.

> 0.0 Tolerance checking will be done to determine if the entries are
deletable.
= 0.0 No tolerance checks will be performed; only physically identical
records will be deleted.
3. Only the CORD2C, CORD2R, CORD2S, and GRID Bulk Data entries are
checked and candidates for deletion.
Main Index
1610 RMG2
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
RMG2 Processes radiation exchange coefficients
Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer

matrices.
Format:
RMG2 EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/
RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/
TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:

MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images
MUGNI Temperature matrix for stiffness update.
KGGNL Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
Output Data Blocks:

RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set.
KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and
updated for radiation.
Parameters:

Main Index
RMG2 1611
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
NORADMAT Input/output-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.

2 No radiation.
g-set.
Remark:
If KGGNL is not purged then LUSET is determined from KGGNL.
Main Index
1612 ROTOR
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTOR Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input.
Format:
ROTOR BGPDT,DYNAMIC,DIT,CSTM,VDA,EDOM/
ROTOR,ROTORT/
CONFAC/APP/ROTPRNT/ROTTFLG $
Input Data Blocks:

VDA Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0's at extra point degrees-of-
freedom. May be purged if no extra points are specified.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by
RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
ROTOR Table of rotordynamic parameters.

Parameters:
CONFAC Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
'STATICS' Statics.
ROTPRNT Input-integer-default=1. Rotor summary print flag.
<>0 Print.
=0 Do not print.
Main Index
ROTOR 1613
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTTFLG Input-integer-default=0. Rotordynamics transient solution sequence

flag for extra point processing.
1: SOL 400
0: SOL 129
Main Index
1614 ROTRDR1
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
ROTRDR1 Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices based on rotordynamics user input and also
drives DMAP rotor loop.
Format:
ROTRDR1 BGPDT,CSTM,ROTOR,MG6,ROTORT/
BCGG,TI,VGROT/
S,N,RECNUM/S,N,ROTORID/CONFAC/WTMASS/
S,N,METHSID/S,N,SDAMPSID/S,N,KDAMP/APP/ROTPRNT $
Input Data Blocks:

ROTOR Table of rotordynamics user input.
MG6
Output Data Blocks:
BCGG
TI
VGROT
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer-default=1.
ROTORID Input/output-integer-default=0.
CONFAC Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
METHSID Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue extraction entry set
SDAMPSID Output-integer-default=0. Modal damping (TABDMP1) entry set
Main Index
ROTRDR1 1615
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
KDAMP Output-integer-default=0. Viscous modal to structural damping flag.

If set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control
command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural
damping:
1 Yes
2 No
''TRANRESP' Transient response.
'STATICS' Statics.
<>0 Print.
=0 Do not print.
Main Index
1616 ROTRDR2
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
ROTRDR2 Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping.
Format:
 CASECC   ROTOR 
ROTRDR2     //
 DIT   ROTORT 
 FREQ 
S,N,RECNUM/APP/   /S,N,ROTORID/S,N,SYNFLAG/
 TIME 
 S,N,RSCALE0   S,N,RSCALE1 
 /  /S,N,GR/S,N,RAVG/
 S,N,OMEGA   S,N,OMEGADOT 
S,N,ALPHAR1/S,N,ALPHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:

DIT Table of TABLEi, entry images.
ROTOR
ROTORT
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer-default=1.
APP Input-character-default=' '.
FREQ Input-real-default=0.0.
TIME Input-real-default=0.0.
ROTORID Output-integer-default=0.
SYNFLAG Output-integer-default=0.
RSCALE0 Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGA Output-real-default=0.0.
Main Index
ROTRDR2 1617
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
RSCALE1 Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGADOT Output-real-default=0.0.
GR Output-real-default=0.0.
RAVG Output-real-default=0.0.
ALPHAR1 Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
ALPHAR2 Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
Main Index
1618 ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
Format:
ROTRUTL I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5

depends on P1.
Output Data Block:
Oi Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-default=0. Option selection described in below.

P2 Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.
P3 Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
P5 Input-character-default=blank. Character parametric data depending
on P1.
Option IOPT = 1
Format:
ROTRUTL FINRL,BGPDT,,,,/MINRL,,/1 $
Input Data Blocks
FINRL G-set by 6 matrix of inertial forces due to unit accelerations in 6

directions.
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1619
Output Data Block:
MINRL G-set square mass matrix that would produce these forces where
MINRL is block diagonal with 3x3 blocks.
Option IOPT = 2
Format:
ROTRUTL CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/
NHFRL,NHOUT,/2/S,N,NHARM/S,N,NHSUBFAC/S,N,NLHIC $
Input Data Blocks:

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. NLHARM, NLFREQ,
NLFREQ1, and NLHOUT records are read.
Output Data Blocks:
NHFRL Frequency response list similar to FRL.

NHOUT
Parameters:
NHARM Output.
NHSUBFAC Output.
NLHIC Ouptut.
Option IOPT = 3
Format:
ROTRUTL CASECC,ROTOR,,,,/ROTORX,,/3//SPEED $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command selections. Read RGYRO selection.

Main Index
1620 ROTRUTL
Output Data Block:
ROTORX Updated ROTOR so that the referenced RGYRO record reads

"ASYNC" and "FREQ" and SPEED is also written to the RGYRO
record.
Parameter:
SPEED Input. Speed.
Option IOPT = 4
Format:
ROTRUTL EPT,,,,,/EPTX,,/4/PID/DDVALUE/FID/ITYPE $
Input Data Block:
EPT Element property table.
Output Data Block:
EPTX Element property table updated with Campbell parameters.
Parameters:
PID Input. Property or material identification number.

DDVAL Input. Campbell parameter.
FID Input. Campbell parameter.
ITYPE Input. Campbell parameter.
Option IOPT = 5
Format:
ROTRUTL ROTOR,,,,/,,/5/IRGYRO//S,N,REFROTR $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1621
Parameters:
IRGYRO Input. RGYRO record identification number.

REFROTR Output. Reference rotor ID on the RGYRO.
Remark:
If the ROTOR table does not exist REFROTR is output as 0 (zero). If IRGYRO is not
found in ROTOR then REFROTR is set to -1.
Option IOPT = 6
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,,,,,/SEROT,,/6/S,N,NROTOR//S,N,NROTORSE $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
SEROT Table of Bulk Data entries related to dynamics.
Parameters:
NROTOR Output. Number of ROTOR entries.

NROTORSE Output. Number of ROTORSE entries.
Option IOPT = 7
Add ROTORG entries into DYNAMIC based on the SEPART and SEROT .
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,SEPART,SEROT,BGPDT,,/DYNAMICX,,/7 $
Input Data Block:

SEPART Partitioning vector.
SEROT Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.
Main Index
1622 ROTRUTL
Output Data Block:
DYNAMICX DYNAMIC updated with SEPART and SEROT data.
Parameters:
None.
Option IOPT = 8
Processes forces for nonlinear harmonic response
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,CASECC,BGPDT,EVEC,USETD,DIT/
NLFTAB,NLPART,/8/S,N,UVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

EVEC D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations.
Output Data Blocks:
NLFTAB Nonlinear data from NLRGAP, NLRSFD, NOLINi records.

NLPART Nonlinear forces degrees-of-freedom for d-set.
Parameter:
UVAFLAG Output. Bit pattern indication force term association with U (disp),
V(vel) or A (acce).
Option IOPT = 9 or -9
Format:
ROTRUTL U,,,,,/UAVG,,/9/NHARM/FREQ/CONDIV//ISUBFAC $
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1623
Input Data Block:
U Solution matrix in d-set.
Output Data Block:
UAVG Converged solution matrix of Fourier components.
Parameters:
NHARM Input.
FREQ Input.
CONDIV Input.
ISUBFAC Input.
Option IOPT = 10
Format:
ROTRUTL ,,,,,/MFCDISP,MFCVELO,/10/NHARM//NHPLUS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
MFCDISP Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time

domain displacements.
MFCVELO Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain velocities.
Parameters:
NHARM Input.
NHPLUS Input.
Option IOPT = 11
Format:
ROTRUTL U,PTVEC,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,,/UT,VT,/11 $
Main Index
1624 ROTRUTL
Input Data Blocks:
U Solution matrix.
PTVEC Partitioning vector.
MFCDISP Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain displacements.
MFCVELO Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain velocities.
Output Data Blocks:
UT Matrix of displacements in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom

specified in PTVEC.
VT Matrix of velocities in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom
specified in PTVEC.
Option IOPT = 12
Convert U (fourier components of d-set) into TIC records to be used in a transient
response analysis
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,BGPDT,EVEC,U,,/,,/12/TICID/FREQ/NHARM $
Input Data Blocks:

EVEC D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations
U Solution matrix.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
TICID Input.
FREQ Input.
NHARM Input.
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1625
Option IOPT = 13
Format:
ROTRUTL DIT,,,,,/,,/13/SDAMP/S,N,TR/S,N,INFOR $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
SDAMP Input.
TR Output.
INFOR Output.
Option IOPT = 14
Determine convergence and line search in nonlinear harmonic response analysis.
Format:
ROTRUTL RESU0,RESU1,,,,/HISTAB,,/14/S,N,ICODE/NLHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
RESU0 Iterate matrix before DECOMP/FBS (= Au-P-F(u))

RESU1 Iterate matrix after DECOMP/FBS with 0.0 < LAMC <= 1.0
Output Data Block:
HISTAB
Parameters:
ICODE Output. Convergence code.

NLHTOL Input. Convergence tolerance.
Main Index
1626 RSPEC
Converts transient response motion for plotting
RSPEC Converts transient response motion for plotting
Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting.
Format:
RSPEC FRL,OUG2,SPSEL,OVG2/
OXRESP/
S,N,SPSELREC/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

OUG2 Table of displacements in SORT1 format from transient response
analysis.
SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.
Output Data Blocks:
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
Parameters:
SPSELREC Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in

SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last record.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities are contained in
separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities are contained in OUG2.
1 Velocities are contained in OVG2
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:
DO WHILE ( RECORD<>-1 ) $
RSPEC FRL,OUGV2,SPSEL/OXRESP/S,N,RECORD $
IF ( RECORD>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( RSPRINT>=0 ) OFP OXRESP//S,N,CARDNO $
XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLT/TABID $
IF ( NOXYPLT>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTSS// $
ENDIF $ RECORD>=0
ENDDO $ RECORD<>-1
Main Index
SCALAR 1627
Matrix element extractor
SCALAR Matrix element extractor
Extracts a specified element from a matrix for use as a parameter.
Format:
SCALAR A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
IROW Input/output-integer-default=1. Row number of element to be

extracted from [A]. See Remark 4.
ICOL Input/output-integer-default=1. Column number of element. See
Remark 4.
VALUED Output-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Contents of
element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A].
Remarks:
1. If the input is purged, the module returns with a VALUE = (0.,0.).
2. See also PARAML A//’DMI’ option.
3. Prior to Version 2001, VALUED was a single precision parameter. To
convert an old DMAP that uses the pre-Version 2001format, see Example 2.
4. If IROW (or ICOL) is greater than the umber of rows (or columns) in A then
IROW or (ICOL) will reset to -1 and CDVALUE remains unchanged from its
value prior to calling SCALAR.
Examples:
1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it
to the parameter VALUE.
SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $
2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to the current version.
SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $
$ Add following statements
Main Index
1628 SCALAR
Matrix element extractor
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $
CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $
3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter.
TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER
TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH
DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE
II = II + 1 $
SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF MATRIX.
IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $
ENDDO $
Main Index
SDP 1629
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
SDP Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the
intercepts of the quasi-steady stability derivatives.
Format:
SDP CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT,
AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV,
MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AEDBINDX,
PRBDOFS/
STBDER,UXDIFV/
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records.
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor points.
MONITOR Structural monitor points.
MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
UXTRIM UX vector at trim.
Main Index
1630 SDP
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive".
Output Data Block:
STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase.

Parameters:
MACH Input-real-default=no default. Mach number.

Q Input-real-default=no default. Dynamic pressure.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for stability derivatives.
Remark:
Each stability derivative has four forms based on:
• The aerodynamic model without any consideration of the structural model.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure but
before any elastic effects are computed.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and
elastic deformations have been included. It is assumed that the model is
restrained at the support points for this derivative.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and
elastic deformations have been included. Movement of the supported
degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.
Main Index
SDR1 1631
Computes solution and single-point forces
SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces
Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and

single-point forces of constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also
appends applied loads.
Format:
SDR1 USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR,KGG/
UG,PGT,QG/
NSKIP/APP/NOQG $
Input Data Blocks:

UL Displacement matrix in l-set.
UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the
a-set fixed (set to zero).
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
QR Matrix of determinate support forces.
KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set which is used to compute the Lagrange
multiplers.
Output Data Blocks:
UG Displacement matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary

conditions.
PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions.
QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set
appended for all boundary conditions.
Main Index
1632 SDR1
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-no default. The first subcase of the current boundary

condition.
Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1' Buckling.
'DYNAMIC' Dynamics.
NOQG Input-integer-default=0. Single point forces of constraint matrix
Method:
Static Analysis
In the case of static analysis, SDR1 recovers dependent displacements
 ul 
  ⇒ { ua } Eq. 4-41
 ur 
 ua 
  ⇒ { uf } Eq. 4-42
 uo 
where
{ u o } = [ G oa
t ]{ u } + { u o }
a o Eq. 4-43
Main Index
SDR1 1633
Enforced displacements are combined with u f
 uf 
  ⇒ { un } Eq. 4-44
 Ys 
 un 
  ⇒ { ug } Eq. 4-45
 um 
where
{ u m } = [ G mn ] { u n } Eq. 4-46
and recovers single point forces of constraint
T
{ q s } = [ K fs ] [ u f ] + [ K ss ] { Y s } – { P s } Eq. 4-47
Eigenvalue Analysis
In the case of eigenvalue analysis SDR1 recovers dependent components of the
eigenvectors
{ φ o } = [ G oa ] { φ a } Eq. 4-48
 φa 
 -----  = { φf } Eq. 4-49
 φo 
 φf 
-  = { φn }
 ---- Eq. 4-50
 φs 
{ φ m } = [ G mn ] { φ n } Eq. 4-51
 φn 
-  = { φg }
 ------ Eq. 4-52
 φm 
and single-point forces of constraint
T
{ q s } = [ K fs ] { φ f } Eq. 4-53
Main Index
1634 SDR1
If PARAM,DYNSPCF,NEW (default) then the single-point forces are computed as

follows:
{ q s } = [ [ K sf ] – ω 2 [ M sf ] ] { φ f } Eq. 4-54
Remarks:
1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE
statement than the outputs will be appended to outputs from prior
executions of SDR1.
2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged.
3. If PG is present, PGT must be present.
4. UOO must be present if the o-set exists and APP is equal to 'STATICS' or
'BLK0'.
5. GM must be present if the m-set exists.
6. KFS must be present if the s-set exists and QG is present.
7. KSS must be present if YS is present, the s-set exists, and QG is present.
8. UOO, KSS and YS are ignored if APP is not equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'.
9. See Section 9.4.11 of the MD Nastran Reference Manual for further discussion
of the matrix operations in SDR1.
10. SDR1 can also process matrices with extra points.
Main Index
SDR2 1635
Creates data recovery output tables
SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables
Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint
forces of constraint, applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element
stresses, element strains, and element forces. These output tables are suitable for
printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing.
Format:
 EQEXIN 
SDR2 CASECC, CSTM ,MPT ,DIT ,  ,
 EQDYN 
 SIL 
 , ETT ,OL ,BGPDT ,PG ,
 SILD 
QG ,UG ,EST ,XYCDB ,OINT ,
PELSET ,VIEWTB ,GPSNT ,DEQATN ,DEQIND ,
DITID ,PCOMPT ,GPKE ,EDT ,VG ,
AG ,QMG ,MMCDB /
OPG ,OQG ,OUG ,OES ,OEF ,
PUG ,OVG ,OAG ,OQMG ,OGPKE1 ,
OSTR ,OMM /
APP /S,N,SORTFLAG/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/DVAFLAG/
HTFLOW /GPF /ACOUT /PREFDB /TABS /
SIGMA /ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP /W3 /
W4 /LANGLE /OMID /G /S,N,OCID $
Input Data Blocks:

identification numbers. See Remark 5.
EQDYN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point
identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. See Remark 5.
Main Index
1636 SDR2

QG Single-point (or mutipoint-QMG) constraint forces of constraint matrix
in the g-set.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient
analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.
GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative
solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
VG Velocity matrix in g-set.
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
OPG Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Main Index
SDR2 1637
OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
PUG Matrix of translational displacements for plotting purposes.
OVG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OAG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OQMG Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.
OSTR Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OMM Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
'FREQRESP' Fequency response.
'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1' Buckling.
'NLST' Nonlinear statics.
'GNST' Geometric nonlinear statics.
SORTFLAG Input/Output-Default=1. SORT1/SORT2 format flag.
If 1 on input then:
The columns of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies,
time steps, or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will
be in SORT2 format
Main Index
1638 SDR2
Then on output:
set to 1 if (1) SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB exists, or (2)
APP=’TRANRESP’ with no SORT1 requests; -1 otherwise.
If 2 on input then:
The rows of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time
steps, or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in
SORT2 format. If APP = ’TRANRESP’ then UG, VG, and AG must
be input separately.
Then on output:
set to -1 if XYCDB does not exist and (1) SORT1 format is
requested or (2) APP<>’TRANRESP’ with no SORT2 requests; 1
otherwise.
NOCOMP Input-Integer-Default=1.
0 Compute stresses for all elements.
1 Compute stresses for non-composite elements only.
2 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr
composite elements in the set referenced by STRESS=sid.
3 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr
composite elements using the set referenced by STRAIN=sid.
ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. If set to 2 then
acoustic pressure is computed for fluid elements.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and
accelerations will be output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
HTFLOW Input-integer-default=-1. Heat flow output flag.
-1 Do not compute heat flow.
1 Compute heat flow.
GPF Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
Main Index
SDR2 1639
ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in

fluid-structural analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square.
'PEAK' Peak.
PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in
units of dB or dBA.
Fahrenheit.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
ADPTEXIT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final
BSKIP Input-logical-default=TRUE. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE,
then skip the first subcase in CASECC.
W3 Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness
in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user
parameter.
W4 Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including non-
uniform structural damping in viscous damping for transient analysis.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
OMID Input-character-default='NO' Material output coordinate system flag.
If OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the
material coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and
CTRIA6 elements.
G Input-real-default=0. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually
OCID Output-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system
identification number in grid point output. The following bits in OCID
are set to 1 based on user output requests.
1 Displacements.
Main Index
1640 SDR2
2 Applied loads.
3 spcforces and mpcforces.
7 Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Remarks:
1. Any output may be purged.
2. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are referenced, or if stresses
and/or forces are not requested.
3. MPT and EST may be purged if there are no requests for element stresses,
strains, or forces.
4. DIT may be purged if no stress or force requests are present or if no
temperature dependent materials are referenced.
5. SDR2 can also process p-set matrices (UP, QP, and PP instead of UG, QG,
and PG) as long as EQDYN and SILD are specified. Otherwise, SILD may be
purged.
6. ETT may be purged if no thermal loading exists, or there are no requests for
stresses or forces.
7. EDT may be purged if there are no element requests for forces or stresses, or
if there are no enforced element deformations in the problem.
8. BGPDT may be purged if all displacement (global) coordinate systems are in
the basic coordinate system and if there are no requests for element stresses,
strains, or forces exist. However, PUG will not be computed.
9. LAMA or CLAMA may not be purged if an eigenvalue or frequency
response problem exists.
10. EQEXIN and XYCDB may be purged.
11. If SORT2 format is desired for the outputs then the parameter SORTFLAG
must be set to 2 and the input data blocks UG, QG, and QMG must be in their
transposed form.
Main Index
SDR3 1641
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format
SDR3 Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1)
format
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Format:
SDR3 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/
OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Block:
OFPiX Output table in SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The SORT1 format created by modules like SDR2 is sorted accordingly:
element type
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element identification number
But the SORT1 format which has been reordered from SORT2 inputs by SDR3 is
sorted accordingly:
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element type
element identification number
Main Index
1642 SDRCOMP
Calculates laminar stresses
SDRCOMP Calculates laminar stresses
Calculates laminar stresses, or strains, and failure indices in composite elements.
Format:
SDRCOMP CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/
OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA,OPLYSR,OGPLYSS,OGPLYFI,OGPSR/
STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC/SRCOMPS $
Input Data Blocks:

OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite
elements only.
OEF1A Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements
only.
Output Data Blocks:
OES1C Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

OEFIT Table of composite element failure indices.
OEF1AA Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite
elements only.
OPLYSR Table of ply strength ratios.
OGPLYSS Table of global ply stresses/strains.
OGPLYFI Table of global ply failure indices.
OGPSR Table of global ply strength ratios.
Main Index
SDRCOMP 1643
Calculates laminar stresses
Parameters:
LSTRN Input-integer-default=0. Laminar strain flag.

0 Compute laminar stresses.
1 Compute laminar strains.
DESOPT Input-integer-default=0. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1,
then the non-composite element forces are extracted form OEF1A and
copied to OEF1AA.
SRCOMPS Input-character-default=’NO’. Flag to request output of table of ply
strength ratios (OPLYSR).
Remarks:
1. ETT may be purged. However temperature effects will not be included.
2. OEF1AA may be purged if DESOPT=0.
3. LOADFACR is only required for including its value in the header record of
OES1C for nonlinear static analysis. This is necessary for proper processing
by the DBC module.
Main Index
1644 SDRHT
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
SDRHT Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other
elements
Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other
elements.
Format:
SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT,OEFNL1,MPT,BGPDT,
CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC,OESNLH,APPLOAD/
HOEF1,HOES1/
TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $
Input Data Blocks:
UG Temperature matrix in g-set.

OEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format.
OEFNL1 Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format.
OESNLH Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements
Main Index
SDRHT 1645
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
Output Data Block:
HOEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi

elements.
HOES1 Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and
nonlinear elements.
Parameters:

NORADMAT Input-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.
-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation (default).
HOES1
Remarks:
1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and
RDEST, RECM, and DLT may be purged.
SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,,
OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/
HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $
2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.
Main Index
1646 SDRNL
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
SDRNL Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
Performs the stress data recovery for nonlinear elements.
Format:
SDRNL CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,
CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT/
OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3/
NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/
UNUSED8 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:
NLTYPE Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type.

0 Statics.
1 Transient response.
Main Index
SDRNL 1647
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements

NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
UNUSED6 Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
Main Index
1648 SDRP
Computes data for p-elements
SDRP Computes data for p-elements
Computes displacements, element forces, element stresses, and element strains of

p-elements at the view-grid points and merges with corresponding output for
h-elements.
Format:
SDRP CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1,
OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND,
DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT,
PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1,
RSQUERY,OVG1,OAG1/
OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA,
RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP,
OVG1VU,OAG1VU/
ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/
DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient
analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.
Main Index
SDRP 1649

loop.
RSQUERY Table of results state query.
Output Data Blocks:
OUG1VU Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1VU Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.
OSTR1VU Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements.
OEF1VU Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements.
STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1.
RSTLSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2.
RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3.
GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
OVG1VU Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids.
OAG1VU Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids.
Main Index
1650 SDRP
Parameters:
ADPTEXIT Input-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity

loop.
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-
element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1
'STATICS' Statics.
'TRANSNT' Transient response.
SDRPOPT Input-character-no default. Principal stress/strain computation
selection:
'SDRP' Compute in SDRP.
'OFP' Compute in OFP.
PVALID Input-integer-no default. p-value set identification number.
DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-no default. p-version analysis adaptivity index.
ODESMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of design cycles performed.
OADPMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of adaptivity cycles
performed.

will be output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
Main Index
SDRP 1651
Remarks:
1. If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of
principal stresses and strains to the OFP module.
2. The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297:
0 Traditional NASTRAN data recovery.
1,2,3 On-the-fly data recovery (MSC.Optima, MSC.Ultima).
-1 Global Response (i.e. find min/max values of certain data recovery
quantities).
Main Index
1652 SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
SDRX Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to
CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station
output. Applicable to static and normal modes analysis only.
Format:
SDRX CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,
OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads
and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for
1-D elements.
Main Index
SDRX 1653
Parameter:
NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:
SDRX CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
Main Index
1654 SDRXD
SDRXD Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to
CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station
output. Applies to transient and frequency response analysis only.
Format:
SDRXD CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
output list.
Output Data Blocks:
OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.
Main Index
SDRXD 1655
OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads
and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for
1-D elements.
Parameters:
NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
Example:
SDRX CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,
DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
Main Index
1656 SDSA
Partitions design model to superelements
SDSA Partitions design model to superelements
Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to
superelements.
Format:
SDSA EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS,SGPDTS/
EDOMS/
SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/
S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
EPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
superelement specified by SEID.
EQEXINS Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
identification numbers for the superelement specified by SEID.
MPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current
superelement.
Output Data Block:
EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and

optimization for the superelement specified by SEID.
Parameters:

PEID Input-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.
OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number
associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies
the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set
Main Index
SDSA 1657
Partitions design model to superelements
DESVAR Output-integer-default=0. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag

for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable
perturbations.
DRESP Output-integer-default=0. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for
superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses.
TWGTFL Output-integer-default=0. Total weight flag.
TVOLFL Output-integer-default=0. Total volume flag.
Remark:
SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR.
See subDMAP DESINIT for an example.
Main Index
1658 SDSB
Generates superelement processing list
SDSB Generates superelement processing list
Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response
sensitivity calculations.
Format:
SDSB SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
DSLIST/
S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Input Data Blocks:

SLIST Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and
reduction.
EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
Output Data Block:
DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response

Parameters:
DMRESD Output-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the

design model is limited to the residual structure.
NOSEDV Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the
SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not
requested for any superelement.
NOSERESP Output-integer-default=0. Response sensitivity calculation flag based
on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response
sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Main Index
SDSB 1659
Generates superelement processing list
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESINIT:
DBVIEW EDOMF=EDOMS WHERE (wildcard) $
IF ( NOT(RSONLY) AND NOEDOM>0
) SDSB SLIST,EDOMF,CASEXX,,/DSLIST/S,N,DMRESD/
S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Main Index
1660 SDSC
Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
SDSC Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient

matrix
Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
SDSC DSCMCOL//
OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
OBJSID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies
the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set
Main Index
SECONVRT 1661
SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records
Modifies those Bulk Data entry records which define coordinate systems, orientation
vectors, and load vectors by grid point identification number; e.g., CORD1j to
CORD2j, FORCEi to FORCE, MOMENTi to MOMENT, replace GO on CBAR,
CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP with X1, X2, X3.
Format:
SECONVRT BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/
GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity
and scalar points.
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal
loads.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1N Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j

records.
GEOM2N Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR,
CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records.
GEOM3N Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records
converted to FORCE and MOMENT records.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. System cell 350 controls execution of the SECONVRT module.
-1 No converson.
Main Index
1662 SECONVRT
0 Convert and echo all converted entries in the f06.

>0 Convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the
value of system cell 350.
Main Index
SEDR 1663
Partitions tables for superelements
SEDR Partitions tables for superelements
Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each
superelement.
Format:
SEDR SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT,
MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB,VGD,AGD/
UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR,VA,AA/
APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/
S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL/
SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:

DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery.
MAPS* Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary
coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and
release transformation matrix).
UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
VGD Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
AGD Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
Main Index
1664 SEDR
Output Data Blocks:
UA Solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

CASEDR Table of Case Control command images for the superelement
PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for
the superelement (identification number equal to output value of
SEID).
XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification
number equal to output value of SEID).
VA Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
AA Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
≠ ′STATICS′ Not statics.

NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if
there are no superelements connected upstream from the current
superelement.
NOSORT1 Output-integer-default=0. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format
is not requested for current superelement.
NOUG Output-integer-default=0. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already
exists for the current superelement.
NOOUT Output-integer-default=0. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output
requests are specified for the current superelement.
NOPLOT Output-integer-default=0. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed
plot requests are specified for the current superelement.
NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=0. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot
requests are specified for the current superelement.
Main Index
SEDR 1665
QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in

selecting MAPS.
NCUL Input-integer-no default. Number of columns desired in the solution
matrix for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML
module.
SORTP Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UGD, VGD, and AGD.
1 Columns correspond to time steps or frequencies.
2 Rows correspond to time steps or frequencies.
Main Index
1666 SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop
SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop
Drives superelement data recovery loop.
Format:
SEDRDR DRLIST,SEMAP//
S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/
NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/
SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the

current superelement is the last to process.
SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number
and initialization flag.
On input:
-1 Initialization.
-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321.
>0 Previous superelement identification number.
On output:
>0 Current superelement identification number.
PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification
number.
SEDWN Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification
number.
NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there
is no data recovery requested for any superelement.
Main Index
SEDRDR 1667
NOSE Input-integer-default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there

are no superelements.
SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on
the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT' Repeated.
'MIRROR' Mirror.
'COLLTR' Collector.
'EXTRNA' External.
'PRIMARY' Primary.
RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification
number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror)
superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER
Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.
EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if
superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with
PEID=0.
SEDRCNTL Input-character-default=' '. Processing list selection.
' ' All superelements will be processed (default).
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will
be processed.
NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header superelement label print
control.
0 Print page header and UIM 7321.
-1 Do not print page header and UIM 7321.
-2 Same as -1 and do not print .f04 label.
-3 Same as -2 and do not print superelement label in SUBTITLE
line of page header.
Remark:
SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data
recovery; i.e., downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements.
Main Index
1668 SEDRDR
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure
and ending with the tips.
PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEDRDR DRLIST//
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEEFMBND 1669
Generates band information for EFM
SEEFMBND Generates band information for EFM

Generates the partitioning vectors and band information for energy flow modeling
(EFM).
Format:
SEEFMBND CASECC,DYNAMIC,DIT,LAMA,EFMDMP/
BANDPV,BANDLIST/EFMMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

EFMDMP Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequency-
dependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
Output Data Blocks:

BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands.
Parameters:
EFMMASS Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which
energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
Main Index
1670 SEEFMCLF
Calculates EFM values for a band
SEEFMCLF Calculates EFM values for a band
For energy flow modeling (EFM), calculates for the current band: total modal energy
for each subsystem, energy influence coefficients for rain-on-the-roof excitation,
average power input, energy factors matrix, and coupling loss factors.
Format:
SEEFMCLF DIT,EFMLIST,EFMDMP,BANDLIST,BANDPV,MQE*/
ENEMAT,APIMAT,EFMMA,SCLFMAT,CLFMAT/
IBAND/EFMMASS/QUALNAM/EFMDIAG $
Input Data Blocks:

EFMLIST Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling
calculations are to be performed.
MQE* Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
ENEMAT Matrix of modal energy.

APIMAT Diagonal matrix of average power input values.
EFMMAT Matrix of energy factors.
SCLFMAT Matrix of simple coupling loss factors.
CLFMAT Matrix of coupling loss factors.
Parameters:
IBAND Input-integer-no default. Current band indentification number.

EFMMASS Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which
Main Index
SEEFMCLF 1671
Calculates EFM values for a band

MQE matrices.
EFMDIAG Input-integer-default=0. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
Main Index
1672 SEEFMDMP
Generates parameters for EMF
SEEFMDMP Generates parameters for EMF

Generates mass values, damping loss factors, and frequency-dependent damping
criteria for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMDMP CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST,OGPWG*/
EFMMCOL,EFMDMP/
S,N,EFMMASS/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:

OGPWG* Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables.
Output Data Blocks:
EFMMCOL Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values.

Parameters:
EFMMASS Output-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which
MQE matrices.
Main Index
SEEFMLST 1673
Generates superelement list for EFM
SEEFMLST Generates superelement list for EFM
Generates list of superelements for which energy flow modeling (EFM) calculations
are to be performed.
Format:
SEEFMLST CASECC,GEOM1,SLIST/EFMLIST $
Input Data Blocks:

SLIST Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and
reduction.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1674 SEEFMNOR
Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM
SEEFMNOR Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM

Generats the partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs from
all the DOF in the superelement as well as to generate a matrix of superelement grid
point shell normal vectors.
Format:
SEEFMNOR BGPDT,USET,GPSNT/
PVGT,SNORMM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
PVGT Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.
SNORMM Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
GPSNT and SNORMM may be purged if only PVGT is desired.
Main Index
SEEFMOUT 1675
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis.
Format:
SEEFMOUT EFMLIST,EFMASMTT,EXCITEFX,BANDLIST,
MNRGYMTF,APIMATT,RESMATFT/ $
Input Data Blocks:
EFMLIST Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow

modeling calculations are to be performed.
EFMASMTT Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements.
EXCITEFX Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements.
MNRGYMTF Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
APIMATT Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
RESMATFT Matrix of average velocity respons for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1676 SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power for EFM
SEEFMXIT Computes superelement power for EFM
Computes superelement power and force input values for energy flow modeling
(EFM).
Format:
SEEFMXIT CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST/EXCITP,EXCITF $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
EXCITP Matrix of EFM superelement power input values.

EXCITF Matrix of EFM superelement force input values.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SELA 1677
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
SELA Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current
superelement.
Format:
SELA PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $
Input Data Blocks:
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
reduction.
PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of
all upstream superelements.
Output Data Block:
PG Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including
loads from upstream superelements.
Parameters:

selecting MAPS and PA.
LDSEQ Input/output-integer-default=0. PG column number. On input, last
column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last
column number of PG on current execution.
Main Index
1678 SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
NOPG Output-integer-default=0. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if

there are no loads due to upstream superelements.
PRTUIM Input-logical-default=TRUE. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA
module.
Remark:
PJ may be purged.
Example:
DBVIEW PAUP = PA WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
SELA PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $
EQUIVX PJ/PG/NOPG $
Main Index
SEMA 1679
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
SEMA Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream
superelements into the current superelement.
Format:
SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
XGG/
SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $
Input Data Blocks:
reduction.
XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to
its interior points only.
XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream
superelements.
Output Data Block:
XGG Square matrix in g-set including contributions from upstream

superelements.
Parameters:

LUSETS Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set of the current superelement.
Main Index
1680 SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements

selecting MAPS and PA.
UPFM Input-integer-default=0. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM
4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary
matrices.
Remark:
XJJ may be purged.
Example:
Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness
matrices.
DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $
SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
KGG/
SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $
IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $
Main Index
SEP1 1681
Constructs superelement map table
SEP1 Constructs superelement map table
Constructs the superelement map table.
Format:
SEP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SETREE/
SEMAP,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
Output Data Block:

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for superelements.
Parameters:
NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there

CONFAC Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance
for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate
systems.
LST2REC Input-integer-default=TRUE. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE
to write last two records.
Main Index
1682 SEP1
Remarks:
1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map
table which defines the relationships between grid points and
superelements. The map includes the superelement type (primary,
secondary, mirror image, etc.), the exterior grid points, the structural and
rigid elements, and for certain secondary superelements, sequencing
information.
2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry,
CSUPER Bulk Data entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry;
i.e., grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a more recently developed module
intended for superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections; i.e.,
partitioned superelements.
Main Index
SEP1X 1683
SEP1X Constructs superelement map table
Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at
RSSCON element connections. The format has not changed but the SEP1XOVR
parameter is now an output parameter which must be passed into SEP2X. Also
additional options are available in SEP1XOVR.
Format:
SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BNDFIL/
SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/
NQSET/EXTNAME/S,N,SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC/
S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/S,N,RUNSEP2X $
Input Data Blocks:
SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in

separate Bulk Data Sections.
GEOM1* Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:

SGPDT Global superelement basic grid point definition table including
RSSCON grid point location corrections.
Main Index
1684 SEP1X
Parameters:
NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there

are no superelements. Set to number of superelements if superelements
exist.
CONFAC Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance
for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate
systems.
selecting GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, and SGPDT.
QUALVAL Input-integer-default=-1. QUALNAM value assigned to the main Bulk
Data Section.
RSFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Main Bulk Data superelement presence
flag. Set to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data
Section.
NQSET Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-
freedom (auto-q-set). Each superelement will have NQSET number of
q-set degrees-of-freedom.
EXTNAME Input-character-default='XEID'. Name of the qualifier used to identify
External Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing. See
Remark 3.
Bit(s) Value(s) Description
1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection.
4 8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages via
internal SECONCT entries.
5 16 Print RSSCON old/new locations.
6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence.
7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
8 128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other
sets present in the Residual.
9 256 CHKRUN flag for spot welds.
10 512 CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds.
NQMAX Input-integer-default=3000. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed
per partitioned superelement. See NQSET.
Main Index
SEP1X 1685
SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag.

Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER
is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. If TRUE
then superelement processing is to be performed. Otherwise, only the
RSSCON element corrections are performed.
TOLRSC Input-real-default=1.0E-4. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
SWCHECK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld check exit flag indicating
that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN.
ATQSET Input-logical-default=FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If
TRUE, automatic q-set will not be generated here but in the MODQSET
module.
RUNSEP2X Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to run SEP2X. Set to TRUE for
models that contain certain types of weld elements.
Example:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:
DBVIEW GEOM1F=GEOM1QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $
DBVIEW SGPDTF=SGPDTS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $
OVRIDE = SEP1XOVR $
SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1F,GEOM2F,GEOM4F,SETREE,SGPDTF,BNDFIL/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'PEID'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/
S,N,OVRIDE//SEBULK/TOLRSC/S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/
S,N,XSEP2X $
2. Perform RSSCON correction only. Excerpt from subDMAP SOL1:
SEP1X ,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/' '//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'///
false/TOLRSC $
3. The SEP1X module checks the residual part and bit 8 on the SEP1XOVR
parameter to determine a-set membership at the residual level. The default
action is to place all upstream q-set in the a-set in the residual when any
ASETi, BSETi, CSETi, QSETi or OMITi records are detected in the residual
based upon user specifications. Otherwise, SEP1X changes the SEP1XOVR
parameter to indicate to SEP2X not to generate ASET records for the q-set
boundary dofs and then let the left-over logic of GP4 assign to a-set or o-set.
Note that the user can set bit 8 to indicate that no ASET records will be
created. The current SEP2X rule for user set specifications is to copy the
supplied record from the main GEOM4 to the residual's GEOM4S.
Main Index
1686 SEP1X
Main Index
SEP2 1687
SEP2 Partitions tables for each superelement
Partitions tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,
SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/
SEID/METHCMRS
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
reduction.
CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the current superelement.
GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
for the current superelement.
Main Index
1688 SEP2
GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-

freedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement.
MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary
superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary
resequencing and releases.
DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement.
Parameters:

METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set
identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value
specified in CASES.
Main Index
SEP2CT 1689
Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement
SEP2CT Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement
Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2CT SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/
CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/
APP/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

reduction.
Output Data Blocks:
CASES Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement
PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for
the current superelement (identification number equal to output value
of SEID).
XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
≠ ′STATICS′ Not statics.

Main Index
1690 SEP2DR
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the
pseudo-load generation loop.
Format:
 SLIST 
SEP2DR   ,SEMAP/
 DSLIST 
S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOMAT/
S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,SCNDRY/
S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/
S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $
Input Data Blocks:

reduction.
DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superele ment identification number

and initialization flag.
On input:
-1 Initialization
-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321
>0 Previous superelement identification number
On output:
>0 Current superelement identification number
Main Index
SEP2DR 1691
PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification

number.
SEDWN Input-output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement
identification number. SEDWN is input if CNTL <> 'SEDWN' and
output if CNTL = 'SEDWN'.
LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the
current superelement is the last to process.
NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix
generation is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands.
NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix
assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement
based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands.
NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load
generation is requested for the current superelement based on the
SELG or SEALL Case Control commands.
NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load
assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement
based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands.
NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if
there are no superelements connected upstream from the current
superelement.
SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror)
superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER
Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.
EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if
superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.
NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if
no mass and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the
current superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control
commands.
SEP2CNTL Input-character-default='SLIST'. Processing list selection.
'ALL' All superelements will be processed.
'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control
commands.
Main Index
1692 SEP2DR
'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case

Control commands.
'PSLDSL' Union of superelements specified on the SEDV and
SERESP commands.
'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG,
SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.
'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream
superelement.
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will
be processed.
NOPSLG Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no
load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands.
NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header and eject flag.
0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1 Do not print page header in f06.
-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04
PARTSE Output-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to
TRUE if the current superelement is a partitioned superelement.
SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on the
SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT' Repeated.
'MIRROR' Mirror.
'COLLTR' Collector.
'EXTRNA' External a-set.
'EXTRNG' External g-set.
'PRIMARY' Primary.
RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification
number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
NSENQSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom
allocated to the current superelement.
Main Index
SEP2DR 1693
Remarks:
1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the
order of matrix generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip
superelements to the residual structure.
2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the
first input; otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending
with the residual structure.
PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG<>-1 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEP2DR SLIST,SEMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID//S,N,LPFLG/
////////'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
1694 SEP2X
SEP2X Partitions tables for each superelement
Partitions tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2X GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,
DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12/
SEID/METHCMRS/SEP1XOVR $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
reduction.
CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
Main Index
SEP2X 1695
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the current superelement.
GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for
the current superelement.
GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement.
MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary
superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary
resequencing and releases.
SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current
superelement.
DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement.
Parameters:

METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set
identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value
specified in CASES.
SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing and
computed in SEP1X. Checks bit 8 to determine upstream q-set
processing in the residual. See Remark 3 under the SEP1X module
description.
Main Index
1696 SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
SEP3 Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for
generation, assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load
matrices.
Format:
SEP3 CASECC,EMAP/
SLIST/
S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
SLIST Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and

reduction.
Parameters:
NOSECOM Output-integer-default=0. Superelement Case Control command flag.

Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR
commands specified in CASECC.
SEID Output-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are
superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR; otherwise 0.
NOSE Input-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there
NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. If there are no
superelements, NOMAT is set to -1 if no SEMG and no SEALL Case
Control commands are specified.
NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. If there are no
superelements, then NOASM is set to -1 if no SEKR and no SEALL
Case Control commands are specified.
NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. If there are no
superelements, then NOLOAD is set to -1 if no SELG and no SEALL
Main Index
SEP3 1697
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. If there are no

superelements, then NOLASM is set to -1 if no SELR and no SEALL
NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. If there
are no superelements, then NOMR is set to -1 if no SEMR and no
SEALL Case Control commands are specified.
Remark:
If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged.
Main Index
1698 SEP4
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
SEP4 Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing
solution matrices, and determines which superelements are to be processed for data
recovery.
Format:
SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*,MMCDB/
DRLIST/
UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/
SEP4CNTL $
Input Data Blocks:

UG* Family of displacement matrices in g-set for all superelements.
superelements.
QG* Family of single-point constraint forces of constraint matrices in the
g-set for all superelements.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
UNUSED1 Input-character-no default. Specify ' '.

selecting UG, PUG, and QG.
NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there
is no data recovery requested for any superelement.
Main Index
SEP4 1699
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements,

then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEDRDR; otherwise 0.
NOSEPLOT Output-integer-default=0. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to
-1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the
OUTPUT(PLOT) Section.
SEP4CNTL Output-integer-default=' '. Processing list selection.
≠ ′ALL′ Only superelements specified on the SEDR Case Control
command
Example:
DBVIEW UGF =UG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW PUGF=PUG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW QGF =QG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UGF,PUGF,QGF/
DRLIST/
' '//S,N,NODRALL/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOUPL $
Main Index
1700 SEPLOT
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
SEPLOT Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and
SEUPPLOT commands.
Format:
SEPLOT PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/
QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT $
Input Data Blocks:

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned
superelements.
BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
ECT* Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.
superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDTX BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command.
PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or
SEUPPLOT command.
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the
definition of element plot sets.
Main Index
SEPLOT 1701
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
Parameters:
selecting BGPDT and ECT.
QUALNAMP Input-character-default='PEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in
selecting PUG.
PLTCNT Input/output-integer-no default. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT)
command counter.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command.
NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points
in the BGPDTX.
JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if
there are none.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SUPER3:
DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW ECTF=ECTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DO WHILE ( PLTCNT>-1 ) $
SEPLOT PCDB,EMAP,scstm,BGPDTF,ECTF,PUGF/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLTXY,PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY/
'PEID'/'SEID'/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
PRTMSG PLTXY//PDRMSG $
IF ( JPLOT>=0 ) THEN $
PLOT PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY,CASECC,BGPDTX,
PUGX,PUGX,gpect,oes1x/
PLOTY2/NSILS/0/JPLOT/-1/S,N,PFILE $
PRTMSG PLOTY2//PDRMSG $
ENDIF $ JPLOT>=0
ENDDO $ PLTCNT>-1
Main Index
1702 SEPR1
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
SEPR1 Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
SEPR1 BULK*/
SELIST/
QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK* Family of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Output Data Blocks:
SELIST List of partitioned superelement identification numbers.
Parameters:

selecting BULK.
SEFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if partitioned
superelements are present.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP IFPL:
DBVIEW IBULKSF = IBULK WHERE (SEID>0 AND PEID=*) $
SEPR1 IBULKSF/SELIST//S,N,SELIST $
Main Index
SEQP 1703
Resequencing processor
SEQP Resequencing processor
Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for
efficient matrix decomposition.
Format 1: Geometry Table input
SEQP GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEOM2X,
GEOM4X/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/
MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/APP/
S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE/ATQSET/
PARTMEM $
Format 2: Matrix input
SEQP MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,
degree-of-freedom membership, and rigid element connectivity.
transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Required
for DMIG and virtual mass partitioning with domain solver
ACMS='YES'.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Grid points on
DPHASE, DELAY, TIC, and DAREA records will be assigned to the
residual structure if ACMS='YES'.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required for MFLUID set
MAT Matrix. Must be square and symmetric.
Main Index
1704 SEQP

Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1Q Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed.
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on
which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing.
LGPART Same as SPCPART except it includes disjoint grid points.
GEOM2X GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'.
GEOM4X GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because all
RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only one m-
set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for
ACMS='YES'.
Main Index
SEQP 1705
Parameters:
SEQOUT Input-integer-default=0. Output options:
0 No output.
1 Print a formatted table of the internal versus external grid
2 Write the SEQGP entries to the punch file (.pch).
3 Combines 1 and 2.
SEQMETH Input/output-integer-default=3. Resequencing method:
-1 No resequencing is performed.
1 Active/passive.
2 Band.
3 For the active/passive and the band options select the option
giving the lowest RMS value of the active columns for each group
of grid points. (Default)
4 Wavefront (Levy).
5 Gibbs-King. See Remark 4.
6 Automatic nested dissection. See Remark 4.
7 Multiple Minimum Degree of Freedom. See Remarks 3 and 4.
8 Semiautomatic selection. See Remark 5.
On output SEQMETH is set to -1 if new sequence results in a lower
decomposition time estimate. Otherwise it is set to 0.
SETNAME Input-character-default='G'. Degree-of-freedom set name
corresponding to the size of MAT (Format 2 only).
SUPER Input-integer-default=0. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or
special handling of multipoint constraints.
FACTOR Input-integer-default=0. Factor in the computation of the sequenced
identification number (SEQID) on the SEQGP. See Remark 7.
MPCFLG Input-integer-default=0. Controls whether the grid point connectivity
created by multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD,
and MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered
during resequencing.
-1 Do not consider.
Main Index
1706 SEQP
0 Consider. (Default)
>0 Consider only the MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX entries with a set
identification number equal to this parameter's value as well as
the of the rigid element entries.
START Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the
beginning of the input sequence. See Remark 8.
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Diagnostic output flag.
0 No.
>0 Yes.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. If set to TRUE then it specifies the
existence of p-elements.
PSEQOPT Input-character-default=' '. Specifies append (default) or insert
option for p-elements. See Remark 9.
NTIPS Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of domains (tip
superelements to be created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If
NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the number
of processors.
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
ZCOLLCT Input/output-integer-default=-1. The absolute value is the number of
collectors in the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If
ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector will be added.
TIPSCOL Input/output-integer-default=-1. The number of tip superelements
upstream of each downstream collector superelement. See
ACMS='YES'.
Main Index
SEQP 1707
ACMS Input-character-default=' '. Automatic component mode synthesis

flag. If ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned
into superelements according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, and ZCOLLCT.
FLUIDSE Output-integer-default=0. Fluid superelement identification number.
Set to a value greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are
present.
ATQSET Input-logical-default=FALSE. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’.
FALSE Generate a fixed number of q-set dofs for each domain.
TRUE Generate a single q-set dof for the residual structure and the
fluid superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.
PARTMEM Input-integer-default=0. Partitioning memory allocation control.
Remarks:
1. In the geometry table option, SEQP generates SEQGP Bulk Data entries to be
appended to the in the GEOM1 data block and/or written to the punch file.
2. In the matrix option, GPL, USET, and SIL are required for SEQOUT>0 and
may be purged if SEQOUT=0.
3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse
forward-backward substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and
damping matrices by the EMA module may be less efficient under this
option. Also, if there is insufficient memory available to perform sparse
decomposition, then regular decomposition will be performed and regular
decomposition is inefficient under this option.
4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU
estimate is higher than for no resequencing.
5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing
methods that are suitable for the decomposition method selected by the
PARALLEL and SPARSE keywords on the NASTRAN statement and select
the sequencing method with the lowest estimate. The following table shows
the suitable methods for each decomposition method.
Suitable
Decomposition Method
SEQMETH
non-sparse and non-parallel 1 and 4
parallel 2 and 5
sparse 6 and 7
Main Index
1708 SEQP
6. Description of SUPER:
• If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not
part of the group currently being processed are deleted. This option provides
for sequencing only the interior points of a superelement. If any
superelements are present, the residual structure is not resequenced. If all of
the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced.
• If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are
considered. This option provides for the recognition of passive columns.
• If PARAM,SUPER=2, then all points that are connected to multipoint
constraints (via MPC entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are
placed in a special group at the end of the sequence. This option also forces
SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of SEQMETH. This
option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due
to MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected
only by MPCs or rigid elements. See “Matrix Decomposition” in Chapter 3
of the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for a further discussion of
sequencing operations.
7. FACTOR is used as follows:
SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ
where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number.
If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence
number previously processed.
8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point
numbers including the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A
single SEQGP entry can be input to select the starting point for the new
sequence. Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be used as the
starting point
9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions:
• PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all
the regular grids. APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version
preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = 5, 6 or 7.
• PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations
immediately after the regular grid point to which they are associated which
is the default in p-element analysis. INSERT is intended for p-element
analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Main Index
SEQP 1709
Example:
The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the
matrix KAA. The following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns
of KAA. Following the decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the
MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA) and FBS will perform the
forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The final
MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA).
SEQP KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $
SMPYAD SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $
DECOMP KAAX/LAA,/ $
MPYAD SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $
FBS LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $
MPYAD SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $
Main Index
1710 SHPCAS
Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes
SHPCAS Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes
Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model
loads (boundary shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's
solution matrices that correspond to the boundary shapes.
Format:
SHPCAS CASECC,YGBNDR/
CASECC1,CVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric
models.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECC1 Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to
account for the boundary shapes.
CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from
boundary shape induced solutions.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SMA3 1711
Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry
SMA3 Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk

Data entry
Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL
Bulk Data entry and optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements.
Format:
SMA3 GEI,KGG/
KGG1/
LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $
Input Data Blocks:
GEI Table of general element data.

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements.
Output Data Block:
KGG1 Matrix. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [X]
is the maximum of the types of [A], [B], α, and β. The size of [X] is the
size of [A] if [A] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [B].
Parameters:

g-set.
NOGENL Input-integer-no default. The number of general elements.
NOSIMP Input-integer-no default. The number of simple elements. Set to -1 if
there are no elements.
Remark:
KGG may be purged.
Main Index
1712 SMPYAD
Matrix series multiply and add
SMPYAD Matrix series multiply and add
Multiplies a series of matrices together:
[ X ] = ±[ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] ±[ F ]
Format:
SMPYAD A,B,C,D,E,F/
X/
NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM
Input Data Blocks:
A, B, C, D, E Matrices multiplied from left to right. (Real or complex).

F Matrix to be added to the above product. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Resultant matrix.
Parameters:
NMAT Integer-input-no default. Number of matrices involved in the product;

i.e., [A][B][C][D][E].
SIGNP Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the product matrix (i.e., [A] [B] [C] [D]
[E]): -1 for minus.
SIGNF Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the matrix. [F], to be added to the
product matrix: -1 for minus.
PREC Integer-input-default=0. Output precision of the final result: 0 for
choose proper precision, 1 for single precision, 2 for double precision.
TA, TB, TC, Integer-input-default=0. Transpose indicators for the [A] [B] [C] and
TD [D] matrices: 1 if transposed matrix to be used in the product, 0 if
untransposed. The last nonpurged matrix must be untransposed.
FORM Integer-input-default=0. Form of the X matrix. If FORM is zero, the
form of [X] will be 1 if the result is square, 2 otherwise. If [X] is known
to be symmetric from physical principles, FORM may be set to 6.
Remarks:
1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in
machine precision.
Main Index
SMPYAD 1713
Matrix series multiply and add
2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first
product calculated is the product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies
that all purged inputs must be to the right. If the transpose flag is set for the
last unpurged matrix, it is ignored without warning.
3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of
columns in A is not equal to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then
the User Fatal Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE
MATRICES” is issued.
4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module
except in case of a triple product, where [ B ] and [ F ] are symmetric and
T
[ A ] = [ C ] and TA = 1 ; i.e., [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ A ] ± [ F ] ], then a method that is more
efficient than two equivalent MPYAD operations will be employed. See
Example 3. However, two equivalent MPYAD operations will be selected
automatically if two MPYADS are more efficient. (Two MPYADs can be
forced by setting system cell 129 to 1, with PUTSYS(1,129) specified just
before the SMPYAD module.)
5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module
does not create any output.
Examples:
1. Compute [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ]T [ C ] – [ F ] .
SMPYAD A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $
2. Compute [ Z ] = – [ U ]T [ V ]T [ W ]T [ X ] T [ Y ] [Z].
SMPYAD U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $
3. Compute [ φ ] T [ M ] [ φ ] .
SMPYAD PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $
Main Index
1714 SOLVE
Linear system solver
SOLVE Linear system solver
Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ±[ B ] or the left-hand solution [ X ]T [ A ] = ±[ B ] T .
Format:
SOLVE A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/
X/
SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
A Square, symmetric or unsymmetric, matrix (real or complex).

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex).
PARTVEC Partitioning vector which is specified when A and B are the zero-th
partitions of the set specified by SETNAME.
Output Data Block:
X Rectangular matrix. See Remark 1.
Parameters:
SYM Input integer default = 0 selects solution method.

0 Use either symmetric or unsymmetric method consistent with
symmetric or unsymmetric [ A ] .
1 Use symmetric method.
-1 Use unsymmetric method.
2 Solve left-hand solution for [ X ] T .

3 Compute inverse of [ A ] . See Remark 2.
SIGN Input integer default = 1. Sign of right-hand side flag.
1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
-1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ – B ] .
SETNAME Input-character-default = ‘H.’ Degree-of-freedom set name
corresponding to A and B.
Main Index
SOLVE 1715
Linear system solver
Remarks:
1. [ X ] is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as [ B ] and the
maximum type of [ A ] and [ B ] .
2. If SYM = 3, then [ B ] is ignored.
If SYM ≠ 3 and [ B ] is purged, then [ X ] will be purged; or if [ B ] is a null matrix,
then [ X ] will be a null matrix.
3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1
under the DECOMP module description.
4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the
NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force
parallel processing, also specify “NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0”.
5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are
required for the most efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only
required if A is not the same size as SETNAME.
Examples:
1. Solve a system of equations [ A ] [ X ] = [ P ] .
SOLVE A,P,,,/X/ $
2. Invert [ A ] .
SOLVE A,,,,/AINV/3 $
3. Solve [ X ] T [ A ] = [ P ] T .
SOLVE A,P,,,/X/2 $
Main Index
1716 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
SOLVIT Iterative solver
Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ±[ B ] ] for [ X ] using a preconditioned conjugate

gradient method.
Format for Non-p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQMAP,
BGPDT,CSTM,PG,YS,KDICT,KELM,EST,MPT,DIT/
X,R,PC1,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID
EBSOPT/CVMEM/CASPIV $
Format for p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,
EQMAP,,,,,,,,,/
X,R,PG,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
A Square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex), the right-hand side.
XS Optional starting vector, same type as B (may be purged).
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same type as A (may be purged).
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table. See Remark 3.
KGG Stiffness matrix -- g-set. See Remark 3.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix. See Remark 3.
USET0 USET table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
SIL0 SIL table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
identification numbers. Required for p-version preconditioning only.
iterative solver.
Main Index
SOLVIT 1717
Iterative solver
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required if SMETHOD Case

Control command is used and NSIP=-1.
decomposition.
BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. Only used for element based solver
methods.
CSTM Table of coordinate system transportation matrices. Only used for
element based solver methods.
PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. Only used for the element based
solver methods.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements. Only used for element based solver
methods.
KDICT KELM dictionary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness. Only used for element based
solver methods.
EST Element summary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
MPT Material property table. Only used for element based solver methods.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Only used for element based
solver methods.
Output Data Blocks:
X Solution matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and

type as [ B ] .
R Residual matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and
type as [ B ] , the residual [ R ] = [ B ] – [ A ] [ X ] .
PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. See Remark 6.
Parameters:
SIGN Input-integer-default = 0. Sign flag for [ B ] .

0 + [B]
1 - [B]
ITSOPT Input-integer-default = 0. Preconditioner flag.
Main Index
1718 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
0 Choose optimal method based on type of problem:

ITSOPT Type of problem
6 p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
10 complex [ [ A ] and/or [ B ] .
11 non p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
1 Jacobi preconditioning (default) for real, complex, symmetric and
unsymmetric A.
2 Incomplete Cholesky preconditioning or user-given
preconditioner.
3 Reduced incomplete Cholesky preconditioning. preconditioner
(available for real symmetric A only).
4 User supplied for real, complex, symmetric A.
5 Incomplete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
6 Complete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
7 Complete geometric, incomplete hierarchic for real symmetric A.
10 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned real symmetric A
(default for real A).
11 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned complex
symmetric A (default for complex A).
<0 Same as above with diagonal scaling.
ITSEPS Input-real-default = 1.0E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon.
ITSMAX Input-integer-default = 0. Maximum number of iterations. The default
value implies N/4 (N = dimension of [A]).
IPAD Input-integer-default = 0 (see table below). Padding level for reduced
or block incomplete Cholesky factorization (0, 1, 2, ...). See Remarks 1
and 2.
Model Type of
IPAD Method ITSOPT
type [A]
0 reduced incomplete 3 all real

Cholesky
2 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 3-D real
3 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 2-D or real
mixed
Main Index
SOLVIT 1719
Iterative solver
Model Type of
IPAD Method ITSOPT
type [A]
5 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 all complex
IEXT Input-integer-default = 0. Extraction level in reduced or block

incomplete Cholesky factorization. See Remarks 1 and 2.
IEXT Reduced Block

0 0 solid bodies, no rigid elements. Requires USET and
SIL.
1 1 shells only. Heuristic block
structure. (Default)
2 2 mixed including rigid Not applicable.
elements.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=0. P-version analysis adaptivity index. See

Remark 7.
parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values
are taken from the module specification of the values.
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Message level output.
0 minimal; i.e., UIM 6447 (default).
1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms.
PREFONLY Input-integer-default=0. Preface execution only. If set to -1 then
SOLVIT is terminated after the preface information is computed
and printed.
ITSERR Output-integer-default=0. Iterative solver return code.
1 No convergence.
2 Insufficent memory.
EBSOPT Input-integer-default=0. Element-based solver option.
=-2 Determine whether element-based solver is selected for use.
Main Index
1720 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
=-1 Determine whether any element-based solver restrictions have

been violated.
>0 A combination of bit values used to select solver options as
follows:
Bit Value Option

0 0 Run solver with all defaults.
1 1 Use CASI solver.
2 2 Use VKI solver.
3 4 Reserved.
4 8 Reserved.
5 16 Reserved.
6 32 Reserved.
7 64 Use open core for solver memory.
8 128 Generate intermediate diagnostics.
9 256 Use alternate pcg method.
10 512 Reduce I/O (CASI solver only).
11 1024 Adapt PCG (CASI solver only).
12 2048 Do not use implicit elements (CASI solver
only)
CVMEM Input-integer-default=16000. CASI virtual memory. Available if heap

is used.
CASPIV Input-real-default-1.0E-10. Pivot threshold for CASI PCG
factorization.
Remarks:
1. If ITSOPT = 3, the IPAD level is recommended to be 0, 1, or 2 (IEXT = 0) and
should be increased when IEXT is increased.
2. The amount of memory needed for ITSOPT = 3, 10, and 11 increases with the
increase of the parameters IPAD and IEXT.
Main Index
SOLVIT 1721
Iterative solver
3. For ITSOPT = 1 or 2, the input data blocks USET, KGG, and GM may be
purged. For ITSOPT = 3, USET must be specified. KGG and GM are
necessary only if IEXT = 2.
4. If the message “ *** USER FATAL MESSAGE 6288 (SITDRV): UNABLE TO
CONVERGE WITH ITERATIVE METHOD” is issued, then results will still
be printed but may be inaccurate.
5. The system cell SYSTEM (69) is equivalent to the SOLVE keyword and
controls some special options for the module:
SOLVE Action
2 Suppresses the user information message at each iteration.
8 Use alternative convergence criterion (less conservative
than default).
6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly.
7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS
and PC must be the solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous
adaptivity p-level. Also, the USET and SIL from the previous p-level are
specified for U and KGG and the USET and SIL from the current p-level are
specified for GM and SIL.
8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete
Cholesky), IEXT=0 is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically.
Examples:
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] with Jacobi pre-conditioning with convergence established
at 1.E-4 and maximum allowed iterations at 55 specified for the module
parameters.
SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,,/X,,//1/1.E-4////-1 $
2. Same as 1 except parameters are obtained from the SMETHOD command
and ITER entry.
SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,EDT,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,/X,, $
3. Same as 2 except for p-version analysis.
DBVIEW SIL0 = SILS (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW UL0 = UL (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW USET0 = USET (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW PRECON0 = PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
SOLVIT KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS,
EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/
UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $
Main Index
1722 SSG1
Computes static load matrix
SSG1 Computes static load matrix
Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced
deformation loads or heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due
to inertial loads for design sensitivity analysis.
Format:
SSG1 SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASECC,
DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4,ESTL,
SLTNL0,KGG,USET/
 PG 
  , PTELEM,SLTH,SLTNL,PGRV/
 AG 
LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID/
COMBMETH/LGDISP/NONLNR/OGRAV $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-set.
Main Index
SSG1 1723

CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual
structure.
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for
selected SPCD existence checks.
ESTL Linear element summary table.
SLTNL0 SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
Output Data Blocks:

AG Acceleration matrix due to inertial loads in the g-set. See DSENS.
SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the
current and last load step.
PGRV Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
Parameters:

g-set
DSENS Input-integer-default=-1. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to
generate AG, accelerations due to inertial loads.
'STATICS' Generate loads for current boundary condition only.
Main Index
1724 SSG1
'BUCK' Generate loads for first subcase only.

'NLST' Generate loads for nonlinear static or steady state heat
transfer analysis.
'ALL' Generate loads for all subcases.
Fahrenheit.
COMBMETH Input-integer-default=0 Combine method selection.
0 Automatic.
1 Single term.
2 Scaled column.
3 Multiple/add kernels.
<0 Same as above with diagnostic print.
LGDISP Input-Integer-default=-1. Large displacement and follower force flag.
considered.
NONLNR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to
TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
OGRAV Input-integer-default=-1. PGRV output flag.
>0 Compute PGRV.
<0 Do not compute PGRV.
Remarks:
1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as
long as the boundary conditions are constant. IF SKIP ≤ 0 , it is set to zero.
Main Index
SSG1 1725
2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL,

QBDY1, QBDY2, QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been
converted to applied load factors and connected grid points.
3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data
entries are selected in CASECC.
4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate
system other than basic.
5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are
selected.
6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied.
7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected.
8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied.
9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present.
10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored.
11. PTELEM may be purged.
12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and
RFORCE Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
1726 SSG2
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
Reduces the static load and enforced displacement matrices.
Format:
SSG2 USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG,KGG/
QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $
Input Data Blocks:

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set, for computation of thermal load for nonlinear
rigid elements using elimination method.
Output Data Blocks:

PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set.
PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The constraints are applied to the static load vectors by SSG2 (Static Solution
Generator -- Phase 2) in subDMAP SELR as follows:
Main Index
SSG2 1727
 Pn 
{ Pg } =   Eq. 4-55
 Pm 
T
{ P n } = { P n } + [ G mn ] { P m } Eq. 4-56
 Pf 
{ Pn } =   Eq. 4-57
 Ps 
{ P f } = { P f } – [ K fs ] { Y s } Eq. 4-58
 Pa 
{ Pf } =   Eq. 4-59
 Po 
T
{ P a } = { P a } + [ G oa ] { P o } Eq. 4-60
If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] → [ D oo ]

If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] → [ D oo ]
and the reduced load matrix is computed from
{ P a } = { P a } – [ L ao ] [ D oo ] [ u ox ] Eq. 4-61
where { u ox } is obtained on a forward pass from the equation
[ L oo D oo ] { u ox } = { P o } Eq. 4-62
for PARAM,ALTRED,NO.
Remarks:
1. GM cannot be purged if the m-set is present.
2. DM cannot be purged if the r-set and l-set are present.
3. PO cannot be purged if the o-set is present.
4. PS cannot be purged if the s-set is present.
5. QR and PL may be purged.
6. If there is no m-set, s-set, o-set, or r-set. then no outputs are produced.
7. If QR or PS are computed to be null then QR or PS will be purged.
Main Index
1728 SSG2
8. If there is no r-set and PL is specified then PA will be copied to PL.

9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced
displacements.
Main Index
SSG3 1729
Computes static solutions
SSG3 Computes static solutions
Computes the static solutions.
Format:
SSG3 LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/
UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/
NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO.
KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL in DCMP.
Output Data Blocks:
UL Displacement matrix in l-set.

UO Displacement matrix in o-set.
RUL Residual matrix for the l-set.
RUO Residual matrix for the o-set.
Parameters:
NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set

or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
UNUSED2 Input-integer-no default. Not used but specify 0.
Main Index
1730 SSG3
EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if

the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
EXTWORK Output-real-default=0.0. External work.
Method:
The SSG3 module (Static Solution Generation -- Phase 3) solves the equation
[ K oo ] { u oo } = { P o } Eq. 4-63
for { u oo } , the displacements of the omitted coordinates.

SSG3 also calculates the residual vector, δP o , and the residual vector error ratio, ε o , for
the omitted coordinates
{ δP o } = [ K oo ] { u oo } – { P o } Eq. 4-64
T
{ u oo } { δP o }
ε o = ---------------------------------- Eq. 4-65
T
{ P o } { u oo }
Except for round-off error, the error ratio ε o should be zero. Large values of these
error ratios usually indicate singularities in the stiffness matrix. The residual load
vector, RUOV, may be output by use of PARAM,IRES,1.
The quantity
T
1 ⁄ 2 { Po } { uo } Eq. 4-66
is calculated by the SSG3 module and printed under the heading “External Work.”
This component of strain energy includes effects of thermal loads, element
deformations, and enforced displacements that may be subtracted later in the solution
process. For example, an enforced displacement that causes zero strain will result in
external work.
Remarks:
1. KLL may be purged if RUL is purged.
2. LOO, PO and UO may be purged if NOOSET<0.
3. KOO may be purged if NOOSET<0 or RUO is purged.
4. LLL or LOO may be purged.
Main Index
SSG3 1731
5. PO or PL may be purged.
6. RUL and RUO may be purged.
Main Index
1732 SSG4
Updates static loads with inertial loads
SSG4 Updates static loads with inertial loads
Updates the static loads with inertial loads.
Format:
SSG4 PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/
PLI,POI/
NOOSET $
Input Data Blocks:

MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
Output Data Blocks:
PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set.
POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set.
Parameter:
NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
Remarks:
1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the
fictitious supports. The inertia loads on the structure are proportional to
these accelerations.
Main Index
SSG4 1733
Updates static loads with inertial loads
2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degree-
of-freedom set is present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be
purged.
Main Index
1734 ST2DYN
Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis
ST2DYN Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis
Transforms CASECC and several IFP data blocks from the nonlinear static analysis
format to nonlinear transient response format.
Format:
ST2DYN CASECC,MPT,DYNAMIC,GEOM3,DIT,GEOM4/
CASENT,MPTNT,DYNAMNT,GEOM3NT,DITNT/
S,N,NBNLST/S,N,NBLSEQ $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
CASENT CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

MPTNT MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DYNAMNT DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
GEOM3NT GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DITNT DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Parameters:
NBNLST Output-integer-default=0. Number of nonlinear static records.

NBLSEQ Output-integer-default=0. Number of new LSEQ entries created.
Main Index
STATICS 1735
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct
methods for the solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint
processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory
parallelism (DMP) or networked computers.
Format:
STATICS KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT/
UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/
STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/
NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $
Input Data Blocks:

XS Optional starting vector, same as PG.
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same as KGG.
EDT Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=-1
only.
Output Data Blocks:

PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix.
RUG Residual matrix for the g-set.
Main Index
1736 STATICS
Parameters:
STATOPT Input-character-no default. Static solution method.

'DRCT' Direct.
'ITER' Iterative.
SIGN Input-integer-default=1. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG.
1 Positive.
-1 Negative.
ITSOPT Input-integer-default=1. Preconditioner flag. See the “SOLVIT” on
page 1716 module.
solution method.
ITSEPSR Input-real-default=1.E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative
solution method.
parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC and EDT are not required and
the values are taken ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR.
NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single-point forces of constraint matrix
NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation
flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to
request no computation.
EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of solutions to check and the
quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the
highest epsilon for the first ten solutions (whichever is less) are printed.
If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are
printed.
Remarks:
1. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module for further discussion related to the
iterative method.
2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged.
Main Index
STATICS 1737
3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1.

4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0.
Main Index
1738 STDCON
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
STDCON Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points.
Format:
STDCON CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/
OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/
S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/APP $
Input Data Blocks:

EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC
module.
Output Data Blocks:
OEDS1 Table of element stress discontinuities.

OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities.
ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC
module.
GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC
module.
Parameters:
NOEDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is

generated.
NOGDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is
generated.
Main Index
STDCON 1739
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
NOELDCT Output-integer-default=-1. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is

generated.
NOGPDCT Output-integer-default=-1. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT
is generated.
APP Input-character-default='STATICS. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
Main Index
1740 STRSORT
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
STRSORT Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces).
Format:
STRSORT OFPE,INDTA/
OFPES/
NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table.
Parameters:
NUMOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Output element quantity flag.

>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output.
0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value
of one or more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
BIGER Input-real-default=0.0. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to
be output.
SRTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and
BIGER.
0 Maximum magnitude.
1 Minimum magnitude.
2 Maximum algebraic.
3 Minimum algebraic.
Main Index
STRSORT 1741
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
SRTELTYP Input-integer-default=0. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By

default, all element types will be filtered and sorted.
SRTTYP Input-integer-default=0. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an
integer sort on item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.
Remarks:
1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in
the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid
point identification number.
Main Index
1742 TA1
Combines element data into tables
TA1 Combines element data into tables
Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s)
convenient for generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output
quantities (stress, force, etc.).
Format:
TA1 MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT/
EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT/
LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/
LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP/PSHLDAMP/
S,N,MGEFLAG/NSMSID $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

GEI Table of general element data.
ESTL Linear element summary table.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to frequency-dependent elements.
Main Index
TA1 1743

NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOESTL Output-integer-no default. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if
ESTL is generated; -1 otherwise.
NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of
general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
NOSUP Input-integer-no default. Element summary table request flag.
1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOGENL Output-integer-no default. The number of general elements.
Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=1. Large displacement and follower force flag.
considered.
NLAYERS Input-integer-default=6. Number of layers to integrate through the
thickness of CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
FREQDEP Output-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set
to TRUE if frequency-dependent elements are present.
PSHLDAMP Input-character-default=’SAME’. Structural damping default flag for

MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user
parameter.
= 'SAME' Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4
are assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>'SAME' Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping
properties.
Main Index
1744 TA1
MGEFLAG Output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag for

PSHELL and PBUSH property entries. See Remark 6.
0 All PSHELL entries have uniform GE values across MIDi or the
user parameter SHLDAMP=’SAME’ has been specified. Also all of
the PBUSH and PBUSHT entries have uniform values for Gi and
TGEIDi.
1 CBUSH elements require special handling.
2 Shell elements require special handling.
3 Both 1 and 2.
NSMSID Input-integer-default=0. Set identification number from the NSM Case
Control command.
Remarks:
1. MPT, ESTL, and ESTNL may be purged if NOSUP=1.
2. ECTA and EHT may be purged if p-elements or interface elements are not
present.
3. GEI, ESTL, ESTNL, and DITID may be purged as long as EST is purged.
4. VGFD may be purged.
5. DITID may be purged as long as DIT is purged.
6. MGEFLAG is set on output according to the following conditions and the
new value is used on input to EMG.
a. PSHELL If SHLDAMP= ‘SAME’, then MIDi fields on the PSHELL

entry will be searched and the referenced MATi entries
will be compared. If any are different MGEFLAG is set
to 2.
b. PBUSH Check the GE2 through GE6 values and if they are not
uniform with respect to GE1 exist then MGEFLAG is set
to 1.
c. PBUSHT Check the TGEID2 through TGEID6 values and if they
are not uniform with respect to TGEID1 exist then
MGEFLAG is set to 1.
d. If both a. and b. or c., then set MGEFLAG to 3.
Main Index
TABEDIT 1745
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks
Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted

records are generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible:
1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP
module or from user input.
2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come
from user input.
3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be
generated by IFP.
Format:
TABEDIT TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/
MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $
Input Data Blocks:
TOLD Table data block to be edited. May not be purged, and in general,
contain string-formatted records.
CONTROL Table data block containing directives that control the editing process
as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If
CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD.
TA,TB,TC Secondary tables to be merged into TOLD. May be purged.
Output Data Block:
TNEW Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged.
Parameters:
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Print activity option.

<0 Print information messages and trace editing process.
=0 Print information messages only.
>0 No print activity will occur.
DUPWG Input-integer-default=0. Duplicate word group option and applicable
only to the Merge-Edit option.
=0 Duplicate word groups will be dropped from TOLD.
Main Index
1746 TABEDIT
=1 Duplicate word groups will be added after TOLD version.

Remarks:
1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the
activity of the editing process. One record of CONTROL contains one
directive of the form:
dir (,parameters)
where “dir” is one of the directive codes from the table below and
“parameters” represents the parametric values that vary with the directive.
TABEDIT Directives
Directive Remarks
ER End Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD
to TNEW. This directive is optional.
QR, i Quit Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD
onto TNEW through record i and exiting.
DR, i or DR ,i ,j Delete Record i (or records i through j) from TOLD
after copying up to record i.
IR, i Insert Records from TOLD after copying up to record
i.
CR, i, options Correct Record i (after copying up to record i) by
deleting, adding or replacing word groups according
to the options as described in Remark 2.
KRA,n Kopy n Records from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
KRB,n
KRC,n
SRA,n Skip n Records forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to
SRB,n position secondary data block TA, TB, or TC for a
SRC,n subsequent KR* operation.
MEA,i,n Merge-Edit the next record on TA, TB, or TC into
MEB,i,n record i according to IFP specifications for
MEC,i,n fixed-length word groups of length n.
Main Index
TABEDIT 1747
TABEDIT Directives
Directive Remarks
INT Interrogate TOLD for number of records and number
of words in each record. Also print the first three
words of each record.
2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below:
CR Subdirectives
Sub-Directive Remarks
QW, i Quit after copying Word i. Record specified by CR
directive is copied through word i and the rest of the
record is ignored.
DW, i, j, n, Delete Words i through j of the record specified by the
n words CR directive and replace by the n words that follows
on the CR directive record.
IW, i, n, Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR
n words directive the n words that follow on the CR directive
record.
KWA,n Kopy n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
KWB,n
KWC,n
SWA,n skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to
SWB,n position secondary data block TA, TB or TC for a
SWC,n subsequent KW* operation.
AWA,n Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after
AWB,n copying the rest of the record specified by the CR
AWC,n directive.
KRA,n Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record
KRB,n from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
KRC,n
ARA Append the Remaining contents of the current record
ARB from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest
ARC of the record specified by the CR directive.
Main Index
1748 TABEDIT
3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block.
Since the name is part of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT
commands.
Examples:
Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five
GRID entries.
GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0
A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the
following for record 1:
TABLE GEOM1
RECORD NO. 0 HEADER

NAME NAME
1) GEOM 1
END OF 2 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO. 1 GRID
H1 H2 H3 ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS
1) 4501 45 1120001 10 0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456
SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID
11) 0 20 0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 30
CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1
21) 0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 40 0 3.00000E+00
X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3
31) 3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 50 0 4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
CD PS SEID
41) 0 3456 0
END OF 43 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO. 2
END OF FILE
TRAILER WORD1 = 0 WORD2 = 0 WORD3 = 8 WORD4 = 0 WORD5

= 0 WORD6 =
1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location
coordinate, which should be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without
going through the conventional XSORT-IFP process by using TABEDIT.
Assume GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as GEOM1C.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 /GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END$
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1
,2.0
DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC
ENDDATA
Main Index
TABEDIT 1749
2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using

record substitution.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC
DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC
(all GRID entries, including the correction)
ENDDATA
3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0
,SWA,3,KWA,7
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the
previous run, by using the merge-edit feature.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
Main Index
1750 TABPRT
Formatted table printer
TABPRT Formatted table printer
Formatted print of selected table data blocks.
Format 1:
TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $
Format 2: (KEY=’USET’)
g-set
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
or
TABPRT USET,EQEXIN,SIL//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
p-set
TABPRT USETD,EQDYN,SILD//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
ks-set
TABPRT AEUSET,AEBGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
Format 3: (KEY=’SEMAP’)
TABPRT SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT//
’SEMAP’/OPT1/OPT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
TABLE Table data block.

Main Index
TABPRT 1751

point identification numbers.
SILD Scalar index list for p-set.
AEUSET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for ks-set.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the ks-set.
ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides.
Parameters:
KEY Input-character-default=‘FINDIT’. Identifies the generic name of the

data block.
OPTi Input-integer-default=0. Print control parameters.
SETSTRi See Format 2.
Format 1:
OPT1 Input-integer-integer-default=0.
OPT1=0 No blank lines between entries.
OPT ≠ 0 One blank line between each entry.
Input-integer-default=0. Set selection flag for the row sort (OPT1=0
or 10).
There are two table print options controlled by OPT3.
If OPT3=0 (default);
TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $
then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by
KEY. These formats are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below.
TABLE KEY TABLE KEY TABLE KEY

BGPDT BDPDT ETT ETT GPTT GPTT
CSTM CSTM GPDT GPDT SEMAP SEMAP
Main Index
1752 TABPRT
EQDYN EQEXIN GPL GPL any FINDIT

EQEXIN EQEXIN GPLD GPLD USET USET
If OPT3 ≠ 0 ;
TABPRT TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $
then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on
NDDL item name labels appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data
block name listed on the DATABLK statement in the NDDL sequence. If
NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout will contain no
item name labels.
OPT3 Input-integer-default=0. If OPT3≠0, then the table is printed in a format

similar to the TABPT module with the following options:
1 Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for data
block name specified for parameter KEY.
2 Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will be
printed as "???".
3 Same as OPT3=2 except only print records with undefined formats.
-1 Print without labels.
Format 2: (KEY=’USET’):
OPT1 Input-integer-default=0.
Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets.
Sequence Print USETPRT

None None(default) -1
Row sort only 0
Internal Column sort only 1
Row and column sort 2
Row sort only 10
External Column sort only 11
Row and column sort 12
Main Index
TABPRT 1753
The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to

their internal or external sequence number, but not both. The external
sequence number is the grid, scalar, or extra point identification
number. The internal sequence number is the number assigned after
resequencing.
For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed:
row sort and column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set
selected by USETSEL. Here is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0
or 10):
U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , R O W S O R T )
A DISPLACEMENT SET
-1- -2- -3- -4- -5- -6- -7- -8- -9- -10-
1= 2-1 2-2
For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG,
L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort
(USETPRT = 1 or 11):
U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , C O L U M N S O R T )
EXT GP. DOF INT DOF INT GP. SB SG L A F N G R O S M E

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - 1 1- 1 G 1 1 1 1
- 2 2- 2 2 2 2
- 3 3- 1 3 3 3
- 4 4- 2 4 4 4
- 5 5- 3 5 5 5
- 6 6- 4 6 6 6
OPT2 Input-integer-default = 0. Specifies the sets that will be printed in the

row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). In order to select specific sets to be printed,
you must sum their corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For
example, sets A, L, and R are selected with OPT2 = 128+256+8 = 392.
OPT2 Sets printed

-1 All sets in the following table.
0 Mutually exclusive sets only, as shown in the table below.
>0 Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal
equivalent numbers in the following table.
Main Index
1754 TABPRT
Decimal Decimal
Set Set
Equivalent Equivalent
Name Name
Number Number
Q 4194304 SB 1024
LM 2097152 SG 512
C 1048576 MR 16
J 524288 R 8
K 262144 O 4
SA 131072 B 2
E 2048 MP 1
SETSTRi Input-character-default=' '. Set name string for the row sort (OPT1
= 0 or 10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set
name(s) and is 32 characters in length. For example, SETSTR1='M R N
SG' and SETSTR2='A Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets be printed.
Format 3 (KEY = 'SEMAP'
OPT1 Input-integer-default = 0.
If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as
follows:
OPT1 Value Selection within Record 2

0 All parts (GRID list and summaries of GRID list).
1 Only GRID List.
2 Only Summaries of GRID List.
-g GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID
identification number = G (if any).
10X+0 Same as 0 or 2 but with Summary List.
10X+2 Selection based on X.
X = 0, 1, 3, 5, or 7 -- 1st Summary (sorted by 1st
GRID).
X = 0, 2, 3, 6, or 7 -- 2nd Summary (sorted by count).
Main Index
TABPRT 1755
OPT1 Value Selection within Record 2

X = 0, 4, 5, 6, or 7 -- 3rd Summary (sorted by
superelement).
100+X List all point IDs for any unique connection list
produced by X.
200+X Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior
points will not be listed.
300+X Same as 200+X except that additional nonresidual
points will not be listed.
400+X Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points
will not be listed.
will not be listed.
will not be listed.
If OPT2=4, OPT1 chooses CSUPER entry as follows:
OPT1
Meaning
Value
>0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement
OPT1.
≤0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure
but give SEID = - OPT1.
OPT2 Integer-default = 0. Print/punch selection as follows:
OPT2
Meaning of Selection
Value
-1 No output (1, 2 and a record for each superelement).
0 Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each
superelement) of SEMAP except last two.
1 Print only Record 1 contents.
2 Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2
(see OPT1 for selection options within Record 2).
Main Index
1756 TABPRT
OPT2
Meaning of Selection
Value
3 Print contents of Records 1, 2 and a record for each
superelement giving a list of internal points, a list of
external points, a list of elements, and estimation data
for the superelement. The third part of each
superelement record (containing the lists of primary
superelement points to which a secondary
superelement is connected) is omitted.
4 Punch CSUPER entries according to OPT1 (see
Remarks).
5 Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1
for selection options within Record 2), and estimation
data for each superelement.
Remarks:
1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to
OPT1. Field 2 (SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data
fields contain the sorted list of grid points for either the selected
superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the residual structure ( OPT1 ≤ 0 ). Continuation
mnemonics are generated in the form +xxxxyyy where xxxx is the
left-adjusted SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record count. Two examples
are shown below.
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/1/4 $
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CSUPER 1 0 11 13 14
CSUPER 100 0 1 3 4 11 13 14
21 24 31 34 51 53 54 61
64 71 74 230 330 630 730
2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an

estimation printout for each superelement except the residual structure. The
equations used along with the semiempirical constants are printed as well as
dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and wall clock estimates. The
user is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for “large”
superelements and should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics.
Main Index
TABPRT 1757
Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If
ESTDATA is also supplied, then the constants of the estimating equations
are adjusted. This technique is described on the Bulk Data entry
DTI,ESTDATA.
3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP
name for the same or equivalent information is also acceptable. For example,
in the superelement solution sequence data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS,
EQEXINS, and GPLS are created and may be printed with TABPRT. If
‘FINDIT’ (default) is specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the
data block.
Examples:
1. Print coordinate system transformation matrix table.
TABPRT CSTM//’CSTM’ $
2. Print grid point list table.
TABPRT GPL//’GPL’ $
3. Print basic grid point definition table.
TABPRT BGPDT// $
4. Print GEOM3X table with labels taken from DATABLK statement in the
NDDL.
TABPRT GEOM3X//’GEOM3’///1 $
5. Print USET list for g-set and s-set in internal order using row sort.
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/0/18 $
6. Print USET for the mutually exclusive sets in internal order using column
sort.
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/1 $
7. Print all SEMAP information except the grid list and secondary
superelement boundary sequencing list.
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/2/3 $
8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100.
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $
9. Print only estimation data for all superelements.
TABPRT EMAP,,TIMSIZ//’SEMAP’/-99999999/5 $
Main Index
1758 TABPT
Table printer
TABPT Table printer
Prints table or matrix data blocks.
Format:
TABPT TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5//PRTFORM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:
TABi Data block name.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRTFORM Character-input-default-' '. Real number print precision.

LONG 12 significant digits.
SHORT 4 significant digits.
UNUSED Input-logical-default=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the
system output file via a prescribed format. Each word of the table is
identified by the module as to type (real, character, integer) and an
appropriate format is used (10 items per line).
2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed.
3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist.
4. TABPT may be used to print matrices.
5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The
TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will properly identify real numbers and
character values.
6. The TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will also print tables like TABPT with
labels above each item.
Examples:
TABPT GEOM1/ $
TABPT GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $
Main Index
TAFF 1759
Creates tables for follower force stiffness
TAFF Creates tables for follower force stiffness
Creates tables for follower force stiffness.
Format:
TAFF SLT,BGPDT/
ESTF,GPECTF/
LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness.

GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.
Parameters:

g-set.
LOADID Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the
current subcase.
LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the
previous subcase.
NBLOCK Input-integer-default=10. Number of spill blocks to form if “out-of-
memory” algorithm is used.
Main Index
1760 TAHT
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
TAHT Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection
table
Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table
appropriate records for loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk
Data entries.
Format:
 SLTH 
TAHT   ,EPT,SIL,ESTNL,GPECT,DIT/
 DLTH 
ESTNL1,GPECT1/
LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $
Input Data Blocks:

DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.
GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of
general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
Main Index
TAHT 1761
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the

current subcase.
STIME Input-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on
output, accumulated time used for restarts.
Remark:
DIT may be purged if DLTH does not reference tables in DIT.
Main Index
1762 TASNP1
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary
TASNP1 Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.
Format:
TASNP1 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/
SNORMS $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.

GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a
superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement.
Output Data Block:
SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned
superelements are present.
Main Index
TASNP2 1763
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
TASNP2 Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then
process shell normals at superelement boundaries.
Format Without or Ignoring Superelements:
TASNP2 BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNT/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/’ ’/EFMFLG $
Format for Superelement:
TASNP2 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNTS/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:

BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.
GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a
superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
superelement.
SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.
Output Data Blocks:

GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for a superelement.
Main Index
1764 TASNP2
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
Parameters:
SNORM Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal

and shell normal. If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal
will be computed.
SNORMPRT Input-integer-no default. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0 No print or punch
1 Punch
2 Print only
3 Print and punch
SEID Input-character-no default. Superelement identification number.
QUALNAM Input-integer-no default. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting
SNORMS.
EFMFLG Input-integer-default=0. Processing flag for how shell normals are
computed on superelement boundary points.
0 Compute the average all of the shell normals
1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
Remark:
If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for
all superelements. Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all
superelements.
Main Index
TIMETEST 1765
Provide timing data
TIMETEST Provide timing data
Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and
evaluate computer and compiler performance.
Format:
TIMETEST TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $
Option 1: I/O timing

TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 2: Arithmetic timing

TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 3: Matrix timing

TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $
Option 4: Kernel timing

TIMETEST TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $
Option 5: MPYAD timing for CASE=1

TIMETEST TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $
MPYAD timing CASE=2 (new)

TIMETEST TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $
Option 6: KERNBD generation

TIMETEST T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / /
/6/CASE $
Option 7: Sparse kernel timing

TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $
Option 8: Element timing

TIMETEST TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $
Main Index
1766 TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Input Data Blocks:

TIMTS3 Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI TIMTS3 IREC CASE M N P
CASE = Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered
by tens for convenience in making changes) IREC.
CASE = “L” normal case definition.
“K” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note: If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is read then the
10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for
timing constants.)
M = Number of terms in inner loop.

N = Number of terms in outer loop.
P = Number of times kernel is called.
TIMTS4 Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI TIMTS4 IREC CASE ROWS COLS DENS STRL
Main Index
TIMETEST 1767
Provide timing data
IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered
by tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE “A” normal case definition.
“B” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note: If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is read, then the
10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for
timing constants.
ROWS Number of rows the matrix is to have.

COLS Number of columns the matrix is to have.
DENS Density to be used in building the matrix.
STRL String length to be used in building the matrix.
TIMTS5 (for CASE=1 only) Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI TIMTS5 IREC CASE ROWS COLS DENS TYPE STRL
TIMTS5 (for both cases) Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI TIMTS5 IREC CASE T CORE METHOD
IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered
by tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE “CASE” normal case definition.
“END” indicates last case to be used.
Note: The T, CORE, and METHOD field are not filled in when this form of the case
is used.
T Value to be used.
CORE Size of the core to be used.
METHOD Method to be used.
TlMTS8 Element generation and assembly timing.
Main Index
1768 TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Output Data Blocks:

TOUT, Timing results.
TOUTi
N Options 1 and 2: n* - Default = 50. External loop index.
Options 3, 4, and 5: Scale Factor.
Negative value means scale down.
Value 0 or 1 means do not change.
Positive value means scale up.
Options 6 and 8: Not used.
M Options 1 and 2: m* - Default = 200. Internal loop index.
Options 3, 4, and 7: Size -- Contains the size of various needed arrays.
(Recommended value range: 128 to 1024).
(e.g., Workstation machines: 128.
Low-End Minicomputer (VAX): 256.
High-End Minicomputer (CONVEX): 512.
Super Computer (CRAY): 1024).
Options 5, 6, and 8: Not used.
T Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = CSP,
4 = CDP).
Options 3-8: Not used.
OPT All Options: Type of timing data required.
1 Input/Output Operations. (Default) (old).
2 Arithmetic Operations (old)
3 Matrix Timing Operations. (new)
4 Kernel Timing Operations. (new)
5 MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 1 (new) (uses data in DTI
file).
MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 2 (new) (uses data defined by
remaining arguments).
6 KERNDB Data Block Generation. (new)
7 Sparse Kernel Timing. (new)
8 Element Timing. (new)
CASE Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations are
to be tested.
If OPT = 1, then CASE means:
Main Index
TIMETEST 1769
Provide timing data
1 WRITE
2 READ
4 READ BACKWARDS
8 BLDPK
16 INTPK
32 PACK
64 UNPACK
128 PUTSTR
256 GETSTR
If OPT = 2, then CASE means:
1 RSP
2 RDP
4 CSP
8 CDP
Options 3 and 4: Not used.
Option 5: If CASE = 1, then use the DTI table.
If CASE = 2, then use the data defined by the remaining arguments.
Option 6: Number of elements.
Option 7: Not used.
Option 8: If CASE = 0, then the T8OUT data block is initialized.
If CASE = 1,then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data
block. Set CASE = 1 before executing the EMG module.
If CASE = 2, then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data
block. Set CASE = 2 after executing the EMA module.
Main Index
1770 TOLAPP
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
TOLAPP Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery.
Format:
Format for nonlinear transient analysis (TOLAPPF=0):
TOLAPP CASEXX,MPT,TEL/
TOL,,TOL1/
TOLAPPF/NSOUT $
Format for nonlinear statics analysis (TOLAPPF=1):
TOLAPP CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/
OLF,CASECCR,/
TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $
Input Data Blocks:

CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop.
Output Data Blocks:
TOL Transient response time output list for all subcases.

OLF Nonlinear load factors for all subcases.
TOL1 Transient response time output list for the current subcase.
CASECCR Table of Case Control command images for data recovery.
Parameters:
TOLAPPF Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type:

0 Nonlinear transient.
1 Nonlinear statics.
NSOUT Input-integer-default=0. Number of time steps to output. By default all
time steps are output.
Main Index
TOLAPP 1771
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear

transient loop identification number.
NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if
intermediate output is not requested.
Remarks:
1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every
NSOUT-th one, and appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is
appended regardless of the value of NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum
of NSOUT time values are written to TOL.
2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and
appends it to CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the
NLPARM Bulk Data entry) for this load factor TOLAPP appends the current
load factor from ESTNL to OLF.
Main Index
1772 TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and

acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and
acceleration solution.
Format:
TRD1 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD,
PARTVEC,PXT0,ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,RDG,PXTDV,PDXDVO/
UXT,PNL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME/
NSOLT,NOTRLDFM/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-
set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
PXT0 PXT from a cold start run.
Main Index
TRD1 1773

PDXDVO PDXDVD from a cold start run.
PXTDV Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined from
two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other of
DVFLAG=1.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:

'MODAL' Usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT' Usually for d-set matrices
'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points.
Set to -1 if there are no extra points.
NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution
matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time
step increment.
Main Index
1774 TRD1

be specified.
NSOLT Input-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous from
which the integration in a restart run.
NOTRLDFMInput-integer-default=0. Fatal message flag when there the loads are

null. See Remark 3.
0 Issue fatal message.
>0 Do no issue fatal message.
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in TRD1 (Transient Response Solution). In
the case of a direct formulation the following equation is integrated over the time
periods specified via the TSTEP Bulk Data entry:
[ M dd p 2 + B dd p + K dd
x ] { u } = { P } + { P nl }
d d d Eq. 4-67
in order to determine the displacement velocity and acceleration response.

In the case of a modal formulation
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = { P h } + { P hnl } Eq. 4-68
Solution of the Coupled Equations. The matrix
[ D ] =  -------- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] + --- [ K ]

1 1 1
Eq. 4-69
 2 2∆t 3 
∆t
is formed and decomposed. The matrix
[ C ] =  -------- [ M ] – --- [ K ]
2 1
Eq. 4-70
 2 3 
∆t
Main Index
TRD1 1775
is formed and saved. The matrix
[ E ] =  -------- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] – --- [ K ]

–1 1 1
Eq. 4-71
2 2∆t 3
∆t
is formed and saved.

The solution loops then proceed until a time step change occurs. The initial conditions
are brought in and the starting equation
1 1 1   1 
[ D ] { u 1 } = ---  P – 1 + P 0 + P 1  + { N 0 } + [ C ] { u 0 } + [ E ]  u – 1  Eq. 4-72
3   
is solved for { u 1 } , where { u 0 } is the starting displacement vector;
 1 
 u – 1  = { u 0 } – { u· 0 }∆t Eq. 4-73
 
{ u· 0 } is the starting velocity vector;
{ P 01 } = [ K ] { u 0 } + [ B ] { u· 0 } Eq. 4-74
{ N0 } is the nonlinear load calculated from { u 0 } ; and
{ P –11 } = [ K ] { u –11 } + [ B ] { u· 0 } = { P 01 } – ∆t [ K ] { u· 0 } Eq. 4-75
Note that the load computed at u = 0 is never used but is replaced by { P 01 } . { u 2 }

through { u n } are now computed from the general equation:
1
[ D ] { U I + 2 } = --- { p I + p I + 1 + p I + 2 } + { N I + 1 } + [ C ] { u I + 1 } + [ E ] { u i } Eq. 4-76
3
If nonlinear loads are selected, they are evaluated directly at the solution points for a
time step by the following process. NOLIN1 loads are computed as
P i ( t ) = ST ( u j ( t ) ) Eq. 4-77
where:
T = the user-selected table

i = the loaded solution point
Main Index
1776 TRD1
j = the deflecting point

uj = the previously computed displacement or velocity at point j
NOLIN2 loads are computed as
P i ( t ) = Su j ( t )u k ( t ) Eq. 4-78
where i , j , u , and k are as in NOLIN1 loads.


 S { u j ( t ) }A if u j ( t ) > 0
Pi ( t ) =  Eq. 4-79
 0 if u j ( t ) < 0


 – S { – u i ( t ) }A if u i ( t ) < 0
Pi ( t ) =  Eq. 4-80
 0 if u i ( t ) > 0

The NOLIN5 loads are computed as
  –1  4 
 P ga ( t )  A a – F ab Aa – F ab ( 1 – α a )  σE a A a ( U a + TABS ) 
  = –   Eq. 4-81
 P gb ( t )  – F ab A b – F ab ( 1 – α a ) Ab  σE A ( U + TABS ) 4 
   b b b 
where A a, A b, F ab, E a, E b, αa and αb are from the NOLIN5 cards and
σ = the Stefan-Boltzmann constant

TABS = the module parameter (to TRHT)
Ua = the average temperature for the points at Area A
Ub = the average temperature for the points for Area B
The load P ga is applied to all points at A and the load P gb is applied to all points at B .
The user specifies the set of times at which data are to be saved. If the current time is
an output time, the displacement vector for time t = t i is output.
Main Index
TRD1 1777
The velocity vector given by
1
{ u· i } = --------- [ { u i + 1 } – { u i – 1 } ] Eq. 4-82
2∆t
is output.
The acceleration vector is given by
1
{ u· i } = -------- [ { u i + 1 } + { u i – 1 } – 2 { u i } ] Eq. 4-83
2
∆t 1
is output.
If the time step is scheduled to change at t i + 1 from ∆t 1 to ∆t 2 , the displacement for time
i + 1 has been calculated. { u i – 1 } , { u i } , and { u i + 1 } are saved along with { P i + 1 } . The
matrices are formed and decomposed as in Eq. 4-69, Eq. 4-70 and Eq. 4-71 for ∆t = ∆t 2 .
Eq. 4-84 is used for computing { u i + 2 } ,
1
[ D ] { u i + 2 } = --- { P i1 + P i + 1 + P i + 2 } + { N i + 1 } + [ C ] { u i + 1 } + [ E ] { u i1 } Eq. 4-84
3
The vectors { P i1 } and { u i1 } in Eq. 4-84 are calculated as follows. Define
1
{ u· i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } – { u i } ) Eq. 4-85
∆t 1
1
{ u·· i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } – 2 { u i } + { u i – 1 } ) Eq. 4-86
2
∆t 1
{ u· i1 } = { u· i + 1 } – { u·· i + 1 }∆t 2 Eq. 4-87
then
∆t 22
{ u i1 } = { u i + 1 } – ∆t 2 { u· i + 1 } + --------- { u·· i + 1 } Eq. 4-88
2
{ P i1 } = [ M ] { u·· i + 1 } + [ B ] { u· i1 } + [ K ] { u i1 } Eq. 4-89
If the continue mode is set, TRD1 will extract the displacement ( u n ) , velocity ( u· n ) , and
acceleration ( u·· n ) from the column number specified by NOL. u 1 (the first
displacement of the continued run) is computed as follows:
Main Index
1778 TRD1
1
[ D ] { u i } = --- { P –11 + P 0 + P 1 } + { P 0 } + [ C ] { u n } + [ E ] { u –11 } Eq. 4-90
3
where
{ P 0 } = [ K ] { u n } + [ B ] { u· n } + [ M ] { u·· n } Eq. 4-91
2
∆t
{ u –11 } = { u n } – ∆t { u· n } + -------- { u·· n } Eq. 4-92
2
{ u· –11 } = { u· n } – { u·· n }∆t Eq. 4-93
{ P –11 } = [ M ] { u·· n } + [ B ] { u· 11 } + { K } { u –11 } Eq. 4-94
Solution of Uncoupled Modal Equation. If the method of matrix formulation is

modal and no transfer functions or direct input matrices are used, the equations may
be solved in a more accurate, more direct manner. The diagonal terms of MHH, BHH,
and KHH are stored. The following data are necessary to solve the transient behavior
of a modal coordinate ( ξ i ) .
mi = modal mass of mode (MHH)
bi = modal damping coefficient (BHH)
ki = modal stiffness (KHH)
1⁄2
ω oi = ( k i ⁄ m i ) Eq. 4-95
bi
β i = --------- Eq. 4-96
2m i
2 2 2
ωi = ω oi – β Eq. 4-97
tj = time of the j-th time step
hj = time increment after the j-th time
f ij = applied load on coordinate i at the j-th time
Main Index
TRD1 1779
The following coefficients are generated for each distinct time increment. There are
four cases ( ε = 10 –5 and the subscript i is implied.)
1. If ω 2o > β2 + ε (underdamped):
– βh β
F = e cos ωh + ---- sin ωh Eq. 4-98
ω
1
G = ---- e sin ωh Eq. 4-99
ω
1  – βh  ω – β   2ωβ 
2 2
2βω 
A = ----------  e - – βh sin ωh –  ----------
 ------------------- 2
- + hω cos ωh + -----------  Eq. 4-100
2
hkω   ω2   ω  ωo 
o o
2 2
1  – βh  ω – β  2ωβ 2βω 
B = ----------  e - sin ωh + ----------- cos ωh + ωh – ----------- 
 – ------------------- Eq. 4-101
2 2 2
hkω   ωo  ωo ωo 
2
– ω o – βh
F' = ---------- e sin ωh Eq. 4-102
ω
–β h  β
G' = e cos ωh – ---- sin ωh Eq. 4-103
 ω 
1 – βh  2 
A' = ---------- e
hkω  ( β + hω o ) sin mh + ω cos ωh  – ω Eq. 4-104
 
1 –β h
B' = ---------- [ – e ( β sin ωh + ω cos ωh ) + ω ] Eq. 4-105
hkω
2. If ω2o + β 2 < ε (critically damped):
– βh
F = e ( 1 + βh ) Eq. 4-106
– βh
G = he Eq. 4-107
1 2 1 – βh 2 2
A = ------ --- – --- e ( 2 + 2hβ + h β ) Eq. 4-108
hk β β
1 –β h
B = ---------- [ – 2 + βh – e ( 2 + hβ ) ] Eq. 4-109
hkβ
Main Index
1780 TRD1
2 – βh
F' = β he Eq. 4-110
– βh
G' = e ( 1 + βh ) Eq. 4-111
1 – βh 2 2
A' = ------ [ e ( 1 + hβ + h β ) – 1 ] Eq. 4-112
hk
1 – βh
B' = ------ [ 1 – e ( βh + 1 ) ] Eq. 4-113
hk
3. If ω 2o < β2 – ε (over damped):
– βh  β
F = e cosh ωh + ---- sinh ωh Eq. 4-114
 ω 
1 – ωh
G = ---- e sinh ωh Eq. 4-115
ω
1  –βh  ω + β   2ωβ 
2 2
2ωβ 
A = ----------  e - – hβ sinh ωh –  ----------- + hω cosh ω h + ----------- 
 – ------------------ Eq. 4-116
2 2 2
hkω   ωo   ωo  ωo 
2 2
1  – βh ω + β 2ωβ 2βω 
B = ----------  e – --------------------
2
sinh ωh + ----------
2
- + cosh ωh + ωh – ----------- 
2
Eq. 4-117
hkω  ωo ωo ωo 
2
ω o – βh
F' = – ------ e sinh ωh Eq. 4-118
ω
– βh  β
G' = e cosh ωh – ---- sinh ωh Eq. 4-119
 ω 
1 – βh  2 
A' = ---------- e  ( β + hω o ) sinh ωh + ω cosh ω h  – ω Eq. 4-120
hkω  
1 – βh
B' = ---------- [ e ( β sinh ωh + ω cosh ωh ) + ω ] Eq. 4-121
hkω
4. If ωo = β ≤ ε (undamped):
F = 1 Eq. 4-122
G = H Eq. 4-123
Main Index
TRD1 1781
2
A = h ⁄ ( 3m ) Eq. 4-124
2
B = h ⁄ ( 6m ) Eq. 4-125
F' = 0 Eq. 4-126
G' = 1 Eq. 4-127
A' = h ⁄ ( 2m ) Eq. 4-128
B' = h ⁄ ( 2m ) Eq. 4-129
The equations for each displacement, velocity, and acceleration in terms of the applied
loads and previous displacement and velocity are:
ξ i, j + 1 = F i ξ i, j + G i ξ i, j + A i f i, j + B i f i, j + 1 Eq. 4-130
ξ i, j + 1 = F' i ξ i, j + G' i ξ i, j + A' i f i, j + B' i f i, j + 1 Eq. 4-131
·
·· P i, j + 1 b i ξ i, j + 1 K i ξ i, j + 1
ξ i, j + 1 = ------------------ – ----------------------- – ------------------------ Eq. 4-132
m1 m1 mi
Remarks:
1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in
CASEXX.
2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
3. By default, if all of the following quantities are null:
a. Nonlinear loads.
b. Initial conditions.
c. Applied loads.
d. Equivalent loads due to enforced motion then UFM 3046 is issued. The
fatal termination may be avoided by specifying NOTRLDFM=1. This is
needed in the relative enforced motion formulation.
Main Index
1782 TRD2
TRD2 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and

acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and
acceleration solution for design optimization.
Format:
TRD2 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXT,PNL,TOL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:

PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-
set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
Main Index
TRD2 1783
Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices
'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are
no extra points.
NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution
matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time
step increment.
TRD2OPT Input-integer-default=1. TRD2 output option.
1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
2 Output based on every time step
be specified.
Remarks:
1. TRD2 is intended for design optimization.
2. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in
CASEXX.
3. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
Main Index
1784 TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis
Generates applied loads in transient analysis.
Format:
TRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,
 GMD   GOD   PHDH   
  ,  ,   ,EST,MPT,MGG,  ,
     RPX   V01P 
APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
 PPT   PST   PDT   PDT1   PHT 

  ,  ,  , ,  ,TOL,DLTH,YPT,YPO,TOLR/
 PPT         PXT 
S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/
S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS/
STIME/S,N,NCOLT/S,N,NSOLT/DVFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

by ne-set.
o-set by d-set.
RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
Main Index
TRLG 1785

MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
effects
damping effects
effects
Output Data Blocks:
PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps.
PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time
steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2.
DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps.
TOLR Updated TOL table for restarts requested by user parameter STIME>0.0.
Main Index
1786 TRLG
Parameters:
NOSET Output-integer-default=-1. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to

-1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no
degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data
entries); +1 otherwise
PDEPDO Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk
Data entry.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
IMETHOD Input-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.
0 Linear analysis.
-1 AUTO or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).
2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
STIME Input-real-default=0.0. Accumulated time used for restarts.
BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.
FAC1 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Square of the reciprocal of the time
step increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC2 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Reciprocal of twice the time step
increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC3 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the
time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
TOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Processing flag.
<1 Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
1 All time steps.
2 Same as <1 except RPX is input.
Fahrenheit.
STIME Input-real-default=0.0 Starting time step if the run is a restart. Usually
input by a user parameter.
NCOLT Output-integer-default=0. Column number in output of previous run
from which the integration is to be continued.
Main Index
TRLG 1787
NSOLT Output-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous run

that corresponds to NCOL.
DVFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Enforced motion processing flag for both the
large mass and direct methods of specification.
= 0 Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced
accelerations (default)
> 0 Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and
velocities.
Remarks:
1. PPT, PST, PDT, PDT1, PHT, PXT, and DLTH may be purged except in the
following cases:
If TOUT<2 and PST, PDT, and PDT1 are specified then PPT must be present.
Also, GMD must be present if the m-set exists and GOD must be present if
the o-set exists. If PHT is specified then PHDH must be present.
If TOUT=2 and PXT is specified then PPT, RPX, and V01P must be present.
GMD, GOD, PST, PDT, and PDT1 may be purged.
2. MGG and MPT may be purged if there are no GRAV or RFORCE and
PLOAD1 records in SLT, respectively or SLT is purged.
3. DLTH and SLT may be purged.
4. If LSEQ entries exist, then SLT should be purged in order to avoid doubling
of the LSEQ loads.
Main Index
1788 TRNSP
Matrix transpose
TRNSP Matrix transpose
Computes [ X ] = [ A ] T .
Format:
TRNSP A/X $
Input Data Block:

A Matrix [ A ] .
Output Data Block:

X Matrix transpose of [ A ] .
Remarks:
1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested
with the transpose option in MPYAD and SMPYAD.
2. If [ A ] is purged, [ X ] will be purged.
Main Index
TYPE 1789
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its
format:
1. Identifies NDDL data blocks.
2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and
location parameters.
3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters.
The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL
data block, parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that
relies on the TYPE statement to identify its type and authorization.
The TYPE statement has the following formats:
Formats:
1. Data blocks:
TYPE DB, dblist $
2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters:
TYPE PARM, NDDL, ptype, N , prmlist $

Y
3. Local parameters:
TYPE PARM,,ptype, N , prmlist = [default] $

Y
Describers:
dblist A list of NDDL data blocks. Each data block must be separated by a
comma or a space.
ptype Parameter type. Possible parameter types are as follows:
Description ptype
integer I
real single precision RS
real double precision RD
complex single precision CS
complex double precision CD
Main Index
1790 TYPE
character CHARi, where i = 1-80

logical LOGICAL
N, Y Parameter authorization. Y allows user input of the parameter value

via the PARAM Bulk Data entry or Case Control command. N
disallows PARAM input. If neither N nor Y is specified, then
authorization or user override of the parameters contained in the
prmlist are determined at DMAP compilation time by the parameter’s
first appearance in a DMAP Module.
prmlist A list of parameters. Each parameter must be separated by a comma or
a space.
default In Format 3 only, parameters may be assigned a default value. This
value overrides the MPL default value if any. Character values must be
enclosed in single quotation marks.
NDDL Keyword that identifies parameters or qualifiers defined in the NDDL.
Remarks:
1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a
TYPE statement or a DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=)
statements must be defined in a previous DMAP module or TYPE statement.
2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the
following instructions:
CALL
MESSAGE
Assignment
Conditional (IF and DO WHILE)
DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier)
3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the
PARAM and QUAL NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE
statement, result in a warning message.
4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL
NDDL statement, all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the
database on completion of a DMAP assignment statement or the module S
option.
5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control
and QUALifier parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive
processing.
Main Index
TYPE 1791
6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a
subDMAP argument list. Also, default values are ignored.
7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear
immediately after the SUBDMAP statement.
8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are
referenced on a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will occur.
9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then
a fatal error will occur.
10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do
not match those specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur.
11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type
required by a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur.
12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module
instructions must be defined with ptype CHAR8. For example:
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $
MAJOR='G' $
SETJ='A' $
VEC USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $
Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination.
Examples:
The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a
subDMAP. Note the use of comments.
$
$ QUALS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $
$ IFP PARAMETERS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB,
BAILOUT $
TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS PASSED IN OR OUT
TYPE PARM,,I,,GO,NOSSET,NOOSET,UNSYM=6,NORC,NOQSET,
DONOGO,LOOPERR,NOTSET,ERRNO,RESlD,ACON,NOASM,
NORSET,NOLSET $
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS TO THIS SUB DMAP
TYPE PARM,,I, ,NOKFF,QNOTNULL,NOKQQl $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,APP,F=’F’ $
$
A typical TYPE DB statement is as follows:
TYPE DB A,B,C,D,
U,V,W,X,Y,Z $
Main Index
1792 UEIGL
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
UEIGL Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems.
Format:
UEIGL KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/
PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/
S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $
Input Data Blocks:
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set.

QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set for the linear unsymmetric
eigensolution.
MXX Mass matrix in any set for the quadratic unsymmetric eigensolution.
SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
BP Null space B matrix.
APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.‘
Output Data Blocks:
PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.

ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table.
PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.
XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Main Index
UEIGL 1793
Parameters:
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -

1 if none were found.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the
UMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGUL Bulk
Data entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then UMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGUL entry
is selected by this parameter's value. All subsequent parameter values
(F1, F2, etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the UMETHOD command and all EIGUL entries
are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (F1, F2, etc.) will be
used to control the eigenvalue extraction.
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency/eigenvalue bound.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency/eigenvalue bound. The
default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
ND Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
EPS Input-real-default=0.0. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be
set to N/10000 where N is the size of KXX, etc.
Remarks:
1. In certain MD Nastran applications the eigenvalue problem presented
contains real, unsymmetric matrices. One such application, the direct
structural acoustic problem is formulated as:
2
[ K aa + λ M aa ]φ = 0
where the stiffness and mass matrices are both real unsymmetric, containing
coupled blocks of structural and fluid matrices. Another case of
unsymmetric but real eigenvalue problem is given in the aeroelastic
divergence solution posed as:
[ K ll + λQ ll ]φ = 0
where K ll is the structural stiffness matrix, real, symmetric positive definite,

however, the Q ll divergence matrix is real, unsymmetric.
2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are:
Main Index
1794 UEIGL
T 2
ψ ( K aa + λ M aa ) = 0
for acoustics and
T
ψ ( K ll + λQ ll ) = 0
for aeroelastic divergence.

Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real
and the eigenvalues are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure
imaginary (acoustics).
3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa.
4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged.
Main Index
UGVADD 1795
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results
UGVADD Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield
erroneous results
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory
would yield erroneous results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only.
Format:
UGVADD UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/
UGNT $
Input Data Blocks:

DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged
steps.
Output Data Block:
UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. SIL may not be purged.
2. If either UGNI or DUGNI is null, the addition will be done directly.
3. UGVADD is used only in SOL 4.
Main Index
1796 UMERGE
Merges two matrices based on USET
UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET
Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on
degrees-of-freedom sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix.
A11 → [ A ]
A21
Format:
UMERGE USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USET USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij Matrix partitions.
Output Data Block:
A Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
MAJOR Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See

Remarks.
SETi Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names.
See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following
definitions.
Main Index
UMERGE 1797
sets supersets
mp
mr m
sb s
sg
o
q g
ne p
r n
c a d f fe
t
b l
lm
e
k ks
sa
j js
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means
that one set is the complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G',
SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank) then SET2 is assumed to be those
degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not
comprise all of the degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2
partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'. For example, if MAJOR='G',
SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See Remark 2)
and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set
names separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character
indicates a union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'a-
b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then
unioned with the m-set.
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null.
Examples:
To merge four matrices into a single matrix based on degrees-of-freedom sets.
1. Append PHO to PHA.

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $
b. UMERGE USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $
Main Index
1798 UMERGE
2. Expand PHA to g-set size.

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $
b. UMERGE USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $
3. Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o,
and m-sets.
a. UMERGE USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $
Main Index
UMERGE1 1799
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
UMERGE1 Merges up to four matrices based on USET
Format:
UMERGE1 USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degrees-
of-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Block:
A Assembled matrix.
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between square and
rectangular.
IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2
A11 A12 → [ A ] A11 → [ A ] A11 A22 → [ A ]

A21 A22 A21
Remarks:
definitions:
Main Index
1800 UMERGE1
sets supersets
mp
mr m
sb s
sg
o
q g
ne p
r n
c a d f fe
t
b l
lm
e
k ks
sa
j js
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null.
Examples:
1. Merge submatrices of KFF.

a. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $
b. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $
c. UMERGE1 USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'/'O' $
Main Index
UMERGE1 1801
2. Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to
PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a. UMERGE1 USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
Main Index
1802 UPARTN
Partitions a matrix based on USET
UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET
Partition matrix based on degrees of freedom defined in the USET table.
Format:
UPARTN USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Any matrix with rows or columns that correspond to
degrees-of-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between a symmetric partition
and a vector partition. A vector partition is performed if IOPT = 1 or 2.
IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2
A11 A12 A11 [A] → A11 A12

[A] → [A] →
A21 A22 A21
Remarks:
definitions:
Main Index
UPARTN 1803
sets supersets
mp
mr m
sb s
sg
o
q g
ne p
r n
c a d f fe
t
b l
lm
e
k ks
sa
j js
5. USET may not be purged.
6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the
output matrices to be purged.
7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged.
Examples:
1. Partition KFF into its submatrices.

a. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $
b. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $
Main Index
1804 UPARTN
c. UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
2. Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from
PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a. UPARTN USET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
3. Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only:
[ K gg ] ⇒ K gq K gcomp
a. UPARTN USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/’G’/’Q’//2 $
Main Index
UREDUC 1805
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
UREDUC Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the
d- and/or h-set.
Format:
 XP   USETD   GMD   GOD   PHDH 

UREDUC   , , , , /
 XG   USET   GM   GOA   PHA 
XD,XH,XS $
Input Data Blocks:
XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set

XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set
by ne-set.
o-set by d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set.

XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).
XS Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1806 UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
Remarks:
1. If PHDH is purged PH will not be output.
2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and
o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist.
3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP
modules UPARTN, UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
VDR 1807
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
VDR Creates tables based on solution set output requests
Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities,
accelerations, and nonlinear loads.
Format:
 EQDYN   USETD 
VDR CASECC,  ,  ,UXY,OL,XYCDB,PNL,MODSELT/
 EQEXIN   USET 
OUXY1,OPNL1/
APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/
FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:

data).
UXY Solution matrix from dynamic analysis (transient, frequency, normal
or complex modes) in the d- or h-set.
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control
command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
Main Index
1808 VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
Output Data Blocks:
OUXY1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set.

OPNL1 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set.
Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal.
'DIRECT' Direct.
NOSORT2S Output-integer-no default. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if
SORT2 format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1
otherwise.
NOSOUT Output-integer-default=0. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to
1 if any solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise.
NOSDR2 Output-integer-no default. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if
any physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1
otherwise.
FMODE Input-integer-no default. The lowest mode number resulting from
LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.
NOSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Physical set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if
SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise.
Remarks:
1. PP may be purged only if UDV is purged.
2. PNL, XYCDB, OUXY1, and OPNL1 may be purged.
Main Index
VEC 1809
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET
To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be

used by the MERGE and PARTN modules.
Format:
VEC USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
CP Partitioning vector.
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
UNUSED4 Integer-input-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
SET3 Character-input-default=' '.
Remarks:
definitions:
Main Index
1810 VEC
sets supersets
mp
mr m
sb s
sg
o
q g
ne p
r n
c a d f fe
t
b l
lm
e
k ks
sa
j js
2. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name
specified for SET3 corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds
to G or P for USET and USETD, respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not
in SET3 correspond to ones in CP.
3. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or
SET2) is assumed to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1).
5. USET may not be purged.
Examples:
1. To partition [ K ff ] into a- and o-set based matrices, use
VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $
PARTN KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $
Note that the same thing can be done in one step by
UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
2. Example 1 could be accomplished by
VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $
or
VEC USET/V/'F'/'A' $
Main Index
VEC 1811
3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by

VEC USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $
Main Index
1812 VECPLOT
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants,

transformation from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body
matrices.
Format:
 LAMA 
VECPLOT XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC,   ,
 USET 
MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/
XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/
S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/
ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $
Format for IOPT=11:
VECPLOT PGRES,BGPDT,,,CASECC,,,QGRES,QMGRES/
XOUT,,,,/GRDPNT//11 $
Input Data Blocks:
XG Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global
coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix.
X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when
setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in
X66.
VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to degrees-
of-freedom in the q-set.
RBF Rigid body force matrix.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1813
PGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when PG is

input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
QGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QG is
input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
QMGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QMG
is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
Output Data Block:
XOUT Output matrix or table as described in Remark 1.

RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix that is printed out with IOPT=1 or 5.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under IOPT=1 or 5.
X66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.
Parameters:
GRDPNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number of the grid

point about which resultant moments will be computed. If GRDPNT
= 0 or the grid point does not exist, then the origin of the basic
coordinate system will be used and GRDPNT=-1 will be output from
the module.
COORID Input-integer-default=-1. Identification number of the coordinate
system into which XG will be transformed. The default (-1 or 0)
indicates the basic coordinate system. Used only with IOPT = 1 and 5.
IOPT Input-integer-default=-1. Output option. See Remark 1.
IOPT=9 is intended for processing of the WEIGHTCHECK Case Control
command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a mass matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
2) Compares X66 (for non-g-set) with X66p.
IOPT=10 is intended for processing of the GROUNDCHECK Case
Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a stiffness matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
Main Index
1814 VECPLOT
2) Prints UIM indicating strain energy in each rigid body direction.

TITLEi Input-character. Title which appears above the printed output. See
Remark 1.
TITLE1 default = 'VECTOR'
TITLE2 default = 'RESULTAN'
TITLE3 default = 'T'
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Set of displacement functions in p-element
analysis. See “Parameters” on page 659 of the MD Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. Used
only in IOPT=7. See “Parameters” on page 659 of the MD Nastran
Quick Reference Guideww.gooww.goo.
SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name used by
IOPT=9 and 10.
RBFAIL Output-logical-default='false'. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not
pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10.
Remarks:
1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for
each IOPT.
IOPT Contents of XOUT Printed Output

<0 Displacement vector file suitable for input to None.
the PLOT module.
1 XG converted to the coordinate system Resultants of the input
specified by COORID. vectors about
GRDPNT in the basic
coordinate system.
2 Same as IOPT=1 and for each grid point, Same as IOPT = 1.
u' x = u' y = θ' x = θ' y = θ' z = 0 and
u' z = u x + u y + u z + θ x + θ y + θ z ,
where u i and θ i are the translations and

rotations of XG.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1815

3 XG is converted to the basic coordinate None.
system. Then the coordinate locations (x, y, z)
in BGPDT converted to a matrix and
translated by XG:
x' = u x + x
y' = u y + y
z' = u z + z
where u x , u y , u z are the translations of XG in
the basic coordinate system. BGPDT contains
the location of each grid point in the basic
coordinate system. COORID is ignored.
4 A six rows by g-column rigid body matrix None.
where each row represents the motion, in the
global coordinate system, of all grid points
due to the unit motion of the grid point listed
on PARAM,GRDPNT. Grid point GRDPNT is
given a unit translation or rotation in each
direction of the basic coordinate system.
XOUT represents the rigid body modes of the
structure with no mechanisms. The motion is
output in the global coordinate system. XG
and COORID are ignored.
5 Same as IOPT=1.
6 A g-row by 6-column rigid body matrix where None.
each column represents the motion of all grid
points due to a unit motion of an r-set degrees
of freedom (see SUPORTi Bulk Data entries).
T –1
[ XOUT ] = [ XOUT4 ] [ DRR ]
Main Index
1816 VECPLOT

where [XOUT4] is the rigid body matrix
generated under PLOTFORM = 4, and [ DRR ]
is the partition of [ XOUT4 ] corresponding to
the six r-set degrees of freedom defined in the
USET table. There must be six and only six
r-set degrees of freedom which completely
describe the six rigid body modes. The r-set
degrees of freedom may be defined on more
than one grid point. If the r-set degrees of
freedom belong to a single grid point, then the
result is the same as IOPT=4, except that the
unit motions of the grid point listed on
PARAM, GRDPNT are in its global, rather
than basic coordinate system.
7 Grid point weight generator summary table None.
suitable for printing by the OFP module. Same
as GPWG module.
8 Same as IOPT=1. Same as IOPT=1 except
output includes
contributions from
each direction.
9 Same as IOPT=7. None.
10 Same as IOPT=7. User Information
Message 7570, which
shows grounding
check strain energies
and pass/fail report.
11 A table suitable for processing by OFP. The None.
table consists of a single line for each type of
force resultants (OLOADs, SPCForces, and
MPCForces) present as well as a line that
represents the total sum of the force resultants.
The results are summed about the grid point
specified in the EQUILIBRIUIM Case Control
command if specified.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1817
2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may

not be purged and SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements
are present.
3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged.
4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged.
5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6.
6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present.
7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10.
8. IOPT=11 processes, but does not require, the EQUILIBRIUM Case Control
command and requires the previous executions of VECPLOT to compute
resultants of PG, QG, and QMG with IOPT=1 or 8. It is assumed that the
resultants, PGRES, QGRES, and QMGRES were computed with the same
value of GRDPNT.
Examples:
1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is
cylindrical to the basic system, and print it.
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//’H’/’G’ $
2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes
in the global and basic coordinate systems.
VECPLOT ,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL///4 $
TRNSP RBGLOBAL/RBT $
VECPLOT RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $
3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the
maximum load at any grid point for each load vector.
VECPLOT PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $
MATPRN PG,PGBASIC//$
Main Index
1818 VIEW
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
VIEW Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors.
Format:
VIEW EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/
MPOOL $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation.
Required only for differential stiffness generation.
Output Data Block:
MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
VIEWP 1819
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
VIEWP Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery.
Format:
VIEWP GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT,
PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/
ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
OINT p-element output control table.
iterative solver.
PVAL0 p-value table generated by the ADAPT module in a previous run or
superelement.
Main Index
1820 VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
Output Data Blocks:
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value
dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
GEOM1VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids
added.
GEOM2VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added.
Parameters:
VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for

next view-grid.
VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for
next view-element.
VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-grid identification
numbers.
VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-element identification
numbers.
VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if
view-elements exist.
Main Index
WEIGHT 1821
Calculates model's volume and/or weight
WEIGHT Calculates model's volume and/or weight
Calculates the model's volume and/or weight.
Format:
WEIGHT VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,OPTPRM,OGPWG,DESTAB,XINIT/
WMID,WGTM/
WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/S,N,FRMS/SEID/DOFRMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification number.

WGTM Table of the 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
Parameters:
WGTVOL Input-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to

1 Weight only.
2 Volume only.
3 Weight And volume.
VOLS Output-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
FRMASS Output-real-default=0.0. Fractional mass of designed structure.
Main Index
1822 WEIGHT
Calculates model's volume and/or weight

DOFRMASS Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag.
Main Index
XSORT 1823
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
XSORT Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
Reads and sorts the Bulk Data Section.
Format:
XSORT FORCE,BULKOLD/
BULK,UBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT/S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK/
S,N,EQVBLK $
Input Data Blocks:
FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands.

BULKOLD Bulk table from a prior run, to be merged into BULK.
Output Data Block:

Parameter:
NOGOXSRT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE an error is detected in

the Bulk Data.
QUALNAM Output-character-default=' '. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually SUPER
or AUXMODEL.
NEXTID Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number which
appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section;
usually indicates superelement or auxiliary model identification
number.
Main Index
1824 XSORT
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
LASTBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data

Section is the last section in the input file.
EQVBLK Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Copy/equivalence flag of
BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk
Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output
EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be be
equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are
any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output.
Remarks:
1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement
should appear after the module:
IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $
2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and
copied into BULK.
3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module.
Examples:
1. Read the Bulk Data Section in a cold start.
XSORT ,,/IBULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT $
2. Read multiple Bulk Data Sections in a loop and cold start. Each Bulk Data
Section is prefaced with BEGIN SUPER=SEID and qualified by SEID.
DO WHILE ( NOT LASTBULK ) $
XSORT ,,/IBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT//S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK $
SEID=NEXTID $
ENDDO $
Main Index
XYPLOT 1825
Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
XYPLOT Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
Writes plot information to the plot file (.plt).
Format:
XYPLOT XYPLOT// $
Input Data Blocks:
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values.
Output Data Block:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1826 XYTRAN
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
Creates a table of plot instructions for x-y plots.
Format for SDR2 Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OPG2,OQG2,OUG2,OES2,OEF2,OSTR2,OQMG2,
OVG2,OAG2/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID/DVAFLAG $
Format for RPSEC Output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,,,,,/
XYPOLT/
‘RSPEC’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Format for MODEPOUT Outputs:
 OFMPF2M   OSMPF2M   OPMPF2M 

XYTRAN XYCDB,  , , 
 OFMPF2E   OSMPF2E   OPMPF2E 
 OLMPF2M  ,  OGPMF2M  ,,,,/XYPLOT/

 OLMPF2E   OGPMPF2E 
   
‘MODE’

  /’PSET’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/
‘RESP’

S,N,NOXYPLOT/S,N,TABID $
Format for VDR Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OUXY2,OPNL2,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Main Index
XYTRAN 1827
Format for RANDOM Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDF Power spectral density table.
AUTO Autocorrelation function table.
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
OUXY2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for h-set or d-set.
OPNL2 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT2 format for the h-set or d-set.
OFMPF2M Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OFMPF2E Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
Output Data Block:
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values.
Main Index
1828 XYTRAN
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='TRANRESP'. Analysis type. Allowable

values are:
'VG' Aeroelastic V-g or V-f data.
'CONTACT' Slideline contact.
'RAND' or Process all random results excluding acoustic modal
‘RANDOM’ ‘RANDOM’ participation factor outputs from
MODEPOUT.
‘RANDSDVA Process only VDR module outputs which are requested
’ with the SDISP, SVELO , SACCEL Case Control
commands.
‘RANDOMS’ Process all random results except VDR outputs.
‘RANDMPF’ Process only MODEPOUT outputs.
'SET1' Abscissa points are specified on SET1Bulk Data entries
'RSPEC' Response spectra.
XYSET Input-character-default='SOL'. Degree-of-freedom set type.
'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set).
'DSET' d-set.
'HSET' h-set.
'PSET' p-set.
UNUSED Unused.
NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=1. Set to 1 if XYPLOT is created; -1 otherwise.
TABID Input/output-integer-default=0. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is
greater than zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1
Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table identification number will
start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched.
Main Index
XYTRAN 1829

are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow
suit.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2
Remarks:
1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point
forces of constraint, applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads
in p-set,
h-set, or d-set.
2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order.
3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified.
4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified.
5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified.
Examples:
1. Modal frequency response solution set (h-set) output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
3. Random response output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $
4. Response spectra output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $
5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
Main Index
1830 XYTRAN
7. Slideline contact output:

XYTRAN XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
Main Index
1831
I N D E X
MSC.Nastran 2005 DMAP Programmer’s

Guide
MD Nastran
2006 DMAP
Programmer’s
Guide
A list of, 853
Expressions and operators
Arithmetic operators, 10 arithmetic operators, 10
character operator (&), 10
logical operators, 11
C relational operators, 11
Character operator (&), 10
F
D File management statements, 2
Data block Functions, intrinsic, 20
automatic deletion of, 39
basic definition of, 2
local, definition of, 15 L
permanent, definition of, 15 Logical operators, 11
rules for, 39
scratch, definition of, 15
states of, 15 M
DATABLK NDDL statement, 835, 836
MATPRN DMAP module, 1378
DBset, 15 Matrix modules
DEPEN NDDL statement, 845
description summary, 855
DMAP list of, 852
general rules, 3
Matrix trailer, 13
last time used (LTU) instruction, 39
output from previous module" rule, 38
DMAP control statements
conditional branching, 31
N
NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language)
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 34
looping, 33 basic definition of, 2
DATABLK NDDL statement, 836
DMAP modules
basic definition, 2 DEPEN NDDL statement, 845
PARAM NDDL statement, 847
description summary, by category, 852
detailed descriptions of,, see also specific PATH NDDL statement, 849
purpose of, 834
module name
list of, by category, 852 QUAL NDDL statement, 850
summary of statements, 834
obsolete, 858
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 34 syntax of descriptions, 835
Main Index
E O
Obsolete modules, list of, 858
Errors, see also user errors
Executive modules OFP DMAP module, 1506
Operators,, see also expressions and
1832 INDEX
operators
OUTPUT2 DMAP module, 1515
OUTPUT4 DMAP module, 1528
P
PARAM NDDL statement, 847
Parameters
basic definition of, 2
PATH NDDL statement, 849
Preface modules, 40
PRTPARM DMAP module, 1557
Q
QUAL NDDL statement, 850
R
Relational operators, 11
S
SCRATCH data block
automatic deletion of, 39
special rules for, 39
SOLution 100, 40
Solution sequences, definition of, 2
SubDMAP
DBFETCH, 42
DBMGR, 42
DBSTORE, 42
U
Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see
also V68 DMAP changes
User errors, processing of, 41
User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP
output from previous module" rule
Utility modules
list of, 852
Index
Main Index

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer's Guide

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer's Guide

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MD Nastran 2006

DMAP Programmer’s Guide

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 38

■ Parameter Glossary, 761

■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 855

■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 860

■ About This Book

About This Book

List of Nastran Books

Installation and Release Guides

Web Go to the MSC.Software website at www.mscsoftware.com, and click on Support.

Rome, Italy Paris, France

MSC.Patran Support mscpatran.support@mscsoftware.com

Course Information and Registration. For detailed course descriptions, schedule

Simulation Center (simulate.engineering-e.com)

■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks

1.2 The MD Nastran DMAP Language

Parameters Scalar quantities used to control the flow of

The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:

Type Description Example(s)

The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:

Constant Inherent in its specification or construction

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

snn.ddEsee for single precision

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

• Assignment (=) statement output

Value of a Variable Parameter

TYPEd and NDDL TYPEd and Not NDDL Not TYPEd

Predefined Variable Parameters

NAME VALUE TYPE

Recommended Parameter Type Specification

• If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data

• Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or

and the following is not recommended:

IF( FLAG ) PARAMR

Expressions and Operators

• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement

• As logical expressions in control statements:

Operator Operation Sample Expressions Interpreted As

Operator Operation Sample Expressions

Operator Relation Tested Expression

1.4 Data Blocks

Form is defined as one of the following:

Type is defined as one of the following:

Data Block Type and Status

Permanent NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned

Generated The data block has been created.

[D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C]

116 78 1854 PARAML 1 1 1 0 2

In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified:

Parameters can be specified on a module as:

Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent.

ABS ( x ) absolute value x if x is I or R I to I

The result is computed in radians.

ACOSH ( x ) hyperbolic arccosine –1

ANDL ( x, y ) numeric AND TRUE if x < 0 and y < 0 I, R, and C to L

The result is computed in radians.

ASINH ( x ) hyperbolic sine –1

The result is computed in radians.

ATAN2 ( x1, x2 ) arctangent of quotient –1

If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:

(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 .

[D] = SIGNAB[A]T[B] + SIGNC[C]